AVONDALE INDUSTRIES INC
10-K, 1995-03-31
SHIP & BOAT BUILDING & REPAIRING
Previous: PRUCO LIFE OF NEW JERSEY VARIABLE CONTRACT REAL PROPERTY ACC, 10-K405, 1995-03-31
Next: TRAVELERS INC, DEF 14A, 1995-03-31



                    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         Washington, D.C.  20549

                                Form 10-K

  (Mark One)
  [X]  Annual  report  pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
       Exchange  Act  of  1934 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994
                
  [ ]  Transition report pursuant to Section  13  or 15(d) of the Securities
       Exchange Act of 1934

                       Commission File Number 0-16572

                          Avondale Industries, Inc.
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               Louisiana                                 39-1097012
      (State or  other jurisdiction       (I.R..S. Employer Identification No.)
       of incorporation or organization)

       5100 River Road, Avondale, Louisiana               70094
      (Address of principal executive offices)        (Zip Code)

                               (504) 436-2121
                       (Registrant's telephone number,
                            including area code)

               Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                  None

               Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                      Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share
                            (Title of Class)
   Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
   required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
   1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
   registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to 
   such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  [X]    No  [ ]

   Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
   Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be
   contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or 
   information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this 
   Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  [X]

   The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates
   (affiliates being directors, executive officers and holders of more than 
   5% of the Company's common stock) of the Registrant at March 6, 1995 was
   approximately $36,268,549.

   The number of shares of the Registrant's common stock, $1.00 par value
   per share, outstanding at March 6, 1995 was 14,464,175.
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

   Portions of the Registrant's Proxy Statement for its 1995 Annual Meeting
   have been incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.
<PAGE>
                                        PART I

   Item 1.   Business.

          Overview

               Avondale Industries, Inc. ("Avondale" or the "Company") has
          been a major participant in the military and commercial
          shipbuilding business in the U.S. since the 1950s.  The Company
          has built approximately 200 ocean-going vessels for a wide
          variety of military and commercial uses, including tankers, LASH
          (lighter aboard ship) vessels, dredges, Coast Guard cutters and
          U.S. Navy surface combatant, fleet support and amphibious assault
          vessels, and a much larger number of smaller craft.  Avondale has
          built approximately 80 ships for the U.S. Navy and U.S. Coast
          Guard.  Since the 1970s, when foreign shipyards began to dominate
          commercial shipbuilding, almost all of the Company's shipbuilding
          activity has been for the Navy.

               During the 1990s, the Company's business has been affected
          by, among other things, a significant decline in the annual
          shipbuilding budgets of the U.S. Navy.  During the 1980s, the
          annual shipbuilding budget of the Navy was $12 - $14 billion, as
          compared to a $6 - $8 billion annual budget projected for the
          last half of the 1990s.  Currently, the U.S. Navy's proposed
          shipbuilding program for fiscal years 1995-1999 represents a
          continued reduction in the amount of new shipbuilding work
          available when compared with previous U.S. Navy programs.  The
          current proposed shipbuilding program, averaging less than eight
          new ships per year, represents a 60 percent reduction in the
          number of ships to be procured when compared with the 19 ships
          per year average for the U.S. Navy programs during the 1980s.

               Notwithstanding the overall sharp reduction in construction
          programs for the Navy, the Company's backlog at December 31, 1994
          was at an all-time high of approximately $1.42 billion (excluding
          options).  Included in the backlog is the Company's most
          significant 1994 contract award which occurred in September when
          the Navy exercised previously-awarded options to construct two
          additional Strategic Sealift ships for $420 million. These
          represent the second and third ships which the Company has been
          awarded in the Sealift program, with options to construct an
          additional three Sealift vessels remaining unexercised. The
          Strategic Sealift ships, which are designed to assist in the
          rapid transportation and deployment of military personnel,
          equipment and supplies, are comparable to other vessels, such as
          auxiliary and amphibious support ships, that have been
          constructed previously by the Company.  The first Sealift ship is
          scheduled for delivery in 1997 with the final ship scheduled for
          delivery in 2001.
<PAGE>
               The exercise of the option to construct two additional
          Sealift ships discussed above is one of a series of significant
          contract awards received by the Company in the last two years.
          In 1993, the Company was awarded the contract for the initial
          Sealift ship at a value of $262 million, as well as a $232.5
          million contract for the construction of an icebreaker vessel for
          the U.S. Coast Guard (scheduled for delivery in 1997) and a
          contract to build one LSD-CV at a contract price of $257.5
          million.  The 1994 LSD-CV award brought the total number of
          LSD-CV ships awarded to the Company to four, one of which was
          delivered in 1994.

               Considering the sharp decline in projected fleet size and
          U.S. Navy shipbuilding expenditures, competition among U.S.
          shipyards for available vessel construction, conversion and
          repair work will continue to be intense.  In a report issued in
          1994, the Department of Defense stated that the current Navy
          shipbuilding plan would not sustain the U.S. Shipbuilding
          industry at present levels.  The report further stated that in
          the near future some of the remaining major shipyards would be
          forced into financial restructuring or closure.  Nevertheless,
          management of the Company believes that the recent contract
          awards and the Company's current backlog, as well as the
          Company's long-term experience in U.S. Navy new construction are
          positive developments that will allow the Company to remain an
          effective competitor for the Navy work that will be available.

               In early 1994 Avondale was one of five U.S. shipyards that
          received a contract to undertake a preliminary design study on
          the Navy's LPD 17 (formerly LX) ship.  Work on the $480,000
          fixed-price contract is expected to last approximately one year.
          Estimates are that this program will be a mainstay of the U.S.
          Navy over the next two decades, replacing a number of vessels now
          nearing the end of their planned length of service.  Although
          congressional approval for this program has not yet been
          obtained, the number of LPD-17 ships currently conceived could
          involve a multi-billion dollar spending program surpassing even
          the Sealift program.  The first contract award is currently
          forecasted for 1997 or 1998.  Based on Avondale's recent
          successes in securing the Sealift and other U.S. Navy awards, in
          large part because it was the most cost-effective, competitive
          bidder, as well as Avondale's demonstrated experience in the
          construction of vessels comparable to the LPD, management
          believes that the Company is well-positioned to be a successful
          bidder for such work.

               The Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA'90"), which requires the
          phased-in transition to double-hull oil tankers and product
          carriers beginning January 1, 1995, has created commercial
          shipbuilding opportunities for Avondale.  By virtue of OPA'90,
          there is a demand (which is expected to continue through the
          remainder of the decade) for the retro-fitting of existing
          tankers, as well as the construction of new double-hulled
          tankers, as oil and energy companies and other ship operators
          upgrade their fleets to comply with the law.  In addition, the
          Jones Act requires all vessels transporting oil or other products
          between U.S. ports to be constructed by U.S. shipyards.
          Avondale, which is the only domestic shipyard currently
          constructing double-hull ships, is well-positioned to bid
<PAGE>
          successfully for the OPA'90 work as it becomes available.

               On February 7, 1995 the Company announced the execution of a
          $143.9 million contract with a private bulk shipping company to
          construct four double-hulled product carriers.  These double-
          hulled product carriers will be the first U.S.-flag product
          carriers constructed in the U.S. in eight years.  The contract,
          which is supported by a U.S. Government guarantee under Title XI
          of the Merchant Marine Act approved by the Department of
          Transportation, Maritime Administration ("MARAD"), will become
          effective upon finalizing the financing commitment by the owner.
          Construction is scheduled to commence in mid-1995 with a
          scheduled completion of mid-1997.  The Company has also received
          expressions of interest from several other ship owners seeking to
          retro-fit their vessels to comply with OPA'90 requirements.

               The international demand for large commercial ships is
          expected to increase during the 1990's, presenting possible
          construction opportunities for Avondale.  Currently, statistics
          show an unprecedented aging of the global tanker and product
          carrier fleet with the average age of these vessels now in use
          estimated to exceed 15 years.  As these ships currently in use
          approach the end of their useful lives, worldwide shipbuilding
          opportunities should increase.  However, for Avondale to
          participate actively in the projected increase in replacement
          demand, a more equitable environment must exist for the Company
          to compete fairly with foreign shipyards. Although an
          international trade agreement signed in 1994 offers some support
          for this movement, the initial changes in subsidies in this
          accord will not begin to occur until the end of this decade.
          Unless the current legislative initiatives result in the
          reduction or elimination of foreign subsidies, it will be
          difficult for Avondale to compete effectively for available
          international commercial shipbuilding work.

               Other marketing opportunities may develop as a result of the
          Jones Act.  The four vessels discussed above are subject to these
          requirements.  The Company currently has sufficient capacity to
          construct additional vessels that may be awarded.

               In 1994 the Company undertook a series of measures to
          improve its competitive position.  First, in mid-1994 the main
          shipyard received certification of its compliance with the
          requirements of ISO 9001, a worldwide quality system.
          Additionally, the Company benchmarked its manufacturing
          procedures on a global scale, the results of which served to form
          the basis for a series of steps which the Company believes will
          significantly raise efficiency.  One result was the development
          of a modernization program in conjunction with a technology
          sharing agreement signed in 1994 between Avondale and Astilleros
          Espanoles S.A. ("ASEA") of Spain, regarded as an innovative and
          successful world-class shipyard.  The mutual agreement covers the
          exchange of commercial ship designs, market analyses and
          shipbuilding technology.  Tangible evidence of this partnership
          began in 1995 through a $20 million capital expenditure program,
          $17,8 million of which is being financed with bonds issued in
          February 1995 under a Title XI guarantee (as discussed above).
          The project includes construction of a covered facility which
          should yield productivity gains by eliminating weather-related
<PAGE>
          problems, and the adoption of a more automated process for
          building the various modules which are assembled into a completed
          vessel.

          Shipbuilding, Conversion and Repair

               General.  The Company's Shipyards Division is engaged in the
          design, construction, repair and modernization of various types
          of military and commercial vessels.

               The main shipyard facility, which is located on the
          Mississippi River near New Orleans, includes multiple building
          ways, side launching facilities, a 900-foot floating dry
          dock/launch platform that permits construction of vessels up to
          1,000 feet in length, and a 650-foot floating dry dock
          principally used for ship repair.  The shipyard is equipped to
          build virtually any type of vessel other than submarines and
          surface vessels of the largest classes, such as aircraft carriers
          and ultra-large crude carriers.

               The Shipyards Division's business has been and continues to
          be materially dependent on the U.S. Navy's ship construction,
          repair and conversion programs.  The following table sets forth
          the distribution of marine construction and repair activities
          during the last five years based on contract billings.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1994     1993    1992     1991     1990
                                   ----     ----    ----     ----     ----
          <S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>
          U.S. MILITARY:
           New construction         81%      88%     87%      72%      66%
           Repair, overhaul and
             conversion             --        2%      6%      13%      12%

          COMMERCIAL:
           New construction         11%       6%      2%      10%      18%
           Repair, overhaul and
             conversion              8%       4%      5%       5%       4%
                                   ---      ---     ---      ---      ---
                TOTAL              100%     100%    100%     100%     100%
                                   ===      ===     ===      ===      ===
</TABLE>
<PAGE>        
          The decrease in Navy new construction in 1994 as compared to 1993
          primarily reflects the advancing stages of completion on several
          of the Company's major shipbuilding programs while the Company's
          recently awarded Navy contracts are in their initial stages.  The
          Company did not record any billings for Navy repair, overhaul and
          conversion in 1994 as compared to 1993.  This segment of work has
          declined over the last four years reflecting a general decline in
          Navy operation and maintenance expenditures in the last several
          years (see "Other Operations - Repair Operations" below).
          Commercial new construction in 1994 increased over the level in
          1993 as the Company delivered two paddle wheel gaming vessels and
          started work on a third gaming vessel in 1994.  Commercial
          repair, overhaul and conversion increased in 1994 over 1993 as
          the Company continued work on several contracts with a private 
          contractor for the repair of T-AKR-Fast Sealift Ships.

               Most U.S. Navy ship construction, repair and conversion
          contracts are subject to strict competitive bidding requirements.
          There is substantial over-capacity at U.S. shipyards and, as
          discussed above under the heading "Overview," it is likely that
          the level of U.S. Navy shipbuilding activity will decrease for
          the foreseeable future.   In addition, in view of the efforts of
          the federal government to continue to reduce the level of
          military expenditures, there can be no assurance that the
          shipbuilding and conversion programs currently in progress will
          be continued or that those planned by the U.S. Navy will be
          implemented.

               At December 31, 1994, essentially all of the Company's $1.42
          billion (excluding options) backlog was attributable to new ship
          construction for the U.S. Navy.

               Government Contracting.  Avondale's principal U.S.
          government business is currently being performed under
          fixed-price and fixed-price incentive contracts, both of which
          generally provide for escalation of costs based on published
          indices relating to the shipbuilding industry.  Under fixed-price
          contracts, the contractor retains all cost savings on completed
          contracts but is also responsible for the full amount of all cost
          overruns.  Fixed-price incentive contracts, on the other hand,
          provide for sharing between the government and the contractor of
          cost savings and cost overruns based primarily on a specified
          formula that compares the contract target cost with actual cost.
          Although all cost savings are shared under fixed-price incentive
          contracts, cost overruns in excess of a specified amount must be
          borne entirely by the contractor.  Recent contract awards for the
          Strategic Sealift vessels, the fourth LSD-CV and the Icebreaker
          are each fixed-price incentive contracts.

               Under government regulations, certain costs, including
          certain financing costs, portions of research and development
          costs and certain marketing expenses, are not allowable costs
          under fixed-price incentive contracts.  The government also
          regulates the methods by which overhead costs are allocated to
          government contracts.
<PAGE>
               U.S. government contracts are subject to termination by the
          government either for its convenience or upon default by the
          contractor.  If the termination is for the government's
          convenience, contracts provide for payment upon termination for
          items delivered to and accepted by the government, payment of the
          contractor's costs incurred plus the costs of settling and paying
          claims by terminated subcontractors, other settlement expenses
          and a reasonable profit.  However, if a contract termination
          results from the contractor's default, the contractor is paid
          such amount as may be agreed upon for completed and
          partially-completed products and services accepted by the
          government, the government is not liable for the contractor's
          costs with respect to unaccepted items and is entitled to
          repayment of advance payments and progress payments, if any,
          related to the terminated portions of the contract and the
          contractor may be liable for excess costs incurred by the
          government in procuring undelivered items from another source.

               The continuation of any U.S. Navy shipbuilding program is
          dependent upon the continuing availability of Congressional
          appropriations for that program.  It is customary for the U.S.
          Navy to award contracts to build one or more vessels of a program
          to a contractor together with options (exercisable by the U.S.
          Navy) to purchase additional vessels in the program.  Generally,
          contracts to build vessels are not awarded until funds to pay the
          full contract have been appropriated.  However, because Congress
          usually appropriates funds on a fiscal year basis, funds may
          never be appropriated to permit the U.S. Navy to exercise options
          that have been awarded.  In addition, even if funds are
          appropriated, the U.S. Navy is not required to exercise the
          options.

               Because its U.S. Navy contracts require the Company to have
          access to classified information, Avondale must maintain a
          security clearance for its facility.  Among other things,
          facilities with such clearances must restrict the access of
          non-U.S. citizens to classified information.  If in the future
          the percentage of foreign ownership is increased to a level that
          could result in foreign dominance or control of its activities,
          Avondale would be required to implement additional measures to
          insure that classified material would not be compromised or risk
          the loss of its security clearance.

               Due to the complexity of government contracts and applicable
          regulations, contract disputes with the government occur in the
          ordinary course of the Company's business.  Based upon
          management's analysis of each such dispute and advice of counsel,
          the Company records, if appropriate, an estimate of the amount
          recoverable upon resolution of such disputes.  Although
          management believes its estimates are based upon a reasonable
          analysis of such disputes, no assurance can be given that its
          estimates will be accurate and variances between such estimates
          and actual results can be material.  The Company believes that
          adequate provision has been made in its financial statements for
          these and other normal uncertainties incident to its government
          business.

               There is significant oversight of defense contractors to
          prevent waste in the defense procurement process.  Areas of
<PAGE>
          contract dispute are reviewed by the government for evidence of
          criminal misconduct such as mischarging, product substitution and
          false certification of pricing and other data.  In the event the
          government alleges a violation of its procurement regulations, it
          may seek compensatory, treble or punitive damages in substantial
          amounts and indictments, fines, penalties and forfeitures.
          Indictment can result in suspension or debarment of the
          contractor from government contracting for a period of time.

               In early March 1995, President Clinton announced that he had
          adopted an Executive Order that prohibits the federal government
          from entering into contracts with businesses that hired permanent
          replacement workers to replace workers who were on strike.  The
          Company is unable to assess the potential impact of such an
          action on the Company.

               Vessel Deliveries and Backlog.  At December 31, 1994, the
          Company's Shipyards Division had a firm contract backlog of
          approximately $1.42 billion (excluding options), of which
          approximately $459 million is expected to be billed in 1995,
          compared with backlogs of $1.23 billion and $450 million at
          December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.  The backlog at
          December  31, 1994 included contracts to build seven T-AO Oilers
          (four of which had been delivered by the end of 1994); four LSD-
          CV (cargo variant) vessels (one of which was delivered in 1994),
          with the most recent vessel contract being awarded in 1993; one
          WAGB-20 Polar Icebreaker under a contract awarded in 1993; and
          three T-AKR 300 Class Sealift Ships, under contracts awarded in
          1993 and 1994.  Also included in the Shipyards Division backlog
          at December 31, 1994 are contracts to construct four MHC-51 Class
          Minehunters ("MHC") for the U.S. Navy.  Currently two MHCs are
          scheduled for delivery in 1995 and two in 1996.  By the end of
          1994, all of the MHC hulls were transferred from the Company's
          Avondale Enterprises, Inc. ("AEI") facility in Gulfport,
          Mississippi to the Company's main shipyard for outfitting in
          order to take advantage of the yard's efficiencies and skilled
          labor.  Although the AEI facility is currently idle, the Company
          is currently evaluating the site for utilization in the
          performance of other contracts.

          All major U.S. Navy contracts in the backlog, except for the
          contract to construct three LSD-CVs, contain cost escalation
          clauses that are intended to compensate the Company for increases
          in wage rates and material costs based on industry indices.  The
          contract to construct the three LSD-CVs, as originally awarded,
          contained a cost escalation clause but as part of the REA
          settlement (as discussed under "Management's Discussion and
          Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations") the
          contract was converted to a firm fixed price.

               Vessel deliveries in 1994 included one T-AO Oiler and one
          LSD-CV.  Vessel deliveries scheduled for 1995 include two T-AO
          Oilers, one LSD-CV and two MHCs.  The Company plans to continue
          to actively pursue other Government shipbuilding and repair
          opportunities when they become available.
<PAGE>
               In anticipation of reductions in the U.S. Navy shipbuilding
          programs, the Company has been actively pursuing commercial
          shipbuilding and industrial fabrication projects (see "Other
          Operations - Modular Construction" below).  As discussed above,
          international commercial shipbuilding opportunities are limited
          because shipbuilders in foreign countries are often subsidized by
          their governments, which allows them to sell their ships for
          prices below their construction cost.  Domestic shipbuilding
          opportunities that are not affected by foreign subsidies offer
          better possibilities for commercial shipbuilding opportunities.
          The OPA'90, which requires the phased-in transition to double-
          hull tankers and product carriers effective January 1, 1995, has
          created commercial shipbuilding opportunities for Avondale.
          Because of OPA'90, there is a demand (which is expected to
          continue through the remainder of the decade) for the retro-
          fitting of existing tankers, or the building of new double-hulled
          tankers.  In addition, federal law requires construction in a
          U.S. Shipyard of any vessel that will transport cargo between
          U.S. ports.  The contract award discussed above represents the
          Company's first commercial contract award for construction in
          response to OPA'90.

               In connection with the bids and proposals that the Company
          has submitted or plans to submit to various commercial and
          government customers, no assurance can be given that the vessels
          will actually be built or that the Company will be the successful
          bidder.

          Other Operations

               Overview.  Although the Company has from time to time, on a
          limited basis, pursued opportunities to diversify its business,
          management strongly believes that the Company's resources are
          most profitably employed in ship construction.  Although the U.S.
          Navy's shipbuilding budget has declined from the levels in the
          mid-1980s, management believes that opportunities to participate
          in substantial shipbuilding programs will continue to exist for
          those companies that are the most competitive.  The Company's
          success in keeping its costs among the most competitive in the
          industry has enabled it to secure backlog in 1994 and 1993 as
          well as position itself for future work that will be available
          from the Navy.  As noted below, in order to focus on its core
          shipbuilding business and improve liquidity, the Company has
          sold, or has available for sale, certain of its non-core business
          assets.  Any such sales will only be made in an amount that is
          not less than management's estimation of the fair value of the
          assets.   Additionally, as further discussed below, in 1994 the
          Company closed its Avondale Technical Services, Inc. operation
          and completed the existing contracts at its Genco Industries,
          Inc. operation.

               The Company will continue to evaluate suitable
          diversification opportunities, principally those that would not
          detract from Avondale's core business and that would utilize the
          Company's existing facilities.  Among possible diversification
          opportunities are:  (i) the construction of large industrial
          facilities utilizing modular shipbuilding expertise and project
          management experience; (ii) the repair and overhaul of U.S. Navy
          and commercial vessels; (iii) the boat building and small vessel
<PAGE>
          construction market; and (iv) steel fabrication and other
          operations.

               Modular Construction.  The Company is able to apply its
          modular construction methods to a variety of non-marine
          industrial fabrication projects.  In the past, the Company has
          fabricated a sulphur recovery plant that was shipped to Saudi
          Arabia for on-site assembly and installation, constructed two
          cryogenic gas separation systems, two waste disposal units, six
          turbine compressors and turbine generators, six condenser modules
          for inclusion in a nuclear power plant and two sled and receiver
          modules for sub-sea pipeline connections, fabricated steel
          bridges and constructed a hydroelectric plant that was floated up
          the Mississippi River and installed in Vidalia, Louisiana in
          1990.  In January 1992, the Company delivered to the City of New
          York an 800-bed floating detention facility that is 625 feet
          long, 125 feet wide, and five stories high.  The facility is a
          fully self-contained adult detention institution with 700 beds in
          50-man dormitories and 100 single cells.

               In January 1993, the Company announced its agreement to
          participate with Westinghouse Electric Corporation in a long-term
          development project involving first-of-a-kind engineering of
          Westinghouse's AP600 advanced nuclear reactor.  This reactor has
          been selected by the Advanced Reactor Corporation, a group of 16
          major U.S. utilities formed to support development of new
          designs, to lead the revival of U.S. nuclear plant construction
          in the 1990s.  The Company's role in first-of-a-kind engineering
          of the AP600 will be to design modules of the plant which can be
          pre-fabricated at offsite facilities, such as the Company's, and
          shipped by rail or truck to the construction site.  Westinghouse
          has projected that, if the Company's modular construction
          techniques prove to be adaptable to nuclear plant construction,
          it will achieve significant savings in construction time and
          costs, thus ultimately making the cost of nuclear power
          competitive with other power generation alternatives.

               At present, there is a minimal level of production activity
          in the Modular Construction Division of the Company.  The
          division has not added any significant projects to its backlog
          since the floating detention center was awarded in May 1989.
          Nevertheless, the Company continues to actively pursue non-
          shipbuilding marine and industrial - commercial projects suitable
          for modular construction.  Modular Construction Division backlog
          included in the backlog of the Company's Shipyards Division and
          Service Foundry operations at December 31, 1994 was approximately
          $916,000 as compared to $575,000 and $600,000 at December 31,
          1993 and 1992, respectively.

               Repair Operations.  Through its Algiers Yard and at its main
          plant, Avondale is engaged in the repair, overhaul and conversion
          of U.S. Navy vessels.  The Algiers yard is operated under a long-
          term lease and is designed primarily for the repair and overhaul
          of large ocean-going vessels.  Due to the anticipated significant
          reductions in the number of U.S. Navy ships discussed above under
          the heading "Business - Overview," the Company believes that U.S.
          Navy repair opportunities will decline and, as a consequence,
          there will be increased competition for available U.S. Navy
          repair business.  Further, most of the U.S. Navy's ship repairs
<PAGE>
          are currently being conducted at or near their vessels' home
          ports, severely limiting the number of U.S. Navy repair
          opportunities available to the Company.  The Algiers yard is
          currently engaged in topside commercial repair activity and is
          also being utilized to lay-berth up to four military vessels.

               In March 1993, the Company sold its Harvey Quick Repair
          operation.  Sales to unrelated parties by the Harvey Quick Repair
          operation were approximately $2 million in 1993 and $14 million
          in 1992.

               Small Vessel Construction.  The Company pursues available
          opportunities for the construction of special purpose vessels
          such as gaming vessels, and relatively small, special purpose
          military vessels, commercial fishing boats, dredges, barges, and
          ferries.

               Boat Division.  The Company has a facility equipped for boat
          construction at its Westwego, Louisiana yard that is capable of
          building vessels up to 450 feet in length.  In 1994, the Boat
          Division delivered two 19th century-style paddle wheel gaming
          vessels of 266 and 210 feet in length.  In early January 1994,
          the Boat Division signed a contract for $27 million to construct
          a 350-foot gaming vessel.  Construction commenced during 1994
          with delivery currently scheduled in mid-1995.  The Boat Division
          is actively pursuing other projects involving the construction of
          additional gaming boats as well as passenger vessels and ferries,
          towboats and other vessels.  The Boat Division's backlog at
          December 31, 1994 was approximately $18.3 million, as compared to
          approximately $13 million and $2 million at  December 31, 1993
          and 1992, respectively.

               Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc.   Avondale Gulfport Marine,
          Inc. ("AGM") completed contracts to build 15 landing craft air
          cushion vessels in 1993.  Its remaining backlog at December  31,
          1994 was approximately $373,000, all of which is expected to be
          billed in 1995, as compared to backlogs of approximately $3 and
          $14 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.  While
          the 24.5 acre site, located on an industrial seaway six miles
          northeast of Gulfport, Mississippi, is currently listed for sale,
          the Company continues to explore opportunities for the facility.
          The Company wrote down, at December 31, 1993, the AGM assets to
          their estimated net realizable value.

               Avondale Enterprises, Inc.  As noted above under "Vessel
          Deliveries and Backlog," in December 1994 AEI transferred the
          last MHC hull to the Company's main shipyard for remaining
          construction and outfitting and the facility is currently idle.
          The Company anticipates delivery of the first MHC in March 1995
          with the final vessel projected for delivery in 1996.  The
          Company is currently evaluating the site for utilization in the
          performance of other contracts.

               Steel Operations and Other Operations.  Through its Steel
          Sales operation, Avondale sells steel plate and shapes to the
          marine and industrial markets of the southeastern and
          southwestern United States.  Net sales to other Avondale
          divisions are not significant.  Sales to unrelated parties were
<PAGE>
          approximately $22.4 million in 1994 as compared to $19 million
          and $18 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

               The Service Foundry operation, which has been operating
          since 1929, consists of a bronze and steel foundry specializing
          in mid-sized castings, a complete machine shop with steel
          fabricating facilities and a pattern shop.  The foundry's sales
          to the other divisions vary widely, being approximately 3% of its
          annual volume in 1994 and approximately 3% and 14% of its annual
          volume in 1993 and 1992, respectively.  Sales to unrelated
          parties were approximately $10.3 million in 1994 as compared to
          $13 million and $11 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992,
          respectively.  The foundry's backlog was approximately $6.6
          million at December 31, 1994, all of which is expected to be
          billed in 1994, as compared to backlogs of $3.1 and $6.7 million
          at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.  The Company has
          received several inquiries regarding the possible sale of this
          operation.  However, any such sale would only be made for an
          amount that is not less than management's estimate of the fair
          value of the assets.

               The Genco Industries Group ("Genco"), a Texas-based company
          that fabricates and installs large steel structures and process
          units for various industries, completed its remaining contracts
          in 1994 and the facilities were closed. Sales to unrelated
          parties were approximately $3.4 million in 1994 as compared to
          $21 and $24.8 million at December 31, 1993 and 1992,
          respectively. The Genco main facility, an 8.7 acre site in Bridge
          City, Texas, approximately 20 miles southeast of Beaumont, is
          currently idle and listed for sale.  However, the Company
          continues to explore other possible uses for this facility.

               In the third quarter of 1994 the Company decided to
          discontinue its Avondale Technical Services, Inc. ("ATS")
          subsidiary which was engaged in contracts to provide operations
          and maintenance services to government and commercial operations.
          As such, the results of operations for ATS are classified as
          discontinued operations.   Refer to "Management's Discussion and
          Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -
          Results of Operations" and to Note 7 of the notes to the
          consolidated financial statements, both contained elsewhere in
          this Form 10-K, for further discussion of ATS.  Sales to
          unrelated parties by ATS and its subsidiary, Crawford Technical
          Services, Inc. ("CTS"), were approximately $13.5 million at
          December 31, 1994,  $14.4 million in 1993 and  $15.6 in 1992.  At
          December 31, 1994, ATS had a backlog of $72,000, all of which
          will be billed in 1995, compared to backlogs of approximately $29
          million and $42 at December 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

          Competition

               The U.S. shipbuilding industry is intensely competitive.
          There are approximately 20 non-government U.S. shipyards that
          have in place at least one shipbuilding position capable of
          accommodating a vessel 400 feet in length.  The industry is
          divided into two distinct markets, U.S. government contracts,
          which is dominated by contracts for the U.S. Navy, and commercial
          ship construction for other customers.
<PAGE>
               With respect to the government market, six of these
          shipyards, including the Company, were engaged in the
          construction and/or conversion of complex combatant, amphibious
          and auxiliary ships for the U.S. government.  One shipyard is
          engaged exclusively in constructing submarines.  Two of the
          remaining shipyards are subsidiaries of much larger corporations
          that have substantially greater financial resources than the
          Company.

               With respect to commercial construction, all twenty of the
          existing shipyards are capable of performing on various sizes of
          commercial new construction or conversion contracts. The Company
          believes that approximately 10 of these shipyards are direct
          competitors for commercial shipbuilding opportunities of the
          sizes and classes of vessels the Company is capable of building.

               The Company also competes with government-operated and
          numerous other shipyards for government ship repair
          opportunities.  With the reduction of the U.S. Navy fleet and the
          use of shipyards at or near the vessels' home ports, the
          Company's participation is very limited in the U.S. Navy repair
          market and it has not been awarded a U.S. Navy repair contract
          since October 1992.  For commercial repair work the Company
          competes with a larger number of private shipyards, including
          many smaller operations, and price competition is particularly
          intense.

               Because of the current overcapacity at U.S. shipyards, the
          current small volume of commercial work available, and the fact
          that most contracts are awarded on the basis of competitive
          bidding, price competition is particularly intense.  Intense
          competition also exists in each of the other businesses in which
          the Company is engaged.  The Company has been successful recently
          in securing competitively-bid contracts in large part because the
          Company submitted the most cost-effective bids for the available
          contracts.  The Company believes that it will continue to be
          competitive in bidding for selected U.S. Navy and commercial
          shipbuilding contracts in the future.  However, no assurance can
          be given that the Company will be the successful bidder on any
          future contracts or that, if successful, it will realize profits
          on such contracts.

          Marketing

               The Company's marketing effort is decentralized and
          conducted separately by each division. Generally, the Company and
          its competitors are all aware of the shipbuilding, repair and
          conversion plans of the U.S. Navy and most prospective commercial
          customers, and are invited to bid on all major projects.

               The Company's boatbuilding operations are marketed by the
          sales and business development personnel of the appropriate
          divisions primarily through direct, personal sales calls.  The
          services of the Steel Sales and Service Foundry operations are
          marketed through industry advertising, personal sales calls and
          prior business relationships.
<PAGE>
          Materials and Supplies

               The principal materials used by Avondale in its
          shipbuilding, conversion and repair business are standard steel
          shapes, steel plate and paint.  Other materials used in large
          quantities include aluminum, copper-nickel and steel pipe,
          electrical cable and fittings.  The Company also purchases
          component parts such as propulsion systems, boilers, generators
          and other equipment.  All of these materials and parts are
          currently available in adequate supply from domestic and foreign
          sources.

               In connection with its government contracts, the Company is
          required to procure certain materials and component parts from
          supply sources approved by the U.S. Government.  Although certain
          components and sub-assemblies are manufactured by subcontractors,
          the Company's reliance on subcontractors has been and is expected
          by management to continue to be limited.  The Company is not
          dependent upon any one supply source and believes that its supply
          sources are adequate to meet its future needs.

          Insurance

               The Company maintains insurance against property damage
          caused by fire, explosion and similar catastrophic events that
          may result in physical damage or destruction to the Company's
          premises and properties.  The Company also maintains general
          liability insurance in amounts it deems appropriate for its
          business.  The Company is self-insured for workers' compensation
          liability and employees' health insurance except for losses in
          excess of $1 million per occurrence, in which case the Company
          maintains insurance in an amount it deems appropriate for its
          business.

          Environmental and Safety Matters

               General.  Avondale is subject to federal, state and local
          environmental laws and regulations that impose limitations on the
          discharge of pollutants into the environment and establish
          standards for the treatment, storage and disposal of toxic and
          hazardous wastes.  The Company incurred expenses for
          environmental, health and safety compliance of approximately $3.5
          million during 1994 and $3 million in 1993.  See also "Item 3.
          Legal Proceedings - Environmental Proceedings."

               The Company is also subject to the federal Occupational
          Safety and Health Act ("OSHA") and similar state statutes.  The
          Company has an extensive health and safety program and employs a
          staff of safety inspectors and industrial hygiene technicians,
          whose primary functions are to develop Company policies that meet
          or exceed the safety standards set by OSHA, train supervisors and
          make daily inspections of safety procedures to insure their
          compliance with Company policies on safety and industrial
          hygiene.  All supervisors are required to attend safety training
          meetings at which the importance of full compliance with safety
          procedures is emphasized.
<PAGE>
               Over a period of approximately two months in 1994,
          inspectors from OSHA conducted a series of safety inspections at
          the Company's facilities.  As a result of these inspections, OSHA
          issued 71 citations alleging numerous safety violations.  While
          the vast majority of these alleged violations were corrected to
          the inspectors' satisfaction during the course of the
          inspections, in its citations OSHA is seeking penalties from the
          Company of approximately $80,000.  The Company is appealing these
          penalties.  The matter is currently before the OSHA Review
          Commission.  Additionally, in 1994 six of the Company's employees
          filed complaints against Avondale under Section 11(c) of the
          Occupational Safety and Health Act.  The Company has issued a
          position statement in response to each complaint and with the
          exception of one complaint, the complaints have been investigated
          by an OSHA inspector.  The inspector has not decided whether to
          recommend that OSHA issue a complaint based on any of these
          charges.

               Waste Disposal.  Avondale's operations produce a limited
          amount of industrial waste products and certain hazardous
          materials.  The Company's industrial waste products, which
          consist principally of residual petroleum, other combustibles and
          blasting abrasives, are shipped to third party disposal sites
          that are licensed to handle such materials.

          Employees

               Since September 1985, when all of its outstanding common
          stock was purchased by the ESOP from Ogden, Avondale has been
          owned principally by its current and former employees.  At
          December 31, 1994, Avondale had approximately 6,200 employees,
          many of whom have been employed by the Company for many years.
          On June 25, 1993 an election was conducted to determine whether
          certain of the main shipyard's employees desired to have union
          representation.  A total of 3,914 workers cast votes, of which
          approximately 847 votes were challenged.  A simple majority of
          those votes which were not challenged was in favor of the union.
          The National Labor Relations Board is in the process of reviewing
          the challenged votes and determining the final outcome of the
          election.   Except for a number of employees of the Service
          Foundry operation, Avondale's employees are not covered by a
          collective bargaining agreement.  Management believes that its
          relationship with its employees is satisfactory.

   Item 2.   Properties.

               The Company's corporate headquarters and main shipyard are
          located on the west bank of the Mississippi River at Avondale,
          Louisiana, approximately 15 miles from downtown New Orleans.
          That facility includes approximately 226 acres of Company-owned
          land and 132 buildings enclosing approximately 1.4 million square
          feet of space, approximately 31 acres of leased land and several
          leased buildings enclosing approximately 150,000 square feet of
          space, a 900-foot floating dry dock/launch platform that permits
          construction, conversion or repair of vessels up to approximately
          1,000 feet in length, a 650-foot floating dry dock principally
          used for ship repair and multiple building ways and side
          launching facilities.  The main shipyard includes approximately
<PAGE>
          6,500 feet of wharves, 1,200 feet of launch ways and 2,900 feet
          of unimproved waterfront along the Mississippi River.  The
          Company's shipyard facilities have the capacity to build
          virtually any type of vessel other than submarines and surface
          vessels of the largest classes, such as aircraft carriers and
          ultra-large crude carriers.

               The Company's 900-foot floating drydock was constructed in
          1975 and financed pursuant to Title XI of the Merchant Marine
          Act, 1936, as amended.  The 900 foot drydock is currently subject
          to a Title XI mortgage of approximately $4.7 million.  As
          discussed further in Note 6 of the notes to the consolidated
          financial statements, these mortgage bonds were refinanced in
          February 1995.

               The Company's 650-foot floating drydock and support
          facilities were constructed in 1982 and financed with $36.25
          million of industrial revenue bonds.  As discussed further at
          "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
          Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Note
          6 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, these
          bonds were refunded in June of 1994.

               As part of its program to significantly improve its
          efficiency, the Company has begun a $20 million capital
          expenditure program, financed principally through $17.8 million
          of bonds issued in February 1995 utilizing a Title XI guarantee
          (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
          and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources " and
          Note 6 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements).
          The modernization program includes construction of a covered
          facility, which should provide productivity gains by eliminating
          weather-related problems, and adoption of a more automated
          process for building the various modules which are assembled into
          a completed vessel.  The modernization program is expected to be
          completed by the third quarter of 1995.

               During February 1995, the Company established two additional
          entities for the purpose of owning certain parcels of Avondale's
          real estate which underlie the building and improvements funded
          with the proceeds of the debt guaranteed under Title XI (as
          discussed above).  The first entity is Avondale Properties, Inc.,
          a Louisiana corporation, wholly owned by Avondale Industries,
          Inc.  The second entity is Avondale Land Management Company, a
          Louisiana Partnership owned 99% by Avondale Properties, Inc.  The
          properties transferred represent approximately 143 of the 210
          acres which comprise the Company's main facility.  These parcels
          are leased back to Avondale Industries, Inc. pursuant to certain
          lease agreements with a term coincident with the Title XI debt.

               The Company also operates several other facilities in the
          vicinity of the main shipyard.  The Westwego Yard is located five
          miles down-river from the main shipyard on 16.6 acres of leased
          land and includes facilities for the construction or repair of
          boats and vessels up to 450 feet in length.  The Algiers Yard is
          located 19 miles down-river from the main shipyard on 22 acres of
          leased land and includes construction facilities used
          predominantly for the repair and overhaul of large ocean-going
<PAGE>
          vessels.  The Steel Sales operation is located on 4.4 acres of
          property leased on a month-to-month basis in Harvey, Louisiana,
          where a steel warehouse is located.  The location has direct
          access to the Mississippi River via the Harvey Canal.  The
          Service Foundry operation, located in an approximately 300,000
          square foot facility on a 78-acre Company-owned site a few miles
          up-river from the main shipyard, consists of a bronze and steel
          foundry, a complete machine shop with steel fabricating
          facilities and a pattern shop for the production of patterns used
          in the foundry.

               The Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc. facility is located on
          24.5 acres of Company-owned land located six miles northeast of
          Gulfport, Mississippi on an industrial seaway.  The site has a
          98,800 square foot manufacturing facility and a 25,000 square
          foot assembly building.  The site also includes a test area, a
          craft storage area and a waterway access ramp.  As noted above,
          this facility is currently idle and has been listed for sale.
          However, the Company continues to seek alternative uses for this
          facility.

               The Avondale Enterprises, Inc. ("AEI") facility is located
          on a Company-owned 121.5 acre site four miles north northeast of
          Gulfport, Mississippi on the same industrial seaway as AGM.  The
          facility includes a 263,447 square foot manufacturing facility
          and a 6,300 square foot administration building.  This facility
          was acquired in 1989 for construction of the U.S. Navy's MHC-51
          Class of Coastal Minehunter.  AEI has pledged a portion of the
          facility to secure a $3 million loan it entered into in 1991 to
          finance a portion of its 1989 acquisition debt.  As discussed
          above, with the transfer of the final MHC hull to the main
          shipyard in December 1994, this facility was idle.  The Company
          is currently evaluating alternative uses for this facility.

               The main facility operated by the Genco Industries Group
          ("Genco") is located on a Company-owned 8.7 acre site 20 miles
          southeast of Beaumont, Texas.  The facility includes five
          buildings utilized for manufacturing and administration
          comprising approximately 66,800 square feet.  Genco has a smaller
          facility that is located on a Company-owned 3.2 acre site
          approximately 80 miles northwest of Beaumont.  This facility
          consists of three manufacturing-administration buildings totaling
          approximately 26,500 square feet.  As discussed above, Genco's
          facilities were idle in 1994 after completion of their contracts.
          The Company currently has these facilities listed for sale and is
          exploring alternative uses.

               Except as otherwise noted above, the above-described
          facility leases are for various terms extending through at least
          1999, including renewal options.

               The Company believes that its core marine construction and
          repair facilities provide it with sufficient capacity to handle
          any business it reasonably expects to obtain in the foreseeable
          future.  In general, the Company's productive capacity is limited
          less by physical facilities than by the number of employees the
          Company can effectively supervise.  Management believes that the
          Company would be operating at full capacity with approximately
          10,000 employees.  The Company's core business currently operates
          with more than 5,600 employees.
<PAGE>
   Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

               Environmental Proceedings.  Various governmental and private
          parties have from time to time alleged that the Company is a
          potentially responsible party with respect to certain hazardous
          waste sites, including, among others, the sites listed below.

                    Combustion, Inc. Site.  In January 1986, the Louisiana
          Department of Environmental Quality ("DEQ") advised the Company
          that it may be a responsible party ("PRP") with respect to an oil
          reclamation site operated by Combustion, Inc., an unaffiliated
          company, in Walker, Louisiana.  The Company sold to Combustion,
          Inc. a substantial portion of the waste oil that Combustion, Inc.
          processed during the period 1978 through 1982.  The Company's
          potential liability, if any, for cleanup of this site will be
          based on the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
          and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA") or the Louisiana
          Environmental Affairs Act.  Under these statutes, such liability
          is presumptively joint and several, but is typically apportioned
          among the responsible parties based on the volume of material
          sent by each to the waste site.  The Company has cooperated with
          other potentially responsible parties to study the potential
          aggregate liability under these statutes.  Moreover, the Company
          believes it has substantial defenses against liability and
          defenses that could mitigate the portion of liability, if any,
          that would otherwise be attributable to it.

               To date, the Company and certain of the other PRPs for the
          Combustion site have funded the site's remediation under a
          preliminary cost-sharing agreement.  Pursuant to that agreement,
          the Company  agreed to contribute up to $3.5 million to the total
          clean-up costs, such contributions to be made as clean-up costs
          were incurred.  As of December 31, 1994 the Company had
          contributed its $3.5 million share to the total clean-up costs,
          which at that date  approximate $15 million in the aggregate.
          Additional remedial work scheduled for the site includes
          completion of a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility Study in 1995
          to 1996, and, if required by the results of these studies,
          subsequent post-closure activities (i.e., ground water monitoring
          or remediation).  Future costs will also include DEQ oversight
          costs.  Future expenses are estimated in the range of
          approximately $1 million, exclusive of groundwater monitoring and
          remediation, for which no estimate is currently available.
          Following completion of the remediation, a final determination
          will be made as to the proper allocation of the remediation
          responsibility among the various parties.  The Company's share of
          the clean-up costs could be lower, or higher, than the $3.5
          million that it has contributed, but the Company does not expect
          its liability to vary materially from this amount.

               Since July 1986, a number of "toxic tort" suits have been
          filed against the Company and numerous other defendants alleging
          claims for personal injury, property damage, and "fear of cancer"
          in connection with Combustion, Inc.'s oil reclamation site.  The
          plaintiffs also seek substantial punitive damages.  These cases
          have been consolidated and certified as a class action.  The
          deadline set by the court for claimants to identify themselves
          has expired, and approximately 12,000 claimants have been
          identified.  The deadline for joinder of new parties to the
<PAGE>
          litigation has also expired.  By court order dated December 29,
          1994, all defendants and third-party defendants were deemed to
          have filed cross-claims against the other defendants and third-
          party defendants for tort contribution.  Certain defendants,
          including the Company, also were deemed to have filed cross-
          claims for CERCLA cost recovery against the other defendants and
          third-party defendants.  Significant discovery activities are
          scheduled to occur throughout 1995 and into 1996.

               The case is currently pending in federal court in the
          Western District of Louisiana.  The plaintiffs have moved to
          remand the state tort claims to Louisiana state court.  This
          motion has not been ruled on by the federal judge; however, a
          magistrate's report to the federal judge has recommended that the
          motion to remand be denied.

               The court has ordered the group of plaintiffs and the group
          of defendants to each select one "bellwether" plaintiff from each
          of eight categories, which include cancer, leukemia, and property
          damage.  Pursuant to a Case Management Order ("CMO"), the court
          has set a trial date for September 3, 1996.  The CMO provides for
          a multi-phase trial with Phase One including trial of
          "bellwether" plaintiffs before a jury.  Phase Two will address
          CERCLA claims.  Phase Three will involve settlement negotiations
          and mediation, and Phase Four will include any additional
          discovery and trials of multiple plaintiffs to resolve any
          remaining claims.

               Furthermore, the Company has initiated litigation against
          its insurer for a declaration of coverage of the liability, if
          any, that may arise in connection with the remediation of the
          site or the related tort litigation.  The court has ruled that
          the insurer has the duty to defend the Company, but has not yet
          ruled on whether the carrier has a duty to indemnify the Company
          if any liability is ultimately assessed against it.

               After consultation with counsel, the Company at this
          preliminary stage is unable to predict the eventual outcome of
          this litigation and cannot determine its actual liability, if
          any, for these toxic tort claims at December 31, 1994, nor the
          degree to which such potential liability would be indemnified by
          its insurance carrier.  The Company believes, based on the advice
          of counsel, that it has substantial defenses to liability with
          respect to the tort claims; however, if the claimants are
          successful, the Company could become liable for substantial
          amounts.  The CERCLA cost recovery claims in the suit may
          ultimately result in a requirement that additional parties
          contribute to the clean-up costs of the Combustion site and will
          not increase the Company's liability for clean-up costs
          associated with the site.

               Dutchtown Site.  In July 1988, Avondale was notified by the
          U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") that it may be a
          potentially responsible party with respect to an oil reclamation
          site operated by an unaffiliated company in Dutchtown, Louisiana.
          The steering committee established by Avondale and certain other
          potentially responsible parties is subject to an administrative
          order issued by the EPA in August 1989 and a consent decree
<PAGE>
          entered by the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of
          Louisiana in May 1990.  These orders provide for, among other
          things, expedited site remediation, which was largely completed
          during 1991.  To date, the steering committee has paid $6.5
          million in remediation expenses.   In 1994 the U.S. Environmental
          Protection Agency issued a decision for the final remedy at the
          site, such remedy to include groundwater monitoring for thirty
          years.  Following completion of the remediation, a final
          determination was made as to the proper allocation of the
          remediation responsibility among the various parties at which
          time the Company's share of the clean-up costs was allocated.
          The Company's remaining unpaid portion of  the total remediation
          costs under the final allocation and its share of the cost of the
          final remedy (including groundwater monitoring) is estimated at
          less than $500,000.  Avondale's ultimate responsibility for the
          remediation costs will depend upon several factors, including the
          results of litigation instituted in June 1990 by the steering
          committee against several other potentially responsible parties
          and the availability of recovery from Avondale's insurers.
          Management believes that the eventual disposition of these
          matters will not have a material effect on the Company's
          financial statements.

               Paint Operation Site.  In response to federal and state
          suits filed against Fina Oil and Chemical Company and its
          affiliate ("Fina") by the owner of a contaminated site located in
          Harvey, Louisiana, in 1991, Fina filed a third party demand
          against several other potentially responsible parties, including
          Avondale.  The contaminants consist primarily of by-products
          associated with a paint manufacturing business located for
          several decades at the Harvey, Louisiana site.  From 1967 through
          1976, Avondale owned this paint manufacturing business and leased
          the site from the owner.  In 1976, Avondale sold this business to
          Fina, which continued to operate the business and lease the site
          through December 1991.  In February 1994, the Company and Fina
          settled Fina's third party demand wherein Fina agreed to dismiss
          its claims against Avondale and agreed to defend, indemnify and
          hold Avondale harmless against all CERCLA liability excluding
          contamination associated with polychlorinated biphenyls ("PCBs").
          However, there is no evidence which supports the existence of
          PCBs at the site.  In exchange, Avondale has agreed to waive its
          claim for attorney fees and to provide an affidavit from the
          site's owner that attests that at no time during Avondale's
          operation of the paint manufacturing business were drums
          containing toxic wastes buried at the site.  Final execution of
          the settlement occurred in the fourth quarter of 1994.

               Other.  The Company was advised in the fourth quarter of
          1994 that it may be a PRP with respect to a second oil reclamation
          site, operated by another unaffiliated company, because it may
          have supplied a portion of the waste oil processed at the site.
          The EPA has completed action at this site at a cost of
          approximately $300,000.  The list of PRPs includes almost 70
          companies, and the Company believes that its liability, if any,
          will be a small percentage of the overall costs at this site.
<PAGE>
               In addition to the above, the Company is also named as a
          defendant in numerous other lawsuits and proceedings arising in
          the ordinary course of business, some of which involve
          substantial claims.  The Company has established accruals as
          appropriate for certain of the matters discussed above.  While
          the ultimate outcome of lawsuits and proceedings against the
          Company cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes,
          based on current facts and circumstances and after review with
          counsel, that, except for the toxic tort suits described above
          for which no estimate can be made, the eventual resolution of
          these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect
          on the Company's financial statements.

   Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

               The Company did not submit any matters to a vote of security
          holders during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year ended
          December 31, 1994.


                                       PART II

   Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
             Stockholder Matters.

               The Company's common stock has traded on The Nasdaq Stock
          Market ("NASDAQ") under the symbol AVDL.  The following table
          sets forth the range of high and low per share sales prices, as
          reported by NASDAQ, for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                 High           Low
    <S>                          <C>           <C>
    1993

    First Quarter                $3 1/8        $2 1/8
    Second Quarter               $4 1/2        $2 7/16
    Third Quarter                $7 5/8        $4 1/4
    Fourth Quarter               $7 3/4        $6 1/4

    1994

    First Quarter                $8 1/2        $6 5/8
    Second Quarter               $8 1/2        $6 1/4
    Third Quarter                $8 1/4        $6 1/8
    Fourth Quarter               $8            $6 5/8

</TABLE>
          At March 6, 1995, there were 728 holders of record of the
          Company's common stock.

          No dividends were paid on the Company's common stock in the three
          years ended December 31, 1994.  As discussed in Note 5 to the
          Company's consolidated financial statements, the terms of the
          Company's revolving credit agreement limit or restrict, without
          bank approval, the payment of cash dividends.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Item 6.   Selected Consolidated Financial Data.

                                           Years Ended December 31,
                            -------------------------------------------------   
                               1994      1993      1992      1991     1990
                               ----      ----      ----      ----     ----
   <S>                       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
   INCOME STATEMENT DATA:        (In thousands, except per share data)
   Continuing operations:
    Net sales                $475,810  $456,724  $576,384  $768,887  $752,060
    Gross profit (loss)        47,485    33,180    37,796   (30,090)   27,663
    Income (loss) from 
      operations               16,949     3,400     7,281  (119,842)   (3,543)
    Net ESOP contribution         ---       ---     8,141    24,000    27,000
    Income (loss) from
      continuing operations    13,075    (5,233)  (11,321) (139,173)  (25,560)
   Income (loss) from
     discontinued operations   (4,552)   (3,561)      104    (1,705)     (273)
   Net income (loss)            8,523   ( 8,794)  (11,217) (140,878)  (25,833)
   Income (loss) per share of
     common stock:
     Continuing operations       0.90     (0.36)    (0.78)    (9.64)    (1.69)
     Discontinued operations    (0.31)    (0.25)       --     (0.12)    (0.02)
     Total                       0.59     (0.61)    (0.78)    (9.76)    (1.71)
   Cash dividends per share of
     common stock                 ---       ---       ---       ---      0.92

   BALANCE SHEET DATA:
   Current assets            $127,936  $151,597  $177,075  $199,815  $237,831
   Current liabilities         93,100   127,032   113,917   127,522   154,776
   Total assets               273,503   302,139   346,196   383,670   491,015
   Long-term debt              45,875    43,848    90,469   110,009    61,094
   Total liabilities          150,625   187,784   223,047   257,528   248,156
   Shareholders' equity       122,878   114,355   123,149   126,142   242,859
   ____________________
   (1) Income statement data for years 1990 through 1993 have been restated to
       present Avondale Technical Services, Inc. as discontinued operations 
       (see Note 7).

   (2) See "Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
       Condition and Results of Operations" and the Notes to Consolidated 
       Financial Statements regarding the following:

       Discontinued operations.

       Settlement of Requests for Equitable Adjustments in December 1993.

       Revisions of estimated profits on several previously-completed 
         shipbuilding contracts in 1994.

   (3) During 1991 and 1990, the Company revised its estimated costs to 
       complete certain contracts which had the effect of decreasing net income
       by approximately $69 million, or $4.78 per share, and approximately 
       $22 million, or $1.45 per share, respectively.

   (4) During 1991, the Company revised its estimate of the continuing value 
       and future benefits of goodwill.  Accordingly, the Company reduced the 
       carrying value of goodwill which had the effect of decreasing net income
       for 1991 by $57.6 million, or $3.99 per share.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
   Item 7: Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
           Condition and Results of Operations

               The following discussion should be read in conjunction with
          Avondale Industries, Inc.'s (the "Company" or "Avondale")
          consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included
          elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

          Overview

               For the year ended December 31, 1994 the Company
          substantially improved its results of continuing operations and
          financial position as compared to the prior year.  Income from
          continuing operations increased over the prior year due to net
          gains on several previously-completed shipbuilding contracts, a
          reduction in interest expense and improvement in the Company's
          marine repair, wholesale steel and boat building operations.  As
          discussed below, discontinued operations represent the operating
          results of the Company's service contract subsidiary, Avondale
          Technical Services, Inc.

               The Company successfully completed two financing initiatives
          in 1994 that strengthened its liquidity position.  On May 10,
          1994 the Company established a $35 million revolving credit
          facility.  In addition, $36.25 million of Series 1983 Industrial
          Revenue Bonds ("Series 1983 IRBs") were refinanced on June 1,
          1994 through the issuance of $36.25 million of Series 1994
          Refunding Bonds which are due in 2004 and in 2014.

               In addition to the foregoing measures, the Company
          eliminated certain significant contingencies when it terminated
          certain arrangements with Ogden Corporation ("Ogden"), its former
          corporate parent which, among other things, could have required
          the Company to reimburse Ogden for certain 1985 and prior years'
          tax liabilities.  This settlement is further discussed below and
          in Note 12 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

               The Company's backlog at December 31, 1994 was at an all-
          time high of approximately $1.4 billion (excluding options).
          Included in the backlog is work to be performed on five 1994
          contract awards, the most significant of which occurred in
          September 1994 when the U.S. Navy exercised a previously awarded
          option to construct two additional Strategic Sealift ships for
          $420 million.  These represent the second and third ships which
          the Company has been awarded in the Sealift program.  The
          remaining options for the other three ships are exercisable over
          the next three years.  Other 1994 contract awards include a $27
          million contract for a third gaming vessel to be delivered in
          mid-1995 and three contracts totaling $39.5 million for the
          drydock and repair of six T-AKR-Fast Sealift Ships.  Of these
          drydock and repair contracts, one was completed in the fourth
          quarter of 1994, one was completed in the first quarter of 1995
          and the third is scheduled for completion in the third quarter of
          1995.  Additionally, Avondale was one of five shipyards that
          received a contract to undertake a  preliminary design study on
          the U.S. Navy's LPD 17 (formerly LX) ship.  Work on the $480,000
          fixed-price contract is expected to last approximately one year.
          The LPD 17 construction program is anticipated to be a multi-ship
<PAGE>
          project with the first construction contract award forecasted for
          1997 or 1998.  The U.S. Navy may order up to twelve LPD 17 ships
          that are intended to replace over 30 amphibious vessels scheduled
          for decommissioning.

               The Company has filed a Request for Equitable Adjustment
          ("Minehunter REA") with the U.S. Navy seeking substantial
          increases in the contract prices for four MHC-51 Class
          Minehunters ("MHC") currently being built by the Company.  The
          MHC-51 Class Minehunter is a highly sophisticated vessel designed
          primarily to clear harbor and coastal waters of acoustic,
          magnetic and pressure/contact mines.  It is constructed using a
          specially designed glass reinforced plastic ("GRP") technology
          that was originally developed by a foreign shipyard engaged in
          the construction of other MHC ships.  The foreign shipyard also
          was required to license the necessary technology and know-how for
          the design and construction of the vessels to the Company.  The
          Company believes that the additional costs addressed by the
          Minehunter REA resulted from defective ship specifications
          provided to the Company that proved impossible to perform at the
          original cost estimate developed by the Company.  In connection
          with developing the Minehunter REA, the Company realized during
          the third quarter of 1994 that it would be necessary to increase
          its cost to complete estimates for the MHC vessels.  Prior to the
          third quarter of 1994, the Company's work on the MHC program had
          been performed on a break-even basis following the Company's
          recording of a reserve for contract losses as part of the overall
          resolution of the Company's Request for Equitable Adjustments
          ("REAs") which were settled in December 1993.  The Company, in
          consultation with outside counsel, has reviewed the Minehunter
          REA to determine a minimum estimate of its probable recoverable
          amount.  The Company has received an opinion of outside counsel
          that such contracts provide a legal basis for the Minehunter REA
          and the evidence supporting the Minehunter REA is objective and
          verifiable.  Based on the Company's review in consultation with
          outside counsel and supported by the view of outside counsel that
          they have no reason to believe that the use of $16 million in
          quantifying the minimum probable amount of recovery is
          unreasonable, management concluded in the third quarter of 1994
          that it was appropriate to offset the loss that it would have
          otherwise had to recognize with respect to the MHC program by
          such amount.  In addition, the effects of the cost increase have
          been partially offset also by certain contractual cost sharing
          and cost escalation provisions which obligate the U.S. Navy to
          bear a portion of the additional costs.  To the extent that any
          portion of the $16 million recognized is not recovered, then
          losses in addition to those taken in 1993 will have to be
          recorded.

               With the exception of the contract to construct the four
          Minehunters and the three LSDs, which are projected to be
          completed on essentially a break-even basis (assuming the Company
          collects the estimated $16 million minimum probable amount of
          recovery on its Minehunter REA), the Company's committed backlog
          is projected to be completed profitably.  The operating profit
          projected to be recognized in 1995 will be related principally to
          the LSD-CV 52 and 7 T-AO contracts, while profits projected for
          1996 and 1997 will reflect the LSD-CV 52 as well as the
          Icebreaker and Sealift contracts after the Company has made
<PAGE>
          sufficient progress on these contracts to begin recognizing
          profits.  The Company records profits under the percentage-of-
          completion method of accounting based on direct labor charges,
          and, although the Company generally does not begin to record
          profits on its contracts until contract performance is sufficient
          to estimate final results with reasonable accuracy, actual
          profits taken with respect to such contracts may be delayed or
          diminished if the Company is required in the future to revise its
          estimate of the cost to complete one or more of such contracts.

               In 1994, the Company closed its Avondale Gulfport Marine,
          Inc. ("AGM") and Genco Industries, Inc. ("Genco") operations as
          these subsidiaries completed their existing contracts.  While the
          AGM and Genco facilities are currently offered for sale, the
          Company continues to seek alternative uses for these facilities.
          The Company also determined in the third quarter of 1994 that it
          will close its Avondale Technical Services, Inc. ("ATS")
          operation when it completes its current contracts in 1995.  The
          operating results of ATS are disclosed herein as discontinued
          operations in the Company's Consolidated Statements of
          Operations. In addition, the Company completed the fourth and
          final MHC glass reinforced plastic hull at the GRP Division
          during the fourth quarter of 1994 and transferred this hull to
          its main shipyard for final completion and outfitting.  The
          Company is considering using the GRP facility for several
          potential contract opportunities.

               As discussed further in Note 12 of the notes to the
          consolidated financial statements, the Company has been informed
          that it may be a potentially responsible party ("PRP") in
          connection with two oil reclamation sites operated by
          unaffiliated companies.  With respect to one site, operated by
          Combustion, Inc., an unaffiliated company, in Walker, Louisiana,
          the Company and certain of the other PRPs for the Combustion site
          have funded the site's remediation under a preliminary cost-
          sharing agreement.  As of December 31, 1994, clean-up costs
          totalled $15 million, of which the Company has contributed $3.5
          million.  Additional remedial work scheduled for the site
          includes the completion of a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility
          Study in 1995 to 1996, and, if required by the results of these
          studies, subsequent post-closure activities (e.g., groundwater
          monitoring or remediation).  Future costs will also include
          Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality oversight costs.
          Future aggregate expenses are expected to be approximately $1
          million, exclusive of groundwater monitoring and remediation, to
          which no estimate is currently available.  The Company believes
          that its proportionate share of expenditures for any additional
          remedial work will not have a material effect on the Company's
          financial statements.  In addition, the Company believes that its
          proportionate responsibility for the clean-up costs will not be
          materially increased.

               Since July 1986, a number of "toxic tort" suits have been
          filed against the Company and numerous other defendants alleging
          claims for personal injury, property damage, and "fear of cancer"
          in connection with Combustion, Inc.'s oil reclamation site.  The
          plaintiffs also seek substantial punitive damages.  These cases
          have been consolidated and certified as a class action.  The
          deadline set by the court for claimants to identify themselves
<PAGE>
          has expired, and approximately 12,000 claimants have been
          identified.  The deadline for joinder of new parties to the
          litigation has also expired.  By court order dated December 29,
          1994, all defendants and third-party defendants were deemed to
          have filed cross-claims against the other defendants and third-
          party defendants for tort contribution.  Certain defendants,
          including the Company, also were deemed to have filed cross-
          claims for Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
          Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA") cost recovery against the other
          defendants and third-party defendants.  Significant discovery
          activities are scheduled to occur throughout 1995 and into 1996.

               The case is currently pending in federal courts in the
          Western District of Louisiana.  The plaintiffs have moved to
          remand the state tort claims to Louisiana state court.  This
          motion has not been ruled on by the federal judge; however, a
          magistrate's report to the federal judge has recommended that the
          motion to remand be denied.

               The court has ordered the group of plaintiffs and the group
          of defendants to each select one "bellwether" plaintiff from each
          of eight categories, which include cancer, leukemia, and property
          damage.  Pursuant to a Case Management Order ("CMO"), the court
          has set a trial date for September 3, 1996.  The CMO provides for
          a multi-phase trial with Phase One including trial of
          "bellwether" plaintiffs before a jury.  Phase Two will address
          CERCLA claims.  Phase Three will involve settlement negotiations
          and mediation, and Phase Four will include any additional
          discovery and trials of multiple plaintiffs to resolve any
          remaining claims.

               The Company has initiated litigation against its insurer for
          a declaration of coverage of the liability, if any, that may
          arise in connection with the remediation of the site or the
          related tort litigation.  The court has ruled that the insurer
          has the duty to defend the Company, but has not yet ruled on
          whether the carrier has a duty to indemnify the Company against
          liability.

               After consultation with counsel, the Company at this
          preliminary stage is unable to predict the eventual outcome of
          this litigation and cannot determine its actual liability, if
          any, for these toxic tort claims at December 31, 1994, nor the
          degree to which such potential liability would be indemnified by
          its insurance carrier.  The Company believes, based on the advice
          of counsel, that it has substantial defenses to liability with
          respect to the tort claims; however, if the claimants are
          successful, the Company could become liable for substantial
          amounts.  The CERCLA cost recovery claims in the suit may
          ultimately result in a requirement that additional parties
          contribute to the clean-up costs of the Combustion site and will
          not increase the Company's liability for clean-up costs
          associated with the site.

               With respect to the second oil reclamation site, as
          discussed in Note 12, the Company was advised in the fourth
          quarter of 1994 that it may be a PRP because it may have supplied
          a portion of the waste oil processed at this site.  The U.S.
<PAGE>
          Environmental Protection Agency has completed action at this site
          at a cost of approximately $300,000.  The list of PRPs includes
          almost 70 companies, and the Company believes that its
          proportion, if it has any liability, will be limited to a small
          percentage of the overall costs at the site.

               As discussed above, certain of the Company's operations
          closed in 1994 with the completion of their respective contracts.
          Two of these facilities are currently offered for sale while the
          Company continues to seek alternative uses for these facilities.
          With respect to environmental matters, the Company currently is
          not aware of any material liabilities to be incurred for site
          restoration, post closure, monitoring commitments, or other exit
          costs that may occur or result from the sale, disposal or
          abandonment of any of these properties.

               On February 7, 1995 the Company announced the execution of
          a $143.9 million contract with a private bulk shipping company to
          construct four double-hulled product carriers.  These double-
          hulled product carriers will be the first U.S. flag product
          carriers constructed in the U.S. in eight years. The contract was
          made possible when the shipping company's application for a U.S.
          Government guarantee under Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act
          was approved by the Department of Transportation, Maritime
          Administration.  The guarantee, for $139.4 million, will be used
          as the basis for the financing of the project.  The contract will
          become effective upon finalizing the financing by the shipping
          company.  Construction is scheduled to commence in mid-1995 with
          a scheduled completion of mid-1997.

          Results of Operations

          1994 vs. 1993. The Company recorded income from continuing
          operations of approximately $13.1 million, or $0.90 per share,
          for the year ended December 31, 1994 compared to a loss of
          approximately $5.2 million, or $0.36 per share, for 1993.  The
          improvement in the Company's 1994 income from continuing
          operations principally reflects net gains of approximately $3.5
          million, or $0.24 per share, related to revisions of estimated
          contract profits on several previously-completed shipbuilding
          contracts, increases in operating income at the Company's marine
          repair, wholesale steel and boat building operations and a
          reduction in interest expense.  The decrease in interest expense
          is due primarily to the Company's repayment in early 1994 of
          balances owed on its previously outstanding revolving credit
          facilities and senior notes.  The repayment of these debt
          obligations was made possible by the successful resolution and
          settlement of the Company's Requests for Equitable Adjustments
          ("REAs") in December 1993.

               In the third quarter of 1994 the Company decided to
          discontinue its service contracting subsidiary, Avondale
          Technical Services, Inc. ("ATS"), formed in 1990 to pursue large-
          scale service contracts with government and commercial
          operations.  The Company concluded that managerial and financial
          resources devoted to ATS could be more productively invested in
          the Company's core marine construction operations.  As a result,
          the operating results of ATS for the current and prior years are
          reported as discontinued operations (see Note 7 of the notes to
<PAGE>
          consolidated financial statements).  The Company recorded a loss
          from discontinued operations of approximately $4.6 million
          (including estimated costs related to a contract termination), or
          $0.31 per share, for the year ended December 31, 1994 and has
          restated prior year results to reflect a loss from discontinued
          operations of approximately $3.6 million, or $0.25 per share, for
          the year ended December 31, 1993.

               The Company's net sales from continuing operations in 1994
          increased approximately $19.1 million, or 4.2%, as compared to
          the prior year.  The increase in 1994 net sales is due primarily
          to increases in sales revenues recognized on the contracts to
          construct the fourth Landing Ship Dock-Cargo Variant ("LSD-CV")
          vessel, the contracts to construct the three paddlewheel gaming
          vessels (two of which were delivered in 1994) and the start-up of
          the first Sealift ship.  These increases in net sales were
          partially offset by  reductions in sales revenues recognized on
          the contracts to construct the three LSD-CV vessels (the first of
          which was delivered in 1994), the seven T-AO Oiler contract (the
          fourth of which was delivered in 1994) and the four MHC-51 Class
          Coastal Minehunters ("MHCs") as these contracts approach
          completion.  Additionally, the Company experienced reduced sales
          revenues in 1994 associated with the T-AGS 45 Oceanographic
          Survey Ship contract, which was delivered in 1993, and at its
          Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc. ("AGM") and Genco Industries, Inc.
          ("Genco") operations.  AGM delivered its last Landing Craft Air
          Cushion ("LCAC") vessel in June 1993.  Genco completed its
          remaining construction contracts in August 1994.    The contracts
          to construct the four LSD-CVs, the four MHCs and the seven T-AOs
          collectively accounted for approximately 69% of the Company's
          1994 net sales revenue.

               Gross profit for 1994 increased approximately $14.3 million,
          or 43%, compared to 1993.  The increase in 1994 gross profit is
          primarily due to profits recognized on the contract to construct
          the seven T-AOs and revisions of contract profits on several
          previously-completed shipbuilding contracts.  Also contributing
          to the 1994 gross profit were profits recognized on the two
          gaming vessels delivered in 1994 and profits recognized by the
          Company's marine repair and wholesale steel operations.

               Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses
          increased by approximately $756,000,  or 2.5%, for 1994 compared
          to 1993.  The overall increase in SG&A expenses primarily
          resulted from increased operating activity at the Company's main
          shipyard.  This increase in SG&A expenses was partially offset by
          a decrease in SG&A expenses resulting from the closing of the AGM
          and Genco operations.

               Interest expense decreased by approximately $4.4 million, or
          50%, in 1994 as compared to 1993.  The decrease is due to the
          reduction in the Company's overall level of debt, which decreased
          by approximately $37 million, or 41.7%, at December 31, 1994 as
          compared to December 31, 1993 (see "Liquidity and Capital
          Resources" below).

               The Company recorded a $300,000 provision for income taxes
          in 1994 while no provision was recorded in 1993 due to the loss
          from operations (see Note 9 of the notes to the consolidated
<PAGE>
          financial statements for further discussion).

          1993 vs. 1992.  The results of operations herein have been
          restated to present Avondale Technical Services, Inc. ("ATS") as
          discontinued operations.

               The Company had a loss from continuing operations for the
          year ended December 31, 1993 of $5.2 million, or $0.36 per share,
          compared with a loss from continuing operations in 1992 of $11.3
          million, or $0.78 per share.  The Company recorded a loss from
          discontinued operations of $3.6 million, or $0.25 per share, for
          1993 compared with income from discontinued operations of
          $104,000, or less than $0.01 per share, in 1992.  The Company's
          profitability in 1993 was affected by several factors, primarily
          the allocation of the recovery to individual contracts and the
          related timing of the recognition of the revenues associated with
          the Company's settlement with the U.S. Navy on its Requests for
          Equitable Adjustment ("REAs") and other charges and write downs,
          all of which occurred in the fourth quarter of 1993.

               Net sales from continuing operations for the year ended
          December 31, 1993 decreased $119.7 million, or 20.8%, from the
          same period in 1992.  The decrease in net sales is consistent
          with a declining level of activity in the Company's shipbuilding
          operations, with most of the Company's net sales attributable to
          shipbuilding contracts with the U.S. Navy to build seven T-AO
          Oilers (four of which remain to be completed), three Landing Ship
          Docks - Cargo Variant ("LSD-CV") and four MHC-51 Coastal
          Minehunters ("MHC") (all of which remain to be completed).

               Gross profit for 1993 decreased by $4.6 million, or 12%, to
          $33.2 million compared to $37.8 million in 1992.  The decrease in
          gross profit partially reflects the impact of recording the
          effects of the settlement with the U.S. Navy on the Company's
          REAs, such settlement occurring in late December 1993 as
          discussed in the "Overview".  Gross profit was also affected in
          the fourth quarter of 1993 by the write downs of assets currently
          offered for sale and retroactive adjustments of insurance costs.

               Selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses
          decreased approximately $735,000, or 2.4%, for the year ended
          December 31, 1993, as compared to 1992.  The decrease in SG&A
          expenses reflects the general decline in activity.  The decreases
          were partially offset by increases in professional and other fees
          associated with the further amendment of the Company's revolving
          credit agreements with the Company's banks and the senior notes.
          Additionally, increases were noted in bids and estimates, travel
          and selling and product development expenses which reflect the
          Company's ongoing efforts to secure additional contracts.  As
          noted above, these efforts yielded contracts which, if all
          options are exercised, would result in sales in excess of $1.8
          billion.

               Interest expense decreased by $1.9 million for the year
          ended December 31, 1993 as compared to the same period in 1992.
          The decrease is due primarily to the reduction in the Company's
          overall level of debt, which decreased by $28 million at December
          31, 1993 as compared to 1992.
<PAGE>
               Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of
          Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employers' Accounting
          for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions" ("SFAS 106") and
          Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting
          for Income Taxes" ("SFAS 109").  Implementation of these
          statements had no material impact on the Company's financial
          position or results of operations.

          Liquidity and Capital Resources

               As discussed in the 1993 Form 10-K, the December 1993
          settlement of the Company's Requests for Equitable Adjustments
          ("REAs") submitted during 1992 substantially improved the
          Company's liquidity.  At the end of 1993, the Company invoiced
          approximately $90 million of the $145 million REA settlement
          amount.  The balance is being billed over the remaining period of
          performance under the affected contracts.  The cash received by
          the Company enabled the Company to retire its approximately $6
          million of senior notes and approximately $38 million balance of
          outstanding loans under two previous credit facilities.

               In 1994 the Company successfully completed two financing
          initiatives which strengthened its liquidity position.  On May
          10, 1994, the Company established a $35 million revolving bank
          credit facility secured principally by the Company's working
          capital assets and its 900-foot floating drydock.  Among other
          things, under the credit facility the Company has the right to
          require the bank group to post letters of credit on the Company's
          behalf in support of its operations.  At December  31, 1994
          approximately $23.3 million of letters of credit were outstanding
          under the new credit facility.

               On June 1, 1994, the Company announced that it had completed
          the issuance of $36.25 million of Series 1994 Refunding Bonds
          resulting in the refinancing and redemption of the Series 1983
          Industrial Revenue Bonds ("Series 1983 IRBs").  The Series 1994
          Refunding Bonds call for principal amortization to begin on June
          1, 1997, with $6.0 million of the Refunding Bonds to bear
          interest at the rate of 8.25% and mature in 2004, and the
          remaining $30.25 million to bear interest at 8.50% and mature in
          2014.

               In addition to the financing measures discussed above, the
          Company eliminated certain significant contingencies when it
          terminated certain arrangements with Ogden which have existed
          since the Spin Off in 1985.  Prior to their termination, these
          arrangements could have required the Company to reimburse Ogden
          for certain 1985 and prior years' tax liabilities or to issue
          preferred stock or debentures to Ogden in the amount of its
          reimbursement obligation.  The termination of the 1985 agreements
          also terminated certain obligations of Ogden to continue to
          guarantee the Series 1983 IRBs as well as guarantee certain other
          Avondale obligations.

               The previous arrangements terminated (i) upon the payment by
          the Company to Ogden of $5 million of cash on June 1, 1994, (ii)
          the Company's delivery to Ogden of a two-year unsecured note in
          the principal amount of $8 million bearing interest at 10% per
          annum and payable in $5 million and $3 million installments in
<PAGE>
          1995 and 1996, respectively, (iii) the refunding on June 1, 1994
          of the $36.25 million Refunding Bonds (without an Ogden
          guarantee) to replace an IRB issuance that Ogden had guaranteed,
          and (iv) the Company's securing of Ogden's release from its other
          guarantees of the Company's obligations.  The $13 million
          settlement with Ogden noted above was accounted for as an
          adjustment to the purchase price incurred in connection with the
          Spin Off from Ogden and resulted in a concurrent increase to the
          Company's goodwill.  The Company expects that funds from
          operations, existing cash balances and funds available from the
          Company's existing credit facilities will be sufficient to fund
          the payments to Ogden as noted above.

               As previously discussed in the Company's Form 10-Q for the
          period ended September 30, 1994, the Company has from time to
          time considered the advisability of certain capital expenditure
          programs to, among other things, upgrade and modernize its plant
          and equipment.  In 1994 the Company decided to pursue an
          approximately $20 million plant modernization program at the
          Company's main shipyard.  In addition to increasing production
          efficiency, the modernization program is expected to enhance the
          Company's ability to compete for domestic and international
          shipbuilding opportunities.

               On February 10, 1995 the Company announced that it completed
          financing of $17.8 million of the plant modernization effort by
          issuing mortgage bonds utilizing a Title XI guarantee.  The bonds
          bear interest at the rate of 8.16% and are repayable in equal
          semi-annual principal payments of $593,000 over a 15 year period.
          The Company expects the modernization of the plant facilities to
          be completed by the third quarter of 1995.

               In addition to the $17.8 million of mortgage bonds discussed
          above, the Company also completed the refinancing of
          approximately $4.3 million of existing Title XI bonds and the
          reduction of the interest rate from 9.30% to 7.86%.  These bonds
          are repayable in equal semi-annual principal payments of $776,000
          and mature in the year 2000.

               As part of the Company's continuing efforts to focus on its
          core activity, marine construction, the Company continues to
          explore the possible sale of its non-core assets.  While the
          Company is in the process of marketing several of its facilities,
          any such sales would only be made for amounts that are not less
          than management's estimate of the fair value of the assets.

<PAGE>
   Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
           See next consecutive page.

                                         
          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

          To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
            of Avondale Industries, Inc.:

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
          Avondale Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31,
          1994 and 1993, and the related consolidated statements of
          operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the
          three years in the period ended December 31, 1994.  These
          financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
          management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
          financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted
          auditing standards.  Those standards require that we plan and
          perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
          the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An
          audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
          the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An
          audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
          significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
          the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that
          our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
          fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
          Avondale Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 1994
          and 1993, and the results of their operations and their cash
          flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
          31, 1994 in conformity with generally accepted accounting
          principles.


          \s\ Deloitte & Touche LLP
          DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

          New Orleans, Louisiana
          February 24, 1995


<PAGE>                                         
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                               CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
  
    December 31,                                         1994          1993
                                                         ----          ----    
                                                           (In thousands)
    <S>                                               <C>           <C> 
    ASSETS (Notes 5 and 6)
    Current Assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents                         $ 15,414      $  3,195
    Restricted short-term investments (Note 6)           1,811
    Receivables (Note 3)                                84,510       130,052
    Inventories (Note 4)                                16,109        13,609
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 9)  10,092         4,741
                                                       -------       -------
    Total current assets                               127,936       151,597
                                                       -------       -------    
    Property, Plant and Equipment:
    Land                                                 9,324         9,324
    Buildings and improvements                          47,979        46,162
    Machinery and equipment                            174,694       173,456
                                                       -------       -------
    Total                                              231,997       228,942
    Less accumulated depreciation                     (112,836)     (103,400)
                                                       -------       ------- 
    Property, plant and equipment - net                119,161       125,542
                                                       -------       -------    
    Goodwill - net                                      15,431        17,892
    Deferred tax assets (Note 9)                         7,000
    Other assets                                         3,975         7,108
                                                       -------       -------  
    TOTAL ASSETS                                      $273,503      $302,139
                                                       =======       =======

    LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    Current Liabilities:
    Notes payable to banks (Note 5)                   $             $ 38,303
    Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 6)        5,866         6,568
    Accounts payable                                    60,917        56,797
    Accrued employee compensation                       12,948        12,352
    Other                                               13,369        13,012
                                                       -------       ------- 
    Total current liabilities                           93,100       127,032

    Notes payable to banks (Note 5)                                      107
    Long-term debt (Note 6                              45,875        43,741
    Other liabilities and deferred credits              11,650        16,904
                                                       -------       -------  
    Total liabilities                                  150,625       187,784
                                                       -------       -------

    Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 6, 8 and 12)

    SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 11):
    Common stock, $1.00 par value; authorized -
      30,000,000 shares; issued - 15,927,191 shares 
       in 1994 and 1993                                 15,927        15,927
    Additional paid-in capital                         373,911       373,911
    Accumulated deficit                               (255,104)     (263,627)
                                                       -------       -------
    Total                                              134,734       126,211
    Treasury stock (1,463,016 shares 
      in 1994 and 1993) at cost                        (11,856)      (11,856)
                                                       -------       -------
    Total shareholders' equity                         122,878       114,355
                                                       -------       -------
    TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY        $273,503      $302,139
                                                       =======       =======   
    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPION>

                      AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                         CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

    Years ended December 31,                     1994       1993       1992
    (In thousands, except per share data)        ----       ----       ----

    <S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
    CONTINUING OPERATIONS:
    Net sales (Note 3)                        $ 475,810  $ 456,724  $ 576,384
    Cost of sales                               428,325    423,544    538,588
                                                -------    -------    -------   
    Gross profit                                 47,485     33,180     37,796
    Selling, general
      and administrative expenses                30,536     29,780     30,515
                                                -------    -------    -------
    Income from operations                       16,949      3,400      7,281
    Interest expense                             (4,385)    (8,769)   (10,695)
    Other - net                                     811        136        234
                                                -------    -------    -------   
    Income (Loss) from continuing operations
      before ESOP contribution and income taxes  13,375     (5,233)    (3,180)
    Net ESOP contribution (Note 10)                 ---        ---      8,141
                                                -------    -------    -------
    Income (Loss) from continuing
      operations before income taxes             13,375     (5,233)   (11,321)
    Income taxes (Note 9)                           300
                                                -------    -------    -------
    Income (Loss) from continuing operations     13,075     (5,233)   (11,321)
                                                -------    -------    ------- 
    DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS (NOTE 7):
    Income (Loss) from discontinued operations   (1,909)    (3,561)       104
    Disposal costs                               (2,643)   
                                                -------    -------    -------
    Income (Loss) from discontinued operations   (4,552)    (3,561)       104
                                                -------    -------    -------
    NET INCOME (LOSS)                         $   8,523  $  (8,794) $ (11,217)
                                                =======    =======    =======

    Income (Loss) per share of common stock (Note 11):
    Continuing operations                     $    0.90  $   (0.36) $   (0.78)
    Discontinued operations                       (0.31)     (0.25)       ---
                                                -------    -------    -------
    INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK   $    0.59  $   (0.61) $   (0.78)
                                                =======    =======    =======
    Weighted average number
      of shares outstanding                      14,481     14,464     14,462
                                                =======    =======    =======     

    See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


 Years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994
 (In thousands)


                                       Additional                 Note                     Total     
                              Common     Paid-In   Accumulated   Receivable   Treasury   Shareholders'
                               Stock     Capital    Deficit      From ESOP     Stock       Equity     
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>     
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1991   $ 15,906   $373,849    $(243,616)    $(8,141)    $(11,856)    $126,142   
Net (loss)                                            (11,217)                              (11,217)
Repayment from ESOP                                                 8,141                     8,141
Other                              21         62                                                 83
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------  
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1992     15,927    373,911     (254,833)                 (11,856)     123,149
Net (loss)                                             (8,794)                               (8,794)
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------   
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993     15,927    373,911     (263,627)                 (11,856)     114,355
Net income                                              8,523                                 8,523
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994   $ 15,927   $373,911    $(255,104)    $   ---     $(11,856)    $122,878
                             =========================================================================

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                      AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS



   Years ended December 31,                        1994       1993       1992
   (In thousands)                                  ----       ----       ----

   <S>                                           <C>        <C>       <C> 
   CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income (loss)                             $ 8,523    $(8,794)  $(11,217)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) 
     to net cash provided by (used for) 
      operating activities:
       Depreciation and amortization              11,552     11,810     12,318
       Change in operating assets and 
        liabilities, net of dispositions:
        Receivables                               45,542     16,634     22,256
        Inventories                               (2,500)       189      2,701
        Prepaid expenses and other 
         current assets                           (1,251)       653     (2,213)
        Accounts payable                           4,120     (4,476)   (27,756)
        Accrued employee compensation                596       (248)    (2,568)
        Other - net                                2,546      1,098      3,586
                                                 -------    -------    -------
   Net cash provided by (used for)
     operating activities                         69,128     16,866     (2,893)
                                                 -------    -------    -------  
   CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Capital expenditures                           (5,120)    (2,863)    (2,221)
   Proceeds from sale of assets                               9,467
   Repayment of note receivable                                          2,250
   Purchase of restricted short-term 
     investments - net                            (1,811)
   Payment to former corporate parent (Note 12)   (5,000)
                                                 -------    -------    -------
   Net cash provided by (used for) 
     investing activities                        (11,931)     6,604         29
                                                 -------    -------    -------

   CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Payment of long-term borrowings               (81,228)   (27,888)   (12,001)
   Proceeds from issuance of long-term borrowings 36,250                 6,728
   Repayment of ESOP note receivable                                     8,141
                                                 -------    -------    -------
   Net cash provided by (used for) 
     financing activities                        (44,978)   (27,888)     2,868
                                                 -------    -------    -------
   NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
     EQUIVALENTS                                  12,219     (4,418)         4  
   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
     BEGINNING OF YEAR                             3,195      7,613      7,609
                                                 -------    -------    -------
   CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT
     END OF YEAR                                 $15,414    $ 3,195    $ 7,613
                                                 =======    =======    =======
   SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES:
   Interest paid                                 $ 4,537    $ 8,659    $10,481
                                                 =======    =======    =======  
   See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                     
          1.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

          Principles of Consolidation

          The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
          Avondale Industries, Inc.  and its wholly-owned subsidiaries
          ("Avondale" or the "Company") which are primarily engaged in
          marine construction and repair.  All significant intercompany
          transactions have been eliminated.

          Revenue Recognition

          Profits on long-term contracts are recorded on the basis of the
          Company's estimates of the percentage of completion of individual
          contracts, commencing when progress reaches a point where
          contract performance is sufficient to estimate final results with
          reasonable accuracy.  Estimates of the percentage of completion
          are based on direct labor charges.  Revisions in cost and profit
          estimates during the course of the work are reflected in the
          accounting period in which the facts requiring the revisions
          become known.  Amounts in excess of agreed upon contract price
          for customer caused delays, disruptions, unapproved change orders
          or other causes of additional contract costs are recognized in
          contract value if it is probable that the claim for such amounts
          will result in additional revenue and the amount can be
          reasonably estimated (see Note 3).  Provisions for estimated
          losses, if any, on uncompleted contracts are made in the period
          in which such losses are determined.

          Statements of Cash Flows

          For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company
          considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with a
          maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

          Fair Value Disclosures

          Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107, "Disclosures
          about Fair Value of Financial Instruments" ("SFAS 107"), requires
          the disclosure of the fair value of all significant financial
          instruments.  The estimated fair value amounts have been
          developed by the Company based on available market information
          and appropriate valuation methodologies.  However, considerable
          judgment is required in developing the estimates of fair value.
          Therefore, such estimates are not necessarily indicative of the
          amounts that could be realized in a current market exchange.
          After such analysis, management believes that the carrying value
          of the Company's significant financial instruments approximates
          fair value.

          Inventories

          Inventories are recorded principally at the lower of cost
          (average or first-in, first-out) or market.
<PAGE>
          Property, Plant and Equipment

          Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost.  Depreciation of
          property, plant and equipment is computed in the financial
          statements on the straight-line method based on estimates of
          useful lives as follows:

                            Type                  Period

                    Machinery and equipment       3-20 years
                    Buildings and improvements   15-40 years

          Accelerated depreciation methods are generally used for income
          tax purposes.  Maintenance and repairs are charged directly to
          expense as incurred.  Additions, improvements and major renewals
          are capitalized.

          Goodwill

          Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the
          underlying fair value of the net assets of acquired businesses
          and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over its
          estimated useful life of twenty years.  Management evaluates the
          continuing value and future benefits of goodwill, including the
          appropriateness of related amortization periods, on a current
          basis.

          The recoverability of goodwill is assessed by determining whether
          the unamortized balance can be recovered through projected cash
          flows and operating results over its remaining life.  Any
          impairment of the asset is recognized when it is probable that
          such future undiscounted cash flows will be less than the
          carrying value of the asset.

          Accumulated amortization at December 31, 1994 and 1993 amounted
          to $73.7 million and $72.2 million, respectively.

          Income Taxes

          The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated Federal
          income tax return.  Deferred income taxes are provided in the
          financial statements, where necessary, to account for the tax
          effect of temporary differences resulting from reporting revenues
          and expenses for income tax purposes in periods different from
          those used for financial reporting purposes.  The temporary
          differences result principally from the use of different methods
          of accounting for depreciation, long-term contracts and certain
          employee benefits.

<PAGE>
          2.  REA Settlement

          During 1992, the Company submitted Requests for Equitable
          Adjustments ("REAs") to the U.S. Navy with respect to certain of
          its significant shipbuilding contracts.  In December 1993, the
          Company and the U.S. Navy agreed to settle these REAs for
          approximately $145 million.  The settlement partially compensated
          the Company for design changes and other factors that had led to
          significant cost overruns on those contracts that were the
          subject of the REAs.

          In December 1993, the Company invoiced approximately $90 million
          of the settlement amount, all of which it had received by the end
          of April 1994.  The balance is being billed over the remaining
          period of performance under the affected contracts.  The
          Company's receipt of this cash enabled it to retire the
          outstanding balances of its revolving credit facilities and the
          senior notes totalling approximately $44 million at December 31,
          1993 (see Notes 5 and 6).

          3.  Receivables

          Receivables consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and
          1993 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1994        1993
                                                          ----        ----
          <S>                                          <C>          <C>
          Long-term contracts:
             U.S. Government:
               Amounts billed                          $ 13,754      $ 91,126
               Unbilled costs, including retentions,
                and estimated profits on contracts 
                 in progress                             48,254        16,554
                                                        -------       -------
               Total                                     62,008       107,680
                                                        
             Commercial:
               Amounts billed                             7,568         8,820
               Unbilled costs, including retentions,
                and estimated profits on contracts
                 in progress                             10,914        10,219
                                                        -------       -------  
               Total from long-term contracts            80,490       126,719
          Trade and other current receivables             4,020         3,333
                                                        -------       -------  
          Total                                        $ 84,510      $130,052 
                                                        =======       =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
          Unbilled costs, including retentions, and estimated profits on
          contracts in progress were not billable to customers at the
          balance sheet dates under terms of the respective contracts.  Of
          the unbilled costs and estimated profits, approximately $7.7
          million is expected to be collected in 1995 with the balance to
          be collected in subsequent years as contract deliveries are made
          and warranty periods expire.  Net sales to the United States
          Government in 1994, 1993 and 1992 account for approximately  77%,
          79% and 84% of the net sales, respectively.

          Costs and estimated profits (losses) on contracts in progress at
          December 31, 1994 and 1993 were as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1994          1993
                                                        ----          ----
          <S>                                       <C>           <C>       
          Costs incurred on contracts in progress   $ 2,177,750   $ 1,743,347
          Estimated profits recognized                   25,634         7,530
          Reserve for anticipated contract losses       (39,000)      (39,000)
                                                      ---------     ---------
          Total                                       2,164,384     1,711,877
          Less billings to date                      (2,108,384)   (1,698,763)
                                                      ---------     --------- 
          Net value of contracts in progress        $    56,000   $    13,114
                                                      =========     =========

          Net value of contracts in progress was comprised of the following
          amounts:

                                                         1994        1993
                                                         ----        ----
          Unbilled costs and estimated
             profits on contracts in progress
             (included in receivables)                 $ 59,168   $ 26,773
          Billings in excess of costs and estimated
             profits on contracts in progress
             (included in accounts payable)              (3,168)   (13,659)
                                                        -------    -------    
          Total                                        $ 56,000   $ 13,114
                                                        =======    =======
</TABLE>

          The reserve for anticipated contract losses of $39.0 million
          included in the net value of contracts in progress at December
          31, 1994 and 1993 is related to certain U.S. Navy contracts which
          are presently scheduled for delivery at varying dates into 1996.
          The reserve was established when, as a result of revised
          estimates based on representative experience, it was evident that
          losses would be incurred on these contracts.
<PAGE>
          The Company has filed a Request for Equitable Adjustment
          ("Minehunter REA") with the U.S. Navy seeking substantial
          increases in the contract prices for four MHC-51 Class
          Minehunters ("MHC") currently being built by the Company.  The
          MHC-51 Class Minehunter is a highly sophisticated vessel designed
          primarily to clear harbor and coastal waters of acoustic,
          magnetic and pressure/contact mines.  It is constructed using a
          specially designed glass reinforced plastic ("GRP") technology
          that was originally developed by a foreign shipyard engaged in
          the construction of other MHC ships.  The foreign shipyard also
          was required to license the necessary technology and know-how for
          the design and construction of the vessels to the Company.  The
          Company believes that the additional costs addressed by the
          Minehunter REA resulted from defective ship specifications
          provided to the Company that proved impossible to perform at the
          original cost estimate developed by the Company.  In connection
          with developing the Minehunter REA, the Company realized during
          the third quarter of 1994 that it would be necessary to increase
          its cost to complete estimates for the MHC vessels.  Prior to the
          third quarter of 1994, the Company's work on the MHC program had
          been performed on a break-even basis following the Company's
          recording of a reserve for contract losses as part of the overall
          resolution of the Company's Request for Equitable Adjustments
          ("REAs") which were settled in December 1993.  The Company, in
          consultation with outside counsel, has reviewed the Minehunter
          REA to determine a minimum estimate of its probable recoverable
          amount.  The Company has received an opinion of outside counsel
          that such contracts provide a legal basis for the Minehunter REA
          and the evidence supporting the Minehunter REA is objective and
          verifiable.  Based on the Company's review in consultation with
          outside counsel and supported by the view of outside counsel that
          they have no reason to believe that the use of $16 million in
          quantifying the minimum probable amount of recovery is
          unreasonable, management concluded in the third quarter of 1994
          that it was appropriate to offset the loss that it would have
          otherwise had to recognize with respect to the MHC program by
          such amount.  In addition, the effects of the cost increase have
          been partially offset also by certain contractual cost sharing
          and cost escalation provisions which obligate the U.S. Navy to
          bear a portion of the additional costs.  To the extent that any
          portion of the $16 million recognized is not recovered, then
          losses in addition to those taken in 1993 will have to be
          recorded.

          4.  Inventories

          Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 1994 and
          1993 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1994        1993
                                                    ----        ----
          <S>                                    <C>         <C> 
          Goods held for sale                    $  7,908    $  4,604
          Materials and supplies                    8,201       9,005
                                                  -------     -------    
          Total                                  $ 16,109    $ 13,609
                                                  =======     =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
          5.  Notes Payable to Banks

          Notes payable to banks consisted of the following at December 31,
          1993 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1993
                                                                ----  
          <S>                                                <C>
          Revolving credit agreement with
            various financial institutions                   $ 29,909
          Revolving bank credit agreement                       8,378
          Other                                                   123
                                                              -------  
          Total                                                38,410
          Less current maturities                             (38,303)
                                                              -------    
          Notes payable to banks, noncurrent                 $    107
                                                              =======    
</TABLE>

          The terms of both revolving credit agreements required the unpaid
          balances at December 31, 1993  to be  due April 1, 1994 and
          provided for interest at fluctuating annual rates based on base
          rates as defined.  The interest rate at December 31, 1993 was
          7.5%.  Both revolving credit agreements as well as the senior
          notes (see Note 6) were secured by substantially all of the
          Company's otherwise unencumbered assets and, among other things,
          required the Company to meet certain financial and operating
          covenants.  As discussed in Note 2 and as required by both
          revolving credit agreements, cash receipts from the settlement of
          the REAs were used to retire the outstanding balances of these
          credit agreements during January 1994.

          During May 1994, the Company entered into a two-year revolving
          credit agreement with various financial institutions which
          establishes an available line of credit equal to the lesser of
          $35 million or a specified borrowing base.  The credit facility
          provides the Company with the right to require the bank group to
          post letters of credit on the Company's behalf in support of its
          operations.  At December 31, 1994, $23.3 million of letters of
          credit were outstanding under the facility.

          Borrowings under the facility bear interest at fluctuating rates.
          There were no borrowings under the credit facility during 1994.
          The credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of the
          Company's working capital assets and its 900-foot floating
          drydock and, among other things, (1) requires the Company to meet
          certain financial covenants (relating to net worth, debt
          coverage, interest coverage and backlog), (2) imposes limitations
          and restrictions related to annual capital expenditures, the
          incurrence of new indebtedness and the payment of dividends and
          (3) requires compliance with the terms and conditions of all
          other debt agreements.
<PAGE>
          6.  Long-term Debt

          Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31, 1994
          and 1993 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       1994        1993
                                                       ----        ----
          <S>                                       <C>         <C>  
          Industrial revenue bonds                  $ 36,250    $ 36,250
          Mortgage bonds, interest at 9.3%,
            payable in semi-annual principal
            installments to 2000                       4,656       5,432
          Senior notes                                             5,707
          General obligation industrial bonds,
            interest at 7%, payable in annual
            installments to 2011                       2,835       2,920
          Other long-term debt                         8,000
                                                     -------     -------  
          Total                                       51,741      50,309
          Less current maturities of long-term debt   (5,866)     (6,568)
                                                     -------     ------- 
          Long-term debt                            $ 45,875    $ 43,741
                                                     =======     ======= 
</TABLE>
          The industrial revenue bonds at December 31, 1993 represented
          Series 1983 bonds bearing interest at 8.25% which were due June
          2001.  These bonds were subject to optional redemption by
          bondholders effective June 1993 and were secured by a continuing
          guarantee of Ogden Corporation ("Ogden"), the Company's former
          corporate parent, and an irrevocable letter of credit.  During
          June 1994, the Company completed the issuance of $36.25 million
          of Series 1994 refunding bonds ("Series 1994 bonds") resulting in
          the refinancing and redemption of the Series 1983 bonds.  The
          Series 1994 bonds consist of (1) $6 million bearing interest at
          8.25% and payable in annual principal installments ranging from
          $550,000 in 1997 to final payment of $985,000 in 2004 and (2)
          $30.25 million bearing interest at 8.50% and payable in annual
          principal installments ranging from $340,000 in 1997 to final
          payment of $3.8 million in 2014.

          The Series 1994 bonds are secured by certain property and
          equipment and a debt service reserve fund comprised of short-term
          investments aggregating $1.8 million at December 31, 1994.  Among
          other things, the terms and conditions of the Series 1994 bonds
          (1) require the Company to meet certain financial covenants
          (relating to net worth, debt and debt service coverage and
          liquidity), (2) impose limitations and restrictions related to
          the incurrence of new indebtedness and the payment of dividends,
          and (3) require compliance with the terms and conditions of other
          specified debt agreements.
<PAGE>
          The mortgage bonds are guaranteed by the United States Government
          under Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended, and
          include various restrictive covenants including provisions
          relating to the maintenance of working capital, incurrence of
          additional indebtedness and the maintenance of a minimum net
          worth.  Property, plant and equipment having a net book value of
          approximately $13.8 million at December 31, 1994 has been pledged
          as collateral for the mortgage bonds.   In February 1995, the
          Company completed the refinancing of the remaining balance of
          these mortgage bonds (approximately $4.3 million in February
          1995) which reduced the interest rate from 9.30% to 7.86%.  The
          refinancing agreement contains various restrictive covenants
          similar to those discussed above.  These bonds are repayable in
          equal semi-annual principal installments of $776,000 and mature
          in the year 2000.

          The senior notes, bearing interest at the annual rate of 11.29%
          at December 31, 1993, required principal payments of $2 million
          on May 1, 1994 and 1995, with the remaining unpaid balance due on
          May 1, 1996.  The senior note agreements also required the
          Company to comply with certain financial and operating covenants
          similar to the revolving credit agreements discussed in Note 5.
          As discussed in Note 2 and as required by the terms of the
          related agreements, cash receipts from the settlement of the REAs
          were used to retire the outstanding balances of the senior notes
          during January 1994.

          Other long-term debt of $8 million at December 31, 1994
          represents a two-year unsecured note  issued to Ogden as part of
          the settlement in 1994 which terminated certain arrangements with
          Ogden which had existed since the Spin Off in 1985 (see Notes 10
          and 12).  The note bears interest at 10% per annum and is payable
          in $5 million and $3 million installments in 1995 and 1996,
          respectively.

          Annual maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five
          years and in total thereafter follow (in thousands):

                             1995                $  5,866
                             1996                   3,876
                             1997                   1,771
                             1998                   1,861
                             1999                   1,951
                             Thereafter            36,416
                                                  -------
                             Total               $ 51,741
                                                  =======  
          In February 1995 the Company completed financing of $17.8 million
          of its approximately $20 million plant modernization effort by
          issuing mortgage bonds utilizing a U.S. Government guarantee
          under Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended.
          The bonds bear interest at the rate of 8.16% and are payable in
          equal semi-annual principal payments over a 15 year period.
<PAGE>
          7.  Discontinued Operations

          During the third quarter of 1994 the Company decided to
          discontinue operation of its service contracting subsidiary,
          Avondale Technical Services, Inc. ("ATS"), formed in 1990 to
          pursue large-scale service contracts with government and
          commercial operations.  The Company concluded that managerial and
          financial resources could be more productively invested in the
          Company's core marine construction operations.  The Company
          expects ATS to complete its current contracts in the first
          quarter of 1995.

          The operating results of ATS for the current and prior-year
          periods are reported as discontinued operations.  Summarized
          results of ATS are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1994         1993       1992
                                                            ----         ----       ----
           <S>                                           <C>          <C>        <C>                                               
           Net sales                                     $ 13,520     $ 14,442   $ 15,627
           Costs and expenses                              15,429       18,003     15,523
                                                          -------      -------    -------
           Income (Loss) from discontinued operations      (1,909)      (3,561)       104
           Loss on disposal of discontinued operations     (2,643)         ---        ---
                                                          -------      -------    -------      
           Income (Loss) from discontinued operations    $ (4,552)    $ (3,561)  $    104
                                                          =======      =======    =======
</TABLE>

          8.  Leases

          The Company leases equipment and real property in the normal
          course of business under various operating leases, including non-
          cancelable and month-to-month agreements.  Certain of the leases
          provide for renewal privileges with escalation of the lease
          payments based on changes in selected economic indices.

          Rental expense for operating leases was $5.8 million, $5.3
          million and $7.3 million in 1994, 1993 and 1992, respectively.

          Minimum rental commitments under leases having an initial or
          remaining noncancelable term in excess of twelve months follow
          (in thousands):


                             1995                $  3,212
                             1996                   3,025
                             1997                   1,480
                             1998                     380
                             1999                     104
                                                  -------  
                             Total               $  8,201
                                                  =======  
<PAGE>
          9.  Income Taxes

          Effective January 1, 1993, the Company adopted Statement of
          Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income
          Taxes."  The statement requires the use of the asset and
          liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for
          income taxes.  Financial statements for prior years have not been
          restated and the cumulative effect of the accounting change was
          not material.

          The 1994 income tax provision of $300,000 consists of a current
          income tax provision of $600,000 and a deferred income tax
          benefit of $300,000.  During 1993 and 1992 a provision for income
          taxes was not recorded due to the loss from operations.

          The provision for income taxes varied from the Federal statutory
          income tax rate due to the following (dollars in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                              -----------------------------------------------  
                                                  1994              1993             1992
                                               -----------       -----------      -----------                         
                                               Amount    %       Amount    %      Amount    %
                                               ------   --       ------   --      ------   -- 
            <S>                               <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>  
            Taxes at Federal statutory rate   $ 3,088   35      $(3,078) (35)    $(3,814) (34)
            Amortization of goodwill
              not deductible                      511    6          357    4         347    3
            Net operating loss and tax credit
              carryforwards not utilized          ---  ---        2,595   30       3,579   32
            Settlement of prior year
              tax examinations                 (3,200) (36)
            Other                                 (99)  (1)         126    1        (112)  (1)
                                               ------  ---       ------  ---      ------  ---
            Total                             $   300    4      $  --     --     $  --     --
                                               ======  ===       ======  ===      ======  ===
</TABLE>

          At December 31, 1994 the Company has available for Federal income
          tax purposes net operating loss carryforwards and tax credit
          carryforwards of $136 million and $5.2 million, respectively,
          expiring in years 2000 through 2009.  Additionally, the Company
          has $600,000 of minimum tax credits which may be carried forward
          indefinitely.
<PAGE>
          Deferred income taxes represent the net tax effects of (a)
          temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
          liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax bases,
          and (b) operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.  The tax
          effects of significant items comprising the Company's net
          deferred tax balances at December 31, 1994 and 1993 are as
          follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        1994         1993
                                                        ----         ----  
          <S>                                         <C>           <C>        
          Deferred Tax Liabilities:
          Differences between book
            and tax basis of property, 
             plant and equipment                      $ 27,018      $ 30,890
          Other                                          1,511         2,544
                                                       -------       ------- 
          Total                                       $ 28,529      $ 33,434
                                                       -------       -------
          Deferred Tax Assets:
          Reserves not currently deductible              6,020         9,515
          Long-term contracts                            5,252         2,053
          Other temporary differences                    3,598         2,578
          Operating loss carryforwards                  47,600        40,250
          Tax credit carryforwards                       5,800         4,806
                                                       -------       -------  
                                                        68,270        59,202
          Valuation Allowance                          (28,641)      (25,768)
                                                       -------       -------
          Total                                         39,629        33,434
                                                       -------       -------
          Net deferred tax assets                     $ 11,100      $    --
                                                       =======       =======
</TABLE>

          At December 31, 1994, prepaid expenses and other current assets
          includes net deferred tax assets of $4.1 million.  Also, at
          December 31, 1994 other current liabilities include $600,000 of
          current income taxes payable.

          During 1994, the deferred tax valuation allowance increased
          approximately $16.6 million due to additional acquired tax
          assets, primarily relating to operating loss carryforwards, which
          will become available to the Company as a result of the
          disallowance of certain income tax deductions in periods prior to
          the Spin Off from its former corporate parent.  The deferred tax
          valuation allowance decreased approximately $14 million as a
          result of the Company's current year operating results and a re-
          evaluation of its expectations of the likelihood of future
          operating income related to its existing backlog.  This decrease
          in the valuation allowance was recorded as a reduction in
          goodwill in accordance with SFAS 109, which requires that the
          realization of tax benefits first be attributed to any acquired
          tax assets.  In the event that additional tax benefits are
          realized in future periods, the first $5 million of such benefits
          will also be recorded as a reduction in goodwill, rather than as
          a reduction of income tax expense.
<PAGE>
          10.  Retirement Plans

          During 1985, the Avondale Industries, Inc., Employee Stock
          Ownership Plan (the "ESOP") purchased the common stock of the
          Company from its former corporate parent (the "Spin-Off") for
          $282 million in cash, $190 million of which was borrowed from the
          Company (the "ESOP Loan").  The ESOP Loan, which was
          collateralized by common stock of the Company held by the ESOP,
          was paid in full during January 1992.

          ESOP

          The ESOP is a qualified, defined contribution plan designed
          primarily to invest in equity securities of the Company and is
          specifically authorized to leverage its acquisition of these
          securities.  The ESOP is intended to cover all employees of the
          Company upon completion of one year of service, except certain
          employees who are covered by collective bargaining agreements,
          unless, by the terms of such agreements, the employees are to
          participate in the ESOP.

          The ESOP owned approximately 7,096,000 and 7,348,000 shares of
          the Company's common stock at December 31, 1994 and 1993,
          respectively.  The ESOP Loan was repaid with the funds derived
          from contributions made by the Company, determined at the
          discretion of management, to the ESOP for the benefit of its
          eligible employees and for which the Company received a Federal
          income tax deduction.  The shares of common stock acquired by the
          ESOP with the ESOP Loan were held in a suspense account, and each
          year, as the ESOP made payments on the ESOP Loan, a proportional
          number of shares were released from the suspense account and
          prorated among the individual accounts maintained for ESOP
          participants based on their compensation.

          Pension Plan

          The Company also sponsors a defined benefit pension plan, which
          is coordinated with the benefits payable to participating
          employees in the ESOP.   At retirement, a person's benefit is
          based upon the greater of (i) the market value of the shares of
          common stock, allocated to his ESOP account or (ii) the benefit
          calculated under the pension plan formula.  The pension plan
          formula benefits are based on a defined dollar amount times a
          fraction related to a participant's credited service.
<PAGE>
          The net periodic pension cost for the years ended December 31,
          1994, 1993 and 1992 included the following components (in
          thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994      1993      1992
                                                                ----      ----      ----  
            <S>                                               <C>       <C>       <C>
            Service costs of the current period               $ 3,400   $ 3,700   $ 2,600
            Interest cost on the projected
              benefit obligation                                3,800     4,400     3,600
            Actual return on plan assets                       (2,700)   (7,000)   (5,000)
            Net amortization of transition liability and
              deferred investment gain (loss)                    (200)    5,000     2,900
                                                               ------    ------    ------   
            Net periodic pension cost                         $ 4,300   $ 6,100   $ 4,100
                                                               ======    ======    ======  
</TABLE>

          The following table sets forth the pension plan's estimated
          funded status as of December 31, 1994 and 1993 (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1994      1993
                                                                ----      ----
            <S>                                               <C>       <C> 
            Projected benefit obligation:
              Vested benefits                                 $40,800   $43,000
              Nonvested benefits                                  600       700
                                                               ------    ------ 
              Accumulated benefit obligation                   41,400    43,700
              Effect of projected future compensation levels    4,200     5,100
                                                               ------    ------ 
            Projected benefit obligation                       45,600    48,800
            Plan assets at market value                        44,200    45,700
                                                               ------    ------
            Plan assets less than projected benefit obligation (1,400)   (3,100)
            Unrecognized net transition obligation                200       200
            Unrecognized prior service costs                   (3,000)   (3,000)
            Unrecognized net loss                               6,800    10,200
                                                               ------    ------ 
            Prepaid pension costs                             $ 2,600   $ 4,300
                                                               ======    ======
</TABLE>

          The Company's funding policy is to contribute each year an amount
          equal to the minimum required contribution under the Employee
          Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.  However, the
          contribution for any year will not be greater than the maximum
          tax deductible contribution.  Plan assets consist primarily of
          United States Government and Agency securities, corporate bonds
          and notes, corporate stocks, and an unallocated insurance
          contract.  The weighted-average discount rate used in determining
          the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation
          was 8.5% for 1994 and 7.5% for 1993.  The rate of increase in
          future compensation levels used was 3.5% for 1994 and thereafter,
          and 1% for 1993.  The expected long-term rate of return on the
          assets was 9% for 1994 and 1993.
<PAGE>
          11.  Shareholders' Equity

          Preferred Stock

          The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred
          stock, $1.00 par value, none of which was outstanding at December
          31, 1994 and 1993.

          Income (Loss) Per Share

          The weighted average number of shares used in the computation of
          income (loss) per share was 14,481,000, 14,464,000 and 14,462,000
          for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992,
          respectively.  The assumed exercise of stock options would not
          result in dilution in any of such periods.

          Performance Share Plan

          The Company's Performance Share Plan provided for the award of
          shares of common stock to senior executives of the Company, as
          designated by a committee of the Board of Directors, which were
          earned upon the attainment of specified performance objectives.
          These performance objectives have been attained and therefore no
          further awards will be made.  Transactions relating to the plan
          during 1994, 1993 and 1992 were not material.

          The plan provided for a cash distribution in an amount equal to
          the Participant's income tax liability resulting from the
          settlement of an award.  To the extent that a Participant
          received cash in lieu of common stock as payment of an award,
          options were granted to the participant to purchase an equivalent
          number of such shares.  There were 279,155 stock options
          outstanding at December 31, 1994 and 303,159 stock options
          outstanding at December 31, 1993 and 1992.  The stock options are
          exercisable at prices of $3.875 to $19.00 per share, the majority
          of which contain a stock appreciation right feature and expire on
          various dates to February 2002.
<PAGE>
          Stock Appreciation Plan

          The Company maintains a Stock Appreciation Plan for key
          management employees which contains a stock appreciation right
          feature.  There are 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company
          reserved for award under the plan.  Transactions of the Stock
          Appreciation Plan during 1994, 1993 and 1992 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Number of Shares
                                            -------------------------------
                                              1994        1993        1992
                                              ----        ----        ----
          <S>                              <C>          <C>         <C> 
          Outstanding, January 1             50,000      60,000     152,000

          Canceled                          (10,000)    (10,000)    (92,000)
                                            -------     -------     -------
          Outstanding, December 31           40,000      50,000      60,000
                                            =======     =======     =======   
          Exercisable at end of year           ---        2,000       6,000
                                            =======     =======     =======
          Available for grant at
           end of year                      397,000     387,000     377,000
                                            =======     =======     =======
</TABLE>
          Options were outstanding at prices of $11.25 per share at
          December 31, 1994 and ranging from $11.25 to $18.375 per share at
          December 31, 1993 and 1992. Under the terms of the plan, options
          expire on March 31, 1995.

          12.  Commitments and Contingencies

          Litigation

          In January 1986, the Louisiana Department of Environmental
          Quality ("DEQ") advised the Company that it may be a potentially
          responsible party ("PRP") with respect to an oil reclamation site
          operated by an unaffiliated company in Walker, Louisiana.  The
          Company sold to the operator a substantial portion of the waste
          oil that was processed at the reclamation site during the period
          1978 through 1982.  The Company's potential liability, if any,
          for cleanup of this site will be based on the Comprehensive
          Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980
          ("CERCLA") or the Louisiana Environmental Affairs Act.  Under
          these statutes, such liability is presumptively joint and
          several, but is typically apportioned among the responsible
          parties based on the volume of material sent by each to the waste
          site.  The Company has cooperated with other PRPs to study the
          potential aggregate liability under these statutes.  Moreover,
          the Company believes it has substantial defenses against
          liability and defenses that could mitigate the portion of
          liability, if any, that would otherwise be attributable to it.
<PAGE>
          To date, the Company and certain of the other PRPs for the site
          have funded the site's remediation under a preliminary cost-
          sharing agreement.  As of December 31, 1994, clean-up costs
          totalled $15 million, of which the Company has contributed $3.5
          million.  Additional remedial work scheduled for the site
          includes the completion of a Remedial Investigation/Feasibility
          Study in 1995 to 1996, and, if required by the results of these
          studies, subsequent post-closure activities (e.g., groundwater
          monitoring or remediation).  Future costs will also include DEQ
          oversight costs.  Future aggregate expenses are expected to be
          approximately $1 million, exclusive of groundwater monitoring and
          remediation, to which no estimate is currently available.  The
          Company believes that its proportionate share of expenditures for
          any additional remedial work will not have a material effect on
          the Company's financial statements.  In addition, the Company
          believes that its proportionate responsibility for the clean-up
          costs will not be materially increased.

          Since July 1986, a number of "toxic tort" suits have been filed
          against the Company and numerous other defendants alleging claims
          for personal injury, property damage, and "fear of cancer" in
          connection with the reclamation site discussed above.  The
          plaintiffs also seek substantial punitive damages.  These cases
          have been consolidated and certified as a class action.  The
          deadline set by the court for claimants to identify themselves
          has expired, and approximately 12,000 claimants have been
          identified.  The deadline for joinder of new parties to the
          litigation has also expired.  By court order dated December 29,
          1994, all defendants and third-party defendants were deemed to
          have filed cross-claims against the other defendants and third-
          party defendants for tort contribution.  Certain defendants,
          including the Company, also were deemed to have filed cross-
          claims for CERCLA cost recovery against the other defendants and
          third-party defendants.  The court has set a trial date for
          September 3, 1996 and significant discovery activities are
          scheduled to occur throughout 1995 and into 1996.

          Furthermore, the Company has initiated litigation against its
          insurer for a declaration of coverage of the liability, if any,
          that may arise in connection with the remediation of the site or
          the related tort litigation referred to in the preceding
          paragraphs.  The court has ruled that the insurer has the duty to
          defend the Company, but has not yet ruled on whether the carrier
          has a duty to indemnify the Company if any liability is
          ultimately assessed against it.

          After consultation with counsel, the Company at this preliminary
          stage is unable to predict the eventual outcome of this
          litigation and cannot determine its actual liability, if any, for
          these toxic tort claims at December 31, 1994, nor the degree to
          which such potential liability would be indemnified by its
          insurance carrier.  The Company believes, based on advice of
          counsel, that it has substantial defenses to liability with
          respect to these claims; however, if the claimants are
          successful, the Company could become liable for substantial
          amounts.
<PAGE>
          The Company was advised in the fourth quarter of 1994 that it may
          be a PRP with respect to a second oil reclamation site, operated
          by another unaffiliated company, because it may have supplied a
          portion of the waste oil processed at the site.  The EPA has
          completed action at this site at a cost of approximately
          $300,000.  The list of PRPs includes almost 70 companies, and the
          Company believes that its liability, if any, will be a small
          percentage of the overall costs at this site.

          In addition to the above, the Company is also named as a
          defendant in numerous other lawsuits and proceedings arising in
          the ordinary course of business, some of which involve
          substantial claims.

          The Company has established accruals as appropriate for certain
          of the matters discussed above.  While the ultimate outcome of
          lawsuits and proceedings against the Company cannot be predicted
          with certainty, management believes, based on current facts and
          circumstances and after review with counsel, that, except for the
          toxic tort suits described above for which no estimate can be
          made, the eventual resolution of these matters is not expected to
          have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
          statements.

          Ogden

          In 1994 the Company terminated certain arrangements with Ogden,
          which have existed since the Spin Off in 1985 (see Note 10).
          Under these arrangements, the Company could have been required to
          issue preferred stock or subordinated debt to Ogden upon the
          occurrence of specified events, such as judgments or settlements
          in certain significant litigation or tax matters against the
          Company or Ogden.  These agreements also required Ogden to
          continue to guarantee the Company's Series 1983 Industrial
          Revenue Bonds ("Series 1983 bonds" - see Note 6) as well as
          certain workers' compensation obligations.

          The previous arrangements terminated upon (1) the payment by the
          Company to Ogden of $5 million cash on June 1, 1994, (2) the
          Company's delivery to Ogden of a two-year unsecured note in the
          principal amount of $8 million (see Note 6) bearing interest at
          10% per annum and payable in $5 million and $3 million
          installments in 1995 and 1996, respectively, and (3) the
          refunding on June 1, 1994 of the $36.25 million refunding bonds
          (without an Ogden guarantee) to replace the $36.25 million Series
          1983 bond issuance that Ogden had guaranteed (see Note 6), and
          (4) the Company's securing of Ogden's release from its other
          guarantees of the Company's obligations.  The $13 million
          settlement with Ogden noted above was accounted for as an
          adjustment to the purchase price incurred in connection with the
          Spin-off from Ogden and resulted in a concurrent increase to the
          Company's goodwill (see Note 9).
<PAGE>
          Letters of Credit

          In the normal course of its business activities, the Company is
          required to provide letters of credit to secure the payment of
          workers' compensation obligations.  Additionally, under certain
          contracts, the Company may be required to provide letters of
          credit which may be drawn down in the event of the Company's
          failure to perform under the contracts.  At December 31, 1994,
          outstanding letters of credit relating to these business
          activities amounted to approximately $23.3 million.
<PAGE>
          13.  Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

          Consolidated operating results for the four quarters of 1994 and
          1993 were as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                1994                                           1993  <FN1>
                           -------------------------------------------   ------------------------------------------
                              <FN1>      <FN1>      <FN2>                                                   <FN3>
                              First      Second     Third      Fourth      First      Second     Third      Fourth
                              Quarter    Quarter    Quarter    Quarter     Quarter    Quarter    Quarter    Quarter
                              -------    -------    -------    -------     -------    -------    -------    -------
   <S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
   Net Sales                $ 101,329  $ 118,437  $ 125,487  $ 130,557   $ 135,576  $ 118,827  $  98,984  $ 103,337

   Gross Profit                 9,506     11,283     14,943     11,753      10,009     10,670      8,496      4,005

   Income (Loss) from
     Continuing Operations      1,918      2,470      6,323      2,364         469        596        598     (6,896)

   Income (Loss) from
     Discontinued Operations      116       (396)    (4,272)       ---        (121)      (197)      (179)    (3,064)

   Net Income (Loss)            2,034      2,074      2,051      2,364         348        399        419     (9,960)

   Net Income (Loss)
    per Share:
   Continuing Operations        $0.13      $0.17      $0.44      $0.16       $0.03      $0.04      $0.04     $(0.48)
   Discontinued Operations       0.01      (0.03)     (0.30)       ---       (0.01)     (0.01)     (0.01)     (0.21)
                                -----      -----      -----      -----       -----      -----      -----     ------
   Net Income (Loss) per Share  $0.14      $0.14      $0.14      $0.16       $0.02      $0.03      $0.03     $(0.69)
                                =====      =====      =====      =====       =====      =====      =====     ====== 
</TABLE>

   <FN1> Income statement data for these periods have been restated to present
         Avondale Technical Services, Inc. as discontinued operations
         (See Note 7).

   <FN2> During the third quarter of 1994, the Company revised its estimated
         profits on several previously-completed shipbuilding contracts which 
         had the effect of increasing net income for the third quarter of 1994
         by approximately $3.5 million, or $0.24 per share.

   <FN3> During the fourth quarter of 1993, the Company recorded the effects
         related to the settlement of the REAs which decreased net income by 
         $4.2 million, or $0.29 per share.  Additionally, the Company recorded 
         $6.3 million, or $0.44 per share, of charges in the fourth quarter of
         1993.  Such charges consisted primarily of writedowns of assets 
         currently offered for sale and retroactive adjustments of insurance
         costs.
<PAGE>

   Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
           Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

               None

                                       PART III

    Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

              Information concerning the Company's directors and officers
          called for by this item will be included in the Company's
          definitive Proxy Statement prepared in connection with the 1995
          Annual Meeting of shareholders and is incorporated herein by
          reference.

    Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

               Information concerning the executive compensation called for
          by this item will be included in the Company's definitive Proxy
          Statement prepared in connection with the 1995 Annual Meeting of
          shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

    Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
              Management.

               Information concerning security ownership of certain
          beneficial owners and management called for by this item will be
          included in the Company's definitive Proxy Statement prepared in
          connection with the 1995 Annual Meeting of shareholders and is
          incorporated herein by reference.

    Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

               Information concerning certain relationships and related
          transactions called for by this item will be included in the
          Company's definitive Proxy Statement prepared in connection with
          the 1995 Annual Meeting of shareholders and is incorporated
          herein by reference.

                                       PART IV

    Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on
              Form 8-K

              (a)(1) Financial Statements

                     Independent Auditors' Report.

                     Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and
                      1993.

                     Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
                      December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992.
<PAGE>
                     Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the 
                      years ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992.
          
                     Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
                      December 31, 1994, 1993 and 1992.

                     Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

              (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

                     Not applicable

              (a)(3) Exhibits

                     3.1  Articles of Incorporation of the Company.(1)

                     3.2  By-laws of the Company(2), as amended on
                          December 5, 1994.

                     4.1  See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2 for provisions of the
                          Company's Articles of Incorporation and By-laws 
                          defining the rights of holders of Common Stock.

                     4.2  Specimen of Common Stock Certificate.(3)

                     4.3  Instruments Relating to Title XI Vessel Financing

                          (a) Trust Indenture dated October 21, 1975, by and 
                              between the Company and Manufacturers Hanover
                              Trust Company, as Indenture Trustee, relating to 
                              $19,012,000 of United States Government Guaranteed
                              Ship Financing Bonds, as amended by an Assumption
                              Agreement and Supplemental Indenture dated 
                              September 16, 1985(4), as further amended by a 
                              Master Assumption Agreement, Supplemental
                              Indenture No. 2 and Amendment to Title XI Finance
                              Agreements dated March 13, 1991 (the "Master
                              Assumption Agreement").(2)

                          (b) Title XI Reserve Fund and Financial Agreement
                              dated October 21, 1975, by and between the
                              Company and the United States of America, as 
                              amended by Amendments Nos. 1 and 2(4), as
                              further amended by the Master Assumption
                              Agreement (filed as Exhibit 4.3(a) hereto).

                          (c) Form of 8.80% Sinking Fund Bond, Series A
                              (included in Exhibit 4.3(a)).

                          (d) Form of 9.30% Sinking Fund Bond, Series B 
                              (included in Exhibit 4.3(a)).

                     4.4  Instruments relating to AEI's and the Company's
                          obligations arising in connection with the issuance
                          of General Obligation Bonds by Harrison County, 
                          Mississippi
<PAGE>
                          (a) Loan Agreement dated April 1, 1991 between 
                              Harrison County, Mississippi and AEI, pursuant
                              to which AEI is obligated to repay $3 million 
                              in order to fund the County's bond payment
                              obligations.(3)

                          (b) Guaranty Agreement dated April 1, 1991 between
                              the Company, Harrison County, Mississippi and
                              the State of Mississippi.(3)

                     4.5  Instruments relating to the Company's $36.25 million
                          Industrial Revenue Refunding Bond Series 1994 
                          Financing.

                          (a) Refunding Agreement dated April 1, 1994 between
                              the Company and the Board of Commissioners of 
                              the Port of New Orleans, Exhibit A and First
                              Preferred Vessel Mortgage thereto.

                          (b) Trust Indenture dated April 1, 1994 between the 
                              Board of Commissioners of the Port of New
                              Orleans and First National Bank of Commerce.

                          (c) Form of Industrial Revenue Refunding Bond
                              Series 1994.

                    10.1  Contracts With The United States Navy

                          (a) Agreement dated June 28, 1985, by and between the
                              Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-85-C-2131) for the 
                              construction of T-AO 187 Class Oiler Ships and
                              various modifications thereto(4) including 
                              modification P00005 thereto entered into on
                              June 16, 1988, and the related Acknowledgement of
                              Transfer and Transfer Agreement relating to the
                              Company's agreement to assume certain of the 
                              rights and obligations to build two such vessels
                              under an Agreement dated May 6, 1985, by and
                              between Pennsylvania Shipbuilding Co. and the
                              United States of America.(5)

                          (b) Agreement dated June 20, 1988, by and between
                              the Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-88-C-2050) for the
                              construction of T-AO 187 Class Oiler Ships and
                              various modifications thereto(5) and modification
                              P00036 thereto.(2)
<PAGE>
                          (c) Agreement dated November 21, 1983, by and between
                              the Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-84-C-2027) for the 
                              construction of LSD-41 Class Landing Ship Dock
                              vessels and various modifications thereto.(4)

                          (d) Agreement dated June 17, 1988, by and between the
                              Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-88-C-2048) for the
                              construction of LSD-41 Class Landing Ship Dock
                              vessels and modification nos. P00001 and
                              P00002(5), modification nos. P00008 and P00013
                              thereto(3) and modification P00029 thereto.(2)

                          (e) Agreement dated July 15, 1988, by and between the
                              Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-88-C-2221) for the 
                              conversion of AO-177 Class Oilers to AO-177 Jumbo
                              Class and various modifications thereto.(5)

                          (f) Agreement dated December 13, 1988, by and between
                              AGM and the United States of America (Contract
                              No. N00024-89-C-2110) for the construction of
                              three LCACs.(5)

                          (g) Agreement dated July 1, 1987, by and between
                              Lockheed Shipbuilding Company and the United
                              States of America (Contract No. N00024-87-C-2089)
                              for the construction of seven LCACs (assumed by 
                              AGM in 1988).(5)

                          (h) Agreement dated October 3, 1989, by and between
                              the Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-89-C-2162) for the 
                              construction of one MHC Class 51 ship and various
                              modifications thereto(6) and modification P00020
                              thereto.(2)

                          (i) Agreement dated August 2, 1990, by and between
                              the Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract N00024-90-C-2304) for the construction
                              of one MHC Class 51 ship,(3) and modification 
                              nos. P00002 and P00013 thereto.(2)

                          (j) Agreement dated November 30, 1990, by and between
                              the Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-90-C-2307) for the 
                              construction of one T-AGS 45 ship and various
                              modifications thereto.(3)

                          (k) Agreement dated July 15, 1993, by and between the
                              Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-93-C-2300) for the 
                              construction of one WAGB 20 Coast Guard Polar
                              Icebreaker ship, amendment 0001 and
                              modification nos. P0001 and P00013 thereto.(1)
<PAGE>
                          (l) Agreement dated September 3, 1993, by and between
                              the Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No. N00024-93-C-2205) for the 
                              construction of one T-AKR 300 Class Strategic
                              Sealift ship, various amendments and modification
                              nos. P00001, and P00003 and P00004 thereto(2) and
                              modification P00007 thereto.

                          (m) Agreement dated October 12, 1993, by and between
                              the Company and the United States of America
                              (Contract No., N00024-94-C-2200) for the 
                              construction of one LSD 41 Class Landing Ship
                              Dock.(2)

                    10.2  Other Operating Contracts

                          (a) Agreement dated July 10, 1991 by and between
                              Crawford Technical Services, Inc. and the Dallas
                              Area Rapid Transit Authority, and the supplement
                              thereto, relating to providing operational and 
                              maintenance services for paratransit van services
                              for the Dallas, Texas metropolitan area.(2)

                          (b) Agreement dated January 28, 1991, by and
                              between Crawford Technical Services, Inc. and the
                              United States of America and various modifications
                              thereto (Contract No. FO3602-91-C0007) relating to
                              providing maintenance services with respect to
                              family housing units located in a Little Rock,
                              Arkansas air force base.(2)

                          (c) Agreement dated January 12, 1994 by and between
                              the Company and Belle of Orleans, L.L.C. for the
                              construction of a 350-foot-long paddlewheel gaming
                              vessel, various exhibits and Amendment nos. 1, 2 
                              and 3 thereto.

                    10.3  Employee Benefit Plans

                          (a) The Company's Amended and Restated Performance
                              Share Plan dated April 24, 1989(7), as amended by
                              Amendment No. 1 adopted December 5, 1994.

                          (b) The Company's  Amended and Restated Stock
                              Appreciation Plan and attachments thereto dated
                              April 24, 1989(7), as amended by Amendment No. 1 
                              adopted December 5, 1994.

                          (c) The Company's Amended and Restated Employee Stock
                              Ownership Plan and the Related Trust Agreement, as
                              amended and restated on December 5, 1994.

                          (d) The Company's Pension Plan and Amendment Nos. 1 
                              and 2(4) as amended and restated.

                          (e) The Company's Restated Supplemental Pension
                              Plan(4), as amended by Amendment Nos. 1 and 2
                              thereto.(3)
<PAGE>
                          (f) The Company's Excess Retirement Plan.(3)

                          (g) Executive Group Insurance Benefits Plan
                              specifying the excess insurance benefits provided
                              to the Company's executive officers and certain
                              other key personnel, and a summary description of
                              health, accidental death and dismemberment,
                              disability and life insurance benefits made
                              available to employees of Avondale Services
                              Corporation(3), as amended on March 25, 1994.

                          (h) The Company's Directors' Deferred Compensation
                              Plan.(3)

                    10.4  Employment Agreements

                          (a) Employment Agreement dated September 27, 1985, by
                              and between the Company and Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                              (4) the term of which has been extended such that
                              its current term extends through 
                              December 31, 1997.

                          (b) Employment Agreement dated June 18, 1987, by and
                              between the Company and Thomas M. Kitchen(4) the 
                              term of which has been extended such that its 
                              current term extends through December 31, 1997.

                          (c) Employment Agreement dated June 18, 1987, by and
                              between the Company and Kenneth B. Dupont(4) the
                              term of which has been extended such that its
                              current term extends through December 31, 1997.

                    10.5  Avondale/Ogden Letter Agreement(8)

                    10.6  Acquisition and Disposition Agreements

                          (a) Asset Purchase Agreement dated January 27, 1987 by
                              and between the Company and Connell Industries, 
                              L.P.(4)

                          (b) Purchase Agreement dated June 22, 1988, by and
                              between AGM, Lockheed Shipbuilding Company and 
                              Lockheed Corporation.(5)

                          (c) Stock Purchase Agreement dated February 15, 1991,
                              by and between Avondale Technical Services, Inc.
                              and Oliver R. Crawford relating to the purchase of
                              Crawford Technical Services, Inc.(3)

                          (d) Asset Purchase Agreement dated November 20, 1992
                              between the Company and Bollinger Machine Shop & 
                              Shipyard, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (without
                              exhibits).(2)

                    10.7  Lease Agreements
<PAGE>
                          (a) Lease Agreement dated June 24, 1988, by and
                              between the Company and the Board of Commissioners
                              of the Port of New Orleans.(5)

                          (b) Lease Agreement dated June 4, 1979, by and
                              between the Company and Marrero Land and 
                              Improvement Association, Ltd.(5)

                          (c) Adoption Agreement dated July 22, 1988, by and
                              between the Company and Missouri Pacific Railroad
                              Company, as supplemented on the date thereof.(5)

                          (d) Lease of Commercial Property dated July 1, 1970
                              by and between the Company and Metal Building
                              Products Co., Inc.(3)

                    10.8  Other Material Agreements

                          (a) Registration Rights Agreement between the Company
                              and the ESOP as Annex I of the Common Stock 
                              Purchase Agreement dated as of September 27, 1985,
                              by and between Ogden American Corporation and
                              the trustees of the Avondale Industries, Inc.,
                              Employee Stock Ownership Trust.(4)

                          (b) Registration Rights Agreement between the
                              Company and the participants in the Amended and 
                              Restated Performance Share Plan (included in 
                              Exhibit 10.3(a)).

                          (c) License dated October 13, 1989 by and between the 
                              Company and Intermarine S.p.A. relating to the 
                              license of molded, glass-reinforced polyester hull
                              construction technology.(3)

                          (d) Stockholder Protection Rights Agreement dated as
                              of September 26, 1994 between Avondale Industries,
                              Inc. and Boatmen's Trust Company, as Rights 
                              Agent.(9)

                    10.9  Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 1994
                          among Avondale Industries, Inc., various financial
                          institutions signatory thereto (the "Banks") and 
                          Continental Bank N.A. as the Agent for the Banks, and
                          Amendment nos. 1 and 2 thereto.

                    22    List of subsidiaries of the Company

                    24    Consent of Deloitte & Touche

                    27    Financial Data Schedule
          __________
          (1)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report
          on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1993.

          (2)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on
          Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993.
<PAGE>
          (3)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on
          Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991, as amended
          by Form 10-K/A.

          (4)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration
          Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-20145) filed with the
          Commission on February 16, 1988.

          (5)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration
          Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-27342) filed with the
          Commission on March 6, 1989.

          (6)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Annual Report on
          Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990.

          (7)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration
          Statement on Form S-8 and Form S-3 (Registration No. 33-31984)
          filed with the Commission on November 8, 1989.

          (8)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Quarterly Report
          on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1994.

          (9)Incorporated by reference from the Company's Current Report on
          Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 30, 1994.


              (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

               There were no reports on Form 8-K filed during the three
          month period ended December 31, 1994.

<PAGE>
                                      SIGNATURES

               Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities
          Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report
          to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
          authorized, on March 30, 1995.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                        By:    /s/Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                                               -------------------------
                                                 Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                                                 Chairman of the Board,
                                                  President and Chief
                                                   Executive Officer

               Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act
          of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on
          behalf of the Registrant and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  Signature                   Title               Date
          -------------------------------------------------------------------

           <S>                        <C>                       <C>
           /s/Albert L. Bossier, Jr.  Chairman of the Board,    March 30, 1995
           -------------------------  President and Chief   
           Albert L. Bossier, Jr.     Executive Officer


           /s/Thomas M. Kitchen       Vice President, Chief     March 30, 1995
           --------------------       Financial Officer, 
           Thomas M. Kitchen          Corporate Secretary and
                                      a Director


           /s/Kenneth B. Dupont       Vice President and a      March 30, 1995
           --------------------       Director 
           Kenneth B. Dupont


           /s/Anthony J. Correro, III Director                  March 30, 1995
           --------------------------
           Anthony J. Correro, III


           /s/Francis R. Donovan      Director                  March 30, 1995
           ---------------------           
           Francis R. Donovan


           /s/William A. Harmeyer     Director                  March 30, 1995
           ---------------------- 
           William A. Harmeyer
<PAGE>

           /s/Hugh A. Thompson        Director                  March 30, 1995
           -------------------
           Hugh A. Thompson


           /s/Bruce L. Hicks          Controller & Treasurer    March 30, 1995
           -----------------
           Bruce L. Hicks
</TABLE>



                                        BY-LAWS
                                          OF
                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                            (as adopted on March 20, 1990)
                  (Section 3.1 of which was amended on June 13, 1994
                 and Section 5.2 of which was amended and Section 5.4
                      of which was deleted on December 5, 1994)

                                      SECTION I

                                       OFFICES

               1.1  Principal   Office.  The   principal   office   of  the
          Corporation  shall  be  located  at  5100  River  Road, Avondale,
          Louisiana 70094.

               1.2  Additional  offices.  The  Corporation  may  have  such
          offices at such other places as the Board of Directors  may  from
          time  to  time  determine  or the business of the Corporation may
          require.

                                      SECTION 2

                                SHAREHOLDERS MEETINGS

               2.1  Place of Meetings.  Unless otherwise required by law or
          these By-laws, all meetings  of the shareholders shall be held at
          the principal office of the Corporation  or  at such other place,
          within or without the State of Louisiana, as may be designated by
          the Board of Directors.

               2.2  Annual Meetings; Notice Thereof.  An  annual meeting of
          the shareholders shall be held on the fourth Monday  of  April in
          each year, at 10:00 a.m., or at such other date or at such  other
          time specified as the Board of Directors shall designate, for the
          purpose  of  electing  directors  and for the transaction of such
          other business as may be properly brought  before the meeting. If
          no annual shareholders' meeting is held for  a period of eighteen
          months, any shareholder may call such meeting  to  be held at the
          registered office of the Corporation as shown on the  records  of
          the Secretary of State of Louisiana.

               2.3  Special   Meetings.  Special  meetings  of  the  share-
          holders, for any purpose  or  purposes,  may  be  called  by  the
          Chairman  of  the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President or
          the Board of Directors.  At any time, upon the written request of
          any shareholder or group of shareholders holding in the aggregate
          at least 80% of the Total  Voting  Power  (such  term to have the
          same  meaning in these By-laws as is assigned in Article  III  of
          the Articles  of  Incorporation),  the  Secretary  shall  call  a
          special  meeting  of  shareholders  to  be held at the registered
          office of the Corporation at such time as  the Secretary may fix,
          not less than fifteen nor more than sixty days  after the receipt
          of said request, and if the Secretary shall neglect  or refuse to
          fix  such  time or to give notice of the meeting, the shareholder
          or shareholders  making  the request may do so. Such request must
          state the specific purpose  or  purposes  of the proposed special
          meeting and the business to be conducted thereat shall be limited
          to such purpose or purposes.
<PAGE>
               2.4  Notice  of Meetings.  Except as otherwise  provided  by
          law, the authorized  person  or  persons  calling a shareholders'
          meeting shall cause written notice of the time, place and purpose
          of the meeting to be given to all shareholders  entitled  to vote
          at  such meeting, at least ten days and not more than sixty  days
          prior  to  the  day  fixed  for the meeting. Notice of the annual
          meeting need not state the purpose  or  purposes  thereof, unless
          action  is  to  be  taken  at  the meeting as to which notice  is
          required by law or the By-laws. Notice of a special meeting shall
          state the purpose or purposes thereof, and the business conducted
          at  any  special  meeting shall be  limited  to  the  purpose  or
          purposes stated in the notice.

               2.5  List   of   Shareholders.  At    every    meeting    of
          shareholders,  a  list of shareholders entitled to vote, arranged
          alphabetically and  certified by the Secretary or by the agent of
          the Corporation having charge of transfers of shares, showing the
          number and class of shares  held  by each such shareholder on the
          record date for the meeting, shall  be produced on the request of
          any shareholder.

               2.6  Quorum.  At all meetings of  shareholders,  the holders
          of a majority of the Total Voting Power shall constitute a quorum
          provided  that  this  subsection  shall  not  have the effect  of
          reducing the vote required to approve or affirm  any  matter that
          may be established by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these
          By-laws.

               2.7  Voting.  When  a quorum is present at any meeting,  the
          vote of the holders of a majority of the Voting Power (as defined
          in  Article  III of the Articles  of  Incorporation)  present  in
          person or represented by proxy shall decide each question brought
          before such meeting,  unless  the  question is one upon which, by
          express  provision  of law or the Articles  of  Incorporation,  a
          different vote is required,  in which case such express provision
          shall govern and control the decision of such question. Directors
          shall be elected by plurality vote.

               2.8  Proxies.  At any meeting  of  the  shareholders,  every
          shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in
          person  or  by  proxy  appointed  by  an  instrument  in  writing
          subscribed  by such shareholder and bearing a date not more  than
          eleven  months  prior  to  the  meeting,  unless  the  instrument
          provides  for  a  long period, but in no case will an outstanding
          proxy be valid for  longer  than three years from the date of its
          execution, provided that in no  event  may  a proxy be voted at a
          meeting called pursuant to La. R.S. 12:138 unless  it is executed
          and dated by the shareholder within 30 days of the date  of  such
          meeting.  The person appointed as proxy need not be a shareholder
          of the Corporation.

               2.9  Adjournments.  Adjournments  of  any  annual or special
          meeting  of  shareholders may be taken without new  notice  being
          given unless a  new  record  date  is  fixed  for  the  adjourned
          meeting,  but  any  meeting  at which directors are to be elected
          shall be adjourned only from day  to  day  until  such  directors
          shall have been elected.
<PAGE>
               2.10 Withdrawal.  If a quorum is present or represented at a
          duly  organized meeting, such meeting may continue to do business
          until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the  withdrawal  of  enough
          shareholders  to leave less than a quorum as fixed in Section 2.6
          of these By-laws,  or  the refusal of any shareholders present to
          vote.

               2.11 Lack  of Quorum.  If  a  meeting  cannot  be  organized
          because a quorum  has not attended, those present may adjourn the
          meeting to such time  and  place  as they may determine, subject,
          however, to the provisions of Section 2.9 hereof.  In the case of
          any  meeting  called for the election  of  directors,  those  who
          attend the second  of such adjourned meetings, although less than
          a  quorum as fixed in  Section  2.6  hereof,  shall  nevertheless
          constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors.

               2.12 Presiding  officer.  The  Chairman  of the Board, Chief
          Executive  Officer  and President or in his absence,  a  chairman
          designated  by the Board  of  Directors,  shall  preside  at  all
          shareholders' meetings.

               2.13 Definition  of  Shareholder.  As used in these By-laws,
          and unless the context otherwise  requires,  the term shareholder
          shall mean a person who is (i) the record holder of shares of the
          Corporation's  voting stock or (ii) a registered  holder  of  any
          bonds, debentures or similar obligations granted voting rights by
          the Corporation pursuant to La. R.S. 12:75A.

                                      SECTION 3

                                      DIRECTORS

               3.1  Number.  All  of  the  corporate powers shall be vested
          in,  and the business and affairs of  the  Corporation  shall  be
          managed  by,  a Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise fixed by
          or pursuant to  Article  III of the Articles of Incorporation (as
          it may be duly amended from  time to time) relating to the rights
          of  the  holders  of  any  class or  series  of  stock  having  a
          preference  over  the  Common  Stock  as  to  dividends  or  upon
          liquidation to elect, by class vote,  additional  directors under
          particular circumstances, the Board of Directors shall consist of
          not  less than seven and not more than nine natural  persons,  as
          established  from  time  to  time by a resolution of the Board of
          Directors provided that, if after proxy materials for any meeting
          of shareholders at which directors  are  to be elected are mailed
          to  shareholders  any  person  or  persons named  therein  to  be
          nominated  at  the direction of the Board  of  Directors  becomes
          unable or unwilling  to serve, the foregoing number of authorized
          directors as provided  by  the  Board  resolution  then in effect
          shall be automatically reduced by a number equal to the number of
          such persons unless the Board of Directors, by a majority vote of
          the  entire Board, selects an additional nominee.  The  Board  of
          Directors  may,  by  a two-thirds vote, amend this Section 3.1 to
          increase or decrease the  number  of  directors, provided that no
          amendment  to this Section to decrease the  number  of  directors
          shall shorten  the  term  of any incumbent director.  No director
          need be a shareholder. The  Secretary  shall  have  the  power to
          certify at any time as to the number of directors authorized  and
          as  to  the  class  to  which  each  director has been elected or
          assigned.
<PAGE>
               3.2  Powers.  The Board may exercise  all such powers of the
          Corporation and do all such lawful acts and  things which are not
          by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these  By-laws  directed
          or required to be done by the shareholders.

               3.3  Classes.  The  Board  of  Directors,  other  than those
          directors  who  may  be  elected  by the holders of any class  or
          series of stock having preference over  the  Common  Stock  as to
          dividends  or  upon  liquidation,  shall  be  divided  into three
          classes  as  nearly  equal  in number as may be, with the initial
          term of office of Class I expiring at the first annual meeting of
          shareholders  occurring  more  than   nine   months   after   the
          incorporation  of  the  Corporation,  of Class II expiring at the
          first succeeding annual meeting of shareholders  and of Class III
          expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of shareholders.
          Any  increase  or  decrease in the number of directors  shall  be
          apportioned by the Board  of  Directors  so  that  all classes of
          directors shall be as nearly equal in number as can be.

               3.4  General  Election.  At  each annual meeting  of  share-
          holders, directors shall be elected  to  succeed  those directors
          whose terms then expire. Such newly elected directors shall serve
          until  the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders  after
          their  election  and  until  their  successors  are  elected  and
          qualified. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office
          for a term  expiring  at  the annual meeting at which the term of
          the  class  to which he shall  have  been  elected  expires.   No
          decrease in the  number  of  directors  constituting the Board of
          Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

               3.5  Vacancies.  Except  as  otherwise   provided   in   the
          Articles  of  Incorporation  or these By-laws (a) the office of a
          director shall become vacant if  he  dies,  resigns or is removed
          from office and (b) the Board of Directors may declare vacant the
          office of a director if he (i) is interdicted  or  adjudicated an
          incompetent,  (ii) is adjudicated a bankrupt, (iii) in  the  sole
          opinion  of the  Board  of  Directors  becomes  incapacitated  by
          illness or  other  infirmity  so that he is unable to perform his
          duties for a period of six months  or  longer,  or (iv) ceases at
          any time to have the qualifications required by law, the Articles
          of Incorporation or these By-laws.

               3.6  Filling Vacancies.  In the event of a vacancy  (includ-
          ing  any  vacancy  resulting  from  an increase in the authorized
          number of directors, or from failure of the shareholders to elect
          the full number of authorized directors) the remaining directors,
          even though not constituting a quorum,  may  fill  any vacancy on
          the Board for the unexpired term by a vote of at least two-thirds
          of the directors remaining in office at any time that there is no
          Related Person (as such term is defined in Article V.A.2  of  the
          Articles   of   Incorporation)  and  a  two-thirds  vote  of  all
          Continuing Directors  who remain in office at any time there is a
          Related Person, provided  that  the  shareholders  shall have the
          right,  at  any special meeting called for the purpose  prior  to
          such action by the Board, to fill the vacancy.

               3.7  Directors  Elected by Preferred Shareholders.  Notwith-
          standing anything in the  foregoing to the contrary, whenever the
          holders of any one or more  series  of  preferred  stock  of  the
<PAGE>
          Corporation  shall  have the right, voting separately as a class,
          to elect one or more directors of the Corporation, the provisions
          of Article III of the  Articles  of  Incorporation  (as it may be
          duly amended from time to time) fixing the rights and preferences
          of  such  preferred  stock  shall  govern  with  respect  to  the
          election,  removal,  vacancies  or  other  related  matters  with
          respect to such directors.

               3.8  Notice  of  Shareholder Nominees.  Only persons who are
          nominated in accordance  with  the  procedures  set forth in this
          Section 3.8 shall be eligible for election as directors.  Nomina-
          tions  of persons for election to the Board of Directors  of  the
          Corporation may be made at a meeting of shareholders by or at the
          direction  of  the  Board of Directors or by a shareholder of the
          Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the
          meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this
          Section 3.8. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the
          direction of the Board  of  Directors,  shall be made pursuant to
          timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.  To
          be timely, a shareholder's notice must be delivered or mailed and
          received at the principal executive offices  of  the  Corporation
          not less than 45 days nor more than 90 days prior to the meeting;
          provided,  however,  that  in  the  event that less than 55  days
          notice or prior public disclosure of  the  date of the meeting is
          given or made to shareholders, notice by the  shareholder  to  be
          timely  must  be  received no later than the close of business on
          the 10th day following  the  day on which such notice of the date
          of the meeting was mailed or such  public  disclosure  was  made.
          Such shareholder's notice shall set forth the following:

                    a.  as to each person whom the shareholder proposes  to
               nominate  for  election or re-election as a director (i) the
               name, age, business  address  and  residence address of such
               person, (ii) the principal occupation  or employment of such
               person, (iii) the class and number of shares  of the capital
               stock  of  the  Corporation  of  which  such  person is  the
               beneficial  owner  (determined  in  accordance with  Article
               V.A.2 of the Articles of Incorporation)  and  (iv) any other
               information relating to such person that would  be  required
               to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election  of
               directors,  or  would  be  otherwise  required, in each case
               pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act
               of  1934,  as  amended  (including without  limitation  such
               person's  written  consent  to  being  named  in  the  proxy
               statement as a nominee  and  to  serving  as  a  director if
               elected); and

                    b.  as  to  the  shareholder giving the notice (i)  the
               name and address of such  shareholder  and (b) the class and
               number of shares of the capital stock of  the Corporation of
               which  such shareholder is the beneficial owner  (determined
               in  accordance   with  Article  V.A.2  of  the  Articles  of
               Incorporation) . If  requested  in  writing by the Secretary
               the Corporation at least 15 days in advance  of the meeting,
               such shareholder shall disclose to the Secretary,  within 10
               days  of  such  request,  whether  such  person  is the sole
               beneficial  owner of the shares held of record by him;  and,
               if not, the name  and  address of each other person known by
               the shareholder of record  to claim a beneficial interest in
               such shares.
<PAGE>
          At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by
          or at the direction of the Board  of  Directors for election as a
          director shall furnish to the Secretary  of  the Corporation that
          information required to be set forth in a shareholder's notice of
          nomination which pertains to the nominee. If a  shareholder seeks
          to nominate one or more persons as directors, the Secretary shall
          appoint  two  Inspectors,  who shall not be affiliated  with  the
          Corporation, to determine whether a shareholder has complied with
          this  Section  3.8.  If the Inspectors  shall  determine  that  a
          shareholder  has  not  complied   with   this  Section  3.8,  the
          Inspectors shall direct the Chairman of the meeting to declare to
          the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the
          procedures prescribed by the Articles of Incorporation  or  these
          By-laws; and the Chairman shall so declare to the meeting and the
          defective nomination shall be disregarded.
      
          The  provisions  of  this Section 3.8 shall not apply to the
          election of any directors which the holders of preferred stock of
          the Corporation, voting separately as a class, may be entitled to
          elect.

               3.9  Compensation of Directors.  Directors  as  such,  shall
          receive  such compensation for their services as may be fixed  by
          resolution  of  the  Board  of  Directors and shall receive their
          actual  expenses  of attendance, if  any,  for  each  regular  or
          special  meeting of  the  Board;  provided  that  nothing  herein
          contained  shall  be  construed  to  preclude  any  director from
          serving  the  Corporation  in  any  other  capacity and receiving
          compensation therefor.

                                      SECTION 4

                                MEETINGS OF THE BOARD

               4.1  Place  of  Meetings.  The  meetings  of  the  Board  of
          Directors may be held at such place within or without  the  State
          of Louisiana as a majority of the directors may from time to time
          appoint.

               4.2  Initial  Meetings.  The  first  meeting  of  each newly
          elected  Board  shall  be  held  immediately following the share-
          holders' meeting at which the Board  is  elected  and at the same
          place as such meeting, and no notice of such first  meeting shall
          be necessary for the newly elected directors in order  legally to
          constitute the meeting.

               4.3  Regular  Meetings;  Notice.  Regular  meetings  of  the
          Board  may  be  held at such times as the Board may from time  to
          time determine.   Notice  of  regular  meetings  of  the Board of
          Directors  shall  be  required, but no special form of notice  or
          time of notice shall be necessary.

               4.4  Special  Meetings;  Notice.  Special  meetings  of  the
          Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
          Officer  and  President   on  reasonable  notice  given  to  each
          director, either personally or by telephone, mail or by telegram.
          Special meetings shall be called  by  the  Chairman of the Board,
          Chief Executive Officer and President, or the  Secretary  in like
          manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of
<PAGE>
          the  directors and if such officers fail or refuse, or are unable
          within  24  hours  to  call  a  meeting  when requested, then the
          directors making the request may call the  meeting  on  two days'
          written  notice  given  to each director. The notice of a special
          meeting of directors need  not state its purpose or purposes, but
          if the notice states a purpose  or  purposes and does not state a
          further purpose to consider such other  business  as may properly
          come  before  the  meeting, the business to be conducted  at  the
          special meeting shall  be  limited  to the purposes stated in the
          notice.

               4.5  Waiver of Notice.  Directors  present at any regular or
          special meeting shall be deemed to have received  due, or to have
          waived, notice thereof, provided that a director who participates
          in  a meeting by telephone (as permitted by Section  4.9  hereof)
          shall  not be deemed to have received or waived due notice if, at
          the beginning  of  the  meeting, he objects to the transaction of
          any business because the meeting is not lawfully called.

               4.6  Quorum.  A majority  of the Board shall be necessary to
          constitute a quorum for the transaction  of  business, and except
          as otherwise provided by law or the Articles of  Incorporation or
          these  By-laws,  the  acts of a majority of the entire  Board  of
          Directors at a meeting  at which a quorum is present shall be the
          acts of the Board.  If a  quorum is not present at any meeting of
          the Board of Directors, the  directors  present  may  adjourn the
          meeting  from time to time without notice other than announcement
          at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

               4.7  Withdrawal.  If  a  quorum  is present when the meeting
          convened,  the  directors present may continue  to  do  business,
          taking action by  vote  of  a  majority  of  a quorum as fixed in
          Section  4.6  hereof,  until  adjournment,  notwithstanding   the
          withdrawal  of  enough  directors  to leave less than a quorum as
          fixed  in  Section  4.6  hereof or the refusal  of  any  director
          present to vote.

               4.8  Action by Consent.  Any  action which may be taken at a
          meeting of the Board or any committee  thereof, may be taken by a
          consent  in  writing signed by all of the  directors  or  by  all
          members of the  committee, as the case may be, and filed with the
          records of proceedings of the Board or Committee.

               4.9  Meetings       by       Telephone       or      Similar
          Communication.  Members of the Board may participate  at  and  be
          present  at  any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof by
          means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment
          if  all persons  participating  in  such  meeting  can  hear  and
          communicate with each other.

                                      SECTION 5

                               COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD

               5.1  General.  The   Board   may   designate   one  or  more
          committees,  each  committee  to  consist of two or more  of  the
          directors of the Corporation (and one  or  more  directors may be
          named as alternate members to replace any absent or  disqualified
          regular members), which, to the extent provided by resolution  of
<PAGE>
          the  Board or the By-laws, shall have and may exercise the powers
          of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the
          Corporation,  and  may  have  power  to authorize the seal of the
          Corporation to be affixed to documents,  but  no  such  committee
          shall  have  power  or  authority  in  reference  to amending the
          Articles  of  Incorporation, adopting an agreement of  merger  or
          consolidation,  recommending  to the stockholders the sale, lease
          or  exchange of all or substantially  all  of  the  Corporation's
          property   and   assets,   recommending  to  the  stockholders  a
          dissolution of the Corporation  or  a  revocation of dissolution,
          removing or indemnifying directors or amending  the  By-laws; and
          unless  the  resolution  expressly so provides, no such committee
          shall  have  the power or authority  to  declare  a  dividend  or
          authorize issuance  of stock.  Such committee or committees shall
          have such name or names  as  may  be stated in the By-laws, or as
          may be determined, from time to time,  by the Board.  Any vacancy
          occurring in any such committee shall be filled by the Board, but
          the  President may designate another director  to  serve  on  the
          committee  pending  action  by  the  Board. Each such member of a
          committee  shall  hold  office  during  the  term  of  the  Board
          constituting it, unless otherwise ordered by the Board.

               5.2  Compensation Committee.  The Board  shall  establish  a
          Compensation Committee consisting of at least two directors.  The
          Compensation  Committee  shall  administer  the Performance Share
          Plan,  the  Stock  Appreciation Plan, any incentive  compensation
          plans involving securities  of  the  Corporation  adopted  by the
          Corporation  in  the  future  and  employment  contracts with any
          employee.   Each  of  the  members of the Compensation  Committee
          shall  be  a "disinterested person"  as  defined  in  Rule  16b-3
          promulgated  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 and an
          "outside  director"  as  defined  in the regulations  promulgated
          under  162(m)  of the Internal Revenue  Code.   The  Compensation
          Committee shall  determine  the  general compensation policies of
          the Corporation and the compensation  to  be  paid  to  executive
          officers  of  the Corporation.  If the Compensation Committee  is
          composed of an  even  number  of  persons,  in  the  event  of  a
          disagreement,  which cannot in good faith be resolved, it will be
          resolved by the  affirmative  vote  of  a  majority of the entire
          Board.

               5.3  Audit Committee.  The Board shall  establish  an  Audit
          Committee  consisting  of  at  least  three directors who are not
          officers  or  employees  of  the  Corporation   or   any  of  its
          affiliates.  The Audit Committee shall (i) serve as a focal point
          for communication between noncommittee directors, the independent
          accountants,  internal  audit  and  management,  as  their duties
          relate  to  financial  accounting,  reporting and controls,  (ii)
          assist  the  Board  of  Directors  in  fulfilling  its  fiduciary
          responsibilities   as  to  accounting  policies   and   reporting
          practices  of  the  Corporation  and  all  subsidiaries  and  the
          sufficiency of auditing relative thereto and (iii) operate as the
          Board's principal agent  in  ensuring  the  independence  of  the
          Corporation's   independent   accountants,   the   integrity   of
          management and the adequacy of disclosure to shareholders.
<PAGE>
                                      SECTION 6

                               REMOVAL OF BOARD MEMBER

               Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed
          at  any  time,  but  only  for  cause (as such term is defined in
          Article IV.C of the Articles of Incorporation),  by  the affirma-
          tive  vote  of  not  less  than  80%  of  the Total Voting Power,
          provided that the removal may only be effected  at  a  meeting of
          shareholders  duly called for that purpose.  The shareholders  at
          such meeting may  proceed  to elect a successor or successors for
          the unexpired term of the director  or directors removed.  Except
          as provided in the Articles of Incorporation  and in this Section
          6, directors shall not be subject to removal.

                                      SECTION 7

                                       NOTICES

               7.1  Form of Delivery.  Whenever under the provisions of law
          the Articles of Incorporation or these By-laws notice is required
          to  be  given  to any shareholder or director, it  shall  not  be
          construed to mean  personal  notice unless otherwise specifically
          provided in the Articles of Incorporation  or  these By-laws, but
          said  notice may be given by mail, addressed to such  shareholder
          or director  at  his  address as it appears on the records of the
          Corporation, with postage  thereon prepaid. Such notices shall be
          deemed to have been given at  the  time they are deposited in the
          United States mail. Notice to a director  pursuant to Section 4.4
          hereof may also be given personally or by telephone  or  telegram
          sent  to  his  address  as  it  appears  on  the  records  of the
          Corporation.

               7.2  Waiver.  Whenever any notice is required to be given by
          law,  the  Articles  of  Incorporation or these By-laws, a waiver
          thereof in writing signed  by  the  person or persons entitled to
          said notice, whether before or after  the  time  stated  therein,
          shall be deemed equivalent thereto.  In addition, notice shall be
          deemed  to  have been given to, or waived by, any shareholder  or
          director who  attends  a  meeting of shareholders or directors in
          person,  or is represented at  such  meeting  by  proxy,  without
          protesting  at the commencement of the meeting the transaction of
          any business  because  the  meeting  is  not  lawfully  called or
          convened.

                                      SECTION 8

                                       OFFICERS

               8.1  Designations.  The officers of the corporation shall be
          chosen  by the directors and shall be the Chairman of the  Board,
          Chief Executive  officer  and President (with all such offices to
          be  held  by  one  person), a Secretary  and  a  Treasurer.   The
          directors may elect one or more Vice Presidents.  Any two offices
          may be held by one person,  provided  that no person holding more
          than  one  office  may  sign,  in  more than  one  capacity,  any
          certificate or other instrument required  by  law to be signed by
          two officers.
<PAGE>
               8.2  Additional  Designations.  The Board of  Directors  may
          appoint such other officers as it shall deem necessary, who shall
          hold their offices for  such terms and shall exercise such powers
          and perform such duties as  shall be determined from time to time
          by the Board.

               8.3  Term of Office.  The  officers of the Corporation shall
          hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  Except as
          otherwise provided in the resolution  of  the  Board of Directors
          electing  any officer, each officer shall hold office  until  the
          first meeting  of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting
          of shareholders  next  succeeding  his or her election, and until
          his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her
          earlier resignation or removal.  Any  officer  may  resign at any
          time  upon  written  notice to the Board, to the Chairman,  Chief
          Executive Officer and  President,  or  to  the  Secretary  of the
          Corporation.   Such  resignation  shall  take  effect at the time
          specified  therein  as  acceptance of such resignation  shall  be
          necessary to make it effective.  The Board may remove any officer
          with or without cause at any time, except that the removal of the
          Chairman  of the Board, Chief  Executive  Officer  and  President
          shall require  the  vote  of at least three-fourths of the entire
          Board.   Any  such removal shall  be  without  prejudice  to  the
          contractual rights of such offices, if any, with the Corporation,
          but the election  of an officer shall not in and of itself create
          contractual rights.   Any  vacancy occurring in any office of the
          Corporation by death, resignation,  removal  or  otherwise may be
          filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the  Board at any
          regular or special meeting.

               8.4  The  Chairman,  Chief Executive Officer, and President.
          The Chairman, Chief Executive  Officer  and  President shall have
          general  and  active  responsibility  for the management  of  the
          business of the Corporation, shall be responsible  for implement-
          ing  all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors,  shall
          be the  chief  operating  officer  of  the Corporation, and shall
          supervise   the   daily  operations  of  the  business   of   the
          Corporation.  The Chairman of the Board shall preside at meetings
          of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders.

               8.5  The Vice  Presidents.  The  Vice Presidents (if any) in
          the order specified by the Board or, if  not so specified, in the
          order of their seniority shall, in the absence  or  disability of
          the President, perform the duties and exercise the powers  of the
          President,  and  shall perform such other duties as the President
          or the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

               8.6  The Secretary.  The Secretary shall attend all meetings
          of the Board of Directors  and  all  meetings of the shareholders
          and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book
          to  be kept for that purpose.  He shall  give,  or  cause  to  be
          given,  notice  of  all  meetings of the shareholders and special
          meetings of the Board, and shall perform such other duties as may
          be prescribed by the Board  or President, under whose supervision
          he shall be.  He shall keep in  safe  custody  the  seal  of  the
          Corporation,  if  any,  and  affix  the  same  to  any instrument
          requiring it.
<PAGE>
               8.7  The Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of
          the corporate funds and shall keep or cause to be kept  full  and
          accurate   accounts   of  receipts  and  disbursements  in  books
          belonging to the Corporation  and  shall  deposit  all monies and
          other  valuable  effects  in  the name and to the credit  of  the
          Corporation in such depositories  as  may  be  designated  by the
          Board  of  Directors.   He  shall keep a proper accounting of all
          receipts and disbursements and  shall  disburse  the funds of the
          Corporation  only  for  proper corporate purposes or  as  may  be
          ordered by the Board and  shall  render  to the President and the
          Board at the regular meetings of the Board,  or whenever they may
          require it, an account of all his transactions  as  Treasurer and
          of the financial condition of the Corporation.



                                      SECTION 9

                                        STOCK

               9.1  Certificates.  Every holder of stock in the Corporation
          shall  be entitled to have a certificate signed by the  President
          or a Vice  President  and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary
          evidencing the number and  class  (and  series, if any) of shares
          owned by him, containing such information  as required by law and
          bearing the seal of the Corporation. If any  stock certificate is
          manually signed by a transfer agent or registrar  other  than the
          Corporation itself or an employee of the Corporation, the  signa-
          ture of any such officer may be a facsimile. In case any officer,
          transfer  agent  or  registrar  who has signed or whose facsimile
          signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to
          be  such  officer,  transfer  agent  or   registrar  before  such
          certificate is issued, it may be issued by  the  Corporation with
          the  same  effect as if he were such officer, transfer  agent  or
          registrar at the date of issue.

               9.2  Missing   Certificates.  The   President  or  any  Vice
          President  may  direct a new certificate or  certificates  to  be
          issued in place of  any  certificate  or certificates theretofore
          issued by the Corporation alleged to have  been  lost,  stolen or
          destroyed,  upon  the making of an affidavit of that fact by  the
          person claiming the  certificate  of  stock to be lost, stolen or
          destroyed.  As a condition precedent to  the  issuance  of  a new
          certificate  or  certificates,  the  officers  of the Corporation
          shall, unless dispensed with by the President, require  the owner
          of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or
          his   legal   representative,   (i)  to  advertise  or  give  the
          Corporation  a  bond  or  (ii) enter  into  a  written  indemnity
          agreement, in each case in an amount appropriate to indemnify the
          Corporation  against any claim  that  may  be  made  against  the
          Corporation with  respect to the certificate alleged to have been
          lost, stolen or destroyed.

               9.3  Transfers.  Upon  surrender  to  the Corporation or the
          transfer  agent of the Corporation, of a certificate  for  shares
          duly endorsed  or  accompanied  by proper evidence of succession,
          assignment or authority to transfer,  it shall be the duty of the
          Corporation to issue a new certificate  to  the  person  entitled
          thereto,  cancel  the  old certificate and record the transaction
          upon its books.
<PAGE>
                                      SECTION 10

                            DETERMINATION OF SHAREHOLDERS

               10.1 Record Date.  For  the  purpose  of  determining share-
          holders  entitled  to notice of and to vote at a meeting,  or  to
          receive a dividend,  or  to  receive  or exercise subscription or
          other rights, or to participate in a reclassification  of  stock,
          or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other
          proper  purpose,  the  Board  of  Directors  may fix in advance a
          record date for determination of shareholders  for  such purpose,
          such  date to be not more than sixty days and, if fixed  for  the
          purpose  of determining shareholders entitled to notice of and to
          vote at a  meeting,  not less than ten days, prior to the date on
          which the action requiring the determination of shareholder is to
          be taken.

               10.2 Registered Shareholders.  Except  as otherwise provided
          by law, the Corporation, and its directors, officers  and  agents
          may recognize and treat a person registered on its records as the
          owner  of  shares, as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes,
          and as the person  exclusively  entitled  to have and to exercise
          all  rights  and  privileges  incident to the ownership  of  such
          shares, and rights under this Section  shall  not  be affected by
          any actual constructive notice which the Corporation,  or  any of
          its directors, officers or agents, may have to the contrary.

                                      SECTION 11

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

               11.1 Dividends.  Except as otherwise provided by law or  the
          Articles  of  Incorporation,  dividends  upon  the  stock  of the
          Corporation  may  be  declared  by  the Board of Directors at any
          regular  or special meeting.  Dividends  may  be  paid  in  cash,
          property, or in shares of stock.

               11.2 Checks.  All  checks  or demands for money and notes of
          the Corporation shall be signed by  such  officer  or officers or
          such other person or persons as the Board of Directors  may  from
          time to time designate.  Signatures of the authorized signatories
          may be by facsimile.

               11.3 Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal year of this Corporation will
          be a calendar year.

               11.4 Seal.  The  Board  of  Directors  may adopt a corporate
          seal, which seal shall have inscribed thereon  the  name  of  the
          Corporation.   Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
          thereof to be impressed  or  affixed  or reproduced or otherwise.
          Failure to affix the seal shall not, however, affect the validity
          of any instrument.

               11.5 Gender.  All pronouns and variations  thereof  used  in
          these By-laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine
          or  neuter  gender,  singular  or  plural, as the identity of the
          person, persons, entity or entities referred to require.
<PAGE>
                                      SECTION 12

                                   INDEMNIFICATION

               The Corporation shall indemnify to the full extent permitted
          by law, which indemnification shall  include,  but  shall  not be
          limited to, attorneys' fees, any person made or threatened to  be
          made  a part to any action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal,
          civil,  administrative  or  investigative,  by reason of the fact
          that such person or such person's testator or intestate is or was
          a director, officer or employee of the Corporation  or  serves or
          served at the request of the Corporation any other enterprise  as
          a  director,  officer  or employee.  For purposes of this By-law,
          the term "Corporation" shall  include  any  predecessor  of  this
          Corporation   and  any  constituent  corporation  (including  any
          constituent of  a  constituent)  absorbed by the Corporation in a
          consolidation  or  merger;  the term  "other  enterprises"  shall
          include any corporation, partnership,  joint  venture,  trust  or
          employee   benefit   plan;   service   "at  the  request  of  the
          Corporation"  shall  include service as a  director,  officer  or
          employee of the Corporation  which imposes duties on, or involves
          services by, such director, officer  or  employee with respect to
          an employee benefit plan, its participants  or beneficiaries; any
          excise  taxes assessed on a person with respect  to  an  employee
          benefit plan  shall  be  deemed to be indemnifiable expenses; and
          action by a person with respect to an employee benefit plan which
          such person reasonably believes  to  be  in  the  interest of the
          participants and beneficiaries of such plan shall be deemed to be
          action not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

                                      SECTION 13

                                      AMENDMENTS

               13.1 Adoption  of  By-laws; Amendments Thereof.  By-laws  of
          the Corporation may be adopted  only  by  (i)  a  majority of the
          entire  Board of Directors at any time when there is  no  Related
          Person  (as   defined   in  Article  V.A.2  of  the  Articles  of
          Incorporation) or (ii) both  a  majority  of  the entire Board of
          Directors and a majority of the Continuing Directors  (as defined
          in  Article  V.A.4 of the Articles of Incorporation) at any  time
          when there is  a  Related  Person  Article (as defined in Article
          V.A.2 of the Articles of Incorporation).   By-laws may be amended
          or  repealed  only  by  (i)  a  majority of the entire  Board  of
          Directors at any time when there  is  no  Related  Person (except
          that  any  amendment  to or repeal of Section 6 of these  By-laws
          shall require an affirmative  vote  of at least three-quarters of
          the  entire Board of Directors), (ii)  both  a  majority  of  the
          entire  Board  and  a majority of the Continuing Directors at any
          time when there is a  Related Person (as defined in Article V.A.2
          of the Articles of Incorporation),  or (iii) the affirmative vote
          of the holders of at least 80% of the  Total  Voting Power at any
          regular or special meeting of shareholders, the  notice  of which
          expressly states that the proposed amendment or repeal is  to  be
          considered at the meeting.

               13.2 Re-Amendment or Re-adoption by Board of Directors.  Any
          provision   of   these   By-laws   amended  or  repealed  by  the
          shareholders  may  be  re-amended  or re-adopted  in  the  manner
          provided in Section 13.1.
<PAGE>
               13.3 New By-laws; Amendments.  Any  purported  amendment  to
          these  By-laws which would add hereto a matter not covered herein
          prior to  such  purported amendment shall be deemed to constitute
          the adoption of a  By-law  provision  and not an amendment to the
          By-laws.
          35.11/55478/007



                                         Refunding Agreement


                                               Between


                          Board of Commissioners of the Port of New Orleans


                                                 And


                                      Avondale Industries, Inc.



                                      Dated as of April 1, 1994









                                             $36,250,000
                          Board of Commissioners of the Port of New Orleans
                                  Industrial Revenue Refunding Bonds
                                 (Avondale Industries, Inc. Project)
                                             Series 1994
<PAGE>
                              Refunding Agreement

 
           This  Refunding  Agreement,  dated  as of the 1st day of April,
     1994,  is  between the Board of Commissioners  of  the  Port  of  New
     Orleans, a political  subdivision  of  the  State  of  Louisiana (the
     "Issuer"),  and  Avondale  Industries,  Inc., a Louisiana corporation
     (the "Company").


                             W i t n e s s e t h :


           WHEREAS, the Issuer is a political  subdivision of the State of
     Louisiana, created and existing pursuant to the Constitution and laws
     of  such  State  and is authorized and empowered  by  law,  including
     particularly the provisions  of  Chapter  14-A  of  Title  39  of the
     Louisiana  Revised  Statutes  of  1950, as amended (La. R.S. 39:1444-
     1455) (the "Refunding Act"), to issue refunding bonds for the purpose
     of refunding, readjusting, restructuring,  refinancing, extending, or
     unifying  the  whole  or any part of outstanding  securities  of  the
     Issuer  in  an  amount  sufficient  to  provide  funds  necessary  to
     effectuate the purpose for which the refunding bonds are being issued
     and to pay all costs associated therewith; and

           WHEREAS, pursuant to  the  provisions  of Sections 991 to 1001,
     inclusive, of Title 39 of the Louisiana Revised  Statutes of 1950, as
     amended (the "Act"), and a Trust Indenture dated as  of July 1, 1981,
     as supplemented by a First Supplemental Trust Indenture  dated  as of
     June  1,  1983,  by and between the Issuer and First National Bank of
     Commerce,  New  Orleans,   Louisiana,   as   trustee  (the  "Original
     Indenture"), the Issuer issued its Industrial Revenue Bonds (Avondale
     Shipyards, Inc. Project) Series 1983 (the "Series 1983 Bonds") in the
     aggregate  principal  amount  of  $36,250,000,  all   of   which  are
     outstanding as of the date hereof, for the purpose of providing funds
     to   refund   the  outstanding  Industrial  Revenue  Bonds  (Avondale
     Shipyards, Inc.  Project) Series 1981 of the Issuer (the "Series 1981
     Bonds"), which Series  1981  Bonds  were  issued  for  the purpose of
     providing funds to finance the cost of the acquisition,  construction
     and  installation  of  a  floating  drydock  and  land-based  support
     facilities for the repair and maintenance of various types of vessels
     (the  "Project"),  which drydock is located between mile markers  106
     and 107 on the right  descending bank of the Mississippi River at the
     downriver end of the main  shipyard  of  the  Company located at 5100
     River  Road,  Avondale,  Louisiana, in Jefferson Parish,  within  the
     jurisdiction of the Issuer  as  a  part  of  the  public  port of the
     Issuer.   The initial owner and operator of the Project was  Avondale
     Shipyards,  Inc.,  a Louisiana corporation, and the current owner and
     operator  of  the Project  is  the  Company,  successor  to  Avondale
     Shipyards, Inc.; and

           WHEREAS,  pursuant  to and in accordance with the provisions of
     the Act and an Installment  Sales Agreement dated as of July 1, 1981,
     as supplemented by a First Supplemental  Installment  Sales Agreement
     dated as of June 1, 1983 (the "Original Agreement"), by  and  between
     the  Issuer and Avondale Shipyards, Inc., predecessor to the Company,
     the Issuer  acquired  the Project from the Company and reconveyed the
     Project to the Company  for  purchase  price  payments  in  an amount
<PAGE>
     sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest  on
     the Series 1983 Bonds; and

           WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Issuer, pursuant to
     and in accordance with the provisions of the Refunding Act, issue its
     refunding  bonds  for the purpose of refunding the Series 1983 Bonds;
     and

           WHEREAS, in consideration  of  the  issuance  of said refunding
     bonds by the Issuer, the Company will agree to make or  cause  to  be
     made  payments  in  an  amount  sufficient  to  pay the principal of,
     premium,  if  any, and interest on said refunding bonds  pursuant  to
     this Refunding  Agreement,  said refunding bonds shall be paid solely
     from the revenues derived by  the  Issuer from said payments by or on
     behalf  of  the  Company  under this Refunding  Agreement,  and  said
     refunding bonds shall never  constitute  an indebtedness or pledge of
     the general credit of the Issuer or the State  of  Louisiana,  within
     the   meaning  of  any  constitutional  or  statutory  limitation  of
     indebtedness or otherwise; and

           WHEREAS, said refunding bonds (the "Bonds") shall be designated
     "Industrial   Revenue  Refunding  Bonds  (Avondale  Industries,  Inc.
     Project) Series 1994"; and

           WHEREAS,  pursuant to an Escrow Agreement dated the date hereof
     (the "Escrow Agreement")  among  the  Issuer,  the  Company and First
     National  Bank of Commerce, the trustee under the Original  Indenture
     (the "Escrow  Trustee"),  the  proceeds  of the Bonds (other than the
     proceeds which represent accrued interest), together with moneys from
     the Company, are to be deposited with the Escrow Trustee in an escrow
     fund  (the  "Escrow  Fund") for the purpose of  reimbursing  Chemical
     Bank, New York, New York  (the  "Series  1983 Letter of Credit Bank")
     for its drawing in connection with the discharge  of  the Series 1983
     Bonds; and

           WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of the Indenture  and  this
     Refunding Agreement, and the issuance and sale of the Bonds have been
     and  are  in  all respects duly and validly authorized by resolutions
     duly adopted by the governing authority of the Issuer; and

           NOW, THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the premises and of the
     covenants and undertakings herein expressed, the parties hereto agree
     as follows:
                                   ARTICLE I

                  DEFINITIONS; REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

           SECTION  1.`.Definitions.  The terms defined  in  the  preamble
     hereto, in this Article I or in Article I of the Indenture shall, for
     all purposes of  this  Agreement, have the meanings herein or therein
     specified, unless the context clearly otherwise requires:

           "Administrative  Expenses"   means  the  direct,  out-of-pocket
     expenses reasonably incurred by the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement
     or  the  Indenture  and reasonable in amount,  and  the  compensation
     (agreed to by the Company)  of  the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the
     Bond Registrar and the direct, out-of-pocket expenses of said parties
     necessarily incurred under the Indenture and reasonable in amount.
<PAGE>
           "Affiliate"  means as to any  Person,  (a)  any  Person  which,
     directly or indirectly,  is  in  control  of, is controlled by, or is
     under common control with such Person or (b)  any  Person  who  is  a
     director  or  officer  (i)  of  such  Person  or  (ii)  of any Person
     described  in  clause  (a)  above.   For purposes of this definition,
     control of a Person shall mean the power, direct or indirect, to vote
     10% or more of the securities having ordinary  voting  power  for the
     election  of  directors (or persons performing similar functions)  of
     such Person or  direct  or  cause the direction of the management and
     policies  of  such  Person  whether   through   ownership  of  voting
     securities, by contract or otherwise.

           "Agreement" or "Refunding Agreement" means  this  Agreement  as
     the  same  may  from  time to time be modified or amended as provided
     herein.

           "Agreement Term"  means  the term of this Agreement which shall
     be the period from the date of delivery  of  the Bonds to the initial
     purchasers thereof through the date on which payment of the principal
     of,  premium,  if  any,  and  interest  on  the Bonds  (or  provision
     therefor) in accordance with the Indenture and performance of all the
     Company's obligations under this Agreement shall have been made, upon
     which payment and performance this Agreement shall terminate.

           "Bonds" means the $36,250,000 aggregate principal amount of the
     Issuer's  Industrial  Revenue  Refunding Bonds (Avondale  Industries,
     Inc.  Project)  Series  1994  authorized   to  be  issued  under  the
     Indenture.

           "Capitalized Lease" means any lease the obligations under which
     have been, or in accordance with GAAP are required to be, recorded on
     the books of a Person or any Subsidiary as a capital lease liability.

           "Cash  Equivalent  Investments"  means (i)  securities  issued,
     guaranteed or insured by the United States  or  any  of  its agencies
     with  maturities  of  not  more than one year from the date acquired;
     (ii)  certificates of deposit  or  other  deposit  arrangements  with
     maturities of not more than one year from the date acquired issued by
     a U.S.  federal  or  state  chartered  commercial  bank of recognized
     standing,  which  has  capital  and unimpaired surplus in  excess  of
     $200,000,000 and which bank or its  holding  company has a short-term
     commercial paper rating of at least A-1 or the equivalent by Standard
     &  Poor's Corporation and at least P-1 or the equivalent  by  Moody's
     Investors  Services,  Inc.;  (iii) reverse repurchase agreements with
     terms  of  not  more than seven days  from  the  date  acquired,  for
     securities of the type described in clause (i) above and entered into
     only with commercial  banks  having  the  qualifications described in
     clause (ii) above; (iv) commercial paper, master  notes, or corporate
     debt obligations other than those issued by the Company or any of its
     Affiliates, issued by any Person incorporated under  the  laws of the
     United  States  or  any  state thereof and rated at least A-1 or  the
     equivalent thereof by Standard  & Poor's Corporation, at least P-1 or
     the equivalent thereof by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.,  or  at
     least  D-1  or  the equivalent thereof by Duff & Phelps Credit Rating
     Company, in each  case with maturities of not more than one year from
     the  date  acquired;  and  (v)  investments  in  money  market  funds
     registered under  the  Investment  Company  Act  of 1940, as amended,
     which have net assets of at least $200,000,000 and  at  least eighty-
<PAGE>
     five  percent (85%) of whose assets consist of securities  and  other
     obligations of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above.

           "Company"   means  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.,  a  corporation
     organized  and  existing  under  the  laws  of  the  State,  and  its
     successors and permitted  assigns, including any surviving, resulting
     or transferee corporation, as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.7 hereof.

           "Consolidated Debt Service  Coverage  Ratio" means the ratio of
     (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) the sum of (i)  Consolidated  Interest
     Expense  plus  (ii)  principal payments of Indebtedness of the Person
     and  its  Subsidiaries (excluding  any  balloon  principal  payments,
     principal payments  on  revolving  credit  agreements,  other working
     capital financings or Indebtedness incurred with regard to a contract
     for the sale of one or more ships).

           "Consolidated EBITDA" means with respect to any Person  for any
     period,  (a) Consolidated Net Income for such period before deduction
     for income  taxes and net interest expense, as set forth in financial
     statements determined  in  accordance with GAAP, plus (b) all Unusual
     Losses during such period to  the  extent  deducted from Consolidated
     Net Income for such period, minus (c) all extraordinary  gains during
     such  period  to  the extent included in Consolidated Net Income  for
     such period and plus  (d) depreciation and amortization to the extent
     deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

           "Consolidated Interest  Expense"  means  with  respect  to  any
     Person  for  any  period, the aggregate cash interest expense of such
     Person  and  its Subsidiaries  for  such  period,  as  determined  in
     accordance with  GAAP,  and shall include, in any event, the interest
     component  of  all  rent and  of  other  amounts  payable  under  all
     Capitalized  Leases of  such  Person  and  its  Subsidiaries  and  in
     addition, all  commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed
     with respect to  letters of credit and banker's acceptances allocable
     to or amortized over such period.

           "Consolidated Net Income" means with respect to any Person from
     any period, the consolidated  net income (or loss) of such Person and
     its Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.

           "Consolidated Net Worth"  means  with respect to any Person for
     any  period  all amounts which, in accordance  with  GAAP,  would  be
     included under  stockholders'  equity on a consolidated balance sheet
     of the Person and its Subsidiaries at such time.

           "Consolidated Senior Debt  Service  Coverage  Ratio"  means the
     ratio  of  (a) Consolidated EBITDA to (b) the sum of (i) Consolidated
     Interest Expense  plus (ii) principal payments of Senior Indebtedness
     of the Person and its  Subsidiaries  (excluding any balloon principal
     payments, principal payments on revolving  credit  agreements,  other
     working capital financings or Indebtedness incurred with regard to  a
     contract for the sale of one or more ships).

           "Consolidated  Senior  Indebtedness"  means Indebtedness of the
     Person and its Subsidiaries whether outstanding  on  the date of this
     Agreement  or  thereafter  created,  incurred, assumed or  guaranteed
<PAGE>
     (including, without limitation, interest  that accrues on or after or
     which would accrue but for the filing of a  petition in bankruptcy or
     for reorganization, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest
     is   allowed   in  such  proceeding)  except  (a)  any   Indebtedness
     outstanding after  the  date  of  this  Agreement as to which, by the
     express terms of the instrument creating  or  evidencing the same, it
     is provided that such Indebtedness is subordinate  or junior in right
     of  payment to any Senior Indebtedness, (b) any Indebtedness  of  the
     Person or any Subsidiary to any Subsidiary or to any Affiliate of the
     Person  or  any  Subsidiary,  (c) Indebtedness incurred in connection
     with the purchase of goods, assets,  materials  or  services  in  the
     ordinary  course  of  business  or  representing  amounts recorded as
     accounts payable, trade payables or other current liabilities  of the
     Person or any Subsidiary on the books of the Person or any Subsidiary
     (other than the current portion of any Long Term Indebtedness of  the
     Company  or  any  Subsidiary  that  but  for  this  clause  (c) would
     constitute  Senior  Indebtedness),  (d) any Indebtedness of or amount
     owed by the Person or any Subsidiary  to  their  respective employees
     for services rendered to the Person or any Subsidiary,  as  the  case
     may  be,  and  (e)  any  liability for federal, state, local or other
     taxes owing or owed by the Person or any Subsidiary.

           "Consolidated Senior  Indebtedness Ratio" means with respect to
     any Person and its Subsidiaries  for  any  period  the  ratio  of (a)
     Consolidated Senior Indebtedness to (b) Total Capitalization.

           "Consolidated  Tangible  Net  Worth"  means with respect to any
     Person  at  a  particular date, the total consolidated  stockholders'
     equity of such Person  and  its  Subsidiaries  less the amount of all
     intangible  assets  of  such  Person  and  its Subsidiaries,  all  as
     determined in accordance with GAAP.


           "Costs  of  Issuance"  means  all  fees, charges  and  expenses
     incurred  in  connection with the authorization,  preparation,  sale,
     issuance and delivery  of  the  Bonds, including, without limitation,
     financial,  legal and accounting fees,  expenses  and  disbursements,
     rating agency fees, State Bond Commission fees, the Issuer's fees and
     expenses attributable  to  the  issuance  of  the  Bonds, the cost of
     printing,  engraving  and  reproduction  services  and the  fees  and
     expenses of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Bond Registrar.

           "Event  of  Default"  means  an event of default specified  and
     defined in Section 7.1 hereof.

           "First Preferred Vessel Mortgage"  means  the  First  Preferred
     Vessel  Mortgage  on  the  650  foot floating drydock constituting  a
     portion of the Project granted by  the  Company  to  the  Trustee  on
     behalf of the Bondholders.

           "GAAP"  means  generally  accepted accounting principles in the
     United States of America in effect from time to time.

           "Guarantee" by any Person means  any  obligation, contingent or
     otherwise,  of  such Person directly or indirectly  guaranteeing  any
     Indebtedness or other  obligation  of  any  other Person and, without
     limiting the generality of the foregoing, any  obligation,  direct or
<PAGE>
     indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase  or
     pay  (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such
     Indebtedness  or  other  obligation  (whether  arising  by  virtue of
     partnership  arrangements,  by  agreement  to  keep-well, to purchase
     assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain
     financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for
     the  purpose  of  assuring in any other manner the  obligee  of  such
     Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect
     such obligee against  loss  in respect thereof (in whole or in part),
     provided that the term Guarantee  shall  not include endorsements for
     collection or deposit in the ordinary course  of  business.  The term
     "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

           "Indebtedness"  means  for  any Person (i) all indebtedness  or
     other  obligations  of  such  Person  for   borrowed  money  and  all
     indebtedness  of  such  Person  with  respect  to  any   other  items
     (including,  without  limitation,  obligations  evidenced  by  bonds,
     debentures, notes or other similar instruments but excluding accounts
     payable  in  the  ordinary  course of business, income taxes payable,
     deferred taxes and deferred credits)  which would, in accordance with
     GAAP,  be  classified as a liability on the  balance  sheet  of  such
     Person, (ii)  all  obligations  of  such  Person  to pay the deferred
     purchase  price  of  property  or  services  (including  indebtedness
     created  under or arising out of any conditional sale or other  title
     retention   agreement),   (iii)   all   obligations  of  such  Person
     (contingent or otherwise) under reimbursement  or  similar agreements
     with  respect  to  the  issuance  of  letters  of  credit,  (iv)  all
     indebtedness  or  other  obligations  of  such  Person  under or with
     respect to any swap or other financial hedging arrangement, including
     any Interest Rate Protection Agreement, (v) all obligations  of  such
     Person  under  Capitalized  Leases,  (vi)  all  indebtedness or other
     obligations of any other Person of the type specified  in clause (i),
     (ii),  (iii), (iv) or (v) above, the payment or collection  of  which
     such Person  has  Guaranteed  and  (vi)  all  indebtedness  or  other
     obligations  of any other Person of the type specified in clause (i),
     (ii), (iii), (iv),  (v)  or  (vi)  above secured by (or for which the
     holder  of  such  indebtedness has an existing  right  contingent  or
     otherwise,  to  be  secured   by)  any  Lien,  upon  or  in  property
     (including, without limitation,  accounts  and contract rights) owned
     by  such Person, whether or not such Person has  assumed  or  becomes
     liable for the payment of such indebtedness or obligations.

           "Indemnified  Person"  means the Issuer, including its members,
     officers, agents and employees individually, and the Trustee.

           "Indenture" means the Trust  Indenture  dated  as  of  the date
     hereof between the Issuer and the Trustee, as the same may be amended
     or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

           "Interest  Rate  Protection  Agreement"  means an interest rate
     swap,  cap  or  collar agreement or similar arrangement  between  any
     Person and a financial  institution  providing  for  the  transfer or
     mitigation  of  interest  risks  either  generally  or under specific
     contingencies.

           "Issuer" means the Board of Commissioners of the  Port  of  New
     Orleans, a political subdivision of the State, organized and existing
     under the laws of the State, or its successors and assigns.
<PAGE>
           "Lien"  means  any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment,
     deposit arrangement, encumbrance,  security interest, lien (statutory
     or  other) or preference, priority or  other  security  agreement  or
     preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including,
     without  limitation,  any  conditional  sale or other title retention
     agreement,  any  Capitalized  Lease  having  substantially  the  same
     economic  effect  as  any  of the foregoing, and the  filing  of  any
     financing statement under the  Uniform  Commercial Code or comparable
     law of any jurisdiction in respect of any of the foregoing).

           "Long  Term Indebtedness" means any  Indebtedness  which  shall
     have a maturity greater than one year and which is classified as non-
     current in accordance with GAAP.

           "Ogden Note"  means  the  $8.0 million senior unsecured note of
     the Company for the benefit of Ogden  Corporation ("Ogden") delivered
     pursuant  to  a Letter Agreement dated April  29,  1994  between  the
     Company and Ogden.

           "Original Agreement" means an Installment Sales Agreement dated
     as  of  July  1,  1981,  as  supplemented  by  a  First  Supplemental
     Installment Sales Agreement  dated as of June 1, 1983, by and between
     the Issuer and Avondale Shipyards,  Inc., a Louisiana corporation and
     a predecessor of the Company.

           "Original Indenture" means a Trust  Indenture  dated as of July
     1,  1981,  as  supplemented  by a First Supplemental Trust  Indenture
     dated  as  of  June 1, 1983, by and  between  the  Issuer  and  First
     National Bank of Commerce, New Orleans, Louisiana, as trustee.

           "Permitted  Encumbrances"  means  (a)  Liens  permitted  by the
     Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  by  and among the Company, Continental
     Bank N.A. and the Banks as defined therein  dated as of May 10, 1994;
     (b)  Liens  arising  out  of the refinancing, extension,  renewal  or
     refunding  of  any Indebtedness  of  the  Company  secured  by  Liens
     permitted in clause  (a) provided that such Indebtedness (i) does not
     exceed $50,000,000, (ii)  is  not secured by any different classes of
     assets and (iii) is on terms and  conditions substantially similar to
     the terms and conditions of the existing  Revolving  Credit Agreement
     referred to in clause (a) above; (c) Liens granted by  the Company in
     its  ordinary  course of business for the purpose of meeting  bonding
     requirements provided that such Liens do not secure such Indebtedness
     in an aggregate  principal amount exceeding $25,000,000; (d) customer
     Liens  on  work  in progress  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of
     business; (e) Liens on the Company's 900-foot floating drydock/launch
     platform; (f) Liens  on  certain property located in Harrison County,
     Mississippi granted pursuant  to  a  Guaranty  Agreement  between the
     Company and said Harrison County; (g) Liens granted by the Company in
     its  ordinary course of business on property acquired after  May  27,
     1994; (h) Liens for taxes, assessments, charges or other governmental
     levies  not  delinquent or which are being contested in good faith by
     appropriate proceedings  and  for  which  adequate reserves have been
     established by the Company or the respective  Subsidiary, as the case
     may  be,  to  the extent required by GAAP; (i) mechanics',  worker's,
     materialmen's,  operators', carriers', or other like Liens arising in
     the  ordinary  and   normal   course  of  business  with  respect  to
<PAGE>
     obligations which are not due or  which  are  being contested in good
     faith by appropriate proceedings; and (j) Liens  not  granted  by the
     Company  or the respective Subsidiary, as the case may be, which  are
     promptly contested  in  good  faith and by appropriate proceedings or
     which are discharged or bonded  within  30  days of notice thereof to
     the Company or the respective Subsidiary, as the case may be.

           "Person"   or   "person"  means  an  individual,   partnership,
     corporation,   business   trust,    joint   stock   company,   trust,
     unincorporated association, joint venture,  governmental authority or
     other entity of whatever nature.

           "Project"  means the floating drydock and  support  facilities,
     more  particularly   described  in  Exhibit  A  hereto,  constructed,
     acquired or installed  with  proceeds  from  the  sale  of the Series
     1981Bonds.

           "Refunding  Act"   means  Chapter  14-A  of  Title  39  of  the
     Louisiana Revised Statutes of 1950, as supplemented and amended.

           "Refunding  Date" means, with respect to the Series 1983 Bonds,
     June 1, 1994, or such  other date or dates as may be agreed to by the
     Issuer and the Company;  provided,  however,  that the Refunding Date
     shall  not  be  later  than ninety (90) days following  the  date  of
     delivery of the Bonds to the initial purchasers thereof.

           "Regulations" means all final and proposed United States Income
     Tax Regulations.

           "Repayments" means the principal, premium, if any, and interest
     amounts specified in Section  3.1  hereof  and payable by the Company
     thereunder.

           "Senior  Indebtedness"  means  all  Indebtedness   except   any
     Indebtedness  which  by  its  terms  is  subordinate or junior in any
     respect to any other Indebtedness.

           "State" means the State of Louisiana.

           "Subsidiary"  means as to any Person  a  corporation  or  other
     business entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests
     having ordinary voting  power  to  elect  a  majority of the board of
     directors or other managers of such corporation  or  business  entity
     are  at  the  time  owned, directly or indirectly through one or more
     intermediaries, by such  Person.   Unless  otherwise  qualified,  all
     references  to  a  "Subsidiary"  or  to "Subsidiaries" shall refer to
     Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

           "Tax Regulatory Agreement" means  the  Tax Regulatory Agreement
     among  the Issuer, the Company and the Trustee  dated  of  even  date
     herewith relating to the Bonds.

           "Total Capitalization" means with respect to any Person for any
     period the  sum  of  (a)  Consolidated  Senior  Indebtedness plus (b)
     Consolidated Net Worth.
<PAGE>
           "Trustee" means First National Bank of Commerce,  New  Orleans,
     Louisiana,  as  trustee  under  the Indenture, and its successors  as
     Trustee.

           "Unusual Losses" means any  loss considered extraordinary under
     GAAP or such other loss resulting from  the sale or write down of the
     carrying value of any asset.

           SECTION 2.`.Representations and Warranties  of the Issuer.  The
     Issuer represents, warrants and finds that:

           (a)  The  Issuer  is  a  political  subdivision of  the  State,
     created by Act 70 of the Louisiana Legislature  of  1896 and enjoying
     powers   pursuant   to  Article  VI,  Section  43  of  the  Louisiana
     Constitution of 1974  and La. R.S. 34:1 through 34:47, inclusive, and
     La.  R.S. 9:1102.1, and  is  authorized  by  the  provisions  of  the
     Refunding  Act,  and  other  constitutional  and  statutory authority
     supplemental thereto, to issue the Bonds.

           (b)  The Issuer has full power and authority to enter into this
     Agreement  and  the Indenture and to carry out its obligations  under
     this Agreement and  the  Indenture  and the transactions contemplated
     hereby and thereby.

           (c)  The Issuer has duly authorized  the execution and delivery
     of this Agreement and the Indenture and the  issuance and sale of the
     Bonds.

           (d)  The  Bonds  are  to  be issued under and  secured  by  the
     Indenture  pursuant  to which the interest  of  the  Issuer  in  this
     Agreement and the amounts  payable  under this Agreement, (other than
     indemnification and expense reimbursement rights) will be assigned to
     the Trustee as security for the payment of the principal of, premium,
     if any, and interest on the Bonds.

           (e)  Neither the execution and  delivery  of  this Agreement or
     the Indenture, nor the assignment of this Agreement to  the  Trustee,
     nor  the  consummation  of  the  transactions  contemplated  by  this
     Agreement or the Indenture, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with
     the  terms and conditions of this Agreement or the Indenture, results
     or will  result in the violation of any governmental order applicable
     to the Issuer,  or conflicts or will conflict with or results or will
     result in a breach  of  any of the terms, conditions or provisions of
     any agreement or instrument  to which the Issuer is now a party or by
     which it is bound, or constitutes  or will constitute a default under
     any of the foregoing.

           SECTION 3.e.Representations, Covenants  and  Warranties  of the
     Company.   The  Company  hereby  makes the following representations,
     covenants and warranties:

           (a)  The  Company has been duly  incorporated  and  is  validly
     existing as a corporation  in  good  standing  under  the laws of the
     State, and is qualified to transact business in the State;  has  full
     corporate  power  to own its properties and conduct its business; has
     full legal right, power  and  authority  to enter into this Agreement
     and to carry out and consummate all transactions contemplated by this
<PAGE>
     Agreement; and by proper corporate action  has  duly  authorized  the
     execution and delivery of this Agreement.

           (b)  The  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement and the
     consummation  of  the  transactions  herein  contemplated   will  not
     conflict with or constitute on the part of the Company a breach of or
     default  under the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, its  By-
     Laws, or any statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, note
     agreement  or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
     party or by  which it or its properties are bound, or any order, rule
     or regulation  of  any  court  or  governmental agency or body having
     jurisdiction over the Company or any of its activities or properties.

           (c)  This  Agreement  has been duly  authorized,  executed  and
     delivered by the Company and constitutes the legal, valid and binding
     obligation of the Company enforceable  in  accordance with its terms,
     subject  to  laws relating to bankruptcy, moratorium,  insolvency  or
     reorganization   and   similar   laws   affecting  creditors'  rights
     generally.

           (d)  No event has occurred and no condition exists with respect
     to the Company that would constitute an Event  of  Default under this
     Agreement or under the Original Agreement or which, with the lapse of
     time or with the giving of notice or both, would become  an "Event of
     Default" hereunder or thereunder.

           (e)  The  Company will (i) cause the Project to be operated  as
     dock and wharf facilities  and  storage  facilities  directly related
     thereto, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended,
     and   the   Regulations,  and  (ii)  keep  the  Project  within   the
     jurisdiction of the Issuer as a part of the public port at all times.

           (f)  Substantially all of the proceeds of the Series 1981 Bonds
     have been used  to  provide  dock  or  wharf  or  storage  facilities
     directly  related  thereto  as  those  terms  are  defined in Section
     103(b)(4)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as  amended.   All
     of  the  proceeds  of the Series 1981 Bonds have been expended to pay
     the cost of acquisition, construction and installation of the Project
     and the costs and expenses of issuance of the Series 1981 Bonds.  All
     of the proceeds of the Series 1983 Bonds have been expended to refund
     and redeem the Series 1981 Bonds and to pay the costs and expenses of
     issuance of the Series 1983 Bonds.

           (g)  The weighted average maturity of the Bonds does not exceed
     120% of the remaining  economic life of the Project financed with the
     proceeds of the Series 1981 Bonds.

           (h)  The principal  amount  of  the  Bonds  does not exceed the
     outstanding principal amount of the Series 1983 Bonds.

           (i)  None of the proceeds of the Bonds will be  used,  and none
     of  the  proceeds  of  the Series 1981 Bonds or the Series 1983 Bonds
     were used, to provide any  airplane,  skybox  or other private luxury
     box,  or  health  club  facility;  any  facility primarily  used  for
     gambling; or any store the principal business of which is the sale of
     alcoholic beverages for consumption off premises.
<PAGE>
           (j)  None of the proceeds of the Bonds  will be used to finance
     Costs of Issuance of the Bonds.
                                   ARTICLE II

                           ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS AND
                            DEPOSIT OF BOND PROCEEDS

           SECTION  1.j.Agreement  to  Issue Bonds; Disbursement  of  Bond
     Proceeds.  In order to provide funds  for the refunding of all of the
     outstanding Series 1983 Bonds or to reimburse  the Series 1983 Letter
     of Credit Bank in connection therewith, the Issuer, immediately after
     the execution and delivery of this Agreement, will  proceed to issue,
     sell and deliver the Bonds to the initial purchasers thereof and will
     cause  the proceeds thereof (other than the proceeds which  represent
     accrued  interest, if any) to be deposited as provided in Section 4.1
     of the Indenture.

           SECTION  2.j.No  Warranty  as  to Sufficiency of Bond Proceeds.
     The Issuer does not make any warranty,  either  express  or  implied,
     that  the proceeds of the Bonds will be sufficient to pay all amounts
     then due  and  owing  on  the  Series  1983 Bonds.  The Company shall
     provide  such  additional  moneys as are required  to  reimburse  the
     Series 1983 Letter of Credit  Bank for its drawing in connection with
     the redemption of the Series 1983  Bonds  on the Refunding Date.  The
     Company agrees that it will pay out of its  own  money and not out of
     proceeds  of  the  Bonds  all Costs of Issuance with respect  to  the
     Bonds.  The Company agrees  that  if it should pay any portion of the
     Series 1983 Bonds in excess of moneys  available  therefor,  it shall
     not  be  entitled to any reimbursement therefor from the Issuer,  the
     Trustee or  any Bondholder, nor shall it be entitled to any abatement
     or diminution of the amounts payable under this Agreement.

           SECTION 3.j.Use of Moneys Held Under the Indenture.  Any moneys
     held in the Bond  Fund  shall  be invested, reinvested and applied by
     the Trustee in accordance with the  Indenture.   The  Company  hereby
     agrees  that  upon  the  occurrence of an Event of Default under this
     Agreement or under the Indenture,  all  amounts at any time deposited
     in the Bond Fund, including all investments  and  reinvestments  made
     with such amounts and the proceeds thereof, and all of its rights  to
     and   interests  in  such  amounts,  investments,  reinvestments  and
     proceeds  shall  be held by the Trustee for the holders of the Bonds.
     The Company hereby  authorizes  and  directs the Trustee to hold such
     amounts, investments, reinvestments and proceeds as custodian for the
     Issuer,  and  to invest and disburse such  amounts  and  proceeds  in
     accordance with the Indenture and this Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE III

                    DEPOSIT OF BOND PROCEEDS AND REPAYMENTS

           SECTION 1.j.Repayments.  (a)  In consideration of the issuance,
     sale and delivery  of  the  Bonds  by  the Issuer, the Company hereby
     agrees to pay, during the Agreement Term,  to  the  Trustee  for  the
     account  of  the  Issuer  on  each  date  on  which the principal of,
     premium,  if  any, or interest on the Bonds is due,  whether  at  the
     maturity thereof  or  upon  acceleration,  redemption or otherwise in
     accordance  with the provisions of the Indenture,  Repayments  in  an
<PAGE>
     amount equal  to the sum of (i) all interest which is due and payable
     on the Bonds on  such  date,  (ii)  the principal amount of Bonds, if
     any, which is due and payable on such  date,  and  (iii)  amounts, if
     any, required to effect redemption of Bonds on such date pursuant  to
     the Indenture, including any applicable redemption premium.  Pursuant
     to  the  Indenture,  the  Issuer  directs  the  Trustee to apply such
     Repayments in the manner provided in the Indenture.  Repayments shall
     be paid to the Trustee in funds immediately available  to the Trustee
     on  the  payment  date,  and  shall be immediately deposited  by  the
     Trustee in accordance with the  Indenture.  In any event, the Company
     agrees to make Repayments to the  Trustee  at  such times and in such
     amounts and manner so as to enable the Trustee to make payment of the
     principal of, premium, if any, and accrued interest  on  the Bonds as
     the  same  shall  become  due  and  payable  whether by acceleration,
     redemption  or  otherwise  in  accordance  with  the   terms  of  the
     Indenture.

           (b)  If  the Company should fail to make any of the  Repayments
     required in Section  3.1.(a) above, the item or installment which the
     Company has failed to  make  shall  continue  as an obligation of the
     Company until the same shall have been fully paid,  and  the  Company
     agrees to pay the same with interest thereon (to the extent permitted
     by  law)  at  the  rate  per  annum borne by the Bonds as provided in
     Section 2.2 of the Indenture, until paid in full.

           (c)  In addition to the options  of  the  Company under Article
     VIII hereof to cause redemption, the Company shall  have the right to
     make  from  time  to  time  partial  prepayments  of the amounts  due
     hereunder.   The making of any prepayments by the Company  shall  not
     require the Company  to  make  any  further  prepayments.  The Issuer
     shall direct the Trustee to apply such prepayments  in  such  manner,
     consistent  with  the provisions of the Indenture, as may be directed
     by the Company.

           In the event that (i) such partial prepayments shall be applied
     by  the Trustee pursuant  to  the  Indenture  to  the  defeasance  or
     redemption  of  the  Bonds  or  (ii)  the  Bonds are presented by the
     Company or the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to the
     Indenture, the Company shall be entitled to a credit for the Bonds so
     defeased, redeemed or cancelled against payments  required to be made
     under the provisions of this Article.

           (d)  The obligation of the Company to make Repayments  shall be
     absolute  and unconditional and shall not be subject to cancellation,
     termination,  abatement  or  diminution, or to any defense other than
     payment  or  to  any right of set-off,  counterclaim,  recoupment  or
     otherwise arising  out  of  any  breach  under  this  Agreement,  the
     Indenture,  or  otherwise  by  the  Issuer, the Trustee, or any other
     party, or out of any obligation or liability at any time owing to the
     Company by the Issuer, the Trustee, or  any other party, and further,
     the Repayments and the other payments due hereunder shall continue to
     be payable at the times and in the amounts  herein  specified whether
     or not the Project, or any portion thereof, shall have been destroyed
     by  fire  or  other  casualty, or title thereto, or the use  thereof,
     shall have been taken by the exercise of the power of eminent domain.
     During the Agreement Term,  the  Company  (i)  shall  not  suspend or
     discontinue its payment of Repayments, (ii) shall perform and observe
     all  of  its  other obligations contained herein and (iii) except  as
<PAGE>
     explicitly permitted  herein,  shall not terminate this Agreement for
     any  cause  including,  without  limiting   the   generality  of  the
     foregoing, any acts or circumstances that may constitute  failure  of
     consideration,  commercial  frustration of purpose, any change in tax
     or other laws by the United States  of  America  or  the State or any
     political  subdivision  of  either, or any failure of the  Issuer  to
     perform and observe any obligation  or  condition  arising  out of or
     connected with this Agreement.  This provision shall not be construed
     to  release the Issuer from the performance of any of its obligations
     under  this  Agreement;  and  in  the  event the Issuer shall fail to
     perform any such obligation, the Company  may  institute  such action
     against  the  Issuer  as  the  Company  may  deem necessary to compel
     performance; provided, however, that no such action  shall  claim  or
     attempt to establish or work a reduction of Repayments payable by the
     Company  hereunder.   The Company may at its own cost and expense and
     in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, prosecute or defend any
     action  or proceedings or  take  any  other  action  involving  third
     persons which  the  Company  deems  reasonably  necessary in order to
     secure or protect its rights under this Agreement,  and in such event
     the Issuer shall cooperate fully with the Company.

           SECTION 2.c.Additional Payments.  The Company further agrees to
     pay, during the Agreement Term, all amounts due to the Trustee or the
     Issuer  under  this Agreement, the Indenture or any other  agreements
     entered into in connection with the issuance of the Bonds.

           SECTION 3.3.Funding  and  Replenishment of Debt Service Reserve
     Fund.  In addition to Repayments required by Section 3.1, the Company
     shall make deposits to the Debt Service  Reserve Fund as follows:  on
     the date of delivery of the Bonds to the initial  purchasers thereof,
     the  Company  shall  deposit  $1,000,000 to the credit  of  the  Debt
     Service Reserve Fund and thereafter  on each September 1, December 1,
     March 1 and June 1, commencing September  1,  1994, the Company shall
     deposit the sum of $300,000 to the Debt Service  Reserve  Fund  until
     the  amount  on  deposit therein equals the Debt Service Reserve Fund
     Requirement.  In lieu  of  making  such deposits in cash, the Company
     may satisfy its obligation under this  Section 3.3 by depositing with
     the Trustee a Debt Service Reserve Fund  Letter  of Credit as defined
     in Section 5.7 of the Indenture and hereby agrees  to  reinstate  the
     Debt Service Reserve Fund Letter of Credit or to deposit funds in the
     Debt  Service  Reserve  Fund  as  provided  in  Section  5.7  of  the
     Indenture.

           If  the  amount  on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Fund on
     any valuation date under  Section  5.7  of the Indenture is less than
     the Debt Service Reserve Fund Requirement  because  of  a decrease in
     the market value of the investments in the Debt Service Reserve Fund,
     the  Company  shall  make  up  such  deficiency  in six equal monthly
     installments,  commencing  on  the first Business Day  of  the  month
     following such valuation.  If the  amount  on  deposit  in  the  Debt
     Service   Reserve   Fund  is  less  than  the  Debt  Service  Reserve
     Requirement due to a  withdrawal  therefrom required by the Indenture
     or a draw on the Debt Service Reserve  Fund  Letter  of  Credit,  the
     Company  shall  make  up  such  deficiency  in  three  equal  monthly
     installments  commencing  on  the  first  Business  Day  of the month
     following such withdrawal or draw.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REFUNDING OF SERIES 1983 BONDS

           SECTION  1.c.Escrow  Fund - Application of Bond Proceeds.   The
     Issuer will cause to be deposited  with the Escrow Trustee for credit
     to the Escrow Fund the proceeds from  the  initial  sale of the Bonds
     (other than the proceeds which represent accrued interest,  if  any),
     which  proceeds  shall be held therein and applied in accordance with
     the Indenture and  the  Escrow  Agreement.  At the time such proceeds
     are deposited, the Company will pay the balance of moneys required to
     pay the redemption price for the  Series  1983  Bonds  to  the Escrow
     Trustee  and  will  pay  all Costs of Issuance.  The proceeds of  the
     Bonds together with the additional  funds  provided by the Company on
     deposit with the Escrow Trustee are to be used  by the Escrow Trustee
     to reimburse the Series 1983 Letter of Credit Bank in connection with
     the  redemption  of  the  Series 1983 Bonds, all as provided  in  the
     Indenture and the Escrow Agreement.   The Company will take no action
     which would reduce the principal amount  of  the  Series  1983  Bonds
     prior to their redemption.

           SECTION 2.c.Compliance with Original Indenture.  The Issuer and
     the  Company  shall  take all steps as may be necessary to effect the
     redemption of the Series 1983 Bonds on the Refunding Date as provided
     in the Original Indenture and as contemplated herein.
                                   ARTICLE V

                                 EFFECTIVE DATE

           SECTION  1.c.Effective   Date  of  Refunding  Agreement.   This
     Agreement shall become effective on the date of delivery of the Bonds
     to the initial purchasers thereof  and  shall  continue in full force
     and effect during the Agreement Term.
                                   ARTICLE VI

                               SPECIAL COVENANTS

           SECTION  1.c.Maintenance of Corporate Existence.   The  Company
     covenants that during  the Agreement Term, it will be qualified to do
     business in the State, will  maintain  its  corporate existence, will
     not dissolve, sell or otherwise dispose of all  or  substantially all
     of  its  assets  to,  and  will  not consolidate with or merge  into,
     another corporation or entity unless such corporation or entity shall
     be incorporated and existing under  the  laws of one of the states of
     the United States and qualifies to do business  in the State, assumes
     all  of  the  obligations  of the Company hereunder and,  after  such
     transaction is not in default under any provisions hereof.

           If a consolidation, merger,  sale  or other transfer is made as
     provided  in  this  Section,  the provisions of  this  Section  shall
     continue  in  full force and effect  and  no  further  consolidation,
     merger, sale or  other  transfer  shall  be made except in compliance
     with the provisions of this Section.  If the Company is not to be the
     surviving,  resulting or transferee corporation,  written  notice  of
     such consolidation  or  merger  shall  be given to the Issuer and the
     Trustee ninety (90) days prior to such event.
<PAGE>
           SECTION  2.c.Limited  Obligation Bonds.   The  Bonds  shall  be
     limited obligations of the Issuer  and shall be payable solely out of
     the Dedicated Revenues of the Issuer  as  provided  in  the Indenture
     (including  all  sums  deposited in the Bond Fund from time  to  time
     pursuant to this Agreement  and the Indenture, and in certain events,
     amounts attributable to Bond proceeds or amounts obtained through the
     exercise of certain remedies  provided  in the Indenture).  The Bonds
     shall never constitute an indebtedness or  general  obligation of the
     Issuer  or  the  State  within  the meaning of any constitutional  or
     statutory provision or limitation  of  indebtedness  and  shall never
     constitute or give rise to a pecuniary liability of the Issuer or the
     State  or  a  charge  or  pledge against the general credit or taxing
     power of either.

           SECTION 3.c.Tax Covenants.It  is intended by the parties hereto
     that this Agreement and all action taken hereunder be consistent with
     and pursuant to the resolutions of the  Issuer relating to the Bonds,
     and that the interest on the Bonds be excluded  from the gross income
     of the recipients thereof, other than a person who  is a "substantial
     user"  of  the Project or a "related person" of a "substantial  user"
     within the meaning  of  the  Code, for federal income tax purposes by
     reason of the provisions of the  Code.   The  Issuer  and the Company
     hereby covenant with each other that neither of them will, knowingly,
     in the case of the Issuer, cause or permit the proceeds  of the Bonds
     or other moneys to be used in a manner, or take any action or fail to
     take  any  action, which will cause the interest on the Bonds  to  be
     includable in  gross  income  of  the recipients thereof other than a
     person who is a "substantial user"  of  the  Project  or  a  "related
     person" to such "substantial user" within the meaning of the Code for
     federal income tax purposes.  In addition, the Company covenants that
     to  the  extent permitted by law, it shall take all actions necessary
     to maintain  such  exclusion  of the interest on the Bonds from gross
     income  for  federal  income tax purposes.   In  furtherance  of  the
     foregoing, the Company  also agrees on behalf of the Issuer to comply
     with all rebate requirements  and procedures as may become applicable
     to the Bonds under the Code.  The Company and the Issuer shall direct
     the Trustee to make no use of the proceeds of the Bonds, or any funds
     which may be deemed to be proceeds  of  the Bonds pursuant to Section
     148  of  the  Code and the applicable Regulations  thereunder,  which
     would cause the  Bonds  to be "arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of
     such Section and such Regulations,  and the Company shall comply with
     and the Issuer shall take no action to  violate  the  requirements of
     such Section and such Regulations while any Bonds remain outstanding.
     The  Company  will  take  no  action  which  would  cause  any  funds
     constituting gross proceeds of the Bonds to be used in a manner as to
     constitute  a  prohibited  payment  under  the applicable regulations
     pertaining to, or in any other fashion as would constitute failure of
     compliance with, Section 148 of the Code.

           The Company further agrees, throughout  the  Agreement Term, to
     comply   with  or  cause  compliance  with  all  representations   or
     requirements  set forth in the Tax Regulatory Agreement.  The Company
     further agrees  that  in  the  event of a determination of taxability
     pursuant to Section 7.1(b) of the Indenture, while the Company is not
     required  to  complete the administrative  proceeding  or  litigation
     referred to within  a  specified  period, it hereby covenants that it
     will use its best efforts to obtain  a  prompt  final  determination,
<PAGE>
     decision   or   settlement   of  any  administrative  proceeding   or
     litigation.

           SECTION 4.c.Maintenance  of  Project;  Insurance;  Taxes.   The
     Company  will  maintain,  preserve  and keep the Project or cause the
     Project to be maintained, preserved and  kept, with the appurtenances
     and every part and parcel thereof, in good  repair, working order and
     condition and it will from time to time make  or cause to be made all
     necessary  and proper repairs, replacements and  renewals;  provided,
     however, that  the  Company  will  have  no  obligation  to maintain,
     repair,  replace  or  renew  any  element or unit of the Project  the
     maintenance, repair, replacement or  renewal  of  which  becomes  (i)
     unlawful  or (ii) uneconomical to the Company because of obsolescence
     or change in government standards or regulations.

           The Company  agrees  that  the Project will be insured for fire
     and  extended  coverage  risks and personal  and  property  liability
     coverage (including property,  comprehensive  general  liability  and
     umbrella  insurance)  in  such amounts and covering such risks as are
     customarily insured against  by businesses of like size and type with
     respect to facilities similar  in  nature  to  the  Project  and  the
     Trustee  shall  be  named as an additional insured in such insurance.
     The Company shall maintain  workmen's  compensation coverage or cause
     the  same to be maintained in accordance  with  Louisiana  law.   Any
     provisions  of  this  Agreement  to the contrary notwithstanding, the
     Company  shall  be  entitled  to the proceeds  of  any  insurance  or
     condemnation award or portion thereof with respect to the Project and
     such shall be paid directly to  the  Company and the Trustee, as loss
     payee.

           It is understood and agreed that  the  Repayments under Section
     3.1 and other charges payable hereunder shall  continue to be payable
     at the times and in the amounts herein specified,  whether or not the
     Project  shall  have been wholly or partially destroyed  by  fire  or
     other casualty or  shall  have  been  taken in condemnation, and that
     there shall be no abatement of any such payments and other charges by
     reason thereof.

           The Company further agrees that it  will  pay  or  cause  to be
     paid, as the same respectively become due, all taxes and governmental
     charges  of  any  kind  whatsoever  that  may at any time be lawfully
     assessed or levied against the Company or the  Issuer with respect to
     the  Project,  any portion thereof, including, without  limiting  the
     generality of the  foregoing, any taxes levied against the Company or
     the Issuer upon or with  respect  to  the  income  or  profits of the
     Issuer  under  this  Agreement  or any charge on the Repayments,  and
     including all ad valorem taxes lawfully  assessed  upon  the Project,
     all utility and other charges incurred in the operation, maintenance,
     use, occupancy and upkeep of the Project, all assessments and charges
     lawfully  made  by  any  governmental  body for or on account of  the
     Project and in addition any excise tax levied  against the Company or
     the Issuer on the Repayments; provided, however,  that nothing herein
     shall require the payment of any such tax or charge  or the making of
     provision  for  the  payment thereof so long as the validity  thereof
     shall be contested in  good  faith  by appropriate legal proceedings,
<PAGE>
     unless thereby the lien of the Indenture  on  the  Repayments will be
     materially  endangered  or the Project or any material  part  thereof
     shall be subject to loss  or  forfeiture,  in which event such taxes,
     assessments  and  charges  shall  be  paid  forthwith;  and  provided
     further,   that  with  respect  to  special  assessments   or   other
     governmental charges that may lawfully be paid in installments over a
     period of years, the Company shall be obligated to pay or cause to be
     paid only such  installments  as  are  required to be paid during the
     Agreement Term.

           SECTION 5.c.Permits.  The Company  shall,  at its sole cost and
     expense,  procure  or  cause  to  be  procured any and all  necessary
     building permits, other permits, licenses  and  other  authorizations
     required  for  the  lawful and proper use, occupation, operation  and
     management of the Project.   The  Company also agrees to pay or cause
     to  be paid all lawful charges for gas,  water,  sewer,  electricity,
     light,  heat,  power,  telephone  and  other  utility  services used,
     rendered or supplied to, upon or in connection with the Project.

           SECTION 6.c.Compliance with Law.  The Company shall, throughout
     the  Agreement Term and at no expense to the Issuer, promptly  comply
     with or  cause  compliance  with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules,
     regulations and requirements  of  duly constituted public authorities
     which  may  be  applicable  to  the Project  or  to  the  repair  and
     alteration thereof, or to the use  or  manner  of use of the Project.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall  have  the  right to
     contest  or  cause  to  be  contested  the  legality of any such law,
     ordinance, order, rule, regulation or requirement  as  applied to the
     Project  provided that in the opinion of Counsel to the Company  such
     contest shall  not  in  any way materially adversely affect or impair
     the obligations of the Company under this Agreement or the ability of
     the Company to discharge such obligations.

           SECTION 7.c.First Preferred  Vessel  Mortgage  and  Prohibition
     Against  Sales.   The Company will grant to the Trustee on behalf  of
     the Bondholders the  First  Preferred  Vessel  Mortgage.  The Company
     further  covenants  that  it  will  not grant any lien,  mortgage  or
     security interest in any other portion  of  the  Project  nor will it
     sell,  lease  or  otherwise  dispose  of  its interest in the Project
     except as provided in Section 6.1 hereof or  in  this  Section.   The
     Company  may  from  time  to  time  sell  or  permit  the sale of the
     Company's   interest   in  any  machinery,  fixtures,  apparatus   or
     instruments constituting  part  of,  or  used in connection with, the
     Project and remove or permit the removal thereof  from  the  Project,
     provided  that such facilities are facilities which are not necessary
     for the operation  of the Project or for which a substitution is made
     and provided further  that such removal will not impair the exclusion
     from gross income of interest  on  the  Bonds  for federal income tax
     purposes.  In addition, this Agreement may be assigned in whole or in
     part and the Project may be sold or leased as a whole or in part (but
     subject to this Agreement and the Issuer's rights  hereunder)  by the
     Company  without  the  necessity  of  obtaining  the  consent  of the
     Trustee, the Issuer or the holders of the Bonds, subject, however, to
     the following conditions:
<PAGE>
                (a)  No  sale,  assignment or leasing (other than pursuant
           to Section 6.1 hereof)  shall  relieve the Company from primary
           liability  for any of its obligations  hereunder,  and  in  the
           event of any  such  sale,  assignment  or  leasing, the Company
           shall remain primarily liable for the Repayments  specified  in
           Section  3.1  hereof  and for the performance and observance of
           the other agreements on its part herein provided; and

                (b)  The purchaser,  assignee  or  lessee from the Company
           shall assume the obligations of the Company  hereunder  to  the
           extent of the interest sold, assigned or leased.

                (c)  The  Company shall, within 30 days after the delivery
           thereof, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Issuer and the
           Trustee a true and  complete  copy of such assignment, sale, or
           lease.

           SECTION  8.c.Issuer  Assignment  of   Rights  and  Interest  in
     Refunding Agreement.  The Issuer shall, pursuant  to  the  Indenture,
     assign  its  rights under and interest in this Agreement (other  than
     rights with respect to expense reimbursement and indemnification) and
     pledge and assign  all  payments,  receipts  and  revenues receivable
     under  or  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  (other  than  payments  for
     indemnification and expense reimbursement), as provided herein and in
     the  Indenture, to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture as  security
     for payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
     Bonds;  provided,  however,  that  the  Issuer  reserves the right to
     enforce  in its own name and for its own benefit the  obligations  of
     the Company  to indemnify the Issuer and to reimburse the expenses of
     the Issuer.  The  Company  hereby acknowledges notice of and consents
     to such assignment and pledge.   It  is  hereby  recognized  that the
     assignment shall entitle the Trustee to enforce any covenant made  by
     the  Company  for  the  benefit  of  the  holders of the Bonds or the
     Trustee and to enforce all of the rights, powers  and interest of the
     Issuer under this Agreement.  Except as provided in this Section 6.8,
     the  Issuer  will  not  sell, assign, transfer, convey  or  otherwise
     dispose of its interest in  this Agreement during the Agreement Term.
     The Issuer hereby grants the  Company  full authority for the account
     of the Issuer to perform any covenant or  obligation  alleged  in any
     notice  of default under the Indenture, in the name and stead of  the
     Issuer, with full power to do any and all such things and acts to the
     same extent  that  the  Issuer  could  do to correct such default and
     perform any such things and acts and with  power  of  substitution to
     correct such default.

           SECTION  9.c.Payment of Administrative Expenses.   The  Company
     will promptly pay  or cause to be paid all Administrative Expenses as
     the same become due  and payable.  The Company agrees to pay or cause
     to be paid the Administrative  Expenses of the Issuer directly to the
     Issuer.  The Company further agrees  to  pay  or cause to be paid the
     Administrative Expenses of the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Bond
     Registrar  under the Indenture directly to said  parties,  who  shall
     receive and  disburse such payments as provided in the Indenture.  In
     the event the  Company  shall  fail  to  pay  or cause to be paid any
     Administrative Expenses, the payment so in default  shall continue as
     an obligation of the Company until the amount in default  shall  have
     been  fully  paid,  and the Company agrees to pay or cause to be paid
<PAGE>
     the same with interest thereon (to the extent legally enforceable) at
     a  rate  which  shall be  the  rate  per  annum  borne  by  the  then
     outstanding Bonds  or  the  maximum  rate permitted by Louisiana law,
     whichever is the lesser, until paid.

           SECTION 10.c.Indemnification.  The Company hereby agrees (i) to
     protect,  indemnify and hold harmless  each  Indemnified  Person from
     any  and  all  financial responsibility or liability whatsoever  with
     respect to the financing or refinancing of the Project and the Bonds,
     the Series 1981  Bonds  or  the Series 1983 Bonds issued with respect
     thereto, provided that the Company  will  not  be  liable in any such
     case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage,  liability  and
     expense  arises  out  of  or  is  based  upon any untrue statement or
     alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged  omission made in any
     information  furnished  by  the Issuer specifically for  use  in  the
     Limited Offering Memorandum for  use  under the caption "The Issuer";
     (ii) to indemnify, defend and hold the  Indemnified  Person  harmless
     against any loss or damage to property or any injury or death  of any
     person  or  persons  occurring  in  connection with the construction,
     equipping or operation of the Project  however  caused;  and (iii) to
     indemnify,  defend  and hold the Indemnified Person harmless  against
     any claim, penalty, order, judgment, costs or reasonable Counsel fees
     resulting from non-compliance  of  the  Company  or  the Project with
     federal,  state  or  local  health,  safety  or  environmental  laws,
     ordinances or regulations with respect to the Project.

           The Company also covenants and agrees, at its  expense, to pay,
     and to indemnify the Indemnified Person from and against,  all costs,
     expenses  and charges lawfully incurred after an Event of Default  in
     enforcing any  covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this
     Agreement.

           If any suit,  action  or  proceeding  is  brought  against  any
     Indemnified  Person,  that  action or proceeding shall be defended by
     Counsel to the Indemnified Person  or  the  Company,  as  the Company
     shall  determine.   The  Indemnified  Person shall notify the Company
     promptly  upon  receiving  notice  of  any  such   suit,   action  or
     proceeding.  If the defense is by Counsel to the Indemnified  Person,
     the Company shall indemnify the Indemnified Person for the reasonable
     cost  of  that  defense  including  reasonable  Counsel fees.  If the
     Company  determines  that  the Company shall defend  the  Indemnified
     Person, the Company shall immediately  assume  the defense at its own
     cost.   The  Company  shall not be liable for any settlement  of  any
     proceeding made without  its written consent (which consent shall not
     be unreasonably withheld).

           The obligations of the Company under this Section shall survive
     any assignment or termination of this Agreement.

           SECTION 11.c.No Warranty.  The Issuer makes no warranty, either
     express or implied, as to the Project, including, without limitation,
     title  to the Project or the  actual  or  designed  capacity  of  the
     Project,  as  to  the suitability or operation of the Project for the
     purposes specified  in  this  Agreement,  as  to the condition of the
<PAGE>
     Project or as to the suitability thereof for the  Company's  purposes
     or needs or as to compliance of the Project with applicable laws  and
     regulations or the ability of the Company to discharge the Bonds.

           SECTION 12.c.Financial Statements of Company.  The Company will
     furnish  the  Trustee,  at  least one nationally recognized municipal
     securities information repository,  any beneficial owner of the Bonds
     upon request to the Company and any rating agency that may maintain a
     rating on the Bonds with its annual audited  financial statements and
     notice  of  certain  material events affecting the  security  of  the
     Bonds,  including  principal   and  interest  payment  delinquencies,
     nonpayment related defaults, events  affecting  the tax exempt status
     of the Bonds, modifications to rights of bond holders, bond calls and
     rating changes.  In addition, the Company will deliver to the Trustee
     and any Beneficial Owner of the Bonds known to the  Company copies of
     all  financial statements available to the general public,  including
     the Company's  Annual  Reports  on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on
     Form  10-Q  within  five  Business  Days  of  such  reports  becoming
     available to the general public.  If  at any time, the Company ceases
     to  be  a  reporting  company within the meaning  of  the  Securities
     Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as   amended,   the  Company  will  provide
     substantially the same material within 95 days  of  the  end  of  any
     fiscal year, and within 50 days of the end of any fiscal quarter.

           SECTION 13.c.Consolidated Tangible Net Worth.  The Company will
     not  permit  the  Consolidated  Tangible  Net Worth at the end of any
     fiscal  year  to  be  less  than  $60,000,000.  If  the  Consolidated
     Tangible Net Worth at the end of any  fiscal  year  is less than this
     requirement   the  Company  will  either,  at  its  option,  (a)   be
     prohibited, until  such  time  as  the Company is again in compliance
     with this requirement (determined at  the  end  of each fiscal year),
     from  (i)  paying  cash dividends on common stock, (ii)  repurchasing
     shares of common stock,  or  (iii)  incurring additional Indebtedness
     other  than  for the refunding, refinancing  or  replacement  of  any
     existing line  of  credit  or revolving credit agreement and drawings
     under such line or agreement;  or  (b)  deliver to the Trustee (i) an
     independent appraisal of all Project assets,  (ii) perfected security
     interests  in  all  Project  assets,  and  (iii)  to the  extent  the
     appraised  value of the Project assets is less than  the  outstanding
     par amount of  the  Bonds, perfected security interests on additional
     Company assets, with  an  independent  appraised  value  equal to the
     difference.  Any amount pledged as collateral pursuant to  clause (b)
     of  this  Section  shall  remain  so pledged for as long as any Bonds
     remain outstanding.

           SECTION  14.c.Consolidated  Senior   Indebtedness  Ratio.   The
     Company will not permit the Consolidated Senior Indebtedness Ratio at
     the  end of any fiscal year to be greater than  0.6  to  1.   If  the
     Consolidated  Senior Indebtedness Ratio at the end of any fiscal year
     is greater than  this  requirement  the  Company  will either, at its
     option, (a) be prohibited, until such time as the Company is again in
     compliance with this requirement (as determined at  the  end  of each
     fiscal  year),  from  (i) paying cash dividends on common stock, (ii)
     repurchasing shares of  common  stock,  or (iii) incurring additional
     Indebtedness,   other   than  for  the  refunding,   refinancing   or
     replacement  of any existing  line  of  credit  or  revolving  credit
     agreement and  drawings  under such line or agreement; or (b) deliver
<PAGE>
     to the Trustee (i) an independent  appraisal  of  all Project assets,
     (ii) perfected security interests in all Project assets, and (iii) to
     the extent the appraised value of the Project assets is less than the
     outstanding par amount of the Bonds, perfected security  interests on
     additional Company assets, with an independent appraised value  equal
     to  the  difference.   Any  amount  pledged as collateral pursuant to
     clause (b) of this Section shall remain so pledged for as long as any
     Bonds remain outstanding.

           SECTION 15.c.Consolidated Senior  Debt  Service Coverage Ratio.
     Beginning with the fiscal year ending December  31, 1995, the Company
     will not permit the Consolidated Senior Debt Service  Coverage  Ratio
     (which  will exclude repayment of the Ogden Note and its Subsidiaries
     at the end  of  any  fiscal  year)  to be less than 2.0 to 1; and the
     Consolidated Debt Service Ratio (which  will include all debt whether
     senior or subordinate, except for the repayment  of  the  Ogden Note)
     and  its  Subsidiaries at the end of any fiscal year to be less  than
     1.1  to 1.   If  the  Company  shall  fail  to  maintain  either  the
     Consolidated  Senior  Debt Service Coverage Ratio or the Consolidated
     Debt Service Coverage Ratio,  then  the  Company  will either, at its
     option, (a) be prohibited, until such time as the Company is again in
     compliance  with  this  requirement (determined at the  end  of  each
     fiscal year), from (i) paying  cash  dividends  on common stock, (ii)
     repurchasing  shares  of common stock, or (iii) incurring  additional
     Indebtedness,  other  than   for   the   refunding,   refinancing  or
     replacement  of  any  existing  line  of  credit or revolving  credit
     agreement and drawings under such line or agreement;  or  (b) deliver
     to  the  Trustee (i) an independent appraisal of all Project  assets,
     (ii) perfected security interests in all Project assets, and (iii) to
     the extent the appraised value of the Project assets is less than the
     outstanding  par amount of the Bonds, perfected security interests on
     additional Company  assets, with an independent appraised value equal
     to the difference.  Any  amount  pledged  as  collateral  pursuant to
     clause (b) of this Section shall remain so pledged for as long as any
     Bonds remain outstanding.

           SECTION  16.c.Dividends  of the Company.  The Company will  not
     declare any dividend on, or make  any  payment  on account of, or set
     apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund  for the purchase,
     redemption,  defeasance,  retirement  or  other acquisition  of,  any
     shares of any class of stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, as the
     case may be, whether now or hereafter outstanding,  or make any other
     distribution  in  respect  thereof,  either  directly  or indirectly,
     whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Company  or  any
     Subsidiary,  as  the case may be, except that so long as no "Event of
     Default" has occurred  and  is  continuing or would result therefrom:
     (a) the Company may declare and pay  dividends payable solely in cash
     on its shares of preferred stock, and (b) the Company may declare and
     pay dividends payable solely in cash on its shares of common stock in
     an  amount not to exceed 75% of the difference  between  Consolidated
     Net Income  for the last four consecutive fiscal quarters ending with
     the fiscal quarter  immediately  preceding  the  date the dividend is
     declared and the amount of dividends paid on its shares  of preferred
     stock for the last four consecutive fiscal quarters ending  with  the
     fiscal  quarter  immediately  preceding  the  date  the  dividend  is
     declared.  Notwithstanding the above, the Company will have the right
     to  pay  a  dividend  on  its  common  stock  solely  in  the form of
     additional shares of the Company's common stock.
<PAGE>
           SECTION  17.c.Liens  of  the  Company.   The  Company will  not
     create,  incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon  any  of  its
     revenues,  property  (including,  but  not  limited to, fixed assets,
     inventory, real property, receivables, intangible  rights  and stock)
     or other assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other  than
     Permitted  Encumbrances unless (a) (i) the Revolving Credit Agreement
     dated as of  May 10, 1994, by and among the Company, Continental Bank
     N.A. and the Banks as defined therein, including extensions according
     to its terms, is continuing in effect or (ii) the Consolidated Senior
     Debt Service Coverage  Ratio  is  greater  than 2.5 to 1.0 or (b) the
     Company delivers to the Trustee (i) an independent  appraisal  of all
     Project  Assets,  (ii)  perfected  security  interests in all Project
     assets, and (iii) to the extent the appraised  value  of  the Project
     assets  is  less  than  the  outstanding  par  amount  of  the Bonds,
     perfected  security  interests on additional Company assets, with  an
     independent appraised  value  equal  to  the  difference.  Any amount
     pledged as collateral pursuant to clause (b) of  this  Section  shall
     remain so pledged for as long as any Bonds remain outstanding.

           SECTION 18.c.Debt Service Reserve Fund.  The Company agrees  to
     fund  in  accordance with the Indenture the Debt Service Reserve Fund
     at the Debt Service Reserve Fund Requirement.

           SECTION  19.c.Long  Term  Indebtedness.   The  Company will not
     incur additional Long Term Indebtedness if either (i)  the incurrence
     of such Long Term Indebtedness would constitute a violation  of  this
     Agreement; or (ii) the Company is unable to obtain a certificate from
     the  firm  of  Deloitte  &  Touche  or  other  nationally  recognized
     accounting  firm  to  the effect that on a pro-forma basis (including
     the additional Long Term  Indebtedness but excluding any Indebtedness
     incurred  for  the  refunding,  refinancing  or  replacement  of  any
     existing line of credit  or  revolving  credit agreement and drawings
     under  such  line  or  agreement)  for  any four  consecutive  fiscal
     quarters of the last six, it has satisfied all covenants contained in
     this Agreement.

           SECTION 20.c.Liquidity Maintenance.   The Company will maintain
     at all times a line of credit, revolving credit  or similar liquidity
     facility with a bank or banks in an amount which,  together  with the
     sum  of  all  cash  and  Cash  Equivalent Investments of the Company,
     equals  at least $35,000,000.  If  the  sum  of  the  cash  and  Cash
     Equivalent  Investments of the Company plus the amount of the line of
     credit, revolving credit or similar liquidity facility referred to in
     the foregoing  sentence fails to equal at least $35,000,000, then the
     Company will be  prohibited  from (i) paying cash dividends on common
     stock, (ii) repurchasing shares  of  common  stock or (iii) incurring
     additional Indebtedness, other than for the refunding, refinancing or
     replacement  of  any  existing  line  of credit or  revolving  credit
     agreement and drawings under such line  or  agreement until such time
     as such condition is met.

           SECTION 21.c.Confirmation of Compliance  by Company.  Continued
     compliance  with  the  covenants set forth herein will  be  confirmed
     annually in writing by the Company to the Trustee as of each December
     31st, for so long as any  portion  of  the  Bonds remain outstanding,
     such confirmation to be received by the Trustee  within  120  days of
     the close of the fiscal year of the Company.
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VII

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

           SECTION  1.c.Events of Default.  The following shall be "Events
     of Default" under  this  Agreement,  and  the term "Event of Default"
     shall mean, whenever used in this Agreement,  any  one or more of the
     following:

                (a)  Failure by the Company to pay when due the Repayments
           required  to  be  paid under Section 3.1 hereof,  which,  after
           giving effect to any  draws  against  the  Debt Service Reserve
           Fund, causes a default in the payment of principal, interest or
           redemption premium, if any, on any Bond.

                (b)  Failure  by the Company to observe  and  perform  any
           covenant, condition  or agreement on its part to be observed or
           performed hereunder, other  than  as  referred  to  in  Section
           7.1.(a) for a period of 60 days after written notice specifying
           such failure and requesting that it be remedied is given to the
           Company by the Issuer or, so long as any Bonds are outstanding,
           by  the  Trustee,  unless  the  Trustee, as the assignee of the
           Issuer, shall agree in writing to  an  extension  of  such time
           prior  to  its  expiration;  provided,  however, if the failure
           stated in the notice can, in the opinion  of  the  Company,  be
           corrected,  but  not within the applicable period, such failure
           shall  not  constitute  an  Event  of  Default  or  default  if
           corrective action  is  instituted  by  the  Company  within the
           applicable period and the Company notifies the Issuer  and  the
           Trustee  of such corrective action and undertakes to diligently
           pursue and  does pursue the corrective action until the failure
           is corrected.

                (c)  The  dissolution or liquidation of the Company or the
           filing by the Company of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or
           failure  by  the  Company   expeditiously   to   discharge  any
           execution,  garnishment  or  attachment of such consequence  as
           will impair its ability to carry out its obligations under this
           Agreement, or the commission by  the  Company  of  any  act  of
           bankruptcy, or adjudication of the Company as a bankrupt, or an
           assignment  by the Company for the benefit of its creditors, or
           the entry by  the Company into an agreement of composition with
           its  creditors,  or  the  approval  by  a  court  of  competent
           jurisdiction  of  a petition applicable to the Company pursuant
           to the provisions of  the  federal bankruptcy laws or any other
           similar  applicable law or statute  of  the  United  States  of
           America or  any  state thereof, or under any similar laws which
           may hereafter be enacted,  and  such  adjudication  or approval
           shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within 60 days from
           the   date   of   entry  thereof.   The  term  "dissolution  or
           liquidation of the  Company", as used in this subsection, shall
           not be construed to include  the  cessation  of  the  corporate
           existence  of  the  Company  resulting either from a merger  or
           consolidation of the Company into  or  with another corporation
           or  a  dissolution  or liquidation of the Company  following  a
           transfer  of all or substantially  all  of  its  assets  as  an
           entirety under the conditions permitting such actions contained
           in this Agreement.
<PAGE>
                (d)  Default  with respect to other Indebtedness exceeding
           10% of the Company's  Consolidated  Net  Worth which results in
           the acceleration of such Indebtedness.

                (e)  Any  representation  or  warranty  contained  in  the
           Indenture or this Agreement is found to be false  or misleading
           when made and which has a material adverse impact on the Bonds.

                (f)  Any  final  judgment  against  the  Company  or   its
           Subsidiaries,  not  covered  by insurance, which exceeds 10% of
           the Company's Consolidated Net Worth.

                (g)  Failure to maintain  the Debt Service Reserve Fund at
           the  Debt  Service Reserve Fund Requirement  according  to  the
           terms of the Indenture and this Agreement.

                (h)  The  invalidity or unenforceability of the Indenture,
           this Agreement,  the  Bond  Purchase  Agreement  or  the  First
           Preferred Vessel Mortgage or of any material provisions of  any
           of such agreements.

                (i)  The  occurrence  and  continuance  of  an  "Event  of
           Default" under the Indenture.

           The  provisions of Section 7.1.(b) are subject to the following
     limitations.   If  by  reason  of:  acts of God; strikes, lockouts or
     other industrial disturbances; acts of  public enemies; orders of any
     kind of the government of the United States or of the State or any of
     their departments, agencies, political subdivisions  or officials, or
     any  civil  or  military authority; insurrections; riots;  epidemics;
     landslides;lightning;   earthquakes;  fires;  hurricanes;  tornadoes;
     storms;  floods;  washouts;   droughts;   arrests;   restraining   of
     government and people; civil disturbances; explosions; breakage of or
     accidents  to  machinery,  transmission  pipes  or canals; partial or
     entire  failure  of  utilities;  shortages of material,  supplies  or
     transportation;  or  any other cause  or  event  whether  similar  or
     dissimilar to any of the  foregoing not reasonably within the control
     of the Company, the Company  is  unable  in whole or in part to carry
     out its agreements herein contained, other  than  the  obligations on
     the  part  of the Company contained in Sections 6.10 and 7.4  hereof,
     the Company  shall not be deemed in default during the continuance of
     such inability.

           SECTION  2.i.Remedies.   Whenever any Event of Default referred
     to in Section 7.1 hereof shall have  happened  and be continuing, any
     one or more of the following remedial steps may be taken:

                (a)  The Issuer or the Trustee may at  its  option declare
           immediately  due and payable all outstanding unpaid  Repayments
           required to be paid under Section 3.1 hereof.

                (b)  The  Issuer or the Trustee may take any action at law
           or in equity to  collect  the  payments  hereunder then due and
           thereafter  to  become  due  or  to  enforce  performance   and
           observance  of  any  obligation,  agreement  or covenant of the
           Company under this Agreement.
<PAGE>
           Any  amounts  collected  pursuant  to action taken  under  this
     Section shall be applied in accordance with the Indenture.

           SECTION 3.b.No Remedy Exclusive.  No  remedy  conferred upon or
     reserved to the Issuer by this Agreement is intended  to be exclusive
     of  any other available remedy or remedies, but each and  every  such
     remedy  shall  be  cumulative and shall be in addition to every other
     remedy given under this Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law
     or in equity or by statute.   No  delay  or  omission to exercise any
     right or power accruing upon any Event of Default  shall  impair  any
     such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but
     any  such  right  and power may be exercised from time to time and as
     often as may be deemed  expedient.  In order to entitle the Issuer or
     the Trustee to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it
     shall not be necessary to  give any notice, other than such notice as
     may be herein expressly required, or as may be required by applicable
     law.

           SECTION 4.b.Payment of Counsel Fees and Other Expenses.  If the
     Company shall be in default  under  any  of  the  provisions  of this
     Agreement,  and  the  Issuer  or  the Trustee shall employ Counsel or
     incur other expenses for the collection  of  the  Repayments or other
     sums due and payable under this Agreement, or for the  enforcement of
     performance or observance of any obligation or agreement  on the part
     of  the Company contained in this Agreement, the Company agrees  that
     it will  on  demand  therefor  reimburse  the reasonable fees of such
     Counsel and such other reasonable expenses so incurred.

           SECTION  5.b.No  Waiver.  If any agreement  contained  in  this
     Agreement shall be breached  by  either  party  and such breach shall
     thereafter be waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited
     to the particular breach so waived and shall not  be  deemed a waiver
     of  any  other  breach hereunder.  In view of the assignment  of  the
     Issuer's rights in  and under this Agreement to the Trustee under the
     Indenture, the Issuer  shall  have  no  power to waive any default or
     Event of Default hereunder by the Company  without the consent of the
     Trustee to such waiver or, if the payment of  the  principal  of  and
     accrued  interest  on the Bonds outstanding under the Indenture shall
     have been accelerated  at  the request of the holders of the Bonds by
     reason of such Event of Default  and  such Event of Default shall not
     have  been  cured  and such acceleration rescinded  pursuant  to  the
     Indenture, without the  consent  of  the  holders  of  a  majority in
     principal amount of the Bonds.
                                  ARTICLE VIII

                     REDEMPTION; PREPAYMENT AND ABATEMENT

           SECTION 1.b.Redemption of Bonds.  The Issuer, at the request of
     the Company and if the Bonds are then redeemable under the provisions
     of  the  Indenture,  shall  forthwith  take  all  steps  that  may be
     necessary under the applicable redemption provisions of the Indenture
     to effect redemption of all or part of the then outstanding Bonds  as
     may  be  specified  by the Company, on such redemption date as may be
     specified by the Company.   Such  request  for redemption shall be in
     writing and given by the Company not less than  45  days prior to the
     date  fixed for redemption by mailing a notice by first  class  mail,
<PAGE>
     postage prepaid to the Issuer and the Trustee.  It is understood that
     all expenses of such redemption shall be paid from money in the hands
     of the Trustee or by the Company and not by the Issuer.

           SECTION  2.b.Prepayment.   There  is  expressly reserved to the
     Company the right, and the Company is authorized  and  permitted,  at
     any  time  it  may  choose,  to prepay all or any part of the amounts
     payable under Section 3.1 hereof,  and  the  Issuer  agrees  that the
     Trustee  will  accept such prepayments when the same are tendered  by
     the Company.  All  amounts so prepaid shall be applied as provided in
     the Indenture.

           SECTION 3.b.Company  Entitled  to  Certain  Abatements if Bonds
     Paid  Prior  to Maturity.  If at any time the aggregate  moneys  held
     under the Indenture  shall be sufficient to retire in accordance with
     the  provisions of the  Indenture  all  of  the  Bonds  at  the  time
     outstanding and to pay all fees, charges and expenses of the Trustee,
     the Paying  Agent, the Bond Registrar and the Issuer due or to become
     due through the  date  on which the last of the Bonds is retired, the
     Company shall be entitled to abate its Repayments pursuant to Section
     3.1 hereof.

           SECTION 4.b.References  to  Bonds Ineffective After Bonds Paid.
     Upon payment in full of the Bonds (or  provision  for payment thereof
     having been made in accordance with the provisions  of the Indenture)
     and all fees and charges of the Trustee, the Paying Agent,  the  Bond
     Registrar  and  the  Issuer,  all references in this Agreement to the
     Bonds shall be ineffective and neither the Trustee nor the holders of
     any of the Bonds shall thereafter  have  any  rights hereunder saving
     and  excepting  those  that  shall  have theretofore  vested  and  be
     unsatisfied.
                                   ARTICLE IX

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

           SECTION  1.b.Termination  of  Refunding  Agreement.   Upon  the
     termination of this Agreement at the  end  of the Agreement Term, the
     Issuer  shall  assign  and  transfer  to  the  Company   all   money,
     receivables,  claims  and  other rights that are now or are to become
     the property of the Company hereunder.

           SECTION 2.b.Notices.   Unless  otherwise  provided  herein, all
     notices,  certificates,  requests  or  other communications hereunder
     shall be sufficiently given if given in  accordance with Section 14.3
     of the Indenture.  The Company and the Issuer  may,  by  notice given
     hereunder,  designate  any  further  or different addresses to  which
     subsequent notices, certificates, requests  or  other  communications
     shall be delivered.

           SECTION  3.b.Successors.   This  Agreement shall inure  to  the
     benefit of the Issuer,the Company, the Trustee  and  the holders from
     time to time of the Bonds, and shall be binding upon the  Issuer, the
     Company and their respective successors and assigns.

           SECTION  4.b.Amendments to Refunding Agreement.  Subsequent  to
     the initial issuance  of  the Bonds and prior to payment or provision
<PAGE>
     for the payment of the Bonds  in full including interest and premium,
     if any, thereon in accordance with  the  provisions of the Indenture,
     and  prior  to  payment  or  provision for the  payment  of  expenses
     pursuant to Section 6.9 hereof, this Agreement may not be effectively
     amended, changed, modified, altered  or  terminated without the prior
     written  consent  of  the  Trustee  given  in  accordance   with  the
     provisions of the Indenture and no amendment to this Agreement  shall
     be  binding  upon either party hereto until such amendment is reduced
     to writing and executed by both parties thereto.

           SECTION  5.b.Counterparts.   This  Agreement may be executed in
     any  number  of counterparts, each of which,  when  so  executed  and
     delivered, shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together
     constitute but one and the same Agreement.

           SECTION  6.b.Severability.  If any clause, provision or section
     of this Agreement  shall be held illegal or invalid by any court, the
     invalidity of such clause,  provision or section shall not affect any
     of the remaining clauses, provisions  or  sections  hereof  and  this
     Agreement  shall  be  construed  and  enforced  as if such illegal or
     invalid clause, provision or section had not been  contained  herein.
     In case any agreement or obligation contained in this Agreement shall
     be  held to be in violation of law, then such agreement or obligation
     shall  be  deemed  to be the agreement or obligation of the Issuer or
     the Company, as the case may be, to the full extent permitted by law.

           SECTION 7.b.Applicable Law.  The laws of the State shall govern
     the construction of this Agreement.

           SECTION 8.b.Legal  Holiday on Payment Dates.  In any case where
     the date of maturity of interest  on or principal of the Bonds or the
     date fixed for redemption of any Bonds  shall  be  a day other than a
     Business Day, the payments hereunder need not be made  on such day of
     maturity of interest on or principal of the Bonds or date  fixed  for
     redemption  but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, with
     the same force  and effect as if made on the date required hereunder,
     and no interest shall accrue for such period.

           SECTION  9.b.Amounts  Remaining  in  Bond  Fund.   Any  amounts
     remaining in the  Bond Fund upon expiration or earlier termination of
     this Agreement as herein provided, after payment in full of the Bonds
     (or provision therefor)  in  accordance  with  the Indenture, and all
     other costs and expenses to be paid by the Company hereunder, and all
     amounts owing the Trustee, the Bond Registrar and  the  Issuer  under
     this Agreement and the Indenture, shall belong to and be paid to  the
     Company as an overpayment of the Repayments.

           SECTION  10.b.Company Approval of Indenture.  The Indenture has
     been submitted to  the  Company  for examination, and the Company, by
     execution of this Agreement, acknowledges  and  agrees  that  it  has
     participated  in the drafting of the Indenture and agrees that it has
     approved the Indenture  and  agrees that it is bound by the terms and
     conditions  thereof  and  covenants   and   agrees   to  perform  all
     obligations  required  of  the Company pursuant to the terms  of  the
     Indenture.
<PAGE>
           SECTION 11.b.Binding Effect.   This  Agreement shall be binding
     upon  the  parties  hereto and upon their respective  successors  and
     assigns, and the words  "Issuer"  and  "Company"  shall  include  the
     parties  hereto  and  their  respective  successors  and  assigns and
     include   any   gender,   singular   and   plural,  and  individuals,
     partnerships or corporations.

           SECTION 12.b.Captions and Headings.  The  captions  or headings
     in  this  Agreement  are  for  convenience only and in no way define,
     limit  or describe the scope or intent  of  any  provisions  of  this
     Agreement.

           SECTION  9.13.Exercise of Police Powers by Issuer.  Neither the
     terms of this Agreement  nor  the  Indenture or the other instruments
     contemplated  hereby or thereby shall  constitute  a  waiver  by  the
     Issuer of the valid exercise of its police powers.

           SECTION 13.b.Third  Party  Beneficiary.   This  Agreement shall
     constitute a third party beneficiary contract for the benefit  of the
     Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the performance
     and  observance by the Company of its agreements and covenants herein
     contained  as  fully  and  completely  as if the Trustee were a party
     hereto.
<PAGE>
           IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
     Agreement  to be duly executed as of the day  and  year  first  above
     written in the presence of the undersigned competent witnesses.

                                        BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS OF THE
                                        PORT OF NEW ORLEANS


                                        By:\s\ J. Ron Brinson
                                            President and
                                            Chief Executive Officer
     ATTEST:


     By:   \s\ Signature Unreadable
                   Secretary
     [SEAL]


     WITNESSES:


     \s\ Denise K. Pugh


     \s\ Jane B. Pugh


                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By:\s\ Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                                            Chairman, President and
                                             Chief Executive Officer
     ATTEST:


     By:   \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
        Vice President, Chief Financial
             Officer and Secretary
     [SEAL]

     WITNESSES:


     \s\ Denise K. Pugh


     \s\ Jane B. Pugh

<PAGE>
                                    Table of Contents


                                        ARTICLE I

                       DEFINITIONS; REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

       SECTION 1.1.   Definitions.......................................... 3
       SECTION 1.2.   Representations and Warranties of the Issuer......... 8
       SECTION 1.3.   Representations, Covenants and Warranties of the 
                      Company.............................................. 9

                                        ARTICLE II

                                ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS AND
                                 DEPOSIT OF BOND PROCEEDS

       SECTION 2.1.   Agreement to Issue Bonds; Disbursement of Bond 
                      Proceeds.............................................11
       SECTION 2.2.   No Warranty as to Sufficiency of Bond Proceeds.......11
       SECTION 2.3.   Use of Moneys Held Under the Indenture...............11

                                       ARTICLE III

                         DEPOSIT OF BOND PROCEEDS AND REPAYMENTS

       SECTION 3.1.   Repayments...........................................12
       SECTION 3.2.   Additional Payments..................................13
       SECTION 3.3.   Funding and Replenishment of Debt Service Reserve 
                      Fund.................................................13

                                        ARTICLE IV

                              REFUNDING OF SERIES 1983 BONDS

       SECTION 4.1.   Escrow Fund - Application of Bond Proceeds...........14
       SECTION 4.2.   Compliance with Original Indenture...................14

                                        ARTICLE V

                                      EFFECTIVE DATE

       SECTION 5.1.   Effective Date of Refunding Agreement................15

                                        ARTICLE VI

                                    SPECIAL COVENANTS

       SECTION 6.1.   Maintenance of Corporate Existence...................16
       SECTION 6.2.   Limited Obligation Bonds.............................16
       SECTION 6.3.   Tax Covenants........................................16
       SECTION 6.4.   Maintenance of Project; Insurance; Taxes.............17
       SECTION 6.5.   Permits..............................................18
<PAGE>
       SECTION 6.6.   Compliance with Law..................................18
       SECTION 6.7.   First  Preferred  Vessel  Mortgage  and  Prohibition 
                      Against Sales........................................18
       SECTION 6.8.   Issuer  Assignment  of  Rights  and  Interest  in 
                      Refunding Agreement..................................19
       SECTION 6.9.   Payment of Administrative Expenses...................19
       SECTION 6.10.  Indemnification......................................19
       SECTION 6.11.  No Warranty..........................................20
       SECTION 6.12.  Financial Statements of Company......................20
       SECTION 6.13.  Consolidated Tangible Net Worth......................20
       SECTION 6.14.  Consolidated Senior Indebtedness Ratio...............21
       SECTION 6.15.  Consolidated Senior Debt Service Coverage Ratio......21
       SECTION 6.16.  Dividends of the Company.............................21
       SECTION 6.17.  Liens of the Company.................................22
       SECTION 6.18.  Debt Service Reserve Fund............................22
       SECTION 6.19.  Long Term Indebtedness...............................22
       SECTION 6.20.  Liquidity Maintenance................................22
       SECTION 6.21.  Confirmation of Compliance by Company................22

                                       ARTICLE VII

                              EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

       SECTION 7.1.   Events of Default....................................23
       SECTION 7.2.   Remedies.............................................24
       SECTION 7.3.   No Remedy Exclusive..................................24
       SECTION 7.4.   Payment of Counsel Fees and Other Expenses...........25
       SECTION 7.5.   No Waiver............................................25

                                       ARTICLE VIII

                          REDEMPTION; PREPAYMENT AND ABATEMENT

       SECTION 8.1.   Redemption of Bonds..................................26
       SECTION 8.2.   Prepayment...........................................26
       SECTION 8.3.   Company  Entitled  to Certain Abatements if Bonds Paid
                      Prior to Maturity....................................26
       SECTION 8.4.   References to Bonds Ineffective After Bonds Paid.....26

                                        ARTICLE IX

                                      MISCELLANEOUS

       SECTION 9.1.   Termination of Refunding Agreement...................27
       SECTION 9.2.   Notices..............................................27
       SECTION 9.3.   Successors...........................................27
       SECTION 9.4.   Amendments to Refunding Agreement....................27
       SECTION 9.5.   Counterparts.........................................27
       SECTION 9.6.   Severability.........................................27
       SECTION 9.7.   Applicable Law.......................................27
       SECTION 9.8.   Legal Holiday on Payment Dates.......................27
       SECTION 9.9.   Amounts Remaining in Bond Fund.......................28
       SECTION 9.10.  Company Approval of Indenture........................28
       SECTION 9.11.  Binding Effect.......................................28
       SECTION 9.12.  Captions and Headings................................28
       SECTION 9.13.  Exercise of Police Powers by Issuer..................28
       SECTION 9.13.  Third Party Beneficiary..............................28
                 
       EXHIBIT A       Project Description
<PAGE>
                              EXHIBIT A
                        TO REFUNDING AGREEMENT

                          PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The  project  consists of a floating dry dock ("Floating Dry
Dock")  constructed  by  M.A.N. Maschinenfabrik  Augsburg  -  Nurnberg,
Aktiengesellschaft, Augsburg,  West Germany, which Avondale Industries,
Inc., successor to Avondale Shipyards,  Inc. ("Avondale"), has acquired
and moored at the down river end of its Main  Plant and a 1700-foot wet
dock extension ("1700-Ft. Wet Dock") to Avondale's  Wet  Dock  #3.  The
project,  including  its various shoreside support facilities, is  more
fully described below:

                     FLOATING DRY DOCK - GENERAL

The Floating  Dry  Dock  consists  of  a continuous caisson,
forming  the bearing body including two continuous,  completely  closed
sidewings which provide and insure stability and longitudinal strength.
The dimensions of the Dry Dock are as follows:

           Overall length                     215.00 m
           Length over keel blocks            200.00 m
           Width between inner side wing walls 36.20 m
           Clear width between dock runways    35.00 m
           Width between outer side wing walls 43.00 m
           Moulded depth to upper deck         16.70 m
           Height of caisson in dock centre     4.20 m
           Water depth above top of keel blocks
             when the dock is immersed          9.50 m
           Height of keel blocks                1.50 m
           Camber of pontoon deck               0.20 m
           Freeboard of upper deck when the dock
             is immersed                        1.50 m
           Freeboard of pontoon deck when the
             dock is in service position        0.30 m
           Frame spacing                        0.625 m

The Floating Dry Dock includes the following principal items
of equipment:

            161 Keel Blocks
            12 pari Bilge Blocks
            Rubbing Strakes and Protective Fenders
            Platforms
            Companionways, Access Pits, Hatchways, Steel Doors
            Manholes
            Skylights
            Stairs, Ladders and Landings
            Railings, Handrails
            Connection Bridge
            Draught Scales
<PAGE>

                        FIRST PREFERRED VESSEL MORTGAGE

          This FIRST PREFERRED VESSEL MORTGAGE dated as of May 31, 1994 by
AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., 5100 River Road, Avondale, LA 70094 (the "Owner") to
FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE, not in its individual capacity but solely as
trustee for the holders of the Bonds (as defined below), 210 Baronne Street, 3rd
Floor, New Orleans, LA 70112 (the "Mortgagee").

                                   WITNESSETH

          WHEREAS, the Board of Commissioners of the Port of New Orleans (the
"Issuer") issued its Industrial Revenue Bonds (Avondale Shipyards, Inc. Project)
Series 1983 (the "Series 1983 Bonds") in the aggregate principal amount of
Thirty-Six Million Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($36,250,000), all of
which are outstanding as of the date hereof, for the purpose of providing funds
to refund the outstanding Industrial Revenue Bonds (Avondale Shipyards, Inc.
Project) Series 1981 of the Issuer (the "Series 1981 Bonds"), which Series 1981
Bonds were issued for the purpose of providing funds to finance the cost of the
acquisition, construction and installation of a floating drydock with the
official name JO ANN and official number 982958 (the "Vessel") and land-based
support facilities for the repair and maintenance of various types of vessels
(collectively, the "Project");

          WHEREAS, pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Title 39
of the Louisiana Revised Statutes of 1950, as amended, and an Installment Sales
Agreement dated as of July 1, 1981, as supplemented by a First Supplemental
Installment Sales Agreement dated as of June 1, 1983, by and between the Issuer
and Avondale Shipyards, Inc., as predecessor to the Owner, the Issuer acquired
the Project from the Owner and reconveyed the Project to the Owner for a
purchase payment in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium if
any, and interest on the Series 1983 Bonds;

          WHEREAS, the Owner is the sole owner of the whole of the Vessel, duly
documented in the name of the Owner under the laws and the flag of the United
States of America with its home port at New Orleans, Louisiana;

          WHEREAS, the Owner has requested that the Issuer, pursuant and in
accordance with the provisions of Chapter 14-A of Title 39 of the Louisiana
Revised Statutes of 1950, as amended (La.R.S. 39:1444-1455), issue its refunding
bonds designated "Industrial Revenue Refunding Bonds" (Avondale Industries, Inc.
Project) Series 1994 (the "Bonds") for the purpose of refunding the Series 1983
Bonds;

          WHEREAS, in consideration of the issuance of the Bonds by the Issuer
pursuant to a Trust Indenture dated as of April 1, 1994

                               USCG Vessel Documentation Office New Orleans
                               Recorded in Book 9405, Inst. 475
                               PROFFIE COOK
                               Proffie Cook
                               Documentation Officer
<PAGE>

between the Issuer and the Mortgagee (the "Indenture"), the Owner will agree to
make or cause to be made payments in an amount sufficient to pay the principal
of, premium, if any, and interest on any Bonds pursuant to the Refunding
Agreement of even date therewith (the "Refunding Agreement"), said Bonds shall
be paid solely from the revenues derived by the Issuer from said payments by or
on behalf of the Owner under the Refunding Agreement or from the Debt Service
Reserve Fund (as defined in the Indenture), and said Bonds shall never
constitute an indebtedness or pledge of general credit of the Issuer or the
State of Louisiana, within the meaning of any constitutional or statutory
limitation of indebtedness or otherwise;

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer shall sell, assign,
transfer, set over and pledge to the Mortgagee, to the extent provided in the
Indenture, all of the right, title and interest of the Issuer in and to the
Refunding Agreement (except for the indemnification rights and expense
reimbursement rights contained in the Refunding Agreement);

          WHEREAS, the Owner, in order to secure the payment of the principal
of, premium if any, and interest on the said Bonds pursuant to the Refunding
Agreement and the Indenture and to secure the performance and observance of and
compliance with all the agreements, covenants and conditions in this Mortgage,
and the performance and observance by the Owner of and compliance with all the
agreements, covenants and conditions in the Refunding Agreement, has therefore
duly authorized the execution and delivery of this First Preferred Vessel
Mortgage;

          NOW, THEREFORE, THIS MORTGAGE WITNESSETH:

          That in consideration of the premises and the sums as above recited
and of other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, and in order to secure the payment of the
Repayments (as defined in the Refunding Agreement) specified in Section 3.1 of
the Refunding Agreement, the payment of the principal, premium, if any, and
interest amounts on the Bonds according to the terms of the Indenture, and the
payment of all other amounts due by the Owner under the Refunding Agreement and
this Mortgage (all such principal, premium, if any, and interest and other sums
being hereinafter called the "Indebtedness hereby secured"), and to secure the
performance and observance of and compliance with the covenants, terms and
conditions herein and in the Refunding Agreement the Owner does by these
presents grant, convey, mortgage, pledge, set over and confirm unto the
Mortgagee, its successors and assigns, the whole of the Vessel, together with
all of the engines, machinery, masts, cable, rigging, tools, pumps, covers,
anchors, chains, tackle, apparel, furniture, fittings and equipment and all
other appurtenances thereto appertaining or belonging, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired, whether on board or not, and all additions, improvements and
replacements hereafter made in or to the Vessel;

<PAGE>
          TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Mortgagee, its successors and
assigns, to their and their successors' and assigns' own use and behoof forever;

          PROVIDED only, and the condition of these presents is such that if the
Owner, or its successors or assigns, shall pay or cause to be paid to the
Mortgagee the Indebtedness hereby secured as and when the same shall become due
and payable in accordance with the terms of this Mortgage, the Refunding
Agreement and the Indenture, and the Owner shall perform, observe and comply
with the covenants, terms and conditions in this Mortgage and the Refunding
Agreement contained, expressed or implied, to be performed, observed or complied
with, by and on the part of the Owner, then these presents and the rights
hereunder shall cease, terminate and be void; otherwise to be and remain in full
force and effect.

          Nothing herein shall be deemed or construed to subject the lien hereof
on any property other than a vessel eligible for documentation as the term is
used in 46 U.S.C. section 12102, as amended.

          IT IS HEREBY COVENANTED, DECLARED AND AGREED that the property above
described is to be held subject to the further covenants, conditions,
provisions, terms and uses hereinafter set forth.

                                   ARTICLE I

                             COVENANTS OF THE OWNER

          SECTION 1. The Owner shall pay or cause to be paid the Indebtedness
hereby secured in accordance with the terms of the Refunding Agreement, the
Indenture and this Mortgage and will observe, perform and comply with the
covenants, terms and conditions herein, expressed or implied, on its part to be
observed, performed or complied with.

          SECTION 2. The Owner shall at all times be qualified to own and
operate the Vessel under the flag of the United States and engage in its lawful
trade under its certificate of documentation. The Mortgagee is, and at all times
shall remain, a citizen of the United States within the meaning of Section 2 of
the Shipping Act, 1916, as amended. The Indebtedness hereby secured is and will
be the valid and binding obligation of the Owner enforceable in accordance with
its terms.

          SECTION 3. The Owner lawfully owns and is lawfully possessed of the
Vessel free from any security interest, lien, charge or encumbrance whatsoever
other than (a) this Mortgage and (b) liens for current crew's wages, tort,
general average and salvage. The Owner shall warrant and defend the title and
possession thereto and to every part thereof for the benefit of the Mortgagee
against the claims and demands of all persons whomsoever. Neither the Owner, any
charterer, the master of the Vessel nor any

<PAGE>

other person has or shall have any right, power or authority to create, incur or
permit to be placed or imposed upon the Vessel any liens other than the liens
permitted under this Section 3.

          SECTION 4. The Owner shall comply with and satisfy all the provisions
of Chapter 313 of Title 46 of the United States Code, as at any time amended, in
order to establish and maintain this Mortgage as a first preferred ship mortgage
upon the Vessel and upon all renewals of this Mortgage and improvements and
replacements made in or to the Vessel.

          SECTION 5. The Owner shall not cause or permit the Vessel to be
operated in any manner contrary to law, shall not abandon the Vessel in a
foreign port, shall not engage in any unlawful trade or violate any law or carry
any cargo that will expose the Vessel to penalty, forfeiture or capture, and
shall not do, or suffer or permit to be done, anything which can or may
injuriously affect the documentation or trade endorsement of the Vessel or the
Owner's qualification to engage in the United States coastwise trade under the
laws and regulations of the United States of America and will at all times keep
the Vessel duly documented thereunder for such purpose. Without the prior
written consent of the Mortgagee, the Owner covenants and agrees that the Vessel
shall not be removed from the inland waterways of the United States and that the
flag or port of documentation of the Vessel shall not be changed.

          SECTION 6. The Owner shall pay and discharge or cause to be paid and
discharged when due and payable, from time to time, all taxes, assessments,
governmental charges, fines and penalties lawfully imposed on the Vessel or any
income therefrom, however the Owner may contest said amounts in accordance with
Section 6.4 of the Refunding Agreement.

          SECTION 7. The Owner shall, within four (4) days of the date hereof,
place, and at all times and places will retain, a properly certified copy of
this Mortgage with the master of the Vessel or with her papers and will cause
such certified copy and such Vessel's certificate of documentation to be
exhibited to any and all persons having business therewith which might give rise
to any lien thereon other than liens for crew's wages, tort, general average and
salvage, and to any representative of the Mortgagee; and shall place with the
master of the Vessel a framed printed notice in plain type reading as follows:

<PAGE>

                              "NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

               This Vessel is owned by AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., and is covered
          by a First Preferred Vessel Mortgage in favor of FIRST NATIONAL BANK
          OF COMMERCE, as trustee, under authority of Chapter 313 of Title 46 of
          the United States Code. Under the terms of said Mortgage, neither the
          owner, any charterer, nor the master of this Vessel has any right,
          power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this
          Vessel any lien whatsoever other than for current crew's wages, tort,
          general average and salvage."

          SECTION 8. The Owner shall at all times and without cost or expense to
the Mortgagee maintain and preserve, or cause to be maintained and preserved,
the Vessel and all its equipment, outfit and appurtenances, tight, staunch,
strong, in good condition, working order and repair and in all respects
seaworthy and fit for its intended service except ordinary wear and tear. The
Vessel shall, and the Owner covenants that it will, at all times comply with all
applicable laws, treaties and conventions to which the United States of America
is a party, and rules and regulations issued thereunder, and shall have on board
as and when required thereby valid certificates showing compliance therewith.
The Owner will not make, or permit to be made, any substantial change in the
structure, type or speed of the Vessel or change in her rig, without first
receiving the written approval thereof by the Mortgagee.

          SECTION 9. The owner shall at all reasonable times afford the
Mortgagee or its authorized representative full and complete access to the
Vessel for the purpose of inspecting and valuing the Vessel and her cargo and
papers and, at the request of the Mortgagee, the Owner shall deliver for
inspection copies of any and all contracts and documents relating to the Vessel,
whether on board or not.

          SECTION 10. The Owner shall not sell, mortgage, or transfer the Vessel
without the written consent of the Mortgagee first had and obtained. Any such
sale, mortgage or transfer of the Vessel which is not made in accordance with
the preceding sentence shall be subject to the provisions of this Mortgage and
the lien hereof.

          SECTION 11.

          (a) The Owner shall, not later than the day hereof, take out and
maintain insurance at the Owner's expense on and in respect of the Vessel and
shall, throughout the term of this Mortgage maintain the said insurance
effective with such insurer or insurers

<PAGE>

as the Mortgagee may, in its discretion, approve in writing, as follows:

          (1)  Hull and Machinery in the name of the Owner and with the
               Mortgagee as an additional assured, in at least the amount of the
               $25,000,000.00, and further provide that all losses shall be
               payable to the Mortgagee and Owner as their interest appear.

          (2)  Protection and Indemnity insurance, including pollution
               liability, in the name of the Owner, naming the Mortgagee as an
               additional insured, in the amount of $25,000,000.00.

          (b)  All insurance maintained by the Owner pursuant to this Section 11
shall:

          (1)  Provide that any notice of cancellation or adverse change shall
               not be effective as to the Mortgagee until at least thirty (30)
               days after receipt by the Mortgagee of written notice thereof.

          (2)  Provide that the insurers waive any right of subrogation against
               the Mortgagee and waive any right of set off or for payment of
               premium against Mortgagee.

          (3)  Provide that with respect to the interest of the Mortgagee such
               policy shall not be invalidated by any action or inaction of the
               Owner or any other person and shall insure the rights and
               interest of the Mortgagee regardless of any claims for losses and
               shall be payable notwithstanding:

                 (i)  Any acts of negligence, including any breach of
                      conditional warrantee in any policy of insurance by the
                      Owner or any other person;

                (ii)  The use of the Vessel  for purposes more hazardous than
                      permitted by the terms of the policy;

               (iii)  Any  foreclosure  or  other  proceeding  or notice of sale
                      relating to the Vessel; or

                (iv)  Any change in the title or ownership of the Vessel.

          (c) If at anytime the Owner shall fail to provide the insurance
required in Clause (b) above, the Mortgagee shall notify the Owner and the Owner
shall promptly act to provide reassurance to the Mortgagee that the insurance
obligations of this Section 11 have been and such are fully satisfied. If the
Owner fails to provide the insurance required by Clause (b) above, the Mortgagee

<PAGE>

may effect, at the Owner's expense such additional insurance as is necessary to
comply with Clause (a) and the Owner shall, on demand, reimburse the Mortgagee
for all insurance premiums and other expenses so paid or incurred by the
Mortgagee. Nothing herein shall release the Owner of its obligations to take out
and keep in effect the insurance required by this Section 11.

          (d) On request, the Owner shall provide the Mortgagee with
certificates of all insurance affected or maintained pursuant to this Section
11. The Owner also shall cause an independent insurance broker to provide a
certificate as of May 31, 1994, and annually thereafter certifying that the
insurance required by this Section 11 is in full force and effect.

          (e) The Owner shall comply and satisfy all the provisions of
applicable law, conventions, regulations, proclamation, order, or otherwise
concerning financial responsibilities or liabilities imposed on the Vessel, or
the Owner or the Mortgagee, relating to the Vessel, with respect to pollution by
any state, nation or any political subdivision thereof, and will maintain all
evidence of financial responsibilities which may be required.

          (f) The Owner shall, at its expense, renew all insurances required by
this Section 11 at least fourteen (14) days before the relevant policies,
contracts or certificates of entry expire, and the Owner shall cause the insurer
or P & I club promptly to confirm in writing to the Mortgagee that the renewal
has been in effect.

          SECTION 12. The Owner shall fully perform any and all charter parties
or other contracts which it may enter into with respect to the Vessel.

          SECTION 13. In the event that this Mortgage or any provision hereof
shall be deemed invalidated in whole or in part by reason of any present or
future law or any decision of any authoritative court, or if the documents at
any time held by the Mortgagee shall be deemed by the Mortgagee for any reason
insufficient to carry out the true intent and spirit of this Mortgage, then from
time to time, the Owner shall execute within ten (10) days after delivery of
such documents to the Owner, on its own behalf, such other and further
assurances and documents as in the reasonable opinion of the Mortgagee may be
required more effectively to subject the Vessel to the payment of the
Indebtedness hereby secured, as in this Mortgage provided, and the performance
of the terms and provisions of this Mortgage and the Refunding Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

          SECTION 1. Each of the following events, shall constitute an "Event of
Default" under this Mortgage:

          (a)  an Event of Default under the Refunding Agreement or the
Indenture; or

          (b)  any other payment in respect of the Mortgage has not been
received by the Mortgagee when due: or

          (c) a default by the Owner in the observance or performance of any
other agreement under this Mortgage shall have occurred and shall remain
unremedied for sixty (60) days:

then, and in each and every such case, the Mortgagee shall have the right to:

          (1) Declare all the then unpaid Indebtedness hereby secured to be due
and payable immediately as set forth in the Refunding Agreement, and upon such
declaration the same, including premium, if any, or interest to date of
declaration, shall become and be immediately due and payable: and

          (2) Exercise all of the rights and remedies available to the Mortgagee
under the Refunding Agreement or the Indenture and exercise the following rights
and remedies:

          (A) exercise all rights and remedies in foreclosure and otherwise
          given to mortgagees by the provisions of Chapter 313 of Title 46 of
          the United States Code, or other applicable law including the law of
          any other jurisdiction where the Vessel may be found;

          (B) bring suit at law, in equity or in admiralty, in any court of any
          nation in the world, as it may be advised, to recover judgment for the
          Indebtedness hereby secured and collect the same out of any and all
          property of the Owner whether covered by this Mortgage or otherwise;

          (C) Take and enter into possession of the Vessel, at any time,
          wherever the same may be, without legal process and without being
          responsible for loss or damage, and the Owner or other person in
          possession forthwith upon demand of the Mortgagee shall surrender to
          the Mortgagee possession of the Vessel, and the Mortgagee may, without
          being responsible for loss or damage, hold, lay up, lease, charter,
          operate or otherwise use the Vessel for such time and upon such terms
          as it may deem to be for its best advantage, and demand, collect and
          retain all hire, freights, earnings, issues, revenues, income,
          profits, return premiums, salvage awards or recoveries,

<PAGE>

          recoveries in general average, and all other sums due or to become due
          in respect of the Vessel or in respect of any insurance thereon from
          any person whomsoever, accounting only for the net profits, if any,
          arising from such use of the Vessel and charging upon all receipts
          from the use of the Vessel or from the sale thereof by court
          proceedings or pursuant to Subsection (D) next following, all costs,
          expenses, charges, damages, or losses by reason of such use; and if at
          any time the Mortgagee shall avail itself of the right herein given it
          to take the Vessel, the Mortgagee shall have the right to dock the
          Vessel, for a reasonable time at any dock, pier or other premises of
          the Owner without charge, or to dock her at any other place at the
          cost and expense of the Owner; and

          (D) Take and enter into possession of the Vessel, at any time,
          wherever the same may be, without legal process, and if it seems
          desirable to the Mortgagee and without being responsible for loss or
          damage, sell the Vessel at any place and at such time as the Mortgagee
          may specify and in such manner and upon such terms and conditions as
          the Mortgagee may deem advisable, free from any claim by the Owner in
          admiralty, in equity, at law or by statute, at public or private sale,
          by sealed bids or otherwise, by mailing, by air or otherwise, notice
          of such sale, whether public or private, addressed to the Owner at its
          last known address, ten days prior to the date fixed for entering into
          the contract of sale. In case of a public sale the Mortgagee shall
          first publish notice of any such public sale for ten consecutive days,
          in some newspaper published in New Orleans, Louisiana and, if the
          place of sale should not be New Orleans, Louisiana, similar notice
          shall also be published in some newspaper published in New Orleans,
          Louisiana and in a daily newspaper, if any, published at the place of
          sale. In the event that the Vessel shall be offered for sale by
          private sale, no newspaper publication of notice shall be required,
          nor notice of adjournment of sale. Any sale may be held at such place
          and at such time as the Mortgagee by notice to the Owner may have
          specified, or may be adjourned by the Mortgagee from time to time by
          announcement at the time and place appointed for such sale or for such
          adjourned sale, and without further notice or publication the
          Mortgagee may make any such sale at the time and place to which the
          same shall be so adjourned; and any sale may be conducted without
          bringing the Vessel to the place designated for such sale and in such
          manner as the Mortgagee may deem to be for its best advantage, and the
          Mortgagee may become the purchaser at any sale.

          SECTION 2. Any sale of the Vessel made in pursuance of this Mortgage,
whether under the power of sale hereby granted or any judicial proceedings,
shall operate to divest all right, title

<PAGE>

and interest of any nature whatsoever of the Owner therein and thereto, and
shall bar the Owner, its successors and assigns, and all persons claiming by,
through or under them. No purchaser shall be bound to inquire whether notice has
been given, or whether any default has occurred, or as to the propriety of the
sale, or as to the application of the proceeds thereof. In case of any such
sale, if the Mortgagee is the purchaser, the Mortgagee shall be entitled, for
the purpose of making settlement or payment for the property purchased, to use
and apply the Indebtedness hereby secured in order that there may be credited
against the amount remaining due and unpaid on the Indebtedness hereby secured
the sums payable out of the net proceeds of such sale to the Mortgagee after
allowing for the costs and expense of sale and other charges; and thereupon the
Mortgagee shall be credited, on account of such purchase price, with the net
proceeds that shall have been so credited against the amount of Indebtedness
hereby secured. At any such sale, the Mortgagee may bid for and purchase such
property and upon compliance with the terms of sale may hold, retain and dispose
of such property without further accountability therefor.

          SECTION 3. The Mortgagee is hereby appointed attorney-in-fact of the
Owner to execute and deliver to any purchaser aforesaid, said attorney-in-fact
being hereby vested with full power and authority to make, in the name and on
behalf of the Owner, a good conveyance of the title to the Vessel so sold. In
the event of any sale of the Vessel under any power herein contained, the Owner
will, if and when required by the Mortgagee, execute such form of conveyance of
the Vessel as the Mortgagee may direct or approve.

          SECTION 4. The Mortgagee is hereby appointed attorney-in-fact of the
Owner upon the happening of an Event of Default, in the name of the Owner to
demand, collect, receive, compromise and sue for, so far as may be permitted by
law, all freight, hire, earnings, issues, revenues, income and profits of the
Vessel and all amounts due from underwriters under any insurance thereon as
payment of losses or as return of premiums or otherwise, salvage awards and
recoveries, recoveries in general average or otherwise, and all other sums due
or to become due at the time of the happening of an Event of Default in respect
of the Vessel, or in respect of any insurance thereon, from any person
whomsoever, and to make, give and execute in the name of the Owner acquittances,
receipts, releases or other discharges for the same, whether under seal or
otherwise, and to endorse and accept in the name of the Owner all checks, note,
drafts, warrants, agreements and other instruments in writing with respect to
the foregoing.

          SECTION 5. Whenever any right to enter and take possession of the
Vessel accrues to the Mortgagee, it may require the Owner to deliver, and the
Owner shall on demand, at its own cost and expense, deliver to the Mortgagee the
Vessel as demanded. If any legal proceedings shall be taken to enforce any right
under this Mortgage, the Mortgagee shall be entitled as a matter of right to the
appointment of a receiver of the Vessel and of the freights,

<PAGE>

hire, earnings, issues, revenues, income and profits due or to become due and
arising from the operation thereof.

          SECTION 6. The Owner authorizes and empowers the Mortgagee, or its
appointees or any of them on behalf of the Mortgagee, to appear in the name of
the Owner, its successors and assigns, in any court of any country or nation of
the world where a suit is pending against the Vessel because of or on account of
any alleged lien against the Vessel from which the Vessel has not been released
and to take such proceedings as to them or any of them may seem proper towards
the defense of such suit and the purchase or discharge of such lien, and all
expenditures made or incurred by them or any of them for the purpose of such
defense or purchase or discharge shall be a debt due from the Owner, its
successors and assigns, to the Mortgagee, and shall be secured by the lien of
this Mortgage in like manner and extent as if the amount and description thereof
were written herein. The authority and power hereby conferred upon the Mortgagee
or its appointees does not preclude the right and power of the Owner to sue in
its own name or to enter into agreements with third parties with respect to the
Vessel, subject always to the restrictions imposed by this Mortgage.

          SECTION 7. Each and every power and remedy herein given to the
Mortgagee shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other power and
remedy herein given or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, in admiralty
or by statute, and each and every power and remedy whether herein given or
otherwise existing may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such
order as may be deemed expedient by the Mortgagee, and the exercise or the
beginning of the exercise of any power or remedy shall not be construed to be a
waiver of the right to exercise at the same time or thereafter any other power
or remedy. No delay or omission by the Mortgagee in the exercise of any right or
power or in the pursuance of any remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall
impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver of such
Event of Default or to be an acquiescence therein; nor shall the acceptance by
the Mortgagee of any security or of any payment of or on account of the
Indebtedness hereby secured maturing after an Event of Default or of any payment
on account of any past default be construed to be a waiver of any right to take
advantage of any future Event of Default or of any past Event of Default not
completely cured thereby. No consent, waiver or approval of the Mortgagee shall
be deemed to be effective unless in writing and duly signed by an authorized
signatory of the Mortgagee.

          SECTION 8. In case the Mortgagee shall have proceeded to enforce any
right, power or remedy under this Mortgage by fore-closure, entry or otherwise,
and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason or
shall have been determined adversely to the Mortgagee, then and in every such
case the Owner and the Mortgagee shall be restored to their former positions and
rights hereunder with respect to the property subject

<PAGE>

or intended to be subject to this Mortgage, and all rights, remedies and powers
of the Mortgagee shall continue as if no such proceedings had been taken.

          SECTION 9. The proceeds of any sale of the Vessel received by the
Mortgagee, and the net earnings of any charter operation or other use of the
Vessel after acceleration of the Indebtedness hereby secured, or insurance,
received by the Mortgagee on behalf of the holders of the Bonds under any of the
rights, powers or remedies herein specified or any and all other moneys received
by the Mortgagee on behalf of the holders of the Bonds pursuant to or under the
terms of this Mortgage or in any proceedings hereunder, the application of which
has not elsewhere herein been specifically provided for, shall be deposited in
the Bond Fund (as defined in the Indenture) and applied as provided in the
Indenture.

          SECTION 10. Until an Event of Default shall happen, the Owner (a)
shall be suffered and permitted to retain actual possession and use of the
Vessel and (b) shall have the right, from time to time, in its discretion, and
without application to the Mortgagee, and without obtaining a release thereof by
the Mortgagee, to dispose of, free from the lien hereof, any boilers, machinery,
rigging, anchors, chains, tackle, apparel, furniture, fittings, covers,
equipment or any other appurtenances of the Vessel that are no longer useful,
necessary, profitable or advantageous in the operation of the Vessel, first or
simultaneously replacing the same by new machinery, rigging, anchors, chains,
tackle, apparel, furniture, fittings, covers, equipment, or other appurtenances
of substantially equal value to the Owner, which shall forthwith become subject
to the lien of this Mortgage as a first preferred ship mortgage thereon.

          SECTION 11.

          (a) If any provision of the Refunding Agreement, the Indenture or this
Mortgage should be deemed invalid or shall be deemed to affect adversely the
preferred status of this Mortgage under any applicable law, such provision shall
cease to be a part of this Mortgage without affecting the remaining provisions,
which shall remain in full force and effect.

          (b) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, it is intended
that nothing herein shall waive the preferred status of this Mortgage and that,
if any provision in this Mortgage or portion thereof shall be construed to waive
the preferred status of this Mortgage, then such provision to such extent shall
be void and of no effect.

          SECTION 12. The Owner hereby acknowledges and agrees that the
Mortgagee shall not be required to have the Vessel marshalled (upon any sale of
the Vessel pursuant to this Mortgage or otherwise) or be required to realize on
any other collateral prior to its realization on the Vessel.

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE III

                               SUNDRY PROVISIONS

          SECTION 1. All of the covenants, promises, stipulations and agreements
of the Owner in this Mortgage contained shall bind the Owner and its successors
and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Mortgagee and its successors
and assigns. In the event of any assignment or transfer of this Mortgage, the
term "Mortgagee", as used in this Mortgage, shall be deemed to mean and include
any such assignee or transferee. This Mortgage may not be amended or
supplemented orally but may be amended or supplemented from time to time by an
instrument in writing executed by the Owner and the Mortgagee.

          SECTION 2. Wherever and whenever herein any right, power or authority
is granted or given to the Mortgagee, such right, power or authority may be
exercised in all cases by the Mortgagee or such agent or agents as it may
appoint, and the act or acts of such agent or agents when taken shall constitute
the act of the Mortgagee hereunder.

          SECTION 3. This Mortgage may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts shall
together constitute but one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 4. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be delivered and deemed received in accordance with Section
9.2 of the Refunding Agreement and Section 14.3 of the Indenture. This Mortgage
shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the
maritime laws of the United States of America, when applicable, and otherwise
shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of
the State of Louisiana.

          SECTION 5. For purposes of this Mortgage and for purposes of recording
this Mortgage as required by Chapter 313 of Title 46 of the United States Code,
the total amount of this Mortgage is THIRTY-SIX MILLION TWO HUNDRED FIFTY
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($36,250,000), premium, if any, and interest and performance of
mortgage covenants; there is no separate discharge amount.

<PAGE>

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner has caused this First Preferred
Vessel Mortgage covering the Vessel to be duly executed and delivered the day
and year first above written.

                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                              By:    ALBERT BOSSIER, JR.
                              Name:  Albert Bossier, Jr.
                              Title: President
<PAGE>
STATE OF LOUISIANA       )
                             ) SS.:
PARISH OF ORLEANS        )


      On the 31 day of May, 1994, before me personally came Albert Bossier, Jr.,
to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is the
President of Avondale Industries, Inc., the party described in and which
executed the foregoing Mortgage, and that he was duly authorized to sign his
name thereto on behalf thereof.
                                       THOMAS Y. ROBERSON
                                          Notary Public

[Notarial Seal]
                               My commission expires at death.


                                       THOMAS Y. ROBERSON, JR.

                                         NOTARY PUBLIC
                             Parish of Orleans, State of Louisiana
                               My Commission is issued for Life.
<PAGE>
In witness whereof, The Mortgagee has
accepted this First Preferred Vessel
Mortgage as  of the day and year
written

FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE,
not in its individual capacity but
solely as Trustee
   By:    DENNIS MILLINER
   Name:  Dennis Milliner
   Title: Vice President and
          Trust Officer
<PAGE>
STATE OF LOUISIANA   )
                          ) SS.:
PARISH OF ORLEANS    )

     On the 31st day of May, 1994, before me personally came Denis L. Milliner,
to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he is a Vice
President and Trust Officer of First National Bank of Commerce, the party
described in and which executed the foregoing Mortgage, and that he was duly
authorized to sign his name thereto on behalf thereof.

                                       JOHN J. BRODERS
                                       John J. Broders
                                       Notary   Public

[Notarial Seal]
                             My commission expires with life.

                                         JOHN A. BRODERS
                                         NOTARY PUBLIC
                                         Orleans Parish
                                            Louisiana
                                    My Commission is for Life
<PAGE>


                              CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP OF VESSEL
DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION                                        OMB APPROVED
U.S. COAST GUARD CG-1330 (REV. 5-82)                                  2115-0110

                                   1. VESSEL

A. NAME OF VESSEL                 B. OFFICIAL NUMBER            C. HOME PORT
      JO ANN                            982958                 NEW ORLEANS, LA.

                           2. OWNERSHIP CERTIFICATION

I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE ABOVE-NAMED VESSEL BEARING THE OFFICIAL NUMBER
INDICATED, IS OWNED AS FOLLOWS:

AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., OF MGR PLANT ENGR & MAINT, 5100 RIVE ROAD,
AVONDALE, LA.  70094 - SOLE OWNER

                                3. ENCUMBRANCES

AND THAT THE FOLLOWING MORTGAGES, LIENS, OR OTHER ENCUMBRANCES ARE ON RECORD AT
THIS OFFICE:

A. KIND OF ENCUMBRANCE:

PREFERRED MORTGAGE

(1) GRANTOR                  (2) GRANTEE                  (3) DATE OF INSTRUMENT
                                  31 MAY 1994

                                                          (4) AMOUNT
  AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.    FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF         $36,250,000.00
                                 COMMERCE, TRUSTEE
                               (5) MATURITY DATE
                                                              ------------------

6.                   (a) DATE        (b) TIME      (c) BOOK      (d) PAGE
   RECORDATION DATA      31 MAY 1994     N/A           9405          475

7. FILE TIME         (a) DATE        (b) TIME      (c) PORT
   DATA                  31 MAY 1994     8:56A.M.      NEW ORLEANS, LA.

8. KIND OF ENCUMBRANCE:
   NONE

1. GRANTOR           (2) GRANTEE                         (3) DATE OF INSTRUMENT

                                                         (4) AMOUNT

                                                         (5) MATURITY DATE

6. RECORDATION DATA  (a) DATE         (b) TIME     (c) BOOK      (d) PAGE

7. ENDORSEMENT DATA  (a) DATE         (b) TIME     (c) PORT

C. KIND OF ENCUMBRANCE:

(1) GRANTOR          (2) GRANTEE                         (3) DATE OF INSTRUMENT

                                                         (4) AMOUNT

                                                         (5) MATURITY DATE

6. RECORDATION DATA  (a) DATE         (b) TIME     (c) BOOK      (D) PAGE

7. ENDORSEMENT DATA  (a) DATE         (b) TIME     (c) PORT

                      ISSUED:         DATE                       TIME
                                      31 MAY 1994                9:30 A.M.

           SEAL                       ------------------------------------------
                                                    PROFFIE COOK
                                                DOCUMENTATION OFFICER

<PAGE>
                                TRUST INDENTURE

  
           This  Trust  Indenture,  dated  as  of the 1st day of April,
     1994, is between the Board of Commissioners  of  the  Port  of New
     Orleans,  a  political  subdivision of the State of Louisiana (the
     "Issuer"), and First National Bank of Commerce, a national banking
     association duly organized  and  existing  under  the  laws of the
     United States, as trustee (the "Trustee").


                             W i t n e s s e t h :


           WHEREAS, the Issuer is a political subdivision of  the State
     of  Louisiana,  created  and existing pursuant to the Constitution
     and laws of such State and  is  authorized  and  empowered by law,
     including particularly the provisions of Chapter 14-A  of Title 39
     of  the  Louisiana Revised Statutes of 1950, as amended (La.  R.S.
     39:1444-1455)  (the "Refunding Act"), to issue refunding bonds for
     the purpose of refunding, readjusting, restructuring, refinancing,
     extending, or unifying  the  whole  or  any  part  of  outstanding
     securities of the Issuer in an amount sufficient to provide  funds
     necessary  to effectuate the purpose for which the refunding bonds
     are being issued and to pay all costs associated therewith; and

           WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of Sections 991 to 1001,
     inclusive, of  Title 39 of the Louisiana Revised Statutes of 1950,
     as amended (the  "Act"), and a Trust Indenture dated as of July 1,
     1981, as supplemented  by  a  First  Supplemental  Trust Indenture
     dated  as  of  June 1, 1983, by and between the Issuer  and  First
     National Bank of Commerce, New Orleans, Louisiana, as trustee (the
     "Original Indenture"),  the  Issuer  issued its Industrial Revenue
     Bonds (Avondale Shipyards, Inc. Project)  Series 1983 (the "Series
     1983 Bonds") in the aggregate principal amount of $36,250,000, all
     of which are outstanding as of the date hereof, for the purpose of
     providing funds to refund the outstanding Industrial Revenue Bonds
     (Avondale Shipyards, Inc. Project) Series 1981  of the Issuer (the
     "Series 1981 Bonds"), which Series 1981 Bonds were  issued for the
     purpose of providing funds to finance the cost of the acquisition,
     construction and installation of a floating drydock and land-based
     support facilities for the repair and maintenance of various types
     of vessels (the "Project"), which drydock is located  between mile
     markers   106  and  107  on  the  right  descending  bank  of  the
     Mississippi  River  at  the  downriver end of the main shipyard of
     Avondale   Industries,   Inc.,   a  Louisiana   corporation   (the
     "Company"), located at 5100 River  Road,  Avondale,  Louisiana, in
     Jefferson Parish, within the jurisdiction of the Issuer  as a part
     of  the public port of the Issuer.  The initial owner and operator
     of  the   Project   was  Avondale  Shipyards,  Inc.,  a  Louisiana
     corporation, and the  current owner and operator of the Project is
     the Company, successor to Avondale Shipyards, Inc.; and

           WHEREAS, pursuant  to  and in accordance with the provisions
     of the Act and an Installment  Sales Agreement dated as of July 1,
     1981, as supplemented by a First  Supplemental  Installment  Sales
     Agreement dated as of June 1, 1983 (the "Original Agreement"),  by
     and between the Issuer and Avondale Shipyards, Inc., a predecessor
<PAGE>
     to  the  Company, the Issuer acquired the Project from the Company
     and reconveyed  the  Project  to  the  Company  for purchase price
     payments in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium,
     if any, and interest on the Series 1983 Bonds; and

           WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Issuer, pursuant
     to  and  in  accordance with the provisions of the Refunding  Act,
     issue its refunding  bonds  to  be  designated "Industrial Revenue
     Refunding Bonds (Avondale Industries,  Inc.  Project) Series 1994"
     (the "Bonds") for the purpose of refunding the  Series 1983 Bonds;
     and

           WHEREAS, in consideration of the issuance of  the  Bonds  by
     the  Issuer,  the  Company  will agree to make or cause to be made
     payments in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of, premium,
     if  any,  and  interest on the Bonds  pursuant  to  the  Refunding
     Agreement of even  date herewith (the "Refunding Agreement"), such
     Bonds shall be paid solely from the revenues derived by the Issuer
     from said payments by  or  on  behalf  of  the  Company  under the
     Refunding  Agreement,  and  the  Bonds  shall never constitute  an
     indebtedness or pledge of the general credit  of the Issuer or the
     State  of  Louisiana, within the meaning of any constitutional  or
     statutory limitation of indebtedness or otherwise; and

           WHEREAS, the Bonds and the certificate of authentication are
     to be in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, with
     necessary or  appropriate  variations, omissions and insertions as
     may be permitted or required  by this Indenture (including without
     limitation an opinion of bond counsel  designated  by the Issuer);
     and

           WHEREAS,  pursuant  to  an Escrow Agreement dated  the  date
     hereof (the "Escrow Agreement")  among the Issuer, the Company and
     First National Bank of Commerce, the  trustee  under  the Original
     Indenture (the "Escrow Trustee"), the proceeds of the Bonds (other
     than the proceeds which represent accrued interest), together with
     moneys from the Company, will be deposited with the Escrow Trustee
     in  an  escrow  fund  (the  "Escrow  Fund")  for  the  purpose  of
     reimbursing  Chemical  Bank,  New York, New York (the "Series 1983
     Letter of Credit Bank") for its  drawing  in  connection  with the
     discharge of the Series 1983 Bonds; and

           WHEREAS,  the  execution and delivery of this Indenture  and
     the Refunding Agreement,  and  the  issuance and sale of the Bonds
     have been and are in all respects duly  and  validly authorized by
     resolutions duly adopted by the governing authority of the Issuer;
     and

           WHEREAS, all other things necessary to make  the Bonds, when
     issued,  executed  and  delivered  by the Issuer and authenticated
     pursuant to this Indenture, the valid,  legal  and binding obliga-
     tions  of  the  Issuer, and to constitute this Indenture  a  valid
     pledge of the Dedicated  Revenues  of  the  Issuer (as hereinafter
     defined) and other amounts pledged hereunder  as  security for the
     payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest  on the
     Bonds authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, have  been
     performed,  and  the  creation,  execution  and  delivery  of this
<PAGE>
     Indenture  and  the creation, execution and issuance of the Bonds,
     subject to the terms  hereof,  have  in  all  respects  been  duly
     authorized;

           NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

           That  the  Issuer,  in consideration of the premises, of the
     acceptance by the Trustee of  the  trusts  hereby  created, of the
     mutual  covenants  herein  contained  and  of  the  purchase   and
     acceptance  of  the  Bonds  by  the holders thereof, and for other
     valuable consideration, the receipt  and  sufficiency of which are
     hereby acknowledged, and in order to secure  the  payment  of  the
     principal of, interest and premium, if any, on the Bonds according
     to  their  tenor and effect, and the performance and observance by
     the Issuer of  all the covenants and conditions herein and therein
     contained, (a) has  executed  and delivered this Indenture and (b)
     has agreed to sell, assign, transfer,  set over and pledge, and by
     these presents does hereby sell, assign,  transfer,  set  over and
     pledge  unto  the Trustee, and to its successors in trust and  its
     assigns forever,  to the extent provided in this Indenture, all of
     the  right, title and  interest  of  the  Issuer  in  and  to  the
     Refunding  Agreement  (except  for  the indemnification rights and
     expense   reimbursement   rights  contained   in   the   Refunding
     Agreement),  all Dedicated Revenues  of  the  Issuer  (hereinafter
     defined) and all  amounts on deposit in the Bond Fund (hereinafter
     defined) and the Debt  Service Reserve Fund (hereinafter defined);
     provided, however, that  nothing in the Bonds or in this Indenture
     shall be construed as pledging  the general credit or taxing power
     of the Issuer or the State of Louisiana,  nor shall this Indenture
     or  the  Bonds  appertaining  thereto  give rise  to  a  pecuniary
     liability of the Issuer.

           TO  HAVE  AND  TO HOLD the same unto  the  Trustee  and  its
     successors in trust forever:

           IN TRUST, NEVERTHELESS, upon the terms and trusts herein set
     forth for the benefit  and security of those who shall hold or own
     the Bonds issued hereunder,  or any of them, without preference of
     any of said Bonds over any others thereof by reason of priority in
     the time of the issue or negotiation  thereof  or by reason of the
     date or maturity thereof, for any other reason whatsoever,  except
     as otherwise provided herein.

           IT  IS HEREBY COVENANTED, declared and agreed by and between
     the parties  hereto,  that  all  such  Bonds  are  to  be  issued,
     authenticated  and  delivered and that all property subject or  to
     become subject hereto,  is to be held and applied upon and subject
     to the further covenants,  conditions, uses and trusts hereinafter
     set forth; and the Issuer, for  itself  and  its  successors, does
     hereby  covenant  and  agree  to  and  with  the  Trustee and  its
     successors in the trust, for the benefit of those who  shall  hold
     all of said Bonds, or any of them, as follows:
                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

           SECTION  1.`.Definitions.   All words and phrases defined in
     Article I of the Refunding Agreement  shall  have the same meaning
<PAGE>
     in  this Indenture.  In addition the following  terms  defined  in
     this Article I shall, for all purposes of this Indenture, have the
     meanings  herein  specified,  unless the context clearly otherwise
     requires:

           "Authorized Company Representative" shall mean the person or
     persons at the time designated  to  act  on behalf of the Company,
     such  designation in each case to be evidenced  by  a  certificate
     furnished  to  the  Issuer and the Trustee containing the specimen
     signature of such person  or  persons  and signed on behalf of the
     Company by its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, or
     Vice President, Chief Financial Officer  and  Secretary authorized
     to act on behalf of the Company.

           "Beneficial Owner" means, so long as a book-entry  system of
     registration  is  in  effect pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof,  the
     actual purchaser of the Bonds.

           "Bond Fund" means the fund created under Section 5.2 of this
     Indenture.

           "Bondholder" or "holder  of the Bonds" or "holder" means the
     registered owner of any Bond.  Any  reference  to  a majority or a
     particular percentage or proportion of the Bondholders  shall mean
     the  holders  at  the  particular  time  of  a  majority or of the
     specified  percentage or proportion in aggregate principal  amount
     of all Bonds  then  outstanding under this Indenture, exclusive of
     any such Bonds held by  the Company or the Issuer or any affiliate
     of either; provided, however,  that for the purpose of determining
     whether  the  Trustee  shall  be protected  in  relying  upon  any
     direction or consent given or action  taken  by  Bondholders, only
     the  Bonds  which  such  Trustee  knows  are so held shall  be  so
     excluded.

           "Bond Purchase Agreement" means the  Bond Purchase Agreement
     dated  May  27, 1994, among the Issuer, the Company  and  Chemical
     Securities Inc., as purchaser.

           "Bond Register"  means the books for the registration of the
     Bonds required pursuant to Section 2.3 of this Indenture.

           "Bond Registrar" means the registrar appointed by the Issuer
     hereunder, initially the  Trustee,  to keep the books and make the
     registrations required pursuant to Article II hereof.

           "Bond  Year"   means  the  period  commencing  June  1,  and
     terminating on May 31 of each calendar year during the term of the
     Bonds, except that the first Bond Year shall  commence on the Date
     of Issuance and end on May 31, 1995 (unless a different  period is
     required by the Code as hereinafter defined).

           "Bonds" means the $36,250,000 principal amount of Industrial
     Revenue Refunding Bonds (Avondale Industries, Inc. Project) Series
     1994,  authenticated  and  delivered  under  Section  2.2  of this
     Indenture.
<PAGE>
           "Business  Day"  means any day other than (i) a Saturday  or
     Sunday or legal holiday  or a day on which banking institutions in
     the City of New York, New  York  or in the city or cities in which
     the principal office of the Trustee or the Company are located are
     authorized or required by law to close  or (ii) a day on which the
     New York Stock Exchange is closed.

           "Certified  Resolution"  means a copy  of  a  resolution  or
     resolutions certified by the Secretary  of  the  Issuer  under its
     seal  to  have  been duly adopted by the Issuer and to be in  full
     force and effect on the date of such certification.

           "Code" means  the  United  States  Internal  Revenue Code of
     1986, as amended.  References to the Code and to sections  of  the
     Code   shall   include   relevant  final,  temporary  or  proposed
     regulations thereunder as  in  effect  from  time  to  time and as
     applicable  to obligations issued on the date of issuance  of  the
     Bonds.

           "Company"  means  Avondale  Industries,  Inc., a corporation
     duly organized and existing under the laws of the  State,  and its
     successors   and   permitted  assigns,  including  any  surviving,
     resulting or transferee  corporation as provided in Section 6.1 or
     6.7 of the Refunding Agreement.

           "Conversion" means the  conversion  of  the interest rate on
     the Bonds from the Variable Rate to the Fixed Rate  on  the  Fixed
     Rate Conversion Date.

           "Counsel"  means  an  attorney at law (who may be counsel to
     the Issuer or the Company) satisfactory to the Trustee.

           "Date  of Issuance" means  the  date  on  which  the  Issuer
     initially issues the Bonds.

           "Debt Service  Reserve  Fund"  means  the fund created under
     Section 5.6 of this Indenture.

           "Debt  Service  Reserve Fund Requirement"  means  an  amount
     equal to the lesser of  (i)  the maximum principal and interest on
     the Bonds in any Bond Year or  (ii)  1.25 times the average annual
     debt service on the Bonds or (iii) 10%  of  the  proceeds  of  the
     Bonds.

           "Dedicated  Revenues  of  the  Issuer" means the properties,
     rights and interests specified in Section  5.3  hereof which stand
     as security for payment of the Bonds.

           "DTC"  means  The  Depository Trust Company, New  York,  New
     York.

           "Escrow Agreement" means the Escrow Agreement dated the date
     of this Indenture among the  Issuer,  the  Company  and the Escrow
     Trustee.

           "Escrow Fund" means the account established pursuant  to the
     Escrow Agreement.
<PAGE>
           "Escrow Trustee" means First National Bank of Commerce,  New
     Orleans, Louisiana.

           "Event  of  Default"  shall  have  the  meaning set forth in
     Section 9.1 hereof.

           "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day,  the rate per annum
     (rounded  upwards,  if  necessary, to the nearest 1/100th  of  1%)
     equal to the weighted average  of  the  rates on overnight Federal
     funds  transactions  with  members of the Federal  Reserve  System
     arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the
     Wall Street Journal on the Business  Day next succeeding such day,
     provided that if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds
     Rate for such day shall be such rate on  such  transactions on the
     next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding
     Business Day.

           "Fixed Rate" means the interest rate on each maturity of the
     Bonds established in accordance with this Indenture.

           "Fixed Rate Conversion" means the conversion of the interest
     rate on the Bonds from the Variable Rate to the Fixed Rate.

           "Fixed  Rate Conversion Date" means the date  on  which  the
     Bonds shall commence  to  bear  interest  at  the  Fixed  Rate  as
     provided in Section 2.2 of this Indenture.

           "Fixed  Rate Period" shall mean that period during which the
     Bonds shall bear interest at the Fixed Rate.

           "Government    Obligations"   means   (a)   direct   general
     obligations of the United  States  of  America or (b) obligations,
     the payment of the principal of, premium,  if any, and interest on
     which is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States
     of America.

           "Indenture"  means this Trust Indenture  and  any  indenture
     supplemental hereto  and amendatory hereof to the extent permitted
     hereby.

           "Issuer" means the Board of Commissioners of the Port of New
     Orleans,  a  political subdivision  of  the  State  of  Louisiana,
     organized and  existing  under the laws of the State of Louisiana,
     or its successors and assigns.

           "Notice Parties" means  the Issuer, the Trustee, the Company
     and Chemical Securities Inc.

           "Officer's Certificate" means  a  certificate  signed by the
     Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Issuer.

           "Paying Agent" or "paying agent" means the Trustee  and  any
     paying agent for the Bonds appointed pursuant to this Indenture or
     any  Supplemental  Indenture,  or  any  successors  therein  named
     pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

           "Permitted  Investments"  means,  to the extent permitted by
<PAGE>
     the  laws of the State, the following obligations  or  securities:
     (i) direct  obligations  of,  or  obligations  guaranteed  by, the
     United  States  of America, and any bonds or other obligations  of
     the Federal National Mortgage Association (including Participation
     Certificates), Government  National  Mortgage Association, Federal
     Farm  Credit  Banks, Federal Intermediate  Credit  Banks,  Federal
     Banks for Cooperatives,  Federal  Land  Banks,  Federal  Home Loan
     Mortgage   Corporation   and   Federal   Home   Loan  Banks,  (ii)
     interest-bearing   certificates   of  deposit  (secured   by   the
     obligations  described in the foregoing  subparagraph  (i))  in  a
     national or state  bank  or  a  trust  company  (which  may be the
     Trustee) which has a combined capital and surplus aggregating  not
     less  than  $25,000,000, (iii) any obligation secured by a pooling
     of  one or more  of  the  foregoing,  (iv)  bankers'  acceptances,
     Eurodollar  deposits  or certificates of deposit of banks or trust
     companies, including the  Trustee, organized under the laws of the
     United States or Canada or  any  state  or  province  thereof,  or
     domestic  branches of foreign banks, having capital and surplus of
     $25,000,000 or more, (v) other unsubordinated securities issued or
     guaranteed  (including  a  guarantee in the form of a bank standby
     letter of credit) by any domestic corporation (including a bank or
     trust company) which has outstanding,  at  the time of investment,
     debt securities rated in one of the two highest  rating categories
     (without   regard  to  rating  subcategories)  by  any  nationally
     recognized statistical  rating  agency,  (vi)  obligations  of any
     domestic  corporation  which are fully and continually secured  by
     any of the securities or  obligations  referred  to in (i) through
     (v),  (vii) investments in a money market type fund  which  limits
     its investments  to  the  types  of  obligations  described in (i)
     through  (v), and (viii) as otherwise permitted by State  law  for
     the funds so invested.

           "Principal Office" or "principal office" means the principal
     corporate  trust  office  of the Trustee, presently located in New
     Orleans, Louisiana.

           "Prior Bonds" means collectively  the  Series 1981 Bonds and
     the Series 1983 Bonds.

           "Project" means the facilities described in Exhibit A to the
     Refunding Agreement financed with the proceeds  of the Series 1981
     Bonds, including any modifications thereof, substitutions therefor
     and additions thereto and excluding deletions therefrom.

           "Refunding  Act"  means  Chapter  14-A of Title  39  of  the
     Louisiana Revised Statutes of 1950, as supplemented and amended.

           "Refunding Agreement" means the Refunding  Agreement between
     the Issuer and the Company dated of even date herewith relating to
     the Bonds, as the same may be amended in accordance with its terms
     and this Indenture.

           "Refunding  Date"  means,  with respect to the  Series  1983
     Bonds, June 1, 1994, or such other  date or dates as may be agreed
     to  by  the Issuer and the Company; provided,  however,  that  the
     Refunding  Date shall not be later than ninety (90) days following
     the date of  delivery  of  the  Bonds  to  the  initial purchasers
     thereof.
<PAGE>
           "Registered  Owner"  or  "Owner"  or "owner" or  "registered
     owner"  means the person or persons in whose  name  or  names  the
     particular registered Bond shall be registered as to principal and
     interest  on  the  books  of  the  Issuer kept for that purpose in
     accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

           "Repayments"  means  the principal,  premium,  if  any,  and
     interest  amounts  specified  in  Section  3.1  of  the  Refunding
     Agreement and payable by the Company thereunder.

           "Series 1981 Bonds" means the Issuer's $36,250,000 aggregate
     principal amount of Industrial  Revenue Bonds (Avondale Shipyards,
     Inc. Project) Series 1981 dated July 1, 1981.

           "Series 1983 Bonds" means the Issuer's $36,250,000 aggregate
     principal amount of Industrial Revenue  Bonds (Avondale Shipyards,
     Inc. Project) Series 1983 dated May 1, 1983.

           "Series 1983 Letter of Credit Bank" means Chemical Bank, New
     York, New York.

           "State" means the State of Louisiana.

           "Supplemental Indenture" or "indenture  supplemental hereto"
     means any supplemental indenture now or hereafter  duly authorized
     and  entered  into  in  accordance  with  the  provisions of  this
     Indenture.

           "Trustee"  means  First  National  Bank  of  Commerce,   New
     Orleans,  Louisiana,  and  its  successor or successors as Trustee
     hereunder.

           "Variable Rate" means the lesser  of  (i)  the Federal Funds
     Rate  plus  275  basis  points;  or  (ii) 9.0% , as determined  in
     accordance with Section 2.2 of this Indenture,  from and including
     the  Date  of  Issuance  to  but  not  including  the  Fixed  Rate
     Conversion Date.

           "Variable  Rate  Period" means that period during which  the
     Bonds shall bear interest at the Variable Rate.
                                   ARTICLE II

                          DESCRIPTION, AUTHORIZATION,
                      MANNER OF EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION,
                       REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF BONDS

           SECTION 1.`.Bonds  as  Limited  Obligations  of Issuer.  The
     Bonds and the interest thereon shall be limited obligations of the
     Issuer  payable solely from the Dedicated Revenues of  the  Issuer
     and all amounts  on  deposit  in  the  Bond Fund, all of which are
     pledged for the payment thereof under this  Indenture.   The Bonds
     shall  never  constitute an indebtedness or general obligation  of
     the Issuer or the  State  within the meaning of any constitutional
     or statutory provision or limitation  of  indebtedness  and  shall
     never  constitute  or  give  rise  to a pecuniary liability of the
     Issuer  or  the State or a charge or pledge  against  the  general
     credit or taxing  power of either.  All the Bonds issued and to be
     issued hereunder shall  be  equally  and  ratably  secured, to the
<PAGE>
     extent  provided  in  this  Indenture,  by the pledge of  all  the
     Dedicated Revenues of the Issuer.

           SECTION 2.`.Issuance and Payment Terms  of  Bonds.  There is
     hereby created for issuance under this Indenture a series of Bonds
     designated   "Industrial   Revenue   Refunding   Bonds   (Avondale
     Industries,  Inc. Project) Series 1994" in the aggregate principal
     amount of Thirty-Six  Million  Two  Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
     ($36,250,000).   The Bonds delivered to  the  original  purchasers
     thereof shall be dated May 31, 1994.  The Bonds shall be issued as
     fully registered bonds  in  the  denomination  of  $100,000  or an
     integral  multiple  of  $5,000 in excess thereof numbered from R-1
     upwards; no Beneficial Owner  may  own  an  interest  of less than
     $100,000  in  the  Bonds.  The Bonds shall bear interest from  the
     date thereof, payable  semiannually  on  June  1 and December 1 of
     each  year,  commencing  December  1, 1994 and on the  Fixed  Rate
     Conversion Date (each an "Interest Payment Date"), at the Variable
     Rate to, but excluding, the Fixed Rate  Conversion  Date  and from
     the Fixed Rate Conversion Date at the Fixed Rate.  The Bonds shall
     mature  on  June  1  of the years and in the principal amounts  as
     follows:

                     Year                        Amount

                     2004                      $ 6,000,000
                     2014                       30,250,000

           Bonds  issued prior  to  the  first  Interest  Payment  Date
     thereon shall  be  dated  May  31,  1994  and  Bonds  issued on or
     subsequent  to  the  first Interest Payment Date thereon shall  be
     dated as of the Interest  Payment  Date  immediately preceding the
     date of authentication and delivery thereof,  unless  such date of
     authentication and delivery shall be an Interest Payment  Date, in
     which  case  they  shall be dated as of the date of authentication
     and  delivery;  provided,   however,   that,  notwithstanding  the
     foregoing, if, as shown by the records of the Trustee, interest on
     the Bonds shall be in default, registered Bonds issued in exchange
     for Bonds surrendered for transfer or exchange  shall  be dated as
     of  the date to which interest has been paid in full on the  Bonds
     surrendered  or, if no interest has been paid on any of the Bonds,
     as of the date  of initial issuance of the Bonds.  Interest on the
     Bonds shall be computed  upon the basis of (i) during the Variable
     Rate Period, the actual number  of  days in such period divided by
     365  and  (ii)  during  the  Fixed  Rate Period  a  360-day  year,
     consisting of twelve (12) thirty (30) day months.

           The principal of, premium, if any,  and  interest  on all of
     the  Bonds  shall  be  paid  in any coin or currency of the United
     States of America which, at the  time  of payment, is legal tender
     for  the  payment  of public and private debts  at  the  principal
     corporate trust office  of  the Trustee, all upon presentation and
     surrender of such Bonds as they respectively become due; provided,
     however, that the interest on  each Bond shall be paid by check or
     draft mailed to the person who is  listed  as the Registered Owner
     thereof as of the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day of
     the  calendar  month  preceding  each Interest Payment  Date  (the
     "Regular Record Date") at his or her  address as it appears on the
<PAGE>
     Bond  Register;  and  provided  further,  that   a  Bondholder  of
     $1,000,000 or more in aggregate principal amount of  the Bonds may
     request   in   writing  payment  of  interest  on  such  Bonds  in
     immediately available  funds  by wire transfer to the bank account
     number of such owner furnished  to the Trustee not less than seven
     (7) days prior to such Interest Payment Date.

           The interest rate on the Bonds  shall  be converted from the
     Variable Rate to the Fixed Rate in the following manner:

                (i)  Upon  the earlier of August 1,  1994  or  upon  an
           election pursuant  to  clause  (ii) below, the interest rate
           borne by the Bonds shall be converted from the Variable Rate
           to the Fixed Rate on the Fixed Rate Conversion Date, and the
           Bonds shall thereafter bear interest  at the Fixed Rate from
           the Fixed Rate Conversion Date until the final maturity date
           of the Bonds upon the conditions set forth in this Section.

                (ii) On  August  1,  1994,  or  on  such  earlier  date
           specified by a Bondholder, the rate of interest  payable  on
           all  or  any  portion  of  the  Bonds  shall be converted in
           denominations of $100,000 or an integral  multiple of $5,000
           in excess thereof from the Variable Rate to  the Fixed Rate.
           In order to exercise this option a Bondholder  shall deliver
           one  (1)  day  prior  written notice, which notice shall  be
           irrevocable, to the Notice Parties directing such Fixed Rate
           Conversion.  The notice shall specify (1) the effective date
           upon which the Fixed Rate Conversion is to occur (the "Fixed
           Rate Conversion Date"), which shall be the next Business Day
           following  the receipt of  the  Conversion  notice  by  such
           Notice Parties and (2) the date on which Chemical Securities
           Inc. is to establish the Fixed Rate, which date shall be the
           Fixed Rate Conversion  Date.   Upon the earlier of August 1,
           1994 or the date stated in the notice  for the determination
           of the Fixed Rate, Chemical Securities Inc.  shall determine
           the Fixed Rate at the lowest rate of interest that would, in
           its opinion, based on then prevailing market conditions  and
           the  yields  at  which  comparable securities are then being
           sold, be necessary to sell the Bonds in the secondary market
           at par, plus accrued interest.   In  no event will the Fixed
           Rate exceed 9.0% per annum.

                (iii)The determination by Chemical  Securities  Inc. in
           accordance  with  this Section of the Fixed Rate to be borne
           by the Bonds shall  be conclusive and binding on the holders
           of the Bonds and the other Notice Parties.

                (iv) On  the  Fixed   Rate  Conversion  Date,  Chemical
           Securities Inc. will calculate  the  interest  on such Bonds
           being  converted  which  has  accrued  while the Bonds  were
           Variable Rate Bonds.  Chemical Securities  Inc. shall advise
           the Trustee and the Company of the interest accrued.

                (v)  On  each  Fixed Rate Conversion Date,  holders  of
           such Bonds directing  such  Conversion to a Fixed Rate shall
           deliver any Bonds so converted  to  the Trustee for notation
<PAGE>
           of the date of the Fixed Rate Conversion  and the Fixed Rate
           on the face of the Bonds.  In the event that  all  Bonds are
           converted to the Fixed Rate, the holders of the Bonds  shall
           surrender the Bonds to the Trustee for submission to DTC for
           registration in book-entry only form.

           SECTION  3.`.Bond  Register.  The Issuer shall keep or cause
     to  be kept the Bond Register  at  the  principal  office  of  the
     Trustee  for  the  registration  of  Bonds  as herein provided and
     hereby appoints the Trustee as Bond Registrar  to  keep such books
     and  make such registrations under such reasonable regulations  as
     the Trustee  may prescribe.  The Company, from time to time, shall
     be entitled to  review  such Bond Register at the principal office
     of the Trustee.

           The Trustee shall maintain  a  register  of  the  Beneficial
     Owners  of  the  Bonds upon receipt of written certification  from
     such Beneficial Owner  as  to its beneficial ownership accompanied
     by evidence thereof reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  Trustee and
     setting forth its address.  Upon the transfer of a Bond,  the  new
     Registered  Owner  shall become the Beneficial Owner until another
     Beneficial  Owner is  designated.   A  copy  of  any  notice  sent
     hereunder to Registered Owners of Bonds shall also be sent to such
     Beneficial Owners  registered with the Trustee as herein provided,
     and any consent, request,  direction, approval, objection or other
     instrument or action required or permitted by this Indenture to be
     executed or taken by the Registered  Owner of any Bond (other than
     the transfer of a Bond) shall be fully  effective  if  executed or
     taken by the Beneficial Owner thereof provided that, in  the event
     of  conflicting  instruments executed by the Registered Owner  and
     the Beneficial Owner,  the  action  by  the Registered Owner shall
     govern.  The Trustee shall not be responsible  for,  nor  have any
     liability for, or with respect to, the accuracy of the register of
     Beneficial  Owners of the Bonds or for the failure to provide  any
     Beneficial Owner of any notice sent to Registered Owners.

           SECTION 4.`.Recital.  All Bonds shall contain a recital that
     they are issued pursuant to the Refunding Act and may have printed
     thereon such  legend  or legends as may be required to comply with
     any law, rule or regulation  or  to  conform  to  general usage or
     practice as determined to be advisable by the Company,  the Issuer
     and the Trustee.  By accepting a Bond, each Bondholder irrevocably
     appoints   the   Trustee  under  this  Indenture  as  the  special
     attorney-in-fact for  the  holder vested with full power on behalf
     of  the  holder  to effect and  enforce  the  provisions  of  this
     Indenture for the benefit of the holder.

           SECTION  5.`.Transfer   of   Bonds.    All  Bonds  shall  be
     transferable  only  on  the Bond Register upon surrender  of  such
     Bonds  at the principal office  of  the  Trustee  with  a  written
     instrument  of  transfer satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed
     by the Registered  Owner  or his duly authorized attorney or legal
     representative.

           Bonds, upon surrender thereof at the principal office of the
     Trustee with a written instrument  of transfer satisfactory to the
     Trustee  duly  executed  by  the  Registered  Owner  or  his  duly
<PAGE>
     authorized attorney or legal representative  in writing may at the
     option of the holder thereof be exchanged for  an  equal aggregate
     principal  amount of Bonds of the same maturity and interest  rate
     in any of the authorized denominations and registered in such name
     or names as may be requested.

           Registrations,  transfers  and  exchanges  of Bonds shall be
     without  charge  to  the  holder  of  the  Bonds  but,  for  every
     registration,  exchange  or  transfer of Bonds, the Issuer or  the
     Trustee may make a charge sufficient  to reimburse it for any tax,
     fee or other governmental charge required  to be paid with respect
     to  such registration, exchange or transfer,  which  sum  or  sums
     shall be paid by the person requesting such registration, exchange
     or transfer  as  a  condition  precedent  to  the  exercise of the
     privilege of making such registration, exchange or transfer.

           Each  Bond  delivered  pursuant  to  any provision  of  this
     Indenture in exchange or substitution for, or upon the transfer of
     the whole or any part of one or more other Bonds,  shall carry all
     of the rights to interest accrued and unpaid and to  accrue  which
     were  carried  by  the  whole or such part, as the case may be, of
     such  one  or  more  other  Bonds,  and  notwithstanding  anything
     contained in this Indenture,  such Bonds shall be so dated or bear
     such notation that neither gain  in  nor  loss  in  interest shall
     result from any such exchange, substitution or transfer.

           Every transfer of Bonds under the foregoing provisions shall
     be  effected  in such manner as may be prescribed by the  Trustee.
     The  Trustee shall  not  be  required  to  exchange,  register  or
     transfer  Bonds  after the mailing of notice of redemption, during
     the period of 15 days next preceding the mailing of such notice of
     redemption, nor during  the  period  of  15 days next preceding an
     Interest Payment Date.

           SECTION 6.`.Registered Owners.  The  Issuer  and the Trustee
     may treat the person in whose name any Bond is registered  as  the
     absolute  owner  of such Bond for the purpose of receiving payment
     of principal of and  interest  on  such  Bond  and  for  all other
     purposes  whether  or  not  such Bond is overdue, and neither  the
     Issuer  nor  the  Trustee shall  be  affected  by  notice  to  the
     contrary.

           SECTION 7.`.Temporary Bonds.  Until Bonds in definitive form
     are ready for delivery,  the  Issuer  may  execute,  and  upon its
     request in writing, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver  in
     lieu   of   any  thereof  and  subject  to  the  same  provisions,
     limitations and  conditions,  one or more printed, lithographed or
     typewritten Bonds in temporary form, substantially of the tenor of
     the  Bonds  hereinbefore described,  with  appropriate  omissions,
     variations and  insertions.   Such Bond or Bonds in temporary form
     may  be  for  the principal amount  of  $100,000  or  an  integral
     multiple of $5,000 in excess thereof, as the Issuer may determine.
     Until exchanged  for  Bonds  in  definitive  form  such  Bonds  in
     temporary  form  shall be entitled to the lien and benefit of this
     Indenture.  The Issuer shall, without unreasonable delay, prepare,
     execute and deliver  to  the  Trustee,  and  thereupon,  upon  the
     presentation and surrender of the Bond or Bonds in temporary form,
<PAGE>
     the  Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange therefor,
     a Bond  or Bonds in definitive form in authorized denominations of
     the same  maturity  for the same aggregate principal amount as the
     Bond or Bonds in temporary  form surrendered.  Such exchange shall
     be  made  by the Issuer and without  making  any  charge  therefor
     except that the Issuer may require payment by the Company of a sum
     sufficient  to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may
     be imposed in relation thereto.  When and as interest is paid upon
     Bonds in temporary  form,  the fact of such payment shall be noted
     thereon upon presentation to the Trustee.

           SECTION 8.`.Facsimile Signatures.  All the Bonds shall, from
     time to time, be executed on behalf of the Issuer by the manual or
     facsimile signature of the President  and  Chief Executive Officer
     of the Issuer and its seal (which may be in  facsimile)  shall  be
     thereunto  affixed (or printed or engraved or otherwise reproduced
     thereon if in  facsimile)  and attested by the manual or facsimile
     signature of the Secretary of the Issuer.

           If any of the officers  whose manual or facsimile signatures
     shall be upon the Bonds shall cease  to  be  such  officers of the
     Issuer before such Bonds shall have been actually authenticated by
     the  Trustee  or  delivered by the Issuer, such Bonds nevertheless
     may be authenticated, issued and delivered with the same force and
     effect as though the  person  or  persons whose signature shall be
     upon such Bonds had not ceased to be  such  officer or officers of
     the Issuer; and also any such Bonds may be signed  and  sealed  on
     behalf  of  the Issuer by those persons who, at the actual date of
     the execution  of  such  Bond, shall be the proper officers of the
     Issuer, although at the nominal date of such Bonds any such person
     shall not have been such officer of the Issuer.

           SECTION 9.`.Mutilated,  Lost,  Destroyed or Stolen Bonds.  A
     mutilated Bond may be surrendered to the  Trustee  and the Trustee
     shall  validate  the  same  or,  upon  the  request of the  person
     surrendering such Bond, the Issuer shall execute  and  the Trustee
     shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new  Bond of
     like  maturity,  designation, interest rate, and principal amount.
     All  mutilated  Bonds  surrendered  in  any  such  exchange  shall
     forthwith be canceled.

           If there be  delivered to the Issuer and to the Trustee, (a)
     an affidavit or any other form of evidence satisfactory to them to
     establish  proof  of  ownership   and  the  circumstances  of  the
     destruction, loss or theft of any Bond,  and  (b) such security or
     indemnity  as  may  be  required  by  them  to save each  of  them
     harmless,  then,  in the absence of notice to the  Issuer  or  the
     Trustee that such Bond has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser,
     the Issuer shall execute  and  upon  its request the Trustee shall
     authenticate and deliver in lieu of any  such  destroyed,  lost or
     stolen  Bond,  a new Bond of like maturity, denomination, interest
     rate and principal amount.

           In case any  such  mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Bond
     has become or is about to  become  due  and payable, the Issuer in
     its  discretion  may, instead of issuing a  new  Bond,  cause  the
     Trustee to pay such  Bond  out  of  money  held by the Trustee and
     available for such purpose.
<PAGE>
           SECTION 10.`.Authentication of Bonds by  Trustee.   No Bonds
     shall be secured hereby or entitled to the benefit hereof or shall
     be  or  become  valid  or  obligatory for any purpose unless there
     shall be endorsed on such Bond  a  certificate  of authentication,
     substantially  in the form prescribed in this Indenture,  executed
     by the Trustee;  and  such  certificate  on any Bond issued by the
     Issuer  shall  be  conclusive  evidence  and  the  only  competent
     evidence  that  it  has  been  duly  authenticated  and  delivered
     hereunder.

           SECTION  11.`.Destruction  of Bonds.  Upon the surrender  to
     the Trustee of any temporary or mutilated Bonds, or Bonds acquired
     or redeemed or paid at maturity by  the  Issuer, or Bonds acquired
     by market purchase, the same shall be canceled and, in due course,
     may be incinerated or otherwise destroyed  by  the Trustee, and if
     so  incinerated  or  destroyed  the  Trustee  shall  deliver   its
     certificate  of  such  incineration  or  other  destruction to the
     Issuer and the Company.

           SECTION  12.`.Book-Entry  Registration of Bonds.   Upon  the
     Conversion of all of the Bonds to a Fixed Rate, the Bonds shall be
     issued  in  the  name  of  Cede & Co.,  as  nominee  for  DTC,  as
     registered owner of the Bonds,  and  held  in  the custody of DTC.
     The Issuer and the Trustee acknowledge that they shall execute and
     deliver a Letter of Representation with DTC and that the terms and
     provisions of said Letter of Representation shall  govern  in  the
     event   of  any  inconsistency  between  the  provisions  of  this
     Indenture and said Letter of Representation.  A single certificate
     will be issued  and  delivered  to  DTC  for  each maturity of the
     Bonds.  The Beneficial Owners will not receive  physical  delivery
     of Bond certificates except as provided herein.  Beneficial Owners
     are  expected  to receive a written confirmation of their purchase
     providing details of each Bond acquired.  For so long as DTC shall
     continue to serve  as  securities  depository  for  the  Bonds  as
     provided  herein,  all  transfers of beneficial ownership interest
     will be made by book-entry  only,  and  no investor or other party
     purchasing, selling or otherwise transferring beneficial ownership
     of Bonds is to receive, hold or deliver any Bond certificate.

           For every transfer and exchange of the Bonds, the Beneficial
     Owner  may be charged a sum sufficient to  cover  such  Beneficial
     Owner's  allocable  share  of  any  tax, fee or other governmental
     charge that may be imposed in relation thereto.

           Bond  certificates  are required  to  be  delivered  to  and
     registered in the name of the Beneficial Owner under the following
     circumstances:

                (a)  DTC  determines   to   discontinue  providing  its
           service with respect to the Bonds.  Such a determination may
           be made at any time by giving 30 days'  notice to the Issuer
           or  the  Trustee  and discharging its responsibilities  with
           respect thereto under applicable law.

                (b)  The Issuer  determines  that  continuation  of the
           system  of  book-entry  transfer through DTC (or a successor
           securities depository) is  not  in the best interests of the
           Beneficial Owners.
<PAGE>
           The Issuer, the Company and the Trustee  will  recognize DTC
     or  its  nominee  as  the  Bondholder  for all purposes, including
     notices and voting.

           Neither  the  Issuer,  the  Trustee  nor   the  Company  are
     responsible for the performance by DTC of any of its  obligations,
     including,  without limitation, the payment of moneys received  by
     DTC, the forwarding  of  notices  received by DTC or the giving of
     any consent or proxy in lieu of consent.

           Whenever  during  the  term  of  the  Bonds  the  beneficial
     ownership  thereof  is  determined by a book  entry  at  DTC,  the
     requirements  of  this  Indenture   of   holding,   delivering  or
     transferring  Bonds  shall  be  deemed  modified  to  require  the
     appropriate   person  to  meet  the  requirements  of  DTC  as  to
     registering or  transferring  the  book  entry to produce the same
     effect.

           If at any time DTC ceases to hold the  Bonds, all references
     herein to DTC shall be of no further force or effect.
                                  ARTICLE III

                      AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF BONDS

           SECTION  1.b.All  Bonds Equally and Ratably  Secured.   This
     Indenture  creates  and shall  be  and  constitute  a  continuing,
     irrevocable and exclusive  pledge  and assignment of the Dedicated
     Revenues of the Issuer to the extent  provided  in this Indenture,
     to  secure  the  full and final payment of the principal  of,  and
     interest  (and  redemption   premium,   if   any)  on,  all  Bonds
     authenticated and delivered hereunder.  All Bonds issued hereunder
     are, to the extent provided in this Indenture, equally and ratably
     secured  by  this  Indenture  without  preference,   priority   or
     distinction  on  account  of  the  actual  time  or  times  of the
     authentication  or  delivery  or  maturity  of the Bonds or any of
     them,  so  that,  subject  to  aforesaid, all Bonds  at  any  time
     outstanding  hereunder  shall  have   the  same  right,  lien  and
     preference  under and by virtue of this  Indenture  and  shall  be
     equally and ratably secured hereby with like effect as if they had
     all been executed,  authenticated  and delivered simultaneously on
     the  date  hereof  whether the same, or  any  of  them,  shall  be
     disposed of at some  future date, or whether they, or any of them,
     shall be authorized to  be  authenticated  and delivered after the
     date hereof pursuant to Section 2.5 of this Indenture.

           SECTION 2.b.Conditions of Authentication.   The Bonds in the
     aggregate principal amount of $36,250,000 shall be executed by the
     Issuer  and delivered to the Trustee for authentication,  together
     with a statement  as to the amount and disposition of the proceeds
     of the principal amount  of  said  Bonds  and any accrued interest
     thereon; thereupon the Bonds shall be authenticated by the Trustee
     and  shall  be delivered to or upon the order  of  the  purchasers
     thereof, but  only  upon  the receipt by (i) the Escrow Trustee of
     the aforesaid proceeds of the principal amount of the Bonds, which
     shall be deposited with the  Escrow  Trustee  for  credit  to  the
     Escrow Fund as provided in Article IV hereof, and (ii) the Trustee
     of  an amount equal to the accrued interest, if any, on said Bonds
     to the  date  of their delivery, which shall be deposited into the
<PAGE>
     Bond Fund.  Prior to authentication of the Bonds the Trustee shall
     also have received the following:

                (1)  A Certified Resolution authorizing the issuance of
           the Bonds  and  the  execution and delivery of the Refunding
           Agreement and Indenture.

                (2)  An original  executed counterpart of the Refunding
           Agreement.

                (3)  An   original   executed   counterpart   of   this
           Indenture.

                (4)  An original executed  counterpart  of  the  Escrow
           Agreement.

                (5)  A  request  and  authorization  to  the Trustee on
           behalf  of  the  Issuer and signed by the Chairman  or  Vice
           Chairman or President  and  Chief  Executive Officer and the
           Secretary of the Issuer to (i) authenticate  and deliver the
           Bonds to the purchaser or purchasers therein identified upon
           payment to the Escrow Trustee of the proceeds  of  the Bonds
           (other than accrued interest, which shall be deposited  with
           the  Trustee  for  credit  to  the Bond Fund) as hereinafter
           provided  under  Article IV hereof,  and  (ii)  execute  and
           deliver any document to which the Trustee is a party.

                (6)  An  original   executed  counterpart  of  the  Tax
           Regulatory Agreement dated as of April 1, 1994, by and among
           the Issuer, the Trustee and the Company.

                (7)  The   unqualified    approving   opinion   and   a
           supplementary   opinion  of  bond  counsel   of   nationally
           recognized standing dated the day the Bonds are issued.
                                   ARTICLE IV

                               PROCEEDS OF BONDS

           SECTION 1.a. Proceeds  of  Bonds.   The  proceeds  from  the
     initial sale of the Bonds (other than the proceeds which represent
     accrued  interest)  shall be deposited with the Escrow Trustee for
     credit  to  the Escrow  Fund  and  held  therein  and  applied  in
     accordance with  the  Escrow Agreement.  At the time such proceeds
     are deposited, the Company will pay the balance of moneys required
     to pay the redemption price  for  the  Series  1983  Bonds  to the
     Escrow  Trustee  and will pay all Costs of Issuance.  The proceeds
     of the Bonds, together  with  the additional funds provided by the
     Company on deposit with the Escrow  Trustee,  will  be used by the
     Escrow Trustee to reimburse the Series 1983 Letter of  Credit Bank
     in connection with the redemption of the Series 1983 Bonds, all as
     provided in the Escrow Agreement.
                                   ARTICLE V

                       PLEDGE AND ASSIGNMENT; BOND FUND;
                           DEBT SERVICE RESERVE FUND

           SECTION  1.a.  Pledge  of Dedicated Revenues.  All Dedicated
<PAGE>
     Revenues of the Issuer are hereby  pledged  and  assigned unto the
     Trustee for the payment of the principal of, premium,  if any, and
     interest on the Bonds and the performance of the other obligations
     of  the  Issuer  contained  in  this Indenture.  The Issuer hereby
     assigns, sets over to and grants  its right, title and interest in
     and   to  the  Refunding  Agreement  (other   than   its   expense
     reimbursement  and  indemnification  rights)  and  all  amounts on
     deposit in the Bond Fund and the Debt Service Reserve Fund  to the
     Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders.

           SECTION  2.a. Bond Fund.  There is hereby created "Board  of
     Commissioners of  the  Port  of  New  Orleans  Industrial  Revenue
     Refunding  Bond  Fund  -  Avondale  Industries Project" (the "Bond
     Fund"),  which  shall be held in trust  by  the  Trustee  for  the
     benefit of the holders of the Bonds and shall be subject to a lien
     and charge in favor  of the holders of all of the Bonds issued and
     outstanding  under this  Indenture.   The  Issuer  hereby  directs
     payment to the  Trustee  of  all Dedicated Revenues of the Issuer.
     Upon receipt of such payments  and  of  such other money as may be
     paid to the Trustee by the Issuer or otherwise  for deposit in the
     Bond Fund, the Trustee shall deposit the same in the Bond Fund.

           SECTION  3.a.  Deposits  into  Bond  Fund.  There  shall  be
     deposited  into  the  Bond Fund from the proceeds  of  the  Bonds,
     immediately upon the receipt  thereof  by  the  Trustee, an amount
     equal to the accrued interest, if any, on said Bonds  to  the date
     of their delivery.  In addition, there shall be deposited into the
     Bond  Fund as Dedicated Revenues of the Issuer when received:  (a)
     all Repayments specified in Section 3.1 of the Refunding Agreement
     and all  prepayments under Article VIII of the Refunding Agreement
     (other   than    payments    for    expense    reimbursement   and
     indemnification);, (b) all moneys required to be deposited therein
     pursuant to Sections 5.6 and 5.7 of this Indenture,  and  (c)  all
     other money received by the Trustee and required under or pursuant
     to  any  of  the  provisions  of  the  Refunding Agreement or this
     Indenture   or   any  refunding  agreement,  note   or   indenture
     supplemental thereto, respectively, to be paid into the Bond Fund.
     The Issuer hereby  covenants and agrees that so long as any of the
     Bonds issued hereunder  are  outstanding, it will deposit or cause
     to be deposited in the Bond Fund  sums  (but  only  from Dedicated
     Revenues  of  the Issuer) sufficient to meet and pay promptly  the
     principal of, premium,  if  any,  and interest on the Bonds as the
     same shall become due and payable.

           SECTION 4.a. Use of Moneys in Bond Fund.  Moneys in the Bond
     Fund shall be used solely for the payment  of the principal of and
     interest on the Bonds, for the payment or redemption  of the Bonds
     at  or  prior  to their maturity and for the payment of redemption
     premium, if any, on redemption of the Bonds.  The Trustee, without
     further authorization than is in this Section 5.4 contained, shall
     pay from the moneys in the Bond Fund (i) the interest on the Bonds
     as and when the  same  shall become due, and (ii) the principal of
     and premium, if any, on  the Bonds as and when the same shall come
     due, provided that such payment  of principal and premium shall be
     made only upon presentation and surrender  of  such  Bonds as they
     come due.
<PAGE>
           SECTION  5.a.  Bond  Fund  and  Debt  Service  Reserve  Fund
     Sufficient  to  Pay All Bonds.  If at any time the amount  in  the
     Bond Fund and the Debt Service Reserve Fund shall be sufficient to
     pay when due the  principal  of,  premium, if any, and interest on
     the  Bonds remaining outstanding, the  Trustee  shall  notify  the
     Issuer and the Company that no additional or further payments need
     be made  under  this  Indenture,  and  the Trustee shall apply the
     money then in said Bond Fund and Debt Service  Reserve Fund to the
     payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and  interest on the
     Bonds when due.

           SECTION  6.a.   Creation  of the Debt Service Reserve  Fund;
     Payments  Into the Debt Service Reserve  Fund.   There  is  hereby
     created "Board  of  Commissioners  of  the  Port  of  New  Orleans
     Industrial  Revenue  Refunding  Bond  Debt Service Reserve Fund  -
     Avondale Industries Project" (the "Debt  Service  Reserve  Fund"),
     which shall be held in trust by the Trustee for the benefit of the
     holders of the Bonds and shall be subject to a lien and charge  in
     favor  of  the  holders of all of the Bonds issued and outstanding
     under this Indenture.   There  shall  be  deposited  into the Debt
     Service  Reserve  Fund  all  payments  by the Company pursuant  to
     Section 3.3 of the Refunding Agreement until the amount on deposit
     in   said  Fund  shall  equal  the  Debt  Service   Reserve   Fund
     Requirement.   All earnings on the Debt Service Reserve Fund shall
     remain therein until  there  is  an  amount  in  the  Debt Service
     Reserve  Fund  equal  to  the  Debt  Service  Reserve Requirement;
     provided, however, in no event shall moneys on deposit in the Debt
     Service  Reserve  Fund  exceed  the  Debt  Service  Reserve   Fund
     Requirement  and  in  such  event  such  excess  moneys  shall  be
     transferred to the Bond Fund.

           SECTION  7.a.   Use  of  Moneys  in the Debt Service Reserve
     Fund; Investment of Debt Service Reserve  Fund  Moneys.  Moneys in
     the Debt Service Reserve Fund shall be used solely for the payment
     of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds in
     the event moneys in the  Bond Fund are insufficient  to  make such
     payments when due, whether on an Interest Payment Date, redemption
     date,  sinking  fund  redemption date, maturity date or otherwise.
     The  Trustee shall, on such  payment  date  for  principal  of  or
     interest on the Bonds, determine if sufficient funds are available
     in the Bond Fund to make such payments when due and, if sufficient
     funds  are  not  available  in  such Fund, shall make the required
     transfer, if any, to the Bond Fund  to  cure  such deficiency.  In
     addition,  upon  the occurrence of an Event of Default  hereunder,
     any moneys in the  Debt  Service Reserve Fund shall be transferred
     by the Trustee to the Bond  Fund.   On  the final maturity date of
     the Bonds any moneys in the Debt Service  Reserve  Fund  shall  be
     used  to  pay  the  principal of and interest on the Bonds on such
     final maturity date.   In the event of the redemption of the Bonds
     in whole, any moneys in  the  Debt  Service  Reserve Fund shall be
     transferred  to the Bond Fund and applied to the  payment  of  the
     principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds.

           Whenever  the  total  amount on deposit in the Bond Fund and
     the Debt Service Reserve Fund  is  sufficient  to  pay in full all
<PAGE>
     outstanding  Bonds  in  accordance  with  their  respective  terms
     (including principal and interest thereon), the funds  on  deposit
     in the Debt Service Reserve Fund shall be transferred to the  Bond
     Fund  and  applied  to  pay the principal of, premium, if any, and
     interest on the Bonds.

           All  moneys  in  the Debt  Service  Reserve  Fund  shall  be
     invested  in  accordance with  the  directions  of  an  Authorized
     Company Representative in Government Obligations having a maturity
     of not exceeding  five  (5) years, provided that not more than 50%
     of the Government Obligations  (valued  as  provided herein) shall
     have  a  maturity  not exceeding three (3) years.   The  value  of
     Government Obligations on deposit in the Debt Service Reserve Fund
     shall be determined  by  the Trustee annually, on each June 1.  If
     any such valuation reveals  that  the  value of the investments in
     the  Debt  Service  Reserve  Fund is less than  the  Debt  Service
     Reserve  Fund  Requirement  with   respect   to   the  Bonds  then
     outstanding, the Trustee shall immediately notify the  Company and
     the  Issuer  of  the  amount  of the difference between the amount
     derived  by  such  valuation and the  Debt  Service  Reserve  Fund
     Requirement, which difference shall be deposited by the Company in
     the Debt Service Reserve  Fund  in  the  manner  and  at  the time
     required by Section 3.3 of the Refunding Agreement.

           Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions, in lieu of  the
     required deposits into the Debt Service  Reserve Fund, the Company
     may  cause to be deposited into the Debt Service  Reserve  Fund  a
     Debt Service  Reserve Fund Letter of Credit for the benefit of the
     Bondholders in  an amount equal to the difference between the Debt
     Service Reserve Fund  Requirement  and the sums then on deposit in
     the Debt Service Reserve Fund, if any,  which Debt Service Reserve
     Fund Letter of Credit shall be available  to  be  drawn upon (upon
     the giving of notice as required thereunder) on any date, on which
     payments  are  required  to be made from the Bond Fund  wherein  a
     deficiency exists which cannot be cured by funds in any other Fund
     held pursuant to the Indenture and available for such purpose.  If
     a disbursement is made under  the Debt Service Reserve Fund Letter
     of Credit, the Company shall be  obligated to reinstate the amount
     disbursed by either depositing a replacement  Debt Service Reserve
     Fund  Letter  of  Credit in the amount of the disbursement  or  to
     deposit into the Debt  Service Reserve Fund funds in the amount of
     the disbursement made under  such Debt Service Reserve Fund Letter
     of Credit, or a combination of  such  alternatives  as shall equal
     the  Debt  Service  Reserve Fund Requirement in six equal  monthly
     installments  as  provided   in   Section  3.3  of  the  Refunding
     Agreement.  As used herein, Debt Service  Reserve  Fund  Letter of
     Credit  means the irrevocable letter of credit, if any, issued  in
     favor of  the  Trustee  and  deposited in the Debt Service Reserve
     Fund in lieu of or in partial  substitution for cash or securities
     on deposit therein.  The issuer  providing  such  letter of credit
     shall  be a banking institution, bank or trust company  or  branch
     thereof  which  has  a  senior  debt  rating of "A" or better from
     either  Moody's  Investors  Service, Inc.  or  Standard  &  Poor's
     Corporation.
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI

                      SECURITY FOR AND INVESTMENT OF MONEY

           SECTION 1.a. Moneys Held  in  Trust.  All money from time to
     time received by the Trustee and held  in  any  fund created under
     this  Indenture,  or  otherwise,  shall  be held in trust  by  the
     Trustee for the benefit of the holders from  time  to  time of the
     Bonds entitled to be paid therefrom.

           SECTION 2.a. Bond Fund Investments.  Money on deposit to the
     credit  of  the  Bond  Fund  shall  be invested by the Trustee  in
     accordance   with   the   direction   of  an  Authorized   Company
     Representative  in Permitted Investments  maturing  or  marketable
     prior to the maturities thereof at such time or times as to enable
     disbursements to be made from the Bond Fund in accordance with the
     terms hereof.  Neither  the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be liable
     or responsible for any loss resulting from any investments made in
     accordance with such directions.

           All such investments  shall  be held by or under the control
     of the Trustee and shall be deemed at all times a part of the Bond
     Fund and the interest and any gain received  thereon or any profit
     realized therefrom and any loss resulting therefrom, respectively,
     shall be credited to and held in or charged to  the Bond Fund.  If
     at  any  time it shall become necessary that some or  all  of  the
     securities  purchased  with  the money in such fund be redeemed or
     sold  in  order  to  raise  money necessary  to  comply  with  the
     provisions of this Indenture,  the  Trustee shall, without further
     authorization than is hereby contained,  effect such redemption or
     sale,  employing,  in  the  case  of  a  sale,  any   commercially
     reasonable method of effecting the same.

           SECTION 3.a. Arbitrage Bond Covenant.  With respect  to  the
     authority  to  invest  funds granted in this Indenture, the Issuer
     directs the Trustee and  the  Trustee  hereby  covenants  with the
     holders  of the Bonds that it will make no use of the proceeds  of
     the Bonds,  or  any other funds which may be deemed to be proceeds
     of the Bonds pursuant  to  Section 148  of  the  Code, which would
     cause the Bonds to be "arbitrage bonds" within the meaning of such
     Section.

           The Company has agreed in the Refunding Agreement  to comply
     with  rebate  requirements  of  Section  148(f)  of the Code.  The
     Trustee shall provide such information as the Company  may request
     to enable the Company to calculate the amount of gross earnings on
     the Bond Fund and Refunding Fund.

           SECTION  4.a.  Balance  in  the  Bond  Fund and Debt Service
     Reserve Fund After Payment of the Bonds.  Any  balance in the Bond
     Fund and Debt Service Reserve Fund created under this Indenture or
     otherwise held by the Trustee after all the Bonds issued hereunder
     and  secured  hereby  have  been  paid  in full, or provision  for
     payment in full thereof have been made, and all amounts due to the
     Trustee and the Issuer have been paid, shall  be  paid over to the
     Company.   Should  the  holders  of  any Bonds fail or neglect  to
     present their Bonds for payment within one year from the date such
<PAGE>
     Bonds  become  due  and  payable,  whether  by  redemption  or  at
     maturity, the Trustee shall, at the  end  of such period, remit to
     the Company in trust for the holders of the  Bonds  the money then
     held  for  such  Bonds;  and  the  holders  of  such  Bonds  shall
     thereafter have recourse only to the Company for payment thereof.
                                  ARTICLE VII

                              REDEMPTION OF BONDS

           SECTION  1.a.Redemption  of  the Bonds.  Except as otherwise
     provided herein, any redemption of all  or  any  part of the Bonds
     issued under the provisions of this Indenture which are subject to
     redemption  shall be made in the manner provided in  this  Article
     VII.   The  Bonds  may  be  redeemed  prior  to  their  respective
     maturities, as follows:

                (a)  The  Bonds maturing on June 1, 2014 are subject to
           optional redemption  prior  to  their maturity by the Issuer
           beginning on June 1, 2004, in whole  at any time and in part
           on  any  Interest  Payment Date at the following  redemption
           prices (stated as a  percentage  of  principal  amount) plus
           accrued interest to the redemption date:

                       Redemption Period
                        (Both Inclusive)            Redemption Price

                 June 1, 2004 through May 31, 2005         103%
                 June 1, 2005 through May 31, 2006         102%
                 June 1, 2006 through May 31, 2007         101%
                 June 1, 2007 and thereafter               100%

                (b)  The   Bonds   are  subject  to  special  mandatory
           redemption prior to their  maturity  at any time, as a whole
           or  in  part if such partial redemption  will  preserve  the
           exclusion  from gross income for federal income tax purposes
           of interest  on  the  remaining Bonds outstanding (and if in
           part, by lot or other customary means) at a redemption price
           equal to 108% of the principal amount thereof, plus interest
           accrued to the redemption  date  in  the  event  that  it is
           finally  determined  by the Internal Revenue Service (or its
           successor) or by a court  of  competent  jurisdiction  in  a
           proceeding  in  which the Company participates to the degree
           it deems sufficient, that, as a result of the failure by the
           Company to observe  a  covenant, agreement or representation
           in the Refunding Agreement,  the  interest  payable  on  the
           Bonds  has become includable for federal income tax purposes
           in the gross  income  of  any owner of a Bond, other than an
           owner  who is a "substantial  user"  of  the  Project  or  a
           "related  person"  to such "substantial user" as provided in
           the Code and applicable  regulations  thereunder.   Any such
           determination  will not be considered final for this purpose
           unless the Company  has been given written notice and, if it
           so  desires,  has been  afforded  the  opportunity,  at  its
           expense, to contest the same, either directly or in the name
           of any owner of  the  Bonds, and until the conclusion of any
           appellate review, if sought.  The Company is not required to
           complete  the  administrative   proceeding   or   litigation
<PAGE>
           referred   to  above  within  a  specified  period,  but  it
           covenants in  the  Refunding  Agreement that it will use its
           best  efforts  to  obtain  a  prompt   final  determination,
           decision or settlement of any administrative  proceeding  or
           litigation.    The  Trustee  shall  receive  and  coordinate
           notices from holders  of  the  Bonds and give notices to the
           Company and the Issuer in connection  with  such  events  in
           such   manner   as  the  Trustee  in  its  discretion  deems
           reasonable.

                (c)  The Bonds are subject to redemption prior to their
           maturity by the Issuer  at  the direction of the Company, in
           whole, at any time, but not in  part,  at a redemption price
           equal  to  100% of the principal amount of  the  outstanding
           Bonds,  plus   accrued  interest  thereon  to  the  date  of
           redemption, without premium, upon prepayment of the payments
           relating to the Bonds under the Refunding Agreement upon the
           occurrence of any of the following events:

                     (i)   if  all  or  any  substantial portion of the
                Project  is  destroyed  to  such extent  that,  in  the
                opinion  of  the  Board  of Directors  of  the  Company
                expressed in a resolution filed with the Issuer and the
                Trustee,  it  is uneconomical  to  rebuild,  repair  or
                restore  the Project  to  approximately  its  condition
                prior to such destruction;

                     (ii)  if  all  or  any  substantial portion of the
                Project  is  taken  by  eminent domain  which,  in  the
                opinion  of  the  Board  of Directors  of  the  Company
                expressed in a resolution filed with the Issuer and the
                Trustee, will, or is likely  to  result  in the Company
                being prevented from carrying on its normal  operations
                at the Project for a period of six (6) months; or

                     (iii) a determination by an independent consultant
                that  technological  or  regulatory  changes  make  the
                continued operation of the Project uneconomical.

           The exercise of any such option shall be at the direction of
     the Company which shall give written notice to the Issuer  and the
     Trustee within one hundred twenty (120) days of the occurrence  of
     an   event   described   in  Section  7.1.(c)(i),  7.1.(c)(ii)  or
     7.1.(c)(iii) above, which notice shall specify that, as determined
     by the Company, one or more  of such events has occurred or one or
     more of such conditions is continuing  and  also  shall  specify a
     date  for redemption not less than 45 nor more than 120 days  from
     the date such notice is given.
<PAGE>
                (d)  The  Bonds  shall  be subject to mandatory sinking
           fund redemption on June 1 of the  years and in the principal
           amounts  at  a  redemption price of 100%  of  the  principal
           amount of the Bonds to be redeemed, plus interest accrued to
           the redemption date as follows:

                         Bonds maturing on June 1, 2004

                     Year                             Amount

                     1997                             $550,000
                     1998                              600,000
                     1999                              650,000
                     2000                              705,000
                     2001                              770,000
                     2002                              830,000
                     2003                              910,000
                     2004 *                            985,000



                         Bonds maturing on June 1, 2014

                     Year                             Amount

                     1997                           $  340,000
                     1998                              370,000
                     1999                              405,000
                     2000                              440,000
                     2001                              475,000
                     2002                              525,000
                     2003                              565,000
                     2004                              620,000
                     2005                            1,745,000
                     2006                            1,900,000
                     2007                            2,075,000
                     2008                            2,260,000
                     2009                            2,465,000
                     2010                            2,685,000
                     2011                            2,925,000
                     2012                            3,190,000
                     2013                            3,475,000
                     2014 *                          3,790,000

     *Final Maturity

          SECTION 2.d.Partial  Redemption.   If  less  than  all of the
     Bonds  shall  be  called  for redemption, the particular Bonds  or
     portions  of  Bonds  (in multiples  of  $100,000  or  an  integral
     multiple of $5,000 in  excess  thereof)  to  be  redeemed shall be
     selected  by lot or other customary means by the Trustee  in  such
     manner as the  Trustee  in its discretion may deem proper in order
     to assure to each holder  of  Bonds a fair opportunity to have his
     Bond or Bonds or portions thereof  drawn;  provided, however, that
     the portion of any Bond of a denomination more than $100,000 shall
     be $100,000 or an integral multiple of $5,000 in excess thereof.
<PAGE>
          Bonds registered in the name of the Company  as  of  the 35th
     day preceding the date set for redemption shall be selected  first
     and  if  canceled  before  redemption shall be deemed redeemed for
     purposes of redemption of the  required principal amount of Bonds.
     If there shall be drawn for redemption  less  than  the  principal
     amount  of a Bond, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee  shall
     authenticate  and  shall  deliver,  upon  surrender  of such Bond,
     accompanied by instruments of transfer, where appropriate, without
     charge  to  the  owner  thereof,  fully  registered Bonds of  like
     maturity and interest rate in any of the authorized denominations,
     which   shall  correspond  to  the  unredeemed  balance   of   the
     surrendered Bond.

          SECTION  3.d.Notice  of  Redemption.   Notice  of  a call for
     redemption  shall  be  given by the Trustee not less than 30  days
     prior to the date fixed  for  redemption  by  mailing  a notice by
     first class mail, postage prepaid to the registered owners  of the
     Bonds to be redeemed at the registered addresses shown on the Bond
     Register  of  the  Trustee  as  of  the  45th  day  preceding  the
     redemption  date,  but  failure  to  mail  any such notice and any
     defect in any such notice or the mailing thereof,  as  it  affects
     any  particular  Bond,  shall  not  affect  the  validity  of  the
     proceedings  for  the  redemption  of any other Bond.  Such notice
     (other  than  a notice of redemption pursuant  to  Section  7.1(d)
     above) may state  that  redemption is conditional upon the deposit
     of the funds necessary to  effectuate the redemption, and that the
     notice will be of no effect  if such deposit is not made.  So long
     as Cede & Co. is the registered  owner of the Bonds, as nominee of
     DTC, notice of any redemption will be given by the Trustee to Cede
     &  Co., not the Beneficial Owners of  the  Bonds.   If  funds  are
     deposited  (as  more  fully  described  herein)  with  the Trustee
     sufficient  to  pay  the redemption price of any Bonds, either  at
     maturity or by call for  redemption  or  otherwise,  together with
     interest  accrued  to  the  redemption  date,  as provided in  and
     limited  by the terms of this Indenture, interest  on  such  Bonds
     will cease  to  accrue  on  the  redemption  date,  and thereafter
     payment to the registered owners will be restricted to  the  funds
     so deposited.

          SECTION  4.d.Effect  of  Redemption.   On  the date fixed for
     redemption, proper notice having been given for the payment of the
     principal of, redemption premium, if any, and any accrued interest
     to the redemption date and such amounts being held  in  trust  for
     the  registered  owners  of  the  Bonds  or portions thereof to be
     redeemed,  the  Bonds  or  portions  of the Bonds  so  called  for
     redemption shall become and be due and  payable  at the redemption
     price provided for redemption of such Bonds or portions  of  Bonds
     so  called for redemption.  The interest on such Bonds or portions
     of Bonds  shall  cease to accrue, and such Bonds shall cease to be
     entitled to any benefit  or  security  under  the  Indenture.  The
     registered  owners of such Bonds or such portions of  Bonds  shall
     have no rights in respect thereof except to receive payment of the
     redemption price  thereof  and to receive Bonds for any unredeemed
     portions of Bonds.  If less  than  all  of  the  Bonds  of any one
     maturity have been called for redemption, the particular  Bonds or
     portions  of Bonds to be redeemed shall be selected by lot by  the
     Trustee in such manner as the Trustee shall determine.
<PAGE>
          The  Bonds  and  portions  of  Bonds  which  are  subject  to
     redemption  prior  to maturity and which have been duly called for
     redemption, or with  respect  to which irrevocable instructions to
     call for redemption at a stated redemption date have been given to
     the  Trustee,  and  for  which moneys  sufficient  (or  Government
     Obligations the principal  of  and  the  interest  on  which  will
     provide  moneys  sufficient)  to  pay the principal of, redemption
     premium,  if any, and interest on such  Bonds  to  the  applicable
     redemption  or  payment dates, shall be held in a separate account
     for the registered  owners  of the Bonds or portions thereof to be
     redeemed or paid, all as provided  herein, shall not thereafter be
     deemed to be outstanding hereunder, and shall cease to be entitled
     to any security or benefit under this  Indenture,  other  than the
     right   to   receive   payment  from  such  moneys  or  Government
     Obligations.
                                  ARTICLE VIII

                              PARTICULAR COVENANTS

          SECTION 1.d. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.  The
     Issuer covenants that it  will  promptly  pay  the  principal  of,
     premium,  if  any,  and  interest  on every Bond issued under this
     Indenture but only from the Dedicated  Revenues  of  the Issuer as
     provided herein at the place, on the dates, from the funds  and in
     the manner provided herein and in said Bonds according to the true
     intent and meaning thereof.

          SECTION  2.d.  Trustee  Authorized to Require Company to Make
     Payments.   So  long  as any of the  Bonds  are  outstanding,  the
     Trustee  as assignee of  the  rights  of  the  Issuer  under  this
     Indenture  is  authorized to require the Company to pay all of the
     payments and other  costs and charges payable by the Company under
     the Refunding Agreement.

          SECTION 3.d. Take  Further Action.  The Issuer covenants that
     it  shall  from time to time  execute  and  deliver  such  further
     instruments  and take such further action as may be reasonable and
     as may be required  to  carry  out  the purpose of this Indenture;
     provided,  however,  that  no such instruments  or  actions  shall
     pledge the credit or taxing power of the Issuer.

          SECTION 4.d. No Disposition of Revenues.  Except as otherwise
     permitted in this Indenture  or the Refunding Agreement the Issuer
     shall  not  sell,  lease or otherwise  dispose  of  the  Refunding
     Agreement or any of  the  revenues derived therefrom.  Anything in
     this Section to the contrary notwithstanding, the Issuer shall not
     be precluded from taking such  actions with respect to the Project
     as shall be necessary in order for  it to perform its governmental
     functions.

          SECTION 5.d. No Extensions.  In  order  to prevent any claims
     for  interest  after  maturity,  the Issuer will not  directly  or
     indirectly  extend  or assent to the  extension  of  the  time  of
     payment of claims for  interest  on  any of the Bonds and will not
     directly  or  indirectly  be  a  party  to  or  approve  any  such
<PAGE>
     arrangement by funding claims for interest or in any other manner.
     In case any such claim for interest shall be extended or funded in
     violation hereof, such claim for interest shall  not  be entitled,
     in  case  of any default hereunder, to the benefit or security  of
     this Indenture  except subject to the prior payment in full of the
     principal  of and  premium,  if  any,  on  all  Bonds  issued  and
     outstanding  hereunder, and of all claims for interest which shall
     not have been so extended or funded.

          SECTION 6.d. Faithful Performance.  The Issuer covenants that
     it will faithfully  perform  at  all  times any and all covenants,
     undertakings, stipulations and provisions required to be performed
     by  it and contained in this Indenture,  in  any  and  every  Bond
     executed,  and  delivered  hereunder and in all of its proceedings
     pertaining  hereto.   The  Issuer   covenants   that  it  is  duly
     authorized under the laws of the State, including particularly and
     without  limitation the Act, to issue the Bonds authorized  hereby
     and to execute  this  Indenture, to assign the Refunding Agreement
     and amounts payable under  the  Refunding Agreement, and to assign
     the payments and amounts hereby assigned  in the manner and to the
     extent  herein  set forth; that all action on  its  part  for  the
     issuance of the Bonds  and  the  execution  and  delivery  of this
     Indenture has been duly and effectively taken.
                                   ARTICLE IX

                        DEFAULT PROVISIONS AND REMEDIES
                           OF TRUSTEE AND BONDHOLDERS

          SECTION  1.d.  Events  of  Default.   If any of the following
     events occur it is hereby defined as and declared  to  be  and  to
     constitute an "Event of Default":

                (a)  Failure in the payment when due of the interest on
          any  Bond or failure in the payment when due of the principal
          or premium,  if  any,  on  any  Bond,  whether  at the stated
          maturity thereof, or upon proceedings for redemption thereof,
          or upon the maturity thereof, by declaration or otherwise;

                (b)  Default  in the performance or observance  of  any
          other of the covenants,  agreements or conditions on the part
          of the Issuer contained in  this  Indenture  or in the Bonds,
          and  the  continuance thereof for a period of 60  days  after
          written notice  given by the Trustee or by the holders of not
          less than 25% in  aggregate  principal  amount  of Bonds then
          outstanding as provided in Section 9.12 hereof; or

                (c)  The occurrence or existence of any event, omission
          or  circumstance  which  is  an "Event of Default" under  the
          Refunding Agreement.

          The  term  "default"  shall  mean  the  events  specified  in
     Sections  9.1.(a), 9.1.(b) and 9.1.(c)  above,  exclusive  of  any
     period of grace  and  irrespective  of  the  giving of any written
     notice pursuant to this Indenture or the Refunding Agreement.
<PAGE>
          SECTION   2.c.   Acceleration.    Upon  the  occurrence   and
     continuance of an Event of Default the Trustee  may,  and upon the
     written  request  of  the  holders of not less than a majority  in
     aggregate principal amount of  Bonds  then  outstanding  shall, by
     notice in writing delivered to the Issuer and the Company, declare
     the  principal  of  all  Bonds  then  outstanding  and the accrued
     interest  thereon to the date of declaration immediately  due  and
     payable;  provided,  however,  that  the  holders  of  Bonds  then
     outstanding  may  waive any such Event of Default and rescind such
     declaration and its  consequences  as  provided  in  Section  9.11
     hereof.  Upon any declaration of acceleration hereunder the Issuer
     and  the  Trustee shall immediately declare all payments under the
     Refunding  Agreement   to   be  immediately  due  and  payable  in
     accordance with Section 7.2 of the Refunding Agreement.

          SECTION 3.c. Trustee May  Institute  Suits;  Proof  of Claim.
     Upon  the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default,  the
     Trustee  shall  have the power to, but unless requested in writing
     by the holders of  a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
     Bonds then outstanding  and  furnished  with satisfactory security
     and  indemnity  as provided in Section 10.1.(i)  hereof  shall  be
     under no obligation  to,  institute  and  maintain  such suits and
     proceedings to prevent any impairment of the security  under  this
     Indenture  and  such  suits  and proceedings as the Trustee may be
     advised by Counsel shall be necessary  or expedient to preserve or
     protect its interests and the interests of the Bondholders.

          The  Trustee is authorized and directed,  on  behalf  of  the
     Bondholders  and without any further action by the Bondholders, to
     file a proof or proofs of claim in any bankruptcy, receivership or
     other insolvency proceeding involving the Company.

          SECTION  4.c.  Remedies  on  Events  of  Default.   Upon  the
     occurrence and  continuance of an Event of Default the Trustee may
     proceed to pursue  any  available  remedy  to  enforce  the  First
     Preferred  Vessel  Mortgage  and  the payment of the principal of,
     premium,  if  any,  and interest on the  Bonds  then  outstanding,
     including, without limitation, mandamus.

          If an Event of Default  shall have occurred, and if requested
     to do so by the holders of not  less  than a majority in aggregate
     principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding  and indemnified as
     provided hereinafter in Section 10.1.(i) hereof, the Trustee shall
     be obligated to exercise such one or more of the rights and powers
     conferred by this Section and by Section 9.3 as the Trustee, being
     advised by Counsel, shall deem most expedient in  the  interest of
     the Bondholders.

          No  remedy by the terms of this Indenture conferred  upon  or
     reserved to  the Trustee (or to the Bondholders) is intended to be
     exclusive of any  other remedy, but each and every remedy shall be
     cumulative and shall  be  in addition to any other remedy given to
     the Trustee or to the Bondholders  hereunder  or  now or hereafter
     existing by law.

          No delay or omission to exercise any right or  power accruing
     upon any default or Event of Default shall impair any  such  right
<PAGE>
     or  power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default
     or Event  of Default or acquiescence therein; and every such right
     and power may  be  exercised from time to time and as often as may
     be deemed expedient.

          No waiver of any  default  or  Event  of  Default  hereunder,
     whether by the Trustee or by the Bondholders, shall extend  to  or
     shall  affect  any subsequent default or Event of Default or shall
     impair any rights or remedies consequent thereon.

          SECTION 5.c. Bondholders to Direct Trustee.  Anything in this
     Indenture  to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  the  holders  of  a
     majority in  aggregate  principal amount of Bonds then outstanding
     shall have the right, at any time, by an instrument or instruments
     in writing executed and delivered  to  the  Trustee, to direct the
     method  and place of conducting all proceedings  to  be  taken  in
     connection  with  the  enforcement  of the terms and conditions of
     this  Indenture  or  any  other proceedings  hereunder;  provided,
     however,  that such direction  shall  not  be  otherwise  than  in
     accordance  with  the  provisions  of law or of this Indenture and
     shall  not, in the opinion of the Trustee,  unduly  prejudice  the
     rights of  Bondholders  who  are  not  in  such majority.  Without
     limitation  of  the  foregoing, any such remedial  proceeding  may
     include, to the extent  in  accordance with law and as directed by
     Bondholders in accordance with  the  provisions of this Indenture,
     including  providing  reasonable  indemnity   for   all  costs  or
     liabilities  arising therefrom, forbearance or non-action  on  the
     part of the Trustee,  the  acceptance by the Trustee, as mortgagee
     under the First Preferred Vessel  Mortgage,  of  a deed in lieu of
     foreclosure,  the  sale  of  the  property  covered  by the  First
     Preferred Vessel Mortgage free of the lien thereof for  an  amount
     less than the amounts due with respect to the Bonds and the waiver
     of claims or the granting of a covenant not to sue.

          SECTION  6.c.Enforcement  of Bond Documents.  Notwithstanding
     Section 9.5 above, or any other  provision  of this Indenture, the
     holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal  amount of the then
     outstanding Bonds shall have the right to take any and all actions
     in  their  own  name  for  the  benefit  of  the  holders  of  all
     outstanding Bonds to enforce this Indenture in accordance with the
     provisions  of  this  Article  IX,  and  to  enforce the Refunding
     Agreement and the First Preferred Vessel Mortgage,  provided  that
     with  respect  to  any  such  action such Bondholders shall act in
     concert  and  not  individually.    In  addition,  upon  providing
     reasonable indemnity for costs or liabilities  arising  therefrom,
     such  Bondholders shall have the right to act in the name  of  the
     Trustee.  In the event that such Owners elect to take such action,
     they shall notify the Trustee in writing of their election and any
     costs incurred in connection with the taking of such action  shall
     be treated  as  costs  of  the Trustee and shall be subject to the
     same repayment, lien and security rights.

          SECTION 7.c. Application  of  Moneys.   All money received by
     the Trustee pursuant to any right given or action  taken under the
     provisions of this Article shall be applied first to  the  payment
     of  the  costs  and  expenses  of the proceedings resulting in the
     collection  of  such  money and of  the  Administrative  Expenses,
<PAGE>
     liabilities and advances incurred or made by the Trustee hereunder
     except as a result of its  gross  negligence  or  bad  faith.  The
     balance of such money, after providing for the foregoing, shall be
     deposited  by  the Trustee in the Bond Fund and all money  in  the
     Bond Fund shall be applied as follows:

                (a)  Unless  the  principal of all the Bonds shall have
          become or shall have been  declared due and payable, all such
          money shall be applied:

                     First - To the payment  to  the  persons  entitled
                thereto of all installments of interest then due on the
                Bonds, in the order of maturity of the installments  of
                such interest and, if the amount available shall not be
                sufficient  to  pay in full any particular installment,
                then to the payment  ratably,  according to the amounts
                due  on  such  installment,  to  the  persons  entitled
                thereto, without any discrimination or privilege; and

                     Second  - To the payment to the  persons  entitled
                thereto of the unpaid principal of and premium, if any,
                on any of the  Bonds which shall have become due (other
                than Bonds called  for  redemption  for  the payment of
                which money is held pursuant to the provisions  of this
                Indenture),  in  the  order  of  their  due dates, with
                interest on such Bonds at the rate provided  in Section
                9.11  hereof from the respective dates upon which  they
                become  due  and,  if the amount available shall not be
                sufficient to pay in  full  Bonds due on any particular
                date, together with such interest, then to the payment,
                ratably,  according  to the amount  of  principal,  and
                premium,  if any, due on  such  date,  to  the  persons
                entitled  thereto   without   any   discrimination   or
                privilege.

                (b)  If  the  principal  of  all  the  Bonds shall have
          become due or shall have been declared due and  payable,  all
          such  money shall be applied to the payment of the principal,
          premium,  if  any,  and interest then due and unpaid upon the
          Bonds,  without preference  or  priority  of  principal  over
          interest or of interest over principal, or of any installment
          of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any
          Bond over  any  other Bond, ratably, according to the amounts
          due respectively for principal, premium, if any, and interest
          to the persons entitled thereto without any discrimination or
          privilege.

                (c)  If the  principal of all the Bonds shall have been
          declared  due and payable,  and  if  such  declaration  shall
          thereafter   have  been  rescinded  and  annulled  under  the
          provisions of  Section  9.11  hereof,  then  subject  to  the
          provisions of paragraph (b) of this Section in the event that
          the  principal  of all the Bonds shall later become due or be
          declared due and  payable,  the  money  shall  be  applied in
          accordance  with  the  provisions  of  paragraph  (a) of this
          Section.
<PAGE>
          Whenever money is to be applied pursuant to the provisions of
     this Section, such moneys shall be applied at such times, and from
     time to time, as the Trustee shall determine, having due regard to
     the  amount  of  such  money  available  for  application  and the
     likelihood   of  additional  money  becoming  available  for  such
     application in  the  future. Whenever the Trustee shall apply such
     funds, it shall fix the  date  (which shall be an Interest Payment
     Date unless it shall deem another  date  more suitable) upon which
     such application is to be made and upon such  date interest on the
     amounts  of  principal  to  be  paid on such date shall  cease  to
     accrue.   The  Trustee  shall give such  notice  as  it  may  deem
     appropriate of the deposit  with  it  of any such money and of the
     fixing of any such date, and shall not be required to make payment
     to the holder of any Bond until such Bond  shall  be  presented to
     the  Trustee  for  appropriate endorsement or for cancellation  if
     fully paid.

          Whenever all the  Bonds  and  interest thereon have been paid
     under the provisions of this Section  9.7  and  all  expenses  and
     charges  of the Trustee and the Issuer have been paid, any balance
     remaining  in  the  Bond Fund shall be paid as provided in Section
     6.4 hereof.

          SECTION 8.c. Trustee  as  Representative  of the Bondholders.
     All rights of action (including the right to file  proofs of claim
     under this Indenture or under any of the Bonds) may be enforced by
     the  Trustee  without  the possession of any of the Bonds  or  the
     production thereof in any  trial  or  other  proceedings  relating
     thereto and any such suit or proceedings instituted by the Trustee
     shall  be brought in its name as Trustee without the necessity  of
     joining  as plaintiffs or defendants any holders of the Bonds, and
     any recovery  of  judgment  shall  be  for  the  equal and ratable
     benefit of the holders of the outstanding Bonds.

          SECTION 9.c. Enforcement by Bondholders.  Except  as provided
     in  Section 9.6 above, no holder of any Bond shall have any  right
     to institute  any  suit, action, or proceeding for the enforcement
     of  any  covenant  or provision  of  this  Indenture  or  for  the
     appointment of a receiver  or  any  other remedy hereunder, unless
     (i) a default has occurred of which the  Trustee has been notified
     as provided in Section 10.1.(g), or of which by said subsection it
     is deemed to have notice; (ii) such default  shall  have become an
     Event  of  Default  and  such Event of Default is then continuing;
     (iii)  the  holders  of not less  than  a  majority  in  aggregate
     principal amount of Bonds then outstanding shall have made written
     request  to  the  Trustee   and   shall  have  offered  reasonable
     opportunity either to proceed to exercise  the powers hereinbefore
     granted  or to institute such action, suit or  proceeding  in  the
     Trustee's  name  and shall have offered to the Trustee security or
     indemnity as provided  in  Section  10.1.(i); and (iv) the Trustee
     shall   thereafter   fail  or  refuse  to  exercise   the   powers
     hereinbefore  granted  or   to  institute  such  action,  suit  or
     proceeding in its own name.   Such notification, request and offer
     of security or indemnity are hereby  declared in every case at the
     option of the Trustee to be conditions  precedent to the execution
<PAGE>
     of the powers and trusts of this Indenture,  and  to any action or
     cause of action for the enforcement of this Indenture,  or for the
     appointment  of  a receiver or for any other remedy hereunder,  it
     being understood and  intended  that no one or more holders of the
     Bonds shall have any right in any manner whatsoever to enforce any
     right hereunder except in the manner herein provided, and that all
     proceedings shall be instituted,  and  maintained  in  the  manner
     herein  provided  and  for  the  equal  and ratable benefit of the
     holders of all Bonds then outstanding.

          Nothing in this Indenture contained shall, however, affect or
     impair any right to enforcement conferred on any Bondholder by law
     or right of any Bondholder to enforce the payment of the principal
     of, premium, if any, and interest on any  Bond  at  and  after the
     maturity thereof, or the obligation of Issuer to pay the principal
     of,  premium,  if  any,  and  interest on each of the Bonds issued
     hereunder to the respective holders  thereof  at  the time, place,
     from the source and in the manner in said Bonds and this Indenture
     expressed.

          SECTION 10.c. Rights to Continue.  In case the  Trustee shall
     have  proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture  by  the
     appointment of a receiver or otherwise, and such proceedings shall
     have been  discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have
     been determined adversely, then and in every such case the Issuer,
     the Trustee  and the Bondholders shall be restored to their former
     positions and rights hereunder and all rights, remedies and powers
     of the Trustee  shall  continue as if no such proceedings had been
     taken.

          SECTION  11.c.  Waivers   of  Default.   To  the  extent  not
     precluded  by law the Trustee may  in  its  discretion  waive  any
     default or Event  of  Default  hereunder  and its consequences and
     rescind any declaration of maturity of principal,  and shall do so
     upon  the  written  request  of  the  holders of not less  than  a
     majority  in aggregate principal amount  of  all  the  Bonds  then
     outstanding; provided, however, that there shall not be waived (a)
     any Event of  Default  in the payment of the principal or premium,
     if any, of any outstanding Bonds at the date of maturity specified
     therein or the date fixed  for redemption thereof or (b) any Event
     of Default in the payment when  due of interest on any such Bonds,
     unless  prior  to  such  waiver  or  rescission,  all  arrears  of
     interest, or all arrears of payment of  principal then due, as the
     case may be, together with interest (to the  extent  permitted  by
     law),  at the rate per annum borne by any of the Bonds, on overdue
     principal  and  interest,  and  all Administrative Expenses of the
     Trustee in connection with such default  shall  have  been paid or
     provided for, and in case of any such waiver or rescission,  or in
     case  any  proceeding  taken by the Trustee on account of any such
     default shall have been  discontinued  or  abandoned or determined
     adversely, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and
     the  Bondholders shall be restored to their former  positions  and
     rights  hereunder,  respectively, but no such waiver or rescission
     shall extend to any subsequent  or  other  default,  or impair any
     right consequent thereon.
<PAGE>
          SECTION  12.c. Right to Cure Defaults.  No default  specified
     in Section 9.1.(b)  shall  constitute  an  Event  of Default until
     notice  of  the default by registered or certified mail  shall  be
     given by the  Trustee,  or  by  the  holders  of  not  less than a
     majority   of   the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Bonds  then
     outstanding, to the  Issuer and the Company and the Issuer and the
     Company shall have had  60  days  after  receipt of such notice to
     correct said default or cause the default  to  be  corrected,  and
     shall  not  have corrected the default or caused the default to be
     corrected within such period; provided, however, if the default be
     such that it can, in the opinion of the Issuer and the Company, be
     corrected but  not  within such period, it shall not constitute an
     Event of Default if corrective  action is instituted by the Issuer
     or the Company within such period,  and the Issuer and the Company
     notifies the Trustee of such corrective  action  and undertakes to
     diligently  pursue  and  does  diligently  pursue such  corrective
     action until the default is corrected.

          With regard to any alleged default concerning which notice is
     given to the Issuer and the Company under the  provisions  of this
     Section 9.12, the Issuer has in the Refunding Agreement granted to
     the  Company  full  authority  for  the  account  of the Issuer to
     perform  any  covenant  or  obligation alleged in said  notice  to
     constitute a default, in the  name  and  stead of the Issuer, with
     full  power to do any and all such things and  acts  to  the  same
     extent  that  the  Issuer  could  do  to  correct such default and
     perform any such things and acts and with power of substitution to
     correct such default and the Trustee hereby  agrees to accept such
     performance.
                                   ARTICLE X

                          THE TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT

          SECTION 1.c.Acceptance of Trust and Conditions  Thereof.  The
     Trustee  hereby  accepts  the  trusts  imposed  upon  it  by  this
     Indenture,  and  agrees  to perform said trusts, but only upon and
     subject to the following express terms and conditions:

                (a)  The Trustee  may  execute  any  of  the  trusts or
          powers  hereof  and  perform  any of its duties by or through
          Counsel,  agents,  receivers  or  employees   but   shall  be
          answerable for the conduct of the same in accordance with the
          standard specified herein, and shall be entitled to advice of
          Counsel concerning all matters of trust hereof and the duties
          hereunder,   and   may  in  all  cases  pay  such  reasonable
          compensation  to all  such  Counsel,  agents,  receivers  and
          employees as may  reasonably  be  employed in connection with
          the trusts hereof.  The Trustee may  act  upon the opinion or
          advice of Counsel in the exercise of its reasonable judgment.
          The Trustee shall not be responsible for any  loss  or damage
          resulting  from  any  action  or  nonaction in good faith  in
          reliance upon such opinion or advice.

                (b)  The Trustee shall not be responsible for, nor have
          any liability with respect to, any  recital  herein or in the
          Bonds  (except in respect of the certificate of  the  Trustee
          endorsed  on  the  Bonds), insuring the Project or collecting
<PAGE>
          any  insurance  proceeds,   the   maintenance,   validity  or
          sufficiency of the security for the Bonds issued hereunder or
          intended  to  be  secured hereby, the value or title  of  the
          Project or otherwise  as  to  the maintenance of the security
          hereof, but the Trustee may require  of  the  Issuer  or  the
          Company  full information and advice as to the performance of
          the covenants,  conditions and agreements aforesaid as to the
          condition of the Project.

                (c)  The Trustee  shall not be accountable for, or have
          any  liability  with  respect   to,  the  use  of  any  Bonds
          authenticated or delivered hereunder  after  such Bonds shall
          have  been delivered in accordance with instructions  of  the
          Issuer.   The  Trustee  may become the owner of Bonds secured
          hereby with the same rights  which  it  would have if it were
          not the Trustee.

                (d)  The  Trustee  shall be fully protected  in  acting
          upon  any  notice,  request,   consent,  certificate,  order,
          affidavit,  letter,  telegram  or  other  paper  or  document
          believed to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or
          sent by the proper person or persons. Any action taken by the
          Trustee  pursuant  to  this  Indenture upon  the  request  or
          authority or consent of any person  who at the time of making
          such request or giving such authority or consent is the owner
          of any Bond, shall be conclusive and  binding upon all future
          owners of the same Bond or portions thereof  and  upon  Bonds
          issued  in  exchange  therefor  or for portions thereof or in
          place thereof.

                (e)  As to the existence or  non-existence  of any fact
          or as to the sufficiency or validity of any instrument, paper
          or proceeding, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely  upon  a
          certificate  of  the Issuer signed by (i) the Chairman or the
          Secretary of the Issuer,  or  (ii)  any other duly authorized
          person  (such authority to be conclusively  evidenced  by  an
          appropriate  Certified  Resolution  of  the  Issuer)  or  any
          certificate signed by an Authorized Company Representative as
          sufficient evidence of the facts therein contained, and prior
          to  the occurrence of a default of which the Trustee has been
          notified as provided in Section 10.1.(g), or of which by said
          subsection  it  is  deemed  to have notice, the Trustee shall
          also be at liberty to accept  a  similar  certificate  to the
          effect that any particular dealing, transaction or action  is
          necessary or expedient, but may at its discretion secure such
          further  evidence deemed necessary or advisable, but shall in
          no case be  bound to secure the same.  The Trustee may accept
          a certificate  of  the Secretary of the Issuer under its seal
          to the effect that a  resolution  or  ordinance  in  the form
          therein   set  forth  has  been  adopted  by  the  Issuer  as
          conclusive  evidence  that  such  resolution or ordinance has
          been duly adopted, and is in full force and effect.

                (f)  The permissive right of  the  Trustee to do things
          enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty
          and the Trustee shall not be answerable for  other  than  its
          gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.
<PAGE>
                (g)  Except  for  (i)  a  default  under Section 9.1(a)
          hereof, or (ii) a default specified in Section  7.1(a) of the
          Refunding Agreement, or (iii) the failure of the  Company  to
          file  any  financial  statements,  documents  or certificates
          specifically  required  to be filed with the Trustee  or  the
          Issuer  pursuant to the provisions  of  this  Indenture,  the
          Refunding  Agreement  or the First Preferred Vessel Mortgage,
          or  (iv)  any  other event  of  which  a  "responsible  trust
          officer" has "actual  knowledge"  and  which  event, with the
          giving  of notice or lapse of time or both, would  constitute
          an Event  of  Default  under  this Indenture or the Refunding
          Agreement, the Trustee shall not  be deemed to have notice of
          any default or event unless specifically  notified in writing
          of such event by the Company, the Issuer or  the  holders  of
          not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
          Bonds then outstanding.  The Trustee pursuant to Section 10.3
          hereof,  shall  give  notice  to the Registered Owners of the
          Bonds of the occurrence of any  default  or event of which it
          has, or is deemed to have, notice pursuant  to  the foregoing
          provisions.   As  used  above,  the  term "responsible  trust
          officer" means the trust officer of the  Trustee  assigned to
          supervise  this  Indenture, and "actual knowledge" means  the
          actual fact or statement of knowing, without any duty to make
          any investigation with regard thereto.

                (h)  The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond
          or surety in respect  of the execution of the said trusts and
          powers or otherwise in respect of the premises.

                (i)  Before taking any action hereunder the Trustee may
          require   satisfactory  security   or   indemnity   for   the
          reimbursement  of  all expenses to which it may be put and to
          protect it against all  liability,  except liability which is
          adjudicated to have resulted from gross negligence, bad faith
          or  willful  misconduct  by reason of any  action  so  taken.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing,  wherever  in  this  Indenture
          provision  is made for indemnity by the Owners of the  Bonds,
          if the Owner  providing  such  indemnity has an aggregate net
          worth  or  net asset value of at least  $50,000,000,  as  set
          forth in its  most  recent audited financial statements or as
          otherwise satisfactorily  demonstrated to the Trustee, at its
          sole option and discretion,  the  Trustee may not require any
          indemnity bond or other security for  such indemnity.  In any
          case, where more than one Owner is providing  indemnity, such
          indemnity shall be several and not joint and, as to each such
          Owner,  such  indemnity  obligation  shall  not  exceed   its
          percentage  interest of outstanding Bonds of Owners providing
          such indemnity.   If  provided  indemnity,  the Trustee shall
          utilize counsel or other advisors designated by a majority in
          interest of the indemnifying Owners to whom the  Trustee  has
          no reasonable objection and in the event the Trustee requires
          independent  counsel, the costs and expenses thereof shall be
          for its own account  and the Trustee shall not have any right
          for reimbursement against the Trust Estate or the Owners.
<PAGE>
                (j)  All money received  by  the  Trustee or any paying
          agent  shall,  until  used or applied or invested  as  herein
          provided, be held in trust  for the purposes for which it was
          received but need not be segregated  from  other funds except
          to the extent required by this Indenture or by law.

                (k)  The  Trustee  shall  not  be  bound  to   make  an
          investigation  into  the  facts  or  matters  stated  in  any
          resolution,   certificate,  statement,  instrument,  opinion,
          report, notice,  request,  direction,  consent,  order, bond,
          debenture  or  other paper or document believed by it  to  be
          genuine and to have  been  signed  or presented by the proper
          party  or parties, but the Trustee, in  its  discretion,  may
          make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or
          matters  as  it  may  see  fit,  and,  if  the  Trustee shall
          determine  to make such further inquiry or investigation,  it
          shall be entitled to examine during normal business hours the
          books, records  and  premises of the Issuer, personally or by
          agent or by Counsel.

                (l)  The Trustee,  prior  to the occurrence of an Event
          of  Default and after the curing of  all  Events  of  Default
          which  may  have  occurred, undertakes to perform such duties
          and only such duties  as  are  specifically set forth in this
          Indenture and the Refunding Agreement.   In  case an Event of
          Default  has  occurred (which has not been cured  or  waived)
          Trustee shall exercise  such  of the rights and powers vested
          in it by this Indenture and the  Refunding Agreement, and use
          the same degree of care and skill  in  their  exercise,  as a
          prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances  in
          the conduct of his own affairs.

          SECTION  2.l.Reimbursement  of  Administrative Expenses.  The
     Trustee  shall  be  entitled to payment and/or  reimbursement  for
     Administrative  Expenses,   including   reasonable  fees  for  its
     services  rendered hereunder and all advances,  Counsel  fees  and
     other expenses  reasonably and necessarily made or incurred by the
     Trustee in connection  with  such  services  under this Indenture.
     The Trustee and any paying agent shall be entitled  to payment and
     reimbursement  for  their  reasonable  fees and charges as  paying
     agents for the Bonds hereinabove provided.  Upon the occurrence of
     an  Event  of  Default,  but only upon an Event  of  Default,  the
     Trustee and any paying agent shall have a first lien with right of
     prior payment on account of  interest or principal of any Bond for
     the foregoing advances, fees,  costs and expenses incurred by them
     respectively.

          The Trustee shall be entitled  to  be indemnified for, and be
     held  harmless against, any loss, liability  or  expense  incurred
     without  gross negligence or bad faith on the part of the Trustee,
     arising  out   of   or   in  connection  with  the  acceptance  or
     administration of the trusts  hereunder,  including  the costs and
     expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in the
     premises.  All fees, charges and other compensation to  which  the
     Trustee  and any paying agent may be entitled under the provisions
     of this Indenture are required to be paid by the Company under the
     terms of the Refunding Agreement and accordingly, the Issuer shall
<PAGE>
     not be liable  to  indemnify  the  Trustee or any paying agent for
     fees, charges and other compensation  to which the Trustee and any
     paying  agent  may be entitled, and by acceptance  of  the  trusts
     hereunder, the Trustee  and  any  paying  agent shall be deemed to
     have agreed to the foregoing.  The Company may, without creating a
     default  hereunder, contest in good faith the  necessity  for  any
     services and expenses of the Trustee and the reasonableness of any
     of the fees, charges or expenses referred to in this Section 10.2.

          SECTION  3.l.Notice to Bondholders of Event of Default.  If a
     default or Event  of  Default  occurs  of  which the Trustee is by
     reason of Section 10.1.(g) hereof required to  take  notice  or if
     notice  of  default is given as provided in said Section 10.1.(g),
     then the Trustee  shall  give  notice thereof within 60 days after
     the occurrence thereof (unless such  default shall have been cured
     or  waived) by mailing written notice thereof  to  all  registered
     holders  of  Bonds,  as  the  names  and addresses of such holders
     appear in the Bond Register.

          SECTION 4.l.Trustee's Right to Intervene.   In  any  judicial
     proceeding to which the Issuer is a party and which in the opinion
     of  the  Trustee and its Counsel has a substantial bearing on  the
     interests  of  holders  of the Bonds, the Trustee may intervene on
     behalf of Bondholders and  shall  do so if requested in writing by
     the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal
     amount of Bonds then outstanding.   The  rights and obligations of
     the Trustee under this Section are subject  to  the  approval of a
     court of competent jurisdiction.

          SECTION   5.l.Successor   Trustee  Upon  Merger,  Etc.    Any
     corporation or association into  which  the Trustee may be merged,
     or with which it may be consolidated, or  to  which it may sell or
     transfer its trust business and assets as a whole or substantially
     as a whole, or any corporation or association resulting  from  any
     such  sale,  merger,  consolidation  or  transfer to which it is a
     party, ipso facto, shall be and become successor Trustee hereunder
     and  vested with all the trusts, powers, discretions,  immunities,
     privileges  and  all other matters as was its predecessor, without
     the execution or filing  of  any  instrument  or any further acts,
     deed  or  conveyance  on  the  part of any of the parties  hereto,
     anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

          SECTION  6.l.Resignation  of  Trustee.   A  Trustee  and  any
     successor Trustee may resign by  giving 60 days' written notice to
     the  Issuer  and  the Company and by  first  class  mail  to  each
     registered owner of Bonds then outstanding as shown on the records
     of the Trustee.  Such  resignation shall take effect only upon the
     appointment of a successor  Trustee  by  the Bondholders or by the
     Issuer as hereinafter provided.  Such notice to the Issuer and the
     Company  may be served personally or sent by  registered  mail  or
     telegram.

          SECTION  7.l.Removal  of Trustee.  The Trustee may be removed
     at any time by an instrument  or concurrent instruments in writing
     delivered to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Company by the owners
     of  a  majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Bonds  then
     outstanding.
<PAGE>
          SECTION 8.l.Appointment of Successor  Trustee.   In  case the
     Trustee hereunder shall resign or be removed, or be dissolved,  or
     shall be in the course of dissolution or liquidation, or otherwise
     become  incapable  of acting hereunder, or in the case it shall be
     taken under control  of  any  public  officer or officers, or of a
     receiver appointed by a court, a successor may be appointed by the
     owners of a majority in aggregate principal  amount  of Bonds then
     outstanding, by an instrument or concurrent instruments in writing
     signed  by  such  owners,  or  by  their  attorneys-in-fact,  duly
     authorized; provided, however, that in case  of  such  vacancy the
     Issuer, at the direction of the Company by an instrument  executed
     and  signed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Issuer and under its seal
     attested  by its Secretary, shall forthwith  appoint  a  temporary
     Trustee to  fill  such  vacancy until a successor Trustee shall be
     appointed by the Bondholders in the manner above provided (subject
     to the approval of the Company provided that the Company is not in
     default under the Refunding  Agreement),  and  any  such temporary
     Trustee as appointed by the Issuer shall immediately  and  without
     further act be superseded by the successor Trustee so appointed by
     such  Bondholders.   Every  such  Trustee  and  temporary  Trustee
     appointed  pursuant  to the provisions of this Section shall be  a
     corporation organized  and  doing  business  under the laws of the
     United  States of America or of any state, authorized  under  such
     laws to exercise  corporate trust powers having a reported capital
     and surplus of not  less  than $50,000,000, subject to supervision
     or examination by federal or  state authority, if there be such an
     institution willing, qualified  and  able to accept the trust upon
     reasonable or customary terms.

          SECTION 9.l.Acceptance by Successor Trustee.  Every successor
     Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver
     to  its  predecessor and also to the Issuer  and  the  Company  an
     instrument  in  writing  accepting such appointment hereunder, and
     thereupon  such  successor,  without  any  further  act,  deed  or
     conveyance, shall  become  fully  vested  with  all  the  estates,
     properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations  of its
     predecessors; but such predecessor Trustee shall, nevertheless, on
     the  written  request  of the Issuer, or of its successor, execute
     and deliver an instrument  transferring  to such successor Trustee
     all the estates, properties, rights, powers and trusts, duties and
     obligations of such predecessor hereunder,  and  every predecessor
     Trustee  shall  deliver  all securities and money held  by  it  as
     Trustee  hereunder to its successor.   Should  any  instrument  in
     writing from  the  Issuer  be  required by a successor Trustee for
     more fully and certainly vesting  in  such  successor  the estate,
     rights,  powers and duties hereby vested or intended to be  vested
     in the predecessor, any and all such instruments in writing shall,
     on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer.

          SECTION  10.l.Reliance  Upon  Instruments.   The  ordinances,
     resolutions, opinions, certificates and other instruments provided
     for  in this Indenture may, in the absence of actual knowledge  to
     the contrary, be accepted by the Trustee as conclusive evidence of
     the facts  and  conclusions  stated  therein  and  shall  be  full
     warrant,   protection   and  authority  to  the  Trustee  for  the
     withdrawal of cash hereunder,  and  the taking or omitting to take
     of any other action under this Indenture.
<PAGE>
          SECTION  11.l.Former Trustee No Longer  Custodian  or  Paying
     Agent. Any Trustee  which has resigned or been removed shall cease
     to be custodian of the  funds, Bond Registrar and paying agent for
     principal, premium, if any,  and  interest  on  the  Bonds and the
     successor Trustee shall become such custodian, Bond Registrar  and
     paying agent.

          SECTION  12.l.Directions  from  Company; Company May Perform.
     Whenever  after a reasonable request by  the  Company  the  Issuer
     shall fail, refuse or neglect to give any direction to the Trustee
     or to require  the  Trustee  to  take  any  other action which the
     Issuer  is  required  to  have  the Trustee take pursuant  to  the
     provisions  of  the Refunding Agreement  or  this  Indenture,  the
     Company instead of  the  Issuer may give any such direction to the
     Trustee or require the Trustee  to  take  any such action, and the
     Trustee  is hereby irrevocably empowered and  directed  to  accept
     such direction  from the Company as sufficient for all purposes of
     this Indenture.   The  Company  shall  have the right to cause the
     Trustee to comply with any of the Trustee's obligations under this
     Indenture to the same extent that the Issuer  is  empowered  so to
     do.

          The  Issuer  and the Trustee acknowledge that certain actions
     or failures to act  by  the Issuer under this Indenture may create
     or result in a default hereunder and the Issuer hereby agrees that
     the Company may perform any  and  all  acts or take such action as
     may be necessary for and on behalf of the  Issuer  to  prevent  or
     correct  said default and the Trustee agrees that it shall take or
     accept such  performance  by  the  Company  as  performance by the
     Issuer in such event.
                                   ARTICLE XI

                            SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

          SECTION 1.l.Supplemental Indentures Not Requiring  Consent of
     Bondholders.   The Issuer and the Trustee may without the  consent
     of, or notice to,  any of the Bondholders, enter into an indenture
     or indentures supplemental  to  this  Indenture  as  shall  not be
     inconsistent  with the terms and provisions hereof for any one  or
     more of the following purposes:

                (a)  To  add  to  the  covenants  and agreements of the
          Issuer  contained  in  this  Indenture  other  covenants  and
          agreements thereafter to be observed, and  to  surrender  any
          right  or  power  herein  reserved  to  or conferred upon the
          Issuer.

                (b)  To modify any of the provisions  of this Indenture
          or   relieve   the   Issuer  from  any  of  the  obligations,
          conditions, or restrictions  herein contained; provided, that
          no such modification or release  shall be or become operative
          or  effective which shall in any manner  impair  any  of  the
          rights  of  the  Bondholders  or  the  Trustee;  and provided
          further, that the Trustee may in its sole discretion  decline
          to  enter  into any such supplemental indenture which in  its
          opinion may  not  afford  adequate  protection to the Trustee
          when the same shall become operative.
<PAGE>
                (c)  To  cure  any ambiguity or to  cure,  correct,  or
          supplement any defect  or inconsistent provision contained in
          this Indenture or in any  supplemental  indenture in a manner
          which,   in  the  opinion  of  bond  counsel  of   nationally
          recognized  standing,  is not adverse to the interests of the
          Bondholders.

                (d)  To make such  provision  in  regard  to matters or
          questions arising under this Indenture as may be necessary or
          desirable and not inconsistent with this Indenture  and  not,
          in  the  opinion  of  bond  counsel  of nationally recognized
          standing, adverse to the interests of the Bondholders.

                (e)  To make any other change which,  in the opinion of
          bond  counsel  of  nationally recognized standing,  does  not
          materially adversely  affect  the rights of the Issuer or any
          Bondholder.

          SECTION  2.e.Supplemental  Indentures  Requiring  Consent  of
     Bondholders.   Exclusive  of Supplemental  Indentures  covered  by
     Section  11.1  hereof and subject  to  the  terms  and  provisions
     contained in this  Section 11.2, and not otherwise, the holders of
     not less than a majority  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of the
     Bonds  then  outstanding  shall have the right, from time to time,
     anything   contained   in   this   Indenture   to   the   contrary
     notwithstanding, to consent to  and  approve  the execution by the
     Issuer  and  the  Trustee  of such other indenture  or  indentures
     supplemental hereto as shall  be  deemed necessary or desirable by
     the  Issuer  for  the  purpose of modifying,  altering,  amending,
     adding to or rescinding,  in  any  particular, any of the terms or
     provisions  contained in this Indenture  or  in  any  Supplemental
     Indenture; provided,  however,  that  nothing  in  this  Indenture
     contained shall permit, or be construed as permitting without  the
     consent  of the holders of all Bonds then outstanding and affected
     thereby (a)  an  extension of the maturity of the principal of, or
     the interest on, or  redemption date of any Bond issued hereunder,
     (b) a reduction in the principal amount of any Bond or the rate of
     interest  or  redemption  premium  thereon,  (c)  a  privilege  or
     priority of any  Bond or Bonds over any other Bond or Bonds, (d) a
     reduction in the aggregate  principal amount of the Bonds required
     for  consent  to  such  modification,  amendment  or  Supplemental
     Indenture, or (e) impairment  of  the  exclusion from gross income
     for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of interest  on  any  of  the
     outstanding Bonds.

          If at any time the Issuer shall request  the Trustee to enter
     into such Supplemental Indenture for any of the  purposes  of this
     Section   11.2,  the  Trustee  shall,  upon  being  satisfactorily
     indemnified  with  respect  to  expenses, cause notice of proposed
     execution of such Supplemental Indenture  to be given by mailing a
     notice  by  first class mail, postage prepaid  to  the  registered
     owners of the  Bonds at the registered addresses shown on the Bond
     Register of the  Trustee.  Such notice shall briefly set forth the
     nature of the proposed Supplemental Indenture and shall state that
<PAGE>
     copies thereof are  on file at the principal office of the Trustee
     for inspection by all  Bondholders.   If,  within  60 days or such
     longer  period as shall be prescribed by the Issuer following  the
     giving of  such notice, the holders of not less than a majority in
     aggregate principal  amount  of  the  Bonds outstanding shall have
     consented and approved the execution thereof  as  herein provided,
     no holder of any Bond shall have any right to object to any of the
     terms and provisions contained therein, or the operation  thereof,
     or  in  any  manner  to  question  the  propriety  of the adoption
     thereof, or to enjoin or restrain the Trustee or the  Issuer  from
     taking  any  action  pursuant to the provisions thereof.  Upon the
     execution of any such  Supplemental  Indenture  as in this Section
     11.2 permitted and provided, this Indenture shall be and be deemed
     to be modified and amended in accordance therewith.

          SECTION 3.e.Consent of the Company and the Trustee.  Anything
     herein  to the contrary notwithstanding, a Supplemental  Indenture
     under this  Article XI shall not become effective unless and until
     the Company shall have consented to execution of such Supplemental
     Indenture, provided  that  the Company is not in default under the
     terms of the Refunding Agreement.   The Company shall be deemed to
     have consented to the execution of any such Supplemental Indenture
     if the Issuer does not receive a letter  of  protest  or objection
     thereto  signed  by or on behalf of the Company on or before  3:30
     p.m. local time in the City of New York, New York, of the 30th day
     after the delivery  of  a  notice  and  a  copy  of  the  proposed
     Supplemental Indenture to Company by registered or certified mail.
     If the Company is so deemed to have consented to execution  of any
     such  Supplemental  Indenture,  the  Issuer  shall  furnish to the
     Trustee  a  certificate  that  the  Issuer  has  not received  the
     necessary letter of protest or objection within the  required time
     period, and in relying upon such certificate, the Trustee shall be
     fully protected from liability.

          Anything   herein   to   the   contrary  notwithstanding,   a
     Supplemental Indenture under this Article  XI  which  affects  any
     rights  of the Trustee shall not become effective unless and until
     the Trustee  shall  have  consented in writing to the execution of
     such Supplemental Indenture.
                                  ARTICLE XII

                        AMENDMENT OF REFUNDING AGREEMENT

          SECTION 1.e.Amendment  to  Refunding  Agreement Not Requiring
     Consent of Bondholders.  The Issuer and the  Trustee  may  without
     the  consent  of  or  notice  to  the  Bondholders  consent to any
     modification  or amendment of the Refunding Agreement  as  may  be
     required (i) by  the provisions of the Refunding Agreement or this
     Indenture, (ii) for  the purpose of curing any ambiguity or formal
     defect or omission in  a manner not adverse to the interest of the
     Bondholders, or (iii) in  connection with any other change therein
     which, in the judgment of the  Trustee,  is  not  adverse  to  the
     interests of the Trustee or the Bondholders.

          SECTION   2.e.Amendment   to  Refunding  Agreement  Requiring
     Consent  of  Bondholders.   Except   for   the   modifications  or
<PAGE>
     amendments as provided in Section 12.1 hereof, neither  the Issuer
     nor  the  Trustee  shall  consent  to  any  other  modification or
     amendment of the Refunding Agreement without the giving  of notice
     and  the  written  approval or consent of the holders of not  less
     than a majority in aggregate  principal  amount  of the Bonds then
     outstanding given and procured as in Section 11.2 provided.  If at
     any time the Issuer and the Company shall request  the  consent of
     the Trustee to any such proposed modification or amendment  of the
     Refunding  Agreement, the Trustee shall, upon being satisfactorily
     indemnified  with  respect  to  expenses,  cause  notice  of  such
     proposed  modification or amendment to be given in the same manner
     as provided  by  Section  11.2 hereof with respect to Supplemental
     Indentures.  Such notice shall  briefly  set  forth  the nature of
     such  proposed  modification  or  amendment  and shall state  that
     copies of the instrument embodying the same are  on  file  at  the
     principal office of the Trustee for inspection by all Bondholders.
     If  within 60 days or such longer period as shall be prescribed by
     the Issuer  following  the  mailing of such notice, the holders of
     not  less than a majority in aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
     Bonds  outstanding  at  the  time  of  the  execution  of any such
     modification  or  amendment of the Refunding Agreement shall  have
     consented  to  and  approved   the  execution  thereof  as  herein
     provided, no holder shall be entitled  to  object to the terms and
     provisions  contained  therein, or the operation  thereof,  or  to
     question the propriety of  the  execution thereof, or to enjoin or
     restrain the Company or the Issuer from executing the same or from
     taking any action pursuant to the  provisions  thereof.   Upon the
     execution  of  any such modification or amendment of the Refunding
     Agreement  in  this  Section  12.2  permitted  and  provided,  the
     Refunding Agreement  shall be deemed to be modified and amended in
     accordance therewith.   Nothing  in  this  Section contained shall
     permit,  or  be  construed  as  permitting,  any reduction  in  or
     postponement or extension of the Repayments required  to  be  paid
     pursuant  to  Section  3.1  of  the  Refunding  Agreement  or  any
     reduction  in the percentage of holders of outstanding Bonds whose
     consent  is  required   for   any  such  change,  modification  or
     alteration without the consent  of  the  holders of all Bonds then
     outstanding.

          Anything   herein   to  the  contrary  notwithstanding,   any
     modification or amendment  of  the  Refunding Agreement under this
     Article XII which affects any rights  of  the  Trustee  shall  not
     become effective unless and until the Trustee shall have consented
     in  writing to the execution of any such modification or amendment
     of the Refunding Agreement.
                                  ARTICLE XIII

                                   DEFEASANCE

          SECTION  1.e.Discharge of Bonds; Release of Security.  If the
     Issuer shall pay  or  cause  to  be  paid  to  the  holders of all
     outstanding Bonds the principal, premium, if any, and interest due
     or to become due thereon at the times and in the manner stipulated
     therein  and herein, and if the Issuer shall have kept,  performed
     and observed  all  and  singular the covenants and promises in the
<PAGE>
     Bonds and in this Indenture expressed as to be kept, performed and
     observed by it or on its  part,  then  the  pledge  of  any of the
     Dedicated  Revenues  of  the  Issuer under this Indenture and  all
     covenants, agreements and other  obligations  of the Issuer to the
     holders  shall cease, terminate and be void.  In  such  event  the
     Trustee shall  execute  and deliver to the Issuer such instruments
     in writing as shall be requisite  to  evidence  the  discharge and
     satisfaction of the Issuer's obligations under this Indenture, and
     assign  and  deliver to the Issuer any property at the time  which
     may then be in  its possession, except amounts required to be paid
     to the Company under  Section  6.4 hereof, which shall be assigned
     and delivered to the Company, and  except  cash or securities held
     by the Trustee for the payment of principal  (and premium, if any)
     and of interest on the Bonds.

          The principal of, premium, if any, and interest  on the Bonds
     shall, prior to the maturity or redemption date thereof, be deemed
     to have been paid within the meaning and with the effect expressed
     in  this Article if (a) there shall have been deposited  with  the
     Trustee either (i) money in an amount which shall be sufficient or
     (ii)  non-callable  Government  Obligations  the  principal of and
     interest  on  which,  when  due, and without further reinvestment,
     will  provide  money,  which together  with  the  money  (if  any)
     deposited with the Trustee  at the same time, shall be sufficient,
     to pay when due the principal  of,  premium,  if any, and interest
     due and to become due on said Bonds on and prior to the redemption
     date or maturity date thereof, as the case may  be, and (b) in the
     case of such redemption, notice of such redemption shall have been
     duly given or, in the event Bonds are not by their  terms  subject
     to redemption within the next succeeding 60 days, the Issuer shall
     have  given  the  Trustee  in  form satisfactory to it irrevocable
     instructions to give a notice to  the Bondholders that the deposit
     required by (a) above has been made with the Trustee and that said
     Bonds are deemed to have been paid in accordance with this Article
     and stating such maturity or redemption  date  upon which money is
     available for payment of the principal of, premium,  if  any,  and
     interest  on said Bonds.  Said notice shall be given in the manner
     set forth in  Section 7.3 hereof.  Neither non-callable Government
     Obligations nor  money  deposited with the Trustee pursuant hereto
     shall be used for any purpose  other  than,  and  shall be held in
     trust for, the payment of the principal of, premium,  if  any, and
     interest  on said Bonds; provided, however, that any cash received
     from such principal  or  interest  payments  on  such non-callable
     Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee, not then needed
     for such purpose, may, to the extent practicable, be reinvested in
     Government Obligations and interest earned from such  reinvestment
     shall be paid over to the Company, after all such Bonds  have been
     fully  paid  as to principal, interest and redemption premium,  if
     any.
                                  ARTICLE XIV

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 1.e.Beneficiaries.   With  the  exception  of  rights
     herein  expressly conferred, nothing expressed or mentioned in  or
     to be implied  from  this Indenture or the Bonds is intended to or
<PAGE>
     shall be construed to  give  any person other than the Issuer, the
     Trustee, the Company and the holders  of  the  Bonds, any legal or
     equitable  right,  remedy  or  claim under or in respect  to  this
     Indenture,  or  any covenants, conditions  and  provisions  herein
     contained; this Indenture and all of the covenants, conditions and
     provisions hereof  being intended to be and being for the sole and
     exclusive benefit of such persons.

          SECTION 2.e.Severability.   If  any of the provisions of this
     Indenture shall be held or deemed to be  or  shall,  in  fact,  be
     inoperative  or unenforceable as applied in any particular case in
     any jurisdiction  or  jurisdictions or in all jurisdictions, or in
     all  cases,  because it conflicts  with  any  other  provision  or
     provisions hereof or any constitution or statute or rule or public
     policy, or for any other reason, such circumstances shall not have
     the effect of  rendering  the provision in question inoperative or
     unenforceable in any other  case  or circumstance, or of rendering
     any  other  provision  or  provisions  herein  contained  invalid,
     inoperative, or unenforceable to any extent whatever.

          The invalidity of any one or more phrases, sentences, clauses
     or  Sections  in  this Indenture shall not  affect  the  remaining
     portions thereof.

          SECTION 3.e.Notices.   All  notices,  certificates, requests,
     complaints, demands, or other communications  hereunder  shall  be
     deemed sufficiently given when delivered in writing as follows:

          If to the Issuer:Board of Commissioners of the
                               Port of New Orleans
                           P. O. Box 60046
                           New Orleans, LA  70160

                           Attention:   President  and  Chief Executive
     Officer

          If to the Company:Avondale Industries, Inc.
                           5100 River Road
                           Avondale, LA  70094

                           Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

          If to the Trustee:First National Bank of Commerce
                           210 Baronne Street
                           New Orleans, LA  70112

                           Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

     The  Issuer,  the  Company  and  the  Trustee may by notice  given
     hereunder designate any further or different  addresses  to  which
     subsequent notices, certificates, requests, complaints, demands or
     other communications hereunder shall be sent.

          SECTION  4.e.Legal  Holiday  on  Payment  Dates.  In any case
     where  the  date  of maturity of interest on or principal  of  the
     Bonds or the date fixed for redemption of any Bonds shall not be a
<PAGE>
     Business Day, the payment  of  interest or principal, and premium,
     if any, need not be made on such  day  but may be made on the next
     succeeding Business Day, with the same force and effect as if made
     on the date of maturity or the date fixed  for  redemption, and no
     interest shall accrue for the period after such date.

          SECTION 5.e.No Recourse Against Issuer.  No recourse under or
     upon any obligations, covenants or agreements of  this  Indenture,
     or  of  any  Bond,  or  in  any way based thereon or otherwise  in
     respect thereof, shall be had  against any past, present or future
     member or officer, as such, of the  Issuer  or  any successor body
     politic, either directly or through the Issuer, whether  by virtue
     of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement
     of  any  assessment  or  penalty  or otherwise, all such liability
     being hereby expressly waived and released  as  a condition of and
     as  consideration  for,  the execution of this Indenture  and  the
     issue of the Bonds.

          SECTION 6.e.Counterparts.   This Indenture may be executed in
     any number of counterparts, each of  which  shall  be an original,
     but such counterparts shall together constitute but  one  and  the
     same instrument.

          SECTION  7.e.Applicable  Law.   This  Indenture and each Bond
     shall be deemed to be a contract made under  the laws of the State
     and  for  all purposes shall be construed in accordance  with  the
     laws of the State.


                   [BALANCE OF PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY]
<PAGE>
          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer has caused this Indenture to
     be  executed  by  its   President   and  Chief  Executive  Officer
     thereunto duly authorized and its seal  to be hereunto affixed and
     attested  by  its  Secretary,  and  the Trustee  has  caused  this
     Indenture  to  be  executed  by  a  Trust Officer  thereunto  duly
     authorized  and  its corporate seal to  be  hereunto  affixed  and
     attested by a Vice  President and Trust Officer, all as of the day
     and year first above  written  in  the presence of the undersigned
     competent witnesses.

                                      BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS OF
                                      PORT OF NEW ORLEANS



                                      By: \s\ J. Ron Brinson
     ATTEST:                              President & Chief Executive Officer



     By: \s\Signature Unreadable
     [SEAL]
                 Secretary


     WITNESSES:


     \s\ Denise K. Pugh


     \s\ Jane B. Pugh


                                         FIRST    NATIONAL    BANK   OF
                                         COMMERCE, as Trustee



     ATTEST:                             By:\s\ Timothy C. Brennan
                                                    Trust Officer


     By: \s\ Dennis Milliner
             Vice President and
               Trust Officer
                                         [SEAL]

     WITNESSES:


     \s\ Denise K. Pugh


     \s\ Jane B. Pugh
 
<PAGE>
                                    Trust Indenture

                                    Table of Contents


       PREAMBLE............................................................ 1

                                        ARTICLE I

                                       DEFINITIONS

       SECTION 1.1.   Definitions.......................................... 4

                                        ARTICLE II

                               DESCRIPTION, AUTHORIZATION,
                           MANNER OF EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION,
                            REGISTRATION AND TRANSFER OF BONDS

       SECTION 2.1.   Bonds as Limited Obligations of Issuer............... 9
       SECTION 2.2.   Issuance and Payment Terms of Bonds.................. 9
       SECTION 2.3.   Bond Register........................................11
       SECTION 2.4.   Recital..............................................11
       SECTION 2.5.   Transfer of Bonds....................................11
       SECTION 2.6.   Registered Owners....................................12
       SECTION 2.7.   Temporary Bonds......................................12
       SECTION 2.8.   Facsimile Signatures.................................12
       SECTION 2.9.   Mutilated, Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Bonds...........13
       SECTION 2.10.  Authentication of Bonds by Trustee...................13
       SECTION 2.11.  Destruction of Bonds.................................13
       SECTION 2.12.  Book-Entry Registration of Bonds.....................13

                                       ARTICLE III

                           AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF BONDS

       SECTION 3.1.   All Bonds Equally and Ratably Secured................15
       SECTION 3.2.   Conditions of Authentication.........................15

                                        ARTICLE IV

                                    PROCEEDS OF BONDS

       SECTION 4.1.    Proceeds of Bonds...................................17

                                        ARTICLE V

                            PLEDGE AND ASSIGNMENT; BOND FUND;
                                DEBT SERVICE RESERVE FUND

       SECTION 5.1.    Pledge of Dedicated Revenues........................18
       SECTION 5.2.    Bond Fund...........................................18
       SECTION 5.3.    Deposits into Bond Fund.............................18
       SECTION 5.4.    Use of Moneys in Bond Fund..........................18
       SECTION 5.5.    Bond  Fund and Debt Service Reserve Fund Sufficient to
                       Pay All Bonds.......................................18
       SECTION 5.6.    Creation  of  the  Debt  Service Reserve Fund; Payments
                       Into the Debt Service Reserve Fund..................19
<PAGE>
       SECTION 5.7.    Use  of  Moneys  in  the Debt  Service  Reserve  Fund;
                       Investment of Debt Service Reserve Fund Moneys......19

                                        ARTICLE VI

                           SECURITY FOR AND INVESTMENT OF MONEY

       SECTION 6.1.    Moneys Held in Trust................................21
       SECTION 6.2.    Bond Fund Investments...............................21
       SECTION 6.3.    Arbitrage Bond Covenant.............................21
       SECTION 6.4.    Balance in the Bond Fund and Debt Service Reserve Fund 
                           After Payment of the Bonds......................21

                                       ARTICLE VII

                                   REDEMPTION OF BONDS

       SECTION 7.1.   Redemption of the Bonds..............................22
       SECTION 7.2.   Partial Redemption...................................24
       SECTION 7.3.   Notice of Redemption.................................24
       SECTION 7.4.   Effect of Redemption.................................25

                                       ARTICLE VIII

                                   PARTICULAR COVENANTS

       SECTION 8.1.    Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest..........26
       SECTION 8.2.    Trustee Authorized to Require Company to Make
                       Payments............................................26
       SECTION 8.3.    Take Further Action.................................26
       SECTION 8.4.    No Disposition of Revenues..........................26
       SECTION 8.5.    No Extensions.......................................26
       SECTION 8.6.    Faithful Performance................................26

                                        ARTICLE IX

                             DEFAULT PROVISIONS AND REMEDIES
                                OF TRUSTEE AND BONDHOLDERS

       SECTION 9.1.    Events of Default...................................27
       SECTION 9.2.    Acceleration........................................27
       SECTION 9.3.    Trustee May Institute Suits; Proof of Claim.........27
       SECTION 9.4.    Remedies on Events of Default.......................28
       SECTION 9.5.    Bondholders to Direct Trustee.......................28
       SECTION 9.6.    Enforcement of Bond Documents.......................28
       SECTION 9.7.    Application of Moneys...............................29
       SECTION 9.8.    Trustee as Representative of the Bondholders........30
       SECTION 9.9.    Enforcement by Bondholders..........................30
       SECTION 9.10.   Rights to Continue..................................30
       SECTION 9.11.   Waivers of Default..................................31
       SECTION 9.12.   Right to Cure Defaults..............................31

                                       ARTICLE X

                               THE TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT

       SECTION 10.1.  Acceptance of Trust and Conditions Thereof...........32
       SECTION 10.2.  Reimbursement of Administrative Expenses.............34
       SECTION 10.3.  Notice to Bondholders of Event of Default............34
       SECTION 10.4.  Trustee's Right to Intervene.........................35
       SECTION 10.5.  Successor Trustee Upon Merger, Etc...................35
       SECTION 10.6.  Resignation of Trustee...............................35
<PAGE>
       SECTION 10.7.  Removal of Trustee...................................35
       SECTION 10.8.  Appointment of Successor Trustee.....................35
       SECTION 10.9.  Acceptance by Successor Trustee......................36
       SECTION 10.10. Reliance Upon Instruments............................36
       SECTION 10.11. Former Trustee No Longer Custodian or Paying Agent...36
       SECTION 10.12. Directions from Company; Company May Perform.........36

                                        ARTICLE XI

                                 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

       SECTION 11.1.  Supplemental  Indentures   Not   Requiring   Consent  of
                      Bondholders..........................................37
       SECTION 11.2.  Supplemental Indentures Requiring Consent of
                      Bondholders..........................................37
       SECTION 11.3.  Consent of the Company and the Trustee...............38

                                       ARTICLE XII

                             AMENDMENT OF REFUNDING AGREEMENT

       SECTION 12.1.  Amendment  to Refunding Agreement Not Requiring  Consent
                      of Bondholders.......................................39
       SECTION 12.2.  Amendment to  Refunding  Agreement  Requiring Consent of
                      Bondholders..........................................39

                                       ARTICLE XIII

                                        DEFEASANCE

       SECTION 13.1.  Discharge of Bonds; Release of Security..............40

                                       ARTICLE XIV

                                      MISCELLANEOUS

       SECTION 14.1.  Beneficiaries........................................41
       SECTION 14.2.  Severability.........................................41
       SECTION 14.3.  Notices..............................................41
       SECTION 14.4.  Legal Holiday on Payment Dates.......................42
       SECTION 14.5.  No Recourse Against Issuer...........................42
       SECTION 14.6.  Counterparts.........................................42
       SECTION 14.7.  Applicable Law.......................................42


      EXHIBIT A       Bond Form
      EXHIBIT B       Letter  of  Representations  of  The  Depository   Trust
      Company
<PAGE>
                                                                   EXHIBIT A
                                                          TO TRUST INDENTURE
                                   [FORM OF FACE OF BOND]

No. R-__                                             CUSIP ____________


[Unless  this  Bond is presented by an authorized representative of The
Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the Issuer
or its agent for  registration  of  transfer, exchange, or payment, and
any Bond issued is registered in the  name  of  Cede  &  Co. or in such
other name as is requested by an authorized representative  of DTC (and
any  payment  is  made  to  Cede  &  Co. or to such other entity as  is
requested  by  an  authorized representative  of  DTC),  ANY  TRANSFER,
PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE  HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the Registered Owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an
interest herein.]


                         United States of America
                             State of Louisiana

              Board of Commissioners of the Port of New Orleans
                       Industrial Revenue Refunding Bond
                      (Avondale Industries, Inc. Project)
                                Series 1994


Maturity Date:                        Date of Conversion to Fixed Rate:

Registered Owner:

Date of this Bond:                                          Fixed Rate:

Principal Amount:




The Board of Commissioners of the Port of New Orleans, a political
subdivision  of  the  State   of  Louisiana  (the  "Issuer"),  and  its
successors and assigns, acknowledges itself indebted for value received
and hereby promises to pay, solely  from  the  sources specified herein
and not otherwise, to the Registered Owner, or registered  assigns,  on
the Maturity Date stated above, unless paid earlier as provided below,
the Principal  Amount  shown  above,  unless  redeemed prior thereto as
hereinafter  provided, upon presentation and surrender  hereof  at  the
principal corporate trust office of First National Bank of Commerce, of
New Orleans, Louisiana, as trustee (the "Trustee"), and to pay interest
on such Principal Amount from the date hereof, payable semiannually on
June 1 and December  1  (each  an  "Interest Payment Date"), commencing
December  1,  1994, until the date on  which  this  Bond  becomes  due,
whether at maturity,  by  acceleration or redemption.  Interest on this
Bond due on each Interest Payment  Date  is  payable  by check or draft
mailed to the person who is listed as the Registered Owner hereof as of
the close of business on the fifteenth (15th) day of the calendar month
preceding each Interest Payment Date (the "Regular Record Date") at his
or  her  address  as  it  appears  on  the Bond Register; and  provided
further, that a Bondholder of $1,000,000 or more in aggregate principal
<PAGE>
amount of the Bonds may request in writing  payment of interest on such
Bonds  in  immediately available funds by wire  transfer  to  the  bank
account number  of  such  owner  furnished to the Trustee not less than
seven (7) days prior to such Interest  Payment Date.  The principal of,
redemption premium, if any, and interest  on  this  Bond are payable in
any coin or currency of the United States of America which, at the time
of  payment,  is  legal  tender for the payment of public  and  private
debts.

The Bonds shall bear interest at a Variable Rate as defined in the
Indenture dated as of April 1, 1994, between the Issuer and the Trustee
(the "Indenture"), to but  excluding the Fixed Rate Conversion Date (as
defined in the Indenture), and  from  the Fixed Rate Conversion Date at
the Fixed Rate (as defined in the Indenture)  but  in  no  event  shall
either the Variable Rate or the Fixed Rate exceed 9% per annum.  The
Trustee shall note on the  face  of the Bond the date of the Fixed Rate
Conversion Rate and the Fixed Rate.

This Bond shall not be valid  or  become  obligatory for any other
purpose or be entitled to any security or benefit  under  the Indenture
until  the  Certificate  of Authentication inscribed hereon shall  have
been signed by the Trustee.

[FOR SO LONG AS THIS BOND IS HELD IN BOOK-ENTRY FORM REGISTERED IN
 THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. ON  THE REGISTRATION BOOKS OF THE ISSUER KEPT BY
 THE  TRUSTEE, AS BOND REGISTRAR,  THIS  BOND,  IF  CALLED  FOR  PARTIAL
 REDEMPTION  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH  THE  INDENTURE,  SHALL BECOME DUE AND
 PAYABLE ON THE REDEMPTION DATE DESIGNATED IN THE NOTICE  OF  REDEMPTION
 GIVEN  IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INDENTURE AT, AND ONLY TO THE EXTENT  OF,
 THE REDEMPTION PRICE, PLUS ACCRUED INTEREST TO THE SPECIFIED REDEMPTION
 DATE; AND  THIS BOND SHALL BE PAID, TO THE EXTENT SO REDEEMED, (i) UPON
 PRESENTATION  AND  SURRENDER  THEREOF  AT  THE OFFICE SPECIFIED IN SUCH
 NOTICE OR (ii) AT THE WRITTEN REQUEST OF CEDE  & CO., BY CHECK OR DRAFT
 MAILED TO CEDE & CO. BY THE TRUSTEE  OR BY WIRE  TRANSFER TO CEDE & CO.
 BY  THE  TRUSTEE  IF  CEDE & CO. AS BONDOWNER SO ELECTS.   IF,  ON  THE
 REDEMPTION DATE, MONEYS FOR THE REDEMPTION OF BONDS OF SUCH MATURITY TO
 BE REDEEMED, TOGETHER WITH  INTEREST  TO  THE REDEMPTION DATE, SHALL BE
 HELD BY THE TRUSTEE SO AS TO BE AVAILABLE THEREFOR  ON  SUCH  DATE, AND
 AFTER NOTICE OF REDEMPTION SHALL HAVE BEEN GIVEN IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
 INDENTURE,  THEN,  FROM  AND  AFTER  THE REDEMPTION DATE, THE AGGREGATE
 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS BOND SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY REDUCED BY AN AMOUNT
 EQUAL  TO  THE  AGGREGATE  PRINCIPAL  AMOUNT   THEREOF   SO   REDEEMED,
 NOTWITHSTANDING  WHETHER  THIS BOND HAS BEEN SURRENDERED TO THE TRUSTEE
 FOR CANCELLATION.]

REFERENCE IS MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS BOND SET FORTH
ON THE REVERSE SIDE HEREOF  WHICH  SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE SAME
EFFECT AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

IT IS HEREBY CERTIFIED AND RECITED  that  all acts, conditions and
things  required  by  the Constitution and statutes  of  the  State  of
Louisiana and the Indenture to exist, to have happened and to have been
performed precedent to  and in the issuance of this Bond do exist, have
happened and have been performed  in  due  form,  time  and  manner  as
required by law.

IN  WITNESS WHEREOF, the BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS OF THE PORT OF NEW
ORLEANS has  caused  this  Bond  to  be executed in its name and on its
behalf by the facsimile signature of its  President and Chief Executive
<PAGE>
Officer, and a facsimile of its official seal  to  be imprinted hereon,
attested by the facsimile signature of its Secretary.

                              BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS OF THE
                              PORT OF NEW ORLEANS


                              By:
                                 ____________________________________
ATTEST:                          President  and  Chief  Executive
                                 Officer



By: ___________________________________                          [SEAL]
             Secretary



                        CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

This  Bond  is  one of the Bonds described in the within mentioned
Indenture.


                               FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE,
                               as Trustee



                               By:
                                  ____________________________________
                                          Authorized Officer


DATE OF AUTHENTICATION:

__________________________

                    [FORM OF REVERSE OF BOND]


This  Bond is one of an authorized issue of bonds of the Issuer in
the  aggregate   principal   amount   of   $36,250,000,  designated  as
"Industrial Revenue Refunding Bonds (Avondale Industries, Inc. Project)
Series 1994" (the "Bonds"), authorized by a  resolution  adopted by the
Issuer on March 31, 1994 and issued under and secured by the  Indenture
in  full  conformity  with  the  Constitution and laws of the State  of
Louisiana, including particularly  the  provisions  of  Chapter 14-A of
Title  39  of the Louisiana Revised Statutes of 1950, as amended.   The
Bonds are issued  for  the purpose of refunding the Issuer's Industrial
Revenue Bonds (Avondale  Shipyards,  Inc.  Project)  Series  1983  (the
"Series  1983 Bonds") in the aggregate principal amount of $36,250,000,
all of which  are  outstanding  as of the date hereof.  The Series 1983
Bonds were issued for the purpose  of  providing  funds  to  refund the
Issuer's outstanding Industrial Revenue Bonds (Avondale Shipyards, Inc.
Project) Series 1981 (the "Series 1981 Bonds"), which Series 1981 Bonds
were issued for the purpose of providing funds to finance the  cost  of
the  acquisition,  construction  and installation of a floating drydock
<PAGE>
and land-based support facilities  for  the  repair  and maintenance of
various  types  of  vessels (the "Project"), which drydock  is  located
between mile markers  106  and  107 on the right descending bank of the
Mississippi River at the downriver end of the main shipyard of Avondale
Industries, Inc., a Louisiana corporation  (the  "Company"), located at
5100 River Road, Avondale, Louisiana, in Jefferson  Parish,  within the
jurisdiction of the Issuer as a part of the public port of the  Issuer.
The  initial  owner and operator of the Project was Avondale Shipyards,
Inc., a Louisiana  corporation,  and  the current owner and operator of
the Project is the Company, successor to Avondale Shipyards, Inc..

This Bond and the series of which  it  forms  a  part  are limited
obligations  of the Issuer and are payable solely from payments  to  be
made by the Company  to  the  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of the Issuer
(except  payments  with respect to the indemnification or reimbursement
of certain expenses of the Issuer) under a Refunding Agreement dated as
of April 1, 1994, between  the  Issuer  and the Company (the "Refunding
Agreement"), and including all money on deposit  in  the  Debt  Service
Reserve Fund (as defined in the Indenture) and all money received under
the  Refunding  Agreement to be paid into the Bond Fund (as defined  in
the Indenture), including the income thereon and investment thereof, if
any, and, in certain  events,  amounts attributable to Bond proceeds or
amounts obtained through the exercise  of certain remedies provided for
in the Indenture.  The Bonds are further  secured  by a First Preferred
Vessel Mortgage on the 650 foot floating drydock constituting a portion
of the Project, granted by the Company to the Trustee.  The Bonds shall
never constitute an indebtedness or general obligation of the Issuer or
the  State  of  Louisiana  within the meaning of any constitutional  or
statutory  provision or limitation  of  indebtedness  and  shall  never
constitute or  give  rise to a pecuniary liability of the Issuer or the
State of Louisiana or  a charge or pledge against the general credit or
taxing power of either.  The holder of this Bond shall have no right to
enforce the provisions of  the  Indenture  or  to  institute  action to
enforce  the  covenants therein, or to take any action with respect  to
any event of default under the Indenture, or to institute, appear in or
defend any suit or proceedings with respect thereto, except as provided
in the Indenture.

Reference  is  hereby  made to the Indenture and to all indentures
supplemental thereto or amendatory  thereof  for  a  full  and complete
statement of the provisions with respect to the custody and application
of  the  proceeds of the Bonds, the collection and disposition  of  the
Dedicated Revenues of the Issuer pledged as security for the payment of
the Bonds  and  the  rights  of the holders of the Bonds, the terms and
conditions on which, and the purposes  for  which, the Bonds are issued
and the rights, duties and obligations of the  Issuer  and  the Trustee
thereunder,  to all of which the holder hereof, by acceptance  of  this
Bond,  assents.    By  acceptance  of  this  Bond,  the  holder  hereof
irrevocably appoints  the  Trustee  under  the Indenture as the special
attorney-in-fact for such holder vested with  full  power  on behalf of
the holder hereof to effect and enforce the provisions of the Indenture
for the benefit of the holder hereof.

To  the  extent  permitted  by  and  as provided in the Indenture,
modifications  or alterations of the Indenture,  or  of  any  indenture
supplemental thereto,  and  of the rights and obligations of the Issuer
and of the holders of the Bonds  in any particular may be made with the
consent  of  the  holders of not less  than  a  majority  in  aggregate
principal amount of  the  Bonds  then  outstanding under the Indenture;
<PAGE>      
provided, however, that no such modification  or  alteration  shall  be
made  without  the consent of the holders of all Bonds then outstanding
and affected thereby which will permit (a) an extension of the maturity
of the principal of, or the interest on, or redemption date of any Bond
issued under the  Indenture, (b) a reduction in the principal amount of
any Bond or the rate  of  interest or redemption premium thereon, (c) a
privilege or priority of any  Bond  or  Bonds  over  any  other Bond or
Bonds, (d) a reduction in the aggregate principal amount of  the  Bonds
required  for  consent to such modification, amendment, or supplemental
indenture, or (e)  impairment  of  the  exclusion from gross income for
federal  income  tax purposes of interest on  any  of  the  outstanding
Bonds. Any such consent  by the holder of this Bond shall be conclusive
and binding upon such holder  and all future holders and owners of this
Bond whether or not any notation  of  such  consent  is  made upon this
Bond.

In  the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture,  the
Bonds may  be  redeemed  prior  to  the  maturity  thereof, pursuant to
certain provisions of the Indenture, as provided hereinbelow.

The  Bonds maturing on June 1, 2014 are subject  to  optional  re-
demption prior  to  their  maturity  by the Issuer beginning on June 1,
2004, in whole at any time and in part  on any Interest Payment Date at
the following redemption prices (stated as  a  percentage  of principal
amount) plus accrued interest to the redemption date::

               Redemption Period
               (Both Inclusive)                    Redemption Price

             June 1, 2004 through May 31, 2005         103%
             June 1, 2005 through May 31, 2006         102%
             June 1, 2006 through May 31, 2007         101%
             June 1, 2007 and thereafter               100%

The  Bonds are subject to special mandatory redemption  prior  to
their maturity  at  any  time,  as  a  whole or in part if such partial
redemption will preserve the exclusion from  gross  income  for federal
income tax purposes of interest on the remaining Bonds outstanding (and
if  in  part,  by  lot or other customary means) at a redemption  price
equal to 108% of the principal amount thereof, plus interest accrued to
the redemption date  in  the event that it is finally determined by the
Internal Revenue Service (or  its successor) or by a court of competent
jurisdiction in a proceeding in  which  the Company participates to the
degree it deems sufficient, that, as a result  of  the  failure  by the
Company  to  observe  a  covenant,  agreement  or representation in the
Refunding  Agreement,  the  interest payable on the  Bonds  has  become
includable for federal income  tax  purposes in the gross income of any
owner of a Bond, other than an owner who is a "substantial user" of the
Project or a "related person" to such "substantial user" as provided in
the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as   amended,  and  applicable
regulations thereunder.  Any such determination  will not be considered
final for this purpose unless the Company has been given written notice
and,  if  it  so  desires,  has been afforded the opportunity,  at  its
expense, to contest the same,  either  directly  or  in the name of any
owner  of the Bonds, and until the conclusion of any appellate  review,
if sought.   The Company is not required to complete the administrative
proceeding or  litigation  referred to above within a specified period,
but it covenants in the Refunding  Agreement  that it will use its best
<PAGE>
efforts to obtain a prompt final determination,  decision or settlement
of any administrative proceeding or litigation.

The Bonds are subject to redemption prior to  their  maturity  by
the  Issuer at the direction of the Company, in whole, at any time, but
not in  part,  at  a  redemption  price  equal to 100% of the principal
amount of the outstanding Bonds, plus accrued  interest  thereon to the
date  of  redemption, without premium, upon prepayment of the  payments
relating to the Bonds under the Refunding Agreement upon the occurrence
of any of the following events:

     (i)  if  all  or  any  substantial portion of the Project is
          destroyed to such extent that,  in  the  opinion  of the Board of
          Directors of the Company expressed in a resolution filed with the
          Issuer and the Trustee, it is uneconomical to rebuild,  repair or
          restore the Project to approximately its condition prior  to such
          destruction;

    (ii)  if  all  or  any substantial portion of the Project  is
          taken by eminent domain  which,  in  the  opinion of the Board of
          Directors of the Company expressed in a resolution filed with the
          Issuer  and  the Trustee, will, or is likely  to  result  in  the
          Company being prevented from carrying on its normal operations at
          the Project for a period of six (6) months; or

    (iii) a  determination  by  an  independent  consultant  that
          technological  or regulatory changes make the continued operation
          of the Project uneconomical.

The exercise of  any such option shall be at the direction of the
Company which shall give  written  notice to the Issuer and the Trustee
within one hundred twenty (120) days  of  the  occurrence  of  an event
described  in  clause  (i),  (ii)  or  (iii)  above, which notice shall
specify that, as determined by the Company, one  or more of such events
has occurred or one or more of such conditions is  continuing  and also
shall specify a date for redemption not less than 45 nor more than  120
days from the date such notice is given.

The  Bonds  are  subject  to mandatory sinking fund redemption on
June 1 of the years and in the principal  amounts at a redemption price
of  100%  of the principal amount of the Bonds  to  be  redeemed,  plus
interest accrued to the redemption date as follows:



                Bonds maturing on June 1, 2004

                Year                     Amount

                1997                    $550,000
                1998                     600,000
                1999                     650,000
                2000                     705,000
                2001                     770,000
                2002                     830,000
                2003                     910,000
                2004 *                   985,000
<PAGE>
                Bonds maturing on June 1, 2014

                Year                      Amount

                1997                  $  340,000
                1998                     370,000
                1999                     405,000
                2000                     440,000
                2001                     475,000
                2002                     525,000
                2003                     565,000
                2004                     620,000
                2005                   1,745,000
                2006                   1,900,000
                2007                   2,075,000
                2008                   2,260,000
                2009                   2,465,000
                2010                   2,685,000
                2011                   2,925,000
                2012                   3,190,000
                2013                   3,475,000
                2014 *                 3,790,000

           *Final Maturity


Any such  redemption,  either  in whole or in part, shall be made
upon at least 30 days' prior notice in  the  manner  and upon the terms
and conditions provided in the Indenture. If this Bond  shall have been
duly  called  for  redemption  and  payment  of  the redemption  price,
together with unpaid interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption,
shall have been made or provided for, all as more  fully  set  forth in
the  Indenture,  interest  on this Bond shall cease to accrue from  the
date fixed for redemption and,  from  and  after  such  date, this Bond
shall no longer be entitled to any lien, benefit or security  under the
Indenture and the holder hereof shall have no rights in respect of this
Bond  except  to  receive  payment  of such redemption price and unpaid
interest accrued to the date fixed for redemption.

The Bonds are issuable in the form  of  fully registered bonds in
the  denomination  of  $100,000 or an integral multiple  of  $5,000  in
excess thereof; no Beneficial  Owner  (as defined in the Indenture) may
own an interest of less than $100,000 in the Bonds.

This Bond shall be transferable only  on  the  Bond Register upon
surrender hereof at the principal office of the Trustee  with a written
instrument of transfer satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by the
Registered Owner or his duly authorized attorney.  Such transfer  shall
be without charge to the owner of this Bond except that any tax, fee or
other  governmental  charge  required  to  be paid with respect to such
transfer shall be paid by the Registered Owner  hereof  as  a condition
precedent  to  the  exercise  of  such  privilege.  The Issuer and  the
Trustee may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute
owner hereof for the purpose of receiving  payment  of principal hereof
and interest hereon and for all other purposes whether or not this Bond
is overdue, and neither the Issuer nor the Trustee shall be affected by
any notice to the contrary.


                      *     *     *     *     *

<PAGE>
                       [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT]


For  value  received  the undersigned hereby sells,  assigns  and
transfers  unto  ________________  _______________________________  the
within-mentioned Bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably
constitutes  and  appoints   _____________________________________   to
transfer  the  within  Bond on the books kept for registration thereof,
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:
		NOTICE:    The  signature to this assignment
                           must correspond with  the name as it appears
                           upon the face of the within  Bond  in  every
                           particular,  without  alteration or enlarge-
                           ment or any change whatever.


-------------------------
Please Insert Social
  Security
 or other Identifying
 Number of Assignee
-------------------------
-------------------------



          [FORM OF LEGAL OPINION CERTIFICATE]


I, the undersigned Secretary of the Board of  Commissioners of the
Port  of New Orleans, do hereby certify that the following  is  a  true
copy of  the  complete legal opinion of Foley & Judell, the original of
which was manually executed, dated and issued as of the date of payment
for and delivery  of this Bond and was delivered to Chemical Securities
Inc., the purchaser of the Bonds:

                    (LEGAL OPINION)


I further certify that an executed copy of the above legal opinion
is on file in my office  and  that  an  executed  copy thereof has been
furnished to the Trustee for this Bond.


                              _________________________________________
                                              Secretary



<TABLE> 
<S>                                               <C>
                                                  1. CONTRACT ID CODE  PAGE OF PAGES
AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT        L             1        2

2. AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION NO.    3. EFFECTIVE DATE   4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REG. NO.   5. PROJ NO. (If applicable)
   P00007                           BLK 16C             N00024-94-MR-91014                 4-385P-91014

6. ISSUED BY              CODE      N00024           7. ADMINISTERED BY              CODE  N63124
NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND
2531 NATIONAL CENTER BLDG. 3                            SUPSHIP New Orleans
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20362-5160                             New Orleans, LA 70142-5700
BUYER/SYMBOL: J. M. Clement SEA 02225
PHONE: Area Code 703/602-1926

8. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR      (No., street, county, State and ZIP Code)     9A. AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION NO.

   Avondale Industries, Inc.                                                         9b. DATED (SEE ITEM 11)
   Shipyard Division
   P.O. Box 50280                                                                   10A. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT/ORDER
   New Orleans, LA 70150-1967                                                    X       N00024-93-C-2205

                                                                                    10B. DATED (SEE ITEM 13)
CAGE CODE 96204           FACILITY CODE 70876                                            NOV 20 1992

11. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICITATIONS

     The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The hour and date specified for receipt of Offers
/ / is   / / is not extended.

Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation as amended, by one of the
following methods: (a) By completing Items 8 and 15, and returning 2 copies of the amendment; (b) By acknowledging receipt of this
amendment on each copy of the offer submitted; or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation
and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE
HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this amendment you desire to change an offer already
submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter; provided each telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and
this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour and the date specified.

12. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION     (If required)
    See Atached Financial Accounting Data Sheet

13. THIS ITEM APPLIES TO MODIFICATIONS AND CONTRACTS/ORDERS.
    IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.

    A. THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: (Specify authority). THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT
       ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A.

    B. THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REPLACE THE ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES
 X     such as changes in paying office, appropriation data, etc.) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14, PURSUANT TO THE AUTHORITY OF FAR
       43.103(B)

    C. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF:

    D. OTHER  (Specify type of modification and authority)

E.  IMPORTANT: Contractor (X) is not ( ) is required to sign this document and return    copies to the issuing office

14. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION      (Organize by UCF section headings, including solicitation contract subject matter
    where feasible)
                                 See Attached.

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remains
unchanged and in full force and effect.

15A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)   16A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print)
                                                     Jerry M. Clement
                                                     Contracting Officer

15B. CONTRACTOR/OFFEROR     15C. DATE SIGNED    16B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA           16C. DATE SIGNED

----------------------------------------         BY       JERRY M. CLEMENT                   27 SEP 1994
(Signature of person authorized to sign)            (Signature of Contracting Officer)

NSN 7540-01-152-8070                    30-105                  STANDARD FORM 30 (REV 10-83)
PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE                                       Perscribed by GSA
                                                                FAR (48 CFR) 53-243
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
Contract N00024-93-C-2205 provides, in part, under Section B.3, Item(s) 0103
through 0411, that "the Government may require the contractor to furnish items
0103 through 0411 as specified in Section B, for delivery at the time(s) and
place(s) and at the applicable price(s) set forth herein. The Option(s) will be
exercised, if at all, by written or telegraphic notice from the Contracting
Officer sent within the time specified below:"

Pursuant to the above provisions the Government hereby exercises its option for
Item 0103 through 0111.

As a result of the above option exercise, this modification executes and fully
funds CLINS 0103AA, 0103AB, 0107AA, 0107AB, 0110AA and 0110AB.

Funding in the amount of $420,333,562.00 is hereby provided in Attachment A to
fully fund the effort in CLINS 0103AA, 0103AB, 0107AA, 0107AB, 0110AA and
0110AB. The Contract Value is increased from $266,378,284.00 by $420,333,562.00
to $686,711,846.00.

The total amount obligated on this modification is $480,391,562.00 which
consists of $420,333,562.00 for the target price/fixed price as appropriate of
Items: 0103AA, 0103AB, 0107AA, 0107AB, 0110AA and 0110AB plus $28,622,000.00 and
$31,436,000.00 for Items 0103AA and 0103AB, respectively, for payments of
compensation adjustments. See Attachment A (Financial Accounting Data Sheet)
attached hereto.

Except as modified above, all other terms, conditions, and prices of the
contract remain unchanged and in full force and effect.
<PAGE>

                        FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING DATA SHEET
<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>
1. DOCUMENT NUMBER (PHN)   2. SUPPL PHN   3. DATE EFFECTIVE   4. PROCUREMENT REQUEST NO.   5. PAYING OFC   6. TYPE OF MOD.   7 TAC
                                             YR.  MO.  DA.
   N0002493C2205              P00007         94   09   23        N0002494MR91014.00

8.|
A |
C |
T |
  |
C |   9.            10.  11.   12. 13. 14.  15.                     ACCOUNTING DATA                                   16.
O |   REFERENCE                             A.   B.      C.   D.    E.       F.  G.     H.   I.     J. COST CODE
D |   DOCUMENT      REF                         APPRO-       OBJ   BCN                             PROJ
E |   NUMBER       ACRN CLIN SLIN QTY UNIT       PRI-   SUB- CLASS PARM RM  SA  AAA    TT   PAA    UNIT  MCC  PDLI&S  AMOUNT
  |                                        ACRN ATION   HEAD K. OTHER THAN NAVY ACCOUNTING DATA
  |
  | N0002494AF689RY     0103  AA            AE 1741611  89RY  000  SA  385  0  068342  2B  000000  22247  211  0000  $115,978,649.00
  |
  | N0002494AF389RZ     0103  AA                                                                                     $ 95,967,405.00
  | N0002494AF389RZ     0107  AA                                                                                     $    217,995.00
  | N0002494AF389RZ     0110  AA                                                                                     $     20,876.00
  |                                                                                                                  ---------------
  |                                         AF 1741611  89RZ  000  SA  385  0  068342  2B  000000  22247  211  0000  $ 96,206,276.00
  |
  | N0002494AF389RZ     0103  AA            AG 1741611  89RZ  000  SA  385  0  068342  2B  000000  22247  291  0000  $ 28,622,000.00
  |
  | N0002494AF389RZ     0103  AB                                                                                     $207,908,597.00
  | N0002494AF389RZ     0107  AB                                                                                     $    219,099.00
  | N0002494AF389RZ     0110  AB                                                                                     $     20,941.00
  |                                                                                                                  ---------------
  |                                         AH 1741611  89RZ  000  SA  385  0  068342  2B  000000  22248  211  0000  $208,148,637.00
  |
  | N0002494AF389RZ     0103  AB            AJ 1741611  89RZ  000  SA  385  0  068342  2B  000000  22248  291  0000  $ 31,436,000.00
__|
    REH, 01233                                                                                               TOTAL   $480,391,562.00

17. FINANCIAL MANAGER                       18. COMPTROLLER CLEARANCE
    HENRY W. FITZPATRICK, JR.

SIGNATURE                         DATE      OBLIGATION OF FUNDS IS AUTHORIZED      SIGNATURE                     DATE
                                 9/26/94   IN AMOUNTS SHOWN IN COLUMN 16 ABOVE    T.K. PARKER                   SEP 26 1994
                                                                                      BY DIRECTION OF
NAVSEA 7300/17 (REV 7-90) SUPERSEDES NAVMAT 7300/10)                                  CAPT M.C. FOOTE
                                                                                      DEPUTY COMMANDER/COMPTROLLER
</TABLE>


                          VESSEL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
 
                                    BETWEEN

                           AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                      AND

                            BELLE OF ORLEANS, L.L.C.



                                     Page 1

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS                                            1
ARTICLE II - DESCRIPTION OF VESSEL                                 3
ARTICLE III - CONTRACT                                             4
ARTICLE IV - REGULATORY COMPLIANCE                                 5
ARTICLE V - PRICE AND PAYMENT                                      7
ARTICLE VI - TIME AND CONDITIONS OF DELIVERY                      10
ARTICLE VII - BUILDER'S DUTIES AND STATUS                         13
ARTICLE VIII - SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS                  15
ARTICLE IX - OWNER'S DUTIES AND STATUS                            16
ARTICLE X - OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK                            18
ARTICLE XI - INSPECTION BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE                 19
ARTICLE XII - CHANGES IN THE WORK                                 20
ARTICLE XIII - FORCE MAJEURE                                      22
ARTICLE XIV - WARRANTY                                            23
ARTICLE XV - INSURANCE                                            25
ARTICLE XVI - INDEMNITY                                           27
ARTICLE XVII - TAXES                                              28
ARTICLE XVIII - PATENTS                                           28
ARTICLE XIX - USE OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS                 29
ARTICLE XX - DEFAULT                                              29
ARTICLE XXI - NOTICES                                             31
ARTICLE XXII - MEDIATION                                          32
ARTICLE XXIII - FINANCING MATTERS                                 34

<PAGE>

ARTICLE XXIV - CONSTRUCTION                                       35
ARTICLE XXV - LAW APPLICABLE                                      35
ARTICLE XXVI - UNITED STATES APPROVAL                             35
ARTICLE XXVII - ASSIGNMENT                                        35
ARTICLE XXVIII - AGREEMENT                                        36

<PAGE>

                                LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit "A" - Specifications
Exhibit "B" - Drawings
Exhibit "C" - Labor Rates for Time and Material Changes
Exhibit "D" - Parent Guaranty
Exhibit "E" - Standard Provisions

<PAGE>

                          VESSEL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

     THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of this day of January, 1994 (the
"Agreement"), between Avondale Industries, Inc., a corporation organized and
existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Louisiana (the
"BUILDER"), appearing herein through its duly authorized officer, and Belle of
Orleans, L.L.C., (the "OWNER"), a Louisiana limited liability company, appearing
herein through Metro Riverboat Associates, Inc., its duly authorized member.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:


                            ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

1.1  Advancement Plan - as defined in Paragraph 7.9.

1.2  Agreement - as defined in the preamble.

1.3  Analysis - as defined in Paragraph 6.12.

1.4  Arrangements - as defined in Paragraph 2.4.

1.5  Builder - as defined in the preamble.

1.6  Change Order - as defined in Paragraph 12.4.

1.7 Claim - A "Claim" shall mean a demand or assertion by one of the parties
seeking, as a matter of right, adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms,
payment of money, extension of Contract time or other relief with respect to the
terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters
in question between OWNER and BUILDER arising out of or relating to the
Contract. Claims must be made by written notice. The responsibility of
substantiating Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.

1.8  Commission - as defined in Paragraph 4.1.

1.9  Contract - as defined in Paragraph 3.1.

1.10 Contract Price - as defined in Paragraph 5.1.

1.11 Contract Time - "Contract Time" is the time elapsed between the
confirmation of the reconfiguration Arrangements by Change Order pursuant to
Paragraph 2.4 and the Scheduled Delivery Date, as adjusted hereunder.

1.12 Contract Documents - as defined in Paragraph 3.1.

<PAGE>

1.13 Construction Schedule - as defined in Paragraph 6.11.

1.14 Defect - as defined in Paragraph 14.2.

1.15 Division - as defined in Paragraph 4.2.

1.16 Drawings - The "Drawings" are the graphic and pictorial portions of the
Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work,
generally including the outboard profile and arrangement plans, elevations,
sections, details, schedules and diagrams.

1.17 Force Majeure - as defined in Article XIII.

1.18 Good Shipbuilding Practices - as defined in Paragraph 7.1.

1.19 Indemnitees - "Indemnitees" shall include the party indemnified, and its
subsidiaries, partners and principals and each of their respective directors,
officers, agents, servants and employees.

1.20 Invoice for Payment - as defined in Paragraph 5.4.

1.21 Lender - as defined in Paragraph 23.1.

1.22 Mediator - as defined in Paragraph 22.3.

1.23  Milestones - "Milestones"  are  the  names  given  to  the completion of
certain events of construction which are critical to the timely completion of
the Work except for milestone (#l) and the thirty (30) day milestone (#2).  The
milestones are set forth in Paragraph 5.2.

1.24 Owner - as defined in the preamble.

1.25 Owner's Representative - as defined in Paragraph 9.5.

1.26 Payment Schedule - as defined in Paragraph 5.2.

1.27 Principal Portion of the Work - The term "Principal Portion of the Work"
shall mean that which exceeds $250,000.00.

1.28 Project - The "Project" is the total construction of the Vessel of which
the Work performed under the Contract Documents is a part and which includes
construction by OWNER or by other contractors.

1.29 Project Manager - as defined in Paragraph 7.8.

1.30 Project Materials - as defined in Paragraph 19.1.

<PAGE>

1.31 Scheduled Delivery Date - as defined in Paragraph 6.1.

1.32 Specifications - The "Specifications" are that portion of the Contract
Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment,
construction systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of
related services, which are attached hereto as Exhibit "A".

1.33 Work - The term "Work" means the work required by the Contract Documents,
whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor,
materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the BUILDER to
fulfill the BUILDER's obligations. The Work constitutes a part of the Project.

1.34 Vessel - as defined in Paragraph 2.3.

1.35 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words which have well
known technical or shipbuilding industry meanings are used in the Contract
Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings.

                       ARTICLE II - DESCRIPTION OF VESSEL

     2.1 BUILDER, for and in consideration of the sum to be paid it by OWNER as
hereinafter set forth agrees to build, equip, and deliver complete to OWNER,
afloat at BUILDER'S yard in Westwego, Louisiana free and clear from all liens,
and encumbrances, one (1) Paddlewheel Gaming Vessel, which shall be constructed
in accordance with the following documents, which have concurrently been
identified by the parties hereto and made a part hereof as if fully set forth
herein:

     a.   Specifications, dated 1/6/94, Revisions        , attached
          hereto as Exhibit "A".

     b.   Drawings numbered

          93-049-001 - Outboard Profile (Revision 0)
          93-049-002 - Hold Plan and Main Deck Arrangement
          (Revision 0)
          93-049-003 - 2nd and 3rd Deck Arrangements (Revision 0)
          93-049-004  -  4th  Deck  and  Pilothouse  Arrangements,
          (Revision 0) attached hereto as Exhibit "B".

     2.2  The Vessel shall be assigned BUILDER'S Hull No. 114.

     2.3 Except for such OWNER-furnished equipment and services as may be listed
in the Specifications, BUILDER agrees to furnish all professional design
services, drawing development, engineering services, submittals, procurement,
fabrication, assembly, construction, testing, inspection, management,
supervision, quality control, quality assurance, trials, delivery to the
specified
<PAGE>

location for delivery, plant, labor, tools, equipment and material, and
miscellaneous support services, either expressly or reasonably required to
produce a complete, ready-for-use Vessel, as contemplated by the Contract
Documents (the "Vessel").

     2.4 OWNER and BUILDER acknowledge that the Drawings and Specifications will
require some reconfiguration of the Vessel's gaming and/or gaming related
area(s), limited to those areas which do not include the Vessel's structural,
stability, main vertical fire zones, stairway and egress routes and hull lines,
layout arrangements (the "Arrangements") in order to suit OWNER'S needs. BUILDER
agrees to make such reconfiguration to the Drawings and Specifications in
accordance with OWNER'S reasonable wishes, and OWNER agrees to cooperate with
BUILDER in determining the necessary reconfiguration of the Arrangements,
provided, however that the parties agree that the reconfiguration of the
Arrangements has been considered in negotiating this Agreement and such
reconfiguration shall not give rise to a change in the Contract Price or in the
Contract Time. Within thirty (30) days of the date hereof, the parties agree to
meet to finalize the reconfiguration of the Arrangements by no cost Change Order
and payment of Milestone Number 2 funds.

     2.5 Title to all material furnished by BUILDER shall vest in OWNER when the
same is either (a) actually installed or incorporated in the Work, or (b)
delivered to the yard or other location specifically approved by OWNER and paid
for by OWNER prior to incorporation into the Work, whichever occurs sooner.
BUILDER shall comply with all requirements of the Louisiana Ship Mortgage Law,
LA R.S. 9:5521 et seq, in connection with this Paragraph. BUILDER shall return
to OWNER all OWNER supplied material not required for the completion of the
Work.

     2.6 The Vessel shall be constructed in accordance with the Drawings and
Specifications furnished by BUILDER.

                      ARTICLE III - CONTRACT

     3.1 The Contract Documents (the "Contract Documents") consist of this
Agreement, the Drawings, the Specifications, and all written modifications
issued after execution of this Agreement. These form the Contract (the
"Contract"), and all are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this
Agreement or repeated herein. An enumeration of the Contract Documents appears
in Article I. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a written
modification. The Contract Documents shall be signed by OWNER and BUILDER.

    3.2  The intent of the parties as enumerated in the Contract

<PAGE>

Documents is for BUILDER to design and complete a fully functional Vessel for 
the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. The Drawings and Specifications
are to be considered as cooperative and all work necessary for the execution of
the Work if shown on the Drawings and not described in the Specifications and
all work described in the Specifications and not shown on the Drawings, shall be
considered as a part of the Work and shall be executed by BUILDER in the same
manner and with the same character of material as other portions of the Contract
without extra compensation.

     3.3 Unless expressly stipulated otherwise, BUILDER shall provide and pay
for all services, labor, overtime labor, standby labor, methods, materials,
equipment, transportation, fuel, taxes, permits and fees and all other
facilities and services necessary to complete the Vessel for the Contract Price
within the Contract Time.

     3.4 All general language or requirements contained in the Specifications
and all other requirements inconsistent or in conflict with the provisions of
this Agreement are superseded by this Agreement, it being the intent of the
parties that the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail. If there is any
conflict or inconsistency between the Specifications and the Drawings, the
Specifications shall control.

                     ARTICLE IV - REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

     4.1 The effective date of this Contract shall be the date of execution by
both parties and the receipt by BUILDER of the executed Parent Guaranty of
Exhibit "D". Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the parties
acknowledge that pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Louisiana
Riverboat Gaming Commission (the "Commission"), OWNER must file a copy of this
Construction Contract with the Commission within five (5) days of execution by
all parties. Should the Commission reject the Contract or fail to approve the
Contract, both parties to this Contract hereby agree to cooperate in making such
changes to the Contract as may be required by the commission.

     4.2 BUILDER represents and warrants that the Drawings and Specifications
will comply with the standards and requirements set forth in La. R.S. 4:504 et
seq., and the regulations promulgated by the Commission and the Louisiana
Riverboat Gaming Enforcement Division (the "Division") which are in effect as of
the date of execution of this Agreement. Should revisions to the Drawings or
Specifications be required by the Commission because said Drawings and
Specifications do not comply with the standards set forth in the law or the
regulations, BUILDER agrees to perform all such revisions at its sole cost. Any
revisions in the Drawings and Specifications required by changes in the law or
regulations subsequent to execution of this Agreement shall be for the account

<PAGE>

of OWNER. If such revisions are necessary because of any reason other than an
error or omission of BUILDER in failing to comply with the objective standards
set forth in the law and the regulations, the revisions shall be treated as a
Change Order hereunder. Any conflict between U.S. Coast Guard regulations and
any other Federal, State or Local laws or regulations, the U.S.
Coast Guard regulations shall prevail.

     4.3 BUILDER shall provide access to the Work to any authorized
representative of the Commission and Division. Upon presentation of valid
identification, any member or employee of the Commission or Division shall have
the right at all times to inspect all portions or component parts of the Work.
BUILDER agrees to cooperate with representatives and/or members of the
Commission and the Division. Such cooperation shall include but not be limited
to providing any assistance required by these representatives during said
inspection.

     4.4 The Vessel shall be constructed to meet the applicable requirements of
regulatory bodies including but not limited to U.S. Public Health Service
Certified; U.S. Coast Guard Certified per Sub-Chapter "H", A.B.S. (to the extent
required by the U.S. Coast Guard); and as set forth in the Contract Documents,
and interim and final certificates evidencing the required classifications shall
be furnished by BUILDER to OWNER. BUILDER shall pay all fees necessary to secure
such certificates. The Vessel shall meet all requirements of the Specifications
for the Americans with Disabilities Act.

     4.5 In the event either party hereto becomes aware that any portion of the
Contract Documents violate any rule or regulation of the U.S. Coast Guard or
other regulatory authority, such party shall immediately notify the other of
said violation. In this event, BUILDER will stop work involving the area of such
violation until OWNER and BUILDER agree on the modification necessary to secure
compliance. BUILDER shall be responsible for any increase in cost or time delay
necessitated by a violation of U.S. Coast Guard rules or regulations in the
Contract Documents in effect at the time of execution of this Contract.

     4.6 If any enforced changes in the U.S. Coast Guard or U.S. Public Health
Service rules or in the applicable rules of any governmental agency are made
subsequent to the date of this Contract, whereby the Contract Price is increased
and/or the Contract Time is extended, OWNER shall authorize and pay for, in
accordance with the terms of this Contract, as a change under this Contract,
such alterations, additional work items, outfit and/or equipment or additional
time as may be required to meet the enforced changes.

     4.7  BUILDER shall submit Drawings and Specifications to any

<PAGE>

regulatory agencies or authorities required by law.  BUILDER shall pay for all
fees and permits necessary to accomplish the Work.

     4.8 BUILDER shall comply with and give notices required by laws,
ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing
on performance of the Work.

     4.9 BUILDER shall keep OWNER informed of any changes in law, rules,
approvals or permit required by the U.S. Coast Guard or U.S. Public Health
Service for the Project. BUILDER will not be responsible for informing OWNER of
any changes in state law, including gaming laws, except to the extent BUILDER
become aware of said changes.

     4.10 BUILDER shall ensure that the Drawings and Specifications are in
accordance with applicable laws, statutes, codes, and rules and regulations,
except as expressly provided herein.

     4.11 If BUILDER performs Work which is contrary to laws, statutes, codes
and rules and regulations without such notice to OWNER, BUILDER shall assume
full responsibility for the repair, removal or remediation of such Work and
shall bear the attributable costs. If the laws, codes, statutes or rules change
during construction and such changes which affect the Work already performed or
to be performed, such changes shall be made by Change Order.

                         ARTICLE V - PRICE AND PAYMENT

     5.1 OWNER, in consideration of the true and faithful performance on the
part of BUILDER, agrees to pay to BUILDER the sum of $27,881,000.00 for the
Vessel as adjusted by Change Orders issued hereunder (the "Contract Price").

     5.2 OWNER agrees to pay BUILDER according to the following payment schedule
(the "Payment Schedule") for the Work:


MILESTONE
NUMBER*    MILESTONE                  DEFINITION                PERCENTAGE
                             (% of Contract Price)
  1       Contract Signed       Contract is signed for
                                construction of Vessel             1%

  2       Sign-off on           OWNER and BUILDER
          Drawings and          mutually sign-off on
          Specifications        Vessel Drawings and

<PAGE>

                                Specs (on or before 30
                                days)                             19%

  3       Lay Keel              Complete structural
                                fabrication of lead
                                innerbottom module
                                including bottom plate,
                                tank top and transverse
                                structure.                        10%

  4       Complete              Complete the joining of
          Erection of           both innerbottom modules
          innerbottom           on shipway.                       10%

  5       Hull Erected          Hull modules, from main
                                deck down, are erected
                                on shipway.                       10%

  6       Superstructure        Complete erection of 50%
          Erection 50%          of Superstructure units
          complete              (excluding pilot house).          15%

  7       Start Joiner          Commence joiner work
                                onboard Vessel                     2%

  8       Set Pilot House       Pilot House is set onto
                                Vessel superstructure.            11%

  9       Launch                Vessel is launched from
                                launchway.                        11%

  10      Delivery              OWNER takes delivery of
                                Vessel.                           11%

(*Subject to adjustment in accordance with Paragraph 6.11.)

     5.3 Retainage in the amount of ten percent (10%) of each payment shall be
withheld from each payment up to 50% of completion. Thereafter no additional
retainage will be withheld.

     5.4 Milestones shall be completed sequentially and no payment for any
Milestones other than Numbers 1 and 2 shall be due until at least Twenty (20)
days has passed from notice to OWNER of completion of the previous Milestone.
Upon completion of each Milestone, BUILDER shall notify OWNER in writing by
submitting an Invoice for Payment (the "Invoice for Payment"). OWNER shall be
entitled to inspect the progress and confirm achievement of the Milestone.
BUILDER shall invoice OWNER for the percentage of Contract Price payable for
that Milestone. Within ten (10) days of receiving BUILDER'S Invoice for Payment
on any Milestone, OWNER

<PAGE>

will notify BUILDER if it determines that the Milestone has not in fact been
achieved along with OWNER'S reasons for said determination. OWNER'S failure to
notify BUILDER within ten (10) days of receipt of an Invoice for Payment shall
constitute OWNER'S acceptance of the Milestone as complete.

     5.5 BUILDER shall submit, together with each Invoice for Payment, other
than Numbers 1 and 2, an affidavit including 1) BUILDER'S certification that the
Milestone has been reached, and 2) BUILDER'S statement that it is aware of no
liens filed against the Work by itself, any third party, supplier, vendor,
laborer or subcontractor of any tier, or a description of any lien(s) which have
been filed against the Work.

     5.6 Providing OWNER has not rejected BUILDER'S invoice for payment pursuant
to Paragraph 5.4 (except in the case of reconfiguration of the Arrangements and
Delivery), OWNER shall pay such invoice not later than twenty (20) days after
said submittal. OWNER shall pay that portion of all Change Orders approved as of
the date of an Invoice for Payment representing the percentage of completion of
the Work associated with the Milestone for which payment is requested.

     5.7 A payment shall in no way lessen the responsibility of BUILDER to
correct and/or replace work, if it shall be later discovered to have been
improperly done or not according to this Contract or the plans, drawings,
specifications or other Contract Documents. The payments requested under this
Article shall not in any respect be deemed to be an acceptance of work
theretofore done, nor shall they release BUILDER from any responsibility
whatsoever in connection therewith.

     5.8 Invoices for Milestones 1 (Contract Signing), Confirmation of
Arrangements and 11 (Delivery) shall be paid upon receipt.

     5.10 On the day of delivery of the Vessel, OWNER shall pay to BUILDER the
full amount of the Contract Price, as adjusted, including all holdbacks, except
for retainage, less any amounts previously paid.

     5.11 Payment of the retainage accumulated hereunder shall be due sixty (60)
days after delivery of the Vessel except for the cost of completing any
unfinished Work or correcting any warranty Defects known on the sixtieth day
following delivery. Said cost of completion and correction may be retained by
OWNER until the correction of the warranty Defect is complete.

     5.12 In the event that any party hereto becomes aware of any materialman's
or workmans liens or privileges which are filed or have arisen against the
Project or any portion thereof, or any

<PAGE>

property of OWNER in connection with this Project when such lien or privilege
results from the Work of BUILDER, any of its Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors
or materialmen, BUILDER agrees to cause such liens or privileges to be removed,
or file a bond in lieu thereof, within ten (10) days of learning of such lien,
at its sole expense. If any such lien or privilege is filed and BUILDER does not
cause such lien or privilege to be removed or bonded, OWNER shall have the right
to pay all sums necessary to obtain removal of such lien or privilege and deduct
all sums to be paid from the Contract Price or from the next succeeding payment
until OWNER shall recoup the total amount of such lien or privilege.


                 ARTICLE VI - TIME AND CONDITIONS OF DELIVERY

     6.1 Time is of the essence in this Contract. The Vessel, after required
trials set forth in the Specifications, completed in accordance with the
Specifications and the Drawings, shall be delivered to OWNER, subject to the
qualifications of this Contract, on or before 12 months and 15 days from the
date of the second payment required hereunder (Confirmation of Arrangements), or
on such later date or dates as may be required by reason of Change Orders agreed
to by BUILDER and OWNER, or by reason of specified delays resulting from "Force
Majeure", as that term is defined herein, (the "Scheduled Delivery Date").

     6.2 BUILDER shall furnish OWNER upon delivery of the Vessel a BUILDER'S
certificate together with whatever other documents may be required by law or by
any regulatory agency of the United States having jurisdiction on the premises
in order for OWNER to document the Vessel in its name. Any expense in connection
with the furnishing of such documents and with the documentation of such Vessel
shall be paid by OWNER. In addition BUILDER shall furnish OWNER on delivery of
the Vessel with the following:

     a. An affidavit by BUILDER that all bills, costs and expenses related to
the Vessel have been paid, or will be paid in the normal course of business,
including, without limitation, all subcontractors, suppliers and materialmen and
stating that the Vessel is free and clear of all liens and encumbrances.

     b.   A bill of sale warranting good and marketable title to the Vessel.

     c. A Certificate of BUILDER that the Vessel has been constructed and
completed in accordance and conformity with the Specifications and the working
drawings.

     d. A complete set of as-built drawings of the Vessel on mylar
transparencies and on Autocad 12 or such other format as shall be subsequently
in use by BUILDER.
<PAGE>

     6.3 The Vessel shall be built and delivered by BUILDER and accepted at
BUILDER'S yard in Louisiana or such other location in the New Orleans area as
OWNER may designate at its additional cost. OWNER shall execute a delivery and
acceptance certificate at the time of delivery and acceptance of the Vessel.

     6.4 In the event BUILDER shall deliver the Vessel before the Scheduled
Delivery Date, OWNER shall increase the Contract Price in the amount of
$5,000.00 per day for each and every day up to a maximum of thirty (30) days
that the actual vessel delivery precedes the Scheduled Delivery Date set forth
in Paragraph 6.1 hereof, as adjusted under the terms of this Agreement.

     6.5 If completion and delivery of the Vessel shall be delayed beyond the
Scheduled Delivery Date, it is agreed that OWNER will suffer damages which are
difficult of ascertainment and the parties hereby agree that OWNER shall sustain
liquidated damages. The liquidated damages set forth hereinafter shall be
OWNER'S sole remedy for late delivery.

     6.6 In the event BUILDER shall deliver the Vessel later than the seven (7)
days after the Scheduled Delivery Date, but on or before twenty (20) days after
the Scheduled Delivery Date, BUILDER shall pay to OWNER as liquidated damages in
the form of a reduction in the Contract Price, to the extent any amounts are
still owing, the amount of ($12,868.15) per day for each and every day that the
actual vessel delivery date exceeds the Scheduled Delivery Date, as adjusted.

     6.7 In the event BUILDER shall deliver the Vessel later than twenty (20)
days after the Scheduled Delivery Date, but on or before forty (40) days after
the Scheduled Delivery Date, BUILDER shall pay to OWNER as liquidated damages in
the form of a reduction in the Contract Price, to the extent any amounts are
still owing, the amount of ($16,728.60) per day for each and every day that the
actual vessel delivery date exceeds twenty (20) days after the Scheduled
Delivery Date, as adjusted. Any amount payable as liquidated damages under this
paragraph shall be in addition to the reduction in price provided in the
preceding paragraph.

     6.8 In the event BUILDER shall deliver the Vessel later than forty (40)
days after the Scheduled Delivery Date, but on or before sixty (60) days after
the Scheduled Delivery Date, BUILDER shall pay to OWNER as liquidated damages in
the form of a reduction in the Contract Price, to the extent any amounts are
still owing, the amount of ($25,092.90) per day for each and every day that the
actual vessel delivery date exceeds forty (40) days after the Scheduled Delivery
Date, as adjusted. Any amount payable as liquidated damages under this paragraph
shall be in addition to the reduction in price provided in the preceding
paragraph.

<PAGE>

     6.9 In the event BUILDER shall deliver the Vessel later than sixty (60)
days after the Scheduled Delivery Date, but on or before seventy-seven (77) days
after the Scheduled Delivery Date, BUILDER shall pay to OWNER as liquidated
damages in the form of a reduction in the Contract Price, to the extent any
amounts are still owing, the amount of ($39,361.41) per day for each and every
day that the actual vessel delivery date exceeds sixty (60) days after the
Scheduled Delivery Date, as adjusted. Any amount payable as liquidated damages
under this paragraph shall be in addition to the reduction in price provided in
the preceding paragraph. OWNER and BUILDER agree that the aggregate maximum
amount of liquidated damages that BUILDER shall be responsible for is six
percent (6%) of the Contract Price. In the event of an increase in purchase
price pursuant to Change Order(s), liquidated damages shall be adjusted upward
to reflect a maximum of six percent (6%) of the total Contract Price. Such
adjustment shall be made by dividing six (6%) percent of the increase in the
purchase price by the number of sixteen (16) days and adding that number to the
amount stated in Paragraph 6.9 herein.

     6.10 If BUILDER fails to deliver the Vessel on or before ninety (90) days
following the Scheduled Delivery Date, as adjusted, OWNER may terminate this
Contract and take possession of the Work, transport the Work in progress, at
BUILDER'S expense from BUILDER'S yard to another location, and complete the Work
by such means as OWNER reasonably deems fit. Upon notification of OWNER'S
termination of this Agreement, pursuant to this Article, BUILDER will promptly
undertake, at its sole cost, to place all Work in a suitable condition for
transportation to another location within Louisiana. BUILDER will assist OWNER
in the removal from the yard of any Work completed to the date when the work was
discontinued. In such event, BUILDER shall allow OWNER or OWNER'S
Representative(s), and other contractors continuing access to BUILDER'S yard for
a period of ninety (90) days following such termination in order to continue the
Work in progress. In such case, BUILDER shall not be entitled to receive any
further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the
Contract Price shall exceed the expense of completing the Work, including
reasonable compensation for additional managerial and administrative services,
such excess shall be paid to BUILDER. If such reprocurement expense, shall
exceed such unpaid balance, BUILDER shall pay the difference to OWNER promptly
on demand.

     6.11 Within thirty (30) days after the award of the Contract, BUILDER shall
submit to OWNER a detailed Construction Schedule (the "Construction Schedule")
for completion of the Project within the Contract Time. Such schedule shall
indicate dates for commencement and completion of the various parts of the Work.
All points of interface between OWNER and BUILDER (i.e., all instances where
performance of BUILDER'S Work depends upon OWNER) and appropriate restraints
shall be included in the Construction Schedule. In

<PAGE>

particular, but not by way of limitation, the required delivery date of each
item of OWNER furnished material and equipment shall be included, provided
however BUILDER shall not be responsible for including on the Construction
Schedule items to be furnished by OWNER, or OWNER'S separate Work of which
BUILDER is unaware because OWNER has not furnished BUILDER with necessary
information. In addition to any and all other parts of the Work shown, said
Construction Schedule shall indicate the dates of completion of the Milestones
set forth in the Payment Schedule.

     6.12 OWNER and BUILDER shall meet from time to time to review the
Construction Schedule. If it is determined at any periodic schedule-review
meeting with OWNER that BUILDER is not substantially on schedule and that
completing the Work within the Contract Time is in jeopardy, BUILDER shall,
within three (3) days thereafter, provide a plan to OWNER, which plan must set
forth a revised Construction Schedule with a resequencing and/or acceleration of
elements of the Work in order to complete the Project within the Contract Time
or the shortest possible time thereafter. If either the OWNER or the BUILDER
believe that a revision of the Construction Schedule is needed because of delays
to or changes in the BUILDER'S work, the BUILDER shall submit to the OWNER a
written analysis (the "Analysis"). The Analysis shall illustrate what the
BUILDER believes is the influence of each change or delay on the Construction
Schedule and demonstrate how the BUILDER proposes to incorporate the change or
delay into the Work. If (1) BUILDER is continually or habitually late in
reaching Milestones, or (2) the Construction Schedule shows that BUILDER will be
substantially late in reaching said Milestones so as to delay the Scheduled
Delivery Date more than ninety (90) days, or (3) it is reasonably apparent that
the Scheduled Delivery Date will be delayed beyond ninety (90) days, then the
OWNER may, upon payment of BUILDER'S actual accrued cost and contractual
commitments, remove the Vessel to another yard for completion. This will be
OWNER'S sole remedy and BUILDER'S sole liability under this paragraph.

             ARTICLE VII - BUILDER'S DUTIES AND STATUS

     7.1 The BUILDER and OWNER accept the relationship of cooperation
established between them by this Agreement. BUILDER acknowledges that the
subject Vessel is being constructed as a riverboat gaming vessel for the
carriage of passengers in the tourism/gaming industry. BUILDER agrees to
construct the Vessel in accordance with good shipbuilding practices in order to
meet the appropriate standards of construction and levels of finish for the
class and type of vessel required herein by the Drawings and Specifications. The
parties agree to cooperate and further their respective and mutual interest in
completing this Contract. BUILDER agrees to furnish efficient business
administration and

<PAGE>

superintendence and to make all efforts to furnish at all times an adequate
supply of workmen and materials with expedited promptness in order to preclude
delay in the orderly process of the Work. OWNER agrees to provide the financial
arrangements to fulfill its obligations under the Contract and furnish all
required information, services, reviews and equipment with expedited promptness
in order to preclude delay in the orderly progress of the Work. The parties will
perform the work in a manner consistent with the interests of the OWNER and
BUILDER and with good shipbuilding practices. "Good Shipbuilding Practices" for
this Article means the construction of a vessel to soundly conceived and
engineered detailed plans prepared by BUILDER with due consideration to a
standard of high quality, incorporating the specified components in order to
meet Specification requirements utilizing construction and testing methods that
ensure that the completed vessel will conform to the intended design required
for use in the tourist gaming industry consistent with the Specification
allowances.

     7.2 BUILDER acknowledges that the Drawings and Specifications and other
portions of the Contract Documents relating to the design and construction of
the vessel have been or will be drawn and prepared by BUILDER, professionals,
and others selected, employed and paid by BUILDER. Design services shall be
performed by licensed, qualified and experienced architects, engineers,
professionals, and others selected and paid by BUILDER. However, nothing
contained herein shall create any contractual relationship between such persons
and OWNER.

     7.3 BUILDER shall coordinate operations of Subcontractors and other persons
performing portions of the Work under a contract with BUILDER and shall see that
cooperation is obtained.

     7.4 BUILDER shall be responsible to OWNER for acts and omissions of
BUILDER'S employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other
persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with BUILDER.

     7.5 BUILDER shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in
accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of OWNER
(except as expressly set forth in this Contract) or because of any tests,
inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than BUILDER.

     7.6 BUILDER shall be responsible for the cost of independent testing and
inspection and, when required, testing of portions of Work already performed
under this Contract to determine that such portions are in proper condition to
receive subsequent Work.

     7.7  BUILDER will prepare Change Orders.

<PAGE>

     7.8 BUILDER shall employ a competent, full time Project Manager (the
"Project Manager"), who shall initially be Barry Fassbender. The Project Manager
shall be in attendance at the Project site during the progress of the Work as
the Work requires. The Project Manager shall represent BUILDER, and all
communications given to the Project Manager shall be binding as if given to
BUILDER. All communications shall be confirmed on written request in each case.
BUILDER shall not replace the Project Manager without OWNER'S prior approval,
which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     7.9 BUILDER acknowledges that OWNER'S submissions to the Commission include
a commitment to develop a program regarding the recruitment, training, and
advancement of, and the awarding of contracts to, minorities, women and
Louisiana residents (the "Advancement Plan") in the construction, planning,
development and operation of the Project. BUILDER, in conjunction with the
requirements of the Advancement Plan, hereby agrees to make good faith efforts
to reach those goals contained in the Advancement Plan with regard to the hiring
of women and minorities as employees, with the selection and retention of
subcontractors, and for the procurement of goods from minority-owned and
women-owned firms. OWNER and BUILDER acknowledge that such goals are flexible
and are not designed to be quotas nor to discriminate against any individual and
that OWNER and BUILDER will make good faith efforts to meet these goals. It is
acknowledged, however, that BUILDER must hire skilled workers to construct the
Vessel according to Good Shipbuilding Practice, and that these goals will not
restrict BUILDER'S ultimate authority in the hiring of skilled workers.

     7.10 OWNER shall have an option to request BUILDER to furnish within thirty
(30) days of payment of Milestone Number 2 a payment and performance bond
covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising
thereunder for the full value of the Contract Price. The cost of the bond will
be for the account of OWNER that is reimbursed to BUILDER by adding the bond
premium to the next milestone payment following the furnishing of the bond. The
bond provisions and underwriters will be reasonably acceptable to the OWNER and
BUILDER. The issue of the bond will be subject to the market and rates
applicable during the option period following payment of Milestone Number 2 and
the approval of the Agreement by the bonding company.

                ARTICLE VIII - SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER AGREEMENTS

     8.1 All portions of the Work that BUILDER'S organization does not perform
shall be performed under Subcontracts or by other appropriate agreement with
BUILDER. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any
contractual relationship between OWNER and any Subcontractor.

<PAGE>

     8.2 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding
requirements, BUILDER, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall
furnish in writing to OWNER the names of persons or entities (including those
who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)
proposed for each Principal Portion of the Work.

     8.3 BUILDER shall not change a Subcontractor, previously selected without
first notifying OWNER.

     8.4 Each contract entered into by BUILDER (after execution of this
Agreement) with any Subcontractor or materialman shall provide that, if this
Contract is terminated for any reason, such contract with a Subcontractor or
materialman shall be, by its terms, at OWNER'S option, assigned to and assumed
by OWNER or a person designated by OWNER, without any need for action by BUILDER
or such Subcontractor or materialman, and such Subcontractor or materialman
shall continue to be bound by such contract. This provision shall survive the
termination of the Contract.

     8.5 BUILDER shall use its best efforts to include in all Subcontracts for a
Principal Portion of the Work a provision permitting voluntary termination by
BUILDER without cancellation charge or penalty.

     8.6 BUILDER shall furnish to OWNER a copy of each subcontract it enters
into for a Principal Portion of the Work in connection with the Project within
ten (10) days after execution of such subcontract.

                  ARTICLE IX - OWNER'S DUTIES AND STATUS

     9.1 OWNER may be full time or may visit the site at intervals appropriate
to the stage of construction to become generally familiar with the progress and
quality of the completed Work and to determine in general if the Work is being
performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when completed, will be in
accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the OWNER will not be required
or waive any of its rights hereunder for failure to make on-site inspections to
check quality or quantity of the Work.

     9.2 The OWNER will not have control over or charge of and will not be
responsible for design or construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or
procedures, or for safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work,
since these are solely the responsibility of BUILDER. OWNER shall not be
responsible for BUILDER'S failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. OWNER will not have control over or charge of and will not
be responsible for acts or omissions of BUILDER, Subcontractors, or their agents
or employees, or of any other

<PAGE>

persons performing portions of the Work.

     9.3 OWNER will have authority to reject Work which does not conform to the
Contract Documents, provided that any notice of such rejection shall be in
writing to BUILDER and shall state the precise nature and reason for rejection.
Whenever the OWNER considers it necessary or advisable, OWNER will have
authority to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed
or completed. However, neither this authority of OWNER nor a decision made in
good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise
to a duty or responsibility of OWNER to BUILDER, Subcontractors, material and
equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons performing
portions of the Work. If the OWNER determines that portions of the Work require
additional testing or inspection, the OWNER will instruct the BUILDER to make
arrangements for such additional testing or inspection by an entity acceptable
to OWNER, and BUILDER shall give timely notice to OWNER of when and where tests
and inspection are to be made so OWNER may observe such procedures. The OWNER
shall bear costs except as provided herein. If any testing or inspection
discloses that any methods or means of construction or material or workmanship
are not acceptable under the Contract Documents, the BUILDER shall reimburse the
OWNER for the costs of such tests and inspections, including the cost of related
labor and facilities.

     9.4 OWNER shall be responsible to BUILDER for the acts and omissions of
OWNER'S employees, subcontractors and their agents and employees and other
persons performing portions of the Project under a contract with OWNER.

     9.5 Within fifteen (15) days of award of the Contract, OWNER shall appoint
its interior design agent and OWNER'S Representative (the "OWNERs
Representative") and shall make them available to work with BUILDER to develop
the construction Schedule.

     9.6 Within ninety (90) days of payment of Milestone Number 2, OWNER shall
make available to BUILDER all technical information necessary for incorporating
all OWNER furnished equipment into the Vessel design along with the list of
vendors selected to provide such equipment.

     9.7 Within one hundred twenty (120) days of payment of Milestone Number 2,
OWNER shall present to BUILDER the finalized aspects of all interior design and
allowance items impacting the detailed engineering efforts of BUILDER and joiner
contractor, and shall have final selections of all equipment and materials
identified as "long lead items" by the Construction Schedule. Certain long lead
items shall be identified by BUILDER within thirty (30) days of execution
hereof. With respect to those items

<PAGE>

so identified, OWNER shall present information to BUILDER in such shorter time
period, as shall be reasonably required by BUILDER which shall be in no event
shorter than sixty (60) days.

     9.8 OWNER will review and comment upon or take other appropriate action
upon BUILDER'S submittals such as Shop Drawings, product Data and Samples, but
only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with OWNER'S wishes.
OWNER'S action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no
delay in the Work or in the activities of the BUILDER or separate contractors,
while allowing sufficient time to permit adequate review not to exceed ten (10)
days. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining
the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and
quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance
of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of BUILDER as
required by the Contract Documents. OWNER'S review of BUILDER'S submittals shall
not relieve BUILDER of the obligations under the Contract Documents. OWNER'S
review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any
construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The OWNER'S
approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which
the item is a component.

     9.9 OWNER may engage other contractor's or its own personnel to perform
work in connection with the Project, including installation of furniture,
fixtures or equipment, but only subject to this Agreement. More than one builder
may be engaged to perform work in a single trade. BUILDER shall cooperate with
and fully coordinate its Work with the work of OWNER and the other contractors.
BUILDER shall immediately report to OWNER, in writing, any apparent deficiencies
in the other contractors' work which would affect the Work hereunder.

                     ARTICLE X - OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP WORK

     10.1 If BUILDER fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents or persistently fails to carry out Work
in accordance with the Contract Documents, and such failure continues for ten
(10) days after written notice from OWNER, OWNER, by written order or by the
OWNER'S Representative or an agent specifically so empowered by OWNER in
writing, may order BUILDER to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the
cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of OWNER to stop
the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this
right for the benefit of BUILDER or any other person or entity.

     10.2 OWNER'S right to stop the Work shall not relieve BUILDER of any of its
responsibilities or obligations under the Contract Documents and shall be in
addition to and not in restriction or

<PAGE>

derogation of OWNER'S right to terminate hereunder.

     10.3 In the event that OWNER exercises its right to stop the Work pursuant
to Article X, BUILDER'S sole remedy shall be an extension of the Contract Time
for a period equal to the time during which the Work was stopped.

               ARTICLE XI - INSPECTION BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE

     11.1 BUILDER will furnish reasonable space at its yard for the duly
authorized representative(s) of OWNER who shall have reasonable access to the
work of BUILDER whenever the yard is open for business and at all times when
Work is being done, wherever located. BUILDER shall furnish OWNER on a monthly
basis a schedule of the work to be performed on the Vessel and OWNER'S
Representative(s) may inspect all workmanship and material which is in
conformity with this Contract, the Specifications and the Drawings, and may
reject all workmanship and material which does not comply with this Contract,
the Specifications and the Drawings, provided that any inspection or failure to
inspect or failure to reject workmanship and material by OWNER'S Representative
shall not prejudice the rights of OWNER under the provisions of this Contract.

     11.2 BUILDER shall promptly correct Work rejected by OWNER for failing to
conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. BUILDER shall bear costs
of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections
and expenses made necessary thereby.

     11.3 In the most expeditious manner, however without delaying the
Construction Schedule, BUILDER shall promptly remove from the Vessel portions of
the Work which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents and have been neither corrected by BUILDER nor accepted by OWNER.

     11.4 If BUILDER does not proceed with correction of such nonconforming Work
within a reasonable time fixed by written notice from OWNER (provided however,
that BUILDER shall not be required to remove work in a manner which would delay
the Construction Schedule), OWNER may remove it and store the salvable materials
or equipment at BUILDER'S expense.

     11.5 If OWNER prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents, OWNER may do so instead of requiring its
removal or correction, in which case the Contract Price will be reduced as
agreed to and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final
payment has been made.

<PAGE>
                  ARTICLE XII-CHANGES IN THE WORK

     12.1 Subject to the requirements of other work then pending in the yard,
the right is reserved by OWNER to make any deductions from or additions to the
Specifications and the Drawings on giving due notice in writing to BUILDER, the
amount of any such changes to be agreed upon in advance by OWNER and BUILDER,
and added to, or deducted from the total Contract Price. If any such change
shall delay the completion of the work, BUILDER shall be allowed reasonable
additional time sufficient to cover such delay. A statement of the increased or
reduced amount, and/or any additional time required, as aforesaid, shall be
submitted to OWNER by BUILDER, and shall be approved by OWNER in writing before
any such change is made.

     12.2 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the
Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, subject to the
limitations herein.

     12.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of
the Contract Documents, and BUILDER shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise
provided in the Change Order.

     12.4 A Change Order ("Change Order") is a written instrument prepared by
BUILDER and signed by OWNER and BUILDER, stating their agreement upon a change
in the Work; the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price, if any; and the
extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any.

     12.5 When OWNER and BUILDER agree on adjustments in the Contract Price and
Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement
shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and
execution of an appropriate Change Order.

     12.6 If BUILDER wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract
Price, he shall give OWNER written notice thereof as provided herein. This
notice shall be given by BUILDER before proceeding to execute the Work, except
in an emergency endangering life or property in which case BUILDER may proceed.
No such Claim shall be valid unless so made. If OWNER and BUILDER cannot agree
on the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price, the parties may invoke
voluntary mediation as described herein or it shall be determined by Judicial
Proceeding. Any change in the Contract Price resulting from such Claim shall be
authorized by a Change Order.

     12.7 BUILDER shall itemize each Claim for adjustment to Contract Price
brought about by changes to Work, as to labor, material and services involved.
BUILDER'S itemized estimate sheet showing changes or credits for additions to or
deductions from Work

<PAGE>

as shown on Drawings and described in Specifications shall at all
times be open to inspection by the OWNER.

     12.8 Changed or extra work will be paid for at the unit prices or lump sum
stipulated in the Change Order authorizing the work, or alternatively OWNER may
compensate BUILDER for such work on a time and materials basis to be computed in
the following manner. The percentages in items b and c below shall also apply to
a lump sum Change Order:

         a. LABOR. For all labor and foremen in direct charge of the specific
     operations, BUILDER shall be paid at the rates generally charged by BUILDER
     for such work, as provided in Exhibit "C" attached hereto. These rates are
     fully burdened and include, by way of example and not limitation, all
     fringe benefits (Health and Welfare, Pension Fund, etc.), Worker's
     Compensation, or Longshoreman's Insurance, subsistence and travel or camp
     costs when applicable, and a labor markup (to cover additional bond,
     property damage, liability insurance, unemployment insurance contributions,
     social security and other taxes, administrative overhead costs and profit).

         b. MATERIALS. For materials accepted by OWNER and actually used in the
     changed or extra work, BUILDER shall receive the actual cost of such
     materials delivered to BUILDER, including transportation charges, plus 10%
     (as overhead and profit). BUILDER shall furnish invoices to OWNER for all
     materials used in the Work plus freight charges when applicable.

         c. EQUIPMENT. For any machinery or special equipment (other than small
     tools) which have been authorized by OWNER, BUILDER shall receive the
     rental rates specified in the Change Order authorizing the work. No
     additional compensation will be made for other costs such as, but not
     limited to, fuels, lubricants, replacement parts or maintenance costs.

          (1) Equipment which must be rented or leased specifically for changed
     or extra work required under this Section shall be authorized in writing by
     OWNER. BUILDER shall be paid invoice price plus 5%.

          (2) Time will be recorded to the nearest one-quarter hour of actual
     use and exclusive of stand-by time for purposes of computing compensation
     to BUILDER for equipment utilized under these rates.

         d.      GENERAL SUPERINTENDENCE.  No additional allowance
     will be made for general superintendence, the use of small
     tools,  or other costs for which no specific allowance is

<PAGE>

     herein provided.

         e.      RECORDS.  BUILDER will maintain a daily record of
     labor, equipment and materials utilized in the Work covered
     under the Change Order and will present this record to OWNER
     at the end of each day's work for verification and signature.

     12.9 Unless specifically and expressly noted otherwise on its face, each
approved Change Order shall include all direct and indirect costs, including
delay, local disruption, cumulative disruption, acceleration and like costs
associated with resulting from, or incidental to the approved Change Order.
BUILDER hereby agrees that upon its acceptance of an approved Change Order,
BUILDER waives and releases all Claims for any and all additional costs or
delays in the Contract Time, including those based on cumulative disruption or
cumulative impact theories, resulting from an approved Change Order.

     12.10 No change in the Work, whether by way of alteration or addition to
the Work, shall be the basis of an addition to the Contract Price or a change in
the Contract Time, unless and until such alteration or addition has been
authorized by a Change Order executed and issued in accordance with and in
strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents.


                   ARTICLE XIII - FORCE MAJEURE

     13.1 All obligations of the BUILDER contained in this Contract respecting
the Contract Time shall be subject to extension by reason of "Force Majeure",
which term is hereby declared to mean causes listed below that are beyond the
reasonable control of the BUILDER and only to the extent that such event
actually causes a delay. The parties agree that such events shall be limited to
the following: industrial or civil disturbances, riots or insurrections, arrests
and restraints of rulers and people; acts of God or acts of omissions of the
OWNER; war; preparation for war; blockade, sabotage, vandalism and malicious
mischief, landslides, floods, hurricanes, tornadoes, lightning, earthquakes or
other natural catastrophes; collisions and fires; non-delivery and/or late
delivery of any OWNER-furnished supplies, services, material or equipment (In
the event these OWNER items are late then it is agreed that OWNER shall pay the
reasonable additional costs of BUILDER because of such lateness.), which the
BUILDER by it best efforts cannot avoid; explosions, epidemics, unavoidable
casualties, or national emergencies; material interference in the orderly
prosecution by BUILDER of the Work by OWNER'S contractors or subcontractors;
Government or court orders, allocations or prohibitions. Rain shall not be
considered a "Force Majeure" event unless its occurrence requires a shutdown of
a substantial portion of all outside fabrication, assembly or painting work in
the

<PAGE>

BUILDER'S yard of the Work prior to 12:00 noon on a regularly scheduled work
day. For each day on which rain requires a shut down as aforesaid, BUILDER shall
be entitled to one (1) day's extension of the Contract Time. Force Majeure shall
not include (i) shortage of skilled labor, (ii) delays in receiving materials,
except as provided below, or (iii) delays of carriers by land, sea or air. Force
Majeure may include delays of subcontractors or delays in receiving material,
only if such delays are caused by a Force Majeure event.

     13.2 Within three (3) working days of knowledge of any "Force Majeure"
event involving rain which may affect the Contract Time, the BUILDER shall
notify the OWNER in writing and shall furnish an estimate, if possible, of the
extent of the probable delay. Upon receipt of any such notice, the OWNER shall,
within five (5) working days, acknowledge the same in writing and indicate
agreement that such development is to be treated as a "Force Majeure" event, or
state any objections, and the reasons therefor, to acceptance of this
development as a "Force Majeure" event. If BUILDER fails to notify OWNER of a
"Force Majeure" event involving rain within three (3) working days after
knowledge of the event, BUILDER shall be estopped from thereafter claiming
"Force Majeure" for any period of delay more than three (3) working days prior
to said notice. If OWNER should fail to respond within five (5) working days,
the extension of time shall be considered approved.

     13.3 Within five (5) working days of knowledge of any other "Force Majeure"
event not involving rain which may affect the Contract Time, the BUILDER shall
notify the OWNER in writing and shall furnish an estimate, if possible, of the
extent of the probable delay. Upon receipt of any such notice, the OWNER shall,
within ten (10) working days, acknowledge the same in writing and indicate
agreement that such development is to be treated as a "Force Majeure" event, or
state any objections, and the reasons therefor, to acceptance of this
development as a "Force Majeure" event. If BUILDER fails to notify OWNER of a
"Force Majeure" event within five (5) working days after knowledge of the event,
BUILDER shall be estopped from thereafter claiming "Force Majeure" for any
period of delay more than five (5) working days prior to said notice. If OWNER
should fail to respond within ten (10) working days, the extension of time shall
be considered approved.


                       ARTICLE XIV - WARRANTY

     14.1 BUILDER warrants that all labor and installations made shall meet the
requirements and standards described in the Specifications and the Drawings, and
all materials and all equipment used by BUILDER shall be of the quality set
forth in the Specifications and Drawings. All component parts of the Vessel,
except those specified or furnished by OWNER, shall conform to the


<PAGE>

standards of first-class material for commercial vessels of this class. BUILDER,
however, does not warrant that any material or equipment purchased by it for
installation in the Vessel is free from manufacturer's defects, and specifically
disclaims any warranties, expressed or implied, with respect to such material or
equipment, but does hereby extend the manufacturer's warranty or guaranty, if
any, to OWNER. BUILDER will use its best efforts to secure a minimum of a one
year warranty on parts and labor from manufacturers equipment to be used in the
Vessel. BUILDER shall permit OWNER to inspect all component parts to be
installed in the Vessel and BUILDER shall advise and assist OWNER in said
inspection. BUILDER will use its best efforts and will cooperate with OWNER in
order to enforce any claims against manufacturer's defects that may occur.

     14.2 Notwithstanding any inspection or failure to reject by OWNER or any
Regulatory Body pursuant to this Contract, if, at any time within 365 days after
delivery of the Vessel there shall appear or be discovered, any weakness, any
deficiency, and failure, any breaking down or deterioration in design, or
workmanship of BUILDER or its subcontractors in performing the contract work, or
any failure of the Vessel, so furnished by BUILDER to function as prescribed and
as intended by the Drawings and Specifications and this Contract ("Defect(s)"),
such Defect(s) shall be made good, at BUILDER'S expense, to the requirements of
the Drawings and Specifications and this Contract.

     14.3 BUILDER'S warranty shall extend only to those Defects in workmanship
which are reported in writing to BUILDER within three hundred sixty-five (365)
days from the date of delivery of the Vessel. In the event OWNER notifies
BUILDER of any Defect covered under this warranty, BUILDER will make repairs
and/or replacement, if reasonably practicable, at the Vessel's berth location.
At BUILDER's option, provided repair at the Vessel's berth location is not
reasonably practicable, BUILDER may make such repair and/or replacement at one
of BUILDER'S yards without expense to OWNER for transporting the Vessel or any
component thereof to and from that yard; provided that if it is not practicable
to have the Vessel proceed to such yard, OWNER may, with the prior written
consent of BUILDER, have such repairs and/or replacement made elsewhere and in
such event, BUILDER will pay to OWNER a sum equivalent to the price BUILDER
would charge for remedying such Defect at its yard.

     14.4 The sole and exclusive remedy of OWNER for any such Claim shall be the
obligation of BUILDER, under and pursuant to this Article, to repair and/or
replace, or cause to be repaired and/or replaced, any such defective workmanship
or installation of materials and equipment, provided such Defects have not been
caused by the negligent operation or maintenance of the Vessel, or its
equipment, after delivery, by those in charge of the Vessel's operations, or
other parties not in the employ of BUILDER.


<PAGE>

Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, the ABOVE WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND
IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, SAVE THAT OF TITLE, WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, OR
IMPLIED, IN FACT OR BY LAW, AND SPECIFICALLY, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OF
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE IS EXCLUDED. In no event under this Agreement
shall BUILDER be responsible for any sum in excess of the cost of the repairs
and/or replacement as specified herein, it being specifically understood that
BUILDER is not responsible for delay, demurrage, loss of profits, loss of use or
any other consequential damages.

     14.5 BUILDER shall have no responsibility whatsoever with respect to any
Defects or faulty workmanship not reported in writing to BUILDER within said
three hundred sixty-five (365) day period regardless of any negligence of
BUILDER or its employees or subcontractor or their employees or of any furnisher
of materials in connection therewith and OWNER waives and releases BUILDER, its
employees, subcontractors and their employees and all furnishers of supplies and
materials from all such liability and all damages resulting therefrom whether
same be based on contract and/or tort, for any damages or loss to the Vessel
resulting from defective design, manufacture or installation of property or
materials or from unseaworthiness; it being specifically understood that any
such defects reported after such three hundred sixty-five (365) day period and
all damages to the Vessel therefrom, shall be the exclusive responsibility of
OWNER.

                      ARTICLE XV - INSURANCE

     15.1 BUILDER shall bear all risk of loss regarding the Work, including
materials, equipment and furnishings awaiting use, until the Vessel is delivered
to OWNER.

     15.2 Builder shall purchase, at its own expense, and maintain in force at
all times during the performance of services under this Contract, the policies
of insurance listed below in such form and with such underwriters as are
acceptable to Owner. They shall be the minimum acceptable limits.

     15.3 Certificates of insurance must be furnished to the Owner within
fifteen (15) days of execution of the Contract and must provide for a thirty
(30) day prior notice of cancellation, non-renewal or material change.

Other requirements:

(i)  EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE.  Which shall include coverage
     for up to statutory limits of the United Stated Longshoremen's
     and  Harbor  Worker's  Act,  the  statutory  limits  of  the
     applicable State Compensation Insurance and in the instance of
     the Jones Act, employer's liability protection of not less


<PAGE>

     than $5,000,000 per person.

(ii) COMPREHENSIVE (COMMERCIAL) GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE. Shall not be less
     than $5,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence and annual aggregates.
     Shall include premisesoperations, independent contractors, broad form
     property damage, blanket contractual and personal injury endorsements. This
     policy shall name Owner as an additional insured under the policy.

(iii) COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE.  With Coverage
     limits not less than $1,000.000 combined single limit.

(iv) UMBRELLA LIABILITY. Shall have the Watercraft Exclusion B removed, excess
     of the policies enumerated in (i), (ii) and (iii) above as well as excess
     of the liability portion of the Builder's Risk Insurance in an amount
     serving to increase primary limits to $10,000,000.00 for any one
     occurrence. This policy shall name Owner as an additional insured under the
     policy.

(v)  BUILDER'S  RISK.    Including  coverage  for  protection  and
     indemnity, including coverage for tests and trials, coverage
     of period up to Delivery,  covering the Vessel  and work
     hereunder  including Joiner Work,  including materials and
     equipment to be furnished by Avondale's subcontractors in an
     amount at least equal to the value of the Contract Price, plus
     the value of Owner Furnished Equipment and materials received
     by the Builder for use in or incorporated in the Vessel.  This
     policy shall name the Owner as an joint loss payee as their
     interests may appear.

     15.4 At OWNER'S option, BUILDER shall use its best efforts to provide, at
OWNER'S cost, a policy of professional liability insurance in the amount of
$1,000,000.00, insuring BUILDER and naming OWNER as additional insured against
design defects, errors or omissions arising out of the preparation or approval
of drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs or
Specifications, or the giving of or the failure to give directions or
instructions by any architect, engineer, marine surveyor or other professional
employed or retained by BUILDER, its agents or employees for a period of five
(5) years following expiration of the three hundred sixty-five (365) day
warranty of BUILDER'S design work pursuant to Article XIV.

     15.5 Any endorsement naming OWNER as an additional insured shall contain
the following endorsement: (1) This policy shall not provide coverage to the
additional insured for the fault attributable to the additional insured arising
from the acts, omissions, negligence, strict liability and/or fault of the
additional insured, its parent, holding or affiliated companies,


<PAGE>

their employees, officers and agents and their subcontractors; (2) the coverage
provided of the additional insured under this policy shall be subject to all the
terms and conditions of this policy, including all extensions from coverage set
forth therein (except as otherwise provided in this endorsement or in any
certificate of insurance pertaining to this policy).

     15.6 Everyone entering the premises of BUILDER for any reason whatsoever
will be required to comply with the standard insurance and indemnity
requirements of the BUILDER. (Attached hereto as Exhibit "E").

                      ARTICLE XVI - INDEMNITY

     16.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, BUILDER hereby agrees to and
shall indemnify and hold harmless the OWNER and other Indemnitees from and
against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses, for
property damage, personal injury, or death, including but not limited to
reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs in whole or in part, caused by,
resulting from, arising out of, or occurring in connection with the negligent
acts, errors or omissions, gross negligence or willful and wanton acts of the
BUILDER, any Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by BUILDER or
any Subcontractor, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be legally
responsible, which acts, errors, omissions, negligence has occurred prior to
delivery of the Vessel or during the conduct of any warranty Work performed in
BUILDER'S yard. The above indemnity includes but is not limited to any such
injury resulting from the use of scaffolding, hoists, cranes, and all such other
equipment used on this Project or from the BUILDER'S failure to properly provide
and maintain the protective measures required by the Contract Documents arising
prior to delivery and acceptance of the Vessel or while warranty work is in
progress at BUILDER'S yard; provided, however, this right to indemnification
shall not apply to the extent that any such claims, liabilities, losses, damages
or expenses result from the OWNER'S or the Indemnitees' negligence. The BUILDER
agrees to pay on behalf of the OWNER and its Indemnitees upon their demand, the
amount of any judgment that may be entered against them in any action brought
against the OWNER and other Indemnitees upon or by reason of claims arising out
of any such acts or omissions of BUILDER as well as all costs of defense
including attorney's fees and litigation and court costs incurred by OWNER and
other Indemnitees in connection with such claims.

     16.2 To the fullest extent permitted by law, OWNER hereby agrees to and
shall indemnify and hold harmless the BUILDER and other Indemnitees from and
against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, costs or expenses, for
property damage, personal injury, or death, including but not limited to
reasonable attorney's fees and court costs in whole or in part, caused by,

<PAGE>

resulting from, arising out of, or occurring in connection with the negligent
acts, errors or omissions, gross negligence or willful and wanton acts of the
OWNER, OWNER'S Subcontractors, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of
them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be legally responsible, which
acts, errors, omissions, negligence or breach of contract has occurred prior to
delivery of the vessel. This right to indemnification shall not apply to the
extent that any such claims, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses result
from the BUILDER's or the Indemnitees' negligence. The OWNER agrees to pay on
behalf of the BUILDER and other Indemnitees upon their demand, the amount of any
judgment that may be entered against them in any action brought against the
BUILDER or other Indemnitees upon or by reason of claims arising out of any such
acts or omissions of OWNER as well as all costs of defense including attorney's
fees and litigation and court costs incurred by BUILDER and other Indemnitees in
connection with such claims.

                        ARTICLE XVII - TAXES

     17.1 Any sales, use or similar tax on the sales or use of the Vessel which
may be levied upon or imposed in connection with the construction or delivery of
the Vessel hereunder shall be for the account of OWNER. BUILDER agrees that it
will not pay any such tax or concede any liability for same without prior notice
to OWNER. BUILDER acknowledges and accepts exclusive liability for the payment
of any transportation taxes, personal property taxes (only to the extent that
liability therefore attaches prior to the delivery and acceptance of the Vessel
by OWNER), payroll taxes, unemployment taxes or contributions, taxes based on
income or other taxes or contributions now or hereafter imposed by any
government or taxing authority have jurisdiction in the premises, and which are
measured or computed in accordance with salaries or other compensation or income
and which shall be due and payable by virtue of the performance of BUILDER'S
obligations hereunder.


                      ARTICLE XVIII - PATENTS

     18.1 OWNER shall defend and indemnify BUILDER against and hold BUILDER
harmless from all damages and costs decreed against BUILDER as a result of
BUILDER complying with plans and/or specifications furnished by OWNER.

     18.2 BUILDER shall defend any suit or proceeding brought against OWNER or
its customers that is based on a Claim resulting from complying with plans and
specifications furnished by BUILDER, that the equipment used or work performed
in the manufacture of any article constitutes an infringement of any patent, if
notified promptly in writing and given authority, information, and assistance
for defense of same, and BUILDER shall pay all damages


<PAGE>

and costs awarded therein.


        ARTICLE XIX - USE OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS

     19.1 To the extent that BUILDER has any rights to the following items,
BUILDER hereby grants to OWNER upon delivery of the Vessel, or if the Contract
is terminated by OWNER pursuant to this Agreement, upon termination, the right
to use all Drawings, Specifications, calculations, sketches, test data, survey
results, photographs, and renderings, and any other materials related to this
Work and prepared in connection therewith by BUILDER or its Subcontractors or
furnished to BUILDER by OWNER (collectively referred to as "Project
Materials")for any purpose. OWNER shall indemnify and hold BUILDER harmless
from, for and against any and all liability which may arise as a result of said
use, including design liability. The provisions of this Article XIX shall
survive the completion or termination of this Agreement.

                       ARTICLE XX - DEFAULT

     20.1 If (a) at any time there shall be filed by or against BUILDER in any
court a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the
appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of BUILDER'S property,
and a discharge thereof; or, if BUILDER makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors or petitions for or enters into an agreement or agreements with its
creditors, and by reason of any of these events BUILDER'S obligations under this
Contract may be assigned to or performed by a person other than BUILDER, or (b)
if BUILDER materially fails to execute the Work in accordance with this
Agreement, except failure to deliver timely the vessel, or (c) fails to cause
the removal or bonding of any liens or privileges filed against the Project
according to Paragraph 5.13, hereof or materially disregards laws, ordinances,
rules, regulations or orders of any public authority having jurisdiction; or
(d), without limitation, fails to perform any material provisions of this
Contract, then OWNER by giving fifteen (15) days' prior written notice of any
such default to BUILDER and may then terminate the services of BUILDER and take
possession of all or some of BUILDER'S Work, transport the Work in progress, at
BUILDER'S expense from BUILDER'S yard to another location, and complete the Work
by such means as OWNER deems fit; provided, however, BUILDER shall have the
fifteen (15) day period referred to above to cure any such default. Upon
notification of OWNER'S termination of this Agreement, pursuant to this Article,
BUILDER will promptly undertake, at its sole cost, to place all Work in a
suitable condition for transportation to another location. BUILDER will assist
OWNER in the removal from the yard of any Work completed to the date when the
work was discontinued. In such event, BUILDER shall allow OWNER or OWNER'S
Representative(s), and other contractors continuing access to

<PAGE>

BUILDER'S yard for a period of ninety (90) days following such termination in
order to continue the Work in progress. In such case, BUILDER shall not be
entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the
unpaid balance of the Contract Price shall exceed the expense of completing the
Work, including reasonable compensation for additional managerial and
administrative services, such excess shall be paid to BUILDER. If such
reasonable expense, shall exceed such unpaid balance, BUILDER shall pay the
difference to OWNER promptly on demand.

     20.2 OWNER may terminate this Contract without cause by giving seven (7)
days' prior written notice to BUILDER, and in such event OWNER will pay BUILDER
for that portion of the Contract Price, less the aggregate of previous payments,
allocable to the Work completed as of the date of termination. OWNER also will
reimburse BUILDER for all verified costs necessarily incurred for organizing and
carrying out the stoppage of the Work and paid directly by BUILDER, including
overhead, general expenses and profit incurred to date of termination. For
purposes of this paragraph, "profit" shall mean such reasonable amount not to
exceed 6% of BUILDER's verified costs referred to in the preceding sentence.
OWNER will pay for the cost of material, labor (including Subcontractor's
reasonable profit) and equipment of work in progress, as verified to its
satisfaction, until the date of said termination. OWNER shall also pay
reasonable cancellation charges actually incurred by BUILDER for subcontractors
or vendors affected by OWNER'S termination hereunder provided BUILDER has used
best efforts to contract with subcontractors and vendors without cancellation
charges. Except as specifically provided in this Paragraph, OWNER shall not
under any circumstances be responsible or liable to BUILDER, its contractors or
subcontractors of any tier, for any incidental, consequential or special losses,
damages or expenses including, but not limited to, loss of time, loss of profit
or earnings whether directly or indirectly arising out of this Contract.

     20.3 In the event of termination by OWNER, OWNER may require BUILDER
promptly to assign to it all or any (i) bids or proposals, (ii) subcontracts,
(iii) construction plans, (iv) materials, tools and equipment (to the extent
paid for by OWNER), (v) appliances, (vi) rental agreements, and (vii) any other
commitments which OWNER, in its sole discretion, chooses to take by assignment,
and in such event BUILDER shall promptly execute and deliver to OWNER written
assignments of the same. This provision shall survive the termination of the
Contract.

     20.4 If OWNER shall breach any payment provision hereof, and if such breach
shall not be corrected within (10) days after written notice thereof from
BUILDER to OWNER, BUILDER shall have the right to terminate OWNER'S right to
proceed with performance of this Contract, whereupon BUILDER or its nominee may,
but shall not

<PAGE>

be obligated to, take over and complete in a reasonable manner the performance
of this Contract, to market the Vessel for resale after completion thereof or at
any state of partial completion, and to deduct the costs thereof from any money
due or thereafter to become due to OWNER under this Contract. OWNER shall not be
entitled to any refunds or payments, if applicable, until performance is
complete and the Vessel is sold. If, after completion and sale of Vessel, the
balance of funds received by BUILDER from the sale of the Vessel shall exceed
the expense of finishing the work, including reasonable compensation for
additional managerial, production, marketing and administrative work entailed,
only such excess shall be paid to OWNER. If such compensation, costs and damages
shall exceed such funds received from the sale of the Vessel, OWNER shall be
liable for and shall pay the difference to BUILDER.

     20.5 The failure of either party to exercise any rights conferred upon it
under any provision of this Contract with respect to any breach or default by
the other party shall not constitute a waiver of its rights under any other
provision of this Contract with respect to such breach or default, or a waiver
of its rights under the same or any other provision of this Contract with
respect to any other breach or default.

                        ARTICLE XXI - NOTICES

     21.1 Copies of notices required by this Contract to be given by OWNER to
BUILDER or to be given to OWNER by BUILDER shall be in writing and will be
delivered in person, by facsimile, or by registered mail to BUILDER or OWNER, or
the designated representative of either, as the case may be.

     Notices to BUILDER shall be addressed to:

     Barry Heaps
     Avondale Boat Division
     P.O. Box 50280
     New Orleans, LA  70150

     with a copy to:

     R.D. Church
     Avondale Industries
     P.O. Box 50280
     New Orleans, LA 70150

     with a copy to Surety

     Notices to OWNER shall be addressed to:

     Norbert A. Simmons

<PAGE>

     400 Lafayette Street
     Suite 100
     New Orleans, LA  70130

     with a copy to:

     Carol S. DePaul
     Bally Manufacturing Corporation
     8700 W. Bryn Mawr
     Chicago, IL  60631-3547

     21.2 In all matters the parties will be represented by none other than the
following named persons for OWNER:

     Thomas A. Gourguechon or ____________________________
     and for BUILDER:

     Barry Heaps or R.D. Church

     21.3 Each party agrees that at least one of its named representatives will
be available for consultation during normal working hours. Both parties agree
that no one other than the named individuals shall be considered as an agent of
either party for making of admissions or giving of instructions. Except as
herein authorized, no change or modification in this Contract or the
Specifications shall be valid or binding on either party unless the same is in
writing and signed by one of the above designated representatives of each party.
Any change in the Contract Price resulting from change in Specifications shall
be agreed upon in writing in advance.

     21.4 Any such address may be changed and any other person may be designated
to act for either party upon written notice of such designation accomplished in
accordance with the provisions of this paragraph.

                     ARTICLE XXII - MEDIATION

     22.1 In the event a dispute arises hereunder, prior to the commencement of
any formal proceedings, the parties shall continue performance as set forth in
this Contract and shall attempt in good faith to reach a negotiated resolution
by designating an officer of appropriate authority to resolve the dispute. If
the parties have attempted in good faith to resolve the dispute and failed to do
so, if both BUILDER and OWNER agree, they may proceed to mediation, as set forth
herein.

     22.2 In the event of any dispute or difference arising between OWNER and
BUILDER as to any matter or thing arising out of or relating to this Contract,
or any stipulation therein or in the Specifications or the Working Drawings
which cannot be settled by


<PAGE>

the parties themselves, the matter in dispute may be referred for
voluntary, non-binding mediation.

     22.3 In the event BUILDER claims a Force Majeure day(s) and OWNER does not
agree and the result is a dispute over an amount owed, the OWNER agrees to
escrow the disputed amount with the Mediator; and the Mediator shall decide the
issue(s) and disburse money(s) pursuant to his decision.

     22.3 BUILDER and OWNER agree that Matthew Kawasaki shall be Mediator and
__________________ shall be the alternate Mediator. If the Office of Mediator
is vacant, by the request of either BUILDER or OWNER a new Mediator shall be
appointed by using the following procedures:

     22.4 OWNER and BUILDER shall each name a Marine Surveyor to represent them.
The two chosen Marine Surveyors shall then select a third Marine Surveyor, who
shall serve as the Mediator. The Mediator and any alternate Mediator shall both
have spent the past five (5) years regularly engaged in their profession.

     22.5 The parties agree that the powers of the Mediator shall be limited as
follows:
     1.  He shall deal only with the disputes which are referred
for him to investigate and submit his findings and recommendations.
     2.  He shall have no power to decide any matter which is not
directly related to the dispute submitted to him.
     3.  He shall have no power to modify the working drawings or
any specifications, terms or conditions related thereto.
     4.  He shall have no power to add to, subtract from, or modify
any of the terms of this Agreement.
     5. His decisions shall be advisory only and shall not bind the parties,
except as provided in Section 22.3 herein.

     22.6 The party initiating the demand for mediation shall notify the other
party in writing, at the same time stating the matter or matters in dispute.
Within a reasonable time thereafter, not exceeding five (5) calendar days, the
second party shall acknowledge the notice in writing, either specifying any
additional issue or issues to be mediated or refusing the demand for mediation.
Providing the mediation has been agreed to, the mediation shall be conducted in
New Orleans, Louisiana under applicable Louisiana laws however, the decision of
the Mediator shall not bind the parties.

     22.7 Should OWNER and BUILDER consent, the Mediator will review Claims and
take one or more of the following preliminary actions within ten (10) days of
receipt of Claim: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant, (2)
submit a schedule to the parties indicating when the Mediator expects to take
action, (3) reject the Claim in whole or in part, stating reasons for


<PAGE>

rejection, (4) recommend approval of the Claim by the other party or (5) suggest
a compromise.

     22.8 If a Claim has not been resolved, the party making the Claim, shall,
within ten (10) days after the Mediator's preliminary response, take one or more
of the following actions: (1) submit additional supporting data requested by the
Mediator (2) modify the initial Claim or (3) notify the Mediator that the
initial Claim stands.

     22.9 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing
and of further evidence presented by the parties or requested by the Mediator,
the Mediator will notify the parties or in writing that the Mediator's decision
will be made within seven (7) days. Either party aggrieved by the conduct or
decision of the Mediator may at any time seek a judicial determination of the
Claim. Upon expiration of such time period, the Mediator will render to the
parties the Mediator's written decision relative to the Claim, including any
change in the Price or Contract Time or both.

     22.10 The Mediators so appointed shall determine which party or the proper
proportion which each party shall assume of the expenses of such mediation, and
the mediation expenses so allocated shall be paid directly by the party or
parties to which such expenses are directed to be paid.

     22.11 A decision by the Mediators shall not be required as a condition
precedent to litigation of a dispute between BUILDER and OWNER.

                 ARTICLE XXIII - FINANCING MATTERS

     23.1 BUILDER acknowledges that OWNER may secure financing of the Vessel
from a third party lender (the "Lender"). In consideration of the arrangements
made by Lender to lend funds to OWNER for the purpose of meeting its obligations
to BUILDER hereunder, BUILDER hereby agrees to cooperate with OWNER and Lender
and to execute such documents, take such actions, and make such amendments to
this Agreement as are reasonably required by Lender. These may include but are
not limited to a) providing additional copies of all Notices required to be
given to OWNER hereunder to Lender; b) providing Lender with notice of any OWNER
default hereunder; c) permitting Lender to assume OWNER'S position under this
Agreement following Lender's cure of an OWNER default; d) naming Lender on any
insurance policies required hereunder; e) indemnifying Lender to the extent
OWNER is indemnified hereunder; e) allowing Lender or its representative to
inspect the progress of construction of the Vessel; f) the execution of such
certificates regarding the progress of Vessel construction as Lender may require
in order to authorize payments.


<PAGE>

                     ARTICLE XXIV - CONSTRUCTION

     24.1 The headings of the sections have been inserted as a convenience for
reference only, and are not to be considered in any construction or
interpretation of this Contract.

                    ARTICLE XXV - LAW APPLICABLE

     25.1 This Contract shall be governed by the Laws of the State
of Louisiana, U.S.A.

               ARTICLE XXVI - UNITED STATES APPROVAL

     26.1 All obligations of BUILDER and OWNER herein are subject to compliance
with all applicable laws and regulations of the United States Government and
agencies thereof.

                     ARTICLE XXVII - ASSIGNMENT

     27.1 This Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

     27.2 BUILDER may not assign this Contract, and any act of BUILDER
purporting to effect an assignment of this Contract shall be void and of no
effect. BUILDER shall not delegate any of its duties as BUILDER under this
Contract; provided, however, that BUILDER may subcontract portions of the Work
to qualified Subcontractors.

     27.3 OWNER may, upon notice but without the consent of BUILDER, assign this
Contract to an affiliate or subsidiary of a principal of OWNER, a lender
providing financing for the Project or any person who succeeds to OWNER'S
interest in the Project. In the event of such assignment, this Contract shall
vest in OWNER'S assignee, who shall assume OWNER'S obligations hereunder, and
BUILDER shall continue to be bound by its terms. Should an assignment of this
Contract take place pursuant to this paragraph OWNER and BUILDER agree that the
Parent Guaranty shall remain in place and effective. Anything to the contrary
notwithstanding, this Contract shall not become effective until the Parent
Guaranty is executed and delivered satisfactory to BUILDER.

     27.4 In the event any assignment is made under this Article XXVII, OWNER
shall guarantee the performance of its obligations hereunder by the assignee and
such assignment shall not in any way violate any law of the United States of
America or any rules or regulations issued or promulgated by any department,
agency, or instrumentality of the United States Government.

<PAGE>

                     ARTICLE XXVIII - AGREEMENT

     28.1 This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties in respect
to this transaction and supersedes any and all prior agreements or
understandings. No modification, waiver or release of any provision will be
valid unless in writing signed by the party to be bound.

     28.2 This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument. All specifications, drawings,
attachments and/or exhibits referred as part of this Agreement have been
initialed on each page thereof by the parties executing this Agreement.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract as of
the day and year first above written.

WITNESSES:


JOY T. RINALDI                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                          ALBERT L. BOSSIER, JR.
VERLIE B. LECOMPTE                    BY: Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                                      Its: President and CEO

??  Unreadable Name ??                BELLE OF ORLEANS, L.L.C.

                                      BY: METRO RIVERBOAT
                                      ASSOCIATES, INC., Member

                                          NORBERT A. SIMMONS
THOMAS GOURGUECHON                    BY: Norbert A. Simmons
                                      Its: President

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT "C"

                   LABOR RATES FOR TIME AND MATERIAL CHANGES


                        Straight Time    Time and       Double
                                         One Half        Time

Production Labor         $28.00 p/hr    $42.00 p/hr    $56.00 p/hr
Engineering Services     $40.00 p/hr    $60.00 p/hr    $80.00 p/hr
(in house)

<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT "D"

                               GUARANTY AGREEMENT

       WHEREAS this Guaranty Agreement ("Guaranty"), is executed and delivered
to AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. ("BUILDER") in consideration of BUILDER'S
furnishing labor, material and plant facilities for Belle of Orleans, L.L.C.,
(hereinafter called "OWNER"), or its assigns, to construct one (1) Paddlewheel
Casino Vessel, Hull No. 114 (the "Vessel") pursuant to that certain Vessel
Construction Contract (the "Contract") executed between BUILDER and OWNER on
January 12, 1994.

       NOW, THEREFORE, for the consideration above stated and other valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the
undersigned Bally Entertainment Corporation, a Delaware corporation, with a
business address of 8700 West Bryn Mawr, Chicago, Illinois, 60631 (hereinafter
called "GUARANTOR"), hereby unconditionally guarantees to BUILDER, the due and
punctual payment, at its office in Avondale, Louisiana, of the indebtedness of
OWNER to BUILDER in an amount equal to all sums due, pursuant to the Contract,
provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein
contained, the maximum amount that GUARANTOR shall be liable for hereunder shall
not exceed SIX MILLION AND NO/100 ($6,000,000.00) DOLLARS (the "Guaranty
Amount").

       GUARANTOR expressly waives diligence on the part of BUILDER in the
collection of any and all of the sum or sums due hereunder, protest, notice and
all extensions that may be granted under any instrument evidencing any sum or
sums due hereunder, provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary,
BUILDER shall first make written demand of payment of all indebtedness from
OWNER with a copy to GUARANTOR and shall not exercise its rights under this
Guaranty unless such demand is not satisfied within five (5) days from the date
of such written demand provided, however, that GUARANTOR may assert any claims
or defenses that OWNER may have in the Contract. BUILDER shall be under no
obligation to notify the undersigned of its acceptance hereof, nor of any credit
extended on the faith hereof, nor of any extensions of time or other adjustments
made in the Vessel construction contract, nor of the failure to pay any sum or
sums due hereunder, in accordance with the terms thereof, nor to use diligence
in preserving the liability of any person or any sum or sums due hereunder, or
in bringing suit to enforce collection of the debt due under this Guaranty.

       This is an absolute guaranty of payment and not of collectibility.

       This Guaranty shall continue until full, complete and faithful
performance of the Contract as it may be from time to time amended as authorized
by its terms. Upon receipt of the final payment or when the Guaranty Amount is
reduced to zero, whichever occurs earlier, this Guaranty will be terminated
except for the payment obligations indicated in the Contract to survive the
completion or termination of the contract for which the Guaranty shall remain
operative.


       This Guaranty shall be governed by the laws of the Sate of Louisiana,
excluding any conflict-of-law rule or principle which might direct the
application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

       This continuing Guaranty is for the benefit of BUILDER, and shall be
binding upon GUARANTOR and its respective successors, by operation of law or
otherwise. This continuing Guaranty is not intended to and does not create any
rights in or benefits for any other third parties.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, has executed this Guaranty as of the
respective date indicated, in several counterparts, each of which shall be
deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same
instrument.


TWO WITNESSES:                         BALLY ENTERTAINMENT CORPORATION
                                            "GUARANTOR"


MARY BUTLER                                   ARTHUR M. GOLDBERG
---------------------------------      By:    Arthur M. Goldberg
                                       Title: President
[SIGNATURE NOT READABLE]
---------------------------------             -------------------------------

                                       Date:   July 8, 1994


        I, CAROL S. DEPAUL, certify that I am the Secretary of Bally
Entertainment Corporation named as a GUARANTOR herein; that Arthur M. Goldberg
who signed this Guaranty on behalf of the Bally Entertainment Corporation was
then President of said corporation; that said Guaranty was duly signed for and
in behalf of said corporation by authority of its governing body, and is within
the scope of its corporate powers.



                              CAROL S. DEPAUL
                              Carol S. DePaul
                              Secretary, Bally Entertainment Corporation
<PAGE>
      
                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
Avondale                         SHIPYARDS DIVISION                 EXHIBIT "E"
Shipyards Division   P.O. BOX 50280, NEW ORLEANS, LA 70150-0280
                                    504-436-2121
                                    Fax 436-5443
                                    Fax 436-5374

                                  ENCLOSURE I

INSURANCE & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS FOR VENDORS

4.   LIABILITY AND INDEMNITY: Contractor shall be solely responsible for all
     materials, equipment and work until the project is completed to Avondale's
     satisfaction. Contractor shall pay Avondale the full amount ofall damage
     to, or destruction of, any property of Avondale resulting from the work
     performed by Contractor or any subcontractor hereunder. Contractor does
     agree to indemnify and hold harmless Avondale Industries, Inc., its
     employees, officers, agents, representatives and underwriters, from and
     against any and all losses, expenses, liens, claims, demands and causes of
     action of every kind and character for personal injury to or death of
     Contractor's own employees, the employees of Avondale Industries, Inc.
     and/or third persons and/or for damage to or loss of the property of
     Contractor, Avondale Industries, Inc. and/or third parties, in any way
     arising out of, resulting from or connected with the performance by
     Contractor or work on or about the premises of Avondale Industries, Inc. or
     elsewhere even though caused, occasioned or contributed to by the sole or
     concurrent negligence of Avondale Industries, Inc., its employees,
     officers, agents, representatives, subcontractors or invitees, including
     any claim based upon the unseaworthiness of any vessel or upon any theory
     of strict liability, vice or defect in the premises of equipment located
     therein. Avondale Industries, Inc. shall have the right, at its option, to
     participate in the defense of any such suit, without relieving the
     Contractor of any obligation.

5.   INSURANCE: Contractor shall provide at all times the following insurance
     with insurers satisfactory to AvondaleIndustries, Inc.:

     (a) WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE fully complying with the laws of the
     state or states in which the work is to be done, including the
     Longshoremen's and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act Endorsement in an
     amount required by said Act and Employer's Liability Insurance in the
     amount of $500,000 covering injuries to and death of Contractor's employees
     in any state where Workers' Compensation laws are not in force. Contractor
     agrees to obtain from its underwriters a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of
     Avondale Industries.

     (b) COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE in the amount of $500,000 per
     person for bodily injury or death of persons and $1,000,000 for any one
     occurrence, with deletion of the Watercraft Exclusion. INDEMNITOR agrees to
     have Avondale Industries, Inc. named as an additional assured under its
     policy of insurance and to obtain Contractual Liability Insurance to cover
     this specific Hold Harmless and Indemnity Agreement. A Waiver of
     Subrogation in favor of Avondale Industries, Inc. must be provided.

     (c) AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE INSURANCE covering personal
     injuries in the amount of $250,000 per person and $500,000 for any one
     occurrence and property damage in the amount of $500,000 per accident. This
     coverage applies to each and every unit of automotive equipment operated or
     used by Contractor in the performance of their work. Contractor agrees to
     have Avondale Industries, Inc. named as an additional assured under its
     policy of insurance and a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of Avondale
     Industries, Inc. must be provided.

     (d) Regarding vessel owners and/or vessel brokers, the following wording is
     required under the Vessel's HULL AND P&I policy:

               "While the vessels named herein are performing work for Avondale
          Industries, Inc. at any given time, then Avondale Industries, Inc. is
          named as an additional assured during that particular time and all
          rights of subrogation hereunder are waived with respect to Avondale
          Industries, Inc."

               "In the event of cancellation or material change by underwriters,
          at least ten (10) days prior written notice will be given to Avondale
          Industries, Inc."

     Contractor agrees that the insurance requirements as set forth above shall
     not limit or diminish in any way the rights and obligations of Contractor
     under any of the indemnity provisions set forth in this agreement.
     Furthermore, Contractor agrees that prior to its commencement of work, it
     will furnish Avondale Industries, Inc. with a Certificate of Insurance
     evidencing that such insurance is in force and effect and such Certificate
     of Insurance shall provide that at least ten (10) days written notice be
     given Avondale Industries, Inc. prior to the discontinuance of the
     coverage.
<PAGE>
                                   AGREEMENT

     This agreement is made in conjunction with that certain Vessel Construction
Contract between Avondale Industries, Inc. and Belle of Orleans, L.L.C.,
executed on January 12, 1994.

     The parties agree that during the first thirty (30) days after this date
the Builder, Avondale Industries, Inc., will not order either equipment or
materials pursuant to the contract and/or its plans or specifications without
the prior written consent of the Owner, Belle of New Orleans, L.L.C. in excess
of the First Milestone Payment.

     This 12th day of January, 1994.


AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.            BELLE OF ORLEANS, L.L.C.,
BUILDER                              OWNER


                                     BY:   METRO RIVERBOAT
                                           ASSOCIATES, INC.,
                                           MEMBER


        BARRY HEAPS                        NORBERT A. SIMMONS
BY:     Barry Heaps                  BY:   Norbert A. Simmons,
                                               President

        ALBERT BOSSIER
BY:     Albert Bossier,
           Chairman

jc/AGREE.LET
<PAGE>
                          VESSEL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1

      This Agreement is entered into this 11th day of February, 1994. Both
parties hereby agree to extend Milestone No. 2, as defined in the Vessel
Construction Contract, for the construction of a Paddlewheel Gaming Vessel,
BUILDER'S hull No. 114, (the "Vessel") executed 12 January 1994, by seven (7)
days.

All other terms and conditions will remain the same.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1
as of the day indicated.

WITNESSES:



______________________          AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                     BARRY HEAPS
______________________          BY   Barry Heaps

                                       Vice President
                                Its:

                                       2/11/94
                                Date


______________________          FOR BELLE OF ORLEANS, L.L.C.
                                BY: METRO RIVERBOAT ASSOCIATES, INC.

                                      THOMAS GOURGUECHON
______________________          BY:

                                Its: Authorized Representative

                                       2/11/94
                                Date:

(1380)824
<PAGE>
                          VESSEL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2

         This Agreement is entered into this 18th day of February, 1994 (the
   "Amendment" between Avondale Industries, Inc. (the "BUILDER") and Belle of
   Orleans, L.L.C. (the "OWNER") for the purpose of amending the Vessel
   Construction Contract (the "Contract") between the parties, executed 12
   January 1994, for the construction of a Paddlewheel Gaming Vessel, BUILDER's
   hull No. 114, (the "Vessel") as follows:

         1) The last sentence of Paragraph 2.4 of the Contract is revised to
            read:

            "Within forty-five (45) days of the date hereof, the parties agree
            to meet to finalize the reconfiguration of the Arrangements by no
            cost Change Order and payment of Milestone Number 2 funds.

         2) In Paragraph 5.2 add a new milestone as follows:


            Milestone                                         % of Contract
            No.           Milestone     Definition            Price
            ----------    ---------     ----------            -------------

            1a            Amendment     Time extension for    1/2%
                          No. 2 signed  reconfiguration of
                                        arrangements

         3) In Paragraph 5.2 revise the "% of Contract Price" from "19%" to read
            "18.5%" and under "Definition" revise the "30 days" to read "52
            days".

         4) In Paragraph 5.4, second line, revise the words "Numbers 1 and 2" to
            read "Numbers 1, 1a and 2."

         5) In Paragraph 5.5, second line, revise the words "Numbers 1 and 2" to
            read "Numbers 1, 1a and 2."

         6) Revise Paragraph 5.8 to read:
            "Invoices for Milestone 1 (Contract Signing), Milestone 1a
            (Amendment No. 1 signed), Milestone 2 (Sign off on Drawings and
            Specifications) and Milestone 10 (Delivery) shall be paid upon
            receipt.

         7) In Paragraph 6.1, in lines 5 and 6, revise the words "the second" to
            read "Milestone Number 2."
<PAGE>
         8) In Paragraph 6.11 revise the "thirty (30) days" to read "fifty-two
            (52) days" for the submittal of the Construction Schedule.

         This Amendment No. 2 to the Contract shall be executed in two
    counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but both of which
    together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Except as specified
    in this Amendment No. 1 the Contract remains unchanged in all of its
    provisions.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment
    No. 1 as of the day indicated.

WITNESSES:


______________________          AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                -------------------------

                                     BARRY HEAPS
______________________          BY   Barry Heaps
                                     Vice President

                                Its:

                                       2-18-94
                                Date


THOMAS GOURGUECHON              FOR BELLE OF ORLEANS, L.L.C.
                                BY: BALLY'S LOUISIANA, INC.

(UNREADABLE SIGNATURE)                CAROL S. DEPAUL
                                BY:   Carol S. DePaul

                                Its: Authorized Representative

                                       2/21/94
                                Date:
<PAGE>
                AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO VESSEL CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT

     THIS AMENDMENT NO.3 entered into on and as of the 17th day
of June, 1994, by and between BELLE OF ORLEANS, L.L.C.  ("OWNER"),
and AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.  ("BUILDER").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, OWNER and BUILDER have heretofore entered into a Vessel
Construction Contract dated January 12, 1994 (the "Original Agreement") for the
construction of one (1) Paddlewheel Gaming Vessel designated by hull no. 114
(the "Vessel"), all as more fully set forth therein; and,

     WHEREAS, OWNER and BUILDER desire to amend the Original Agreement to
facilitate the financing of the Vessel by Hibernia National Bank and for other
purposes.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, OWNER and BUILDER agree
to amend and do hereby amend the Original Agreement in the following respects:
W
     1. AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE I. Unless otherwise defined herein capitalized
terms used herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Original
Agreement. In addition, the following terms shall be added as defined terms in
Article I and shall have the following meanings:

          "1.36   Components.   'Components'  mean,  in accordance with La. R.S.
9:5522(h),  all  present  and  future parts and components of the Vessel which
are fabricated by BUILDER for use in the construction of the Vessel, which will,
when so used, form a part of the Vessel, and the fabrication of which is
commenced at the Shipyard.

          1.37    Materials.   'Materials' mean, in accordance with La. R.S.
9:5522(g), all present and future materials, all items of machinery and all all
items of equipment, which are purchased or acquired for use in the construction
of the Vessel, which will, when so used,  form a part of the Vessel,  and which
have been delivered to the Shipyard.

          1.38   Shipyard.   'Shipyard'  means,  in accordance with La.  R.S.
9:5522(j),  BUILDER's construction facility located in Westwego, Louisiana.

          1.39  Vessel Work.   'Vessel Work' means, in accordance with
La.  R.S. 9:5522(c),  the keel and all present and future Materials,
machinery, equipment, Components and fabrications forming a part of the
Vessel when permanently installed in place."
<PAGE>
     2.   AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE II.  Section 2.5 is hereby deleted in its
entirety and replaced with the following:

              "2.5 In accordance with La. R.S. 9:5524, OWNER shall be the owner
          of the Vessel to be constructed pursuant hereto, title to the Vessel
          Work shall vest in OWNER as and when performed, title to the Materials
          shall vest in OWNER as and when delivered to the Shipyard and title to
          the Components shall vest in OWNER as and when fabricated. In
          furtherance of the foregoing, BUILDER does hereby sell, transfer and
          assign to OWNER BUILDER's ownership interest in and to the Vessel, the
          Vessel Work, the Materials and the Components. It is understood and
          agreed and it is the intent of BUILDER and OWNER that OWNER shall have
          all the rights and benefits of a "purchaser" as provided in the
          Louisiana Ship Mortgage Law, La. R.S. 9:5521 ET SEQ. BUILDER shall
          have the obligations imposed on a builder by said statute and agrees
          to do the following:

              (a) BUILDER shall affix a plaque, showing the name of BUILDER,
          OWNER, the hull number of the Vessel, and the parish in which the
          Vessel is to be constructed, to the keel of the Vessel so as to be
          clearly visible at all times during the performance of the Work until
          the decking is laid. At such time as the decking is laid, the
          aforementioned plaque shall be removed and permanently affixed to the
          weather deck of the Vessel so as to be clearly visible at all times
          during continuance of the work and after completion.

              (b) BUILDER shall mark or stamp on all Materials the hull number
          of the Vessel upon delivery of such Materials to the Shipyard, or
          alternatively, maintain records which will identify with certainty all
          such Materials with the name of OWNER and the hull number of the
          Vessel.

              (c)  BUILDER shall mark or stamp on all Components the hull number
          of the Vessel upon

<PAGE>

         commencement of the fabrication thereof, or alternatively, maintain
         records which will identify with certainty all such Components with the
         name of OWNER and the hull number of the Vessel.

             (d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as may be otherwise
         provided in this Agreement, the risk of loss or damage to the Vessel
         Work, Materials, Components or the Vessel shall remain in BUILDER until
         delivery and acceptance of the Vessel, and OWNER shall not be deemed to
         have waived its rights to require BUILDER to replace, at BUILDER's
         expense, defective, damaged or destroyed workmanship or material, and
         to deliver the Vessel with the contract work completed, as provided in
         this Agreement. BUILDER shall be subject to the risk of loss of all
         contract workmanship and material in the undelivered and unaccepted
         Vessel, as provided in this Agreement."


     3.   AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE XXII.  Section 22.12 shall be added to Article
XXII as follows:

            "22.12 The provisions of this Article XXII shall not be binding on
         Lender (as hereinafter defined) with respect to the creation,
         perfection or enforcement of Lender's Security (as hereinafter
         defined); provided, that in the event that Lender assumes the
         obligations of OWNER hereunder, then the provisions of this Article
         XXII shall be binding on Lender."

     4.   AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE XXIII.   The following shall be added to the end
of Section 23.1:

         "BUILDER acknowledges that it is OWNER's intent to obtain interim
         construction financing of the Vessel from Hibernia National Bank
         ("Lender"), and OWNER intends to grant to Lender such liens and
         security interests (including a preferred ship mortgage, if and when
         obtainable), as Lender may require ("Lender's Security")."

     5.   AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE XXVII.  Section 27.5 shall be added to Article
XXVII as follows:
<PAGE>

              "27.5 Notwithstanding the foregoing, OWNER shall have the right to
          grant Lender a lien and security interest in this Agreement, the
          Vessel, the Vessel Work, the Components and the Materials. With
          Builder's prior written consent (which will not be unreasonably
          withheld or delayed), Lender shall have the right to assign Lender's
          Security and the rights of Lender thereunder and hereunder provided
          that such assignee assume in writing all the obligations of Lender
          under the Consent and Agreement dated as of June 17, 1994, among
          BUILDER, OWNER and Lender."

     6. RATIFICATION. BUILDER and OWNER agree that the Original Agreement shall
be deemed amended in each instance where appropriate to incorporate the
foregoing agreements. The parties hereto further ratify, reaffirm and adopt all
of the terms and provisions of the Original Agreement as amended herein, with
the same force and effect as though the Original Agreement as amended herein was
set forth at length in this instrument.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 3 to
be executed in their respective names and by their duly authorized officers.


AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.          BELLE OF ORLEANS, L.L.C.

                                   By: Bally's Louisiana, Inc.,
                                       Member

    ALBERT L. BOSSIER, JR.
By: Albert L. Bossier, Jr. 
Title: President                       LEE HILL
                                   By  Lee Hill
                                   Title: Vice President

258992 TFGD


                                AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE
                           AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE
                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN


               WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has authorized the amendment
          of  the  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  Performance Share Plan (the
          "Plan") to reflect that the duties of the  Stock Awards Committee
          have  now  been  combined  with  the  duties of the  Compensation
          Committee and that the Plan will henceforth  be  administered  by
          the Compensation Committee.

               NOW  THEREFORE,  the definition of "Committee" in Section 2.
          entitled "Definitions" is hereby amended to read as follows:

                    "Committee" means the Compensation Committee.

               Adopted by the Board of Directors on December 5, 1994.


                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                             By:\s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                    Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                    Vice President & Chief
                                                    Financial Officer 
                                                    & Secretary

          Dated:  December 28, 1994.
          COR\24667.1


                                AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE
                           AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE
                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                               STOCK APPRECIATION PLAN


               WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has authorized the amendment
          of  the  Avondale  Industries,  Inc. Stock Appreciation Plan (the
          "Plan") to reflect that the duties  of the Compensation Committee
          and the Stock Awards Committee have been  combined  and  that the
          Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.

               NOW   THEREFORE,   Section   3.   of   the   Plan   entitled
          "Administration  of  the  Plan" is hereby amended to read in  its
          entirety as follows:

                    3.   Administration  of  the Plan.  The Plan shall
               be  administered  by  the Compensation  Committee  (the
               "Committee").  Subject  to  the provisions of the Plan,
               the Committee shall have the authority to:

                         (a)  determine and  designate  from  time  to
                    time  those employees of the Corporation or of any
                    Subsidiary  to  whom options are to be granted and
                    the number of shares  to  be optioned to each such
                    employee; provided, however  that  no option shall
                    be granted after the expiration of the  period  of
                    ten  years  from  the  effective  date of the plan
                    specified in Section 7;

                         (b)  authorize the granting of  options which
                    qualify  as  incentive  stock  options within  the
                    meaning  of  Section 422A of the Code  ("Incentive
                    Stock Options"),  and options which do not qualify
                    as Incentive Stock  Options,  both  of  which  are
                    referred to herein as options;

                         (c)  determine  the  number of shares subject
                    to each option;

                         (d)  determine  the time  or  times  and  the
                    manner in which each option  shall  be exercisable
                    and  the  duration  of the exercise period,  which
                    period, in the case of  an Incentive Stock Option,
                    shall in no event exceed  ten years (or five years
                    as specified in Section 4(1) hereof) from the date
                    the option is granted;

                         (e)  extend the term of any option (including
                    extension  by  reason  of  any  optionee's  death,
                    permanent disability or retirement)  but,  in  the
                    case  of an Incentive Stock Option, not beyond ten
                    years (or  five years as specified in Section 4(1)
                    hereof) from the date of the grant; and
<PAGE>
                         (f)  cancel  all or any portion of any option
                    upon  the  optionee's   exercise   of   any  stock
                    appreciation  rights provided pursuant to  Section
                    4(k).

                    No director of  the Corporation who is not also an
               employee of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary shall be
               entitled to receive any option under the Plan.

                    The Committee may  interpret  the Plan, prescribe,
               amend  and rescind any rules and regulations  necessary
               or appropriate  for the administration of the Plan, and
               make  such other determinations  and  take  such  other
               action  as  it  deems  necessary or advisable.  Without
               limiting the generality  of the foregoing sentence, the
               Committee  may, in its discretion,  treat  all  or  any
               portion of any  period  during  which an optionee is on
               military  service or on an approved  leave  of  absence
               from the Corporation  or  a  Subsidiary  as a period of
               employment of such optionee by the Corporation  or such
               Subsidiary, as the case may be, for purposes of accrual
               of  his  rights  under his option.  Any interpretation,
               determination or other  action  made  or  taken  by the
               Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.


               Adopted by the Board of Directors on December 5, 1994.


                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                             By:\s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                    Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                    Vice President & Chief
                                                    Financial Officer

          Dated:  December 28, 1994.
          COR\24668.1





















                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                            EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

                    (As Amended and Restated Effective January 1,
                    1989)
















<PAGE>

                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                            EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Article                 Contents                          Section

          I.        DEFINITIONS
                      Accounts                                         1.1
                      Affiliated Company                               1.2
                      Beneficiary                                      1.3
                      Board of Directors                               1.4
                      Code                                             1.5
                      Committee                                        1.6
                      Company                                          1.7
                      Company Stock                                    1.8
                      Compensation                                     1.9
                      Disability                                       1.10
                      Disability Retirement Date                       1.11
                      Early Retirement Date                            1.12
                      Employee                                         1.13
                      Employer                                         1.14
                      Employer Contribution                            1.15
                      Entry Date                                       1.16
                      ERISA                                            1.17
                      Exempt Loan                                      1.18
                      Highly Compensated Employee                      1.19
                      Hour of Service                                  1.20
                      Investment Manager                               1.21
                      Named Fiduciary                                  1.22
                      Non-Highly Compensated Employee                  1.23
                      Non-Participating Employer                       1.24
                      Normal Retirement Age                            1.25
                      Normal Retirement Date                           1.26
                      One Year Break In Service                        1.27
                      Parental Absence                                 1.28
                      Participant                                      1.29
                      Plan                                             1.30
                      Plan Year                                        1.31
                      Post-1986 Company Stock                          1.32
                      Service Termination Date                         1.33
                      Suspense Account                                 1.34
                      Trust or Trust Agreement                         1.35
                      Trustee                                          1.36
                      Trust Fund                                       1.37
                      Valuation Date                                   1.38
                      Vested Interest                                  1.39
                      Year of Service                                  1.40

          II.       PARTICIPATION
                      Commencement of Participation                    2.1
                      Termination of Participation                     2.2
                      Participation Following Reemployment             2.3

          III.      CONTRIBUTIONS
                      Employer Contributions                           3.1
                      No Employee Contributions                        3.2
                      Time of Payment of Contribution                  3.3
<PAGE>
                      For Exclusive Benefit of Participants            3.4
                        and Beneficiaries
                      Reversion                                        3.5

          IV.       VESTING
                      Retirement, Death or Disability                  4.1
                      Other Termination                                4.2
                      Forfeitures                                      4.3
                      Reemployment                                     4.4

          V.        ALLOCATIONS AND ACCOUNTING
                      Participant Accounts                             5.1
                      Special Definitions for Article V                5.2
                      Allocation of Employer Contributions             5.3
                        and Forfeitures
                      Allocation of Cash Dividends on                  5.4
                        Company Stock
                      Stock Dividends, Splits, Recapitaliza-           5.5
                        tions, Etc.
                      Allocation of Earnings and Losses                5.6
                      Accounting Procedures                            5.7
                      Valuation Procedures                             5.8
                      Suspense Account                                 5.9
                      Release from Suspense Account                    5.10
                      Limitations on Allocations to                    5.11
                        Certain Participants
                      Limitations on Annual Additions                  5.12

          VI.       BENEFITS
                      Normal Retirement Date                           6.1
                      Early Retirement Date                            6.2
                      Disability Retirement Date                       6.3
                      Nonalienation of Benefits                        6.4
                      Qualified Domestic Relations Order               6.5

          VII.      PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
                      Time of Payment                                  7.1
                      Optional Forms of Payment                        7.2
                      Normal Form of Payment of Benefits               7.3
                      Waiver of Normal Form and Election               7.4
                        of Optional Form of Payment
                      Small Amounts                                    7.5
                      Temporary Non-Payment of Benefits                7.6
                      Manner of Payment                                7.7
                      Direct Rollover Rules                            7.8
                      Notice                                           7.9

          VIII.     TRUST FUND
                      Plan Assets                                      8.1
                      Investment of Trust Fund                         8.2
                      Company Not Responsible For Adequacy Of          8.3
                        Trust Fund
                      Legal Limitation                                 8.4
                      Exempt Loans                                     8.5
<PAGE>
          IX.       ADMINISTRATION
                      Board of Directors                               9.1
                      ESOP Administrative Committee                    9.2
                      Committee's Duties and Responsibilities          9.3
                      Committee's Powers                               9.4
                      Chairman of the Committee                        9.5
                      Claims Review Procedure                          9.6
                      Information from Participants                    9.7
                        and Beneficiaries
                      Actions                                          9.8
                      Bond                                             9.9
                      Indemnification                                  9.10

          X.        RIGHTS AND OPTIONS CONCERNING
                    COMPANY STOCK
                      Restrictions on Company Stock                   10.1
                      Right of First Refusal                          10.2
                      Put Option                                      10.3
                      Exercise of Voting Rights                       10.4
                      Tender Offer                                    10.5
                      Investment Diversification                      10.6

          XI.       AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
                      Right to Amend or Suspend Contributions        11.1
                      Amendment by Committee                          11.2
                      Restriction on Amendment                        11.3
                      Retroactivity                                   11.4

          XII.      TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
                      Events Constituting Termination                 12.1
                      Partial Termination                             12.2
                      Liquidation of the Trust Fund                   12.3
                      Internal Revenue Service Approval for           12.4
                        Distribution

          XIII.     TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS
                      Top Heavy Plan                                  13.1
                      Definitions for Article XIII                    13.2
                      Vesting                                         13.3
                      Minimum Contribution                            13.4
                      Limitations on Contributions                    13.5
                      Other Plans                                     13.6
<PAGE>
          XIV.      GENERAL PROVISIONS
                      Plan Voluntary                                  14.1
                      Payments to Minors and Incompetents             14.2
                      Missing Payee                                   14.3
                      Required Information                            14.4
                      Subject to Trust Agreement                      14.5
                      Subject to Contract                             14.6
                      Communications to Committee                     14.7
                      Communications from Employer                    14.8
                        or Committee
                      Transfers and Rollovers                         14.9
                      Action                                          14.10
                      Liability for Benefits                          14.11
                      Named Fiduciary                                 14.12
                      Gender                                          14.13
                      Captions                                        14.14
                      Applicable Law                                  14.15
                      Expenses                                        14.16
          TAX\3271.2
                                       PREAMBLE

               Avondale   Industries,   Inc.   originally  established  the
          Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective
          September 1,  1985, which plan and the  amendments  thereto  made
          through December 31,  1988,  shall  hereinafter be referred to as
          the "Prior Plan".  The Avondale Industries,  Inc.  Employee Stock
          Ownership  Plan  was  amended  and restated effective January  1,
          1989, unless otherwise provided  herein,  as  set  forth  in this
          document and in the Trust adopted as part of this Plan, to comply
          with  the  Tax  Reform  Act  of  1986  and subsequent legislation
          hereinafter  referred  to  as  the  "Plan".    The  Plan  is  the
          continuation  of  the  Prior  Plan and no gap in time  or  effect
          exists, or shall ever be construed to exist, between them.

               The purpose of the Plan, as  revised  and  restated,  is  to
          encourage  employees  to  make and continue careers with Avondale
          Industries,  Inc.  and  certain  related  employers  by  allowing
          employees to obtain beneficial  interests  in the common stock of
          Avondale  Industries,  Inc.,  to provide an effective  means  for
          employees to accumulate funds for  their  own  retirement, and to
          enable employees to share in the appreciation and depreciation of
          the common stock of Avondale Industries, Inc. accumulated  by the
          Plan.   The  Plan is designed to invest primarily in common stock
          of Avondale Industries, Inc.

               The Plan and its related Trust are intended to qualify as an
          employee stock  ownership  plan  and trust under Sections 401(a),
          501(a) and 4975(e)(7) of the Internal  Revenue  Code  of 1986, as
          amended.
          TAX\3271.2
                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

               All  capitalized  terms  used  in  this Plan shall have  the
          meaning set forth in this Article I, unless  a  different meaning
          is plainly required by the context:
<PAGE>
               1.1  Accounts  shall  mean  a  Participant's  Company  Stock
          Account   and   Investment  Account  (including  any  subaccounts
          established  from   time   to   time  under  each  such  Account)
          established  and  maintained  to  record   the   interest   of  a
          Participant  in the Trust Fund as more fully described in Section
          5.1.

               1.2  Affiliated  Company shall mean any corporation which is
          a member of a controlled  group  of  corporations  (as defined in
          Section 414(b) of the Code) which includes the Company; any trade
          or  business (whether or not incorporated) which is under  common
          control  (as  defined  in  Section  414(c)  of the Code) with the
          Company; any organization (whether or not incorporated)  which is
          a  member  of  an affiliated service group (as defined in Section
          414(m) of the Code)  which  includes  the  Company; and any other
          entity  required  to be aggregated with the Company  pursuant  to
          regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

               1.3  Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons designated
          by a Participant to receive the amount, if any, payable under the
          Plan in the event of  the Participant's death.   Each Beneficiary
          designation shall be in the form prescribed by the Committee.

               If the Participant  is  married and designates someone other
          than his legal spouse, his Beneficiary  designation  must include
          the written consent of his spouse at the time the designation  is
          made.    Such   written  consent  must  approve  the  Beneficiary
          designated and acknowledge  the  effect  of  such designation and
          must  be notarized by a notary public.  If it is  established  to
          the satisfaction  of  the  Committee  that the Participant has no
          spouse or that the spouse's consent cannot  be  obtained  because
          the   spouse   cannot  be  located,  or  because  of  such  other
          circumstances as may be prescribed in regulations issued pursuant
          to Section 417 of  the  Code,  such  written consent shall not be
          required.

               If no valid beneficiary designation is in effect at the time
          of the Participant's death, then, to the extent, if any, benefits
          are payable under the Plan after such  death,  Beneficiary  shall
          mean the Participant's legal spouse, if he is married at the time
          of his death, or otherwise the Participant's estate.

               1.4  Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of
          Avondale Industries, Inc.

               1.5  Code  shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,  as
          amended from time  to time.  Reference to any Section of the Code
          shall include any successor provision thereto.

               1.6  Committee  shall mean the ESOP Administrative Committee
          designated by the Company  to  administer  the Plan in accordance
          with Section 9.2.
               1.7  Company shall mean Avondale Industries,  Inc.  and  any
          successor company that may continue the Plan.

               1.8  Company Stock shall mean:

                    (a)  shares of any class of stock issued by the Company
<PAGE>
                         (or by a corporation which is a member of the same
                         controlled  group  within  the  meaning of Section
                         409(l) of the Code which is readily  tradeable  on
                         an established securities market.

                    (b)  If  there  is  no  Company  Stock  which meets the
                         requirements  of  Paragraph  (a) above,  the  term
                         "Company Stock" means common stock  issued  by the
                         Company (or by a corporation which is a member  of
                         the  same  controlled  group within the meaning of
                         Section 409(l) of the Code having a combination of
                         voting power and dividend  rights  equal  to or in
                         excess of:

                         (i)  that  class  of  company stock of the Company
                              (or of any other such corporation) having the
                              greatest voting power, and

                         (ii) that class of common stock of the Company (or
                              of  any other such  corporation)  having  the
                              greatest dividend rights.

               1.9  Compensation shall  mean the total annual salary, wages
          and  other  cash  compensation  paid   to   an   Employee   by  a
          Participating  Employer  including any amount which such Employee
          elects to have the Employer  contribute to a qualified plan under
          Section 401(k) or Section 125  of  the Code, but does not include
          imputed  income  or other non-cash compensation,  severance  pay,
          compensation which  arises  through  a  payment to an Employee as
          part  of  a  relocation  program  or  moving expense,  reimbursed
          expenses, any contribution to, or benefit  from  this Plan or any
          other pension plan, profit-sharing plan or employee  benefit plan
          maintained   by   a   Participating   Employer,   including   any
          contribution  to,  or benefit from, the Performance Share Plan or
          the Stock Appreciation Plan.  Only Compensation for the period of
          time  during  which  the  Employee  is  a  Participant  shall  be
          considered.

               Effective January 1,  1989, the Compensation of any Employee
          for a Plan Year shall be limited  to  $200,000,  as adjusted from
          time to time in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)  of  the Code.
          For  years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, a Participant's
          annual  Compensation  taken  into  account under the Plan for any
          Plan Year shall not exceed $150,000,  as  adjusted  from  time to
          time  in  accordance  with  Section  401(a)(17)  of the Code.  In
          determining  the  Compensation of a Participant for  purposes  of
          this limitation, the rules of Code Section 414(q)(6) shall apply,
          except in applying  these  rules,  "family" will include only the
          Participant's   spouse  and  any  lineal   descendants   of   the
          Participant who have  not attained age 19 before the close of the
          year.  If, as a result  of  the  application  of  these rules the
          adjusted $150,000 (prior to December 31, 1993, $200,000) limit is
          exceeded  then  the  limit  will  be prorated among the  affected
          individuals determined under this section  before  this  limit is
          applied.
               1.10 Disability  of  a Participant shall mean the total  and
          permanent  incapacity  of  a  Participant   to   engage   in  any
          substantial  gainful  employment, as determined by the Committee,
<PAGE>
          and  which  qualifies  him   for  commencement  of  benefits  for
          permanent and total disability under Federal Old Age and Survivor
          Insurance.

               1.11 Disability Retirement  Date  shall have the meaning set
          forth in Section 6.3.

               1.12 Early Retirement Date shall have  the meaning set forth
          in Section 6.2.

               1.13 Employee   shall   mean   a   person  employed   by   a
          Participating Employer or Non-Participating  Employer,  excluding
          any employee who is included in a unit of employees  covered by a
          negotiated collective bargaining agreement which does not provide
          for his participation in the Plan.  A director of the  Company is
          not eligible for participation in the Plan unless he is  also  an
          Employee.  A leased employee as described in Section 414(n)(2) of
          the  Code,  shall  be  considered  an  Employee  but shall not be
          considered a Participant under this Plan; provided, however, that
          any leased employee who subsequently becomes a Participant  shall
          have   his   previous  service  as  a  leased  employee  used  in
          calculating his Years of Service under the Plan.

               1.14 Employer  shall  mean  the  Company,  Avondale Services
          Corporation,  and any Affiliated Company, subsidiary  or  related
          entity that adopts  this  Plan  pursuant  to authorization by the
          Board of Directors of the Company and the board  of  directors of
          the  newly-adopting entity.  The list of Employers and  the  date
          such Employers adopted the Plan shall be contained in Appendix A.
          A "Participating  Employer"  shall  mean an entity, including the
          Company, included in this definition of Employer.

               By authorizing the adoption of this Plan, the governing body
          of any Participating Employer expressly  recognizes and delegates
          to the Company and its Board of Directors  the  right to exercise
          on  the  behalf  of  the  Participating  Employer  all power  and
          authority  conferred by the Plan to the Company or its  Board  of
          Directors.

               1.15 Employer  Contribution  shall mean a contribution by an
          Employer to the Trust Fund as described in Section 3.1.

               1.16 Entry Date shall mean the first day of each month.

               1.17 ERISA  shall  mean  the  Employee   Retirement   Income
          Security  Act  of 1974, as amended from time to time.  References
          to any section of ERISA include any successor provision thereto.

               1.18 Exempt  Loan means a loan (or other credit arrangement)
          incurred for the purpose  of  acquiring  Employer  Stock which is
          (a) extended   to  the  Plan  from  a  disqualified  person,   or
          (b) extended to  the Plan from a third party and is guaranteed or
          collateralized by  a  disqualified  person, provided such loan or
          arrangement  qualifies  under  the  provisions  of  Code  Section
          4975(d)(3) of the Code and satisfies  the  conditions  of Section
          8.5.
<PAGE>
               1.19 Highly    Compensated   Employee   means   any   highly
          compensated active employee  and  any  highly  compensated former
          employee as described in this Section 1.19.

               A highly compensated active employee includes  any  employee
          who  performs  service  for the employer during the determination
          year   and   who,  during  the   look-back   year:   (i) received
          compensation from  the employer in excess of $75,000 (as adjusted
          pursuant  to  section   415(d)   of   the   Code);  (ii) received
          compensation from the employer in excess of $50,000  (as adjusted
          pursuant to section 415(d) of the Code) and was a member  of  the
          top-paid  group  for  such  year;  or (iii) was an officer of the
          employer  and  received compensation during  such  year  that  is
          greater than 50  percent of the dollar limitation in effect under
          section 415(b)(1)(A)  of  the  Code.  The term highly compensated
          employee also includes:  (i) employees  who are both described in
          the  preceding  sentence  if  the  term "determination  year"  is
          substituted for the term "look-back year" and the employee is one
          of the 100 employees who received the  most compensation from the
          employer during the determination year;  and  (ii) employees  who
          are  5  percent  owners  at any time during the look-back year or
          determination year.

               If no officer has satisfied  the compensation requirement of
          (iii) above during either a determination year or look-back year,
          the highest paid officer for such year  shall  be  treated  as  a
          highly compensated employee.

               For  purposes  of  this Section 1.19, the determination year
          shall be the Plan Year.   The look-back year shall be the twelve-
          month period immediately preceding the determination year.

               A highly compensated former  employee  includes any employee
          who  separated  from  service (or was deemed to  have  separated)
          prior to the determination  year,  performs  no  service  for the
          employer   during  the  determination  year,  and  was  a  highly
          compensated active employee for either the separation year or any
          determination  year  ending  on  or  after  the  employee's  55th
          birthday.

               If  an employee is, during a determination year or look-back
          year, a family  member  of  either  a  5  percent owner who is an
          active or former employee or a highly compensated employee who is
          one  of the 10 most highly compensated employees  ranked  on  the
          basis of compensation paid by the employer during such year, then
          the family  member  and  the  5  percent  owner or top-ten highly
          compensated  employee shall be aggregated.   In  such  case,  the
          family member  and  5 percent owner or top-ten highly compensated
          employee  shall  be  treated   as  a  single  employee  receiving
          compensation and plan contributions  or benefits equal to the sum
          of such compensation and contributions  or benefits of the family
          member  and  5  percent  owner  or  top-ten  highly   compensated
          employee.  For purposes of this paragraph, family member includes
          the spouse, lineal ascendants and descendants of the employee  or
          former  employee  and  the  spouses of such lineal ascendants and
          descendants.
<PAGE>
               The determination of who  is  a highly compensated employee,
          including  the  determinations  of the  number  and  identity  of
          employees  in the top-paid group,  the  top  100  employees,  and
          number of employees treated as officers and the compensation that
          is considered,  will be made in accordance with Section 414(q) of
          the Code and the Regulations thereunder.

               For purposes of this Section 1.19, the term "employer" means
          the Company and any Affiliated Company.

               1.20 Hour of Service shall mean:

                    (a)  Each  hour  for  which  an Employee is directly or
                         indirectly  paid  or  entitled  to  payment  by  a
                         Participating   Employer    or   Non-Participating
                         Employer for the performance  of duties, including
                         periods of vacation and holidays;

                    (b)  Each  hour for which an Employee  is  directly  or
                         indirectly  paid  or  entitled  to  payment  by  a
                         Participating    Employer   or   Non-Participating
                         Employer (including  payments  made  or due from a
                         trust  fund  or insurer to which the Participating
                         Employer or Non-Participating Employer contributes
                         or pays premiums)  on  account of a period of time
                         during which no duties are performed (irrespective
                         of   whether  the  employment   relationship   has
                         terminated)    due    to    illness,   incapacity,
                         disability, layoff, jury duty,  military  duty, or
                         leave of absence, provided that:

                         (i)  no  more  than 501 Hours of Service shall  be
                              credited  under  this  paragraph  (b)  to  an
                              Employee on  account of any single continuous
                              period during  which the Employee performs no
                              duties; and

                         (ii) Hours of Service  shall not be credited under
                              this  paragraph (b)  to  an  Employee  for  a
                              payment  which solely reimburses the Employee
                              for medically  related  expenses  incurred by
                              the Employee or which is made or due  under a
                              plan  maintained  solely  for the purpose  of
                              complying     with     applicable    worker's
                              compensation,  unemployment  compensation  or
                              disability insurance laws;

                    (c)  Each hour not already included under paragraph (a)
                         or (b) above for which  back  pay, irrespective of
                         mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed
                         to  by such Employer, provided that  crediting  of
                         Hours  of  Service  under  this paragraph (c) with
                         respect  to  periods described  in  paragraph  (b)
                         above shall be  subject  to the limitation therein
                         set forth; and

               The  number  of  Hours  of  Service  to  be  credited  under
          paragraph (b) or (c) above on account of a period during which an
          Employee performs no duties, and the Plan Years to which Hours of
<PAGE>
          Service shall be credited under paragraphs (a),  (b) or (c) above
          shall be determined by the Committee in accordance  with Sections
          2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Regulations of the U.S.  Department
          of Labor.

               To the extent not credited above, Hours of Service will also
          be credited based on the customary work week of the Employee  for
          periods  of  military  duty  (as  required by applicable law) and
          approved leaves of absence.

               1.21 Investment   Manager   shall   mean   the   individual,
          individuals or institution appointed  by  the Committee to direct
          the investment of all or a part of the assets  of  the Trust Fund
          other than Company Stock.  Such Investment Manager must:

                    (a)  be  (i) registered  in  good  standing  under  the
                         Investment Advisors Act of 1940; or (ii) a bank as
                         defined in such Act; or (iii) an insurance company
                         qualified   to   perform   investment   management
                         services under the laws of more than one  State of
                         the United States; and

                    (b)  acknowledge  in  writing  its  status  as  a Named
                         Fiduciary under the Plan.

               1.22 Named Fiduciary under the Plan shall mean the Employer,
          the  Committee, the Trustee, the Investment Manager, if any,  and
          any other  person  or  entity described in Section 3(21) of ERISA
          with respect to the Plan.

               1.23 Non-Highly Compensated  Employee shall mean an Employee
          who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

               1.24 Non-Participating Employer  shall  mean  an  Affiliated
          Company,  subsidiary or related entity which is not participating
          in the Plan  or  which  is no longer participating in the Plan by
          reason of the recision of a prior designation of participation by
          the Board of Directors or  the  board  of  directors  of the Non-
          Participating Employer.

               1.25 Normal Retirement Age shall mean age 65 or, if later, a
          Participant's fourth anniversary of commencement of participation
          in the Plan.

               1.26 Normal Retirement Date shall have the meaning set forth
          in Section 6.1.

               1.27 One  Year  Break  In  Service  shall  mean  a  12-month
          consecutive  period  following  an Employee's Service Termination
          Date, as defined in paragraph 1.33,  during  which  the  Employee
          fails to be credited with an Hour of Service.

               1.28 Parental Absence shall mean an Employee's absence  from
          work,  on  or  after  January 1,  1985,  for any of the following
          reasons:  (i) the pregnancy of the Employee,  (ii) the  birth  of
          the  Employee's  child,  (iii) the  adoption  of  a  child by the
          Employee,  or  (iv) the  need  to  care for the Employee's  child
          immediately following its birth or adoption.   Provided, however,
<PAGE>
          that the Committee, in its sole discretion, may  require evidence
          that any absence is on account of a reason enumerated  herein and
          evidence as to the duration of such absence.

               1.29 Participant  shall  mean (i) any Employee who satisfies
          the participation requirements  set  forth  in  Article  II,  and
          (ii) any  former Employee on whose behalf an Account continues to
          be maintained in the Plan pursuant to Article II.

               1.30 Plan  shall mean the Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee
          Stock Ownership Plan,  as  set  forth  in  this  document  and as
          amended from time to time.  The Plan is intended to qualify  as a
          stock  bonus under Section 401(a) of the Code, and as an employee
          stock ownership  plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of
          the Code.

               1.31 Plan Year  shall  mean  the  calendar  year;  provided,
          however,  that  the  first  Plan  Year shall mean the period from
          September 1, 1985 to August 31, 1986;  the second Plan Year shall
          mean the period from September 1, 1986 to  August 31,  1987;  the
          third  Plan  Year shall mean the period from September 1, 1987 to
          August 31, 1988;  the fourth Plan Year shall mean the period from
          September 1, 1988 to  December 31,  1988;  and  each twelve month
          period beginning January 1, 1989 or any anniversary thereof.

               1.32 Post-1986  Company  Stock  shall  mean  Company   Stock
          acquired  by the Plan after December 31, 1986.  The portion of  a
          Participant's  Company  Stock  Account  attributable to Post-1986
          Company  Stock shall be determined by separately  accounting  for
          such  shares   and   by   tracing   such  shares  acquired  after
          December 31, 1986 to the Company Stock  Accounts  of  the various
          Participants  receiving  allocations.   Forfeitures of shares  of
          Company Stock shall retain their character  as  either  Post-1986
          Company  Stock  or  other  than  Post-1986  Company  Stock in the
          Company Stock Accounts of the Participant to whom allocated  even
          though  the  allocation  of  the  forfeiture may take place after
          December 31, 1986.

               1.33 Service Termination Date shall mean the earliest of the
          following:

                    (a)  the  date  on  which  an   Employee   resigns,  is
                         discharged, retires or dies;

                    (b)  the  first  anniversary  of  the date on which  an
                         Employee is laid off, starts an  authorized  leave
                         of  absence,  or is absent from work for any other
                         reason (other than  those  instances covered under
                         paragraphs (a) and (c)), including  holidays, paid
                         vacations, sick leaves and absence on  account  of
                         disability;

                    (c)  the  second  anniversary  of  the date on which an
                         Employee  commenced  a Parental Absence,  if  such
                         Employee  has  not yet returned  to  work  with  a
                         Participating or Non-Participating Employer.

               1.34 Suspense Account shall  mean  the  account  established
<PAGE>
          under Section 5.9 as part of the Trust Fund to hold Company Stock
          purchased  with  the  proceeds  of  an  Exempt  Loan  pending the
          allocation  of  such  stock  to  the  Company  Stock Accounts  of
          Participants.

               1.35 Trust  or  Trust  Agreement  shall  mean  the  Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust Agreement  by and
          between the Company and the Trustee as amended from time to time.

               1.36 Trustee  shall  mean  the  individuals  or  institution
          appointed by the Board of Directors to be Trustee under the Trust
          Agreement.

               1.37 Trust Fund shall mean all assets held by the Trustee in
          accordance with this Plan and the Trust Agreement.

               1.38 Valuation Date shall mean the last day of each calendar
          quarter  during  the Plan Year or any other date during the  Plan
          Year specified by  the  Committee  upon  which  the assets of the
          Trust  Fund are valued as described in Section 5.8.   The  Annual
          Valuation Date shall mean the last day of the Plan Year.

               1.39 Vested   Interest   shall   mean   the   portion  of  a
          Participant's    Accounts    which    has   become   vested   and
          nonforfeitable.

               1.40 Year of Service shall mean a 12-month period commencing
          on the first day on which an Employee is credited with an Hour of
          Service (or such Employee's date of rehire  in  the  case  of  an
          Employee  who has not previously become a Participant and who has
          incurred five or more consecutive One Year Breaks in Service) (or
          such later  date  of participation as specified in Appendix A) or
          anniversary thereof during which he is continuously employed by a
          Participating Employer  or  Non-Participating  Employer, provided
          that:

                    (a)  An  Employee shall be credited with  one  Year  of
                         Service for each 12 complete months of employment,
                         whether or not consecutive.

                    (b)  An Employee  shall cease accruing Years of Service
                         on his Service  Termination  Date;  except that if
                         such  Employee performs an Hour of Service  within
                         the 12-month  period  commencing  on  his  Service
                         Termination  Date, his period of absence shall  be
                         treated as employment.

                    (c)  Years of Service  shall include any one or more of
                         the following:

                         (i)  any period of  absence  because of service in
                              the  military  forces of the  United  States,
                              provided the Employee  returns to work within
                              90  days  after first becoming  eligible  for
                              discharge from active duty;
<PAGE>
                         (ii) any period  of  layoff  not  in excess of one
                              year in duration;

                         (iii)any  period  while  the  Employee  is  on  an
                              approved leave of absence with or without pay
                              (including any leave of absence for maternity
                              or paternity reasons);
                         (iv) any  other period of absence  approved  by  a
                              Participating  Employer  or Non-Participating
                              Employer   including   paid  holidays,   paid
                              vacations and sick leaves;

                         (v)  any other period of absence  during which the
                              Employee does not incur a One  Year  Break In
                              Service;  provided  the  Employee returns  to
                              work with a Participating  Employer  or  Non-
                              Participating  Employer  within  the one-year
                              period after his Service Termination Date;

                         (vi) to  the extent not otherwise credited  above,
                              the first  12 months of a Parental Absence if
                              the Employee  provides the Committee with any
                              evidence  it  may   reasonably   require   to
                              determine  that  the absence is on account of
                              such Parental Absence.

               Except as otherwise specifically provided under this Section
          1.40, a partial Year of Service shall  be  determined by dividing
          the number of days of employment, whether or  not consecutive, by
          the number of days in the calendar year.

               Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the  contrary,  the
          Years  of  Service of any Participant determined as of January 1,
          1989 shall not be less than the number of years he would have had
          on such date  under  the  terms of the Prior Plan as in effect on
          December 31, 1988.
          TAX\3271.2
                                      ARTICLE II
                                    PARTICIPATION

               2.1  Commencement  of Participation.   Each  Employee  of  a
          Participating Employer who was participating under the Prior Plan
          on  December 31,  1988,  shall   without   further  requirements,
          continue as a Participant hereunder.

               Each  other  Employee  of  a Participating  Employer  as  of
          January 1, 1989, and each person  who  becomes  an  Employee of a
          Participating  Employer  after  January  1, 1989, shall become  a
          Participant  as  of  the  Entry  Date  which  coincides  with  or
          immediately follows the date on which such Employee completes one
          Year of Service, provided he is employed by the  Employer on such
          date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Employee  shall become a
          Participant  prior to the effective date of the adoption  of  the
          Plan by his Employer.

               The Committee shall take any necessary or appropriate action
          to ensure that  each  Employee  eligible  to become a Participant
          under  this  Article  II  becomes a Participant  and,  if  it  is
<PAGE>
          determined that an Employee  has  for  any reason not been made a
          Participant  in  the  Plan  or  an administrative  adjustment  is
          required, each Employee shall retroactively  become a Participant
          or such administrative adjustment shall be made.

               2.2  Termination   of  Participation.   A  Participant   who
          (i) terminates   employment   with   a   Participating   Employer
          (ii) becomes a member  of  a  group  of  employees  covered  by a
          negotiated collective bargaining agreement which does not provide
          for  participation in the Plan or (iii) becomes an Employee of  a
          Non-Participating  Employer  shall  no  longer  be  considered an
          Active Participant as defined in Section 5.2, but shall  continue
          as  a  Participant  in the Plan entitled to share in the earnings
          and losses of the Trust  Fund  and  to  exercise  the rights of a
          Participant  hereunder  as  to  elections,  claims  for benefits,
          receipt of information and any other applicable rights  until his
          Vested  Interest  has been distributed and the non-vested portion
          of his Accounts, if  any,  has been forfeited pursuant to Section
          4.3.

               The participation of any  Participant  shall end when (i) no
          further benefits are payable to him or his Beneficiary  under the
          Plan and (ii) no further amounts are credited to his Accounts.

               2.3  Participation  Following Reemployment.  If an Employee,
          whether or not he was a Participant,  terminates  his  employment
          with a Participating Employer but is reemployed before a One Year
          Break  in  Service  occurs,  he shall be treated for purposes  of
          eligibility to participate in  the Plan as if the termination had
          not occurred.

               If an Employee who had not  become a Participant in the Plan
          terminates employment, experiences  a  One Year Break in Service,
          and is later reemployed by a Participating  Employer, he shall be
          treated as a new Employee for purposes of determining eligibility
          to participate in the Plan.

               If a Participant terminates employment,  experiences  a  One
          Year  Break in Service and is later reemployed by a Participating
          Employer,  he  shall automatically become a Participant as of the
          date he first performs an Hour of Service following reemployment.
          TAX\3271.2
                                     ARTICLE III
                                    CONTRIBUTIONS

               3.1  Employer Contributions.

                    (a)  Subject   to   the   provisions  of  any  loan  or
                         contribution   agreement,   the   Employer   shall
                         contribute to the  Trust  Fund  for each Plan Year
                         such  sum as the Board of Directors  may,  in  its
                         sole discretion,  determine,  which  amount may be
                         zero.  The Company may contribute all  or  part of
                         the  entire  amount  due  on behalf of one or more
                         Participating  Employers  and  charge  the  amount
                         thereof to the Participating  Employer responsible
                         therefor.
<PAGE>
                         The contribution for any year shall not exceed the
                         maximum  amount  deductible  from  the  Employer's
                         income  for  such year under Section  404  of  the
                         Code, except to  the  extent  necessary to provide
                         the  top-heavy minimum allocations  under  Section
                         13.4.

                         Employer  Contributions may be made in the form of
                         cash or Company Stock.

                    (b)  All  or  part  of  the  contributions  made  under
                         Section 3.1(a)  hereof may be applied to repay any
                         outstanding  Exempt   Loan.   The  Committee  may,
                         subject to any pledge or similar agreement, direct
                         or determine the proportions of such contributions
                         which are applied to repay each such Exempt Loan.

                    (c)  All  or  part  of  the  contributions  made  under
                         Section  3.1(a) hereof may  be  used  to  purchase
                         Shares allocated to the Account of any Participant
                         or Beneficiary  in  order  to  make a distribution
                         under  Article VII hereof to such  Participant  or
                         Beneficiary.

               3.2  No  Employee  Contributions.    No  Employee  shall  be
          required or permitted to contribute to the Trust Fund.

               3.3  Time   of  Payment  of  Contribution.    The   Employer
          Contribution for each  Plan Year shall be paid to the Trustee not
          later than the time prescribed  by  law  for  filing  the federal
          corporate  income  tax  return,  including  extensions,  for  the
          taxable  year ending with or within such Plan Year.  At the  time
          such contribution  is  made  to  the  Trust  Fund,  the  Board of
          Directors   shall   designate   the  Plan  Year  for  which  such
          contribution is made, either by amount or by formula.

               3.4  For    Exclusive    Benefit   of    Participants    and
          Beneficiaries.    Subject   to   Section    3.5,   all   Employer
          Contributions to the Trust Fund shall be irrevocable, and neither
          such contributions nor any income therefrom shall be used for, or
          diverted  to,  purposes other than for the exclusive  benefit  of
          Participants or their Beneficiaries under the Plan.
               3.5  Reversion.   In  no  event shall the assets of the Plan
          revert to the benefit of the Employer  except as provided in this
          Section 3.5.  Notwithstanding any provision  of  the  Plan to the
          contrary,  any  contribution by the Employer is conditioned  upon
          the deductibility  of  such contribution under Section 404 of the
          Code.  In the event all  or any portion of a contribution made by
          the  Employer  is  attributable   to  a  good  faith  mistake  in
          determining the deductibility of the  contribution,  the Employer
          may  demand  repayment  of  the  affected contributions, and  the
          Trustee shall return such contributions.   Any  such demand shall
          be  made within one year following a final determination  of  the
          disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.

               In  the  event  all or any portion of a contribution made by
          the Employer is attributable to a good faith mistake of fact, the
<PAGE>
          Trustee shall return the  affected  portion  of the contribution,
          provided  the  Employer  furnishes  the Trustee evidence  of  the
          mistake within one year of the contribution.

               The maximum amount that may be returned  to  the Employer in
          the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of  a deduction
          is  the  excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant,
          (2) (A) the  amount  that  would  have  been  contributed  had no
          mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have  been
          contributed  had the contribution been limited to the amount that
          is deductible  after  any  disallowance  by  the Internal Revenue
          Service.   Earnings attributable to the excess  contribution  may
          not be returned  to the Employer, but losses attributable thereto
          must reduce the amount  to  be  so returned.  Furthermore, if the
          withdrawal  of  the  amount  attributable   to  the  mistaken  or
          nondeductible  contribution  would  cause  the  balance   of  the
          individual account of any Participant to be reduced to less  than
          the balance which would have been in the account had the mistaken
          or nondeductible amount not been contributed, then the amount  to
          be  returned  to the Employer must be limited so as to avoid such
          reduction.
          TAX\3271.2
                                      ARTICLE IV
                                       VESTING

               4.1  Retirement,  Death  or Disability.  A Participant shall
          have a nonforfeitable and fully  vested  interest in his Accounts
          upon  the  attainment,  prior to termination  of  Employment,  of
          Normal Retirement Age, death  or  Disability prior to termination
          of employment.

               4.2  Other Termination.  Except  as  otherwise  provided  in
          this  Section  4.2 and Section 13.3, a Participant who terminates
          employment for reasons other than death, Disability or attainment
          of Normal Retirement Age prior to termination of employment shall
          have the Vested  Interest  in  his  Accounts  determined  by  the
          following schedule:

                    ---------------------------------------------
                    YEARS OF SERVICE           VESTED INTEREST

                    Less than 5 years                 0%
                    5 years or more                  100%

               Notwithstanding the vesting schedule above, (i) a
          Participant shall have a fully vested and nonforfeitable interest
          in any amounts allocated to his Accounts which are attributable
          to a plan-to-plan transfer to the Trust from a defined benefit
          plan maintained by the Company as more fully described in Section
          5.1 and (ii) any Employee who was a Participant in the Prior Plan
          and had completed at least 3 Years of Service prior to January 1,
          1989, shall be subject to the Prior Plan schedule to the extent
          that such schedule is more liberal than the vesting schedule
<PAGE>
          provided above.  The following is the Prior Plan vesting
          schedule:

                    ---------------------------------------------
                    YEARS OF SERVICE           VESTED INTEREST

                    Less than 4 years                 0%
                    4 years                          40%
                    5 years                          100%

               4.3  Forfeitures.  The non-vested portion of a Participant's
          Accounts shall be forfeited on the date on which he incurs 5
          consecutive One Year Breaks in Service, and shall be reallocated
          among the Accounts of Active Participants as provided in Section
          5.3.  For purposes of this Section 4.3, if the value of a
          Participant's vested interest in his Accounts is zero, the
          Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of
          such vested Account (and therefore a forfeiture results) as of
          the end of the Plan Year in which his or her employment
          terminates, and the non-vested portion shall be allocated among
          the Accounts of Active Participants as provided in Section 5.3.
          Forfeitures shall be determined pursuant to Section 54.4975-
          11(d)(4) of the Treasury Regulations.

               If a portion of a Participant's Account is forfeited,
          Company Stock, which represent the Participant's interest in
          Company Stock released from the Suspense Account, must be
          forfeited only after other assets.  If interest in more than one
          class of Company Stock have been allocated to the Participant's
          Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same
          proportion of each such class.

               A Participant can have a forfeiture restored after re-
          employment, but only under the circumstances described in Section
          4.4

               4.4  Reemployment.  If a participant terminates his or her
          employment with the Employer, incurs a Break in Service, and is
          later reemployed by the Employer:

                    (a)  His or her Years of Service prior to the Break in
                         Service shall be taken into account for purposes
                         of determining the vested portion of such
                         Participant's Account funded after reemployment
                         (i) if any portion of the Participant's Account is
                         vested at the time of the Break in Service, or
                         (ii) if the number of years in the Break in
                         Service is less than the five.

                    (b)  His or her Years of Service which accrue after the
                         Break in Service shall be taken into account for
                         purposes of determining the vested portion of such
                         Participant's Account funded prior to the Break in
                         Service, provided such Participant is reemployed
                         by the Employer before he or she incurs five (5)
                         consecutive Breaks in Service.
<PAGE>
                    (c)  Any Participant who terminates employment with
                         zero vesting in his or her Accounts shall be
                         credited with the full value of such Accounts
                         determined as of the date of the deemed
                         distribution under Section 4.3 if the Participant
                         is re-employed before he or she incurs five (5)
                         consecutive Breaks in Service.  If any credit is
                         required under this Subparagraph (c), the credit
                         shall be made no later than the close of the Plan
                         Year in which occurs the later of the re-
                         employment or the repayment.  The credit shall be
                         satisfied first from forfeitures and second from
                         Employer Contributions.
          TAX\3271.2
                                      ARTICLE V
                              ALLOCATIONS AND ACCOUNTING

               5.1  Participant Accounts.  The Committee shall maintain
          (i) a Company Stock Account and (ii) an Investment Account for
          each Participant.  Each Participant's Company Stock Account shall
          consist solely of shares of Company Stock.  Each Participant's
          Investment Account shall consist of the Participant's shares of
          Trust Assets other than Company Stock.

               For all Participants who were Participants in the Plan on
          August 31, 1986, a subaccount of the Company Stock Account and
          Investment Account shall be maintained to reflect the shares of
          Company Stock and other assets attributable to the sale of
          Company Stock allocated to the Participant's Company Stock
          Account on August 31, 1986, as a result of Company Stock acquired
          by the Trust in a plan-to-plan transfer from a defined benefit
          plan maintained by the Company.  The subaccounts established for
          a Participant as a result of the plan-to-plan transfer from the
          defined benefit plan maintained by the Company shall be 100%
          vested at all times.  Other subaccounts may be established and
          maintained from time to time at the direction of the Committee.

               Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the maintenance
          of all accounts and subaccounts shall be for bookkeeping purposes
          only and no segregation of Trust Fund assets shall be required.

               5.2  Special Definitions for Article V.  For purposes of
          this Article V, the term Active Participant shall mean a
          Participant (i) who is employed by a Participating Employer
          through the last payroll period ending within the Plan Year,
          (ii) who died prior to termination of employment, (iii) retired
          from active employment with a Participating Employer on or after
          his Early or Normal Retirement Date during the Plan Year, or
          (iv) who received self-insured, short-term Disability payments
          from the Employer during the Plan Year.

               Dividends.  For purposes of this Article V, the term
          Dividends shall include distributions, which are dividends under
          applicable state law accounted for as dividends under generally
          accepted accounting principles, provided such dividends do not
          constitute extraordinary dividends.
<PAGE>
               5.3  Allocation of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures.
          As of each Annual Valuation Date, the total number of shares
          (including fractional shares) of Company Stock (i) contributed to
          the Trust Fund by the Employer, (ii) purchased by the Trustee
          with Employer Contributions made in cash, (iii) released from the
          Suspense Account pursuant to Section 5.10 during the Plan Year or
          (iv) forfeited during the Plan Year pursuant to Section 4.3 shall
          be computed and allocated to the Company Stock Accounts of all
          Active Participants in proportion that each such Active
          Participant's Compensation bears to the total Compensation for
          all Active Participants for such year.

               As of each Annual Valuation Date, Employer Contributions
          made in cash during the Plan Year which are not used to purchase
          Company Stock or to repay an Exempt Loan, as well as any
          forfeitures from Participant Investment Accounts pursuant to
          Section 4.3, shall be computed and allocated to the Investment
          Accounts of all Active Participants in proportion that each such
          Active Participant's Compensation bears to the total Compensation
          for all Active Participants for such year.

               5.4  Allocation of Cash Dividends on Company Stock.  All
          Dividends payable with respect to Company Stock held by the Trust
          Fund, whether or not allocated to the Company Stock Accounts of
          Participants will be used for the purpose of repaying one or more
          Exempt Loans.  If Dividends on Company Stock allocated to a
          Participant's Company Stock Account are used to pay an Exempt
          Loan, Company Stock having a fair market value of not less than
          the amount of any such Dividend shall be allocated to such
          Participant's Employer Stock Account.  Nevertheless, with respect
          to cash Dividends attributable to Company Stock allocated to the
          Company Stock Accounts of Participants, the Committee may, in its
          sole discretion, determine for any Plan Year whether to either
          (i) allocate such cash Dividends received by the Trust Fund to
          the Investment Accounts of Participants in proportion to the
          Company Stock allocated to each Participant's Company Stock
          Account as of the record date established by the Company with
          respect to such Dividends, or (ii) distribute such cash Dividends
          to Participants in proportion to the shares of Company Stock
          (including fractional shares) allocated to each Participant's
          Company Stock Account as of the record date established by the
          Company with respect to such Dividends.

               Cash dividends which are paid to Participants may be paid
          directly by the Company or may be paid by the Trustee and/or
          Committee within 90 days after the end of the Plan Year of
          receipt by the Trustee.

               In the case of Dividends distributed to Participants,
          Dividend checks that are returned to the Committee as
          undeliverable to Participants at their last known address will be
          restored to the accounts of such Participants and such cash
          dividends will be 100 percent vested irrespective of whether the
          shares to which the dividends are attributable were vested.  The
          Participant's entire vested account, including the dividends, are
          subject to forfeiture under paragraph 14.3 of the ESOP if the
          Participant still cannot be located after 5 years of consecutive
          Breaks in Service.
<PAGE>
               5.5  Stock Dividends, Splits, Recapitalizations, Etc.  Any
          shares (including fractional shares) of Company Stock received by
          the Trust on shares allocated to Company Stock Account of
          Participants as a result of a stock dividend, stock split,
          conversion, or as a result of a reorganization or other
          recapitalization of the Company, shall be allocated as of the
          record date of such distribution in proportion to the shares
          (including fractional shares) then allocated to each
          Participant's Company Stock Account; provided, however, that any
          stock dividends may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be
          used to repay an Exempt Loan.

               5.6  Allocation of Earnings and Losses.  As of each
          Valuation Date, the Trustee shall determine the fair market value
          of the Trust Fund and the net earnings and gains or losses of the
          Trust Fund (other than unrealized appreciation or depreciation in
          Company Stock) after deducting any expenses which have not been
          paid by the Company.

               After the Trustee has completed its calculations, the
          Committee shall allocate the net earnings and gains or losses of
          the Trust Fund since the immediately preceding Valuation Date to
          the Investment Accounts of all Participants in proportion to the
          balances of such Accounts as of the immediately preceding
          Valuation Date. The Committee may also make such other
          adjustments to the Participant Accounts as it deems necessary and
          appropriate in order to achieve an equitable allocation of the
          net earnings and gains or losses as long as it does so in a
          uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and such adjustments are
          consistent with the accounting procedures established by Section
          5.7.

               5.7  Accounting Procedures.  The Committee shall establish
          the accounting procedures for the purposes of making the
          allocations to Participant Accounts in accordance with the
          provisions of the Plan.  From time to time the Committee may
          modify its accounting procedures for the purpose of achieving
          equitable and non-discriminatory allocations.

               5.8  Valuation Procedures.  In determining the fair market
          value of the Trust Fund, the Committee and/or Trustee shall act
          in accordance with generally accepted valuation methods and
          practices and shall be entitled to retain such independent
          appraisers as it deems necessary to determine the value of any
          Trust Fund assets that are not traded freely on a recognized
          market.  All valuations of Company Stock made during a period
          when Company Stock is not readily tradable on an established
          securities market shall be made by an "independent appraiser" as
          defined in the Regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of
          the Code.

               As soon as practicable after the close of each Plan Year,
          the Committee shall mail to each Participant (at his last known
          address) a valuation notice which includes the number of shares
          (including fractional shares) allocated to his Company Stock
          Account, the value of such shares determined at the end of the
          Plan Year, the value of his Investment Account and the
          Participant's Vested Interest.
<PAGE>
               5.9  Suspense Account.  Shares of Company Stock acquired by
          the Trust Fund through an Exempt Loan shall be added to and
          maintained in the Suspense Account on an unallocated basis until
          released from the Suspense Account as provided in Section 5.10
          and allocated to the Company Stock Accounts of Participants as
          provided in Section 5.3.

               5.10 Release from Suspense Account.  Shares of Company Stock
          acquired for the Trust Fund with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan
          shall be released from the Suspense Account as the Exempt Loan is
          repaid, in accordance with the following provisions of this
          Section 5.10:

                    (a)  For each Plan Year until the Exempt Loan is fully
                         repaid, the number of shares of Company Stock
                         released from the Suspense Account shall equal the
                         number of unreleased shares immediately before
                         such release for the current Plan Year multiplied
                         by the "Release Fraction."  As used herein, the
                         term "Release Fraction" shall mean a fraction, the
                         numerator of which is the amount of principal and
                         interest paid on the Exempt Loan for such current
                         Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum
                         of the numerator plus the principal and interest
                         to be paid on such Exempt Loan for all future
                         years during the term of such Exempt Loan
                         (determined without reference to any possible
                         extensions or renewals thereof).  For purposes of
                         computing the denominator of the Release Fraction,
                         if the interest rate on the Exempt Loan is
                         variable, the interest to be paid in subsequent
                         Plan Years shall be calculated by assuming that
                         the interest rate in effect as of the end of the
                         applicable Plan Year will be the interest rate in
                         effect for the remainder of the term of the Exempt
                         Loan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
                         such Exempt Loan shall be repaid with the proceeds
                         of a subsequent Exempt Loan (the "Substitute
                         Loan"), such repayment shall not operate to
                         release all such shares in the Suspense Account,
                         but, rather, such release shall be effected
                         pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this
                         paragraph (a) on the basis of payments of
                         principal and interest on such Substitute Loan.

                    (b)  If required by any pledge or similar agreement,
                         then in lieu of applying the provisions of
                         paragraph (a) with respect to an Exempt Loan,
                         shares of Company Stock shall be released from the
                         Suspense Account as the principal amount of such
                         Exempt Loan is repaid (without regard to interest
                         payments), provided the following three conditions
                         are satisfied:

                         (i)  The Exempt Loan shall provide for annual
                              payments of principal and interest at a
                              cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any
                              time than level annual payments of such
                              amounts for 10 years;
<PAGE>
                         (ii) The interest portion of any payment shall be
                              disregarded only to the extent it would be
                              treated as interest under standard loan
                              amortization tables; and

                         (iii)If the Exempt Loan is renewed, extended or
                              refinanced, the sum of the expired duration
                              of the Exempt Loan and the renewal, extension
                              or new Exempt Loan period shall not exceed 10
                              years.

                    (c)  If at any time there is more than one Exempt Loan
                         outstanding, then separate accounts may be
                         established under the Suspense Account for each
                         such Exempt Loan.  Each Exempt Loan for which a
                         separate account is maintained may be treated
                         separately for purposes of the provisions
                         governing the release of shares of Company Stock
                         from the Suspense Account and for purposes of the
                         provisions governing the application of Employer
                         Contributions to repay an Exempt Loan.

                    (d)  It is intended that the provisions of this Section
                         5.10 shall be applied and construed in a manner
                         consistent with the requirements and provisions of
                         Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(8), and
                         any successor Regulation thereto.

               5.11 Limitations on Allocations to Certain Participants.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V:

                    (a)  If more than one-third of the total allocations to
                         Active Participants' Accounts with respect to a
                         Plan Year would be allocated pursuant to Section
                         5.3, in the aggregate, to the Accounts of Highly
                         Compensated Employees then the allocations to the
                         Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees shall be
                         reduced, pro rata, in an amount sufficient to
                         reduce the amounts allocated to the Accounts of
                         such Active Participants to an amount not in
                         excess of one-third of the total allocations to
                         Active Participants' Accounts with respect to such
                         Plan Year; and

                    (b)  Any amounts which are prevented from being
                         allocated due to the restriction contained in
                         paragraph (a) shall be allocated pursuant to
                         Section 5.3 to the Accounts of Non-Highly
                         Compensated Employees as though the Highly
                         Compensated Employees did not participate in the
                         Plan.

               5.12 Limitation on Annual Additions.  The following
          paragraphs of this Section 5.12 shall apply notwithstanding any
          provision of the Plan to the contrary:

                    (a)  The total "Annual Additions" to a Participant's
                         Accounts for any Plan Year under the provisions of
<PAGE>
                         this Article V shall not exceed the lesser of
                         (i) 25% of the Participant's compensation (as
                         defined in Section 415(c)(3) of the Code and the
                         Regulations promulgated thereunder) or
                         (ii) $30,000 or such larger amount equal to 1/4 of
                         the defined benefit dollar limitation as adjusted
                         or cost-of-living increases pursuant to Code
                         Sections 415(c)(1), 415(d)(1) and 415(d)(3);
                         provided, however, that for Plan Years ending
                         prior to January 1, 1990 if the restriction
                         contained in Section 5.11 remains in effect, such
                         dollar amount shall be increased by the lesser of
                         (i) 100% of the dollar amount otherwise applicable
                         for the Plan Year or (ii) the amount of Company
                         Stock contributed to the Plan or attributable to
                         cash contributed to the Plan.

                    (b)  For purposes of paragraph (a), the term "Annual
                         Additions" shall mean for any Plan Year the
                         aggregate of amounts of Employer Contributions and
                         forfeitures credited to a Participant's Accounts,
                         such as Employer Contributions used to repay one
                         or more Exempt Loans or to purchase shares of
                         Company Stock which are deemed allocated to such
                         Participant's Accounts; provided, however, that
                         "Annual Additions" shall not include any amounts
                         credited to the Participant's Accounts (i) due to
                         Employer Contributions relating to an interest
                         payment on an Exempt Loan, (ii) received by the
                         Trust through a plan-to-plan transfer,
                         (iii) attributable to a forfeiture of Company
                         Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt
                         Loan, or (iv) received by the Trust as a result of
                         a dividend, as defined in Section 5.2 (or a stock
                         split, recapitalization or other event described
                         in Section 5.5), declared by the Company and
                         allocated to such Participants' Accounts in
                         proportion to the shares (including fractional
                         shares) of Company Stock allocated to such
                         Accounts.  For purposes of this paragraph (b), the
                         portion of an Employer Contribution used to repay
                         one or more Exempt Loans or to purchase shares of
                         Company Stock which is deemed allocated to an
                         Active Participant's Account shall be in the
                         proportion that each such Active Participant's
                         Compensation bears to the total Compensation for
                         all Active Participants for such year.

                         For purposes of this paragraph (b), all defined
                         contribution plans of the Employer, whether or not
                         terminated, are to be treated as one defined
                         contribution plan.

                    (c)  The term "Annual Additions" also includes amounts
                         allocated to an individual medical account, as
                         defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), which is part
                         of a defined benefit plan maintained by the
                         Employer, and amounts derived from contributions
<PAGE>
                         which are attributable to post-retirement medical
                         benefits allocated to the separate account of a
                         key employee, as defined in Code Section
                         419(A)(d)(3), under a welfare benefit fund, as
                         defined in Code Section 419(e), maintained by the
                         Employer.

                    (d)  For purposes of this Section 5.12, Participant's
                         compensation, as defined in Section 415(c)(3) of
                         the Code and Regulation, shall mean wages,
                         salaries and fees for professional services and
                         other amounts received (without regard to whether
                         or not an amount was paid in cash) for personal
                         services actually rendered in the course of
                         employment for the Employer maintaining the Plan
                         to the extent that the amounts are includible in
                         gross income (including but not limited to
                         commissions paid salesmen, compensation for
                         services on the basis of a percentage of profits,
                         commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses,
                         fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other
                         expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as
                         described in section 1.62-2(c) of the
                         Regulations)), but excluding:

                         (i)  Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
                              compensation which are not includible in the
                              Employee's gross income for the taxable year
                              in which contributed, or employer
                              contributions under a simplified employee
                              pension plan to the extent such contributions
                              are deductible by the Employee or any
                              distributions from a plan of deferred
                              compensation;

                         (ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-
                              qualified stock option or when restricted
                              stock or property held by the Employee is no
                              longer subject to a substantial risk of
                              forfeiture or becomes freely transferable;

                         (iii)Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or
                              other disposition of stock acquired under an
                              incentive stock option; and

                         (iv) Other amounts which received special tax
                              benefits such as premiums for group-term life
                              insurance (but only to the extent that the
                              premiums are not includible in the gross
                              income of the employee).

                    (e)  If for any reason the Annual Additions to a
                         Participant's Accounts would exceed the limitation
                         described in paragraph (a) above, the allocation
                         of the annual addition shall be reduced as
                         follows:
<PAGE>
                         (i)  Excess amounts shall be allocated and
                              reallocated to the Accounts of other
                              Participants in accordance with Section 5.3
                              to the extent that such allocations would not
                              cause Annual Additions to each Participant's
                              Accounts to exceed the limitations of this
                              Section 5.12.

                         (ii) To the extent the reductions described in
                              Subparagraph (1) cannot be allocated to other
                              Participants' Accounts, such reduction shall
                              be allocated to a Section 415 Suspense
                              Account.  All amounts in the Section 415
                              Suspense Account must be allocated and
                              reallocated to Participants' Accounts in the
                              same manner as other forfeitures before an
                              Employer Contribution which would constitute
                              Annual Additions may be made.  No investment
                              gains and losses shall be allocated to the
                              Section 415 Suspense Account.  The Committee
                              may, in its discretion, use any such
                              investment gains and losses to repay an
                              Exempt Loan or to be allocated to Participant
                              Accounts.  Any amounts allocated to
                              Participants from the Section 415 Suspense
                              Account shall be considered Annual Additions.
                              In the event of termination of the Plan, the
                              balance of the Section 415 Suspense Account
                              shall revert to the Company to the extent it
                              may not then be allocated to any
                              Participants' Accounts.

                         (iii)Subparagraphs (1) and (2) notwithstanding,
                              any amounts held in an individual
                              Participant's Section 415 Suspense Account as
                              of December 31, 1988, under the terms of the
                              Prior Plan shall continue to be held for, and
                              allocated to, such Participant pursuant to
                              Section 11.3 of the Prior Plan.

                         (iv) The excess amounts shall not be deemed Annual
                              Additions in that limitation year if they are
                              treated in accordance with this Subparagraph
                              and if the excess amounts are a result of the
                              allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error
                              in estimating a Participant's annual
                              Compensation, a reasonable error in
                              determining the amount of elective deferrals
                              (within the meaning of Section 402(g)(3))
                              that may be made with respect to any
                              individual under the limits of Section 415 or
                              under other limited facts and circumstances
                              that the Commissioner finds justify the
                              availability of the rules set forth in this
                              Paragraph.
<PAGE>
                    (f)  Paragraph (a) notwithstanding, if a Participant is
                         included in both a defined benefit plan and a
                         defined contribution plan maintained by the
                         Employer, the sum of the "defined benefit plan
                         fraction" and the "defined contribution plan
                         fraction" as defined in Section 415(e) of the Code
                         for any Plan Year may not exceed 1.00.  Reduction
                         of contributions to all benefits from all other
                         plans, where required, shall be accomplished by
                         first reducing benefits under such other defined
                         benefit plan or plans, then reducing contributions
                         or allocating excess in the manner and priority
                         set out in such other defined contribution plans,
                         and finally by allocating any remaining excess for
                         this Plan in the manner and priority set out above
                         with respect to this Plan.

                         The defined benefit plan fraction for any year is
                         a fraction (a) the numerator of which is the
                         projected "annual benefit" of the Participant
                         under the defined benefit plan (determined as of
                         the close of the Plan Year), and (b) the
                         denominator of which is the lesser of:  (1) the
                         product of 1.25 multiplied by the maximum dollar
                         limitation in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) of
                         the Code for such year, or (2) the product of 1.4
                         multiplied by the amount which may be taken into
                         account under Section 415(b)(1)(B) of the Code for
                         such year.  The defined contribution plan fraction
                         for any year is a fraction (1) the numerator of
                         which is the sum of the "annual additions" to the
                         Participant's Account as of the close of the
                         Limitation Year and (b) the denominator of which
                         is the sum of the lesser of the following amounts
                         determined for such year and each prior Year of
                         Service with the Employer:  (1) the product of
                         1.25 multiplied by the dollar limitation in effect
                         under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for such
                         year (determined without regard to Section
                         415(c)(6) of the Code, or (2) the product of 1.4
                         multiplied by the amount which may be taken into
                         account under Section 415(c)(1)(B) of the Code for
                         such year.

                    (g)  For purposes of this Section 5.12, the term
                         "Employer" includes any entity required to be
                         aggregated with the Company or any other
                         Participating Employer under Sections 414(b), (c),
                         (m) or (o) of the Code.
          TAX\3271.2
                                      ARTICLE VI
                                       BENEFITS

               6.1  Normal Retirement Date.  The Normal Retirement Date
          shall be the later of (a) the first day of any month coincident
          with or next following the Participant's actual retirement (or
          other termination of employment) after age 65, or (b) the first
          day of the month coincident with or next following a
<PAGE>
          Participant's fourth anniversary of commencement of participation
          in the Plan.  Any Participant who remains an Employee beyond age
          65, or becomes a Participant after such date, shall participate
          in the contributions and benefits of the Plan in the same manner
          as any other Participant.

               6.2  Early Retirement Date.  Any Participant who has
          attained age 55 and who has at least 10 Years of Service may
          retire on an Early Retirement Date by making written application
          to the Committee specifying an Early Retirement Date which is the
          first day of a month not more than 90 days following the date of
          the filing of the application.

               6.3  Disability Retirement Date.  Any Participant who has
          incurred a Disability, as determined by the Committee, may retire
          on a Disability Retirement Date by making written application to
          the Committee specifying a Disability Retirement Date which is
          the first day of a month not more than 90 days following the date
          of the filing of the application.  Former Employees shall not be
          eligible for Disability Retirement unless the Disability was
          determined to have occurred during the course of such former
          Employee's employment with the Employer.  Subject to Section 9.6,
          the determination of the Committee as to whether a Participant
          has a Disability and the date of such Disability shall be final,
          binding and conclusive.

               6.4  Nonalienation of Benefits.  Except with respect to
          federal income tax withholding and federal tax levies, benefits
          payable under this Plan shall not be subject in any manner to
          anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge,
          encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind,
          either voluntary or involuntary, including any such liability
          which is for alimony or other payments for the support of a
          spouse or former spouse or for any other relative of the
          Employee, prior to actually being received by the person entitled
          to the benefit under the terms of the Plan; and any attempt to
          anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber,
          charge or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable
          hereunder, shall be void.  The Trust Fund shall not in any manner
          be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities,
          engagements or torts of any person entitled to benefits
          hereunder.

               Notwithstanding the above, the Committee shall direct the
          Trustee to comply with a qualified domestic relations order
          described in Section 6.5.

               6.5  Qualified Domestic Relations Order.  All rights and
          benefits, including election rights, provided to Participants
          pursuant to this Plan, are subject to the rights afforded to any
          "alternate payee" pursuant to a "qualified domestic relations
          order," as those terms are defined below.

               Pursuant to the provisions of Section 414(p) of the Code, a
          "qualified domestic relations order" shall mean a judgment,
          decree or order (including approval of a property settlement
          agreement) made pursuant to a state domestic relations law
          (including a community property law) that relates to the
          provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property
<PAGE>
          rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent of a
          Participant ("alternate payee") and which:

                    (a)  creates or recognizes the existence of an
                         alternate payee's right to, or assigns to an
                         alternate payee the right to, receive all or a
                         portion of the benefits payable to a Participant
                         under this Plan; and

                    (b)  specifies (i) the name and last known mailing
                         address (if any) of the Participant and each
                         alternate payee covered by the order, (ii) the
                         amount or percentage of the Participant's benefits
                         under the Plan to be paid to each such alternate
                         payee, or the manner in which such amount or
                         percentage is to be determined and, (iii) the
                         number of payments or the period to which the
                         order applies; and

                    (c)  does not require this Plan to:

                         (i)  provide any type or form of benefit, or any
                              option, not otherwise provided hereunder;

                         (ii) pay any benefits to any alternate payee prior
                              to the earlier of:

                              (A)  the earliest date benefits are payable
                                   hereunder to a Participant, or

                              (B)  the later of the date the Participant
                                   attains age 50 or the earliest date on
                                   which the Participant could obtain a
                                   distribution under the Plan if the
                                   Participant terminated employment;

                         (iii)pay any benefits which are not vested under
                              the Plan;

                         (iv) provide increased benefits, or

                         (v)  pay benefits to an alternate payee which are
                              required to be paid to another alternate
                              payee under a prior qualified domestic
                              relations order.

               For purposes of this Plan, an alternate payee who had been
          married to the Participant for at least one year may be treated
          as a spouse with respect to the portion of the Participant's
          Accounts in which such alternate payee has an interest provided
          that the qualified domestic relations order provides for such
          treatment.  However, under no circumstances may the spouse of an
          alternate payee (who is not a Participant hereunder) be treated
          as a spouse under the terms of the Plan.

               Upon receipt of any judgment, decree or order (including
          approval of a property settlement agreement) relating to the
<PAGE>
          provision of payment by the Plan to an alternate payee pursuant
          to a state domestic relations law, the Committee shall promptly
          notify the affected Participant and any alternate payee of the
          receipt of such judgment, decree order and shall notify the
          affected Participant and any alternate payee of the Committee's
          procedure for determining whether or not the judgment, decree or
          order is a qualified domestic relations order.

               The Committee shall establish procedures to determine the
          status of a judgment, decree or order as a qualified domestic
          relations order and to administer Plan distributions in
          accordance with any such qualified domestic relations order. Such
          procedures shall be in writing, shall include provisions
          specifying the notification requirements enumerated in the
          preceding paragraph, shall permit an alternate payee to designate
          a representative for receipt of communications from the
          Committee, and shall include such other provisions as the
          Committee shall determine, including such provisions required
          under Treasury Regulations.

               During any period in which the issue of whether a judgment,
          decree or order is a qualified domestic relations order is being
          determined (by the Committee, a court of competent jurisdiction
          or otherwise), the Committee shall account for separately the
          amount, if any, which would have been payable to the alternate
          payee during such period if the judgment, decree or order had
          been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order.

               If the judgment, decree or order is determined to be a
          qualified domestic relations order within the 18-month period
          following the receipt by the Committee of the qualified domestic
          relations order, then payment of the amount shall be paid to the
          appropriate alternate payee at the time and in the form specified
          in such order.  If such a determination is not made within the
          18-month period, the amount shall be returned to the
          Participant's Accounts under the Plan and shall be paid at the
          time and in the manner provided under the Plan as if no order,
          judgment or decree had been received by the Committee.
          TAX\3271.2
                                     ARTICLE VII
                                 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

               7.1  Time of Payment.  Subject to the temporary non-payment
          provisions of Section 7.6, the payment of a Participant's Vested
          Interest shall be made, or commence, as soon as administratively
          practicable following the Participant's Normal Retirement Date or
          death (but not later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year
          in which the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Date or
          dies); provided, however, that no distribution shall commence
          later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the
          Participant attains age 70 1/2, even if still employed, whether
          or not he is employed by a Participating Employer.

               For a Participant electing an Early Retirement Date as
          provided in Section 6.2 or a Disability Retirement Date as
          provided in Section 6.3, the payment of his Vested Interest shall
<PAGE>
          be made, or commence, as soon as administratively practicable
          following his Early Retirement Date or Disability Retirement Date
          (but not later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in
          which the Early Retirement Date or Disability Retirement Date
          occurs).

               For a Participant who terminates employment (other than by
          reason of death or Disability) prior to his Normal Retirement
          Date or Early Retirement Date, the payment of his Vested Interest
          shall be made, or begin to be made, within 60 days after the
          close of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains his Early
          Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date or dies.

               Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs of this Section
          7.1, the payment of the Vested Interest of a Participant's
          Company Stock Account attributable to Post-1986 Company Stock
          shall be made, or shall commence, not later than the sixth Plan
          Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant terminated
          employment, provided that the Participant has not been reemployed
          by the Employer before the date of the distribution.

               7.2  Optional Forms of Payment.  A Participant whose Vested
          Interest is greater than $3,500 may elect to receive his Vested
          Interest in the form of any one of the following optional forms
          of benefit:

                    (a)  Lump Sum Option, under which the Participant's
                         Vested Interest is paid to him in one lump sum.

                    (b)  Installment Option, under which the Participant's
                         Vested Interest is paid to him in ten
                         substantially equal annual installments.  Unless
                         the Participant elects otherwise, the Vested
                         Interest of a Participant's Company Stock Account
                         attributable to Post-1986 Company Stock is paid to
                         him in five substantially equal annual
                         installments.

                    (c)  Combination Option, under which a portion of the
                         Participant's Vested Interest is paid as an
                         annuity pursuant to Section 7.3 and the remaining
                         portion of his Vested Interest is paid pursuant to
                         the Lump Sum Option or the Installment Option
                         described above.

                    (d)  Transfer Benefit, under which all of the
                         Participant's Vested Interest is transferred to
                         the Company's Pension Plan.  The Participant will
                         receive his Vested Interest in a form selected
                         under the Company's Pension Plan.  This optional
                         form of benefit is available only to Participants
                         who are also participating in the Company's
                         Pension Plan (other than Participants whose
                         benefits are frozen under the Company's Pension
                         Plan) and who has requested and is eligible to
                         receive a retirement income under the Company's
                         Pension Plan.  This provision does not apply to
<PAGE>
                         amounts allocated to a Participant's Account which
                         are not considered in computing the Participant's
                         retirement income under the Company's Pension
                         Plan.

          Notwithstanding the above, a Participant whose Vested Interest
          exceeds $3,500 must consent to a distribution of his Vested
          Interest.

               7.3  Normal Form of Payment of Benefits.  Subject to
          Sections 7.4 and 7.5, a Participant's Vested Interest under the
          Plan shall be payable as follows:

                    (a)  If a Participant is married on the date his
                         distribution of benefits commences, the normal
                         form of payment shall be a 50% Joint and Survivor
                         Spouse Annuity.  The "50% Joint and Survivor
                         Spouse Annuity" means a benefit providing an
                         annuity for the life of the Participant, ending
                         with the payment due on the first day of the month
                         coincident with or preceding the date of his
                         death, and, if the Participant's legal spouse
                         (determined as of the commencement of the annuity)
                         survives him, a survivor annuity for the life of
                         the legal spouse equal to 50% of the annuity
                         payable for the life of the Participant,
                         commencing on the first day of the month following
                         the date of the Participant's death and ending
                         with the payment due on the first day of the month
                         coincident with or preceding the date of the legal
                         spouse's death.  The 50% Joint and Survivor
                         Annuity shall be purchased with the value of the
                         Participant's Vested Interest determined as of the
                         Valuation Date coincident with or immediately
                         preceding the benefit commencement date; provided,
                         however, Company Stock shall be valued pursuant to
                         7.7(c).

                    (b)  If a Participant is not married on the date his
                         distribution of benefits commences, or the
                         Participant has not been legally married for at
                         least one year ending on the date as of which
                         distribution of his Vested Interest Commences, the
                         normal form of payment shall be a Straight Life
                         Annuity.  A "Straight Life Annuity" shall mean an
                         annuity for life ending with the payment due on
                         the last day of the month coincident with or
                         preceding the date of the Participant's death.
                         The Straight Life Annuity shall be purchased with
                         the value of the Participant's Vested Interest
                         determined as of the Valuation Date coincident
                         with or immediately preceding the benefit
                         commencement date; provided, however, Company
                         Stock shall be valued pursuant to 7.7(c).
<PAGE>
                    (c)  A Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be paid to
                         the surviving spouse of a Participant who, after
                         earning a nonforfeitable right to any portion of
                         his Account attributable to a plan-to-plan
                         transfer of assets from a defined benefit pension
                         plan maintained by the Company to the Plan, dies
                         before the commencement of the distribution of
                         that portion of his Account.  The term
                         "Preretirement Survivor Annuity" means a benefit
                         providing for payment of a survivor annuity to a
                         Participant's surviving spouse equal to either
                         one-half or the full amount (as the Participant
                         shall elect) of the annuity which would have been
                         payable for the life of the Participant under a
                         50% Joint and Survivor Spouse Annuity described
                         above.  In the case of a Participant who dies on
                         or after the first date which could have been his
                         Early Retirement Date but before distribution of
                         his Vested Interest has commenced, the
                         Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be based on
                         the 50% Joint and Survivor Spouse Annuity which
                         would have been payable under the 50% Joint and
                         Survivor Spouse Annuity if it had commenced on the
                         first day of the month coincident with or
                         preceding the date of his death.  In the case of a
                         Participant who dies before the first date which
                         could have been his Early Retirement Date, the
                         Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall be based on
                         the 50% Joint and Survivor Spouse Annuity which
                         would have been payable if the Participant had
                         terminated employment on the date of death,
                         survived until the first date which could have
                         been his Early Retirement Date, immediately began
                         receiving payments under the 50% Joint and
                         Survivor Annuity and died on the day following
                         such Early Retirement Date.  Payment of a
                         Preretirement Survivor Annuity shall commence on
                         the first day of the month following the later of
                         (i) the first month in which the Participant could
                         have retired or an Early Retirement Date, or
                         (ii) the month in which the Participant dies.

               7.4  Waiver of Normal Form and Election of Optional Form of
          Payment.  A Participant may waive the normal form of payment
          described in Section 7.3 provided that concurrently with such
          waiver he shall elect an optional form of payment of benefits
          from those provided in Section 7.2.  Such election shall be made
          in writing and shall not take effect unless either:  (i) the
          Participant's legal spouse consents in writing to such election
          and the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of such election
          and is witnessed by a notary public, or (ii) it is established to
          the satisfaction of the Committee that the Participant has no
          legal spouse, or that such spouse's consent cannot be obtained
          because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other
          circumstances as may be prescribed in Regulations issued pursuant
          to Section 417 of the Code.
<PAGE>
               The Committee shall make an election form available to each
          Participant not less than 9 months before the Participant attains
          his earliest possible Early Retirement Date as described in
          Section 6.2.  Such form shall describe in plain language the
          terms and conditions of the optional forms of benefit and shall
          provide for election of optional forms of benefit and a benefit
          commencement date.  The completed form should be returned to the
          Committee within the 90 day period ending on the designated
          benefit commencement date.  Any waiver may be revoked, or
          election changed, at any time up to the due date for the
          Participant's first benefit payment, on a form approved by the
          Committee.  If no election has been made at the time benefits
          commence, benefits will be payable in accordance with Section
          7.3.

               The Committee shall, when necessary, mail the form to the
          Participant via certified mail, at his last address on the
          records of the Committee, or, if deemed appropriate, through any
          facilities made available by the United States Social Security
          Administration.  Following receipt of the election form, the
          Participant may request information with respect to the financial
          effect of his waiver on the normal form of payment and the
          election of any available optional form of payment.

               7.5  Small Amounts.  The distribution to any Participant
          whose Vested Interest is $3,500 or less shall be made in the form
          of a lump sum.

               7.6  Temporary Non-Payment of Benefits.  If a Participant or
          Beneficiary fails to submit the form required under Section 7.4
          or fails to furnish information reasonably requested by the
          Committee which is necessary to determine whether such
          Participant or Beneficiary has satisfied all requirements for
          payment of benefits, the Committee shall delay payment of
          benefits until the requested information is furnished and shall
          make reasonable efforts to obtain such information.  After the
          requested information has been furnished and the Committee has
          determined that the Participant or Beneficiary has met the
          requirements for payment of benefits, such benefits shall be
          payable.

               7.7  Manner of Payment.  The following rules shall govern
          the payment of benefits pursuant to this Article VII:

                    (a)  All lump sum and installment payments under this
                         Article VII from the Participant's Company Stock
                         Account shall be made in the form of Company
                         Stock, with the value of any fractional shares
                         paid in cash, unless the provision of Section
                         409(h)(2) of the Code becomes applicable.  The
                         amount of cash to be distributed to a Participant
                         for fractional shares (or for whole shares in the
                         event the provisions of Section 409(h)(2) of the
                         Code are applicable) allocated to his Company
                         Stock Account shall be determined by the closing
                         price of Company Stock on the last trading day of
<PAGE>
                         the month preceding payment, or in the event
                         Company Stock is not currently traded on an
                         established securities market, the price
                         determined by an independent appraiser as of the
                         Annual Valuation coincident with or immediately
                         preceding the date of distribution.

                    (b)  All lump sum and installment payments under this
                         Article VII from a Participant's Investment
                         Account shall be made in cash; provided, however,
                         that the Participant shall be entitled to receive
                         the value of his Investment Account (determined as
                         of the most recent Valuation Date) in shares of
                         Company Stock.  The price of the shares shall be
                         determined as of the last trading day of the month
                         preceding payment, or in the event Company Stock
                         is not currently traded on an established
                         securities market, the price determined by an
                         independent appraiser as of the Annual Valuation
                         Date coincident with or immediately preceding the
                         date of distribution.  To receive the value of his
                         Investment Account in shares of Company Stock, a
                         Participant must make a written request on forms
                         provided by the Committee for this purpose within
                         14 days after receipt of the Committee's intention
                         to distribute in cash.

                    (c)  If an annuity is purchased, Company Stock
                         allocated to the Participant's Company Stock
                         Account shall be valued at the closing price of
                         Company Stock on the last trading day of the month
                         preceding payment or, if Company Stock is not
                         currently traded on an established securities
                         market, the price determined by an independent
                         appraiser as of the Annual Valuation Date
                         coincident with or immediately preceding the date
                         of distribution.  The Participant's Investment
                         Account shall be valued as of the Valuation Date
                         coincident with or immediately preceding the date
                         of distribution; provided, however, that such
                         account shall be increased by any cash dividends
                         added thereto and decreased by cash dividends paid
                         therefrom since the prior Valuation Date.

                    (d)  If the Participant elects to transfer his Vested
                         Interest to the Company's Pension Plan, the
                         transfer shall be made in cash.

                    (e)  If the Participant has received a distribution
                         following his or her Normal Retirement Date, Early
                         Retirement Date, Disability Retirement Date or
                         death and he or she receives a second distribution
                         of 10 or fewer shares of Company Stock, such
                         Participant can elect to receive the second
                         distribution in the form of cash.
<PAGE>
               7.8  Direct Rollover Rules.  This Section applies to
          distributions made on or after January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding
          any provision of the Plan to the contrary that would otherwise
          limit a Distributee's election under this Article, a Distributee
          may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the
          Committee, to have any portion of an Eligible Rollover
          Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan
          specified by the Distributee in a Direct Rollover.  Definitions
          are as follows:
                    (a)  The term Eligible Rollover Distribution means any
                         distribution of all or any portion of the balance
                         to the credit of the Distributee, except that an
                         Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include:
                         any distribution that is one of a series of
                         substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                         frequently than annually) made for the life (or
                         life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint
                         lives (or joint life expectancies) of the
                         Distributee and the Distributee's designated
                         beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten
                         years or more; any distribution to the extent such
                         distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9)
                         of the Code; and the portion of any distribution
                         that is not includible in gross income (determined
                         without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                         appreciation with respect to employer securities).

                    (b)  An Eligible Retirement Plan includes an individual
                         retirement account described in Section 408(a) of
                         the Code, an individual retirement annuity
                         described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an
                         annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the
                         Code, or a qualified trust described in Section
                         401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's
                         Eligible Rollover Distribution.  However, in the
                         case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the
                         surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is
                         an individual retirement account or individual
                         retirement annuity.

                    (c)  The term Distributee includes an employee or
                         former employee.  In addition, the employee's or
                         former employee's surviving spouse and the
                         employee's or former employee's spouse or former
                         spouse who is the alternate payee under a
                         qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
                         Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with
                         regard to the interest of the spouse or former
                         spouse.

                    (d)  The term Direct Rollover means a payment by the
                         plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by
                         the Distributee.
               7.9  Notice.   For Plan Years beginning after December 31,
          1993, a Participant's Vested Interest may commence no less than
          30 days after the notice required under section 1.411(a)-11(c) of
          the Income Tax Regulations is given, unless:
<PAGE>
                    (a)  The Plan Administrator clearly informs the
                         Participant that the Participant has a right to a
                         period of at least 30 days after receiving the
                         notice to consider the decision of whether or not
                         to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a
                         particular distribution option), and

                    (b)  the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                         affirmatively elects a distribution.

          TAX\3271.2
                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                      TRUST FUND

               8.1  Plan Assets.  The Company has entered into the Trust
          Agreement providing for the establishment of a trust to hold the
          assets of the Plan.  All contributions shall be paid over to the
          Trustee and held pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and the
          Trust Agreement.

               8.2  Investment of Trust Fund.  The Trust Fund shall be
          invested primarily in Company Stock; provided that the Trustee
          may also invest the Trust Fund in cash, cash equivalents,
          certificates of deposit, money market funds, guaranteed
          investment contracts, short term securities, bonds, and other
          investments at the direction of, or in accordance with the
          investment policy established by, the Committee or an authorized
          Investment Manager.

               Neither the Employer nor the Committee nor the Trustee shall
          have any responsibility or duty to time any transaction involving
          Company Stock in order to anticipate market conditions or changes
          in stock value, nor shall the Employer, the Committee or the
          Trustee have any responsibility or duty to sell shares of Company
          Stock held in the Trust Fund (or otherwise to provide investment
          management for Company Stock held in the Trust Fund) in order to
          maximize return or minimize loss.  Company contributions made in
          cash, and other cash received by the Trustee, may be used to
          acquire Shares from shareholders of the Company or directly from
          the Company.

               8.3  Company Not Responsible For Adequacy Of Trust Fund.
          Except as required by applicable law, neither the Board of
          Directors, the Company, the Participating Employers, the
          Committee, nor the Trustee shall be responsible for the adequacy
          of the Trust Fund to meet and discharge Plan liabilities.  Each
          Participant or Beneficiary shall assume all risk in connection
          with any decrease in the value of the assets of the Trust Fund
          and the Participants' Accounts and neither the Participating
          Employers nor the Committee shall be liable or responsible
          therefor.

               8.4  Legal Limitation.  The Committee shall not be required
          to engage in any transaction, including, without limitation,
          directing the purchase or sale of Company Stock which it
          determines in its sole discretion might tend to subject itself,
          its members, the Plan, the Employer, or any Participant to
          liability under federal or state law.
<PAGE>
               8.5  Exempt Loans.  The Committee may direct the Trustee to
          have the Plan enter into one or more Exempt Loans to finance the
          acquisition of Company Stock.  The terms of any Exempt Loan shall
          comply with each of the following requirements:

                    (a)  The terms shall be as favorable to the Plan as the
                         terms of a comparable loan from arms-length
                         negotiations between independent parties;

                    (b)  The interest rate shall be no more than a
                         reasonable interest rate considering all relevant
                         factors including the amount and duration of the
                         Exempt Loan, the security and guarantee involved,
                         the credit standing of the Plan and the guarantor
                         of the Exempt Loan and the interest rate
                         prevailing for comparable loans;

                    (c)  The Exempt Loan shall be without recourse against
                         the Plan;

                    (d)  The Exempt Loan must be for a specific term;

                    (e)  The Exempt Loan may not be payable at the demand
                         of any person except in the case of default;

                    (f)  The only assets of the Plan that may be given as
                         collateral on the Exempt Loan are shares of
                         Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of the
                         same Exempt Loan or shares of Company Stock used
                         as collateral on a prior Exempt Loan and repaid
                         with the proceeds of the same Exempt Loan;

                    (g)  No person entitled to payment under the Exempt
                         Loan shall have any right to assets of the Plan
                         other than collateral given for that Exempt Loan,
                         contributions made to the Plan to enable it to
                         meet its obligations under that Exempt Loan and
                         earnings attributable to such collateral and such
                         contributions;

                    (h)  The value of Plan assets transferred in
                         satisfaction of the Exempt Loan upon an event of
                         default shall not exceed the amount of the
                         default;

                    (i)  If the lender is a "disqualified person" (as such
                         term is defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code),
                         Plan assets may only be transferred upon default
                         only upon and to the extent of the failure of the
                         Plan to meet the payment schedule of the Exempt
                         Loan;

                    (j)  Upon payment of any portion of the balance due on
                         the Exempt Loan, the assets pledged as collateral
                         for such portion shall be released from
                         encumbrance, in accordance with Section 5.10;

                    (k)  The Exempt Loan shall be repaid only from (i)
                         amounts contributed to the Plan by the Employer in
<PAGE>
                         the form of cash to meet its obligations under the
                         loan and from amounts earned on Trust investments
                         and (ii) the proceeds of an Exempt Loan, and (iii)
                         from collateral given for the Exempt Loan,
                         including earnings on such collateral, such as
                         Dividends on Company Stock.  Such contributions
                         and earnings shall be accounted for separately in
                         the books of accounts of the Plan maintained by
                         the Committee.  The payments made with respect to
                         an Exempt Loan by the Plan during a Plan Year must
                         not exceed an amount equal to the sum of such
                         contributions and earnings received during or
                         prior to the year less any payments in prior
                         years.

               Any Exempt Loan must be primarily for the benefit of
          Participants and their Beneficiaries.

               Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, all
          proceeds of an Exempt Loan shall be used, within a reasonable
          time after receipt by the Trust Fund, for the following purposes:

                    (a)  To acquire Company Stock;

                    (b)  To repay the same Exempt Loan; or

                    (c)  To repay any previous Exempt Loan.
          TAX\3271.2
                                      ARTICLE IX
                                    ADMINISTRATION

               9.1  Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors shall have
          the following duties and responsibilities in connection with the
          administration of the Plan:

                    (a)  making decisions with respect to contributions to
                         the Plan;

                    (b)  making decisions with respect to amending or
                         terminating the Plan;

                    (c)  making decisions with respect to the selection,
                         retention and removal of the Trustee and the
                         members of the Committee;

                    (d)  periodically reviewing the performance of the
                         Trustee and the members of the Committee; and

                    (e)  performing such additional duties as are imposed
                         by law.

               The Board of Directors will have all powers and authority
          necessary or appropriate to carry out its duties and
          responsibilities with respect to the administration of the Plan.
          The Board of Directors may by written resolution allocate its
          duties and responsibilities to one or more of its members or
          delegate such duties and responsibilities to any other persons,
<PAGE>
          provided, however, that any such allocation or delegation shall
          be terminable upon such notice as the Board of Directors deems
          reasonable and prudent under the circumstances.

               9.2  ESOP Administrative Committee.  The ESOP Administrative
          Committee (the "Committee") shall administer the Plan and is
          designated as the "administrator" within the meaning of Section
          3(16) of ERISA.  The members of the Committee shall be comprised
          of not less than three persons who shall be appointed by the
          Board of Directors and who may be removed by the Board of
          Directors at any time with or without cause.  A Committee member
          may resign at any time by filing his written resignation with the
          Board of Directors.

               All members of the Committee are designated as agents of the
          Plan for the service of legal process.

               The Company will notify the Trustee in writing of each
          Committee member's appointment, and the Trustee may assume such
          appointment continues in effect until written notice to the
          contrary is given by the Company.

               9.3  Committee's Duties and Responsibilities.  The Committee
          shall have the following duties and responsibilities in
          connection with the administration of the Plan:

                    (a)  interpreting and construing the provisions of the
                         Plan;

                    (b)  determining all questions of eligibility to
                         participate, eligibility for benefits, the
                         allocation of contributions, and the status and
                         rights of Participants and Beneficiaries;

                    (c)  complying with the reporting and disclosure
                         requirements established by ERISA;

                    (d)  determining and deciding any dispute arising under
                         the Plan and administering the Plan's claims
                         procedures;

                    (e)  directing the Trustee concerning all payments to
                         be made out of the Trust in accordance with the
                         provisions of the Plan;

                    (f)  establishing procedures for withholding of federal
                         income tax from distributions;

                    (g)  establishing procedures to prevent the Plan from
                         engaging in transactions described in Section 406
                         of ERISA and transactions described in Section
                         4975(c) of the Code;

                    (h)  establishing equitable accounting methods and
                         designating additional Valuation Dates;

                    (i)  communicating with Participants and Beneficiaries;

                    (j)  providing a procedure whereby the Participants may
<PAGE>
                         direct the manner in which the Company Stock
                         allocated to their Company Stock Accounts is to be
                         voted, and exercising the voting rights in
                         accordance with such directions;

                    (k)  reviewing the investment performance of the
                         Trustee, or any designated Investment Manager;

                    (l)  reviewing the performance of any advisors
                         appointed by the Committee;

                    (m)  making recommendations to the Board of Directors
                         with respect to the amendment or termination of
                         the Plan; and

                    (n)  keeping minutes to record its proceedings, acts
                         and decisions pertaining to the administration of
                         the Plan.

               9.4  Committee's Powers.  The Committee will have all powers
          and authority necessary or appropriate to carry out its duties
          and responsibilities with respect to the operation and
          administration of the Plan.  It will interpret and apply all
          provisions of the Plan and may supply any omission or reconcile
          any inconsistency or ambiguity in such manner as it deems
          advisable, including the adoption of interpretative memoranda.
          All determinations and any actions of the Committee will be
          conclusive and binding upon all persons, except as otherwise
          provided herein or by law; provided, however, that the Committee
          may revoke or modify a determination or action previously made in
          error.  The Committee will exercise all powers and authority
          given to it in a nondiscriminatory manner, and will apply uniform
          administrative rules of general application in order to assure
          similar treatment to persons in similar circumstances.

               The Committee may delegate to any such agent or any sub-
          committee or member of the Committee its authority to perform any
          duty or responsibility specified in Section 9.3, including those
          matters involving the exercise of discretion, provided that such
          delegation shall be subject to revocation at any time at the
          discretion of the Committee.  Any member of the Committee, any
          sub-committee or agent to whom the Committee delegates any
          authority, and any other person or group of persons, may serve in
          more than one fiduciary capacity (including service as both
          Committee member and Trustee) with respect to the Plan.

               Any action or decision concurred in by a majority of the
          Committee members, either at a meeting or in writing without a
          meeting, will constitute an action or decision of the Committee.
          The Committee may adopt and amend such rules for the conduct of
          its business and administration of the Plan as it deems
          advisable.

               9.5  Chairman of the Committee.  The Committee shall elect
          any Committee member to serve as Chairman, and may remove him at
          any time.  The Chairman, or a majority of the Committee members
          then in office, will have the authority to execute all
<PAGE>
          instruments or memoranda necessary or appropriate to carry out
          the actions and decisions of the Committee; and any person may
          rely upon any instrument or memoranda so executed as evidence of
          the Committee's action or decision indicated thereby.

               9.6  Claims Review Procedure.  If a Participant (or
          Beneficiary) believes a benefit or distribution is due under the
          Plan, he or she may request the distribution of such benefit, in
          writing, on forms acceptable to the Committee.  At such time, the
          Participant (or Beneficiary) will be given the information and
          materials necessary to complete any request for the distribution
          of a benefit.

               If the request for distribution is disputed or denied, the
          following action shall be taken:

                    (a)  First, the Participant (or Beneficiary) will be
                         notified, in writing, of the dispute or denial as
                         soon as possible (but no later than 90 days) after
                         receipt of the request for a distribution. The
                         notice will set forth the specific reasons for the
                         denial, including any relevant provisions of the
                         Plan.  The notice will also explain the claims
                         review procedure of the Plan.

                    (b)  Second, the Participant (or Beneficiary) shall be
                         entitled to a full review of his or her request
                         for a distribution.  A Participant (or
                         Beneficiary) desiring a review of the dispute or
                         denial must request such a review, in writing, no
                         later than 60 days after notification of the
                         dispute or denial is received.  During the review,
                         the Participant (or Beneficiary) may be
                         represented and will have the right to inspect all
                         documents pertaining to the dispute or denial. Any
                         such review may include a hearing for the
                         Participant or his or her designated
                         representative.

                    (c)  The Committee shall render its decision within 60
                         days after receipt of the request for the review.
                         In the event special circumstances require an
                         extension of time, the Committee shall notify the
                         Participant (or Beneficiary), and the decision
                         will be rendered no later than 120 days after the
                         receipt of the request.  The decision of the
                         Committee shall be in writing.  The decision shall
                         include specific reasons for the action taken and
                         specific references to the Plan provisions on
                         which the decision is based.

               9.7  Information from Participants and Beneficiaries.  Each
          Participant and Beneficiary shall be required to furnish to the
          Committee, in the form prescribed by it, such personal data,
          affidavits, authorization to obtain information, and other
          information as the Committee may deem appropriate for the proper
          administration of the Plan.
<PAGE>
               9.8  Actions.  Any action taken by the Committee on matters
          within its discretion shall be final and binding on the parties
          and on all Participants, Beneficiaries or other persons claiming
          any right or benefit under the Plan, in the Trust, or in the
          administration of the Plan.

               All decisions of the Committee shall be uniform and made in
          a nondiscriminatory manner.

               9.9  Bond.  The Employer shall purchase a bond for the
          Committee and any other fiduciaries of the Plan in accordance
          with the requirements of the Code and ERISA.

               9.10 Indemnification.  The Employer shall defend and
          indemnify to the full extent permitted by law (including ERISA),
          which indemnification shall include, but not be limited to,
          attorney's fees and any tax imposed as a result of a claim
          asserted by any person, persons or entity (including a
          governmental entity), any individual serving as a member of the
          Committee made or threatened to be made a part to any action,
          suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or
          investigative, by reason of the fact that such individual is or
          was a member of the Committee.
          TAX\3271.2
                                      ARTICLE X
                                  RIGHTS AND OPTIONS
                               CONCERNING COMPANY STOCK

               10.1 Restrictions on Company Stock.  Except as provided in
          this Article X, no Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of an
          Exempt Loan shall be subject to a put, call or other option or
          buy-sell or similar agreement while held by the Trustee or when
          distributed from the Plan, whether or not the Plan is then an
          employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Code Section
          4975(e)(7).

               10.2 Right of First Refusal.  During any period when Company
          Stock is not publicly traded, a Participant (or other recipient
          of a distribution from the Plan) shall not sell Company Stock
          without first offering such stock to the Trust (and then to the
          Employer) at a price equal to the greater of (a) the fair market
          value of Company Stock determined as of the most recent Valuation
          Date, or (b) the purchase price (or other terms of payment)
          offered by a bona fide third party purchaser.  A legend shall be
          placed on shares of Company Stock to reflect this right of first
          refusal.

               The Participant or other distributee shall notify the
          Committee in writing, of any bona fide third party offer to
          purchase and the terms of such offer.  The Participant (or
          distributee) shall be free to sell to such third party if the
          Trust (or the Company) fails to notify the Participant or
          distributee, in writing, of its intention to purchase all or any
          portion of the Company Stock within 14 days after the Plan
          Administrator receives written notification of the offer.

               Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be required to
          exercise the right of first refusal provided for in this Section
          10.2.
<PAGE>
                10.3Put Option.  If Company Stock is not readily tradable
          on an established market (within the meaning of Code Section
          409(h) of the Code) at the time of any distribution from the
          Plan, a Participant (or other recipient of a distribution of
          Company Stock) shall be entitled to put all or any portion of
          such stock to the Company (or to the Trustee if the Trustee
          elects to assume the obligations of the Company) by notifying the
          Company (or Trustee), in writing.  The following special rules
          shall apply to the exercise of a put pursuant to this Section
          10.3:

                    (a)  The put may be exercised by the Participant or
                         Beneficiary (i) during the 60 day period following
                         the date on which the Company Stock is initially
                         distributed from the Plan, or (ii) in the Plan
                         Year immediately following the Plan Year in which
                         the initial distribution occurs during the 60 day
                         period which commences on the date following the
                         Participant's (or other distributee's) receipt of
                         a valuation notice in accordance with Section 5.8,
                         provided the put was not exercised during the 60
                         day period described in (i).

                    (b)  The consideration paid on the exercise of the put
                         shall equal the fair market value of the Company
                         Stock determined as of the Annual Valuation Date
                         which immediately precedes or coincides with the
                         date on which the put is exercised.

                    (c)  All or a portion of the consideration received by
                         a Participant or Beneficiary on the exercise of a
                         put may consist of a written installment obliga-
                         tion of the Company (or the Plan if the Trustee
                         elects to assume the obligations of the Company).
                         Such installment obligation shall consist of
                         substantially equal payments over a period not
                         exceeding 5 years and beginning not more than 30
                         days after the put option is exercised.  The
                         installment obligation shall provide for the
                         payment of a reasonable rate of interest and shall
                         be adequately secured as required by Code Section
                         409(h)(5) of the Code.  If distributions are made
                         in installments pursuant to Section 7.2(b) or
                         7.2(c), the amount to be paid for the Company
                         Stock will be paid no later than 30 days after the
                         exercise of the put option.

                    (d)  If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to exercise
                         the put during the period described in paragraph
                         (a) by notifying the Committee, in writing,
                         neither the Trustee nor the Company shall have any
                         obligation to purchase Company Stock distributed
                         to such Participant or Beneficiary.

               10.4 Exercise of Voting Rights.  The Trustee shall vote all
          Company Stock held in the Trust as directed by the Committee or,
          in accordance with the following provisions, by the Participants:

               If the Company has a registration-type class of securities
<PAGE>
          (as defined in Section 409(e)(4) of the Code), then with respect
          to all corporate matters, all shares of Company Stock allocated
          to the Accounts of Participants shall be voted in accordance with
          the directions of such Participants as given to the Committee and
          communicated in turn by the Committee to the Trustee.  Each
          Participant shall be entitled to direct the voting only of the
          shares of Company Stock allocated to his Company Stock Account.

               If Company Stock is not a registration-type class of
          securities (as defined in Section 409(e)(4) of the Code), each
          Participant shall be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the
          exercise of voting rights attributable to Company Stock allocated
          to his or her Accounts concerning any corporate matter which
          involves the voting of Company Stock with respect to the approval
          or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation,
          recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution,
          sale of substantially all the assets of a trade or business, or
          such similar transaction as may be prescribed in Regulations.

               Prior to any meeting of the stockholders of the Company, the
          Committee shall determine the number of shares of Company Stock
          (including fractional shares) allocated to each Participant which
          the Participant shall be entitled to vote.  Within a reasonable
          time (not less than 30 days) before any shareholder meeting, the
          Committee shall provide the Participant with a form necessary to
          indicate his vote as to any specific or general matter to be
          considered by the stockholders at such meeting.  In addition, the
          Committee shall provide the Participants with all information
          distributed to shareholders by the Committee for the exercise of
          such voting rights.  The Committee shall not make any
          recommendations regarding the manner of exercising any voting
          rights.  If a Participant shall fail, or refuse, to give the
          Committee timely and adequate instructions as to how to vote any
          Company Stock, the Committee shall not exercise its power to vote
          those shares of Company Stock.  The Committee shall be entitled
          to hire an independent third party to tabulate votes in order to
          ensure the confidentiality of such vote.

               With respect to Company Stock not allocated to Participants'
          Accounts, the Committee shall instruct the Trustee, in writing,
          how to vote such shares.

               Each Participant or, in the event of the Participant's
          death, the Participant's Beneficiary is, for purposes of voting
          the Company Stock allocated to his Company Stock Account, hereby
          designated as "named fiduciary" within the meaning of Section
          403(a)(1) of ERISA.

               10.5 Tender Offer.  The Trustee shall notify each
          Participant of a tender or exchange offer and utilize its best
          efforts to distribute to Participants in a timely manner all
          information distributed to shareholders of the Company in
          connection with any such tender or exchange offer.  Each
          Participant shall have the right from time to time to instruct
          the Trustee in writing as to the manner in which to respond to
          any tender or exchange offer with respect to Company Stock
          allocated to his Company Stock Account which shall be pending or
          which may be made in the future for all Shares or any portion
          thereof.  A Participant's instructions shall remain in force
<PAGE>
          until superseded in writing by the Participant.  The Participant
          shall have the right to determine confidentially whether shares
          allocated to a Participant's account are tendered or exchanged
          and the Trustee and Committee shall establish procedures to
          ensure such confidentiality.

               Unless and until a Participant's Company Stock is tendered
          or exchanged, the individual instructions received by the Trustee
          from the Participant shall be held by the Trustee in strict
          confidence and shall not be divulged or released to any person,
          including officers of the Company; provided, however, that the
          Trustee shall advise the Company, at any time, upon request, of
          the total number of shares not subject to instructions to tender
          or exchange.

               With respect to (a) Company Stock not allocated to
          Participants' Accounts or (b) Company Stock allocated to
          Participants' Accounts for which proper directions have not been
          received from Participants, such stock shall be tendered or
          exchanged by the Trustee in accordance with directions received
          from the Committee.  The Committee shall instruct the Trustee in
          response to the tender offer in accordance with ERISA's fiduciary
          duties to act as a prudent person would act in a similar
          situation and to act solely in the interests of the Participants
          and their Beneficiaries.  In exercising its fiduciary
          responsibility, the Committee shall consider (to the extent
          permitted by Department of Labor or Internal Revenue Service
          Regulations or announcements) not only the potential increase in
          value if any of the Participants' Accounts as a result of the
          tender or exchange offer, but also the impact of any change in
          the managerial control of the Company on the status of the
          Participants as Employees in the long-run, including but not
          limited to whether they will receive larger or smaller employee
          benefits than at present under the Plan.

               Each Participant or, in the event of the Participant's
          death, the Participant's Beneficiary is, for purposes of
          responding to any tender or exchange offer with respect to
          Company Stock allocated to his Company Stock Account, hereby
          designated as "named fiduciary" within the meaning of Section
          403(a)(1) of ERISA.

               10.6 Investment Diversification.  A Participant who has both
          attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the
          Plan shall have the right to elect to diversify up to 25% of any
          Post-1986 Company Stock held in his Company Stock Account, less
          any amount to which a prior election applies or which has been
          previously diversified.  The election must be made within the 90
          day period after the close of the Plan Year to which the election
          applies.  The election shall apply to each Plan Year in the 6
          year period beginning with the first Plan Year after the Plan
          Year in which the Participant attains age 55 (or, if later, the
          Plan Year after the Plan Year in which the Participant completes
          10 years of participation under the Plan and has attained age
          fifty-five (55)). For the last Plan Year in which the Participant
          can make an election, the Participant shall be entitled to direct
          the investment of 50% of the Post-1986 Company Stock, if any,
          held in his Company Stock Account, less any amount to which a
          prior election applies or which has been previously diversified.
<PAGE>
               If a Participant elects to diversify the investment of his
          Post-1986 Company Stock, the Committee shall direct the Trustee
          to distribute, within 90 days after the election period, the
          portion of the Participant's Post-1986 Company Stock covered by
          the election.  Alternatively, the Plan may offer, in the sole
          discretion of the Committee, at least 3 investment options (not
          inconsistent with applicable Treasury Department Regulations) to
          Participants making an election to diversify their investment
          under this Section 10.6.
          TAX\3271.2
                                      ARTICLE XI
                                AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

               11.1 Right to Amend or Suspend Contributions.  Subject to
          the provisions of Section 11.3 and any applicable contribution or
          loan agreement, the Board of Directors reserves the right to
          amend the Plan or Trust or suspend contributions to the Plan, in
          whole or in part, at any time and for any reason without the
          consent of any Participating Employer, Participant or
          Beneficiary.  Each amendment of the Plan shall be in writing, and
          shall be effective on the date specified therein.  Notice of any
          amendment, executed by order of the Board of Directors,
          modification or suspension of contributions to the Plan shall be
          given by the Board of Directors to the Committee, the Trustee,
          and to all Participating Employers.

               11.2 Amendment by Committee.  Notwithstanding Section 12.1,
          the Committee may adopt any amendment which may be necessary or
          appropriate to facilitate the administration, management and
          interpretation of the Plan or to conform the Plan thereto, or to
          qualify or maintain the Plan and Trust as a plan and trust
          meeting the requirements of Sections 401(a), 501(a) and
          4975(e)(7) of the Code or any other applicable section of law and
          the Regulations issued thereunder, provided said amendment does
          not have any material effect on the currently estimated cost to
          the Employer maintaining the Plan.  Such amendment shall be in
          writing, executed by a majority of the Committee members and
          shall be effective on the date specified therein.  Notice of any
          such amendment by the Committee shall be given to the Board of
          Directors, the Trustee and to all Participating Employers.

               11.3 Restriction on Amendment.  No amendment of the Plan may
          be made which shall either (i) deprive any Participant or
          Beneficiary of any part of his Accounts as constituted at the
          time of such amendment, or (ii) make it possible for any part of
          the Plan assets (other than such part as is required to pay
          taxes, if any, and administrative expenses as provided in Section
          14.12) to be used for or diverted to any purposes other than for
          the exclusive benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries under the
          Plan prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities of the Plan.

               11.4 Retroactivity.  Any amendment or modification of any
          provisions of the Plan may be made retroactively if necessary or
          appropriate to qualify or maintain the Plan or the Trust as a
          plan and trust meeting the requirements of Section 401(a), 501(a)
          or 4975 of the Code or any other applicable section of law
          (including ERISA) and the Regulations issued thereunder.
          TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                     ARTICLE XII
                               TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

               12.1 Events Constituting Termination.  It is expressly
          declared to be the desire and intention of each Participating
          Employer to continue the Plan in existence for an indefinite
          period of time.  However, circumstances not now anticipated or
          foreseeable may arise in the future, as a result of which a
          Participating Employer may deem it impractical or unwise to
          continue the Plan established hereunder, and each Participating
          Employer therefore reserves the right to terminate the Plan at
          any time insofar as it affects its Employees.  Any Participating
          Employer may terminate its participation in the Plan by action of
          its board of directors.  Such termination shall be evidenced by
          an instrument of termination executed by an officer of the
          Participating Employer pursuant to authorization by its board of
          directors specifying a withdrawal date which shall be the last
          day such notice is received by the Committee or the Trustee,
          whichever receives such notice the latest.  The notice shall also
          be delivered to the Board of Directors and to each other
          Participating Employer.  To the maximum extent permitted by
          ERISA, the termination of the Plan as to any Participating
          Employer shall not in any way affect any other Participating
          Employer's participation in the Plan.

               With respect to any Participating Employer which has adopted
          the Plan, its adjudication of bankruptcy or insolvency by any
          court of competent jurisdiction, its making of a general
          assignment for the benefit of creditors, its dissolution, merger,
          consolidation, other reorganization or discontinuance of
          business, unless coverage for its Employees under the Plan is
          continued by a successor company, or its complete discontinuance
          of contributions, shall operate to terminate the Plan with
          respect to such Participating Employer.

               The Committee may require any Participating Employer to
          withdraw from the Plan for failure of the Participating Employer
          to make proper contributions or to comply with any other
          provision of the Plan.  In the event of any such withdrawal, the
          Committee shall promptly notify the Internal Revenue Service and
          request such determination as counsel to the Plan may recommend
          and as the Committee may deem desirable.

               12.2 Partial Termination.  Upon the withdrawal of one or
          more Participating Employers or upon the termination of active
          participation of a group of Employees, the Committee shall
          determine, upon the advice of counsel to the Plan and under
          applicable law, whether a partial termination has occurred with
          respect to a group of Participants.

               12.3 Liquidation of the Trust Fund.  Upon termination or
          partial termination of the Plan or upon complete discontinuance
          of contributions, the Accounts of all affected Participants shall
          become fully vested and nonforfeitable.  Upon the termination or
          partial termination, the Committee shall continue to administer
          the Plan and the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust
          Fund and all payments to Participants shall continue in
          accordance with the provisions of Article VII; provided, however,
          that in the event of a partial termination the Committee may
<PAGE>
          direct the Trustee to segregate the assets attributable to the
          Accounts of the affected Participants and apply such segregated
          assets for the benefit of such Participants.
               Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, upon or after the
          termination of the Plan, if the Board of Directors shall
          determine that the continuance of the Trust is not in the best
          interests of Participants and Beneficiaries, the Board of
          Directors shall terminate the Trust.

               To the extent that no discrimination results, any
          distribution after termination of the Plan may be made, in whole
          or in part, in cash, securities or other assets in kind (based on
          their fair market value as of the date of distribution), as the
          Committee in its sole discretion shall determine, subject to the
          provision of any applicable law or regulations.

               12.4 Internal Revenue Service Approval for Distribution.  In
          the event that the Committee applies to the Internal Revenue
          Service for determination on the qualification of the Plan upon
          termination, no person shall have any right or claim to any
          assets of the Trust Fund before the Internal Revenue Service
          shall determine that the proposed distribution of assets under
          this Article XII does not result in a discrimination prohibited
          by Section 401(a) of the Code.
          TAX\3271.2
                                     ARTICLE XIII
                                 TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

               13.1 Top Heavy Plan.  The Plan will be considered a Top
          Heavy Plan for any Plan Year if it is determined to be a Top
          Heavy Plan as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
          Notwithstanding any other provisions in the Plan, the provisions
          of this Article XIII shall apply and supersede all other
          provisions in the Plan with respect to a Plan Year for which the
          Plan is a Top Heavy Plan.

               13.2 Definitions for Article XIII.  For purposes of this
          Article XIII and as otherwise used in this Plan, the following
          terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

                    (a)  "Aggregation Group" shall mean the group composed
                         of each qualified retirement plan of a
                         Participating Employer or an Affiliated Company in
                         which a Key Employee is a Participant and each
                         other qualified retirement plan of a Participating
                         Employer or an Affiliated Company which enables a
                         plan of a Participating Employer or an Affiliated
                         Company in which a Key Employee is a Participant
                         to satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.
                         In addition, the Company may choose to treat any
                         other qualified retirement plan as a member of the
                         Aggregation Group if such Aggregation Group will
                         continue to satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of
                         the Code with such plan being taken into account.

                    (b)  "Key Employee" shall mean a "Key Employee" as
                         defined in Section 416(i)(1) and (5) of the Code
                         or Regulations. For purposes of determining which
                         employee is a Key Employee, compensation shall
<PAGE>
                         mean "compensation" as defined in Section 1.415-
                         2(d) of the Regulations but including employer
                         contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction
                         arrangement.

                    (c)  This Plan shall be a "Top Heavy Plan" for any Plan
                         Year if, as of the Determination Date (as defined
                         in paragraph (d) below), the aggregate of the
                         Accounts under the Plan for Participants who are
                         Key Employees (as defined in paragraph (b), above)
                         exceeds 60% of the aggregate of the Accounts of
                         all Participants or if this Plan is required to be
                         in an Aggregation Group (as defined in paragraph
                         (a), above) which for such Plan Year is a top-
                         heavy group.

                    (d)  "Determination Date" means for any Plan Year the
                         last day of the immediately preceding Plan Year.

               13.3 Vesting.  If the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan with respect
          to any Plan Year, the Vested Interest of each Participant who has
          performed one Hour of Service on or after the date the Plan
          becomes a Top Heavy Plan shall not be less than the percentage
          determined in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

                    ---------------------------------------------
                      Years of Service         Vested Interest

                    Less than 2 years                 0%
                    2 years but less than 3          20%
                    3 years but less than 4          40%
                    4 years but less than 5          60%
                    5 years but less than 6          80%
                    6 years or more                 100%
                    
 
               13.4 Minimum Contribution.  For each Plan Year that the Plan
          is a Top Heavy Plan, the Employer Contribution (including
          forfeitures but excluding rollovers and transfers pursuant to
          Section 14.9) allocable to the Accounts of each Participant who
          has performed an Hour of Service at the end of the Plan Year and
          who is not a Key Employee, shall not be less than the lesser of
          (i) 3% of such Participant's compensation, within the meaning of
          Section 415 of the Code, or (ii) the percentage at which
          contributions and forfeitures for such Plan Year are made and
          allocated on behalf of the Key Employee for whom such percentage
          is the highest.  Such allocation shall be made for each
          Participant who is not a Key Employee and who is employed by the
          Employer through the last payroll period ending within the Plan
          Year.  For the purpose of determining the appropriate percentage
          under clause (i), all defined contribution plans required to be
          included in an Aggregation Group shall be treated as one plan.
          Clause (ii) shall not be applicable if the Plan is required to be
          included in an Aggregation Group which enables a defined benefit
          plan also required to be included in said Aggregation Group to
          satisfy Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.  Compensation, for
<PAGE>
          purposes of determining a minimum contribution, is defined in
          Section 5.12(d).

               13.5 Limitations on Contributions.  For each Plan Year that
          the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan, 1.0 shall be substituted for 1.25
          as the multiplicand of the dollar limitation in determining the
          denominator of the defined benefit plan fraction and of the
          defined contribution plan fraction for purposes of Section 415(e)
          of the Code.  If, after substituting 90 percent for 60 percent
          wherever the latter appears in Section 416(g) of the Code, the
          Plan is not determined to be a Top Heavy Plan, the provisions of
          this Section 13.5 shall not be applicable if the minimum Employer
          Contribution (including forfeitures) allocable to the Accounts of
          any Participant who is not a Key Employee is determined by
          substituting "4" for "3".  If the Participant is a participant in
          both a defined contribution plan and a defined benefit plan, the
          benefit from the defined contribution plan minimum shall be
          comparable to a 3% defined benefit plan benefit.

               13.6 Other Plans.  The Committee shall, to the extent
          permitted by the Code and in accordance with the Regulations,
          apply the provisions of this Article XIII by taking into account
          the benefits payable and the contributions made under any other
          plans maintained by a Participating Employer or Affiliated
          Company which are qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code to
          prevent inappropriate omissions or required duplication of
          minimum benefits or contributions by making a comparability
          analysis to prove that the defined contribution plan is providing
          a benefit at least equal to the minimum benefit under the defined
          benefit plan.
          TAX\3271.2
                                     ARTICLE XIV
                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS

               14.1 Plan Voluntary.  Although it is intended that the Plan
          shall be continued and a contribution shall be made as provided
          herein, this Plan is entirely voluntary on the part of the
          Participating Employers and the continuance of this Plan and the
          payment of contributions hereunder are not to be regarded as
          contractual obligations of the Participating Employers.  The Plan
          shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between a
          Participating Employer and any Employee or to be a consideration
          for, or an inducement for, the employment of a Employee by a
          Participating Employer.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall be
          deemed to give any Employee the right to be retained in the
          service of a Participating Employer or to interfere with the
          right of a Participating Employer to discharge or to terminate
          the service of any Employee at any time without regard to the
          effects such discharge or termination may have on any rights
          under the Plan.

               14.2 Payments to Minors and Incompetents.  If a Participant
          or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefits hereunder is a
          minor or is deemed by the Committee, or is adjudged, to be
          legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for such
          benefits, such benefits will be paid to such person or
          institution as the Committee may designate or to the duly
          appointed guardian.  Such payment shall, to the extent made, be
          deemed a complete discharge of any liability for such payment
<PAGE>
          under the Plan.

               14.3 Missing Payee.  If the Committee cannot ascertain the
          whereabouts of any person to whom a payment is due under the
          Plan, and if, after 1 year from the date such payment is due, a
          notice of such payment due is mailed to the last known address of
          such person, as shown on the records of the Committee or the
          Company, and within 3 months after such mailing such person has
          not made written claim therefore, the Committee, if it so elects,
          may direct that such payment and all remaining payments otherwise
          due to such person, be canceled on the records of the Plan and
          the amount thereof treated as a forfeiture after 5 consecutive
          One Year Breaks in Service.  Upon such cancellation, the Plan and
          the Trust shall have no further liability therefor, except that,
          in the event such person later notifies the Committee of his
          whereabouts and requests the payment or payments due to him under
          the Plan and notifies the Committee of the desired form of
          payment, the amount forfeited shall be paid to him as provided
          herein.

               The provisions of 14.3 shall not be instituted until a
          Participant or Beneficiary has been provided with no less than
          three written notices requesting the Participant or Beneficiary
          to complete and return the application form.  The final notice
          will specifically advise the Participant or Beneficiary that his
          benefit shall not be paid unless he provides the required
          information concerning his benefit election and that his benefit
          may be forfeited pursuant to Section 14.3.

               14.4 Required Information.  Each Participant shall file with
          the Committee such pertinent information concerning himself, his
          spouse and his Beneficiary as the Committee may specify, and no
          Participant, or Beneficiary, or other person shall have any
          rights or be entitled to any benefits under the Plan unless and
          until such information is filed by or with respect to him.

               The terms "pertinent information" includes a Participant's
          or Beneficiary's selection of his desired form of benefit
          following his termination of employment.

               14.5 Subject to Trust Agreement.  Any and all rights or
          benefits accruing to any persons under the Plan shall be subject
          to the terms of the Trust Agreement.

               14.6 Subject to Contract.  If the payment of any benefit
          under the Plan is provided for by a contract with an insurance
          company the payment of such benefit shall also be subject to all
          the provisions of such contract.

               14.7 Communications to Committee.  All elections,
          designations, requests, notices, instructions, and other
          communications from a Participating Employer, a Participant,
          Beneficiary, or other person to the Committee required or
          permitted under the Plan (i) shall be in such form as is
          prescribed from time to time by the Committee, (ii) shall be
          mailed by first-class mail or delivered to such location as shall
          be specified by the Committee, and (iii) shall be deemed to have
          been given and delivered only upon actual receipt thereof by the
          Committee at such location.
<PAGE>
               14.8 Communications from Employer or Committee.  All
          notices, statements, reports and other communications from the
          Company, a Participating Employer or the Committee to any
          Employee, Participant or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have been
          duly given when delivered to, or when mailed by first-class mail,
          postage prepaid and addressed to, such Employee, Participant or
          Beneficiary at his address last appearing on the records of the
          Committee or Company, or when posted by the Company or the
          Committee as permitted by law.

               14.9 Transfers and Rollovers.  Upon such terms and
          conditions as the Committee may approve, and subject to any
          required approval by the Internal Revenue Service, benefits may
          be provided under the Plan to a Participant with respect to any
          period of his prior employment by any organization, and such
          benefits (and any Hours of Service credited with respect to such
          period of employment under Section 1.20) may be provided for, in
          whole or in part, by funds transferred, directly or indirectly
          (including a rollover from a conduit individual retirement
          account, an individual retirement annuity or a retirement bond as
          described under the Code), to the Trust from an employee benefit
          plan of such organization which qualified under Section 401(a) of
          the Code.  Such amounts shall be credited to the Participant's
          "Rollover Contribution Account."  A Participant shall be fully
          vested in his Rollover Contribution Account.

               14.10Action.  Except as may be specifically provided herein,
          any action required or permitted to be taken by the Employer may
          be taken on behalf of the Employer by any authorized officer of
          the Employer.

               14.11Liability for Benefits.  Neither the Trustee, the
          Employer, the Committee nor the Plan Administrator guarantee the
          Trust from loss or depreciation, nor do they guarantee any
          payment to any person.  The liability of the Trustee, the
          Employer, the Committee and the Plan Administrator to make any
          payment is limited to the available assets of the Trust.

               14.12Named Fiduciary.  The Participating Employer, the
          Trustee, the Committee and any Investment Manager will be the
          "Named Fiduciaries" under the Plan within the meaning of ERISA
          Section 403.

               14.13Gender.  Whenever used in the Plan the masculine gender
          includes the feminine.

               14.14Captions.  The captions preceding the sections of the
          Plan have been inserted solely as a matter of convenience and in
          no way define or limit the scope or intent of any provisions of
          the Plan.

               14.15Applicable Law.  The Plan and all rights thereunder
          shall be governed by and construed in accordance with ERISA and
          the laws of the State of Louisiana.

               14.16Expenses.  The expenses of administering the Plan
          including (i) the fees and expenses of the Trustee for the
          performance of its duties under the Trust, (ii) the expenses
          incurred by the members of the Committee in the performance of
<PAGE>
          their duties under the Plan (including reasonable compensation
          for services rendered in respect of the Plan by legal counsel,
          certified public accountants, appraisers or other agents employed
          by the Committee), and (iii) all other proper charges and
          disbursements of the Company, Trustee or the members of the
          Committee (including settlements of claims or legal actions
          approved by counsel to the Plan) are to be paid out of the Trust
          unless the Company pays such expenses directly.  In estimating
          costs under the Plan, administrative costs may be anticipated.
          However, no person serving as a Trustee or member of the
          Committee who already received full-time pay from the Employer
          shall receive compensation from the Trust, except for
          reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred.

               EXECUTED in multiple originals in New Orleans, Louisiana,
          effective as of the 28 day of December, 1994.

          WITNESSES:                         AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC

          \s\ B. L. Hicks                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
          \s\ Jan T. White                       Vice President & Chief
                                                 Financial Officer

                                             AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE INC.

          \s\ B. L. Hicks                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
          \s\ Jan T. White                       Vice President & Chief
                                                 Financial Officer

                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES OF
                                                  NEW YORK, INC.

          \s\ B. L. Hicks                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen 
          \s\ Jan T. White                       Vice President, Treasurer
                                                 & Secretary

                                             AVONDALE SERVICES CORP.

          \s\ B. L. Hicks                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
          \s\ Jan T. White                       Vice President & Secretary

                                             AVONDALE SHIPYARDS OF TEXAS, INC.

          \s\ B. L. Hicks                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
          \s\ Jan T. White                       Vice President & Secretary

                                             AVONDALE TRANSPORTATION
                                                  COMPANY, INC.

          \s\ B. L. Hicks                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
          \s\ Jan T. White                       Vice President & Secretary
 
                                             AVONDALE ENTERPRISES, INC.

           \s\ B. L. Hicks                       BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
           \s\ Jan T. White                      Vice President, Secretary &
                                                   Treasurer 
<PAGE>
                                             AVONDALE CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT,
                                               INC.

           \s\ B. L. Hicks                       BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
           \s\ Jan T. White                      Vice President & Secretary

         TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a free act and
          deed on behalf of Avondale Industries, Inc. for the purposes
          therein set forth.


                                             BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Print Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title: Vice President & Chief
                                                    Financial Officer & 
                                                    Secretary
          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 28th DAY
          OF December, 1994.

          \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
               NOTARY PUBLIC
          TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>      
                                   ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a free act and
          deed on behalf of Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc. for the purposes
          therein set forth.


                                             BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title: Vice President, Secretary
                                                    & Treasurer
          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 28th DAY
          OF December, 1994.

          \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
               NOTARY PUBLIC
          TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a free act and
          deed on behalf of Avondale Industries of New York, Inc. for the
          purposes therein set forth.


                                             BY:\s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Print Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title: Vice President, Treasurer
                                                    & Secretary
          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 28th DAY
          OF December, 1994.

          \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
               NOTARY PUBLIC
          TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a free act and
          deed on behalf of Avondale Services Corporation for the purposes
          therein set forth.


                                             BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title: Vice President & Secretary

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 28th DAY
          OF December, 1994.

          \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
               NOTARY PUBLIC
          TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a free act and
          deed on behalf of Avondale Shipyards of Texas, Inc. for the
          purposes therein set forth.


                                             BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title:  Vice President & Secretary

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 28th DAY
          OF December, 1994.

          \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
               NOTARY PUBLIC
          TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a free act and
          deed on behalf of Avondale Transportation Company, Inc. for the
          purposes therein set forth.


                                             BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Print Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                             Title:  Vice President & Secretary

          SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
          BEFORE ME THIS 28th DAY
          OF December, 1994.

          \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
               NOTARY PUBLIC
          TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

          STATE OF LOUISIANA

          PARISH OF ORLEANS

               BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
          and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
          depose and state that he signed the Foregoing Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a free act and
          deed on behalf of Avondale Enterprises, Inc. for the purposes 
          therein set forth.

                                              BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                              Print Name: Thomas M. Kitchen
                                              Title:  Vice President, Secretary
                                                      & Treasurer

           SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
           BEFORE ME THIS 28th DAY
           OF DECEMBER. 1994.

           \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
                NOTARY PUBLIC
           TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

           STATE OF LOUISIANA

           PARISH OF ORLEANS

                BEFORE ME, the undersigned Notary Public, personally came
           and appeared Thomas M. Kitchen, who being by me sworn did
           depose and state that he signed the Foregoing Avondale
           Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan as a free act and
           deed on behalf of Avondale Construction Management, Inc. for the
           purpose therein set forth.

                                              BY:  \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                              Print Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                              Title: Vice President & Secretary

           SWORN TO AND SUBSCRIBED
           BEFORE ME THIS 28TH DAY
           OF DECEMBER, 1994.

           \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
                NOTARY PUBLIC
           TAX\3271.2
<PAGE>
                                     APPENDIX "A"
                               Participating Employers


               The following Participating Employers have entered under
          this Plan as of the following dates.  Such dates of participation
          shall be used for purposes of determining such Participating
          Employer's Employees' eligibility to participate under the Plan.
          Such dates shall also be used for determining Years of Service
          for both vesting and benefit accrual purposes under the Plan, if
          later than the dates in Section 1.40 of the Plan.


          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Participating Employer                    Date of Participation

          Avondale Industries, Inc.                 September 1, 1985
          Avondale Services, Corporation            September 1, 1985
          Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc.            July 2, 1988
          Avondale Construction Management, Inc.*   September 1, 1985
          Avondale Industries of New York, Inc.     October 11, 1988
          Avondale Shipyards of Texas, Inc.*        September 1, 1985
          Avondale Transportation Company, Inc.     September 1, 1985
          Avondale Enterprises, Inc.                November 21, 1989



          *inactive companies
<PAGE>

                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                            EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST


                        (Amended and Restated January 1, 1994)







<PAGE>

                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                            EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST


               Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  (the  "Company"), a corporation
          organized and existing under the laws of  the State of Louisiana,
          originally adopted the Avondale Industries,  Inc.  Employee Stock
          Ownership Trust (the "Trust") effective September 1,  1985.   The
          Trust  as  amended  and  restated  effective  January  1, 1994 is
          entered  into by and between the Company and Blanche S. Barlotta,
          R. Dean Church and Rodney J. Duhon (collectively the Trustee).

               WHEREAS, effective as of September 1, 1985 an employee stock
          ownership  plan  called  the  Avondale  Industries, Inc. Employee
          Stock Ownership Plan, which plan, has been  amended  from time to
          time,  and  most  recently  amended effective January 1, 1989  is
          hereinafter referred to as the "Plan";

               WHEREAS, the Plan was established  by  Avondale  Industries,
          Inc.  to  encourage  Employees to make and continue careers  with
          Avondale Industries, Inc.,  and other Participating Companies, by
          allowing Participants to obtain beneficial interests in the stock
          of Avondale Industries, Inc., all as set forth in the Plan;

               WHEREAS, the Plan provides  for the establishment of a trust
          to which contributions to the Plan  are to be made by the Company
          and Participating Companies, and under  which  such contributions
          are to be held by the Trustee and invested primarily in the stock
          of the Company, all in accordance with the provisions of the Plan
          and such trust;

               WHEREAS, the Plan and the Trust are intended to qualify as a
          stock bonus plan and trust under Section 401(a)  of  the Code and
          as  an  employee  stock  ownership  plan,  as  defined by Section
          4975(e)(7) of the Code, designed to invest primarily in the stock
          of  the  Company,  and  the Trust is intended to be  exempt  from
          taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code;

               WHEREAS,    the   ESOP   Administrative    Committee    (the
          "Committee"), the  members  of  which  are "named fiduciaries" as
          defined in the Employee Retirement Income  Security  Act of 1974,
          as   amended   ("ERISA")   has  general  responsibility  for  the
          administration and interpretation of the Plan and shall establish
          investment standards and policies and communicate the same to the
          Trustee;

               NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants
          herein  contained,  the  Company,  the  Trustee and the Committee
          declare and agree as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I
                                Title and Definitions

               1.1  Title.   The  Trust  shall  be known  as  the  Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Trust
<PAGE>
               1.2  Incorporation  of  Plan Definitions.   Definitions  set
          forth in the Plan shall have the  same  meaning  wherever used in
          the Trust unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

               1.3  Named  Fiduciary.   The  Committee shall be  the  named
          fiduciary of the Trust for purposes  of  Section  402  of  ERISA,
          except  that  each  Participant  shall  be a named fiduciary with
          respect  to the exercise of voting and tender  offer  rights  for
          Company Stock  held  as part of the Trust Fund to the extent that
          such Participant exercises  such rights pursuant to Sections 10.4
          and 10.5 of the Plan and Article  XI of the Trust.  The Committee
          shall,  upon request of the Trustee,  furnish  the  Trustee  with
          whatever  information  is reasonably necessary for the Trustee to
          carry out their fiduciary responsibilities under ERISA.

               1.4  Custodian.  "Custodian"  shall mean the entity, if any,
          appointed from time to time by the Committee  to  hold,  but  not
          invest  or otherwise manage or control, some or all of the assets
          of the Trust.   The  terms and provisions of any agreement with a
          Custodian are hereby incorporated by reference.

                                      ARTICLE II
                                      Trust Fund

               2.1  Contributions to and Investment of the Trust Fund.  All
          Participating Company  contributions shall be paid to the Trustee
          from  time  to  time  in accordance  with  the  Plan.   All  such
          contributions  and all investments  thereof,  together  with  all
          accumulations,  accruals,   earnings   and  income  with  respect
          thereto, shall be held by the Trustee in  Trust  hereunder  or by
          one  or more Custodians or both by the Trustee and by one or more
          Custodians.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Trust  shall
          constitute   a  single  trust  for  purposes  of  investment  and
          administration.   All Trust assets shall be invested, reinvested,
          managed, administered  and  distributed  by the Trustees upon the
          written instructions of the Committee pursuant  to the provisions
          of the Plan and Trust.  Except as may otherwise be required under
          Sections  5.2  and 5.3, the Trustee shall not be responsible  for
          the administration  of  the  Plan, for maintaining any records of
          Participants' Accounts under the  Plan,  or  for  computation  or
          collection  of  Participating company contributions.  The Trustee
          shall hold, invest,  reinvest,  manage, administer and distribute
          the Trust Assets, solely as directed  by  the  Committee  and  as
          provided  herein,  for  the exclusive benefit of Participants and
          their Beneficiaries.

               2.2  Claims against  the  Trust Fund.  Subject to the claims
          procedure provided under the Plan  (or  the  grievance  procedure
          provided in any applicable collective bargaining agreement),  the
          Committee  shall have complete control and authority to determine
          the existence,  nonexistence, nature and amount of the rights and
          interests of all  persons  in  or to the Trust or under the Plan.
          Except as otherwise required by  ERISA, the Trustee shall have no
          duty  to question or to examine any  determination  made  by  the
          Committee  or  direction given by the Committee to the Trustee in
          respect of such matters.
<PAGE>
                                     ARTICLE III
                              Investment of Trust Assets

               3.1  General  Powers.   Upon the written instructions of the
          Committee, the Trustee shall invest  and  reinvest  the assets of
          the  Trust  Fund primarily in Company Stock, except for  cash  or
          cash equivalent investments held

                    a.   for   the   limited   purpose   of   making   Plan
                         distributions to Participants,

                    b.   pending  the  investment of contributions or other
                         cash receipts in Company Stock, or

                    c.   pending use to repay an Exempt Loan.

          Upon the direction of the Committee,  the  Trustee  may cause the
          Plan  to  enter  into  one  or  more Exempt Loans to finance  the
          acquisition of Company Stock.

               3.2  Other Investments.  Upon  the  written  instructions of
          the  Committee,  the  Trustee  may  also invest and reinvest  the
          assets  of  the  Trust  Fund;  in  interest-bearing  accounts  or
          certificates  of  deposit  offered  by any  bank  (including  the
          Trustee or the Custodian) or savings  and  loan association; real
          estate,  stocks,  notes,  debentures,  shares or  obligations  of
          corporations  or  of  unincorporated associations  or  trusts  or
          investment companies; any  kind of investment fund (including any
          pooled  investment  fund  maintained   by   the  Trustee  or  the
          Custodian); or in such other property, real,  personal  or mixed,
          without  regard  to  whether such investment is an authorized  or
          appropriate investment  for trustees under any state laws; or the
          assets of the Trust may be  held  in cash for a reasonable period
          of time.

               3.3  Restricted  Securities.   In   the  event  the  Trustee
          invests  any  Trust  assets  in Company Stock,  and  the  Trustee
          thereafter disposes of such Company  Stock  or  any part thereof,
          under  circumstances  which require registration of  the  Company
          Stock under the Securities  Act  of  1933 or qualification of the
          securities under the Blue Sky laws of  any  state,  or both, then
          the  Company at its own expense, will take or cause to  be  taken
          any and  all  such  action  as may be necessary or appropriate to
          effect such registration or qualification, or both.

               3.4  Liability of Trustee.   To the maximum extent permitted
          by  law,  the Trustee shall not be liable  for  the  acquisition,
          retention or  disposition  of  any assets of the Trust or for any
          loss to or diminution of such assets  unless  due  to  their  own
          willful misconduct or failure to act in good faith.

                                      ARTICLE IV
                                   Trustee's Powers

               4.1  Trustee's Powers.  The Trustee shall have the authority
          and power to:
<PAGE>
                    a.   Contract  or  otherwise  enter  into  transactions
                         between themselves as Trustee and the Company, its
                         subsidiaries  and  affiliates, or any shareholders
                         of the Company upon  the  written  instructions of
                         the  Committee  for  the  acquisition or  sale  of
                         Company Stock, subject to paragraph (l) below;

                    b.   Sell,   transfer,  mortgage,  pledge,   lease   or
                         otherwise   dispose  of,  or  grant  options  with
                         respect to, any  Trust  assets,  including Company
                         Stock, at public or private sale;

                    c.   Borrow from any lender (including  the  Company or
                         any  shareholder  of the Company) pursuant  to  an
                         Exempt Loan (as defined in Section 4.2) to acquire
                         Company Stock as authorized  by the Trust upon the
                         written instructions of the Committee  by entering
                         into  lending agreements upon any terms (including
                         reasonable  interest and security for the loan) as
                         may be necessary or appropriate;

                    d.   Borrow money  from  any lender other than pursuant
                         to an Exempt Loan upon the written instructions of
                         the Committee, to the  extent  and upon such terms
                         and conditions as the Committee deems advisable or
                         proper to carry out the purposes  of the Trust and
                         as are permitted by the Regulations;

                    e.   Vote any stocks, bonds or other securities held in
                         the Trust, including Company Stock  which shall be
                         voted in accordance with Article XI of the Trust;

                    f.   Purchase   or  offer  to  purchase  any  security,
                         including Company  Stock,  from  any individual or
                         entity either on an established market or directly
                         from such individual or entity, without  regard to
                         any  prevailing  market  price  upon  the  written
                         instruction of the Committee;

                    g.   Give  general  or  specific  proxies  or powers of
                         attorney with or without powers of substitution;

                    h.   Except as provided in Article XI, participate  in,
                         oppose,    or    consent    to,   reorganizations,
                         recapitalizations,    consolidations,     mergers,
                         liquidations and similar transactions with respect
                         to any corporation, company or association,  or to
                         the   sale  or  pledge  of  the  property  of  any
                         corporation,  company  or  association  any of the
                         securities of which may at any time be held in the
                         Trust  Fund,  and  to  do  any  act with reference
                         thereto,  including the exercise of  options,  the
                         making of agreements or subscriptions which may be
                         deemed  necessary   or   advisable  in  connection
                         therewith, and to hold and  retain  any securities
                         or   other  property  which  it  may  so  acquire;
                         provided,  however,  that the Trustee may exercise
<PAGE>
                         this power and authority  only  to  the extent not
                         inconsistent with the provisions of the  Plan  and
                         Trust  and further provided that the Trustee shall
                         make demand  upon the Participating Companies, and
                         the  Participating   Companies   shall   pay   its
                         proportionate share of any expenses or assessments
                         in  connection  with the exercise of such power by
                         the Trustee;

                    i.   Deposit such Company  Stock or other securities in
                         any   voting  trust,  or  with   any   protective,
                         reorganization   or  like  committee,  or  with  a
                         trustee  or with depositories  designated  thereby
                         and  delegate  discretionary  power  to  any  such
                         committee  upon  the  written  instructions of the
                         Committee;   provided, however, that  the  Trustee
                         shall   make   demand   upon   the   Participating
                         Companies, and each  Participating  Company  shall
                         pay  its  proportionate  share of the expenses and
                         compensation  of  any  such  committee   and   any
                         assessments levied with respect to any property so
                         deposited;

                    j.   Exercise  any conversion privilege or subscription
                         right available  in  connection  with any property
                         held by the Trust upon the written instructions of
                         the Committee;

                    k.   Commence or defend suits or legal  proceedings and
                         to  represent  the  Trust  in all suits  or  legal
                         proceedings; to settle, compromise  or  submit  to
                         arbitration  any  claims,  debts or damages due or
                         owing  to  or from the Trust;  provided,  however,
                         that the Trustee  except  in  the  case of a suit,
                         legal  proceeding  or claim involving  solely  the
                         Trustee's  actions  or  omissions  to  act,  shall
                         obtain the written consent  of  the Company before
                         settling,  compromising or submitting  to  binding
                         arbitration any claim, suit or legal proceeding of
                         any nature whatsoever arising under ERISA;

                    l.   Perform all acts which the Trustee deems necessary
                         or appropriate and exercise any and all powers and
                         authority  of   the   Trustee   under  the  Trust;
                         provided,  however,  that  the Trustee  shall  not
                         engage  in any "prohibited transaction,"  as  that
                         term  is  used   in   ERISA,   the   Code  or  the
                         Regulations;

                    m.   Exercise  any  of  the  powers  of an owner,  with
                         respect to such Company Stock and other securities
                         or other property comprising the  Trust,  pursuant
                         to  the written instructions of the Committee  and
                         to  the   extent  consistent  with  the  Plan  and
                         paragraphs (a), (d) and (g) of this Article IV;
<PAGE>
                    n.   Form or incorporate and own or maintain any entity
                         including  but   not  limited  to  a  partnership,
                         corporation or trust;

                    o.   Transfer assets of  the  Trust Fund to a successor
                         trustee as provided for in Section 5.7;

                    p.   Make, execute and deliver, as Trustee, any and all
                         notes, bonds, guarantees,  conveyances, contracts,
                         waivers, releases or other instruments  in writing
                         necessary or proper for the accomplishment  of any
                         of the foregoing powers; and

                    q.   Exercise,  generally,  any of the powers which  an
                         individual owner might exercise in connection with
                         property either real, personal  or  mixed  held by
                         the Trust Fund, and to do all other acts that  the
                         Trustee  may deem necessary or proper to carry out
                         any of the  powers set forth in this Article IV or
                         otherwise in the best interests of the Trust.

               4.2  Exempt Loans.

                    a.   The terms of  any  Exempt  Loan  shall comply with
                         each of the following requirements:

                         i.   The terms shall be as favorable  to  the Plan
                              as the terms of a comparable loan from  arms-
                              length   negotiations   between   independent
                              parties;

                         ii.  The  interest  rate shall be no more  than  a
                              reasonable  interest   rate  considering  all
                              relevant  factors including  the  amount  and
                              duration of the Exempt Loan, the security and
                              guarantee involved,  the  credit  standing of
                              the Plan and the guarantor of the Exempt Loan
                              and   the   interest   rate   prevailing  for
                              comparable loans;

                         iii. The  Exempt  Loan  shall be without  recourse
                              against the Plan;

                         iv.  The Exempt Loan must be for a specific term;

                         v.   The Exempt Loan may  not  be  payable  at the
                              demand  of  any person except in the case  of
                              default;

                         vi.  The only assets  of  the  Trust  that  may be
                              given  as  collateral  on the Exempt Loan are
                              Company Stock acquired with  the  proceeds of
                              the same Exempt Loan or Company Stock used as
                              collateral on a prior Exempt Loan and  repaid
                              with the proceeds of the same Exempt Loan;
<PAGE>
                         vii. No  person  entitled  to  payment  under  the
                              Exempt Loan shall have any right to assets of
                              the  Trust  other  than  collateral given for
                              that Exempt Loan, contributions  made  to the
                              Plan  to  enable  it  to meet its obligations
                              under   that   Exempt   Loan   and   earnings
                              attributable  to  such  collateral  and  such
                              contributions;

                         viii.The  value  of  Trust assets  transferred  in
                              satisfaction of the Exempt Loan upon an event
                              of default shall not exceed the amount of the
                              default;

                         ix.  If the lender is  a "disqualified person" (as
                              such term is defined  in  Section  4975(e) of
                              the  Code),  Trust  assets may be transferred
                              upon default only upon  and  to the extent of
                              the failure of the Plan to meet  the  payment
                              schedule of the Exempt Loan;

                         x.   Upon  payment  of  any portion of the balance
                              due on the Exempt Loan, the assets pledged as
                              collateral for such portion shall be released
                              from encumbrance;

                         xi.  The Exempt Loan shall be repaid only from (i)
                              amounts  contributed   to  the  Plan  by  the
                              Employer  in the form of  cash  to  meet  its
                              obligations  under  the loan and from amounts
                              earned  on  Trust investments  and  (ii)  the
                              proceeds of an  Exempt  Loan,  and (iii) from
                              collateral   given   for  the  Exempt   Loan,
                              including earnings on  such  collateral, such
                              as   Dividends   on   Company  Stock.    Such
                              contributions and earnings shall be accounted
                              for separately in the books  of  accounts  of
                              the  Plan  maintained  by the Committee.  The
                              payments made with respect  to an Exempt Loan
                              by  the  Plan  during  a Plan Year  must  not
                              exceed an amount equal to  the  sum  of  such
                              contributions and earnings received during or
                              prior  to the year less any payments in prior
                              years.

                    b.   Any Exempt Loan  must be primarily for the benefit
                         of Participants and their beneficiaries.

                    c.   Notwithstanding any  other  provision of the Plan,
                         all  proceeds  of an Exempt Loan  shall  be  used,
                         within a reasonable  time  after  receipt  by  the
                         Trust, for the following purposes:

                         i.   To acquire Company Stock;

                         ii.  To repay the same Exempt Loan; or

                         iii. To repay any previous Exempt Loan.
<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE V
                                     The Trustee

               5.1  Nominees.   The  Trustee  may  register any security or
          other property held by them hereunder in their own name or in the
          name of their nominees, including any Custodian  and  the nominee
          of  any  system  for the central handling of securities, with  or
          without the addition or words indicating that such securities are
          held in a fiduciary  capacity,  and to deposit or arrange for the
          deposit of any such securities with  such a system.  The Trustee,
          if permitted by ERISA, may hold any securities in bearer form and
          combine certificates representing investments  with  certificates
          of  the  same  issue  held  by  the  Trustee  in  other fiduciary
          capacities, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all
          times  show  that  all  such  investments are part of the  Trust.
          Notwithstanding the above, the  Trustee shall at all times remain
          responsible for the safe custody and disposition of the Trust.

               5.2  Records.  The Trustee shall  keep accurate and detailed
          accounts of all investments, receipts and disbursements and other
          transactions  hereunder,  and  all accounts,  books  and  records
          relating  thereto  shall  be open to  inspection  by  any  person
          designated by the Company at  all  reasonable times.  The Trustee
          shall maintain such records with respect  to  the Trust as may be
          reasonably required in the administration of the  Trust,  but the
          Trustee  shall  not be required to perform ministerial acts other
          than those set forth in the Trust.

               5.3  Reports.   Within 60 days after each Valuation Date, or
          the removal or resignation  of  the Trustee or the termination of
          the Plan or the Trust, and as of  any other date specified by the
          Board of Directors or the Committee,  the  Trustee  shall  file a
          report  with the Board of Directors.  This report shall show  all
          purchases, sales, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions
          effected  by  the Trustee during the year or period for which the
          report is filed, and shall contain an exact description, the cost
          as shown on the  Trustee's books, and the fair market value as of
          the end of such period,  of  every item held in the Trust and the
          amount and nature of every obligation  owed  by  the  Trust.  For
          purposes  of  this  Section  5.3,  the  Trustee  may  rely on any
          determination  by the Committee of the fair market value  of  any
          Trust assets, including  the  opinion  of one or more independent
          investment advisors or appraisers relied  upon  by the Committee.
          Upon  the  expiration  of  90  days from the date of filing  such
          annual or other account, the Trustee  shall to the maximum extent
          permitted by ERISA be forever released  and  discharged  from all
          liability and accountability with respect to the propriety of its
          acts  and  transactions shown in such account except with respect
          to any such  acts or transactions as to which the Committee shall
          within  such  90-day   period   file  with  the  Trustee  written
          objections.

               5.4  Distributions.  The Trustee shall make distributions of
          a Participant's Vested Interest from  the  Trust  to  or  for the
          benefit of the person entitled thereto under the Plan and at such
          times and in such form as may be required or permitted under  the
          Plan.   Any undistributed part of a Participant's Vested Interest
<PAGE>
          shall  be  retained  in  the  Trust  until  distribution.   Where
          distribution  is  required  to be made in Company Stock, or where
          the Committee directs such distribution,  the Trustee shall cause
          the  Company  to issue an appropriate stock certificate  for  the
          person entitled  thereto,  and  the  Trustee  shall  deliver such
          certificate  to such person; provided, however, that the  Trustee
          shall  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  relating  to
          repurchase of such  Company Stock by the Company.  Any portion of
          a Participant's Vested  Interest  to  be  distributed  in cash or
          property other than Company Stock shall be paid by the Trustee to
          the  Participant or Beneficiary entitled thereto.  Company  Stock
          distributed  by  the Trustee may include such legend restrictions
          on transferability as the Company may reasonably require in order
          to insure compliance with the Plan and with applicable Federal or
          state securities laws.

               5.5  Instructions.   All  communications  required hereunder
          from  the  Company or the Committee to the Trustee  shall  be  in
          writing signed by an officer of the Company or by a member of the
          Committee authorized  to sign on its behalf.  The Committee shall
          authorize one or more of  its  members  to sign on its behalf all
          communications required hereunder between  the  Committee and the
          Trustee.   At all times during which communications  between  the
          Committee and the Trustee are required hereunder, the Company and
          the Committee  shall  keep  the  Trustee advised of the names and
          specimen  signatures of all members  of  the  Committee  and  the
          individuals  authorized  to sign on behalf of the Committee.  The
          Trustee  shall  be  fully  protected   in  relying  on  any  such
          communication  and  any  letter,  notice,  certificate,   report,
          statement,   instrument  or  document  and  upon  any  telephone,
          telegraph, cable,  wireless,  radio  or  other  message  from any
          party,  if  believed to be genuine, and shall not be required  to
          verify  the  accuracy   or  validity  thereof  unless  they  have
          reasonable grounds to doubt  the  authenticity  of any signature.
          If  after request the Trustee does not receive instructions  from
          the Committee  on  any matter for which instructions are required
          hereunder, the Trustee shall act or refrain from acting as it may
          determine.

               5.6  Hiring of Agents and Related Expenses.  The Trustee and
          the Committee may employ  suitable  agents and counsel who may be
          counsel for the Company or an Affiliate.  The reasonable expenses
          incurred by the Trustee, any individual who is a trustee, and the
          Committee in the performance of their  duties  hereunder  and all
          other  proper charges, expenses and disbursements of the Trustee,
          any individual  who is a trustee, or the Committee (including the
          Trustee's compensation) shall be paid out of the Trust unless the
          Company pays such  expenses directly.  However, no person serving
          as a Trustee or individual  serving  as a member of the Committee
          who already receives full-time pay from the Company shall receive
          compensation  from  this  Trust,  except  for   reimbursement  of
          expenses properly and actually incurred.

               5.7  Resignation  and Removal of Trustee.  The  Trustee,  or
          any individual who is a  trustee,  may  resign  at  any  time  by
          delivering  to  the Committee a written notice of resignation, to
          take effect at a  date  specified  therein,  which shall not take
<PAGE>
          effect  in less than 60 days after the delivery  thereof,  unless
          such notice is be waived by the Committee.

                    The  Board  of Directors shall have the right to remove
          the Trustee, or any individual who is a trustee, at any time with
          or without cause, by delivering to the Trustee, or individual who
          is a trustee, a written  notice  of  removal, to take effect at a
          date specified therein, which shall not  take effect in less than
          60 days after the delivery thereof, unless  such notice is waived
          by the Trustee.

                    In the event the Trustee, or any individual  who  is  a
          trustee,  notifies  the  Committee of its intention to resign, or
          the Committee removes the  Trustee,  or  any  individual who is a
          trustee,  in  accordance  with the foregoing provisions  of  this
          Section 5.7, the Board of Directors  shall  appoint  a  successor
          trustee, which successor trustee shall accept such appointment by
          an  instrument  in  writing  delivered  to  the Committee and the
          Trustee.  The Trustee, or individual who is a  trustee, resigning
          or  removed  hereunder shall thereupon deliver to  the  successor
          trustee  all assets  of  the  Trust  held  by  such  Trustee,  or
          individual who is a trustee, together with such records as may be
          reasonably  required  to enable the successor trustee to properly
          administer the Trust, and  all  rights  and  privileges under the
          Plan  and  the  Trust  theretofore  vested  in  the  Trustee,  or
          individual who is a trustee, shall vest in the successor  trustee
          where  applicable,  and  thereupon  all  future liability of such
          Trustee,  or  individual  who  is  a  trustee,  shall  terminate;
          provided,  however,  that  the Trustee, or individual  who  is  a
          trustee, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents and
          written instruments which are  necessary  to  transfer and convey
          his right, title and interest in the Trust, and  all  rights  and
          privileges, to the successor trustee.

                    In  the  case  of  the  resignation  or  removal of the
          Trustee,  or  any  individual who is a trustee, said Trustee,  or
          individual who is a trustee, shall duly file with the Committee a
          written report as provided  in  Section  5.3 above for the period
          since  the  last  previous  annual  accounting,  and  if  written
          objections to such account are not filed  as  provided in Section
          5.3, the Trustee's liability and accountability  with  respect to
          the  propriety  of  their  acts  and  transactions  shown in such
          account shall be governed by the terms of this Trust.

               5.8  Hold Harmless.  The Company shall defend and  indemnify
          to  the  full  extent  permitted  by law (including ERISA), which
          indemnification shall include, but  not be limited to, attorney's
          fees and any tax imposed as a result  of  a claim asserted by any
          person, persons or entity (including a governmental entity),  the
          Trustee, or any individual who is a trustee,  made  or threatened
          to  be  made  a  part to any action, suit or proceeding,  whether
          criminal, civil, administrative  or  investigative,  by reason of
          the fact that such entity or individual is or was a Trustee.  The
          Trustee,  or  individual  who is a trustee, shall be entitled  to
          collect on the Company's indemnity  under  this  Section 5.8 only
          from the Company and shall not be entitled to payment directly or
          indirectly from the Trust.
<PAGE>
               5.9  Acceptance.  The Trustee hereby accepts  the  Trust and
          agrees  to  hold  the  Trust,  and  all  additions and accretions
          thereto,  except  to  the  extent  such  assets,   additions  and
          accretions are held by a Custodian, subject to all the  terms and
          conditions of the Trust, which shall be interpreted and construed
          under the laws of the State of Louisiana to the extent such  laws
          are  not  superseded  by laws of the United States.  In the event
          any provisions of the Trust  are  held illegal or invalid for any
          reason,  the  illegality  or  invalidity  shall  not  affect  the
          remaining provisions of the Trust,  but  shall be fully severable
          and the Trust shall be construed and enforced  as  if the illegal
          or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

               5.10 Third Parties.  A third party dealing with the Trustee,
          or any individual who is a trustee, shall not be required to make
          inquiry as to the authority of the Trustee, or any individual who
          is  a trustee, to take any action nor be under any obligation  to
          follow  the  proper application by the Trustee, or any individual
          who is a trustee, of the proceeds of sale of any property sold by
          the Trustee, or  any  individual  who is a trustee, or to inquire
          into the validity or propriety of any  act of the Trustee, or any
          individual who is a trustee, except as may  be  required  of such
          third party under ERISA.

               5.11 Tax  Returns.   In addition to any returns required  of
          the Trustee by law, the Trustee  shall  prepare and file such tax
          reports  and other returns as they may from  time  to  time  deem
          appropriate.

               5.12 Judicial  Accounting.  To the maximum extent consistent
          with ERISA, nothing contained  in  the Trust or in the Plan shall
          be construed as depriving the Trustee or the Company of the right
          to have a judicial settlement of the Trustee's accounts, and upon
          any  proceeding  for  a  judicial  settlement  of  the  Trustee's
          accounts or for instructions the only  necessary  parties thereto
          shall be the Trustee and the Committee.

               5.13 Legal  Proceeding.   Subject  to Section 5.12,  in  any
          action  or  proceeding  affecting the Trust  the  only  necessary
          parties shall be the Company  and  the  Trustee  and,  except  as
          otherwise required by ERISA, no other person shall be entitled to
          any  notice  or service of process.  Any judgment entered in such
          an action or proceeding  shall to the maximum extent permitted by
          ERISA be binding and conclusive on all persons having or claiming
          to have any interest in the Trust.

                                      ARTICLE VI
                             Relationship of Fiduciaries

               It is the intent of all fiduciaries under the Plan and Trust
          that each fiduciary be solely  responsible  for their own acts or
          omissions.  Except to the extent such an obligation is imposed by
          ERISA or the Code, no fiduciary shall have the  duty  to question
          whether  any  other  fiduciary is fulfilling the responsibilities
          imposed upon such other  fiduciary  by  the  Plan and Trust or by
          ERISA or by any regulations or rulings issued thereunder.  To the
          maximum  extent  permitted by law, no fiduciary  shall  have  any
<PAGE>
          liability for a breach  of  fiduciary  responsibility of another.
          Except as provided in Article XIII, no fiduciary shall permit any
          part of the Trust to be diverted for purposes  other than for the
          exclusive   benefit  of  Participants  and  their  Beneficiaries.
          However, the  Committee  may,  by  written notice to the Trustee,
          direct that all or part of the assets of the Trust be transferred
          to a successor trustee under a trust  instrument which is for the
          exclusive benefit of such Participants  and  their beneficiaries,
          and which satisfies the applicable requirements for qualification
          and exemption from taxation under Sections 401(a)  and  501(a) of
          the  Code,  and  thereupon  the  assets  of the Trust or any part
          thereof, subject to any outstanding debts  of the Trust, shall be
          paid over, transferred or assigned to said successor trustee free
          from the Trust created hereunder.

                                     ARTICLE VII
                                     Termination

               7.1  Procedures Upon Termination.  The  Trust shall continue
          for such time as may be necessary to accomplish  the  purpose for
          which  it  was  created, but the Board of Directors may terminate
          the Trust at any  time  upon  30  days'  notice in writing to the
          Trustee,   subject  to  any  applicable  contribution   or   loan
          agreement.   Upon  receipt  by  the  Trustee  of  such  notice of
          termination  of  the  Trust,  the  Trustee shall, with reasonable
          promptness  after receipt of any such  notice,  arrange  for  the
          orderly distribution of the Trust property in accordance with the
          written instructions  of  the  Committee  which shall be given in
          conformity  with  the  provisions of the Plan  and  ERISA.   Such
          instructions  may,  but  need  not,  provide  for  the  continued
          payments from the Trust pursuant  to Section 5.4 of this Trust to
          provide the benefits under the Plan until the Trust is exhausted.
          The Committee shall remain in existence and all of the provisions
          of the Plan which in the opinion of  the  Committee are necessary
          for   the   execution   of   the  Plan  and  the  administration,
          distribution, transfer or other  disposition of the assets of the
          Trust shall remain in force.  The  Trust shall terminate when all
          such payments are made.

               7.2  Termination With Respect to Less Than All Participants.
          If the Plan is terminated with respect  to  a  group  of  persons
          under  the  Plan,  the  portion of the Trust attributable to such
          group  shall  be held and disposed  of  in  accordance  with  the
          written instructions  of  the  Committee  which shall be given in
          conformity with the provisions of the Plan and ERISA.

                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                      Amendment

               8.1  Right to Amend.  The Board of Directors  may  any  time
          and  from  time  to time amend or modify, in whole or in part and
          without  the  consent   of   any  Participating  Company  or  any
          Participant or beneficiary, any  or all of the provisions of this
          Trust by an instrument in writing  delivered  to the Trustee.  No
          such  amendment  shall  be  made  which  affects  the  duties  or
          responsibilities of the Trustee without their consent  thereto in
          writing.
<PAGE>
               8.2  Execution.  The Committee and the Trustee shall execute
          such  supplements  to,  or amendments of, this Trust as shall  be
          necessary to give effect to any such amendment or modification.

               8.3  Retroactivity.   Any  such amendment or modification of
          this  Trust may be retroactive if  necessary  or  appropriate  to
          qualify  or  maintain  the  Trust  as  a part of a plan and trust
          exempt  from Federal income taxation under  Sections  401(a)  and
          501(a) of  the  Code,  the  provisions  of  ERISA,  or  any other
          applicable  provisions of Federal or state law, as now in  effect
          or hereafter  amended  or  adopted,  and  any  Regulations issued
          thereunder.

                                      ARTICLE IX
                                    Communications

               9.1  Company's  and Committee's Address.  Communications  to
          the Company or the Committee  shall be addressed to or in care of
          the  Company,  at 5100 River Road,  Avondale,  Louisiana   70094;
          provided, however,  that  upon  the  Company's or the Committee's
          written request, such communications shall  be sent to such other
          address as the Company or the Committee, as the  case may be, may
          specify.

               9.2  Trustee's Address.  Communications to the Trustee shall
          be  addressed  to them at Avondale Industries, Inc.,  5100  River
          Road, Avondale,  Louisiana   70094;  provided, however, that upon
          the written request of the Trustee, such  communications shall be
          sent  to  such  other  address or addresses as  the  Trustee  may
          specify.

               9.3  Binding  Upon  Receipt.    No  communication  shall  be
          binding on the Trustee, Company or Committee until it is received
          by such party.

               9.4  Communications in Writing.   Any  action of the Company
          or  the Committee pursuant to this Trust, including  all  orders,
          requests,  directions,  instructions, approvals and objections of
          the Company or the Committee  to the Trustee, shall be in writing
          signed on behalf of the Company  or  the  Committee  by  any duly
          authorized  officer  of  the  Company or member of the Committee,
          respectively.  The Trustee shall  be governed by such action and,
          to the maximum extent permitted by  ERISA,  be fully protected in
          relying thereon.

                                      ARTICLE X
                                    Non-Alienation

               Except  insofar as applicable law may otherwise  require  or
          pursuant to a  Qualified  Domestic Relations Order (as defined in
          Section  6.5  of  the Plan), no  economic  interest,  expectancy,
          benefit,  payment,  claim   or   right   of  any  Participant  or
          Beneficiary under the Plan and the Trust shall  be subject in any
          manner  to  any  claims  of  any  creditor of any Participant  or
          Beneficiary, nor to alienation by anticipation,  sale,  transfer,
          assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge or encumbrance
          of  any kind.  If any person attempts to take any action contrary
<PAGE>
          to this  Article  X, such action shall be null and void and of no
          effect, and the Trustee shall disregard such action and shall not
          in any manner be bound  thereby  and shall suffer no liability on
          account of their disregard thereof.

                                      ARTICLE XI
                                    Voting Rights

               9.5  Pass Through of Voting Rights.   The Trustee shall vote
          all Company Stock held in the Trust as directed by the Committee,
          or,  in  accordance  with  the  following  provisions,   by   the
          Participants:

                    a.   If  the  Company  has a registration-type class of
                         securities (as defined in Section 409(e)(4) of the
                         Code or any successor  statute thereto), then with
                         respect  to  all corporate  matters,  all  Company
                         Stock allocated  to  the  Accounts of Participants
                         shall be voted in accordance  with  the directions
                         of such Participants as given to the Committee and
                         communicated  in  turn  by  the Committee  to  the
                         Trustee.  Each Participant shall  be  entitled  to
                         direct  the  voting  only  of  the  Company  Stock
                         allocated to his Company Stock Account.

                    b.   If  Company Stock is not a registration-type class
                         of securities  (as defined in Section 409(3)(4) of
                         the Code), each  Participant  shall be entitled to
                         direct Trustee as to the exercise of voting rights
                         attributable to Company Stock allocated  to her or
                         her Accounts concerning any corporate matter which
                         involves the voting of Company Stock with  respect
                         to  the  approval  or disapproval of any corporate
                         merger    or   consolidation,    recapitalization,
                         reclassification,  liquidation,  dissolution, sale
                         of  substantially  all the assets of  a  trade  or
                         business, or such similar  transactions  as may be
                         prescribed in Regulations.

               9.6  Instructions  on  Voting.  Prior to any meeting of  the
          stockholders of the Company,  the  Committee  shall determine the
          number  of shares of Company Stock (including fractional  shares)
          allocated  to  each  Participant  which  the Participant shall be
          entitled to vote.  Within a reasonable time  (not  less  than  30
          days) before any shareholder meeting, the Committee shall provide
          the  Participant with a form necessary to indicate his vote as to
          any  specific   or   general  matter  to  be  considered  by  the
          stockholders at such meeting.   In  addition, the Committee shall
          provide  the  Participants  with all information  distributed  to
          shareholders by the Committee  for  the  exercise  of such voting
          rights.    The  Committee  shall  not  make  any  recommendations
          regarding the  manner  of  exercising  any  voting  rights.  If a
          Participant  shall fail, or refuse, to give the Committee  timely
          and adequate instructions  as  to  how to vote any Company Stock,
          the Committee shall not exercise its  power  to vote those shares
          of  Company Stock.  The Committee shall be entitled  to  hire  an
          independent  third party to tabulate votes in order to ensure the
          confidentiality of such vote.
<PAGE>
               Each Participant  or,  in  the  event  of  the Participant's
          death, the Participant's Beneficiary is, for purposes  of  voting
          the  Company Stock allocated to his Company Stock Account, hereby
          designated  as  "named  fiduciary"  within the meaning of Section
          403(a)(1) of ERISA.

               9.7  Voting of Unallocated Company  Stock.   With respect to
          Company  Stock  not  allocated  to  Participants'  Accounts,  the
          Committee  shall  instruct the Trustee, in writing, how  to  vote
          such shares.

               9.8  Tender  Offers.    The   Trustee   shall   notify  each
          Participant  of a tender or exchange offer and utilize  its  best
          efforts to distribute  to  Participants  in  a  timely manner all
          information  distributed  to  shareholders  of  the  Company   in
          connection   with  any  such  tender  or  exchange  offer.   Each
          Participant shall  have  the  right from time to time to instruct
          the Trustee in writing as to the  manner  in  which to respond to
          any  tender  or  exchange  offer  with  respect to Company  Stock
          allocated to his Company Stock Account which  shall be pending or
          which  may  be made in the future for all Company  Stock  or  any
          portion thereof.   A  Participant's  instructions shall remain in
          force  until  superseded  in  writing  by the  Participant.   The
          Participant  shall  have  the  right to determine  confidentially
          whether shares allocated to a Participant's  account are tendered
          or  exchanged  and  the  Trustee  and  Committee shall  establish
          procedures to ensure such confidentiality.

                    Unless  and  until  a Participant's  Company  Stock  is
          tendered or exchanged, the individual  instructions  received  by
          the  Trustee from the Participant shall be held by the Trustee in
          strict  confidence  and  shall not be divulged or released to any
          person, including officers  of  the  Company;  provided, however,
          that  the  Trustee  shall advise the Company, at any  time,  upon
          request,  of  the  total   number   of   shares  not  subject  to
          instructions to tender or exchange.

                    With  respect  to (a) Company Stock  not  allocated  to
          Participants'  Accounts  or   (b) Company   Stock   allocated  to
          Participants' Accounts for which proper directions have  not been
          received  from  Participants,  such  stock  shall  be tendered or
          exchanged  by the Trustee in accordance with directions  received
          from the Committee.   The Committee shall instruct the Trustee in
          response to the tender offer in accordance with ERISA's fiduciary
          duties  to  act  as a prudent  person  would  act  in  a  similar
          situation and to act  solely in the interests of the Participants
          and   their   Beneficiaries.    In   exercising   its   fiduciary
          responsibility,  the  Committee  shall  consider  (to  the extent
          permitted  by  Department  of  Labor  or Internal Revenue Service
          Regulations or announcements) not only  the potential increase in
          value if any of the Participants' Accounts  as  a  result  of the
          tender  or  exchange offer, but also the impact of any change  in
          the managerial  control  of  the  Company  on  the  status of the
          Participants  as  Employees  in the long-run, including  but  not
          limited to whether they will receive  larger  or smaller employee
          benefits than at present under the Plan.
<PAGE>
               Each  Participant  or,  in  the  event  of the Participant's
          death,   the  Participant's  Beneficiary  is,  for  purposes   of
          responding  to  any  tender  or  exchange  offer  with respect to
          Company  Stock  allocated  to  his Company Stock Account,  hereby
          designated as "named fiduciary"  within  the  meaning  of Section
          403(a)(1) of ERISA.

                                     ARTICLE XII
                               Participating Companies

               12.1 Other Participating Companies.  With the consent of the
          Company, any entity designated a Participating Company under  the
          Plan  may  at  any  time  join  in  the Trust.  The Participating
          Company  shall  file  with the Company and  the  Trustee  a  duly
          executed instrument approved  by  the  Committee and the Trustee.
          Any such action shall become effective upon  the  delivery to the
          Trustee  of  such  instrument  duly executed by the Participating
          Company and the Company, and upon  receipt of such instrument the
          Trustee shall be deemed to accept such Participating Company as a
          party to this Trust without further  action by the Trustee.  Each
          such Participating Company may then contribute  under the Plan to
          the Trust.  The contributions which may be made by the Company or
          any other Participating Company, and the income therefrom,  shall
          be  held  by  the  Trustee  as  part  of  a  single Trust without
          allocation  to  the  Company  or any other Participating  Company
          until the Company shall notify  the  Trustee of the withdrawal of
          any Participating Company from the Plan pursuant to Section 12.5

                12.2Committee Appointed Exclusive Agent.  Any Participating
          Company  which  joins in the Trust as provided  in  Section  12.1
          shall be deemed to thereby appoint the Board of Directors and the
          Committee its exclusive  agent  to  exercise on its behalf all of
          the powers and authority conferred upon  the  Board  of Directors
          and the Committee by the terms of the Trust including, but not by
          way of limitation, the power to amend the Trust and to  terminate
          the  Trust.   The  authority  of  the  Board of Directors and the
          Committee to act as such agent shall continue with respect to all
          funds contributed by each Participating  Company  and  the income
          therefrom  until  and unless the amount of such funds and  income
          has been distributed  by  the  Trustee as hereinafter provided in
          this Article XII.

               12.3 Withdrawal  of Participating  Company.   The  Committee
          shall notify the Trustee  in  writing  of  the  withdrawal of any
          Participating  Company from the Plan, and the Trustee  shall  not
          accept  any  further  contributions  under  the  Plan  from  such
          Participating  Company  and shall set aside in a separate account
          such  part  of the Trust as  the  Committee  shall,  pursuant  to
          Section 12.4,  determine  to  be held for the benefit of eligible
          employees of the Participating Company and their beneficiaries as
          of the last day of the Plan Year  during which such Participating
          Company's withdraw from the Plan.

               12.4 Establishment of Segregated  Fund.  The Committee shall
          give written directions to the Trustee with  respect  to the part
          of the Trust segregated in a separate account pursuant to Section
          12.3.   Such directions shall specify the amount to be segregated
<PAGE>
          and shall  be  in  accordance  with generally accepted accounting
          principles,  the  terms  of  the Plan  and  any  applicable  loan
          agreement, and, to the maximum  extent consistent with ERISA, the
          determination of the fair market value of the assets in the Trust
          in the manner provided in Section 5.3 shall be conclusive for the
          purpose  of  such segregation.  The  Trustee  shall  follow  such
          directions of  the  Committee which shall constitute a conclusive
          determination of the  amounts  which should be segregated for the
          benefit of the eligible employees  of  such Participating Company
          and their beneficiaries.

               12.5 Distribution  of  Segregated  Fund.   The  Trust  shall
          continue as to any Participating Company,  despite receipt by the
          Trustee  of  notice  of  withdrawal  from  the Plan  as  to  such
          Participating  Company,  for  such time as may  be  necessary  to
          effect such withdrawal.  Upon receipt  by  the  Trustee  from the
          Committee  of  notice  of  withdrawal  from  the  Plan as to such
          Participating   Company,   the  Trustee  shall,  with  reasonable
          promptness after receipt of  such  notice, arrange, in accordance
          with the written instructions of the  Committee  which  shall  be
          given  in  conformity  with the provisions of the Plan and ERISA,
          for the orderly distribution  of  the  Trust  properly segregated
          with respect to such Participating Company pursuant  to  Sections
          12.4 and 12.5.

                                     ARTICLE XIII
                                    Miscellaneous

               13.1 Exclusive  Benefit.  In no event shall any part of  the
          funds of the Plan be used  for  or diverted to any purposes other
          than  for  the  exclusive  benefit  of   Participants  and  their
          Beneficiaries  under the Plan except as permitted  under  Section
          403(c) of ERISA.  Upon the transfer by a Participating Company of
          any money to the  Trustee,  all  interest  of  the  Participating
          Company therein shall cease and terminate.

               13.2 Mistake of Fact.  Notwithstanding any other  provisions
          herein  contained,  if  any contribution is made by a mistake  of
          fact, such contribution shall upon the direction of the Committee
          be returned in conformity  with Section 3.5 of the Plan,, without
          liability to any person.

               13.3 Qualification  of  Plan.    Notwithstanding  any  other
          provisions herein contained, the Trust  is  entered  into  on the
          condition  that  the  Plan  and  the  Trust  are  by the IRS as a
          qualified and exempt plan and trust under the provisions  of  the
          Code  and  Regulations  so that contributions to the Trust may be
          deducted for Federal income  tax  purposes,  within the limits of
          the Code and Regulations, and to be non-taxable  to  Participants
          when  contributed.   If  such  approval should be denied for  any
          reason (including failure to comply  with any conditions for such
          approval  imposed  by  the  IRS), contributions  made  after  the
          execution of the Trust and prior to such denial shall be returned
          to the Company, without any liability  to  any person, within one
          year  after the date of denial of such approval  and  any  assets
          received  by the Trust pursuant to a plan-to-plan transfer from a
          qualified defined  benefit  plan  maintained  by  the  Company or
<PAGE>
          Company  Stock  purchased  with  such  assets  shall  be directly
          returned  to  the  qualified defined benefit plan, to the  extent
          permissible by law,  or  to  the  Company, without any liability,
          within  one year after denial of such  approval.   All  remaining
          assets in the Trust shall be returned to the Company.

               13.4 Deductibility  of  Contributions.   Notwithstanding any
          other provisions herein contained, all contributions  are  hereby
          expressly conditioned upon their deductibility under Section  404
          of the Code and Regulations, as amended from time to time, and if
          the  deduction  for any contribution is disallowed in whole or in
          part, then such contribution  (to  the  extent  the  deduction is
          disallowed)  shall  be  returned upon direction of the Committee,
          which shall be given in conformity  with the provisions of ERISA,
          without liability to any person.

               13.5 Expenses.   The  expenses  of  administering  the  Plan
          including  (i) the  fees  and expenses of  the  Trustee  for  the
          performance  of its duties under  the  Trust,  (ii) the  expenses
          incurred by the  members  of  the Committee in the performance of
          their  duties under the Plan (including  reasonable  compensation
          for services  rendered  in  respect of the Plan by legal counsel,
          certified public accountants,  appraisers  or  others employed by
          the   Committee),   and   (iii) all  other  proper  charges   and
          disbursements of the Company,  Trustee  or  the  members  of  the
          Committee  (including  settlements  of  claims  or  legal actions
          approved by counsel to the Plan) are to be paid out of  the Trust
          unless  the  Company  pays such expenses directly.  In estimating
          costs under the Plan, administrative costs may be anticipated.

               13.6 Titles for Convenience Only.  Titles to the Sections of
          the Trust are included for convenience only and shall not control
          the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Trust.

               13.7 Executed Counterparts.   The  Trust  may be executed in
          any number of counterparts, each of which shall  be  deemed to be
          the original although the others shall not be produced.
<PAGE>
               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Trustee have  caused
          the  Trust  to  be  executed this 28th day of December,
          1994.

                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC


                                             BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                  Thomas     M.    Kitchen
                                                  Secretary
          ATTEST

          \s\ B. L. Hicks
          (Corporate Seal) Assistant Secretary

          ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE OF        TRUSTEES OF THE AVONDALE
          THE AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.      INDUSTRIES, INC. EMPLOYEE
          EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN      STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN TRUST


          \s\ Blanche S. Barlotta            \s\ Blanche S. Barlotta
          Blanche S. Barlotta, Member        Blanche S. Barlotta, Trustee


          \s\ Eugene E. Blanchard, Jr.       \s\ R. D. Church
          Eugene E. Blanchard, Member        R. Dean Church, Trustee


          \s\ R. D. Church                   \s\ Rodney J. Duhon
          R. Dean Church, Member             Rodney J. Duhon, Trustee


          \s\ Rodney J. Duhon, Jr.
          Rodney J. Duhon, Jr., Member


          \s\ Ernest F. Griffin, Jr.
          Ernest F. Griffin, Jr., Member


          Sworn to and subscribed before me,
          Notary Public, on this 28 day of
          December, 1994.


          \s\ Rudolph R. Ramelli
          NOTARY PUBLIC









                   AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. PENSION PLAN










                  As Amended and Restated
                  Effective January 1, 1989
<PAGE>
                              AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.
                                     PENSION PLAN
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

          Article                 Contents                          Section

          I.        DEFINITIONS
                      Accrued Benefit                                   1.1
                      Actuarial Equivalent                              1.2
                      Actuary                                           1.3
                      Affiliated Company                                1.4
                      Avondale ESOP                                     1.5
                      Beneficiary                                       1.6
                      Code                                              1.7
                      Committee                                         1.8
                      Company                                           1.9
                      Compensation                                     1.10
                      Compensation Year                                1.11
                      Deferred Retirement Date                         1.12
                      Disability Retirement Date                       1.13
                      Early Retirement Date                            1.14
                      Effective Date                                   1.15
                      Eligible Employee                                1.16
                      Employee                                         1.17
                      Employer and Participating Employer              1.18
                      ERISA                                            1.19
                      Final Average Compensation                       1.20
                      Hour of Service                                  1.21
                      Investment Manager                               1.22
                      Non-Participating Employer                       1.23
                      Normal Retirement Date                           1.24
                      One Year Break In Service                        1.25
                      Parental Absence                                 1.26
                      Participant                                      1.27
                      Plan                                             1.28
                      Plan Year                                        1.29
                      Prior Plan                                       1.30
                      Service Termination Date                         1.31
                      Social Security Retirement Age                   1.32
                      Straight Life Annuity                            1.33
                      Ten Year Certain and Life annuity                1.34
                      Trustee                                          1.35
                      Trust Agreement                                  1.36
                      Trust Fund or Fund                               1.37
                      Year of Service                                  1.38
<PAGE>
          II.       PARTICIPATION
                      Eligible Class                                    2.1
                      Commencement of Participation                     2.2
                      Termination of Participation                      2.3
                      Transfers                                         2.4
                      Reemployment of a Former Participant              2.5

          III.      ELIGIBILITY FOR RETIREMENT INCOME
                      Normal Retirement Date                            3.1
                      Deferred Retirement Date                          3.2
                      Early Retirement Date                             3.3
                      Disability Retirement Date                        3.4
                      Vesting Date                                      3.5

          IV.       AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT INCOME AND PAYMENTS
                      Normal Retirement Income                          4.1
                      Deferred Retirement Income                        4.2
                      Early Retirement Income                           4.3
                      Disability Retirement Income                      4.4
                      Deferred Vested Retirement Income                 4.5
                      Maximum Retirement Income                         4.6
                      Timing of Payments                                4.7
                      Transfer Benefit                                  4.8
                      Direct Rollover Rules                             4.9
                      Notice                                           4.10

          V.        PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS
                      Immediate  Pre-Retirement  Surviving Spouse's Benefit
          5.1
                      Deferred Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse's Benefit5.2

          VI.       NORMAL AND OPTIONAL PAYMENT FORMS
                    OF RETIREMENT INCOME
                      Normal Form of Payment                            6.1
                      Waiver of Normal Form and Election of
                        Optional Form of Payment                        6.2
                      Waiver Period                                     6.3
                      Temporary Non-Payment of Retirement Income        6.4
                      Optional Forms of Payment                         6.5
                      General Limitations                               6.6
                      Distribution Rules                                6.7
                      Limitation in Case of Domestic Relations Order    6.8

          VII.      CONTRIBUTIONS
                      No Contributions by Participants                  7.1
                      Employer Contributions                            7.2
                      Expenses                                          7.3
                      Contingent Nature of Contributions                7.4
<PAGE>
          VIII.     ADMINISTRATION
                      Appointment of Committee                          8.1
                      Notice to Trustee                                 8.2
                      Administration of Plan                            8.3
                      Reporting and Disclosure                          8.4
                      Records                                           8.5
                      Committee Compensation and Expenses               8.6
                      Rules and Regulations                             8.7
                      Secretary of the Committee                        8.8
                      Claims Review Procedure                           8.9
                      Information from Participants and Beneficiaries  8.10

          IX.       NAMED FIDUCIARIES
                      Identity of Named Fiduciaries                     9.1
                      Responsibilities and Authority of Committee       9.2
                      Responsibilities and Authority of Trustee         9.3
                      Responsibilities of the Company                   9.4
                      Responsibilities Not Shared                       9.5
                      Dual Fiduciary Capacity Permitted                 9.6
                      Advice                                            9.7
                      Indemnification                                   9.8

          X.        PROVISIONS TO PREVENT DISCRIMINATION
                      Prevention of Discrimination                     10.1
                      Highly Compensated Employees                     10.2
                      Unrestricted Benefit                             10.3
                      Restriction on Payment of Benefit                10.4
                      Repeal                                           10.5

          XI.       AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN
                      Right to Amend                                   11.1
                      Restrictions on Amendment                        11.2

          XII.      TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
                      Events Constituting Termination                  12.1
                      Partial Termination                              12.2
                      Allocation of Assets                             12.3
                      Manner of Distribution                           12.4
                      Liquidation of Trust Fund                        12.5
                      Internal Revenue Service Approval
                        for Distribution                               12.6
<PAGE>
          XIII.     TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
                      General Rule                                     13.1
                      Vesting Provisions                               13.2
                      Minimum Benefit Provisions                       13.3
                      Limitation on Compensation                       13.4
                      Limitation on Benefits                           13.5
                      Coordination With Other Plans                    13.6
                      Top-Heavy Plan Definition                        13.7
                      Key Employee                                     13.8
                      Non-Key Employee                                 13.9
                      Change from Top-Heavy Status                    13.10

          XIV.      GENERAL PROVISIONS
                      Plan Voluntary                                   14.1
                      Payments to Minors and Incompetents              14.2
                      Nonalienation of Benefits                        14.3
                      Merger, Consolidation or Transfer                14.4
                      Return  of  Contributions to Participating 
                       Employers                                       14.5
                      Payment of Small Benefits                        14.6
                      Recovery of Payments Due to a Mistake of Fact    14.7
                      Internal Revenue Service Approval                14.8
                      Construction of Agreement                        14.9
                      Headings                                        14.10
                      Use of Masculine  and  Feminine;  Singular
                       and Plural                                     14.11
                      Return of Employer Contributions in Excess
                        of Amount Deductible                          14.12
<PAGE>
                                       PREAMBLE


               The  Avondale  Industries,  Inc.  Pension  Plan,  originally
          established  effective  July 1, 1967 as the Retirement  Plan  for
          Employees of Avondale Shipyards,  Inc.  and  amended from time to
          time  thereafter, has been adopted by Avondale  Industries,  Inc.
          and was  amended  and restated in its entirety, effective January
          1,  1988, unless stated  otherwise.   The  Plan  is  amended  and
          restated  effective  January  1,  1989, unless otherwise provided
          herein, to comply with the Tax Reform  Act of 1986 and subsequent
          legislation.

               This  Plan  is  the  continuation of the  original  Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Pension Plan after such Plan and its assets were
          merged  into  the  Danly Machine  Corporation  Pension  Plan  for
          Salaried Employees on  December  1,  1987 and then further merged
          into  the  Danly Machine Corporation Hourly  (Non-Union)  Pension
          Plan on December 2, 1987.

               The purpose  of this Plan is to provide a uniform program of
          retirement benefits  payable to employees of Avondale Industries,
          Inc. and certain related  companies upon their retirement, death,
          or disability.  It is intended  that  this  plan be qualified and
          exempt under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the  Internal  Revenue
          Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

               If  the  Plan shall fail to qualify under these sections  of
          the Internal Revenue  Code,  it  shall  be null and void, and all
          contributions which may have been made hereunder shall be treated
          in accordance with Section 14.8.
<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE I
                                     DEFINITIONS

               The following words and phrases when  used in the Plan shall
          have  the  following  meanings,  unless  a different  meaning  is
          plainly required by the context:

               1.1  Accrued  Benefit  as  of  any  date  shall   mean   the
          Participant's  accrued  retirement  benefit determined as of such
          date in accordance with the Plan's benefit  formulas described in
          Section  4.1 and including any additional Accrued  Benefit  under
          Section 4.8  and  before  application of any Actuarial Equivalent
          factor or any other reduction  factor  in  the Plan.  The Accrued
          Benefit  of Participants who are Employees of  Avondale  Services
          Corporation  shall  be  payable  as  a  Ten-Year Certain and Life
          Annuity.  These forms of payment shall be used in determining the
          annuitized value of the Participant's account  under the Avondale
          ESOP  for purposes of Section 4.1(a)(iv) and Section  4.1(b)(iii)
          of the Plan.

                    For divisional employees or former divisional employees
          as such terms are defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement between
          Avondale  Industries,  Inc. and Connell Limited Partnership dated
          January 27, 1987, and for  participants  under  the Danly Machine
          Corporation  Pension  Plan for Salaried Employees and  the  Danly
          Machine  Corporation Hourly  (Non-Union)  Pension  Plan,  Accrued
          Benefit shall  mean such employees' Accrued Benefit as of January
          16,  1987 or as of  March  31,  1987,  as  determined  under  the
          applicable provisions of a Prior Plan.

               1.2  Actuarial Equivalent shall mean a benefit of equivalent
          current  value  to  the  benefit  which otherwise would have been
          provided to the Participant, determined  on  the basis of the UP-
          1984  Mortality Table set forward one year for  males,  set  back
          four years  for  females  and weighted 95% male and 5% female and
          7.0% annual interest.  Provided,  however, the determination of a
          lump sum benefit shall be based on  the  UP-1984  Mortality Table
          set forward one year for males, set back four years  for  females
          and  weighted  95%  male  and 5% female and on the interest rates
          used by the Pension Benefit  Guaranty Corporation as in effect on
          the  January  1  of  the calendar  year  in  which  the  date  of
          determination   occurs.     Provided    further,   however,   the
          determination  of  the  annuitized  value  of  the  Participant's
          account  under  the  Avondale  ESOP  for  purposes   of   Section
          4.1(a)(iv) and Section 4.1(b)(iii) of the Plan shall be based  on
          no  mortality and 7% annual interest for the period, if any, from
          (i) the  date  the  Participant  terminates  employment  with the
          Participating Employer or Non-Participating Employer, retires  or
          becomes  totally  and permanently disabled, whichever is earlier,
          to (ii) the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

                    In the event this Section 1.2 is amended, the Actuarial
          Equivalent of a Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  on  or after the
          date of such amendment shall be the greater of (1) the  Actuarial
          Equivalent  of  the  Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  as  of  the
          effective  date  of  the  amendment,  computed  on  the old basis
          without regard to the amendment, or (2) the Actuarial  Equivalent
          of  the  Participant's Accrued Benefit determined as of the  date
          the calculation is made and giving effect to the amendment.
<PAGE>
                    The   above  notwithstanding,  for  Participants  whose
          Accrued  Benefits   are  frozen  as  described  in  Section  1.1,
          Actuarial Equivalent  of  a  benefit  shall  mean  a  benefit  of
          equivalent  value  to the benefit which would otherwise have been
          provided determined under the terms of a Prior Plan.

               1.3  Actuary shall  mean  an  individual who is an "enrolled
          actuary" in accordance with regulations issued by the Joint Board
          for the Enrollment of Actuaries and  who has been selected by the
          Committee.

               1.4  Affiliated Company shall mean  any corporation which is
          included with the Company in a controlled  group of corporations,
          as determined in accordance with Section 414(b)  of  the Code, or
          any  unincorporated  trade  or  business  which  is  under common
          control with the Company in accordance with Section 414(c) of the
          Code, or any organization (whether or not incorporated)  which is
          a  member  of  an  affiliated  service  group with the Company in
          accordance with Section 414(m) of the Code,  or  any other entity
          required   to   be  aggregated  with  the  Company  pursuant   to
          regulations under Section 414(o) of the Code.

               1.5  Avondale  ESOP shall mean the Avondale Industries, Inc.
          Employee Stock Ownership  Plan,  effective  September 1, 1985, as
          amended from time to time.

               1.6  Beneficiary shall mean the person or persons designated
          by  the  Participant  or  former Participant to receive  benefits
          under the Plan in the event  of  the  Participant's  death.  Each
          Beneficiary  designation  shall  be in a form prescribed  by  the
          Committee.

                    If the Participant is married  and  designates  someone
          other  than  his  legal  spouse, his Beneficiary designation must
          include  the written consent  of  his  spouse  at  the  time  the
          designation  is  made.   Such  written  consent  must approve the
          Beneficiary  designated  and  acknowledge  the  effect   of  such
          designation and must be notarized by a notary public.  If  it  is
          established  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Committee  that  the
          Participant has no spouse, or that the spouse's consent cannot be
          obtained because the spouse cannot be located, or because of such
          other  circumstances  as  may be prescribed in regulations issued
          pursuant to Section 417 of  the  Code, such written consent shall
          not be required.

                    If no valid Beneficiary designation is in effect at the
          time of the Participant's death, then,  to  the  extent,  if any,
          benefits are payable under the Plan after such death, Beneficiary
          shall  mean  the Participant's legal spouse, if he is married  at
          the time of his death, or otherwise the Participant's estate.

               1.7  Code  shall  mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
          amended from time to time  and any Regulations issued thereunder.
          Reference to any Section of  the  Code will include any successor
          provision thereto.
<PAGE>
               1.8  Committee shall mean the  Pension  Plan  Administrative
          Committee  designated  by the Company to administer the  Plan  in
          accordance with Section 8.1 hereof.

               1.9  Company shall  mean  Avondale  Industries, Inc. and any
          successor company that may continue the Plan.

               1.10 Compensation  shall  mean, for Employees  who  are  not
          Employees of Avondale Services Corporation the monthly base wages
          or salary paid to such Employees  by  their Employer in effect on
          July  1  of  each year, excluding bonuses,  overtime  pay,  shift
          differentials,  severance  pay,  imputed income or other non-cash
          compensation,  contributions or benefits  under  this  Plan,  the
          Performance Share Plan, the Stock Appreciation Plan, or any other
          employee benefit  plan,  or  reimbursed  expenses.   Compensation
          shall include, however, any pre-tax contributions Employees elect
          to have their Employer contribute to a plan under Section  125 of
          the  Code  or  a qualified plan under Section 401(k) of the Code.
          The monthly base  wages  for  Employees who are paid on an hourly
          basis shall be determined by multiplying the basic hourly rate of
          pay in effect on July 1 by 2,080  and  dividing the result by 12.
          The monthly base salary for Employees who  are paid on a salaried
          basis shall be such Employees' base monthly  salary  in effect on
          July 1 of each year.  The monthly compensation for Employees  who
          are  commission-based  Employees  or  who are classified by their
          Employer  as  temporary  or  part-time  employees  shall  be  the
          Employees' Compensation for the previous calendar year divided by
          12.

                    For   Employees   of  Avondale  Services   Corporation,
          Compensation shall mean the total annual salaries, wages, bonuses
          and base car allowance paid to  such Employees by their Employer,
          but shall exclude severance pay,  any  contributions  or benefits
          under   this   Plan,   the  Performance  Share  Plan,  the  Stock
          Appreciation  Plan,  or  any  other  employee  benefit  plan,  or
          reimbursed expenses.  Compensation  shall  include,  however, any
          pretax  contributions  Employees  elect  to  have  their Employer
          contribute to a plan under Section 125 of the Code or a qualified
          plan under Section 401(k) of the Code.

                    For  years  beginning  prior  to December 31,  1993,  a
          Participant's annual Compensation taken into  account  under  the
          Plan  for  any  Plan  Year shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted
          from time to time in accordance  with  Section  401(a)(17) of the
          Code.

                    Unless otherwise provided under the Plan,  each Section
          401(a)(17) Employee's Accrued Benefit under this Plan will be the
          greater of the Accrued Benefit determined for the Employee  under
          a. or b. below minus c. below:

                    a.   the  Employee's Accrued Benefit before subtracting
                         the annuitized  value  of  the  Participant's ESOP
                         account  described  in  3  below  determined  with
                         respect to the benefit formula as applied  to  the
                         Employee's  total  Years  of  Service  taken  into
                         account under the Plan for the purposes of benefit
                         accruals, or
<PAGE>
                    b.   the sum of:

                         i.   the    Employees   Accrued   Benefit   before
                              subtracting   the  annuitized  value  of  the
                              Participant's ESOP  account  described  in  3
                              below  as  of  the  last day of the last Plan
                              Year beginning before January 1, 1994, frozen
                              in accordance with Section  1.401(a)(4)-13 of
                              the treasury regulations and

                         ii.  the   Employee's   Accrued   Benefit   before
                              subtracting  the  annuitized  value   of  the
                              Participant's  ESOP  account  described in  3
                              below determined under the benefit formula as
                              applied  to the Employee's Years  of  Service
                              credited  to  the  Employee  for  Plan  Years
                              beginning on  or  after  January 1, 1994, for
                              purposes of benefit accruals.

                    c.   the  annuitized  value  of the Participant's  ESOP
                         account as described in Section 4.1(a)(iv).

          A  Section  401(a)(17) Employee means an Employee  whose  current
          Accrued Benefit  as of December 31, 1993 is based on Compensation
          that exceeded $150,000.
<PAGE>
               1.11 Compensation  Year  shall  mean  each  calendar year in
          which an Employee is employed by a Participating Employer or Non-
          Participating Employer on December 31st of such year,  or  if not
          employed  on  such date is reemployed by a Participating Employer
          or Non-Participating Employer within 12 months of his termination
          of employment; provided, however, an Employee must be employed on
          or before July 1st to receive credit for his initial Compensation
          Year.

               1.12 Deferred Retirement Date shall mean the date on which a
          Participant retires  with a deferred retirement benefit under the
          Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 3.2.

               1.13 Disability Retirement Date shall mean the date on which
          a Participant retires  with a disability retirement benefit under
          the Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 3.4.

               1.14 Early Retirement  Date  shall  mean the date on which a
          Participant retires with an early retirement  benefit  under  the
          Plan, as determined in accordance with Section 3.3.

               1.15 Effective  Date  shall  mean  January  1,  1988, unless
          otherwise provided herein.

               1.16 Eligible  Employee  shall  mean  an  Employee  who   is
          included in the eligible class described in Article II.

               1.17 Employee   shall   mean   any   person  employed  by  a
          Participating Employer or Non-Participating  Employer.   A leased
          employee  as described in Section 414(n)(2) of the Code shall  be
          considered  an Employee but shall not be considered a Participant
          under this Plan;  provided, however, that any leased employee who
          subsequently  becomes  a  Participant  shall  have  his  previous
          service as a leased  employee  used  in  calculating his Years of
          Service under the Plan.

               1.18 Employer  shall  mean  the Company,  Avondale  Services
          Corporation, and any Affiliated Company,  subsidiary  or  related
          entity  that  adopts  this  Plan pursuant to authorization by the
          Board of Directors of the Company.  The list of Employers and the
          date  such Employers adopted this  Plan  shall  be  contained  in
          Appendix  A.   A  Participating  Employer  shall  mean an entity,
          including the Company, included in this definition of Employer.

               1.19 ERISA   shall  mean  the  Employee  Retirement   Income
          Security Act of 1974,  as  amended from time to time.  References
          to any section of ERISA include any successor provision thereto.

               1.20 Final Average Compensation shall mean for a Participant
          who  is not an Employee of Avondale  Services  Corporation,  such
          Participant's   average   monthly   Compensation   for  the  five
          consecutive Compensation Years out of the ten (or fewer) calendar
<PAGE>
          years  immediately  prior to his actual retirement date,  or  the
          date of his earlier termination  of  employment,  as the case may
          be, during which his Compensation was highest.  If  a Participant
          has  less  than  five  Compensation  Years  on  the  date of  the
          calculation   of  his  Final  Average  Compensation,  then  those
          Compensation Years  which the Participant had accumulated on such
          date shall be utilized.

                    For Participants who are Employees of Avondale Services
          Corporation, Final Average  Compensation  shall  mean the average
          annual  Compensation for the five consecutive Compensation  Years
          out of the ten (or fewer) calendar years immediately prior to his
          actual retirement date, or the date of his earlier termination of
          employment, as the case may be, during which his Compensation was
          highest.   If a Participant has less than five Compensation Years
          on the date of the calculation of his Final Average Compensation,
          then  those  Compensation   Years   which   the  Participant  has
          accumulated on such date shall be utilized.

               1.21 Hour of Service shall mean:

                    a.   Each  hour for which an Employee  is  directly  or
                         indirectly  paid  or  entitled  to  payment  by  a
                         Participating    Employer   or   Non-Participating
                         Employer for the performance  of duties, including
                         periods of vacation and holidays;

                    b.   Each  hour for which an Employee  is  directly  or
                         indirectly  paid  or  entitled  to  payment  by  a
                         Participating    Employer   or   Non-Participating
                         Employer (including  payments  made  or due from a
                         trust  fund  or insurer to which the Participating
                         Employer or Non-Participating Employer contributes
                         or pays premiums)  on  account of a period of time
                         during which no duties are performed (irrespective
                         of   whether  the  employment   relationship   has
                         terminated)    due    to    illness,   incapacity,
                         disability, layoff, jury duty,  military  duty, or
                         leave of absence, provided that:

                         i.   no  more  than 501 Hours of Service shall  be
                              credited under  this  Section  1.21(b)  to an
                              Employee  on account of any single continuous
                              period during  which the Employee performs no
                              duties; and

                         ii.  Hours of Service  shall not be credited under
                              this Section 1.21(b)  to  an  Employee  for a
                              payment  which solely reimburses the Employee
                              for medically  related  expenses  incurred by
                              the Employee or which is made or due  under a
                              plan  maintained  solely  for the purpose  of
                              complying     with     applicable    workers'
                              compensation,  unemployment  compensation  or
                              disability insurance laws;

                    c.   Each  hour  not  already  included  under  Section
                         1.21(a)  or  (b)  above   for   which   back  pay,
                         irrespective  of mitigation of damages, is  either
<PAGE>
                         awarded or agreed  to  by  such Employer, provided
                         that  crediting  of  Hours of Service  under  this
                         Section 1.21(c) with respect  to periods described
                         in Section 1.21(b) above shall  be  subject to the
                         limitation therein set forth; and

                         The  number  of  Hours  of Service to be  credited
                         under Section 1.21(b) or (c) above on account of a
                         period  during  which  an  Employee   performs  no
                         duties,  and  the  Plan  Years  to which Hours  of
                         Service shall be credited under Sections  1.21(a),
                         (b)  or  (c)  above  shall  be  determined  by the
                         Committee  in  accordance with Sections 2530.200b-
                         2(b)  and  (c) of  the  Regulations  of  the  U.S.
                         Department of Labor.

                         To the extent not credited above, Hours of Service
                         will also be  credited based on the customary work
                         week of the Employee  for periods of military duty
                         (as  required  by  applicable  law)  and  approved
                         leaves of absence.

               1.22 Investment   Manager   shall   mean   the   individual,
          individuals or institution appointed  by  the Committee to direct
          the  investment  of  all  or  a  part  of the Trust  Fund.   Such
          Investment Manager must:

                    a.   be  (i)  registered  in good  standing  under  the
                         Investment Advisors Act of 1940; or (ii) a bank as
                         defined in such Act; or (iii) an insurance company
                         qualified   to   perform   investment   management
                         services under the laws of more  than one State of
                         the United States; and

                    b.   acknowledge  in  writing its status  as  a  "Named
                         Fiduciary" under the Plan.

               1.23 Non-Participating Employer  shall  mean  an  Affiliated
          Company,  subsidiary or related entity which is not participating
          in the Plan  or  which  is no longer participating in the Plan by
          reason of the recision of a prior designation of participation by
          the Board of Directors of the Company.

               1.24 Normal Retirement  Date  shall  mean the later of (a) a
          Participant's 65th birthday, or (b) the first  day  of  the month
          coincident   with   or  next  following  a  Participant's  fourth
          anniversary of commencement of participation in the Plan.

               1.25 One  Year  Break  In  Service  shall  mean  a  12-month
          consecutive period following  an  Employee's  Service Termination
          Date during which the Employee fails to be credited  with an Hour
          of Service.

               1.26 Parental Absence shall mean an Employee's absence  from
          work, on or after January 1, 1985, which has commenced for any of
          the following reasons:

                    a.   the pregnancy of the Employee;
<PAGE>
                    b.   the birth of the Employee's child;

                    c.   the adoption of a child by the Employee; or

                    d.   the   need   to  care  for  the  Employee's  child
                         immediately following its birth or adoption.

                    Provided, however,  that  the  Committee,  in  its sole
          discretion,  may  require evidence that any absence is on account
          of a reason enumerated  herein and evidence as to the duration of
          such absence.

               1.27 Participant   shall    mean   any   Employee   who   is
          participating in the Plan pursuant to Article II.

               1.28 Plan shall mean the Avondale  Industries,  Inc. Pension
          Plan as set forth in this document and appendices and  as amended
          from time to time.

               1.29 Plan Year shall mean each 12-month period commencing on
          January 1 and ending on the next following December 31.

               1.30 Prior  Plan  shall  mean the following plans that  were
          previously   sponsored  by  the  Company:    (a)   the   Avondale
          Industries, Inc.  Pension Plan; (b) the Danly Machine Corporation
          Pension Plan for Salaried  Employees;  and  (c) the Danly Machine
          Corporation Hourly (Non-Union) Pension Plan.

               1.31 Service Termination Date shall mean the earliest of the
          following:

                    a.   the  date  on  which  an  Employee   resigns,   is
                         discharged, retires or dies;

                    b.   the  first  anniversary  of  the  date on which an
                         Employee  is laid off, starts an authorized  leave
                         of absence,  or  is absent from work for any other
                         reason (other than  those  instances covered under
                         Sections  1.31(a)  and  (c)), including  holidays,
                         paid vacations, sick leaves and absence on account
                         of disability;

                    c.   the second anniversary of  the  date  on  which an
                         Employee  commenced  a  Parental  Absence, if such
                         Employee  has  not  yet  returned to work  with  a
                         Participating or Non-Participating Employer.

               1.32 Social Security Retirement Age  shall mean the age used
          as the retirement age for the Participant under Section 216(1) of
          the  Social  Security  Act,  except  that such section  shall  be
          applied without regard to the age increase  factor, and as if the
          early retirement age under Section 216(1)(2) of such Act were 62.
<PAGE>
               1.33 Straight Life Annuity shall mean an  annuity  for life,
          ending  with  the  payment  due  on  the  last  day  of the month
          coincident with or preceding the date of the Participant's death.

               1.34 Ten Year Certain and Life Annuity shall mean  a benefit
          providing an annuity for the life of the Participant, ending with
          the payment due on the first day of the month coincident  with or
          preceding the date of his death, with a guaranteed payment period
          of 120 months, and as further described in Article VI.

               1.35 Trustee  shall  mean  the  individual,  individuals  or
          institution  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Directors of Avondale
          Industries,  Inc.  to  act  in  accordance  with  the  applicable
          provisions of the Plan.

               1.36 Trust Agreement shall mean the agreement by and between
          the Employer and the Trustee, as said Agreement may  from time to
          time be amended.

               1.37 Trust  Fund or Fund shall mean all assets held  by  the
          Trustee in accordance with this Plan and the Trust Agreement.

               1.38 Year of Service shall mean a 12-month period commencing
          on the first day on which an Employee is credited with an Hour of
          Service (or such Employee's  date  of  rehire  in  the case of an
          Employee who has not previously become a Participant  and who has
          incurred five or more consecutive One Year Breaks in Service) (or
          such later date of participation as specified in Appendix  A)  or
          anniversary thereof during which he is continuously employed by a
          Participating  Employer  or  Non-Participating Employer, provided
          that:

                    a.   An Employee shall  be  credited  with  one Year of
                         Service for each 12 complete months of employment,
                         whether or not consecutive.

                    b.   An Employee who is not absent from work  due  to a
                         Parental  Absence  shall  cease  accruing Years of
                         Service on his Service Termination Date, except if
                         such Employee performs an Hour of  Service  within
                         the  12-month  period  commencing  on  his Service
                         Termination Date, his period of absence  shall  be
                         treated as employment.

                    c.   Years  of Service shall include any one or more of
                         the following:

                         i.   any  period  of absence because of service in
                              the military forces  of  the  United  States,
                              provided  the Employee returns to work within
                              90 days after  first  becoming  eligible  for
                              discharge from active duty;

                         ii.  any  period  of  layoff  not in excess of one
                              year in duration;
<PAGE>
                         iii. any  period  while  the  Employee  is  on  an
                              approved leave of absence with or without pay
                              (including any leave of absence for maternity
                              or paternity reasons);

                         iv.  any  other period of absence  approved  by  a
                              Participating  Employer  or Non-Participating
                              Employer   including   paid  holidays,   paid
                              vacations and sick leaves;

                         v.   any other period of absence  during which the
                              Employee does not incur a One  Year  Break In
                              Service;  provided  the  Employee returns  to
                              work with a Participating  Employer  or  Non-
                              Participating  Employer  within  the one-year
                              period after his Service Termination Date;

                         vi.  to  the extent not otherwise credited  above,
                              the first  12 months of a Parental Absence if
                              the Employee  provides the Committee with any
                              evidence  it  may   reasonably   require   to
                              determine  that  the absence is on account of
                              such Parental Absence.

                    Except as otherwise specifically  provided  under  this
          Section  1.38,  a  partial Year of Service shall be determined by
          dividing  the number  of  days  of  employment,  whether  or  not
          consecutive, by the number of days in the calendar year.

                    Notwithstanding  anything  in the Plan to the contrary,
          the Years of Service of any Participant  determined as of January
          1, 1988 shall not be less than the number  of years he would have
          had on such date under the terms of a Prior  Plan as in effect on
          December 31, 1987.


                                      ARTICLE II
                                    PARTICIPATION

               2.1  Eligible Class.  Each Employee who meets  the following
          requirements shall be an Eligible Employee:

                    a.   he is employed by a Participating Employer;

                    b.   he has attained age 21;

                    c.   he has completed one Year of Service; and

                    d.   he  is  not  covered  by the terms of a collective
                         bargaining agreement to which there has been good-
                         faith bargaining relating  to  participation under
                         the  Plan  unless  such  agreement  provides   for
                         participation under the Plan.
<PAGE>
               2.2  Commencement of Participation.  Each Participant on the
          Effective  Date  who  is in the eligible class will continue as a
          Participant in the Plan  on  the  Effective  Date.   Every  other
          Employee shall become a Participant on the first day of the month
          coincident with or next following the date on which he becomes an
          Eligible Employee.

                    Employees  or  former  employees whose Accrued Benefits
          are  frozen  as described in Section  1.1  under  the  applicable
          provisions of  a Prior Plan shall not be entitled to a benefit in
          excess of their frozen Accrued Benefit.

               2.3  Termination  of  Participation.   A  Participant  shall
          terminate  his  active  participation  hereunder  on  the date he
          retires,   dies,  becomes  permanently  disabled,  or  terminates
          employment with his Participating Employer for any reason.

               2.4  Transfers.   The  following  provisions shall govern in
          the case of Employees who change employment status:

                    a.   In the event that a Participant transfers directly
                         from   one  Participating  Employer   to   another
                         Participating  Employer, he shall not be deemed to
                         have terminated  his  participation under the Plan
                         but  shall  thereafter  be   considered   for  all
                         purposes  of  the Plan as an Eligible Employee  of
                         the succeeding  Participating  Employer  from  the
                         date of such transfer.

                    b.   In  the  event that an Employee of a Participating
                         Employer either  (i)  transfers directly to a Non-
                         Participating Employer or (ii) becomes a member of
                         an ineligible class of  Employees so that he is no
                         longer considered an Eligible  Employee,  he shall
                         be  credited  with  Years  of  Service during such
                         period  of  employment  with the Non-Participating
                         Employer for vesting purposes under this Plan, but
                         shall not be credited with Years of Service during
                         such  period  of  employment   for   purposes   of
                         determining  the  amount  of  his  Accrued Benefit
                         under  this  Plan.   Such  Participant  shall   be
                         entitled  only to benefits under the provisions of
                         the Plan as  in effect on the date he ceased to be
                         an Eligible Employee.

                    c.   In  the  event  that   an   Employee   of  a  Non-
                         Participating   Employer   either   (i)  transfers
                         directly  to  a  Participating  Employer  or  (ii)
                         otherwise becomes an Eligible Employee,  he  shall
                         be  credited  with  Years  of  Service  during his
                         employment with the Non-Participating Employer  or
                         during  a  period  in which he was not an Eligible
                         Employee for vesting purposes under this Plan, but
                         he shall not be credited  with  Years  of  Service
                         during  such period of employment for purposes  of
                         determining  the  amount  of  his  Accrued Benefit
                         under  this  Plan.  Such Employee shall  become  a
                         Participant on the date of such transfer, provided
                         he meets the requirements  of  Section  2.1  or if
                         later,   the   date   on   which   he  meets  such
                         requirements.
<PAGE>
                    d.   In the event that a Participant transfers from any
                         Participating   Employer   (other   than  Avondale
                         Services   Corporation)   or   Avondale   Services
                         Corporation  (the  "Transferor  Employer") to  any
                         Participating   Employer   (other  than   Avondale
                         Services   Corporation)   or   Avondale   Services
                         Corporation  (the  "Transferee  Employer"),   such
                         Participant's  Accrued  Benefit  shall be equal to
                         the  sum of (i) the Participant's Accrued  Benefit
                         based  on  his  years  of  Service earned while an
                         Employee of the Transferor Employer  and his Final
                         Average  Compensation  as  of  the  date  of   his
                         transfer,   and  (ii)  the  Participant's  Accrued
                         Benefit based on his Years of Service earned while
                         an Employee of  the  Transferee  Employer  and his
                         Final  Average Compensation as of the date of  his
                         termination  of  employment  with  such Transferee
                         Employer.  Notwithstanding the previous  sentence,
                         in no event shall a Participant's Accrued  Benefit
                         be less than the Accrued Benefit to which he would
                         have  been entitled had he always been an Employee
                         of the  Transferor  Employer for the entire period
                         during which he earned Years of Service.

               2.5  Reemployment  of  a  Former  Participant.    Except  as
          provided   for  in  Section 2.4,  a  Participant  who  terminates
          employment and who is subsequently reemployed shall be reinstated
          as a Participant  on the day he first performs an Hour of Service
          following reemployment, provided (a) he meets the requirements of
          Section 2.1 on such date, or if later, the date on which he meets
          such requirements and  (b)  he completes one Year of Service from
          his  date of rehire, if he had  incurred  a  One  Year  Break  In
          Service   prior   to   such  reemployment.   If  such  reemployed
          Participant fails to complete  one  Year of Service from his date
          of  rehire,  he  shall  not  be  reinstated   as  a  Participant.
          Reemployed Participants who do complete one Year  of Service from
          their date of rehire shall be treated as follows:

                    a.   If the Participant was not vested in  his  Accrued
                         Benefit,  such Participant shall automatically  be
                         reinstated  as  a  Participant  and  his  Years of
                         Service  accumulated before his termination  shall
                         be added to  any  Years  of  Service  which he may
                         subsequently accumulate, provided he is reemployed
                         before  incurring  the greater of five consecutive
                         One Year Breaks In Service or his Years of Service
                         earned prior to such  Break; otherwise such former
                         Participant shall be treated as a new employee and
                         any Years of Service accumulated  by  him prior to
                         termination shall be disregarded.

                    b.   If  the  Participant  was  vested  in  his Accrued
                         Benefit, but payment of such benefits has  not yet
                         commenced, such Participant shall automatically be
                         reinstated  as  a  participant  and  his  Years of
                         Service  accumulated before his termination  shall
                         be added to  any  Years  of  Service  which he may
                         subsequently accumulate.
<PAGE>
                    c.   If  the  Participant  was  vested  in  his Accrued
                         Benefit and payment of such benefits had commenced
                         or   if  the  Participant  otherwise  received   a
                         distribution pursuant to Section 14.6,

                         i.   his   benefit  payments  shall  be  suspended
                              during  the  period of his resumed employment
                              for  any  month  in  which  he  is  regularly
                              scheduled in  "Section  203(a)(3)(B) service"
                              within   the   meaning  of  ERISA   and,   if
                              suspended, shall  recommence on the first day
                              of the month next following  cessation of his
                              employment;

                         ii.  he shall be eligible for additional  Years of
                              Service   as   a   result   of   his  resumed
                              participation    in   accordance   with   the
                              provisions of the Plan;

                         iii. if he shall die during  the period of resumed
                              participation, benefits shall  be  payable in
                              accordance with the provisions of Article VI;
                              and

                         iv.  any  benefits subsequently payable under  the
                              Plan shall  be  reduced  on  account  of  any
                              benefit   payments   previously   made;   but
                              notwithstanding  any  other provision of this
                              Section 2.5(c) to the contrary,  any benefits
                              subsequently  payable  shall  not be  reduced
                              below  the  level  of benefits (or  Actuarial
                              Equivalent thereof)  which  would  have  been
                              payable  in  the absence of the Participant's
                              resumed participation.


                                     ARTICLE III
                          ELIGIBILITY FOR RETIREMENT INCOME

               3.1  Normal  Retirement  Date.    A   participant's   Normal
          Retirement  Date  shall  be the later of (a) a Participant's 65th
          birthday, or (b) the first  day  of  the month coincident with or
          next following a Participant's fourth anniversary of commencement
          of  participation  in  the  Plan.   Upon  reaching   his   Normal
          Retirement  Date,  a  Participant's  right to his Accrued Benefit
          shall  be fully vested and non-forfeitable.   A  Participant  who
          attains  his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to a normal
          retirement income determined pursuant to Section 4.1.

               3.2  Deferred  Retirement  Date.  A Participant may continue
          his employment after his Normal Retirement Date and retire on the
          first day of any month thereafter,  such  date being known as his
          Deferred Retirement Date.  An Employee continuing  his employment
          beyond   his  Normal  Retirement  Date  shall  be  eligible   for
          participation  in  the  Plan  on  the  same  basis  as  any other
          Employee.   A Participant retiring on a Deferred Retirement  Date
          shall be entitled  to  a  deferred  retirement  income determined
          pursuant to Section 4.2.
<PAGE>
                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if required by the Board
          of  Directors of the Company, a high-ranking executive  or  other
          policy-making  individual  with  an  aggregate anticipated annual
          retirement benefit, including benefits  not  provided  under  the
          Plan,  of  $44,000  or  more,  when  expressed as a Straight Life
          Annuity, shall not be allowed to continue  his  employment  after
          his  Normal  Retirement  Date  and  shall  retire  on such Normal
          Retirement  Date,  all  as  determined  by the Board of Directors
          under  uniform rules and in accordance with  applicable  law  and
          Regulations.

               3.3  Early Retirement Date.  A Participant who has completed
          at least  ten Years of Service may retire on the first day of any
          month following  his  55th birthday, such date being known as his
          Early Retirement Date;  provided,  however, that such Participant
          provides the Committee with written notice at least 60 days prior
          to his Early Retirement Date.  A Participant retiring on an Early
          Retirement Date shall be entitled to  an  early retirement income
          determined pursuant to Section 4.3.

               3.4  Disability  Retirement  Date.   A Participant  who  has
          completed at least ten Years of Service may  retire  on the first
          day  of  any  month  following  six months of total and permanent
          disability, such date being known  as  his  Disability Retirement
          Date.  Effective January 1, 1989, a Participant who has completed
          at least five Years of Service may retire on the first day of any
          month  following  six  months of total and permanent  disability,
          such date being known as his Disability Retirement Date.

                    For  purposes of  the  Plan,  a  Participant  shall  be
          considered totally  and  permanently  disabled  if  he suffers an
          illness  or injury which prevents him from performing  duties  of
          any  substantially   gainful  activities  due  to  any  medically
          determinable cause, as  determined  by  the  Committee, and which
          qualifies  him  for  commencement of benefits for  permanent  and
          total disability under Federal Old Age and Survivor Insurance.  A
          Participant retiring on  a  Disability  Retirement  Date shall be
          entitled to a disability retirement income determined pursuant to
          Section  4.4; provided, however, that such disability  retirement
          income shall  not  be  payable during any period of time prior to
          the  Participant's  Normal   Retirement  Date  during  which  the
          Participant receives disability income benefits under a long-term
          disability  program  provided  by   the  Participating  Employer,
          including  any  Worker's  Compensation  benefits,   or   under  a
          disability  program  made  available  to  the  Participant by the
          Participating Employer through payroll deductions.

               3.5  Vesting   Date.   A  Participant  who  terminates   his
          employment with a Participating  Employer  or a Non-Participating
          Employer before he is eligible to retire on  a  Normal,  Early or
          Disability  Retirement  Date  but on or after completing at least
          ten Years of Service, shall be  vested in his Accrued Benefit and
          entitled  to  a  deferred  vested  retirement  income  determined
          pursuant  to  Section  4.5.   Effective   January   1,   1989,  a
          Participant  who  has  completed  at  least five Years of Service
          shall be vested in his Accrued Benefit.

                    The  above  notwithstanding,  an   employee  or  former
          employee whose Accrued Benefit is frozen as described  in Section
          1.1  under  the  applicable  provisions of a Prior Plan shall  be
          fully vested in such Benefit.
<PAGE>
               For  purposes  of  this  Section   3.5,   if  a  Participant
          terminates employment with zero vesting, the Participant  will be
          deemed to have received a distribution and the non-vested portion
          shall be immediately forfeited.  For a Participant first credited
          with  an  Hour  of Service after December 31, 1987 who terminates
          employment with a  zero  benefit, such Participant will be deemed
          to  have received his full  benefit,  vested  and  nonvested.   A
          Participant  can have a benefit restored after re-employment, but
          only under the circumstances described in Section 2.5.


                                      ARTICLE IV
                       AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT INCOME AND PAYMENTS

               4.1  Normal Retirement Income.  A Participant who retires in
          accordance with Section 3.1 shall be entitled to receive a normal
          retirement income  equal  to  his  Accrued  Benefit  computed  as
          follows:

                    a.   For  a  Participant  who  is  not  an  Employee of
                         Avondale Services Corporation, his monthly Accrued
                         Benefit  shall  equal  the  product of [(i)  times
                         (ii)], minus (iii), minus (iv) plus (v) where:

                         i.   Equals 25% of the Participant's Final Average
                              Compensation not in excess  of  $550 plus 40%
                              of    such    Participant's   Final   Average
                              Compensation in excess of $550;

                         ii.  Equals a fraction  the  numerator of which is
                              the Participant's Years of  Service  up  to a
                              maximum  of  30  years and the denominator of
                              which is 30;

                         iii. Equals the amount, if any, of monthly annuity
                              purchased on behalf  of  the  Participant  in
                              1985  to be paid directly to the Participant,
                              commencing  at retirement, from Massachusetts
                              Mutual Life Insurance Company; and

                         iv.  Equals the monthly  annuitized  value  of the
                              Participant's   account  under  the  Avondale
                              ESOP, which is the Actuarial Equivalent value
                              of  the  market value  of  the  Participant's
                              Avondale ESOP account determined by using the
                              market price  for the shares and other assets
                              held  in such Account  as  of  the  close  of
                              business on the last trading day of the month
                              which is coincident with or precedes the date
                              the Participant  terminates  employment  with
                              the    Participating    Employer    or   Non-
                              Participating  Employer,  retires  or becomes
                              totally  and  permanently disabled, whichever
<PAGE>
                              is earlier, excluding  any  shares  or  other
                              assets  allocated to such Account on or after
                              the   date    the    Participant   terminates
                              employment with the Participating Employer or
                              Non-Participating   Employer,    retires   or
                              becomes  totally  and  permanently  disabled,
                              whichever  is earlier (other than allocations
                              for the preceding ESOP plan year occurring in
                              the first quarter  of  the  Plan Year of such
                              termination).

                              Pursuant  to the provisions of  Sections  4.7
                              and 6.1, such  retirement  income  determined
                              under  this  Section  4.1(a) shall be payable
                              monthly,   beginning  on  the   Participant's
                              Normal Retirement  Date  and  ending upon the
                              Participant's death.

                         v.   an  additional  Accrued  Benefit pursuant  to
                              Section 4.8, if applicable.

                    b.   For a Participant who is an Employee  of  Avondale
                         Services  Corporation,  his annual Accrued Benefit
                         shall equal the greater of the benefit obtained in
                         (i) or (ii), minus (iii) plus (iv) where:

                         i.   Equals   1.5%  of  the  Participant's   Final
                              Average  Compensation   multiplied   by   the
                              Participant's  Years of Service accrued after
                              September 27, 1985;

                         ii.  Equals  1.5%  of  the   Participant's   Final
                              Average   Compensation   multiplied   by  the
                              Participant's  Years  of  Service  (including
                              such     service    with    Ogden    American
                              Corporation),  minus  the  benefit,  if  any,
                              which  the  Participant  receives  under  the
                              Ogden   American  Corporation  Pension  Plan,
                              minus the  amount,  if  any,  of  the  annual
                              annuity    purchased   on   behalf   of   the
                              Participant  in  1985  to be paid directly to
                              the  Participant, commencing  at  retirement,
                              from  Massachusetts   Mutual  Life  Insurance
                              Company; and

                         iii. Equals the monthly annuitized  value  of  the
                              Participant's   account  under  the  Avondale
                              ESOP, which is the Actuarial Equivalent value
                              of  the  market value  of  the  Participant's
                              Avondale ESOP account determined by using the
                              market price  for the shares and other assets
                              held  in such Account  as  of  the  close  of
                              business on the last trading day of the month
                              which is coincident with or precedes the date
                              the Participant  terminates  employment  with
                              the    Participating    Employer    or   Non-
                              Participating  Employer,  retires  or becomes
                              totally  and  permanently disabled, whichever
<PAGE>
                              is earlier, excluding  any  shares  or  other
                              assets  allocated to such Account on or after
                              the   date    the    Participant   terminates
                              employment with the Participating Employer or
                              Non-Participating   Employer,    retires   or
                              becomes  totally  and  permanently  disabled,
                              whichever  is earlier (other than allocations
                              for the preceding ESOP plan year occurring in
                              the first quarter  of  the  Plan Year of such
                              termination).

                              Pursuant  to the provisions of  Sections  4.7
                              and 6.1, such  retirement  income  determined
                              under  this  Section  4.1(b) shall be payable
                              monthly  in equal amounts  of  1/12  of  such
                              annual  Accrued  Benefit,  beginning  on  the
                              Participant's  Normal Retirement Date for his
                              lifetime,  with the  provision  that  if  the
                              Participant's  death  occurs  before  he  has
                              received  120 monthly payments, the remaining
                              number of such  payments shall be paid to the
                              person designated as his Beneficiary.

                         iv.  an  additional Accrued  Benefit  pursuant  to
                              Section 4.8, if applicable.

                         For purposes  of determining the amount by which a
                         Participant's Accrued  Benefit shall be reduced as
                         determined under Section  4.1(a)(iv)  and  Section
                         4.1(b)(iii),  the  number  of  shares  held in the
                         Participant's  account in the Avondale ESOP  shall
                         be increased by  the  number, including fractions,
                         of any shares which have  been  distributed to the
                         Participant prior to the date of  the  calculation
                         of the Participant's Accrued Benefit.

               4.2  Deferred Retirement Income.  A Participant who  retires
          on  a  Deferred  Retirement  Date  in accordance with Section 3.2
          shall be entitled to receive a deferred  retirement  income equal
          to  the  normal retirement amount described in Section 4.1(a)  or
          (b),  whichever  is  applicable,  determined  as  of  his  actual
          retirement  date, based on his Years of Service and Final Average
          Compensation  at  retirement.   Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of
          Sections  4.7  and 6.1, for Participants who are not Employees of
          Avondale Services  Corporation,  such  retirement income shall be
          payable beginning on the Participant's Deferred  Retirement  Date
          and  ending  upon  the  Participant's  death.   Pursuant  to  the
          provisions  of  Sections  4.7  and  6.1, for Participants who are
          Employees  of  Avondale  Services  Corporation,  such  retirement
          income shall be payable monthly in equal  amounts of 1/12 of such
          Benefit, beginning on the Participant's Deferred  Retirement Date
          for  his  lifetime,  with the provision that if the Participant's
          death occurs before he  has  received  120  monthly payments, the
          remaining  number of such payments shall be paid  to  the  person
          designated as his Beneficiary.
<PAGE>
               4.3  Early  Retirement Income.  A Participant who retires on
          an Early Retirement  Date in accordance with Section 3.3 shall be
          entitled to receive a  retirement  income beginning at his Normal
          Retirement Date determined as follows:

                    a.   For  a  Participant who  is  not  an  Employee  of
                         Avondale    Services    Corporation,   his   early
                         retirement income shall be equal to the product of
                         [(i) times (ii)] minus (iii) plus (iv) where:

                         i.   Equals  the product obtained  by  multiplying
                              the amount determined under Section 4.1(a)(i)
                              times the  amount  determined  under  Section
                              4.1(a)(ii),   based   on  his  Final  Average
                              Compensation  as  of  his  actual  retirement
                              date.  For purposes of calculating the amount
                              described  in  Section 4.1(a)(ii),  Years  of
                              Service  shall  be  calculated  assuming  the
                              Participant  remained   employed   until  his
                              Normal Retirement Date (up to a maximum of 30
                              years);

                         ii.  Equals a fraction, the numerator of  which is
                              the Participant's years of Service as  of his
                              actual retirement date and the denominator of
                              which  is  the Participant's Years of Service
                              assuming the  Participant  remained  employed
                              until his Normal Retirement Date; and

                         iii. Equals  the  sum  of  the  amounts determined
                              under   Section   4.1(a)(iii)   and   Section
                              4.1(a)(iv).

                         iv.  an  additional  Accrued  Benefit pursuant  to
                              Section 4.8, if applicable.

                         If the Participant has completed ten or more Years
                         of Service and elects to begin receiving his early
                         retirement  income on his Early  Retirement  Date,
                         such early retirement income shall be reduced by a
                         percentage amount specified in Appendix B for each
                         month that commencement upon his actual retirement
                         date of his early  retirement  income precedes his
                         Normal   Retirement   Date.    Pursuant   to   the
                         provisions   of   Sections   4.7  and  6.1,   such
                         retirement  income determined under  this  Section
                         4.3(a) shall  be  payable monthly beginning on the
                         Participant's Early  Retirement  Date  and  ending
                         upon the Participant's death.

                    b.   For  a  Participant who is an Employee of Avondale
                         Services  Corporation, his early retirement income
                         shall be equal  to  the  normal  retirement amount
                         described in Section 4.1(b), determined  as of his
                         actual  retirement  date  based  on  his Years  of
                         Service and Final Average Compensation  at  actual
                         retirement.
<PAGE>
                         If the Participant has completed ten or more Years
                         of Service and elects to begin receiving his early
                         retirement  income  on  his Early Retirement Date,
                         such early retirement income shall be reduced by a
                         percentage amount specified in Appendix B for each
                         month that commencement upon his actual retirement
                         date of his early retirement  income  precedes his
                         Normal   Retirement   Date.    Pursuant   to   the
                         provisions   of   Sections   4.7   and  6.1,  such
                         retirement  income  determined under this  Section
                         4.3(b) shall be payable  monthly  in equal amounts
                         of  1/12 of such annual Accrued Benefit  beginning
                         on the Participant's Early Retirement Date for his
                         lifetime,   with   the   provision   that  if  the
                         Participant's death occurs before he has  received
                         120 monthly payments, the remaining number of such
                         payments shall be paid to the person designated as
                         his Beneficiary.

               4.4  Disability   Retirement   Income.   A  Participant  who
                    retires on a Disability Retirement  Date  in accordance
                    with  Section  3.4  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a
                    retirement  income  beginning  at his Normal Retirement
                    Date determined as follows:

                    a.   For  a  Participant  who  is not  an  Employee  of
                         Avondale  Services  Corporation,   his  disability
                         retirement income shall be equal to the product of
                         [(i) times (ii)] minus (iii) plus (iv) where:

                         i.   Equals  the  product obtained by  multiplying
                              the amount determined under Section 4.1(a)(i)
                              times  the amount  determined  under  Section
                              4.1(a)(ii),   based   on  his  Final  Average
                              Compensation  as  of  his  actual  retirement
                              date.  For purposes of calculating the amount
                              described  in  Section 4.1(a)(ii),  Years  of
                              Service  shall  be  calculated  assuming  the
                              Participant  remained   employed   until  his
                              Normal Retirement Date (up to a maximum of 30
                              years);

                         ii.  Equals a fraction, the numerator of  which is
                              the Participant's Years of Service as  of his
                              actual retirement date and the denominator of
                              which  is  the Participant's Years of Service
                              assuming the  Participant  remained  employed
                              until his Normal Retirement Date; and

                         iii. Equals  the  sum  of  the  amounts determined
                              under   Section   4.1(a)(iii)   and   Section
                              4.1(a)(iv).   For Participants who  elect  to
                              begin receiving  disability retirement income
                              prior  to  the commencement  of  the  annuity
                              amounts described in Section 4.1(a)(iii), the
                              retirement income  payable  under  this  Plan
                              shall  be  increased  by  the  amount of such
<PAGE>
                              annuity  (reduced  as  provided  under   this
                              paragraph   for  early  commencement).   Such
                              retirement  income   shall   be  subsequently
                              reduced by the same amount at  such  time the
                              Participant   is   eligible  to  receive  the
                              annuity   amounts   described    in   Section
                              4.1(a)(iii).

                         iv.  an  additional  Accrued  Benefit pursuant  to
                              Section 4.8, if applicable.

                         If  the  Participant has completed  five  or  more
                         Years of Service  (ten  Years  of Service prior to
                         January 1, 1989) and elects to begin receiving his
                         disability  retirement  income on  his  Disability
                         Retirement  Date,  such  early  retirement  income
                         shall be reduced by a percentage  amount specified
                         in  Appendix B for each of the first  120  months,
                         and the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of each additional
                         month  thereafter  that  commencement,   upon  his
                         actual   retirement   date,   of   his  disability
                         retirement  income precedes his Normal  Retirement
                         Date.  Pursuant  to the provisions of Sections 4.7
                         and 6.1, such retirement  income  determined under
                         this  Section  4.4(a)  shall  be  payable  monthly
                         beginning    on   the   Participant's   Disability
                         Retirement Date  and ending upon the Participant's
                         death.

                    b.   For a Participant  who  is an Employee of Avondale
                         Services  Corporation, his  disability  retirement
                         income shall  be  equal  to  the normal retirement
                         amount described in Section 4.1(b),  determined as
                         of his actual retirement date, based on  his Years
                         of  Service  and  Final  Average  Compensation  at
                         actual retirement.

                         If  the  Participant  has completed five  or  more
                         Years of Service (ten Years  of  Service  prior to
                         January 1, 1989) and elects to begin receiving his
                         disability  retirement  income  on  his Disability
                         Retirement Date (or the first of any  month  prior
                         to   his   Normal  Retirement  Date),  such  early
                         retirement income shall be reduced by a percentage
                         amount specified  in  Appendix  B  for each of the
                         first 120 months, and the Actuarial  Equivalent of
                         each     additional    month    thereafter    that
                         commencement,  upon his actual retirement date, of
                         his  disability  retirement  income  precedes  his
                         Normal   Retirement   Date.    Pursuant   to   the
                         provisions   of   Sections   4.7   and  6.1,  such
                         retirement  income  determined under this  Section
                         4.4(b) shall be payable  monthly  in equal amounts
                         of   1/12   of  such  Benefit  beginning  on   the
                         Participant's  Disability  Retirement Date for his
                         lifetime,   with  the  provision   that   if   the
                         Participant's  death occurs before he has received
<PAGE>
                         120 monthly payments, the remaining number of such
                         payments shall be paid to the person designated as
                         his Beneficiary.

                    c.   Retirement Benefits payable under this Section 4.4
                         shall not be payable  during  any  period  of time
                         prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement  Date
                         during  which  the Participant receives disability
                         income  benefits   under  a  long-term  disability
                         program  provided by  the  Participating  Employer
                         including  any  Worker's Compensation benefits, or
                         under a disability  program  made available to the
                         Participant by the Participating  Employer through
                         payroll deductions.

                    d.   In the event a Participant covered by this Section
                         4.4  recovers from total and permanent  disability
                         prior   to  his  Normal  Retirement  Date  and  is
                         reemployed   by   the  Employer,  payment  of  his
                         disability retirement  benefit shall cease and his
                         subsequent benefits under  the Plan shall be based
                         on  his  Years  of  Service earned  prior  to  his
                         Disability Retirement  Date  and  Years of Service
                         accrued after he is reemployed in the  same manner
                         as  though  all  his  Years  of  Service  had been
                         continuous.

                    e.   In the event a Participant covered by this Section
                         4.4  recovers  from total and permanent disability
                         prior to his Normal  Retirement  Date  and  is not
                         reemployed   by   a  Participating  Employer,  his
                         retirement benefit  shall  cease  and  he shall be
                         entitled  to  a  retirement  benefit  pursuant  to
                         Section  4.3 based on his Years of Service  earned
                         prior to his  Disability Retirement Date and Final
                         Average Compensation  at his Disability Retirement
                         Date.

               4.5  Deferred Vested Retirement Income.  If a Participant is
          entitled  to  a  deferred vested retirement  income  pursuant  to
          Section  3.5, such  retirement  income  shall  be  determined  in
          accordance with the following provisions:

                    a.   If  a  Participant  who  is  not  an  Employee  of
                         Avondale   Services   Corporation  does  not  make
                         written request for his retirement income to begin
                         before his Normal Retirement  Date,  his  deferred
                         vested  retirement  income  payable  on his Normal
                         Retirement Date shall be equal to the  product  of
                         [(i) times (ii)] minus (iii) plus (iv) where:

                         i.   Equals  the  product  obtained by multiplying
                              the amount determined under Section 4.1(a)(i)
                              times  the  amount determined  under  Section
                              4.1(a)(ii),  based   on   his  Final  Average
                              Compensation  as  of  his actual  termination
                              date.  For purposes of calculating the amount
<PAGE>
                              described  in  Section 4.1(a)(ii),  Years  of
                              Service  shall  be  calculated  assuming  the
                              Participant  remained   employed   until  his
                              Normal Retirement Date (up to a maximum of 30
                              years);

                         ii.  Equals a fraction, the numerator of  which is
                              the Participant's Years of Service as  of his
                              actual  termination  date and the denominator
                              of  which  is  the  Participant's   Years  of
                              Service   assuming  the  Participant  remains
                              employed until his Normal Retirement Date;

                         iii. Equals the  sum  of  the  amounts  determined
                              under   Section   4.1(a)(iii)   and   Section
                              4.1(a)(iv); and

                         iv.  An  additional  Accrued  Benefit pursuant  to
                              Section 4.8, if applicable.

                         If  such  Participant has completed  ten  or  more
                         Years of Service and gives 60 days' written notice
                         for  retirement   income  to  begin  on  an  Early
                         Retirement Date, such  deferred  vested retirement
                         income  shall  be  reduced by a percentage  amount
                         specified  in  Appendix  B  for  each  month  that
                         commencement, upon  his actual retirement date, of
                         his deferred vested retirement income precedes his
                         Normal   Retirement   Date.    Pursuant   to   the
                         provisions  of  Sections   4.7   and   6.1,   such
                         retirement  income  determined  under this Section
                         4.5(a) shall be payable monthly beginning  on  the
                         Participant's  Early  Retirement  Date  and ending
                         upon the Participant's death.

                    b.   If  a  Participant  who is an Employee of Avondale
                         Services Corporation does not make written request
                         for  his retirement income  to  begin  before  his
                         Normal   Retirement   Date,  his  deferred  vested
                         retirement income payable on his Normal Retirement
                         Date  shall  be  equal to  the  normal  retirement
                         amount described in  Section 4.1(b), determined as
                         of his date of termination,  based on his Years of
                         Service   and   Final   Average  Compensation   at
                         termination.

                         If  such  Participant has completed  ten  or  more
                         Years of Service and gives 60 days' written notice
                         for  retirement   income  to  begin  on  an  Early
                         Retirement Date, such  deferred  vested retirement
                         income  shall  be  reduced by a percentage  amount
                         specified  in  Appendix  B  for  each  month  that
                         commencement, upon  his actual retirement date, of
                         his deferred vested retirement income precedes his
                         Normal   Retirement   Date.    Pursuant   to   the
                         provisions  of  Sections   4.7   and   6.1,   such
                         retirement  income  determined  under this Section
<PAGE>
                         4.5(b) shall be payable monthly in  equal  amounts
                         of   1/12   of   such  Benefit  beginning  on  the
                         Participant's  Early   Retirement   Date  for  his
                         lifetime,   with   the   provision  that  if   the
                         Participant's death occurs  before he has received
                         120 monthly payments, the remaining number of such
                         payments shall be paid to the person designated as
                         his Beneficiary.

               4.6  Maximum Retirement Income.

                    a.   Any other provision of the Plan  to  the  contrary
                         notwithstanding,  in  no event may a Participant's
                         annual retirement income  payment  under the Plan,
                         expressed as a benefit payable in the  form  of  a
                         Straight  Life  Annuity with no ancillary benefits
                         (exclusive  of any  benefit  not  required  to  be
                         considered   for    purposes   of   applying   the
                         limitations of Section  415 of the Code), together
                         with the annual benefit payable  under  any  other
                         defined   benefit   plan  of  the  Company  or  an
                         Affiliated Company, exceed  the  lesser  of (i) or
                         (ii)  below,  but subject to (iii), (iv), (v)  and
                         (vi) below:

                         i.   100%    of    the    Participant's    average
                              compensation (as defined under Section 415(b)
                              of the Code) in the three consecutive highest
                              paid calendar years.

                         ii.  $94,023, as adjusted  from  time  to  time in
                              accordance with Section 415(d) of the Code.

                         iii. In the case where a benefit is payable  prior
                              to the Social Security Retirement Age, or  in
                              the case where a benefit is payable after age
                              65,  the  Actuarial  Equivalent of the amount
                              described  in  (ii)  payable  at  the  Social
                              Security Retirement Age  shall  apply in lieu
                              of the amount described in (ii).

                         iv.  In the case where a Participant has completed
                              less   than   ten  Years  of  Service  as   a
                              Participant, the  amount otherwise determined
                              under  this  Section   4.6(a)(ii)   shall  be
                              multiplied  by  a  fraction  with a numerator
                              equal to the number of whole Years of Service
                              as a Participant and a denominator  equal  to
                              ten.

                         v.   Except in the case where a benefit is payable
                              in  the  form  of  a  50%  Joint and Survivor
                              Annuity   with   the   Participant's   spouse
                              designated as the joint  annuitant,  where  a
                              benefit  is  payable  in a benefit form other
                              than  a  Straight  Life  Annuity  the  amount
                              otherwise  determined  under   this   Section
<PAGE>
                              4.6(a)  shall be the Actuarial Equivalent  of
                              the  amount   payable   as  a  Straight  Life
                              Annuity.

                         vi.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the  benefit
                              payable  to  a  Participant   shall   not  be
                              considered  to exceed the limitations imposed
                              under this Section  4.6(a)  if  the aggregate
                              retirement benefit payable to the Participant
                              under  the Plan does not exceed $10,000  (and
                              has not  exceeded $10,000 in any prior year);
                              provided,  however, that this paragraph shall
                              not apply if the Participant has participated
                              in a defined  contribution plan maintained by
                              the Company or an Affiliated Company.

                         For  the  purpose  of  determining  the  Actuarial
                         Equivalent amount described  in  (iii)  above, the
                         interest  assumption  applied  to  determine   the
                         Actuarial  Equivalent  value  of a benefit payable
                         prior to the Social Security Retirement  Age shall
                         be  the  greater  of 5%, or the rate specified  in
                         Section 1.2 of the  Plan,  and  to  determine  the
                         Actuarial  Equivalent  value  of a benefit payable
                         after  the  Social  Security  Retirement  Age,  an
                         interest assumption of the lesser  of  5%  or  the
                         rate specified in Section 1.2 of the Plan shall be
                         used with no mortality.

                    b.   In  the case of a Participant who has participated
                         in a  defined  contribution plan maintained by the
                         Company or an Affiliated  Company,  the  sum  of a
                         Participant's  "defined benefit plan fraction" and
                         "defined contribution  plan  fraction", determined
                         as of the close of any Plan Year, shall not exceed
                         one.  For the purpose of this  Section  4.6(b),  a
                         Participant's  defined  benefit  plan fraction and
                         defined contribution plan fraction  shall have the
                         meanings described in (i) and (ii) below:

                         i.   Defined  benefit plan fraction shall  mean  a
                              fraction  with   a  numerator  equal  to  the
                              Participant's projected annual benefit (other
                              than  any  benefit attributable  to  employee
                              contributions)  under  the Plan (assuming the
                              Participant continues in  employment  to  his
                              Normal Retirement Date at his current rate of
                              compensation), and a denominator equal to the
                              lesser  of  (1) 1.25 multiplied by the amount
                              described in  Section  4.6(a)(ii)  or (2) 1.4
                              multiplied by the amount described in Section
                              4.6(a)(i).

                         ii.  Defined contribution plan fraction shall mean
                              a  fraction  with  a  numerator equal to  (1)
                              below and a denominator equal to (2) below:
<PAGE>
                              (1)  The sum of the annual  additions made to
                                   the  Participant's  account   under  any
                                   defined contribution plan maintained  by
                                   the  Company  or  an Affiliated Company,
                                   where the annual additions  are equal to
                                   the   sum   of   (a)  any  Participating
                                   Employer contributions  allocated to the
                                   account     (including    any    pre-tax
                                   contributions),   (b)   any  forfeitures
                                   allocated  to the account  and  (c)  any
                                   Participant    after-tax   contributions
                                   allocated to the account.

                              (2)  The sum for each  calendar  year  of the
                                   Participant's    employment   with   the
                                   Company  or Affiliated  Company  of  the
                                   lesser of  (a)  1.4 multiplied by 25% of
                                   the Participant's  earnings  (as defined
                                   under Section 415 of the Code)  for  the
                                   calendar  year, or (b) for each calendar
                                   year  after  1982,  1.25  multiplied  by
                                   $30,000 as adjusted for increases in the
                                   cost-of-living  as  provided under rules
                                   and regulations adopted by the Secretary
                                   of the Treasury, and  for  each calendar
                                   year  prior to 1983, 1.25 multiplied  by
                                   the  amount   for   such  calendar  year
                                   determined  in accordance  with  Section
                                   415(e)(3)(B)(i) of the Code.

                    In  the  event  that  the  aforesaid  limitation  would
          otherwise  be  exceeded  with respect to  a  Participant,  it  is
          intended  that the benefit  accrual  under  this  Plan  shall  be
          limited as necessary, except that an Employee may elect to reduce
          his  contributions,  whether  pre-tax  or  after-tax,  under  any
          defined   contribution  plan  in  which  he  participates  if  he
          determines  this  method  of  compliance  would  be  in  his best
          interest.

                    For purposes of this Section 4.6, an Affiliated Company
          shall be determined by assuming the phrase "more than 50 percent"
          is  substituted for the phrase "at least 80 percent" wherever  it
          appears in Section 1563 of the Code.

               4.7  Timing  of  Payments.   Notwithstanding anything in the
          Plan  to  the  contrary  the actual payment  of  a  Participant's
          retirement income under the  Plan  shall  be  deferred  until the
          March   1   of   the  calendar  year  immediately  following  the
          Participant's  actual  retirement  date.   Upon  such  date,  the
          Participant (or his Beneficiary, if applicable) shall receive (a)
          a lump sum payment representing the sum of the monthly retirement
          income, determined  pursuant  to  the  provisions  of Article IV,
          deferred from his actual retirement date until such  March  1 and
          (b)   monthly  retirement  income,  determined  pursuant  to  the
          provisions of Article VI, thereafter.
<PAGE>
               4.8  Transfer Benefit

                    a.   With  the consent of the Committee, amounts may be
                         transferred  from  the  Avondale ESOP to the Trust
                         Fund by Participants who retire in accordance with
                         Article  III  and  who  are  eligible  to  receive
                         benefits, subject to the following conditions:

                         i.   The  transfer  will  not jeopardize  the  tax
                              exempt status of this  Plan  or Trust Fund or
                              create  adverse  tax  consequences   to   the
                              Employer.

                         ii.  The  amount  transferred  must  be the entire
                              vested Avondale ESOP account balance  of such
                              Participant.

                         iii. The  transfer  must be based upon a voluntary
                              election by the  Participant  and  all notice
                              and consent requirements of the Avondale ESOP
                              must be met;

                         iv.  The  amounts  transferred shall be considered
                              an additional Accrued Benefit (as provided in
                              Section 4.8(b))  and  shall be so identified.
                              Such  benefit shall be fully  vested  at  all
                              times and  shall not be subject to forfeiture
                              for any reason.

                         v.   Pursuant to Section 414(l) of the Code, after
                              the transfer,  the Participant is entitled to
                              receive a benefit,  on  a  termination basis,
                              with respect to the transferred assets, which
                              is equal to or greater than the benefit he or
                              she  would  have  been  entitled  to  receive
                              immediately before the transfer.

                         vi.  Prior to accepting the transfer to which this
                              Section  applies, the Committee  may  require
                              the Participant to establish that the amounts
                              to be transferred  to the Trust Fund meet the
                              requirements of this Section.

                    b.   If a Participant elects to  transfer  his  or  her
                         Avondale  ESOP  account  balance to the Trust Fund
                         pursuant to Section 4.8(a), such Participant shall
                         be entitled to an Accrued  Benefit  equal  to  the
                         amount  determined  under  Section  4.1(a)(iv)  or
                         Section 4.1(b)(iii), whichever is applicable.

                    c.   The benefits provided under this Section 4.8 shall
                         be  paid  as part of and subject to the same terms
                         and provisions  as  the  other  benefits  provided
                         under the Plan.

               4.9  Direct  Rollover  Rules.   This Section 4.9 applies  to
          distributions made on or after January  1, 1993.  Notwithstanding
<PAGE>
          any provision of the Plan to the contrary  that  would  otherwise
          limit  a distributee's election under this Article, a distributee
          may elect,  at  the time and in the manner prescribed by the plan
          administrator, to  have  any  portion  of  an  eligible  rollover
          distribution   paid  directly  to  an  eligible  retirement  plan
          specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.

                    a.   The  term Eligible rollover distribution means any
                         distribution  of all or any portion of the balance
                         to the credit of  the  distributee, except that an
                         eligible rollover distribution  does  not include:
                         any  distribution  that  is  one  of  a series  of
                         substantially  equal  periodic payments (not  less
                         frequently than annually)  made  for  the life (or
                         life expectancy) of the distributee or  the  joint
                         lives   (or   joint   life  expectancies)  of  the
                         distributee   and  the  distributee's   designated
                         beneficiary, or  for  a  specified  period  of ten
                         years or more; any distribution to the extent such
                         distribution  is  required under section 401(a)(9)
                         of the Code; and the  portion  of any distribution
                         that is not includible in gross income (determined
                         without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
                         appreciation with respect to employer securities).

                    b.   An Eligible retirement plan includes an individual
                         retirement account described in  section 408(a) of
                         the   Code,   an  individual  retirement   annuity
                         described  in  section  408(b)  of  the  Code,  an
                         annuity plan described  in  section  403(a) of the
                         Code,  or  a qualified trust described in  section
                         401(a) of the Code, that accepts the distributee's
                         eligible rollover  distribution.   However, in the
                         case of an eligible rollover distribution  to  the
                         surviving  spouse,  an eligible retirement plan is
                         an  individual retirement  account  or  individual
                         retirement annuity.

                    c.   The  term  Distributee  includes  an  employee  or
                         former  employee.   In addition, the employee's or
                         former  employee's  surviving   spouse   and   the
                         employee's  or  former employee's spouse or former
                         spouse  who  is  the   alternate   payee  under  a
                         qualified domestic relations order,  as defined in
                         section 414(p) of the Code, are distributees  with
                         regard  to  the  interest  of the spouse or former
                         spouse.

                    d.   The term Direct rollover means  a  payment  by the
                         plan to the eligible retirement plan specified  by
                         the distributee.

               4.10 Notice.   The notice required by Section 1.411(a)-11(c)
          of the Income Tax Regulations must be provided to the Participant
          no less than 30 days  and no more than 90 days before the date of
          distribution.  The notice explains a Participant's right to defer
          receipt of the distribution  if  the Actuarial Equivalent present
<PAGE>
          value of monthly payments of retirement income exceeds $3,500.  A
          Participant  will  also  receive an explanation  of  distribution
          options no less than 30 days  and no more than 90 days before the
          date  of  distribution.   Effective   January   1,   1994,  if  a
          distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417  of  the
          Internal  Revenue  Code  do  not  apply,  such  distribution  may
          commence  less  than  30  days  after  the  notice required under
          Section  1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations  is  given,
          provided that:

                    a.   the Committee clearly informs the Participant that
                         the  Participant  has  a  right  to a period of at
                         least  30  days  after  receiving  the  notice  to
                         consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
                         distribution  (and,  if  applicable, a  particular
                         distribution option), and

                    b.   the  Participant,  after  receiving   the  notice,
                         affirmatively elects a distribution.

                                      ARTICLE V
                            PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS

               5.1  Immediate  Pre-Retirement  Surviving Spouse's  Benefit.
          In  the  event  of the death of an active  or  vested  terminated
          Participant  after  becoming  eligible  to  retire  on  an  Early
          Retirement Date  but before his actual retirement date, a monthly
          retirement benefit  shall  be  payable  to  his  surviving  legal
          spouse.  Such amount shall be determined as if:

                    a.   the Participant had retired and elected retirement
                         income  payments  to begin on the first day of the
                         month coinciding with  or  next preceding his date
                         of death, and

                    b.   his retirement income was payable in the form of a
                         50%  Joint and Survivor Spouse  Annuity  with  his
                         spouse  entitled  to  receive 50% of the amount of
                         the Participant's retirement income.

                    Benefits shall be payable to  the  surviving  spouse on
          the  first  day  of  the month following the Participant's death.
          Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Section  4.7,  payments  shall
          commence on the Participant's death and shall continue to be made
          on the first day of  the  month  thereafter  during the surviving
          spouse's  lifetime.   In  lieu  of the joint and survivor  spouse
          annuity payments described in this  Section  5.1, such spouse may
          elect  to  receive  such  payments  in  one  lump sum;  provided,
          however, that the Actuarial Equivalent value of  such  retirement
          payments is $5,000 or less.

                    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  benefit shall  be
          payable under this Section 5.1 if the Participant is not survived
          by a legal spouse.

               5.2  Deferred Pre-Retirement Surviving Spouse's Benefit.  In
          the  event  of  the  death  of  an  active  or  vested terminated
<PAGE>
          Participant on or after completing the vesting requirements under
          Section  3.5,  but  prior to being eligible for early  retirement
          pursuant to Section 3.3,  a  monthly  retirement benefit shall be
          payable  to his surviving legal spouse.   Such  amount  shall  be
          determined as if:

                    a.   the  Participant  separated from service as of his
                         date of death, then

                    b.   survived until reaching  the  earliest  retirement
                         age under the Plan, or if later, the age at death,

                    c.   retired,  electing  immediate  payment of benefits
                         under the 50% Joint and Survivor  Spouse  Annuity,
                         with his surviving spouse entitled to receive  50%
                         of   the   amount  of  the  Participant's  reduced
                         retirement income, and then

                    d.   died on the day after the date in (b) above.

                    Benefits shall be  payable  to such surviving spouse on
          the first day of the month coincident with  or next following the
          month  in which the Participant would have reached  the  earliest
          retirement  age  under  the  Plan or, if later, the age at death.
          Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Section  4.7,  payments  shall
          commence on the first day of the  month  coincident  with or next
          following  the month in which the Participant would have  reached
          age 55 or, if  later,  the Participant's death and shall continue
          to be made on the first  day of each month thereafter during such
          surviving spouse's lifetime.   In  lieu of the joint and survivor
          spouse  annuity  payments described in  this  Section  5.2,  such
          spouse may elect to  receive  such  payments  in  one  lump  sum;
          provided,   however,  that  the  Actuarial  Equivalent  value  of
          retirement payments is $5,000 or less.

                    If  a  benefit is payable under Section 5.1, no benefit
          shall be payable under this Section 5.2.

                    Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  benefit  shall be
          payable under this Section 5.2 if the Participant is not survived
          by a legal spouse.


                                      ARTICLE VI
                NORMAL AND OPTIONAL PAYMENT FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME

               6.1  Normal  Form  of Payment.  Retirement income under  the
          Plan shall be payable as follows:

                    a.   If  a Participant  is  married  on  the  date  his
                         retirement  income  begins,  the  normal  form  of
                         payment  shall  be a 50% Joint and Survivor Spouse
                         Annuity with the  legal spouse entitled to receive
                         50%  of  the  Participant's   reduced   amount  of
                         retirement  income,  which  shall be the Actuarial
                         Equivalent  of the amount determined  pursuant  to
                         Article IV.
<PAGE>
                    b.   If  a  Participant  who  is  not  an  Employee  of
                         Avondale  Services  Corporation  is not married on
                         the date his retirement income begins,  the normal
                         form of payment shall be a Straight Life  Annuity,
                         which  shall  be  equal  to  the amount determined
                         pursuant to Article IV with no  retirement  income
                         payable after the Participant's death.

                    c.   If  a  Participant  who is an Employee of Avondale
                         Services Corporation  is  not  married on the date
                         his retirement income begins, the  normal  form of
                         payment  shall  be  a  Ten  Year  Certain and Life
                         Annuity,  which  shall  be  equal  to  the  amount
                         determined   pursuant   to  Article  IV  with  the
                         provision that if the Participant's  death  occurs
                         before  he has received 120 monthly payments,  the
                         remaining number of such payments shall be paid to
                         his Beneficiary.

               6.2  Waiver of Normal  Form and Election of Optional Form of
          Payment.  A Participant may waive  his  normal  form  of  payment
          described  in  Section  6.1  provided that concurrently with such
          waiver he shall elect an optional  form  of  payment  from  those
          provided  for  in  Section  6.5.  Such waiver and election may be
          made  only during the waiver period  specified  in  Section  6.3;
          otherwise,  payment shall be made to him in the normal form.  The
          Participant shall file such forms and provide such information as
          the  Committee   may   reasonably  require  to  comply  with  all
          applicable laws and to determine  his  eligibility, qualification
          of his spouse and his amount of retirement income.

                    Such election shall be made in  writing  and  shall not
          take effect unless either:

                    a.   the Participant's legal spouse consents in writing
                         to   such   election   and  the  spouse's  consent
                         acknowledges the effect  of  such  election and is
                         witnessed by a notary public, or

                    b.   it  is  established  to  the satisfaction  of  the
                         Committee  that  the  Participant   has  no  legal
                         spouse,  or that such spouse's consent  cannot  be
                         obtained because  the spouse cannot be located, or
                         because  of such other  circumstances  as  may  be
                         prescribed   in  regulations  issued  pursuant  to
                         Section 417 of the Code.

               6.3  Waiver Period.  The  Committee  shall  make an election
          form  available  to  each  Participant not less than nine  months
          before  the  Participant  meets   the   requirements   for  early
          retirement described in Section 3.3; provided, however, that such
          election   form   shall  not  be  distributed  if  the  Committee
          determines in a uniform  and  non-discriminatory  manner  that no
          retirement income is payable under this Plan, as determined under
          the provisions of Article IV.  Such form shall describe in  plain
          language  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  optional forms of
          benefit  and  shall  provide  for election of optional  forms  of
<PAGE> 
          benefit and a benefit commencement  date.  The completed election
          form must be returned to the Committee  within  the 90 day period
          ending  on  the  designated  benefit  commencement  date.   If  a
          Participant  files  a  subsequent  election form, the prior  form
          shall  be of no effect.  If no election  has  been  made  at  the
          expiration  of  the  election period, retirement benefits will be
          payable in accordance with Section 6.1.

                    The Committee  shall,  when necessary, mail the form to
          the Participant via certified mail,  at  his  last address on the
          records of the Committee or, if deemed appropriate,  through  any
          facilities  made  available  by the United States Social Security
          Administration.  During the waiver  period,  the  Participant may
          request information with respect to the financial effect  of  his
          waiver  on  the  normal  form  of payment and the election of any
          available optional form of payment.   Any  waiver may be revoked,
          or  election  changed,  at any time up to the due  date  for  the
          Participant's first retirement income payment, on a form approved
          by the Committee.

               6.4  Temporary  Non-Payment  of  Retirement  Income.   If  a
          Participant or Beneficiary  fails  to  submit  the  form required
          under  Section  6.2  or  fails  to furnish information reasonably
          requested  by  the  Committee which  is  necessary  to  determine
          whether  such  Participant   or  Beneficiary  has  satisfied  all
          requirements for payment of benefits,  the  Committee shall delay
          payment of benefits until the requested information  is furnished
          and  shall  make  reasonable  efforts to obtain such information.
          After  the  requested information  has  been  furnished  and  the
          Committee has  determined that the Participant or Beneficiary has
          met the requirements for payment of benefits, such benefits shall
          be payable as if the Participant or Beneficiary had furnished the
          requested information in a timely manner.

               6.5  Optional  Forms  of  Payment.   The  forms  of  benefit
          payment  available  to  each  Participant  shall be the Actuarial
          Equivalent of his normal form of retirement  income  pursuant  to
          Section  6.1.  A Participant may elect to receive that portion of
          his Accrued Benefit which accrued prior to January 1, 1988 in the
          form of any  one of the options which he could have elected under
          the terms of the  Plan  on  December 31, 1987.  A Participant may
          also  elect  to  receive  that portion  of  his  Accrued  Benefit
          accruing on or after January  1,  1988,  or  his  entire  Accrued
          Benefit,  in  the form of any one of the following optional forms
          of benefit:

                    a.   Straight  Life  Annuity,  under  which  retirement
                         income payments are made to the Participant during
                         his  lifetime,  with no further payments from  the
                         Plan on his behalf after his death.

                    b.   50% Joint and Survivor Spouse Annuity, under which
                         reduced retirement income payments are made to the
                         Participant  during   his   lifetime,   based   on
                         Actuarial  Equivalent  factors, with payments from
                         the  Plan  upon his death  equal  to  50%  of  the
                         payment previously  payable  to the Participant to
                         be continued to and for the lifetime  of his legal
                         spouse.
<PAGE>
                         i.   If  a  Participant  elects the 50% Joint  and
                              Survivor Spouse Annuity  and his legal spouse
                              dies  before benefit payments  commence,  his
                              election of the 50% Joint and Survivor Spouse
                              Annuity shall be null and void.
                         ii.  If a Participant  elects  the  50%  Joint and
                              Survivor  Spouse Annuity and benefit payments
                              have   commenced,   his   retirement   income
                              payments  thereafter  shall not be changed by
                              reason  of  the  death of  his  legal  spouse
                              during his own lifetime.

                    c.   Ten  Year Certain and Life  Annuity,  under  which
                         reduced retirement income payments are made to the
                         Participant   during   his   lifetime,   based  on
                         Actuarial  Equivalent  factors, with the provision
                         that if the Participant's  death  occurs before he
                         has received 120 monthly payments,  the  value  of
                         the  remaining  number  of  such payments shall be
                         paid to the person designated as his Beneficiary.

                    d.   Lump Sum Option, under which  the present value of
                         retirement   income  payments  are   paid   to   a
                         Participant in  one  lump  sum.   This  option  is
                         available    to   Participants   whose   Actuarial
                         Equivalent value  of retirement income payments is
                         $5,000 or less.

               6.6  General Limitations.  Anything  in  this  Article VI to
          the contrary notwithstanding, no method of distribution  shall be
          made under a normal or optional payment form of retirement income
          which  would  result  in  the  actuarial value of a Beneficiary's
          interest   exceeding   50%  of  the  actuarial   value   of   the
          Participant's own interest  on  a  life annuity basis, both being
          determined as of the Participant's Normal  Retirement Date or the
          earlier date on which he becomes entitled to first payment of his
          retirement  income.  This limitation shall not  apply  where  the
          Beneficiary is the Participant's legal spouse.

                    An  election  under  this  Article  VI of a Beneficiary
          other  than the Participant's legal spouse is effective  only  if
          the Participant's  spouse consents to the beneficiary designated,
          the consent is witnessed  by  a  notary  public, and the spouse's
          consent  acknowledges  the  effect  of  such  designation.   Such
          spousal  consent  is  not  required, however, if the  Participant
          establishes to the satisfaction of the Committee that the consent
          cannot  be obtained because the  spouse  cannot  be  located,  or
          because of  such  other  circumstances  as  may  be prescribed in
          regulations  issued  pursuant  to Section 417 of the  Code.   Any
          consent  by a spouse (or establishment  that  consent  cannot  be
          obtained) is effective only with respect to that spouse.

               6.7  Distribution  Rules.   Unless  the  Participant  elects
          otherwise,  retirement  income  payments  shall commence no later
          than the 60th day after the close of the Plan  Year  in which the
          latest of the following occurs:

                    a.   the Participant attains age 65, or
<PAGE>
                    b.   the  10th  anniversary of the date the Participant
                         commenced participation, or

                    c.   the Participant terminates employment.
                    Further, distribution of benefits shall not be deferred
          beyond the April 1 following  the  calendar  year  in  which  the
          Participant attains age 70-1/2, or if later (but only in the case
          of  a  Participant  other  than  a  5%  owner  of  the Company or
          Affiliated Company for the Plan Year ending in the calendar  year
          in  which  such  Participant  attains  age  70-1/2),  the April 1
          following  the  calendar year in which the Participant terminates
          employment, and payments  after the initial payment shall be made
          monthly, except in the case  of  a  lump  sum  payment  where  no
          additional   payments   are  due.   Effective  January  1,  1989,
          distribution of benefits to a Participant shall commence no later
          than the April 1 following  the calendar year in which he attains
          age 70-1/2, whether or not he  is  employed  by  a  Participating
          Employer.

                    Upon  the  death  of  a  Participant  after payment  of
          retirement income has commenced, any remaining payments  shall be
          made no less rapidly than under the form of payment in effect  at
          the  Participant's  death.  Upon the death of a Participant prior
          to the date payment of  retirement  income has commenced, payment
          of  a  death benefit, if any, to the Participant's  spouse  shall
          commence no later than the April 1 following the calendar year in
          which the  Participant  would  have  attained  age  70-1/2, or if
          later,  within  one  year following the date of the Participant's
          death; and payment of  a death benefit to a person other than the
          Participant's  spouse shall  commence  no  later  than  one  year
          following the Participant's death.

                    Notwithstanding  the foregoing, an earlier distribution
          shall be made where provided  by the applicable provisions of the
          Plan.  However, in the case of a Participant who is a 5% owner of
          the  Company or an Affiliated Company,  no  distribution  of  any
          amounts  attributable to Employer contributions while he was a 5%
          owner  shall  be  made  before  the  earlier  of  the  date  such
          Participant  dies, becomes disabled within the meaning of Section
          72(m)(7)  of  the   Code  or  attains  age  59-1/2,  unless  such
          Participant acknowledges in writing that he understands that such
          premature distribution  will  be subject to the penalties imposed
          by Section 72(m)(5)(B) of the Code.

               6.8  Limitation in Case of  Domestic  Relations  Order.  All
          rights  and  benefits  including  election  rights,  provided  to
          Participants  pursuant  to  this Plan, are subject to the  rights
          afforded  to  any  "alternate payee"  pursuant  to  a  "qualified
          domestic relations order," as those terms are defined below.

                    Pursuant to  the  provisions  of  Section 414(p) of the
          Code,  a  "qualified  domestic  relations  order"  shall  mean  a
          judgment,  decree  or  order (including approval  of  a  property
          settlement agreement) made pursuant to a State domestic relations
          law (including a community  property  law)  that  relates  to the
          provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property
          rights to a spouse, former spouse, child or other dependent  of a
          Participant ("alternate payee") and which:
<PAGE>
                    a.   creates   or   recognizes   the  existence  of  an
                         alternate  payee's  right  to, or  assigns  to  an
                         alternate payee the right to,  receive  all  or  a
                         portion  of  the benefits payable to a Participant
                         under this Plan; and

                    b.   specifies (i)  the  name  and  last  known mailing
                         address  (if  any)  of  the  Participant and  each
                         alternate  payee  covered by the  order  (ii)  the
                         amount or percentage of the Participant's benefits
                         under the Plan to be  paid  to each such alternate
                         payee,  or  the  manner in which  such  amount  or
                         percentage  is to be  determined  and,  (iii)  the
                         number of payments  or  the  period  to  which the
                         order applies; and

                    c.   does not require this Plan to:

                         i.   provide any type or form of benefit,  or  any
                              option, not otherwise provided hereunder;

                         ii.  pay any benefits to any alternate payee prior
                              to the earlier of:

                              (1)  the  earliest  date benefits are payable
                                   hereunder to a Participant, or

                              (2)  the later of the  date  the  Participant
                                   attains age 50 or the earliest  date  on
                                   which  the  Participant  could  obtain a
                                   distribution   under  the  Plan  if  the
                                   Participant terminated employment;

                         iii. pay any benefits which  are  not vested under
                              the Plan;

                         iv.  provide  increased  benefits (as  actuarially
                              determined   using   such   assumptions   for
                              Actuarial Equivalence  as  are required under
                              Section 414(p) of the Code), or

                         v.   pay benefits to an alternate  payee which are
                              required  to  be  paid  to another  alternate
                              payee   under  a  prior  qualified   domestic
                              relations order.

                    For purposes of this  Plan,  an alternate payee who had
          been  married to the Participant for at least  one  year  may  be
          treated   as  a  spouse  with  respect  to  the  portion  of  the
          Participant's  Accrued  Benefit in which such alternate payee has
          an interest provided that  the qualified domestic relations order
          provides for such treatment.  However, under no circumstances may
          the  spouse  of an alternate payee  (who  is  not  a  Participant
          hereunder) be treated as a spouse under the terms of the Plan.

                    Upon   receipt   of   any  judgment,  decree  or  order
          (including approval of a property  settlement agreement) relating
<PAGE>
          to the provision of payment by the Plan  to  an  alternate  payee
          pursuant  to  a State domestic relations law, the Committee shall
          promptly notify  the affected Participant and any alternate payee
          of the receipt of such judgment decree order and shall notify the
          affected Participant  and  any alternate payee of the Committee's
          procedure for determining whether  or not the judgment, decree or
          order is a qualified domestic relations order.

                    The Committee shall establish  procedures  to determine
          the status of a judgment, decree or order as a qualified domestic
          relations   order   and   to  administer  Plan  distributions  in
          accordance  with  any such qualified  domestic  relations  order.
          Such procedures shall  be  in  writing,  shall include provisions
          specifying  the  notification  requirements  enumerated   in  the
          preceding paragraph, shall permit an alternate payee to designate
          a   representative   for   receipt  of  communications  from  the
          Committee,  and  shall  include  such  other  provisions  as  the
          Committee shall determine,  including  such  provisions  required
          under Regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury.

                    During  any  period  in  which  the issue of whether  a
          judgment, decree or order is a qualified domestic relations order
          is  being  determined  (by  the Committee, a court  of  competent
          jurisdiction  or  otherwise),  the   Committee  shall  separately
          account for the portion of the Participant's  Accrued Benefit, if
          any, which would have been payable to the alternate  payee during
          such  period if the judgment, decree or order were determined  to
          be a qualified domestic relations order.

                    If  the judgment, decree or order is determined to be a
          qualified domestic  relations  order  within  the 18-month period
          following the receipt by the Committee of the qualified  domestic
          relations order, then payment of the portion of the Participant's
          Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the appropriate alternate  payee
          at  the time and in the form specified in such order.  If such  a
          determination  is  not  made  within  the  18-month  period,  the
          Participant's Accrued Benefit under the Plan shall be paid at the
          time  and  in  the manner provided under the Plan as if no order,
          judgment or decree had been received by the Committee.


                                     ARTICLE VII
                                    CONTRIBUTIONS

               7.1  No Contributions by Participants.  No Participant shall
          be required or permitted to make a contribution under the Plan.

               7.2  Employer  Contributions.   All contributions to provide
          benefits  under  the  Plan shall be made  by  each  Participating
          Employer or the Company on behalf of Participating Employers from
          time to time, any forfeiture  of  the interest of any Participant
          in the Trust Fund being applied to  reduce  the  amount  of  such
          contributions.    The   Committee,  on  the  basis  of  actuarial
          estimates  made by the Actuary,  will  recommend  the  amount  of
          contributions  which will accomplish the purposes of the Plan and
          be in compliance with ERISA and the Code.  Such contributions for
          each Plan Year shall be remitted to the Trustee no later than the
<PAGE>
          date prescribed  by  law  for filing the Participating Employer's
          federal  income  tax  return,   including  extensions,  for  such
          Employer's taxable year ending with or within such Plan Year.

               7.3  Expenses.   The reasonable  expenses  incident  to  the
          operation  of  the  Plan,   including  premiums  for  termination
          insurance payable to the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation,
          fees  for  professional  services  and  the  costs  of such other
          technical  or  clerical assistance as may be required,  shall  be
          paid out of the Fund, to the extent not paid by all Participating
          Employers.

               7.4  Contingent   Nature   of   Contributions.   Unless  the
          Employer notifies the Committee and the Trustee in writing to the
          contrary,  all contributions made to this  Plan  are  conditioned
          upon their deductibility under Section 404 of the Code.


                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                    ADMINISTRATION

               8.1  Appointment  of  Committee.   The Board of Directors of
          the Company will appoint a Committee which  may,  but  need  not,
          consist  of  Plan Participants or Employees of an Employer.  Such
          Committee shall  be  known  as  the  Pension  Plan Administrative
          Committee.  The Committee shall consist of three or more members,
          each of whom shall be appointed by and shall remain  in office at
          the will of the Board of Directors of the Company.  The  Board of
          Directors may also remove any Committee member at any time,  with
          or  without  cause.  A Committee member may resign at any time by
          filing his written resignation with the Board of Directors of the
          Company.

               8.2  Notice to Trustee.  The Company will notify the Trustee
          in  writing of  each  Committee  member's  appointment,  and  the
          Trustee  may  assume  such  appointment continues in effect until
          written notice to the contrary is given by the Company.

               8.3  Administration of Plan.   The  Committee  will have all
          powers  and authority necessary or appropriate to carry  out  its
          responsibilities with respect to the operation and administration
          of the Plan.  It will interpret and apply all Plan provisions and
          may supply  any  omission,  or  reconcile  any  inconsistency  or
          ambiguity in such manner as it deems advisable.  It will make all
          final  determinations concerning eligibility, benefits and rights
          hereunder,  and  all other matters concerning Plan administration
          and  interpretation.   All  determinations  and  actions  of  the
          Committee will be conclusive and binding upon all persons, except
          as otherwise provided herein or by law, except that the Committee
          may revoke or modify a determination or action previously made in
          error.   The  Committee  will  exercise  all powers and authority
          given to it in a nondiscriminatory manner, and will apply uniform
          administrative rules of general application  in  order  to assure
          similar treatment to persons in similar circumstances.

               8.4  Reporting  and Disclosure.  The Committee will prepare,
          file,   submit,  distribute,   or   make   available   any   Plan
          descriptions,  reports, statements, forms or other information to
<PAGE>
          any government agency,  Employee,  Participant, or Beneficiary as
          may be required by law.

               8.5  Records.  The Committee will  record  its  proceedings,
          acts  and  decisions,  and will keep all data, records, books  of
          account and instruments  pertaining to Plan administration, which
          will be subject to inspection  or  audit  by  the  Company at any
          time.   The Company will supply all information required  by  the
          Committee to administer the Plan, and the Committee may rely upon
          the accuracy of such information.
               8.6  Committee  Compensation  and  Expenses.  The Committee,
          and each Committee member, will serve without compensation unless
          otherwise determined by the Company; provided  that  in  no event
          will an Employee receive extra compensation for his services as a
          Committee  member.   All  reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  the
          Committee   in  administering  the  Plan  will  be  paid  by  the
          Participating Employers.

               8.7  Rules   and   Regulations.    Any  action  or  decision
          concurred in by a majority of the Committee  members, either at a
          meeting  or  in  writing  without a meeting, will  constitute  an
          action or decision of the Committee.  The Committee may adopt and
          amend  such  rules  for  the  conduct   of   its   business   and
          administration of the Plan as it deems advisable.

               8.8  Secretary  of  the  Committee.   The  Committee  at its
          option may elect any Committee member or other person to serve as
          Secretary,  and  may  remove him at any time.  The Committee will
          notify the Trustee in writing  of  such election, and the Trustee
          may  assume  the  Secretary's  authority   to  act  as  Secretary
          continues  until  written  notice to the contrary  is  given  the
          Committee.  The Secretary, or a majority of the Committee members
          then  in  office,  will  have  the   authority   to  execute  all
          instruments or memoranda necessary or appropriate  to  carry  out
          the  actions and decisions of the whole Committee; and any person
          may rely upon any instrument or memoranda so executed as evidence
          of the Committee action or decision indicated thereby.

               8.9  Claims Review Procedure.  Any request for benefits (the
          "claim")  by  a  Participant  or his Beneficiary (the "claimant")
          will  be filed in writing with the  Committee.   Within  90  days
          after receipt of a claim or, 180 days if the Committee determines
          that special  circumstances  exist which require extension of the
          time for processing a claim, the  Committee  will provide written
          notice  to  any  claimant whose claim has been wholly  or  partly
          denied, including:

                    a.   the reasons for the denial,

                    b.   the Plan provisions on which the denial is based,

                    c.   any  additional  material or information necessary
                         to  perfect  the  claim  and  the  reasons  it  is
                         necessary, and

                    d.   the Plan's claims review procedure.
<PAGE>
                    A claimant will be given  a full and fair review by the
          Committee of the denial of his claim  if  he requests a review in
          writing  within 60 days after notification of  the  denial.   The
          claimant may review pertinent documents and may submit issues and
          comments orally,  in writing, or both.  The Committee will render
          its decision on review in writing within 60 days after receipt by
          the Committee of the  application  for review, or within 120 days
          if  the  Committee  determines that special  circumstances  exist
          which  require  extension   of   the   time  for  processing  the
          application for review, and will include specific reasons for the
          decision  and  references  to the Plan provisions  on  which  the
          decision is based.
               8.10 Information from Participants  and Beneficiaries.  Each
          Participant and Beneficiary shall be required  to  furnish to the
          Committee,  in  the  form  prescribed by it, such personal  data,
          affidavits,  authorization  to   obtain  information,  and  other
          information as the Committee may deem  appropriate for the proper
          administration of the Plan.


                                      ARTICLE IX
                                  NAMED FIDUCIARIES

               9.1  Identity  of  Named  Fiduciaries.    The  Company,  the
          Trustee, the Committee, and any Investment Manager  will  be  the
          "Named  Fiduciaries"  under  the Plan and will control and manage
          the Plan and its assets to the extent and in the manner indicated
          in this Plan.  Any responsibility assigned to a "Named Fiduciary"
          will not be deemed to be a duty of a "Fiduciary" (as that term is
          defined in ERISA) solely by reason of such an assignment.

               9.2  Responsibilities  and   Authority  of  Committee.   The
          Committee   will   control   and   manage   the   operation   and
          administration   of   the   Plan.    The   Committee  will   also
          (a) recommend candidates for Trustee to the  Company, (b) appoint
          any   Investment  Manager  to  the  Plan,  and  (c) monitor   the
          performance   of   such  Trustee  and  Investment  Manager.   The
          Committee  will recommend  Plan  amendments  to  the  Company  as
          necessary and  will  communicate  such information to the Trustee
          and  Investment  Manager  as  they  may   need   for  the  proper
          performance of their duties.

               9.3  Responsibilities and Authority of Trustee.  The Trustee
          will  manage  and control the assets of the Plan, except  to  the
          extent that such  responsibilities are specifically vested in the
          Company or the Committee  under  the  terms  of  the Plan, or are
          delegated  to  one or more Investment Managers appointed  by  the
          Committee.

               9.4  Responsibilities of the Company.  The Company will have
          the following responsibilities  and  authority  with  respect  to
          control and management of the Plan and its assets:

                    a.   to amend the Plan;

                    b.   to merge or consolidate the Plan with, or transfer
<PAGE>
                         all  or  part of the assets or liabilities to, any
                         other plan  or  to  accept  the transfer of assets
                         from another qualified plan;

                    c.   to establish a funding policy;

                    d.   to  appoint,  remove, and replace  Trustee(s)  and
                         Committee members; and

                    e.   to perform such  additional  duties as are imposed
                         by law.

               9.5  Responsibilities  Not  Shared.   Except   as  otherwise
          specified herein or required by law, each "Named Fiduciary"  will
          have  only  those responsibilities that are specifically assigned
          to it hereunder,  and  no  "Named Fiduciary" will incur liability
          because   of   improper   performance    or   nonperformance   of
          responsibilities   specifically   assigned  to   another   "Named
          Fiduciary".

               9.6  Dual Fiduciary Capacity Permitted.  Any person or group
          of  persons  may  serve  in  more  than one  fiduciary  capacity,
          including service both as Trustee and Committee member.

               9.7  Advice.  A "Named Fiduciary"  may employ or retain such
          attorneys,   accountants,   investment   advisors,   consultants,
          specialists, and other persons or firms, including  such  persons
          or  firms  that may also perform services for the Company, as  he
          deems necessary  or  desirable  to  advise  or  assist him in the
          performance of his duties.  Unless otherwise provided by law, the
          "Fiduciary" will be fully protected with respect  to  any  action
          taken or omitted by him in reliance upon any such person or firm.

               9.8  Indemnification.   The  Company to the extent permitted
          by law, will indemnify and hold harmless  every person serving as
          a "Fiduciary" (whether a "Named Fiduciary" or otherwise) from and
          against  all loss, damages, liability, and reasonable  costs  and
          expenses,    incurred    in    carrying    out    his   fiduciary
          responsibilities,   unless  due  to  the  bad  faith  or  willful
          misconduct of such person,  provided that a "Fiduciary's" counsel
          fees  and  amount paid in settlement  must  be  approved  by  the
          Company.  The  preceding  sentence  will not apply to a corporate
          Trustee or to an investment manager as  defined  in ERISA, except
          as  the Company and such corporate Trustee or investment  manager
          may otherwise agree in writing.


                                      ARTICLE X
                         PROVISIONS TO PREVENT DISCRIMINATION

               10.1 Prevention   of   Discrimination.    With   a  view  of
          preventing  any  discrimination  in  favor  of highly compensated
          Employees  and  notwithstanding  anything  in  the  Plan  to  the
          contrary,  the  use of the assets of the Fund is subject  to  the
          limitations specified in this Article.
<PAGE>
               10.2 Highly  Compensated Employees.  For the purpose of this
          Article, "Highly Compensated  Employees"  means  the  twenty-five
          highest  paid Employees of any Employer as of the Effective  Date
          or the date  the  Plan  was  most  recently  amended  in a manner
          substantially   affecting   benefits   for  such  Employees,  but
          excluding any Employee to whom, on the basis  of  his annual rate
          of  compensation  on such date, an annual retirement  benefit  to
          which he may be entitled  upon  retirement on or after his Normal
          Retirement Date will not exceed $1,500.

               10.3 Unrestricted Benefit.  For the purpose of this Article,
          the term unrestricted benefit means  the  amount  of  any  highly
          compensated  Employee's retirement benefit which is not in excess
          of that provided by the greater of:

                    a.   $20,000, or

                    b.   20%  of  his  average  annual  compensation over a
                         period  of  at  least five consecutive  years,  or
                         $10,000, whichever  is  less,  multiplied  by  the
                         number  of years from the date determined pursuant
                         to Section  10.2  and  prior  to any date on which
                         benefits are restricted under Section 10.4(a)(ii),
                         or

                    c.   a dollar amount which equals the  present value of
                         the   maximum   benefit   described   in   Section
                         4022(b)(3)(B)  of ERISA (determined on the earlier
                         of  the  date the  Plan  terminates  or  the  date
                         benefits commence,  and  determined  in accordance
                         with  regulations of the PBGC) without  regard  to
                         any other limitations in Section 4022 of ERISA.

               10.4 Restriction on Payment of Benefit

                    a.   During  the  ten  years  after the date determined
                         pursuant to Section 10.2,  the retirement benefits
                         payable on account of highly compensated Employees
                         shall  be  subject  to  the following  conditions,
                         notwithstanding any other  provisions  in the Plan
                         to the contrary:

                         i.   Any   highly  compensated  Employee  who   is
                              retired  may  receive  his full benefit while
                              the Plan is in full effect.

                         ii.  If,   during   the   aforesaid   ten   years,
                              contributions are terminated  or  the Plan is
                              terminated  or  an  Employer is dissolved  or
                              liquidated,  no highly  compensated  Employee
                              shall receive  any benefit which is in excess
                              of his unrestricted benefit.

                    b.   The  conditions  of  Section   10.4(a)  shall  not
                         restrict the full payment of benefit  payments  to
                         the Beneficiary of any highly compensated Employee
                         who dies while the Plan is in full effect.
<PAGE>
               10.5 Repeal.   If  the  provisions  of this Article X are no
          longer required by the Code or ERISA, such  provisions shall have
          no further force or effect.


                                      ARTICLE XI
                                AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

               11.1 Right  to  Amend.  The Company, through  its  Board  of
          Directors,  reserves  the   right,   subject  to  the  limitation
          hereinafter provided, to amend the Plan from time to time without
          the   consent   of   any  Participating  Employer,   Participant,
          Beneficiary, or other  eligible  survivor.  Each amendment of the
          Plan shall be in writing, and shall  become effective on the date
          specified therein.  Each Participating  Employer  by its adoption
          of the Plan shall be deemed to have delegated this  authority  to
          the Company.

               11.2 Restrictions  on  Amendment.   No amendment of the Plan
          may be made which shall either:

                    a.   deprive any Participant or Beneficiary of any part
                         of his Accrued Benefit as constituted  at the time
                         of such amendment; or

                    b.   result  in  the  reversion  to  any  Participating
                         Employer  of  any  part of the Fund prior  to  the
                         satisfaction of all liabilities of the Plan.


                                     ARTICLE XII
                               TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

               12.1 Events Constituting Termination.

                    a.   It is expressly declared  to  be  the  desire  and
                         intention   of   each  Participating  Employer  to
                         continue the Plan  and  Fund  in  existence for an
                         indefinite period of time.  However, circumstances
                         not now anticipated or foreseeable  may  arise  in
                         the   future,   as   a   result   of   which  each
                         Participating   Employer   may   deem   it  to  be
                         impracticable  or  unwise  to  continue  the  Plan
                         established   hereunder,  and  each  Participating
                         Employer therefore reserves the right to terminate
                         the Plan insofar  as  it  affects its Employees at
                         any   time.    Any  Participating   Employer   may
                         terminate its participation  in the Plan by action
                         of its Board of Directors.  Such termination shall
                         be   evidenced   by   a   written  instrument   of
                         termination  executed  by  an   officer   of   the
                         Participating  Employer  pursuant to authorization
                         by its Board of Directors  and  shall be delivered
                         to the Company, the Committee, the  Trustee and to
                         each other Participating Employer.  To the maximum
                         extent permitted by ERISA, the termination  of the
                         Plan as to any Participating Employer shall not in
                         any  way affect any other Participating Employer's
                         participation in the Plan.
<PAGE>
                    b.   With respect  to  any Participating Employer which
                         has  adopted  the  Plan,   its   adjudication   of
                         bankruptcy or insolvency by any court of competent
                         jurisdiction,  its  making of a general assignment
                         for  the  benefit of creditors,  its  dissolution,
                         merger,  consolidation,  other  reorganization  or
                         discontinuance  of  business,  unless coverage for
                         its  Employees under the Plan is  continued  by  a
                         successor  company, or its complete discontinuance
                         of contributions,  shall  operate to terminate the
                         Plan with respect to such Employer.

                    c.   Subject  to  applicable  requirements   of   ERISA
                         governing  termination of employee pension benefit
                         plans, the Committee  shall  direct the Trustee to
                         segregate  the  assets  of  the  appropriate  Fund
                         allocable to a terminating Participating  Employer
                         for  payment  of  benefits in accordance with  the
                         provisions of this Article.

               12.2 Partial Termination.  Upon a partial termination of the
          Plan as determined by the Committee  under  applicable  law  with
          respect  to  a  group of Participants, the Committee shall direct
          the  Actuary to determine  the  proportionate  interests  of  the
          Participants  affected  by  such partial termination.  After such
          proportionate interests have been determined, the Committee shall
          direct the Trustee to segregate  the  assets  of  the appropriate
          Fund  allocable  to  such  group  of Participants for payment  of
          benefits  in  accordance  with the provisions  of  this  Article,
          subject to applicable requirements of ERISA.

               12.3 Allocation  of Assets.   Upon  termination  or  partial
          termination under Sections 12.1 and 12.2, the Accrued Benefits of
          Participants affected thereby  shall become fully vested and non-
          forfeitable.  The assets of the  Fund  shall  be allocated by the
          Committee  (after  payment  or  provision for expenses)  to  such
          Participants in the following manner and order:

                    a.   There shall first  be  set  aside  an amount which
                         will  provide  for  a  return of the Participant's
                         account   balance   attributable    to   voluntary
                         contributions.

                    b.   There shall next be set aside an amount which will
                         provide  retirement  income  for Participants  and
                         Beneficiaries who were receiving  benefits  or who
                         were  eligible  to receive benefits at least three
                         years prior to termination  of  the  Plan based on
                         the lowest benefit under Plan provisions in effect
                         during  the five years preceding the date  of  the
                         Plan's termination.

                    c.   There shall next be set aside an amount which will
                         provide all  other guaranteed benefits as provided
                         under  ERISA, but  determined  without  regard  to
                         Sections 4022(b)(5) and 4022(b)(6).
<PAGE>
                    d.   There shall next be set aside an amount which will
                         provide  all other non-forfeitable benefits, under
                         the provisions of the Plan at its termination, but
                         which are not guaranteed under ERISA.

                    e.   Finally, there  shall be set aside an amount which
                         will provide all  other Accrued Benefits as of the
                         date of Plan termination.

                    If the appropriate assets  of  the  Fund by the Trustee
          for  retirement income for Participants of the Plan,  as  of  the
          date the  Plan  is  terminated,  are not sufficient to provide in
          whole the amounts required within  the  classes  described above,
          such assets will be allocated pro rata within the  class in which
          the amounts first cannot be provided in full.  Allocation  in any
          of  the  above  listed  categories  is  to  be  adjusted  for any
          allocation  already  made  to  the same Participant under a prior
          category so as to avoid any duplication of benefits payable under
          a prior category.

               12.4 Manner  of  Distribution.   Subject  to  the  foregoing
          provisions  of  this  Article   XII,   any   distribution   after
          termination of the Plan may be made, in whole or in part, to  the
          extent  that  no  discrimination  results, in cash, securities or
          other assets in kind (based on their  fair market value as of the
          date of distribution), or in nontransferable  annuity  contracts,
          as  the  Committee  in its sole discretion shall determine.   Any
          amounts remaining in  the  Fund  after  the  satisfaction  of all
          liabilities of the Plan shall be returned to the Company and  the
          respective   Participating   Employer   who   made  contributions
          hereunder.

               12.5 Liquidation of Trust Fund.  The Fund  shall continue in
          existence  after the termination of the Plan for such  period  of
          time as may  be  required  to complete the liquidation thereof in
          accordance with the terms of this Article XII.

               12.6 Internal Revenue Service Approval for Distribution.  In
          the event that the Committee  applies  to  the  Internal  Revenue
          Service for a determination on the qualification of the Plan upon
          termination,  no  person  shall  have  any  right or claim to any
          assets  of  the  Fund before the Internal Revenue  Service  shall
          determine that the  proposed  distribution  of  assets under this
          Article  does  not  result  in  the discrimination prohibited  by
          Section 401(a) of the Code.


                                     ARTICLE XIII
                             TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

               13.1 General Rule.  For any Plan Year for which this Plan is
          a  Top-Heavy  Plan  (as  defined  in  Section  13.7),  any  other
          provisions of the Plan to the contrary  notwithstanding, the Plan
          shall be subject to the following provisions:

                    a.   The vesting provisions of Section 13.2;

                    b.   The minimum benefit provisions of Section 13.3;
<PAGE>
                    c.   The  limitation  on compensation  set  by  Section
                         13.4; and

                    d.   The limitation on benefits set by Section 13.5.

               13.2 Vesting Provisions.  Each Participant who has completed
          an Hour of Service during any Plan Year in which the Plan is Top-
          Heavy shall have a non-forfeitable  right  to his Accrued Benefit
          under  this  Plan  determined by the following  schedule  to  the
          extent  that such schedule  is  more  liberal  than  the  vesting
          provided in Section 3.5:

          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          |       Years of Service         |      Vesting Percentage       |
          ------------------------------------------------------------------
          |less than 2                     |              0%               |
          |2 but less than 3               |              20               |
          |3 but less than 4               |              40               |
          |4 but less than 5               |              60               |
          |5 but less than 6               |              80               |
          |6 or more                       |             100               |
          ------------------------------------------------------------------

               13.3 Minimum  Benefit Provisions.  Each Participant who is a
          Non-Key Employee (as  defined  in Section 13.9) shall be entitled
          to  an  Accrued Benefit attributable  to  Company  or  Affiliated
          Company contributions in the form of an annual retirement benefit
          (as defined  in  Section 13.3(a)) that shall not be less than the
          applicable percentage  (as  defined  in  Section  13.3(b)) of the
          Participant's  average  annual  earnings  (as  determined   under
          Section  415  of  the  Code)  for years in the testing period (as
          defined in Section 13.3(c)):

                    a.   Annual retirement  benefit means a benefit payable
                         annually in the form  of  a  Straight Life Annuity
                         (with  no  ancillary  benefits)  beginning   at  a
                         Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

                    b.   Applicable  percentage  means  the  lesser  of  2%
                         multiplied  by  the  number of Years of Service in
                         which the Plan is Top-Heavy or 20%.

                    c.   Testing   Period  means,   with   respect   to   a
                         Participant,  the  period  of consecutive Years of
                         Service  (not  exceeding five)  during  which  the
                         Participant had  the  greatest  aggregate earnings
                         from his Employer.  The testing period  shall  not
                         include  any  Year  of Service that ends in a Plan
                         Year beginning before  January  1,  1984 or during
                         which the Plan was not a Top-Heavy Plan.

                    Benefits  taken  into  account under this Section  13.3
          shall not include any benefits payable  under the Social Security
          Act or any other Federal or State law.

               13.4 Limitation on Compensation.  Annual  compensation taken
          into  account under this Article XIII for purposes  of  computing
<PAGE>
          benefits  under  this  Plan  shall not exceed the first $200,000,
          provided that such limit shall be adjusted automatically for each
          Plan  Year  to the amount prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  the
          Treasury pursuant  to  regulations for the calendar year in which
          such Plan Year commences.

               13.5 Limitation on  Benefits.  In the event that the Company
          or an Affiliated Company also  maintains  a  defined contribution
          plan providing benefits on behalf of Participants  in  this Plan,
          one of the two following provisions shall apply:

                    a.   If for the Plan Year this Plan would not be a Top-
                         Heavy  Plan  if "90%" were substituted for  "60%,"
                         then Section 13.3  shall  apply for such Plan Year
                         as if amended so that the "applicable  percentage"
                         means the lesser of 3% multiplied by the number of
                         Years  of  Service during which the Plan would  be
                         Top-Heavy and  the  overall  applicable percentage
                         does not exceed the lesser of  30%  or 20% plus 1%
                         for each Year the Plan is taken into account under
                         this Section 13.5(a).

                    b.   If for the Plan Year (1) if this Plan  is  subject
                         to  Section  13.5(a)  but  does  not  provide  the
                         required  additional  minimum  benefit as required
                         therein or (2) this Plan would continue  to  be  a
                         Top-Heavy  Plan  if  "90%"  were  substituted  for
                         "60%,"  then  the  denominator of both the defined
                         contribution plan fraction and the defined benefit
                         plan fraction shall  be calculated as set forth in
                         Section 4.6 for the limitation year ending in such
                         Plan Year by substituting "1.0" for "1.25" in each
                         place such figure appears,  except with respect to
                         any  individual  for whom there  are  no  employer
                         contributions,    forfeitures     or     voluntary
                         nondeductible   contributions   allocated  or  any
                         accruals  for  such individual under  the  defined
                         benefit plan.

               13.6 Coordination  With Other  Plans.   In  the  event  that
          another defined contribution  or  defined benefit plan maintained
          by the Company or an Affiliated Company provides contributions or
          benefits on behalf of Participants  in this Plan, such other plan
          shall  be  treated  as  a  part  of  this Plan  pursuant  to  the
          applicable  principles  set  forth in Revenue  Ruling  81-202  in
          determining whether the plans  are  providing  benefits  at least
          equal  to  the minimum benefit required under this Plan.  If  the
          Plan  is subject  to  Section  13.5(b)  but  the  Company  or  an
          Affiliated  Company  does  not  substitute  "1.0"  for  "1.25" as
          required,  the  applicable  percentage  provided  in Section 13.3
          shall be increased by one percentage point (up to a maximum of 10
          percentage  points).   Such  determination shall be made  by  the
          Committee.

               13.7 Top-Heavy Plan Definition.   This  Plan shall be a Top-
          Heavy  Plan  for any Plan Year if, as of the Determination  Date,
          the present value  of  the  cumulative Accrued Benefits under the
<PAGE>
          Plan for Participants (including former Participants) who are Key
          Employees exceeds 60% of the  present  value  of  the  cumulative
          Accrued Benefits under the Plan for all Participants, or  if this
          Plan  is  required  to  be in an Aggregation Group which for such
          Plan Year is a Top-Heavy  Group.   For  purposes  of  making this
          determination,  the  present  value  of  Accrued  Benefits for  a
          Participant  (i) who  is not a Key Employee, but who  was  a  Key
          Employee in a prior year,  or (ii) for Plan Years beginning after
          December 31, 1984, who has not  performed  any  service  for  the
          Employer  at  any  time during the five-year period ending on the
          Determination Date, shall be disregarded.
                    a.   Determination  Date  means  for  any Plan Year the
                         last  day of the immediately preceding  Plan  Year
                         (except   that   for   the  first  Plan  Year  the
                         Determination Date means the last day of such Plan
                         Year).

                    b.   The present value shall  be  determined  as of the
                         most recent valuation date that is within  the 12-
                         month period ending on the Determination Date  and
                         as  described  in  the  regulations under the Code
                         using the assumptions for determining an Actuarial
                         Equivalent  under the Plan,  except  the  interest
                         assumption shall be an annual rate of 5%.

                    c.   Aggregation Group  means  the  group  of plans, if
                         any,  that  includes both the group of plans  that
                         are  required   to   be  aggregated  and,  if  the
                         Committee so elects, the  group  of plans that are
                         permitted to be aggregated.

                         i.   The  group of plans that are required  to  be
                              aggregated (the "Required Aggregation Group")
                              includes:   (a) each  plan of the Employer in
                              which  a  Key  Employee  is   a  Participant,
                              including collectively-bargained  plans,  and
                              (b) each  other  plan  of  the  Company or an
                              Affiliated  Company  including  collectively-
                              bargained  plans,  which  enables a  plan  in
                              which a Key Employee is a Participant to meet
                              the  requirements  of  the  Code  prohibiting
                              discrimination   as   to   contributions   or
                              benefits  in  favor  of  employees   who  are
                              officers,   shareholders   or   the   highly-
                              compensated   or   prescribing   the  minimum
                              participation standards.

                         ii.  The group of plans that are permitted  to  be
                              aggregated   (the   "Permissive   Aggregation
                              Group")  includes  the  Required  Aggregation
                              Group  plus one or more plans of the  Company
                              or an Affiliated  Company that is not part of
                              the Required Aggregation  Group  and that the
                              Committee  certifies as constituting  a  plan
                              within  the  Permissive   Aggregation  Group.
                              Such  plan  or  plans  may  be added  to  the
                              Permissive Aggregation Group  only  if, after
<PAGE>
                              the  addition,  the  Aggregation  Group as  a
                              whole  continues  not to discriminate  as  to
                              contributions  or  benefits   in   favor   of
                              officers,   shareholders   or   the   highly-
                              compensated   and   to   meet   the   minimum
                              participation standards under the Code.

                    d.   Top-Heavy Group means the Aggregation Group, if as
                         of  the applicable Determination Date, the sum  of
                         the  present   value  of  the  cumulative  accrued
                         benefits  for  Key  Employees  under  all  defined
                         benefit plans included  in  the  Aggregation Group
                         plus  the  aggregate  of  the  accounts   of   Key
                         Employees  under  all  defined  contribution plans
                         included in the Aggregation Group  exceeds  60% of
                         the  sum  of  the  present value of the cumulative
                         accrued benefits for  all Employees under all such
                         defined benefit plans plus  the aggregate accounts
                         for all Employees under such  defined contribution
                         plans.  For purposes of making this determination,
                         the present value of the accrued  benefits  for  a
                         Participant (i) who is not a Key Employee, but who
                         was a Key Employee in a prior year or (ii) who has
                         not  performed  services  for  the  Company  or an
                         Affiliated  Company  at  any time during the five-
                         year  period  ending  on the  Determination  Date,
                         shall be disregarded.

                         If the Aggregation Group that is a Top-Heavy Group
                         is a Required Aggregation  Group, each plan in the
                         Group will be Top-Heavy.  If the Aggregation Group
                         that  is  a  Top-Heavy  Group  is   a   Permissive
                         Aggregation Group, only those plans that  are part
                         of  the Required Aggregation Group will be treated
                         as Top-Heavy.   If  the Aggregation Group is not a
                         Top-Heavy Group, no plan within such Group will be
                         Top-Heavy.

                    e.   In determining whether  this  Plan  constitutes  a
                         Top-Heavy  Plan,  the  Committee  shall  make  the
                         following adjustments in connection therewith:

                         i.   When  more  than  one plan is aggregated, the
                              Committee shall determine separately for each
                              plan as of each plan's determination date the
                              present  value  of the  accrued  benefits  or
                              account balance.   The  results shall then be
                              aggregated by adding the results of each plan
                              as of the determination dates  for such plans
                              that fall within the same calendar year.

                         ii.  In  determining  the  present  value  of  the
                              cumulative accrued benefit or the  amount  of
                              the  account  of  any  Employee, such present
                              value  or  account shall include  the  dollar
                              value of the  aggregate distributions made to
                              such  Employee  under   the  applicable  plan
<PAGE>
                              during  the five-year period  ending  on  the
                              determination  date,  unless reflected in the
                              value  of  the  accrued  benefit  or  account
                              balance as of the most recent valuation date.
                              Such amounts shall include  distributions  to
                              Employees which represented the entire amount
                              credited   to   their   accounts   under  the
                              applicable  plan,  and distributions made  on
                              account of the death  of a Participant to the
                              extent such death benefits  do not exceed the
                              present  value  of  the  accrued  benefit  or
                              account.

                         iii. Further,  in making such determination,  such
                              present value  or  such account shall include
                              any   rollover   contribution   (or   similar
                              transfer), as follows:

                              (1)  If the rollover contribution (or similar
                                   transfer) is  initiated  by the Employee
                                   and made to or from a plan maintained by
                                   another employer, the plan providing the
                                   distribution    shall    include    such
                                   distribution  in  the  value   of   such
                                   account;    the   plan   accepting   the
                                   distribution   shall  not  include  such
                                   distribution  in   the   value  of  such
                                   account  unless  the  plan  accepted  it
                                   before December 31, 1983.

                              (2)  If the rollover contribution (or similar
                                   transfer)   is  not  initiated  by   the
                                   Employee or made  from a plan maintained
                                   by another employer,  the plan accepting
                                   the  distribution  shall   include  such
                                   distribution  in  the present  value  of
                                   such account, whether  the plan accepted
                                   the   distribution   before   or   after
                                   December 31, 1983; the  plan  making the
                                   distribution   shall  not  include   the
                                   distribution in  the  present  value  of
                                   such account.

               13.8 Key Employee.  The term Key Employee means any Employee
          or  former  Employee  under this Plan who, at any time during the
          Plan Year containing the  Determination Date or during any of the
          four preceding Plan Years, is or was one of the following:

                    a.   An   officer  of   the   Company   having   annual
                         compensation from the Employer of 150% of the Code
                         Section  415  dollar  limitation  for the calendar
                         year  in  which  the Plan Year ends.   Whether  an
                         individual is an officer  shall  be  determined by
                         the  Committee on the basis of all the  facts  and
                         circumstances,  such as an individual's authority,
                         duties and term of  office,  and  not  on the mere
                         fact  that  the  individual  has  the title of  an
<PAGE>
                         officer.  For any such Plan Year, there  shall  be
                         treated as officers no more than the lesser of:

                         i.   50 Employees, or

                         ii.  the  greater of three Employees or 10% of the
                              Employees of the Company during the Plan Year
                              containing  the  Determination Date or any of
                              the preceding four Plan Years.

                         For this purpose, the highest-paid  officers shall
                         be selected.

                    b.   One of the ten Employees owning (or considered  as
                         owning,  within  the  meaning  of the constructive
                         ownership rules of the Code) both more than a .50%
                         interest in value and the largest interests in the
                         Company.   An Employee who has more  than  a  .50%
                         ownership interest  is considered to be one of the
                         top ten owners unless at least ten other Employees
                         own a greater interest than that Employee.
                         However, an Employee  will not be considered a top
                         ten owner for a Plan Year  if  the  Employee earns
                         less  than  the  maximum  dollar limitation  under
                         Section 415 of the Code on contributions and other
                         annual additions to a Participant's  account  in a
                         defined contribution plan for the calendar year in
                         which the Determination Date falls.

                    c.   Any  person  who  owns (or is considered as owning
                         within the meaning  of  the constructive ownership
                         rules of the Code) more than 5% of the outstanding
                         stock of the Company or stock possessing more than
                         5% of the combined total voting power of all stock
                         of the Company.

                    d.   Any  person having annual  compensation  from  the
                         Company  of  more  than  $150,000  who owns (or is
                         considered   as  owning  within  the  constructive
                         ownership rules  of  the Code) more than 1% of the
                         outstanding  stock  of  the   Company   or   stock
                         possessing  more  than  1%  of  the combined total
                         voting power of all stock of the Company.

                    For purposes of this Section 13.8, "Compensation" means
          all items includable as compensation for purposes of applying the
          limitations  on  contributions  and other annual additions  to  a
          Participant's account in a defined  contribution  plan  under the
          Code, and a Beneficiary of a Key Employee shall be treated  as  a
          Key Employee.

               13.9 Non-Key  Employee.   The  term "Non-Key Employee" means
          any Employee (and any Beneficiary of  an  Employee)  who is not a
          Key Employee.

               13.10Change  from Top-Heavy Status.  In the event  the  Plan
          should become a Top-Heavy  Plan  for a Plan Year and subsequently
          reverts to a Plan which is not Top-Heavy, (a) and (b) below shall
          apply:
<PAGE>
                    a.   The change from a Top-Heavy  Plan  to a plan which
                         is not Top-Heavy shall not reduce a  Participant's
                         non-forfeitable  right  to  any  benefit  he   has
                         accrued  under  the  Plan, and any Participant who
                         has completed five or more Years of Service at the
                         time the Plan reverts  to a plan which is not Top-
                         Heavy  shall  have  his non-forfeitable  right  to
                         benefits under the Plan  determined  in accordance
                         with Section 13.2.

                    b.   The change from a Top-Heavy Plan to a  Plan  which
                         is  not Top-Heavy shall not reduce a Participant's
                         Accrued Benefit.


                                     ARTICLE XIV
                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS

               14.1 Plan Voluntary.   Although it is intended that the Plan
          shall be continued and that contributions shall be made as herein
          provided, this Plan is entirely  voluntary  on  the  part  of the
          Participating  Employer and the continuance of this Plan and  the
          payment of contributions  hereunder  are  not  to  be regarded as
          contractual  obligations  of  such  Participating Employer.   The
          Participating Employers do not guarantee  or promise to pay or to
          cause to be paid any of the benefits provided by this Plan.  Each
          person who shall claim the right to any payment  or benefit under
          this Plan, shall be entitled to look only to the Trust  Fund  for
          any  such payment or benefit and shall not have any right, claim,
          or demand therefore against the Participating Employer, except as
          provided  by  law.   The Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a
          contract between the Participating  Employer  and any Employee or
          to be a consideration for, or an inducement for,  the  employment
          of any Employee by the Participating Employer.  Nothing contained
          in the Plan shall be deemed to give any Employee the right  to be
          retained  in  the  service  of  the  Participating Employer or to
          interfere  with  the  right  of  the  Participating  Employer  to
          discharge or to terminate the service of any Employee at any time
          without regard to the effect such discharge  or  termination  may
          have on any rights under the Plan.

               14.2 Payments  to Minors and Incompetents.  If a Participant
          or Beneficiary entitled  to  receive  any benefits hereunder is a
          minor  or  is  deemed by the Committee, or  is  adjudged,  to  be
          legally incapable  of giving valid receipt and discharge for such
          benefits,  such  benefits   will   be  paid  to  such  person  or
          institution  as  the  Committee  may designate  or  to  the  duly
          appointed guardian.  Such payment  shall,  to the extent made, be
          deemed  a complete discharge of any liability  for  such  payment
          under the Plan.

               14.3 Nonalienation  of Benefits.  Except as provided under a
          qualified domestic relations  order, as defined in Section 414(p)
          of the Code, no amount payable to, or held under the Plan for the
          account of, any Participant or  Beneficiary  shall  be subject in
          any   manner   to   anticipation,   alienation,  sale,  transfer,
          assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge,  and any attempt to so
<PAGE>
          anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or
          charge the same shall be void.  Nor shall any  amount payable to,
          or  held  under  the Plan for the account of, any Participant  of
          Beneficiary be in  any  manner  liable  for his debts, contracts,
          liabilities, engagements or torts, or be  subject  to  any  legal
          process to levy upon or attach the same.

               14.4 Merger,  Consolidation  or Transfer.  In the event that
          the Plan is merged or consolidated with any other plan, or should
          the assets or liabilities of the Plan be transferred to any other
          plan, each Participant shall be entitled to a benefit immediately
          after such merger, consolidation or  transfer  if the Plan should
          then terminate equal to or greater than the benefit he would have
          been   entitled  to  receive  immediately  before  such   merger,
          consolidation or transfer if the Plan had then terminated.

               14.5 Return  of  Contributions  to  Participating Employers.
          The Plan is created for the exclusive benefit of Participants and
          their Beneficiaries.  Except as specifically  otherwise  provided
          in   Sections  12.4,  14.8  and  14.12,  at  no  time  shall  any
          contributions  to  the  Plan  by  a Participating Employer or any
          assets  of  the  Trust  Fund ever revert  to  or  be  used  by  a
          Participating Employer.

               14.6 Payment of Small Benefits.  If the Actuarial Equivalent
          present value of monthly  payments  of  retirement  income to any
          person would amount to less than $3,500 before such payments have
          commenced,  the  Committee shall direct the Trustee to  pay  such
          person the then present  value  of  such retirement income in one
          lump sum payment.

               14.7 Recovery of Payments Made Due to a Mistake of Fact.  If
          it  is  determined  that the retirement  income  under  the  Plan
          actually being paid to  a  Participant  due to a mistake of fact,
          including, but not limited to, the calculation of the offset to a
          Participant's Accrued Benefit for the value  of the Participant's
          account under the Avondale ESOP, is greater than  the income such
          Participant is entitled to receive pursuant to Articles IV, V and
          VI, the Committee may elect to alter subsequent payments  to such
          Participant in order to recover the value of such overpayments.

               14.8 Internal  Revenue  Service Approval.  If the Plan shall
          not be initially approved and  qualified  by the Internal Revenue
          Service so as to permit the Employer to deduct  its contributions
          to the Trust Fund for income tax purposes, or shall not remain so
          approved and qualified, all Participating Employer  contributions
          shall be returned to the applicable Participating Employer.

                    This Section 14.8 shall apply only if contributions are
          returned  within  one  year  from  the date on which the Internal
          Revenue Service issues a notice that the Plan is not qualified.

               14.9 Construction  of  Agreement.    The   Plan   shall   be
          administered, construed and enforced according to the laws of the
          State  of  Louisiana;  provided, however, wherever applicable the
          provisions of ERISA shall  govern,  and in such event the laws of
          the United States of America shall be  applied  and to the extent
          necessary, its courts shall have competent jurisdiction.
<PAGE>
               14.10Headings.   The  headings of Articles and  Sections  of
          this Plan are for convenience  of reference only, and in the case
          of any conflict between any such  headings  and  the text of this
          Plan, the text shall govern.

               14.11Use  of  Masculine and Feminine; Singular  and  Plural.
          Wherever used in this Plan, the masculine gender will include the
          feminine gender and  the singular will include the plural, unless
          the context indicates otherwise.

               14.12Return of Employer  Contributions  in  Excess of Amount
          Deductible.   A  contribution  conditioned upon its deductibility
          under Section 404 of the Code, may be returned, to the extent the
          deduction is disallowed, to the  Employer  within  one  (1)  year
          after the disallowance.
<PAGE>
               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Avondale  Industries, Inc. has caused
          this  instrument  to be executed by its officers  thereunto  duly
          authorized and its  corporate  seal to be hereunto affixed, as of
          the 28th day of December, 1994.

                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                        BY:\s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                               Thomas M. Kitchen
                                               Vice President & Chief Financial
                                                 Officer & Secretary

                                             AVONDALE SERVICES CORPORATION

                                        BY:\s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                               Thomas M. Kitchen
                                               Vice President & Secretary

                                             AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE, INC.

                                        BY:\s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                               Thomas M. Kitchen
                                               Vice President, Secretary
                                               & Treasurer

                                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES OF NEW YORK,
                                             INC.

                                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                Vice President, Treasurer
                                                & Secretary

                                             AVONDALE TRANSPORTATION COMPANY,
                                             INC.

                                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                Vice President & Secretary

                                             AVONDALE ENTERPRISES, INC.

                                        BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                Thomas M. Kitchen
                                                Vice President. Secretary
                                                & Treasurer
          ATTEST:



         \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                    Secretary

          (CORPORATE SEAL)
                                         
<PAGE>
                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. PENSION PLAN

                                      APPENDIX A

                               PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS



          The following Participating Employers  have  entered  under  this
          Plan  as  of  the  following  dates.  Such dates of participation
          shall  be  used  for purposes of determining  such  Participating
          Employers' Employees'  eligibility to participate under the Plan.
          Such dates shall also be  used  for  determining Years of Service
          for both vesting and benefit accrual purposes  under the Plan, if
          later than the dates specified in Section 1.38 of this Plan.

         ------------------------------------------------------------------
          Participating Employer                  Date of Participation
         ------------------------------------------------------------------
          Avondale Industries, Inc.                  October 1, 1985
         ------------------------------------------------------------------
          Avondale Services Corporation              October 1, 1985
         ------------------------------------------------------------------
          Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc.               July 2, 1988

          Avondale Industries of New York,             July 1, 1989
          Inc.
                                                       July 1, 1989
          Avondale Transportation Co.,
          Inc.                                       January 1, 1990

          Avondale Enterprises, Inc.
         ------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC. PENSION PLAN

                                      APPENDIX B

                        REDUCTION FACTORS FOR EARLY RETIREMENT

       <S>    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |Age   |                                                   MONTHS                                                |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |      |0       |1       |2       |3       |4       |5       |6       |7       |8       |9      |10      |11     |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |55    |0.4960  |0.4988  |0.5016  |0.5044  |0.5072  |0.5100  |0.5128  |0.5156  |0.5184  |0.5212 |0.5240  |0.5268 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |56    |0.5296  |0.5324  |0.5352  |0.5380  |0.5408  |0.5436  |0.5464  |0.5492  |0.5520  |0.5548 |0.5576  |0.5604 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |57    |0.5632  |0.5660  |0.5688  |0.5716  |0.5744  |0.5772  |0.5800  |0.5828  |0.5856  |0.5884 |0.5912  |0.5940 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |58    |0.5968  |0.5996  |0.6024  |0.6052  |0.6080  |0.6108  |0.6136  |0.6164  |0.6192  |0.6220 |0.6248  |0.6276 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |59    |0.6304  |0.6332  |0.6360  |0.6388  |0.6416  |0.6444  |0.6472  |0.6500  |0.6528  |0.6556 |0.6584  |0.6612 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |60    |0.6640  |0.6696  |0.6752  |0.6808  |0.6864  |0.6920  |0.6976  |0.7032  |0.7088  |0.7144 |0.7200  |0.7256 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |61    |0.7312  |0.7368  |0.7424  |0.7480  |0.7536  |0.7592  |0.7648  |0.7704  |0.7760  |0.7816 |0.7872  |0.7928 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |62    |0.7984  |0.8040  |0.8096  |0.8152  |0.8208  |0.8264  |0.8320  |0.8376  |0.8432  |0.8488 |0.8544  |0.8600 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |63    |0.8656  |0.8712  |0.8768  |0.8824  |0.8880  |0.8936  |0.8992  |0.9048  |0.9104  |0.9160 |0.9216  |0.9272 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |64    |0.9328  |0.9384  |0.9440  |0.9496  |0.9552  |0.9608  |0.9664  |0.9720  |0.9776  |0.9832 |0.9888  |0.9944 |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
       |65    |1.000   |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |        |       |        |       |
       ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

   NOTES:

     - Factors determined as follows:

  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    Age                                    Factor
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     65                                    1.000
        At least 60 but under 65         1.000 minus .56% for each month prior
        At least 55 but under 60                       to age 65
                                         .6640 minus .28% for each month prior
                                                       to age 60
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


   - Multiply benefit payable at age 65 by factor above to determine a benefit
   payable at an earlier retirement date.


                            AVONDALE SERVICES CORPORATION
                       EXECUTIVE GROUP INSURANCE BENEFITS PLAN
                             AND SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION



                                       PREAMBLE

               Avondale Services Corporation (the "Company"), a corporation
          organized  and  existing under the laws of the State of Delaware,
          adopted  the  Avondale   Services   Corporation  Executive  Group
          Insurance Benefits Plan on February 20,  1990,  pursuant  to  its
          desire  to  continue and maintain its policy to provide increased
          insurance benefits  (in  addition to the group insurance benefits
          provided  to  all  eligible  employees   of   Avondale   Services
          Corporation)  to  certain  employees  designated by the Board  of
          Directors  of  Avondale  Industries, Inc.,  which  plan  and  the
          amendments  thereto  made  through   December   31,  1993,  shall
          hereinafter be referred to as the "Prior Plan."

               Effective January 1, 1994, the Avondale Services Corporation
          Executive Group Insurance Benefits Plan is amended  and  restated
          as set forth in this document and any amendments hereto and shall
          hereinafter  be  referred  to  as  the  "Plan."   The Plan is the
          continuation  of  the  Prior  Plan  and no gap in time or  effect
          exists, or shall ever be construed to exist, between them.

                                      ARTICLE I
                                    Participation

               Participation  in  the  Plan  shall   be  limited  to  those
          employees  of  Avondale  Services Corporation designated  by  the
          Board of Directors of Avondale  Industries,  Inc. as Participants
          in  the  Plan.  The names of all Participants designated  by  the
          Board of Directors shall be listed on the attached Exhibit A.

                                      ARTICLE II
                                       Benefits

               The benefits  payable  under  the Plan shall be identical to
          the  Group  Life,  Accidental  Death  and  Dismemberment,  Salary
          Continuation, Business Travel, and Comprehensive Medical Benefits
          paid  to  employees of Avondale Services  Corporation  under  its
          Group Insurance  Benefits  Plan  as  set forth in applicable plan
          documents (dated January 1, 1991), insurance  contracts  and  the
          Avondale  Services  Corporation Employee Benefit Plan booklet and
          summary  plan description  dated  January  1,  1994  (as  may  be
          modified from  time  to  time),  which documents are incorporated
          herein by reference. All capitalized  terms not otherwise defined
          herein shall have the meaning ascribed  to  them  in the Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Avondale Services Corporation Plan.

               In  addition  to  the  benefits  paid  pursuant  to Avondale
          Services Corporation Group Insurance Benefits Plan, the following
          additional   benefits   and/or   modifications   shall  apply  to
          Participants  in  the Plan during their employment with  Avondale
          Services Corporation  and,  where  indicated, after retirement or
<PAGE>
          Total  Disability  provided  such  Participant   is  employed  by
          Avondale Services Corporation at the time of retirement  or Total
          Disability:

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Coverage                           Description

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Employee Life                      2 times base salary
                                             Optional Coverage-additional
                                             one or two times base salary,
                                             plus previous year bonus

                                             Maximum Coverage-Two million
                                             dollars

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Dependent Life                     Optional - $100,000.00

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Retiree Life                       One half of life insurance in
                                             force at time of retirement

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Total Disability (Totally          Employee Life (as set forth
          Disabled) prior to Normal          above) in force prior to Total
          Retirement Date                    Disability continues until
                                             Normal Retirement Date;
                                             thereafter Retiree Life

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Long Term Disability               60% of monthly base salary,
                                             after 180 day waiting period.
                                             Maximum $5,000.00 per month
                                             coordinated with Disability
                                             Social Security Benefit

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Retiree Health                     Comprehensive Medical Benefits
                                             (as provided under the
                                             Avondale Services Corporation
                                             Group Insurance Benefits Plan)
                                             shall continue beyond a
                                             Participant's retirement for
                                             his life without any premium
                                             payment during the
                                             Participant's life.  The
                                             Participant's surviving spouse
                                             may continue coverage
                                             thereafter without any premium
                                             payment for her life.

                                             Provided, however, that upon a
                                             Retiree's eligibility for
                                             Medicare, this Retiree Health
                                             benefit shall be paid only as
                                             a supplement to Medicare and a
<PAGE>
                                             Participant must establish his
                                             entitlement to Medicare
                                             benefits to be eligible for
                                             the supplemental Retiree
                                             Health benefits provided
                                             herein.

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Total Disability (Totally          An Employee who is Totally
          Disabled)                          Disabled will be treated as an
                                             "Active Employee" for twelve
                                             (12) months following the
                                             commencement of the Disability
                                             so long as he remains Totally
                                             Disabled.  When a Totally
                                             Disabled Participant is no
                                             longer an "Active Employee"
                                             such Participant will be
                                             treated as a  Retiree eligible
                                             for the supplemental Retiree
                                             Health benefits provided
                                             herein.

                                             Provided, however, that when
                                             such Participant becomes
                                             eligible for Medicare, this
                                             Retiree Health benefit shall
                                             be paid only as a supplement
                                             to Medicare and a Participant
                                             must establish his entitlement
                                             to Medicare benefits to be
                                             eligible for the supplemental
                                             Retiree Health benefits
                                             provided herein.

                                     ARTICLE III
                                    Administration

               The Board of Directors of Avondale Services Corporation has
          primary responsibility for the administration of the Plan,
          including interpretation of all Plan provisions and determination
          of benefit entitlement; provided, however, that the Participant
          shall be entitled to utilize the claim review procedure set forth
          in the Avondale Industries, Inc. Corporate Services Avondale
          Health Plan booklet.

               The Board of Directors of Avondale Services Corporation may
          delegate its responsibilities, other than its powers to amend or
          terminate the Plan, to a Committee appointed by it.  The Board of
          Directors of Avondale Services Corporation can override any
          decision of the Committee.

               The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
          person serving as a member of the Committee from all liabilities
          and claims arising from the good faith performance of his duties
          in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE IV
                               Termination or Amendment

               Although Avondale Services Corporation expects and intends
          to continue this Plan indefinitely, it reserves the right to
          modify, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time by
          resolution of the Board of Directors of Avondale Services
          Corporation; provided, however, that no such amendment or
          termination shall be effective without the concurrence of the
          Board of Directors of Avondale Industries, Inc.

                                      ARTICLE V
                        Plan Identification and Administration

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Name of Plan                       Avondale Services Corporation
                                             Executive Group Insurance
                                             Benefits Plan

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Type of Plan                       Welfare Benefit Plan which
                                             provides health care benefits

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Sponsoring Employer and Plan       Avondale Industries, Inc.
          Administrator                      P.O. Box 50280
                                             New Orleans, LA   70150
                                             5100 River Road
                                             Avondale, LA   70094

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Plan No.                           501

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Plan Year                          January 1 through December 31

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Employer Identification No.        39-1097012

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Plan Fiduciary                     Avondale ERISA Review
                                             Committee
                                             P.O. Box 50280
                                             New Orleans, LA   70150
                                             5100 River Road
                                             Avondale, LA   70094

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Agent for Service of Legal         R. Dean Church
          Process                            P.O. Box 50280
                                             New Orleans, LA   70150
                                             Service may also be made on
                                             the Plan Administrator

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Benefits Provided By and           DBL Services, Inc.
          Disbursements From the Plan        515 Olive, Suite 700
          Made By                            St. Louis, MO   63101
<PAGE>
                                             Mental Health Associates, Inc.
                                             Two Lakeway Center
                                             3850 N. Causeway Blvd., Suite
                                             1140
                                             Metairie, Louisiana  70002

          -----------------------------------------------------------------
          Contributions to the Plan          The Health Care Benefits under
                                             the Plan are paid for
                                             partially by Avondale
                                             Industries, Inc. and partially
                                             by Employees.  The costs of
                                             dependent care coverage are
                                             paid for partially by Avondale
                                             Industries, Inc. and partially
                                             by those Employees eligible to
                                             elect dependent care coverage.
                                             The contributions are
                                             determined by Avondale
                                             Industries, Inc. based on the
                                             actual cost of benefits.

                                      ARTICLE VI
                               Your Rights Under ERISA

               As a Participant in the Avondale Services Corporation
          Executive Group Insurance Benefits Plan, you are entitled to
          certain rights and protections under the Employee Retirement
          Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA").  ERISA provides that all
          Plan Participants shall be entitled to:

               Examine without charge, at the Employee Benefits Department
          where you work, all Plan documents, including those filed by the
          Plan with U.S. Department of Labor, such as annual reports and
          Plan descriptions.

               Obtain, upon written request to the Plan Administrator,
          copies of all Plan documents, for which a reasonable charge will
          be made.

               Receive a summary of the Plan's annual financial report.
          File suit in a federal court if any materials requested by you
          are not received within 30 days of your request.  The court may
          require the Company to pay you up to $100 for each day beyond 30
          days until you receive the materials, unless the materials were
          not sent because of reasons beyond the control of the Plan
          Administrator.

               In addition to creating rights for Plan Participants, ERISA
          imposes duties upon the Company and upon "fiduciaries" that are
          responsible for the operation of the Plan.  The Company may not
          discharge you or otherwise discriminate against you to prevent
          you from obtaining a benefit or exercising your rights under
          ERISA.

               If you have a claim for benefits which is denied in whole or
          in part, you must receive a written explanation stating the facts
          upon which the denial is based and the Plan provisions upon which
          the denial was based.
<PAGE>
               All decisions of the Avondale ERISA Review Committee shall
          be final and binding on all employees, participants and their
          beneficiaries.  No claimant may file suit in a court to obtain
          benefits under the Plan without first completely exhausting all
          stages of the claims review process.

               If Plan fiduciaries misuse the Plan's money, or if you are
          discriminated against for asserting your rights, you may seek
          assistance from the U.S. Department of Labor, or you may file a
          suit in a federal court.  If you are successful, the court may
          order the other party to pay your court costs and legal fees.  If
          you lose, the court may order you to pay these costs and fees-for
          example, if it finds your claim frivolous.

               If you have any questions about this statement or your
          rights under ERISA, you should contact the Plan Administrator at
          the nearest Area Office of the U.S. Department of Labor-
          Management Services Administrator, Department of Labor.

               Executed in Avondale, Louisiana, this 25th day of
          March, 1994.

          WITNESSES:                         AVONDALE SERVICES CORPORATION

          \s\ Jackie H. Walker               BY: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
          \s\ Robin L. Dempsey
<PAGE>
                                      EXHIBIT A

          The following individuals have been designated by the Board of
          Directors of Avondale Industries, Inc. as Participants in the
          Avondale Services Corporation Executive Group Insurance Benefits
          Plan:

                         Harris F. Arnold (Retired)
                         Albert L. Bossier, Jr.
                         Richard F. Brunner (Deceased)
                         Vivian
                         Ronald D. Church
                         Melvin Colen (Deceased) June
                         James H. Cottrell (Retired)
                         Rodney J. Duhon, Jr.
                         Kenneth B. Dupont
                         Ernest F. Griffin, Jr.
                         William A. Harmeyer (Retired)
                         Bruce L. Hicks
                         Thomas M. Kitchen
                         Rene P. Meric
                         Joseph W. Oberfell (Retired)








                             REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                              dated as of May 10, 1994

                                        among

                             AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.,

                                   as the Company

                           VARIOUS FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,

                                    as the Banks

                                         and

                                CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.

          as the Agent for the Banks
<PAGE>

                    This REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of May 10,
          1994, by and among AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., a Louisiana
          corporation (the "Company"), the various financial institutions
          signatory hereto (collectively, the "Banks," and, individually, a
          "Bank"), and CONTINENTAL BANK N.A. as agent for the Banks (the
          "Agent").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

                    WHEREAS, the Company wishes to repay certain of its
          existing Indebtedness, obtain a revolving credit facility to
          provide financing for the Company's reimbursement obligations
          under Letters of Credit and for general corporate purposes,
          including the Company's ongoing working capital requirements;

                    WHEREAS, the Company wishes to obtain a letter of
          credit facility (i) to refinance and replace certain existing
          letters of credit issued for the account of the Company and
          (ii) for the Company's ongoing letter of credit requirements; and

                    WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions
          set forth herein, the Agent is willing to cause the LC Issuer to
          issue letters of credit for the account of the Company and the
          Banks are willing to (i) make loans and advances to the Company
          and (ii) purchase participations in letters of credit issued by
          the LC Issuer for the account of the Company.

                    NOW, THEREFORE, the Company, the Banks and the Agent
          hereby agree as follows:


                                      SECTION I
                                     DEFINITIONS

                    Section 1.1  Defined Terms.  As used in this Agreement,
          the following terms shall have the following meanings (such
          definitions, and the definitions of all other terms defined
          herein, to be equally applicable to both their singular and
          plural forms):

                    "Account Debtor" shall mean, with respect to any
          Account, the Person who is obligated on such Account.

                    "Accounts" shall mean (i) any right to payment for
          goods sold, delivered or leased or for services rendered which is
          not evidenced by an instrument or chattel paper, whether or not
          it has been earned by performance and (ii) any right to payment
          due under any and all contracts for the construction of ships or
          other vessels.

                    "Acquisition" shall mean any transaction or series of
          transactions by which the Company acquires, either directly or
          through an Affiliate or Subsidiary or otherwise, (x) any or all
          of the stock or other securities of any class of any Person or
          (y) a substantial portion of the assets, or a division or line of
          business of any Person.
<PAGE>
                    "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income - Cash Flow Coverage"
          shall mean, for any period, the sum of:

                    (a)  Consolidated Net Income for such period;

               plus

                    (b)  depreciation and amortization of the Company and
               its Subsidiaries for such period;

               plus

                    (c)  extraordinary losses (or minus extraordinary
               gains) on the sale or other transfer of assets or adjustment
               of the carrying value of any assets, in each case, of the
               Company or its Subsidiaries for such period;

               less

                    (d)  Capital Expenditures of the Company or its
               Subsidiaries for such period; and

               less

                    (e)  cash dividends paid with respect to the capital
               stock of the Company for such period.

                    "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income - Interest Coverage"
          shall mean, for any period the sum of:

                    (a)  Consolidated Net Income for such period;

               plus

                    (b)  depreciation and amortization of the Company and
               its Subsidiaries for such period;

               plus

                    (c)  extraordinary losses (or minus extraordinary
               gains) on the sale or other transfer of assets or adjustment
               of the carrying value of any assets, in each case, of the
               Company or its Subsidiaries for such period;

               plus

                    (d) Consolidated Cash Interest Expense of the Company
               and its Subsidiaries for such period; and

               plus

                    (e) income tax expense of the Company and its
               Subsidiaries during such period.

                    "Affiliate" of any Person shall mean any other Person
          who, directly or indirectly, controls or is controlled by or is
          under common control with such Person.  A Person shall be deemed
<PAGE>
          to be "controlled by" any other Person who possesses, directly or
          indirectly, power: (a) to vote 10% or more of the securities
          having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of
          such Person, or (b) to direct or cause the direction of the
          management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or
          otherwise.

                    "Agent" shall mean Continental Bank N.A. and its
          successors, or such other Bank or financial institution as shall
          have been subsequently appointed as successor Agent pursuant to
          Section 9.3 of this Agreement.

                    "Agreement" shall mean this Revolving Credit Agreement,
          as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise
          modified from time to time.

                    "Alternate Base Rate" shall mean, for any day, a
          fluctuating rate of interest per annum equal to the greater of
          (i) the Base Rate in effect on such day or (ii) the Federal Funds
          Effective Rate in effect on such day plus .50%.  For purposes of
          this Agreement, any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a
          change in the Base Rate shall be effective on the date such
          change in the Base Rate is announced, any change in the Alternate
          Base Rate due to a change in the Federal Funds Effective Rate
          shall be effective on the effective date of such change in the
          Federal Funds Effective Rate.  If for any reason the Agent shall
          have determined (which determination shall be conclusive in the
          absence of manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the
          Federal Funds Effective Rate for any reason, including the
          inability or failure of the Agent to obtain sufficient bids or
          publications in accordance with the terms hereof, the Alternate
          Base Rate shall be a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the Base
          Rate in effect from time to time until the circumstances giving
          rise to such inability no longer exist.

                    "Applicable Margin" shall mean in respect of any
          Eurodollar Rate Loan, two and one-half (2.5%) percent.

                    "Articles of Incorporation" shall mean the Articles of
          Incorporation of the Company dated March 16, 1990 and March 20,
          1990, as filed with the Louisiana Secretary of State as the same
          may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

                    "Assessed Value" shall mean the fair market value as
          determined from time to time by an independent appraiser
          acceptable to the Agent, of a piece of property or equipment,
          less the amount of any Indebtedness secured by the property or
          equipment.
                    Assignment and Assumption Agreement shall mean an
          assignment and assumption agreement entered into by an assigning
          Bank and an assignee Bank, and accepted by the Agent, in
          accordance with Section 10.7, substantially in the form of
          Exhibit A.

                    "Assignment of Claims Notice (Company)" shall mean,
          collectively, the Notices of Assignment with respect to the Navy
          Contracts of the Company sent to the United States government by
<PAGE>
          the Agent, pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 as
          amended (31 U.S.C. 3727, 41 U.S.C. 15) and acknowledged by the
          appropriate administrative contracting officer, and disbursing
          officer, and if applicable, any surety on any bond applicable to
          the Navy Contracts.

                    "Available Commitment" shall mean, at any particular
          time, for each Bank, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of
          (a) the amount of such Bank's Commitment at such time over (b)
          the sum of the aggregate unpaid principal amount at such time of
          all Loans made by such Bank pursuant to this Agreement plus the
          amount of such Bank's Percentage of the Letter of Credit
          Outstandings at such time.

                    "Avondale Cash Debit" shall have the meaning assigned
          to such term in the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

                    "Avondale Drydock" shall mean that certain floating
          drydock named AVONDALE DRYDOCK, Official Number 568190.

                    "Bank Party" shall have the meaning given to said term
          in Section 10.5.

                    "Base Rate" shall mean, at any time and from time to
          time, the rate per annum then most recently announced by the
          Agent at its head office as its base or reference rate.  The Base
          Rate is not necessarily intended to be the lowest rate of
          interest determined by the Agent in connection with extensions of
          credit.  The Agent shall give notice promptly to the Company and
          the Banks of changes in the Base Rate.

                    "Base Rate Loans" shall mean a Loan bearing interest at
          a fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to the
          Alternate Base Rate.

                    "Borrowing Base" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 2.3(a).

                    "Borrowing Base Certificate" shall mean a certificate
          substantially in form of Exhibit B executed by a Responsible
          Officer of the Company and delivered to the Agent.

                    "Borrowing Date" shall mean any Business Day specified
          in a notice pursuant to Sections 2.4 or 3.1 as a date on which
          the Company requests the Banks to make Loans hereunder or the LC
          Issuer to issue a Letter of Credit.

                    "Borrowing Request" means a loan request and
          certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company
          on behalf of the Company and substantially in the form of Exhibit
          C.

                    "Business Day" shall mean:

                         (a) a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other
                    day on which commercial banks in Chicago, Illinois, are
                    authorized or required by law to close; and
<PAGE>
                         (b) relative to the date of:

                              (i) making or continuing any Loans as, or
                         converting any Loans from or into, Eurodollar Rate
                         Loans,

                              (ii) making any payment or prepayment of
                         principal of or payment of interest on any portion
                         of the principal amount of any Loans being
                         maintained as Eurodollar Rate Loans, or

                              (iii) the Company's giving notice (or the
                         number of Business Days to elapse prior to the
                         effectiveness thereof) in connection with any
                         matter referred to in clause (b)(i) or (b)(ii),

                    any day on which dealings in Dollars are carried on in
                    the interbank market of the Agent's Eurodollar Office.

                    "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, as to any Person,
          without duplication and for any period, the cost attributed in
          accordance with GAAP consistent with those applied in preparation
          of the financial statements referred to in Section 4.1 to
          acquisitions during such period by such Person of any asset,
          tangible or intangible, or replacements or substitutes therefor
          or additions thereto which such Person treated as a noncurrent
          asset on such Person's financial statements, including, without
          limitation, the acquisition or construction of assets having a
          useful life of more than one year.

                    "Cash Equivalent Investments" shall mean (i) securities
          issued, guaranteed or insured by the United States or any of its
          agencies with maturities of not more than one year from the date
          acquired; (ii) certificates of deposit or other deposit
          arrangements with maturities of not more than one year from the
          date acquired issued by a U.S. federal or state chartered
          commercial bank of recognized standing, which has capital and
          unimpaired surplus in excess of $200,000,000 and which bank or
          its holding company has a short-term commercial paper rating of
          at least A-1 or the equivalent by Standard & Poor's Corporation
          and at least P-1 or the equivalent by Moody's Investors Services,
          Inc.; (iii) reverse repurchase agreements with terms of not more
          than seven days from the date acquired, for securities of the
          type described in clause (i) above and entered into only with
          commercial banks having the qualifications described in clause
          (ii) above; (iv) commercial paper, master notes, or corporate
          debt obligations other than those issued by the Company or any of
          its Affiliates, issued by any Person incorporated under the laws
          of the United States or any state thereof and rated at least A-1
          or the equivalent thereof by Standard & Poor's Corporation, at
          least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody's Investors Service,
          Inc., or at least D-1 or the equivalent thereof by Duff & Phelps
          Credit Rating Company, in each case with maturities of not more
<PAGE>
          than one year from the date acquired; and (v) investments in
          money market funds registered under the Investment Company Act of
          1940, as amended, which have net assets of at least $200,000,000
          and at least eighty-five percent (85%) of whose assets consist of
          securities and other obligations of the type described in clauses
          (i) through (iv) above.

                    "Cash Flow Coverage Ratio" shall mean, for any period,
          the ratio of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income - Cash Flow
          Coverage during such period to (ii) Total Funded Debt as of the
          last day of such period (subject to adjustment as provided
          below).  The Cash Flow Coverage Ratio shall be calculated as of
          the last day of each fiscal quarter of the Company as follows:
          (i) for the Company's fiscal quarters ending on June 30 and
          September 30, 1994 Adjusted Consolidated Net Income - Cash Flow
          shall be calculated for the period beginning on January 1, 1994
          and ending on such date and shall be multiplied by 2 and 1- 1/3,
          respectively, and (ii) for the Company's fiscal quarters ending
          on and after December 31, 1994, Adjusted Consolidated Net Income
          - Cash Flow shall be calculated for the four quarter period
          ending on such date and no adjustment shall be made thereto.

                    "Cash Management Letter" shall mean a letter
          substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

                    "CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental
          Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

                    "CERCLIS" shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental
          Compensation Liability Information System List.

                    "Change of Control" shall mean any of the following
          events:

                    (i)  less than a majority of the members of the
                         Company's Board of Directors shall be persons who
                         either (A) were serving as directors on the date
                         of this Agreement or (B) were nominated as
                         directors and approved by the vote of the majority
                         of the directors who are directors referred to in
                         clause (A) above or this clause (B);
                    (ii) the failure of the Company to own 100% of the
                         capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor; or

                    (iii)     the stockholders of the Company shall approve
                              any plan or proposal for the liquidation or
                              dissolution of the Company.

                    "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
          amended from time to time.

                    "Code Affiliate" shall mean each trade or business
          (whether or not incorporated) which together with the Company is
          treated as a "single employer" under subsection (b), (c), (m) or
          (o) of Section 414 of the Code.
<PAGE>
                    "Collateral" shall mean all of the property in respect
          of which a Lien has been granted by the Company or any Subsidiary
          Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks and
          the LC Issuer under the terms of the Collateral Documents.

                    "Collateral Access Agreement" shall mean any landlord
          waivers, mortgagee waivers, bailee letters or similar
          acknowledgment agreements of any warehouseman or processor in
          possession of any Inventory, in each case, in form and substance
          acceptable to the Agent.

                    "Collateral Documents" shall mean all of the contracts,
          instruments and other documents now or hereafter executed and
          delivered in connection with this Agreement, pursuant to which
          Liens are granted to the Agent in the Collateral for the benefit
          of the Banks and the LC Issuer, including, without limitation the
          900 Foot Floating Drydock Mortgage, Security Agreement (Company),
          Subsidiary Guarantees, Stock Pledge Agreement (Company),
          Subsidiary Security Agreements, each Assignment of Claims Notice
          (Company) and Stock Pledge Agreement (ATS).

                    "Commitment" shall mean, for each Bank, for the period
          from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the
          Expiration Date the amount set forth in Schedule I under the
          heading "Commitment" as such amount may be adjusted pursuant to
          Section 2.5, Section VIII or Section 10.7.

                    "Consent Notice" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 2.17.

                    "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period,
          the consolidated net income (or net loss) of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.

                    "Consolidated Net Worth" shall mean, at a particular
          date, all amounts which would be included under shareholders'
          equity (except amounts relating to the then outstanding principal
          balance of any Preferred Stock) on a consolidated balance sheet
          of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with
          GAAP as at such date.

                    "Consolidated Cash Interest Expense" shall mean, for
          any period, the amount of any cash interest paid by the Company
          and it Subsidiaries during such period, determined in accordance
          with GAAP.

                    "Contingent Obligation" shall mean, as to any Person,
          any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or in effect
          guaranteeing any Indebtedness, lease, dividend or other
          obligation (the "primary obligations") of any other Person (the
          "primary obligor") in any manner, whether directly or indirectly,
          including, without limitation, any obligation of such Person,
          whether or not contingent (a) to purchase any such primary
          obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect
          security therefor, (b) to advance or supply funds (i) for the
          purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (ii) to
          maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor
<PAGE>
          or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary
          obligor or to permit the primary obligor to meet financial
          covenants, (c) to purchase property, securities or services
          primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such
          primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make
          payment of such primary obligation or (d) otherwise to assure or
          hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against
          loss in respect thereof, including, without limitation contingent
          obligations with respect to performance and other similar bonds
          and instruments whether secured or unsecured; provided, however,
          that the term Contingent Obligation shall not include
          endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the
          ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Contingent
          Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or
          determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which
          such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or
          determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in
          respect thereof as determined by the Company in good faith.

                    "Continental" shall mean Continental Bank N.A. and its
          successors.

                    "Continuation/Conversion Notice" means a notice of
          continuation or conversion and certificate duly executed by a
          Responsible Officer of the Company and substantially in the form
          of Exhibit E.

                    "Contractual Obligation" shall mean, as to any Person,
          any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any
          agreement, instrument or undertaking to which such Person is a
          party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

                    "Credit Extension" shall mean (i) the making of any
          Loan hereunder; or (ii) the issuance, renewal, modification or
          extension of any Letter of Credit.
                    "Credits" shall have the meaning set forth in the
          Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

                    "Customary Permitted Liens" shall mean (i) Liens for
          taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and
          by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect
          thereto are maintained on the books of the Company or the
          appropriate Subsidiary, as the case may be, in accordance with
          GAAP, (ii) carriers', warehousemen's, mechanics', materialmen's,
          repairmen's, vendor's, lessor's, workmen's, refurbisher's,
          bunkerer's, employee's, crew's, stevedore's or other like Liens
          or Liens for salvage, in each case, arising in the ordinary
          course of business by operation of law which are not overdue for
          a period of more than ninety days or which are being contested in
          good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
          reserves have been made and (iii) Liens for salvage and general
          average which are either unclaimed or fully covered by insurance.

                    "Debits" shall have the meaning set forth in the
          Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.
<PAGE>
                    "Default" shall mean any of the events specified in
          Section VIII of this Agreement, whether or not any requirement
          for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, or any
          other condition, has been satisfied.

                    "Disbursement Date" shall have the meaning given to
          said term in Section 3.5.

                    "Dividend Calculation Period" shall have the meaning
          given to said term in Section 7.6.

                    "Dollars" and "$" shall mean dollars in lawful currency
          of the United States of America.

                    "Domestic Office" means, relative to any Bank, the
          office of such Bank designated as such below its signature hereto
          (or such other office of such Bank (or any successor or permitted
          assign of such Bank) within the United States as may be
          designated from time to time by notice from such Bank to the
          Agent and the Company.

                    "Effective Date" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 5.1.

                    "Eligible Billed Commercial Receivables" shall mean at
          any date, except as hereinafter provided in this definition, the
          aggregate face amount of all trade Accounts of the Company and
          the Subsidiary Guarantors, reduced (without duplication for the
          amounts referred to in clauses (a) through (n) below) by the
          amount of all returns, discounts, claims, credits, charges, or
          other allowances and by the aggregate amount of all reserves and
          limits (including limits on credit exposure to any Account
          Debtor) required by the Agent pursuant to Section 2.3(b).  Unless
          otherwise approved in writing by the Agent, no Account shall be
          deemed to be an Eligible Billed Commercial Receivable unless it
          satisfies each of the following requirements to the satisfaction
          of the Agent:

                    (a)  the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor
               has title to such Account;

                    (b)  such Account is a valid, binding and legally
               enforceable obligation of the applicable Account Debtor;

                    (c)  such Account is not the subject of any dispute,
               setoff, counterclaim or other claim or defense on the part
               of the Account Debtor denying liability under such Account,
               in each case, in whole or in part; provided that if only a
               portion of any such Account is the subject of any such
               dispute, setoff, counterclaim, or other claim or defense on
               the part of the Account Debtor denying liability under such
               Account, only the portion of such Account which is subject
               to such dispute, setoff, counterclaim or defense shall be
               excluded as an Eligible Billed Commercial Receivable as a
               result of the requirements specified in this clause (c);
<PAGE>
                    (d)  the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor has the
               right to assign and grant Liens in such Account to the Agent
               as security for the Obligations (or, in the case of a
               Subsidiary Guarantor, as security for its obligations under
               the Subsidiary Guarantee executed by it);

                    (e)  such Account is subject to a fully perfected Lien
               in favor of the Agent for its benefit and the ratable
               benefit of the Banks, which Lien is fully perfected and,
               subject only to Customary Permitted Liens, prior to the
               rights of, and enforceable as such against, all other
               Persons;

                    (f)  such Account is not subject to any Lien in favor
               of any Person other than the Liens created by the applicable
               Collateral Documents and Customary Permitted Liens;

                    (g)  such Account is a bona fide Account arising from
               the delivery, charge or sale (on an absolute basis and not
               on a consignment, approval, or sale-and-return basis) of
               goods or the rendering of services by the Company or a
               Subsidiary Guarantor in the ordinary course of its business,
               which goods have been shipped, delivered or charged and made
               available to, or which services have been performed for, the
               Account Debtor for such Account; provided that, subject to
               the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, up to
               $3,000,000 of the aggregate face amount of Accounts of the
               Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may constitute
               Eligible Billed Commercial Receivables regardless of whether
               the goods or services with respect to which such Account
               relates have been delivered or fully performed;
                    (i)  with respect to such Account, no Account Debtor is

                         (i)  incorporated in or primarily conducting
                    business in any jurisdiction located outside the United
                    States unless (A) such sale is either on an irrevocable
                    letter of credit acceptable to the Agent or acceptance
                    terms acceptable to the Agent or (B) such Account and
                    the related Account Debtor is otherwise approved by the
                    Agent in writing; provided that, the provisions of this
                    clause (i) shall not apply to the extent that such
                    Account Debtor is British Petroleum or any of its
                    Subsidiaries to the extent such Account is guaranteed
                    by British Petroleum, or Holland America or any of its
                    Subsidiaries to the extent such Account is guaranteed
                    by Holland America,

                         (ii)  an Affiliate of the Company or any of its
                    Subsidiaries,

                         (iii)  a foreign government or any agency,
                    department or instrumentality thereof unless such sale
                    is on an irrevocable letter of credit acceptable to the
                    Agent or acceptance terms acceptable to the Agent,
<PAGE>
                         (iv)  the subject of any reorganization,
                    bankruptcy, debt arrangement, receivership,
                    custodianship, insolvency or other case or proceeding
                    under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any
                    dissolution, winding up or liquidation proceeding (and
                    such Account Debtor has not become insolvent or
                    generally failed to pay, or admitted in writing its
                    inability or unwillingness to pay, debts as they become
                    due), or

                         (v)  an agency, department or instrumentality of
                    the United States or any state or local governmental
                    authority in the United States;

                    (j)  such Account is not outstanding more than 90 days
               after the date of the original applicable invoice related
               thereto;

                    (k)  such Account is not an Account owing by an Account
               Debtor as to which, at the time of any determination of
               Eligible Billed Commercial Receivables, more than 50% of the
               aggregate amount owing by such Account Debtor to the Company
               or any Subsidiary Guarantor under Accounts has been
               outstanding more than 90 days after the date of the original
               applicable invoice related thereto;

                    (l)  no warranty or representation contained in this
               Agreement or any Loan Document applicable either to Accounts
               in general or to such Account has been breached in any
               material respect with respect to such Account;
                    (m)  such Account is denominated in Dollars and is
               payable within the United States; and

                    (n)  the sale represented by such Account is not on
               terms longer than 60 days (or in the case of sales to Lykes
               Lines Incorporated, on terms longer than 90 days).

                    "Eligible Billed U.S. Government Receivables" shall
          mean at any date, except as hereinafter provided in this
          definition, the aggregate face amount of all trade Accounts of
          the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, reduced (without
          duplication for the amounts referred to in clauses (a) through
          (m) below) by the amount of all returns, discounts, claims,
          credits, charges, or other allowances and by the aggregate amount
          of all reserves and limits required by the Agent pursuant to
          Section 2.3(b).  Unless otherwise approved in writing by the
          Agent, no Account shall be deemed to be an Eligible Billed U.S.
          Government Receivable unless it satisfies each of the following
          requirements to the satisfaction of the Agent:

                    (a)  the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor
               has title to such Account;

                    (b)  such Account is a valid, binding and legally
               enforceable obligation of the applicable Account Debtor;
<PAGE>
                    (c)  such Account is not the subject of any dispute,
               setoff, counterclaim or other claim or defense on the part
               of the Account Debtor denying liability under such Account,
               in each case, in whole or in part; provided that if only a
               portion of any such Account is the subject of any such
               dispute, setoff, counterclaim, or other claim or defense on
               the part of the Account Debtor denying liability under such
               Account, only the portion of such Account which is subject
               to such dispute, setoff, counterclaim or defense shall be
               excluded as an Eligible Billed Commercial Receivable as a
               result of the requirements specified in this clause (c);

                    (d)  the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor has the
               right to assign and grant Liens in such Account to the Agent
               as security for the Obligations (or, in the case of a
               Subsidiary Guarantor, as security for its obligations under
               the Subsidiary Guarantee executed by it);

                    (e)  such Account is subject to a fully perfected Lien
               in favor of the Agent for its benefit and the ratable
               benefit of the Banks, which Lien is fully perfected and,
               subject only to Customary Permitted Liens, prior to the
               rights of, and enforceable as such against, all other
               Persons;

                    (f)  such Account is not subject to any Lien in favor
               of any Person other than the Liens created by the applicable
               Collateral Documents and Customary Permitted Liens;
                    (g)  such Account is a bona fide Account arising from
               the delivery, charge or sale (on an absolute basis and not
               on a consignment, approval, or sale-and-return basis) of
               goods or the rendering of services by the Company or a
               Subsidiary Guarantor in the ordinary course of its business,
               which goods have been shipped, delivered or charged and made
               available to, or which services have been performed for, the
               Account Debtor for such Account;

                    (h)  such Account arises under a Government Contract
               with, and the Account Debtor with respect to such Account
               is, the United States or any agency or instrumentality
               thereof, including, without limitation, the United States
               Navy;

                    (i)  such Account is not outstanding more than 30 days
               after the date of the original applicable invoice related
               thereto;

                    (j)  no warranty or representation contained in this
               Agreement or any Loan Document applicable either to Accounts
               in general or to such Account has been breached in any
               material respect with respect to such Account;

                    (k)  the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor
               has assigned its rights to payment of such Account to the
               Agent pursuant to the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as
               amended (31 U.S.C. 3727, 41 U.S.C. 15), to the satisfaction
               of the Agent;
<PAGE>
                    (l)  such Account is denominated in Dollars and is
               payable within the United States; and

                    (m)  the sale represented by such Account is payable
               upon presentation of the applicable invoice related thereto
               to the contracting officer specified in the related
               Government Contract.

                    "Eligible Commercial Inventory" shall mean, at any
          date, except as hereinafter provided in this definition, the
          value of Inventory of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors
          that consists of raw materials or finished goods.  In determining
          such value such Inventory shall be valued at the lower of cost
          (determined on an average cost basis) or market, less any goods
          in transit to third parties (other than to the Company's or a
          Subsidiary Guarantor's agents and warehouses for which the
          Company has obtained the documentation referred to in clause (b)
          below).  The Borrowing Base shall also be reduced by the amount
          of any reserves required by the Agent pursuant to Section 2.3(b).
          Unless otherwise approved in writing by the Agent, no Inventory
          shall be deemed Eligible Commercial Inventory unless it satisfies
          each of the following requirements to the satisfaction of the
          Agent:

                    (a)  the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor
               has title to such Inventory;

                    (b)  with respect to any Inventory located on property
               (i) owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor which
               is subject to a mortgage, deed of trust or similar Lien in
               favor of a Person other than the Agent, or (ii) which is not
               owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if
               requested by the Agent, the Company shall have delivered to
               the Agent a Collateral Access Agreement executed, as
               applicable, by the mortgagee, landlord, warehouseman or
               processor with respect thereto;

                    (c)  the Company or its applicable Subsidiary Guarantor
               has the right to assign and grant a Lien in such Inventory
               to the Agent as security for the Obligations;

                    (d)  all of such Inventory is subject to a Lien in
               favor of the Agent for its benefit and the ratable benefit
               of the Banks, which Lien is fully perfected and, subject
               only to Customary Permitted Liens, prior to the rights of,
               and enforceable as such against, all other Persons;

                    (e)  none of such Inventory is subject to any Lien in
               favor of any Person other than the Liens created by the
               applicable Collateral Documents and Customary Permitted
               Liens;

                    (f)  none of such Inventory is supplies and packaging;
<PAGE>
                    (g)  none of such Inventory is subject to any
               consignment with any Person;

                    (h)  such Inventory meets in all material respects all
               material standards imposed by any Person having regulatory
               authority over such goods or their use and/or sale;

                    (i)  such Inventory is located in one of the plants or
               shipyards operated by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor;

                    (j)  such Inventory has not been charged to a contract;
               and

                    (k)  none of such Inventory has given rise to any
               Account

                    "Environmental Laws" means:

                    (a)  CERCLA;

                    (b)  the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as
          amended by the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendment Act of 1984,
          42 U.S.C.A. Section 6901 et seq.;

                    (c)  the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C.A. Section 7401 et
          seq.;

                    (d)  the Clean Water Act of 1977, 33 U.S.C.A. Section
          1251 et seq.;

                    (e)  the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C.A.
          Section 2601 et seq.; and

                    (f)  all other Federal, state and local laws, rules and
          regulations relating to air pollution, water pollution, noise
          control and/or the handling, discharge, existence, disposal or
          recovery of on-site or off-site hazardous, toxic or dangerous
          waste, substances or materials, as each of the foregoing may be
          amended from time to time.

                    "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income
          Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

                    "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean each trade or business
          (whether or not incorporated) which together with the Company
          would be deemed to be a "single employer" within the meaning of
          Section 4001 of ERISA.

                    "ESOP" shall have the meaning given to said term in
          Section 4.12.
<PAGE>
                    "Eurodollar Office" shall mean, relative to any Bank,
          the office of such Bank designated as such below its signature
          hereto (or, in the case of an assignee pursuant to Section 10.7,
          in the assignment executed by it) or such other office of such
          Bank as designated from time to time by notice from such Bank to
          the Company and the Agent, whether or not outside the United
          States, which shall be making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate
          Loans of such Bank hereunder.

                    "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, relative to the Interest
          Period for each Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising all or any part
          of the same borrowing, the rate of interest equal to the average
          (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%) of the
          rates per annum at which Dollar deposits in immediately available
          funds are offered to each Reference Bank's Eurodollar Office in
          the interbank eurodollar market as at or about 10:00 a.m.,
          Chicago time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such
          Interest Period, for delivery on the first day of such Interest
          Period, in an amount approximately equal or comparable to the
          amount of such Reference Bank's Eurodollar Rate Loan comprising
          part of such borrowing and for a period equal to such Interest
          Period.

                    "Eurodollar Rate (Adjusted)" means, relative to any
          portion of a Loan to be made, continued or maintained as, or
          converted into, a Eurodollar Rate Loan for any Interest Period, a
          rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
          1/16 of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

                    Eurodollar Rate     =           Eurodollar Rate
                    (Adjusted)                    1 - the Eurodollar
                                                      Reserve Percentage

                    "Eurodollar Rate Loan" shall mean a Loan bearing
          interest, at all times during the Interest Period applicable to
          such Loan, at a rate of interest determined by reference to the
          Eurodollar Rate (Adjusted).

                    "Eurodollar Reserve Percentage" shall mean, relative to
          any Interest Period, the reserve percentage (expressed as a
          decimal) equal to the maximum aggregate reserve requirements
          (including all basic, emergency, supplemental, marginal and other
          reserves and taking into account any transitional adjustments or
          other scheduled changes in reserve requirements) specified under
          regulations issued from time to time by the F.R.S. Board and then
          applicable to assets or liabilities consisting of and including
          "Eurocurrency Liabilities", as currently defined in Regulation D
          of the F.R.S. Board, having a term approximately equal or
          comparable to such Interest Period.

                    "Event of Default" shall mean any of the events
          specified in Section VIII of this Agreement, provided that any
          requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both,
          or any other condition has been satisfied.
<PAGE>
                    "Excess Subsidiary Borrowing Base Amount" shall mean,
          with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor the excess, if any, of
          (i)(A) seventy-five percent (75%) of such Subsidiary Guarantor's
          Eligible Billed Commercial Receivables, plus  (B) sixty percent
          (60%) of such Subsidiary Guarantor's Eligible Billed U.S.
          Government Receivables, plus (C) forty percent (40%) of such
          Subsidiary Guarantor's Eligible Commercial Inventory over (ii)
          the maximum liability of such Subsidiary Guarantor under, and
          determined pursuant to the provisions of, the Subsidiary Guaranty
          executed by it.

                    "Existing Credit Facility" shall mean the loans and
          other financial accommodations made to the Company pursuant to
          that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of
          April 16, 1992, as amended, among the Company, various financial
          institutions party thereto and Canadian Imperial Bank of
          Commerce, New York Agency, as agent.

                    "Expiration Date" shall mean the earlier to occur of
          (i) May 10, 1996; provided, however that in the event the
          "Expiration Date" is extended pursuant to Section 2.17 the date
          in this clause (i) shall be extended to such extended Expiration
          Date, or (ii) the earliest date on which all of the following
          shall have occurred:  (x) the Letter of Credit Outstandings is
          zero, (y) all Obligations (including, without limitation, all
          Reimbursement Obligations) have been indefeasibly paid in full in
          cash and have otherwise been satisfied and discharged in full and
          (z) all Commitments have been reduced to zero.

                    "Extension Date" shall mean the date which is one year
          prior to the then current Expiration Date.

                    "Extension Notice" shall mean a notice to the Agent
          from the Company substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

                    "Federal Funds Effective Rate" means, for any day, an
          interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the
          rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the
          Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as
          published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York,
          or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a
          Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such
          transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds
          brokers of recognized standing selected by it.  In the case of a
          day which is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate
          for such day shall be the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the
          next preceding Business Day.

                    "Fee Letter" shall mean that certain letter dated March
          22, 1994 between Continental and the Company providing for, among
          other things, the payment of certain fees in connection with this
          Agreement.
<PAGE>
                    "Financing Lease" shall mean any lease obligation which
          is capitalized on a balance sheet of a Person prepared in
          accordance with GAAP.

                    First Preferred Ship Mortgage shall mean that certain
          First Preferred Ship Mortgage dated October 21, 1975, granted on
          the Avondale Drydock by Avondale Shipyards, Inc., a Louisiana
          corporation and predecessor-in-interest to the Company, in favor
          of the United States of America, represented by the Secretary of
          Transportation, acting by and through the Maritime Administrator,
          and recorded in the office of the Vessel Documentation Officer,
          U.S. Coast Guard (the "Documentation Officer") in New Orleans,
          Louisiana, in Preferred Mortgage Book No. 100, Instrument No. 1,
          on October 21, 1975, at 10:30 a.m., as amended and supplemented
          by that certain Assumption Agreement and Supplement No. 1 to
          First Preferred Ship Mortgage dated September 27, 1985, made and
          executed by Avondale Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation and
          predecessor-in-interest to Mortgagor, and recorded in the office
          of the Documentation Officer in New Orleans, Louisiana, in
          Preferred Mortgage Book 177, Instrument 71, on September 27,
          1985, at 10:50 a.m., and as further assumed and supplemented by
          that certain Assumption Agreement and Supplement No. 2 to First
          Preferred Ship Mortgage dated March 13, 1991, made and executed
          by Company, and recorded in the office of the Documentation
          Officer in New Orleans, Louisiana, in Preferred Mortgage Book No.
          228, Instrument No. 116, on March 13, 1991, at 10:39 a.m.
                    "Fixed Asset Property" shall mean property, plant and
          equipment listed on the Company's consolidated balance sheet at
          any time and which does not constitute Collateral.

                    "F.R.S. Board" shall mean the Board of Governors of the
          Federal Reserve System.

                    "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting
          principles in the United States of America in effect from time to
          time.

                    "Government Contract" shall have the meaning given to
          said term in Section 4.18.

                    Governmental Authority" shall mean any sovereign state
          or nation or government, any state or other political subdivision
          thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative,
          judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
          to government, including, without limitation, the United States
          Department of Defense and the United States Navy.

                    "Gulfport" means Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc., a
          Delaware corporation.
<PAGE>
                    "Hazardous Material" shall mean and includes (a) any
          asbestos, PCBs, or dioxins, or insulation or other material
          composed of or containing asbestos, PCBs or dioxins, (b) any
          petroleum product, and (c) any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous
          waste, substance, or material defined as such in (or for purposes
          of) CERCLA, any so-called "Superfund" or "Superlien" law, or any
          other applicable federal, state, local, or other statute, law,
          ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating,
          relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct
          concerning, any hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance,
          or material, as now or at any time hereafter in effect.

                    "Impermissible Qualification" shall mean, relative to
          the opinion or certification of any independent public accountant
          as to any financial statement of any Person, any qualification or
          exception to such opinion or certification which:

                         (a) is of a "going concern" or similar nature;

                         (b) relates to the limited scope of examination or
               matters relevant to such financial statement.

                    "Indebtedness" of a Person, shall mean, at a particular
          date, the sum (without duplication and in conformity with GAAP)
          at such date of (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed
          money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services
          (including, without limitation, all notes payable and all
          obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
          similar instruments but excluding trade payables incurred in the
          ordinary course of business), (b) obligations with respect to any
          installment sale or conditional sale agreement or title retention
          agreement, (c) indebtedness arising under acceptance facilities,
          (d) unpaid reimbursement obligations arising in connection with
          surety, performance or other similar bonds and in connection with
          standby letters of credit issued in lieu of such bonds, (e) the
          outstanding amount of all other letters of credit (other than
          those referred to in clause (d)) issued for the account of such
          Person and, without duplication, all unpaid reimbursement
          obligations thereunder, (f) Financing Leases, (g) payment
          obligations with respect to interest rate swap, cap, collar,
          floating rate or similar agreements, (h) any withdrawal liability
          obligation of such Person or an ERISA Affiliate to a
          Multiemployer Plan, (i) any Preferred Stock of such Person to the
          extent that such Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of
          such Person or the holder thereof into Indebtedness of a type
          described in another clause of this definition, and (j)
          Contingent Obligations of such Person, including, without
          limitation Contingent Obligations with respect to performance and
          other similar bonds and instruments whether secured or unsecured,
          but excluding any Contingent Obligations of the Company under the
          Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

                    "Indemnified Liabilities" shall have the meaning given
          to such term in Section 10.5.
<PAGE>
                    "Initial Credit Event" shall mean the initial Credit
          Extension hereunder.

                    "Interest Coverage Ratio" shall mean, for any period,
          the ratio of (i) Adjusted Consolidated Net Income - Interest
          Coverage during such period to (ii) Consolidated Cash Interest
          Expense during such period.  The Interest Coverage Ratio shall be
          calculated as of the last day of each fiscal quarter of the
          Company as follows:  (i) for the Company's fiscal quarters ending
          on June 30 and September 30, 1994 Adjusted Consolidated Net
          Income - Interest Coverage and Consolidated Cash Interest Expense
          shall be calculated for the period beginning on January 1, 1994
          and ending on such date and (ii) for the Company's fiscal
          quarters ending on or after December 31, 1994, Adjusted
          Consolidated Net Income - Interest Coverage Ratio and
          Consolidated Cash Interest shall be calculated for the four
          quarter period ending on such date.

                    "Interest Period" shall mean the period from the date
          on which such Eurodollar Rate Loan is made or continued as, or
          converted into, a Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 2.4 or
          2.7, and, unless the maturity of such Eurodollar Rate Loan is
          accelerated, the day which numerically corresponds to such date
          one, two or three months thereafter as the Company may select in
          its irrevocable notice of borrowing to the Agent as provided in
          Section 2.4 or in its notice of conversion as provided in Section
          2.7 of this Agreement as the case may be; provided that, the
          foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to
          the following:
                         (a)  the Company shall not be permitted to select
               Interest Periods to be in effect at any one time which have
               expiration dates occurring on more than 4 different dates;

                         (b)  if there exists no numerically corresponding
               day in such month, such Interest Period shall end on the
               last Business Day of such month;

                         (c)  if such Interest Period would otherwise end
               on a day which is not a Business Day, such Interest Period
               shall end on the next following Business Day (unless such
               next following Business Day is a Business Day falling in a
               new calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall
               end on the Business Day next preceding such numerically
               corresponding day); and

                         (d)  the Company shall not be permitted to select,
               and there shall not be applicable, any Interest Period that
               would end later than the Expiration Date.
<PAGE>
                    "Inventory" shall mean all of the Company's "inventory"
          as that term is defined in Section 9-109(4) of the UCC, and shall
          include, without limitation: (i) all raw materials, work in
          process, parts, components, assemblies, supplies and materials
          used or consumed in the Company's business; (ii) all goods, wares
          and merchandise, finished or unfinished, held for sale or lease
          or leased or furnished or to be furnished under contracts of
          service; and (iii) all goods returned or repossessed by the
          Company.

                    "Investment" means, relative to any Person:

                         (a)  any loan or advance made by such Person to
               any other Person (excluding commission, travel and similar
               advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary
               course of business);

                         (b)  any Contingent Obligation of such Person; and

                         (c)  any ownership or similar interest held by
               such Person in any other Person.

                    "Issuance Fee" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 3.3.

                    "Issuance Request" shall mean a certificate duly
          executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company in substantially
          the form of Exhibit G, and delivered to the LC Issuer (with a
          copy to the Agent) requesting its issuance of the Letter of
          Credit described therein.

                    "Jo Ann Agreements" shall mean, collectively, (i) the
          Trust Indenture dated July 1, 1981, between Board of
          Commissioners of the Port of New Orleans (the "Port") and First
          National Bank of Commerce as Trustee (the "Bond Trustee"), as
          supplemented by that certain First Supplemental Indenture dated
          June 1, 1983 (the "First Supplemental Indenture"), and the Series
          1983 Industrial Revenue Bonds outstanding and issued pursuant to
          the terms thereof (the "Jo Ann Bonds"), (ii) the Installment
          Sales Agreement dated July 1, 1981, between the Port and the
          Company, as supplemented by that certain First Supplemental
          Installment Sales Agreement dated June 1, 1983 (as so
          supplemented, the "Installment Sales Agreement"), (iii) the
          Reimbursement Agreement dated as of March 18, 1993 (the "Ogden
          Reimbursement Agreement"), between Chemical Bank as successor by
          merger to Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company ("Chemical Bank")
          and Ogden, (iv) the Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. SC016860
          (prior to any amendment, the "Original Letter of Credit"), as
          amended by an Amendment to Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.
          SC016860 issued by Chemical Bank for the account of Ogden in the
          original face amount of $37,994,532 in favor of First National
<PAGE>
          Bank of Commerce, as Bond Trustee (as so amended, the "Ogden
          Letter of Credit"), (v) the Guaranty Agreement dated as of July
          1, 1981, made by Ogden Management Corporation in favor of the
          Bond Trustee, as supplemented by that certain First Supplemental
          Guaranty Agreement dated as of June 1, 1983, and (vi) the
          Guaranty and Indemnity Agreement dated July 1, 1981, made by
          Ogden in favor of the Port, as supplemented by that certain First
          Supplemental Guaranty and Indemnity Agreement dated June 1, 1983,
          in the case of each of the agreements and documents referenced in
          the foregoing clauses, as the same may be amended, supplemented
          or otherwise modified from time to time.

                    "Jo Ann Drydock" shall mean that certain floating
          drydock named JO ANN DRYDOCK, Official Number 982958.

                    "Jo Ann Drydock Assets" shall mean the Jo Ann Drydock
          and the other property and assets of the Company which were
          purchased and/or constructed with the proceeds of the Jo Ann
          Bonds.

                    "Jo Ann Refinancing Indebtedness" shall mean the
          Indebtedness of the Company incurred to refinance the Jo Ann
          Bonds as contemplated by the first sentence of Section 7.17.

                    "LC Issuer" shall mean Continental in its individual
          capacity and not as Agent and, with the consent of the Agent, the
          Company and such Bank, any other Bank.  With respect to Letters
          of Credit issued by the LC Issuer, the LC Issuer shall have the
          benefits of each provision of this Agreement as if it were a
          Bank, and provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan
          Documents which are for "the benefit of the Banks" shall also be
          for the benefit of the LC Issuer.  If there shall be more than
          one LC Issuer at any time, to the extent relevant, the term "LC
          Issuer" shall mean both LC Issuers.

                    "Letter of Credit" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 3.1.
                    "Letter of Credit Availability" shall mean, at any
          time, the lesser of (a) $25,000,000 minus any Letter of Credit
          Outstanding(s) and (b) the aggregate amount of then Available
          Commitments.

                    "Letter of Credit Commission" shall mean one and seven-
          eighths percent (1.875%) per annum.

                    "Letter of Credit Fee" shall have the meaning given to
          said term in Section 3.3.

                    "Letter of Credit Outstandings" shall mean, at any
          time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn,
          available amount at such time of all Letters of Credit then
          outstanding plus (b) the then aggregate amount of all unpaid and
          outstanding Reimbursement Obligations.
<PAGE>
                    "Lien" shall mean any security interest, mortgage,
          pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
          encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), or preference, priority
          or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any
          kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any
          conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any
          Financing Lease, and the filing of any financing statement (but
          only to the extent any such financing statement purports to
          record the grant of a security interest and not including any
          financing statements filed for notice purposes only) under the
          UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction in respect of any of
          the foregoing).

                    "Line of Credit" shall mean the aggregate revolving
          credit line extended by the Banks to the Company for Loans and
          Letters of Credit pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of
          this Agreement, in the amount of $35,000,000.00 as such amount
          may be reduced from time to time in accordance with Section 2.5
          or Section VIII.

                    "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the
          Revolving Notes, the Letters of Credit, the Collateral Documents,
          and all instruments, agreements and documents now or hereafter
          executed and delivered in connection herewith or therewith.

                    "Loans" shall have the meaning given to said term in
          Section 2.1.

                    "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean, a material
          adverse effect on the business, operations, property or financial
          or other condition of the Company or the Company and its
          Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Company
          or any Subsidiary to perform its obligations under this
          Agreement, the Revolving Notes or the other Loan Documents.

                    "Maximum Cash Debit Amount":  means the difference
          between $1,000,000 and any cash amount(s) previously paid by the
          Company in satisfaction of Debits under the Preferred Stock
          Purchase Agreement.

                    "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean any multiemployer plan
          as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

                    "Navy Contracts" shall mean any and all contracts
          between the Company and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor and the
          United States Navy, including, but not limited to those listed on
          Schedule II, which Schedule lists each Navy Contract in excess of
          $5,000,000 in effect as of the date of this Agreement, and all
          contracts entered into after the date hereof between the Company
          (and/or any Subsidiary Guarantor) and the United States Navy.

                    "900 Foot Floating Drydock Mortgage" shall mean the
          Second Preferred Ship Mortgage dated as of the date hereof made
          by the Company in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Agent
          and the Banks, covering the Avondale Drydock, as the same may be
          amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
<PAGE>
                    "Non-United States Person" shall mean a Person who is
          not a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation,
          partnership or other entity created or organized under the laws
          of the United States, or an estate or trust the income of which
          is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of
          its source.

                    "Obligations" shall mean all obligations (monetary or
          otherwise) of the Company to the Agent and/or the Banks arising
          under or in connection with this Agreement, the Revolving Notes
          (including, without limitation, the Reimbursement Obligations and
          the Letters of Credit) and the other Loan Documents, whether
          direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due
          or now existing or hereafter incurred.

                    "Ogden" shall mean Ogden Corporation, a Delaware
          corporation, in its own right and as successor by merger to Ogden
          American Corporation.

                    "Ogden Cash Credit" shall have the meaning assigned to
          such term in the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

                    "Ogden Letter of Intent " shall mean that certain
          letter agreement dated as of April 29, 1994, between the Company
          and Ogden, pursuant to which, and subject to the terms and
          conditions set forth therein, the Preferred Stock Purchase
          Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement will be terminated in
          certain circumstances, and shall include any definitive agreement
          embodying the terms of such letter of intent.

                    "Payment Office" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 2.11.

                    "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty
          Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of
          ERISA, and any successor to PBGC.

                    "Percentage" of any Bank shall mean, at any time, the
          percentage set forth opposite such Bank's name on Schedule I as
          the same may be adjusted pursuant to Section 10.7.

                    "Permitted Liens" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 7.2.

                    "Person" shall mean an individual, partnership,
          corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint
          stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture,
          Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

                    "Plan" shall mean any employee benefit plan which is
          covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Company or an ERISA
          Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time,
          would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an "employer"
          as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

                    "Preferred Stock" shall mean any shares of stock of the
          Company designated as Preferred Stock in the Articles of
          Incorporation of the Company.
<PAGE>
                    "Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement" shall mean that
          certain Amended and Restated Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
          dated as of March 18, 1993 (the "Amended and Restated Preferred
          Stock Purchase Agreement"), as amended, supplemented or modified
          from time to time with the prior written consent of the Agent.

                    "PSPA Guaranteed Obligations" shall mean, at any time
          prior to the termination of the Preferred Stock Purchase
          Agreement pursuant to the Ogden Letter of Intent or otherwise
          with the prior written consent of the Agent, the obligations of
          the Company or any Subsidiary which are guaranteed by Ogden and
          are referenced in Section 5(a) or 5(b) of the Preferred Stock
          Purchase Agreement.

                    "Quarterly Payment Date" shall mean the last Business
          Day of each March, June, September and December.

                    "Reference Bank" shall mean Continental.

                    "Register" shall have the meaning given to said term in
          Section 10.7(e).

                    "Reimbursement Obligation" shall have the meaning given
          to said term in Section 3.6.

                    "Related Parties" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 9.2.

                    "Release" means a "release" as such term is defined in
          CERCLA.

                    "Reportable Event" shall mean any of the events set
          forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder.

                    "Required Banks" shall mean Banks holding 51% of the
          aggregate Commitments, if no Loans are outstanding and there are
          no Letter of Credit Outstandings, and, otherwise, Banks holding
          51% of outstanding Loans and Letter of Credit Outstandings.

                    "Requirement of Law" shall mean as to any Person, the
          certificate or articles of incorporation and bylaws or other
          organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any
          law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator
          or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case
          applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property
          or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

                    "Responsible Officer" shall mean the chief executive
          officer or the chief financial officer of the Company and/or any
          Subsidiary Guarantor, or any other officer of any such Person
          designated as a "Responsible Officer" for purposes of this
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents and for whom the Agent has
          received a certificate of incumbency in form satisfactory to the
          Agent.

                    "Revolving Note" shall have the meaning given to said
          term in Section 2.2.
<PAGE>
                    "Security Agreement (Company)" shall mean the Security
          Agreement dated as of the date hereof made by the Company in
          favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Banks, covering
          certain of the personal property of the Company, as amended,
          supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                    "Single Employer Plan" shall mean any Plan which is
          covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer
          Plan.

                    "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person at any
          time, a condition under which:

                    (a)  the fair saleable value of such Person's assets on
          the date of determination is greater than the present value of
          the total amount of such Person's liabilities (including
          contingent and unliquidated liabilities) at such time;

                    (b)  such Person is able to pay all of its liabilities
          as such liabilities mature; and

                    (c)  such Person does not have unreasonably small
          capital with which to conduct its business.

          For purposes of this definition:

                    (d)  the amount of a Person's contingent or
          unliquidated liabilities at any time shall be that amount which,
          in light of all the facts and circumstances then existing,
          represents the amount which can reasonably be expected to become
          an actual or matured liability;

                    (e)  the "fair saleable value" of an asset shall be the
          amount which may be realized within a reasonable time either
          through collection or sale of such asset at its regular market
          value; and

                    (f)  the "regular market value" of an asset shall be
          the amount which a capable and diligent business person could
          obtain for such asset from an interested buyer who is willing to
          purchase such asset under ordinary selling conditions.

                    "Stated Expiry Date" shall have the meaning given to
          said term in Section 3.1(b).

                    "Stock Pledge Agreement (ATS)" shall mean the Stock
          Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof made by Avondale
          Technical Services, Inc., a Louisiana corporation, in favor of
          the Agent for the benefit of the Banks, as the same may be
          amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.

                    "Stock Pledge Agreement (Company)" shall mean the Stock
          Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof made by the Company
          in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks, as the same
          may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time.
<PAGE>
                    "Subordinated Debentures" has the meaning given such
          term in the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.  As set forth in
          the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, the Subordinated
          Debentures shall contain subordination provisions acceptable to
          the Agent.

                    "Subsidiary" shall mean any Person (including each
          Subsidiary Guarantor) as to which the Company shall at the time,
          directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary, (i) have sufficient
          voting power to entitle it to elect immediately or to have had
          elected a majority of the board of directors or similar governing
          body of such Person, or (ii) own 50% or more of the equity
          interests issued by such Person.

                    "Subsidiary Guarantee" shall mean a Guarantee
          substantially in the form of Exhibit H executed by each
          Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company and each Subsidiary of the
          Company created or acquired after the date of this Agreement in
          favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Banks, as the same may
          be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                    "Subsidiary Guarantor" shall mean the following
          Subsidiaries of the Company:  (i) Gulfport, (ii) Avondale
          Technical Services, Inc., a Louisiana corporation, (iii) Crawford
          Technical Services, Inc., a Louisiana corporation, and (iv) Genco
          Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation.

                    "Subsidiary Security Agreement" shall mean a Security
          Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I executed by each
          Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the
          Banks, covering certain of the personal property of the
          Subsidiary Guarantor party thereto, as amended, supplemented or
          otherwise modified from time to time.

                    "Taxes" shall have the meaning given to said term in
          Section 2.14.

                    "Tax Sharing Agreement" shall mean the Tax Sharing
          Agreement dated as of September 24, 1985, by and between Ogden
          and the Company, as amended by the Preferred Stock Purchase
          Agreement, and as further amended, restated, supplemented or
          otherwise modified from time to time with the prior written
          consent of the Agent.

                    "Total Funded Debt" shall mean, at any time, the sum of
          (i) all Indebtedness of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries
          (including any reimbursement obligations with respect to any
          letters of credit, including the Letters of Credit, but exclusive
          of the undrawn face amount of any such letters of credit) at such
          time plus (ii) the greater of (A) $0 or (B) the difference
          between (1) the aggregate undrawn face amount of all letters of
          credit issued for the account of or guaranteed by the Company or
          any or its Subsidiaries and (2) cash balances of the Company and
          its Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000, in each case at such
          time.
<PAGE>
                    "UCC" shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in
          effect from time to time in the State of Illinois.

                    "Unbilled Accounts" shall mean at any time all accounts
          receivable arising out of or in connection with the sale of goods
          or the rendering of services which have been performed by the
          Company under contracts between the Company and the United States
          Navy or another agency, department or instrumentality of the
          United States, but which have not, at such time, been billed or
          invoiced to (and accepted by) the United States Navy or such
          other agency, department or instrumentality pursuant to the terms
          of such contracts.

                    Section 1.2  Other Definitional Provisions.

                    (a)  Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms
          defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings given
          to said terms in Section 1.1 or the preamble of this Agreement
          when used in the Loan Documents or any certificate or other
          documents made or delivered pursuant hereto.

                    (b)  Terms not otherwise defined herein which are
          defined in the UCC shall have the meanings given them in the UCC.
          The words "hereof," "herein" and "hereunder" and words of similar
          import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement
          as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement,
          and references to Section, Schedule, Exhibit and like references
          are references to this Agreement, and references in any Section
          or definition to any clause means such clause of such Section or
          definition, in each case, unless otherwise specified.  An Event
          of Default shall "continue" or be "continuing" until such Event
          of Default has been waived in accordance with Section 10.2.
          References in this Agreement to any Person shall include such
          Person's successors and permitted assigns.

                    Section 1.3  Accounting Terms and Determinations.
          Unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used
          herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations
          hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to
          be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP,
          applied on a basis consistent (except for changes concurred in by
          the Company's auditors and except that unaudited interim
          financial statements are subject to audit and normal year-end
          adjustments (including absence of footnote disclosure)) with the
          most recent audited financial statements of the Company delivered
          to the Banks; provided that, if the Company notifies the Agent
          and the Banks that the Company wishes to amend any covenant in
          Section VII or any related definition to eliminate the effect of
          any change in GAAP on the operation of such covenant (or if the
          Agent notifies the Company that the Agent or the Required Banks
          wish to amend Section VII or any related definition for such
          purpose), then the Company's compliance with such covenant shall
          be determined on the basis of GAAP in effect immediately before
          the relevant change in GAAP became effective (and without giving
          effect to any previous change in GAAP subject to a notice
          contemplated by this sentence), until either such notice is
          withdrawn or such covenant is amended in a manner satisfactory to
          the Company and the Required Banks.
<PAGE>

                                     SECTION II
                                   REVOLVING LOANS

                    Section 2.1  Revolving Loan Commitment.

                    Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
          Agreement, on and after the Effective Date and to and excluding
          the Expiration Date, each of the Banks severally agrees to make
          revolving loans and advances to the Company (the "Loans").


                    Section 2.2  Revolving Note.

                    (a)  The Loans made by each Bank pursuant hereto shall
          be evidenced by a promissory note of the Company substantially in
          the form of Exhibit J (each a "Revolving Note" and collectively
          the "Revolving Notes"), made payable to the order of such Bank in
          a principal amount equal to such Bank's Commitment as of the
          Effective Date (or such other amount as may otherwise be relevant
          as a result of any assignments permitted by this Agreement).

                    (b)  The Company hereby irrevocably authorizes each
          Bank to make (or cause to be made) appropriate notations on such
          Bank's books and records (including its computer records), which
          notations, if made, shall evidence, inter alia, the date of, the
          outstanding principal of, the interest rate on and Interest
          Period, if any, applicable from time to time to, the Loans
          evidenced thereby.  Any such notations indicating the outstanding
          principal amount of such Bank's Loans shall (absent manifest
          error) be rebuttably presumptive evidence of the principal amount
          thereof owing and unpaid, but the failure to record any such
          amount shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the
          obligations of the Company hereunder or under such Revolving Note
          to make payments of principal of or interest on such Loans when
          due.

                    Section 2.3  Determination of Borrowing Base.

                    (a)  Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount of
          Revolving Loans shall not in the aggregate at any time exceed the
          lesser of:

                    (i)  the Line of Credit then in effect minus the Letter
               of Credit Outstandings; and

                    (ii)  the amount then equal to:

                         (A)  seventy-five percent (75%) of the Eligible
                    Billed Commercial Receivables, plus

                         (B)  sixty percent (60%) of Eligible Billed U.S.
                    Government Receivables, plus

                         (C)  forty percent (40%) of Eligible Commercial
                    Inventory, plus
<PAGE>
                         (D)  sixty-five percent (65%) of the Assessed
                    Value of the Avondale Drydock, minus

                         (E)  the aggregate Excess Subsidiary Borrowing
                    Base Amount with respect to each of the Subsidiary
                    Guarantors, and minus

                         (F)  the Letter of Credit Outstandings.

          The sum of the amounts calculated in accordance with clauses
          (ii)(A) through (E) is hereinafter referred to as the "Borrowing
          Base".

                    (b)  The Agent at any time shall be entitled to
          (i) establish and increase or decrease reserves against Eligible
          Billed Commercial Receivables, Eligible Billed U.S. Government
          Receivables and Eligible Commercial Inventory, to reflect any
          Liens or claims on or with respect to any of the foregoing,
          including, without limitation Customary Permitted Liens, and any
          other costs and expenses which the Agent could reasonably be
          expected to expend or incur in connection with a liquidation of,
          or foreclosure on, the Collateral and (ii) impose limits on
          credit exposure to any Account Debtor, in each case, in its
          discretion.  The Agent may, but shall not be required to, rely on
          each Borrowing Base Certificate and any other schedules or
          reports delivered to the Agent in connection herewith in
          determining the then eligibility of Accounts and Inventory.

                    Section 2.4  Procedure for Borrowing.

                    (a)  A Loan may be made on any Business Day; provided
          that the Company shall give the Agent an irrevocable Borrowing
          Request (i) at or before 10:00 a.m. Chicago time at least three
          Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case
          of Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (ii) at or before 10:00 a.m.
          Chicago time at least one Business Day prior to the requested
          Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans, specifying (A)
          the amount to be borrowed, (B) the requested Borrowing Date, (C)
          whether the borrowing is to be a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Base
          Rate Loan, (D) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, the
          requested Interest Period applicable thereto and (E) the bank and
          account number of the Company to which the Agent should wire the
          proceeds of such Loan.  The Agent shall promptly notify the Banks
          of its receipt of any such irrevocable notice of borrowing from
          the Company.  Each Loan shall be in an aggregate principal amount
          equal to (i) if a Base Rate Loan, the lesser of (A) $1,000,000 or
          an integral multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof or (B) the sum
          of the then Available Commitments and (ii) in the case of
          Eurodollar Rate Loans, $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of
          $250,000 in excess thereof.

                    (b)  On or before 12:00 p.m. Chicago time on the
          Business Day specified in the Company's Borrowing Request, each
          Bank shall provide the Agent with funds at the Payment Office in
          an amount equal to such Bank's Percentage of the requested
          borrowing.  The proceeds of each borrowing shall be made
          available by the Agent to the Company by wire transferring such
          funds to such account as shall be designated by the Company to
<PAGE>
          the Agent in the notice of borrowing.  No Bank's obligation to
          make any Loan shall be affected by any other Bank's failure to
          make any Loan.  Neither the Agent nor any Bank shall have any
          liability for the failure of any Bank (other than itself) to fund
          a Loan.
                    (c)  With respect to any Loan, unless the Agent shall
          have been notified in writing by any Bank prior to the date of
          making such Loan that such Bank does not intend to make available
          to the Agent such Bank's portion of the Loan to be made on such
          date, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) assume that
          such Bank has made such amount available to the Agent on that
          date and, in reliance on such assumption, the Agent may make
          available to the Company a corresponding amount.  If such amount
          is not made available by such Bank to the Agent on the date of
          making such Loan, such Bank shall be obligated to pay such amount
          to the Agent and shall pay to the Agent on demand interest on
          such amount at the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the number of
          days from and including the date of making such Loan to the date
          on which such Bank's portion of the Loan becomes immediately
          available to the Agent, together with such other compensatory
          amounts (including, but not limited to, administrative fees) as
          may be required to be paid by such Bank to the Agent pursuant to
          the Rules for Interbank Compensation of the Council of
          International Banking or of the New York Clearing House
          Compensation Committee, as the case may be, as in effect from
          time to time.  The Agent (but not the defaulting Bank) shall also
          be entitled to recover such amount, with interest thereon at the
          rate per annum then applicable to the Loans comprising such
          borrowing, upon demand, from the Company.  A statement of the
          Agent submitted to any Bank with respect to any amounts owing
          under this Section 2.4(c) shall be conclusive and binding in the
          absence of manifest error.  Nothing in this Section 2.4(c) shall
          be deemed to relieve any Bank from its obligation to fulfill its
          Commitments hereunder.  If any Loan shall not be funded on the
          applicable borrowing date because any condition precedent herein
          specified shall not have been met, the Agent shall return the
          amounts so received to the respective Bank as soon as
          practicable.

                    Section 2.5  Reduction of Commitments.

                    (a)  The Company shall have the right from time to
          time, upon not less than five Business Days' irrevocable notice
          to the Agent, to reduce the amount of the Commitments, provided
          that at no time may the Commitments be reduced by the Company to
          an amount less than the sum of the outstanding principal amount
          of Loans and the Letter of Credit Outstandings. Any such
          voluntary reduction shall be in an amount of $1,000,000, or an
          integral multiple thereof.

                    (b)  Each reduction in the Commitments shall be
          permanent and irrevocable. All reductions in Commitments shall be
          made pro rata to the Commitments of the Banks.  The Agent shall
          promptly notify each Bank of the amount of any reduction of its
          Commitment.


<PAGE>
                    Section 2.6  Optional Prepayments.

                    (a)  Base Rate Loans.  The Company may, from time to
          time, on any Business Day, prepay the Base Rate Loans, in whole
          or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice
          to the Agent by the Company of at least two Business Days,
          specifying the date and amount of prepayment.  If such notice is
          given, the Company shall make such prepayment to the Agent at the
          Payment Office for the account of and pro rata disbursement to
          the Banks, and the principal payment amount specified in such
          notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein
          with accrued interest to such date on such amount being due on
          the next succeeding Quarterly Payment Date.  Partial prepayments
          of the Base Rate Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount
          of $250,000 or integral multiples thereof.

                    (b)  Eurodollar Rate Loans.  The Company may, from time
          to time, on the last Business Day of the relevant Interest
          Period, prepay the Eurodollar Rate Loans, in whole or in part,
          without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice to the Agent
          by the Company of at least three Business Days, specifying the
          date and amount of prepayment.  The Company may, from time to
          time, on any Business Day prior to the last Business Day of the
          relevant Interest Period, prepay the entire amount (and not less
          than the entire amount) of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, upon
          irrevocable notice to the Agent by the Company of at least three
          Business Days, specifying the date and amount of prepayment;
          provided, however, that the Company shall pay to the Agent for
          the account of the Banks in addition to the prepayment amount the
          sum of the amounts required to be paid in accordance with Section
          2.15.  If either such notice is given, the Company shall make
          such prepayment and payment of such other amounts to the Agent at
          the Payment Office for the account of and disbursement to the
          Banks, and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be
          due and payable on the date specified therein together with
          accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid.  With
          respect only to the prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans on the
          last Business Day of the relevant Interest Period, partial
          prepayments shall be in an aggregate principal amount of
          $250,000, or integral multiples thereof.

                    Section 2.7  Continuation and Conversion Elections.  At
          the election of the Company pursuant to a Continuation/Conversion
          Notice delivered by telephone and confirmed by either delivering
          or faxing to the Agent a duly completed and executed
          Continuation/Conversion Notice, at or before 10:00 a.m., Chicago
          time, on any Business Day, the Company may elect from time to
          time on not less than three Business Days' prior notice:

                    (a) that all, or any portion in a minimum aggregate
               principal amount of $1,000,000 and an integral multiple of
               $250,000 in excess thereof, of any Base Rate Loans be
               converted into Eurodollar Rate Loans or, all or any portion
               in a minimum aggregate amount of $1,000,000 and an integral
               multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof, of any Eurodollar
               Rate Loan be converted into Base Rate Loans;
<PAGE>
                    (b) on the expiration of the Interest Period applicable
               to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, that all, or any portion in an
               aggregate minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 and an
               integral multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof, of such
               Eurodollar Rate Loans be continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans
               (in the absence of delivery of such notice under this clause
               prior to the expiration if any Interest Period, the Company
               will be deemed to have elected that such Eurodollar Rate
               Loans be converted to Base Rate Loans),

          provided that:

                    (x) no portion of the outstanding principal amount of
               any Loans may be continued as, or be converted into,
               Eurodollar Rate Loans when any Default or Event of Default
               has occurred and is continuing; and

                    (y) no portion of the outstanding principal amount of
               any Loans may be made or continued as, or converted into,
               Eurodollar Rate Loans if, after giving effect to such
               action, the aggregate principal amount of any Eurodollar
               Rate Loans having a particular Interest Period is less than
               $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $250,000 in excess
               thereof.

                    Section 2.8  Interest Rate and Payment Dates.  Interest
          on Loans shall be payable in accordance with this Section 2.8.

                    (a)  From the date any Loan is made to the date the
          principal amount of such Loan is repaid in full, interest shall
          accrue on the outstanding principal amount of such Loan at a rate
          per annum:

                    (i)  on that portion of the outstanding principal
               amount thereof maintained from time to time as a Base Rate
               Loan, equal to the Alternate Base Rate; and

                    (ii)  on that portion of the outstanding principal
               amount thereof maintained from time to time as a Eurodollar
               Rate Loan, during each Interest Period applicable thereto,
               equal to the Eurodollar Rate (Adjusted) for such Interest
               Period plus the Applicable Margin.

                    (b)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.8(a),
          after the occurrence of any Event of Default until such time when
          such Event of Default shall have been waived, the Company shall
          pay interest on the principal amount of all Loans outstanding, to
          the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, at a per annum
          rate equal to the rates set forth in Section 2.8(a) plus 2% per
          annum.
                    (c)  Interest accrued on each Loan shall be payable,
          without duplication:

                    (i) on the maturity date of such Loan (including the
               maturity date resulting from a reduction of the Commitments
               hereunder or the acceleration of the Loans in accordance
               with Section VIII),
<PAGE>
                    (ii) with respect to any portion of any Loan prepaid
               pursuant to Section 2.6, on the date specified in Section
               2.6,

                    (iii)(A) on that portion of the outstanding principal
               amount thereof maintained as a Base Rate Loan, on each
               Quarterly Payment Date, commencing with the first such
               Quarterly Payment Date following the date of the initial
               Loan hereunder, and (B) on that portion of the outstanding
               principal amount thereof maintained as a Eurodollar Rate
               Loan, on the last day of each applicable Interest Period.

                    Section 2.9  Fees.

                    (a)  Commitment Fee.  The Company agrees to pay to the
          Agent for the account of and disbursement to the Banks a
          commitment fee from and including the Effective Date to but
          excluding the Expiration Date, equal to one-half of one percent
          (0.50%) per annum (based on a year of 360 days for the actual
          number of days elapsed) on the average daily amount of the
          aggregate Available Commitments of the Banks during the period
          for which payment is made, payable in arrears on each Quarterly
          Payment Date, commencing on the first Quarterly Payment Date to
          occur after the date of this Agreement and on the Expiration Date
          or such earlier date as the Commitments shall terminate as
          provided herein.

                    (b)  Other Fees.  The Company agrees to pay to
          Continental, for its own account, such other fees in the amounts
          and at the times specified in the Fee Letter.

                    Section 2.10  Computation of Interest.

                    (a)  Interest in respect of all Loans shall be
          calculated on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number
          of days elapsed.  Any change in the interest rate on a Base Rate
          Loan resulting from a change in the Alternate Base Rate shall
          become effective as of the opening of business on the day on
          which such change in the Alternate Base Rate is established.  The
          Agent shall notify the Company and the Banks as soon as
          practicable of the effective date and the amount of each such
          change.

                    (b)  Each determination of an interest rate by the
          Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be
          conclusive and binding on the Company and the Banks in the
          absence of manifest error.

                    (c)  It is the intention of the parties hereto to
          comply strictly with applicable usury laws; accordingly,
          notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement,
          any of the Revolving Notes or any other Loan Document, in no
          event shall this Agreement, any Revolving Note or any other Loan
          Document require or permit the payment, charging, taking,
          reserving, or receiving of any sums constituting interest under
          applicable laws which exceed the maximum amount permitted by such
<PAGE>
          laws.  If any such excess interest is contracted for, charged,
          taken, reserved, or received in documents securing the payment of
          the Obligations or otherwise relating hereto, or in any
          communication by the Agent, any Bank or any other Person to the
          Company or any other Person, or in the event all or part of the
          principal or interest hereunder shall be prepaid or accelerated,
          so that under any of such circumstances or under any other
          circumstance whatsoever the amount of interest contracted for,
          charged, taken, reserved, or received on the amount of principal
          actually outstanding from time to time under this Agreement, the
          Revolving Notes or any Loan Document shall exceed the maximum
          amount of interest permitted by applicable usury laws, then in
          any such event it is agreed as follows:  (i) the provisions of
          this Section shall govern and control, (ii) any such excess shall
          be deemed an accidental and bona fide error and canceled
          automatically to the extent of such excess, and shall not be
          collected or collectible, (iii) any such excess which is or has
          been paid or received notwithstanding this paragraph shall be
          credited against the then unpaid principal balance of the
          Obligations and (iv) the effective rate of interest shall be
          automatically reduced to the maximum lawful rate allowed under
          applicable laws as construed by courts having jurisdiction hereof
          or thereof.  Without limiting the foregoing, all calculations of
          the rate of interest contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or
          received in connection herewith which are made for the purpose of
          determining whether such rate exceeds the maximum lawful rate
          shall be made to the extent permitted by applicable laws by
          amortizing, prorating, allocating and spreading during the period
          of the full term of the Loans, including all prior and subsequent
          renewals and extensions, all interest at any time contracted for,
          charged, taken, reserved, or received.  The terms of this Section
          shall be deemed to be incorporated in every Loan Document and
          every communication relating thereto.  The term "applicable usury
          law" shall mean such laws of the State of Illinois or the laws of
          the United States, whichever laws allow the higher rate of
          interest, as such laws now exist; provided, however, that if such
          laws shall hereafter allow higher rates of interest, then the
          applicable usury laws shall be the laws allowing the higher
          rates, to be effective as of the effective date of such laws.

                    Section 2.11  Payments.  All payments (including
          prepayments) to be made by the Company on account of principal,
          Reimbursement Obligations, interest and fees, or by the Banks,
          shall be made without set off or counterclaim in Dollars and in
          immediately available funds on the date due hereunder and shall
          be made to the Agent to its account at such address as the Agent
          shall give notice to the Company and the Banks (the "Payment
          Office"). If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the
          Eurodollar Rate Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other
          than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next
          succeeding Business Day, and, with respect to payments of
          principal, interest thereon shall be payable at the then
          applicable rate during such extension.  Except as otherwise
          provided in this Agreement, payments due hereunder with respect
          to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made on the final Business Day
          of an Interest Period as determined by reference to the
<PAGE>
          definition of "Interest Period".  Except for payments received by
          the Agent for the account of the Agent in its capacity as such,
          or for the account of a specific Bank in accordance with the
          provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall forthwith
          distribute like funds relating to the payment of principal,
          interest or fees or Reimbursement Obligations pro rata to the
          Banks (based on their Percentages) to which such payment is due
          and payable for their accounts and at the addresses as each such
          Bank shall specify in its notice to the Agent made in accordance
          with Section 10.1 of this Agreement.

                    Unless the Agent shall have received notice from the
          Company prior to the date on which any payment is due to the
          Banks hereunder that the Company will not make such payment in
          full, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) assume that
          the Company has made such payment in full to the Agent on such
          date, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause
          to be distributed to each Bank on such due date an amount equal
          to the amount then due such Bank.  If and to the extent the
          Company shall not have so made such payment in full to the Agent,
          each Bank shall repay to the Agent forthwith on demand the amount
          distributed to such Bank together with interest thereon, at the
          rate equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate, for each day from
          the date such amount is distributed to such Bank until the date
          such Bank repays such amount to the Agent.

                    Section 2.12  Inability to Determine Interest Rate.  In
          the event that the Agent shall have determined (which
          determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company
          and the Banks) that, (i) Dollar deposits are not available to the
          Reference Bank in the interbank eurodollar market or (ii) by
          reason of circumstances affecting the interbank eurodollar
          market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for
          ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest
          Period, in either case, with respect to (a) proposed Loans that
          the Company has requested be made as Eurodollar Rate Loans, (b)
          Eurodollar Rate Loans that will result from the requested
          conversion of Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans or (c)
          the continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans beyond the expiration
          of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the
          Agent shall forthwith give notice of such determination to the
          Company and the Banks at least one Business Day prior to, as the
          case may be, the requested Borrowing Date for such Eurodollar
          Rate Loans, the conversion date of such Base Rate Loans or the
          last day of such Interest Period.  If such notice is given (x)
          any requested Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made as Base Rate
          Loans, unless the Company has provided notice to the Agent that,
          based upon such unavailability, the Company elects not to make
          the borrowing, (y) any Base Rate Loans that were to have been
          converted to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be continued as Base
          Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be
          converted, on the last day of the then current Interest Period
          with respect thereto, to Base Rate Loans.  Until such notice has
          been withdrawn by the Agent, no further Eurodollar Rate Loans
          shall be made or continued as such nor shall the Company have the
          right to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans.
<PAGE>
                    Section 2.13  Illegality.  Notwithstanding any other
          provisions herein, if any Requirement of Law or any change
          therein or in the interpretation or application thereof shall
          make it unlawful for any Bank to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate
          Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the obligation of
          such Bank hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Loans or convert Base
          Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be cancelled,
          (b) all requests to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans shall
          in the case of such Bank, be deemed to be requests to make Base
          Rate Loans and (c) the Loans made by such Bank then outstanding
          as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted
          automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective next
          succeeding date(s) on which interest is due with respect to such
          Loans or within such earlier period as is required by law.  If
          any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan is made on a day
          which is not the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the
          Company shall pay to the Agent for the account of and
          disbursement to such Bank such amounts as may be required
          pursuant to Section 2.15.

                    Section 2.14  Requirements of Law.

                    (a)  In the event that by reason of any change in any
          Requirement of Law (including, without limitation, the lapse or
          termination of any treaty) or in the interpretation thereof, or
          the adoption of any new law, regulation or requirement by any
          Governmental Authority, or the imposition of any requirement of
          any central bank whether or not having the force of law, (i) the
          Agent or any Bank shall, with respect to this Agreement, the
          Loans, the Letters of Credit (or risk participations therein),
          the Reimbursement Obligations (or risk participations therein),
          the Revolving Notes or its obligation to make Loans or issue
          and/or own risk participations in Letters of Credit under this
          Agreement, be subjected to any withholding or other tax, levy,
          impost, charge, fee, duty or deduction of any kind whatsoever
          (other than franchise taxes imposed by the jurisdiction in which
          the Agent or such Bank is domiciled and other than any tax
          generally imposed or based upon the net income or branch profits
          of the Agent or such Bank) (collectively, "Taxes") or (ii) any
          change shall occur in the taxation of the Agent or such Bank with
          respect to any Loan, any Reimbursement Obligation (or any risk
          participation therein), the interest payable thereon or any fees
          payable hereunder or referred to herein (other than franchise
          taxes imposed by the jurisdiction in which the Agent or such Bank
          is domiciled and other than any change which affects, and to the
          extent that it affects, the taxation of the net income or branch
          profits of the Agent or such Bank), and if any such measures or
          any other similar measure shall result in an increase in the cost
          to the Agent or such Bank of making or maintaining any Loan or
          any Letter of Credit or a reduction in the amount of principal,
          interest or fees receivable by the Agent or such Bank in respect
          thereof, the Agent or such Bank promptly after learning of the
          imposition of such cost or reduction in any amount shall notify
          the Company and the Agent (if applicable) stating the reasons
          therefor.  The Company shall thereafter pay to the Agent or such
          Bank, upon demand from time to time, as additional consideration
          hereunder, such additional amounts as will fully compensate the
<PAGE>
          Agent or such Bank for such increased costs or reduced amounts
          and shall promptly provide the Agent or such Bank, as the case
          may be, with official tax receipts or other evidence of the
          payment of any taxes paid by the Company.  A certificate as to
          the increased costs or reduced amounts setting forth the
          calculations therefor, shall be submitted promptly by the Agent
          or such Bank to the Company and the Agent (if applicable) and, in
          the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding as
          to the amount thereof.  If the Agent or Bank receives any
          additional amounts from the Company pursuant to this subsection
          (a) the Agent or such Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain a
          refund, reduction, deduction or credit for any Taxes with respect
          to the additional amounts paid under this subsection (a).  If the
          Agent or such Bank actually receives or enjoys the benefit of any
          such refund, reduction, deduction or credit for any such Taxes,
          the Agent or such Bank shall reimburse the Company if and to the
          extent, but only the extent, that the Agent or such Bank
          determines that it has actually received (i) a refund of taxes or
          other amounts (together with any interest actually received
          thereon from the respective Governmental Authority) which refund
          is attributable to the Taxes with respect to which such
          additional amounts were paid; or (ii) an effective net reduction
          (through a reduction, deduction, credit or otherwise) in any
          taxes or other amounts otherwise payable by the Agent or such
          Bank (including any taxes imposed on or measured by the net
          income of the Agent or such Bank), which reduction is
          attributable to the Taxes with respect to such additional amounts
          were paid.  If, at any time after the Agent or such Bank makes a
          payment to the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence, the
          Agent or such Bank determines that it was not entitled to the
          full amount of any refund (together with the interest thereon)
          reimbursed to the Company as aforesaid or that its taxes are not
          reduced by a credit or deduction for the full amount of Taxes
          reimbursed to the Company as aforesaid, the Company upon the
          demand of the Agent or such Bank will promptly pay to the Agent
          or such Bank the amounts so refunded to which the Agent or such
          Bank was not so entitled, or the amount by which the taxes of the
          Agent or such Bank were not so reduced, as the case may be.

                    (b)  In the event that any Bank (including any Bank in
          its capacity as LC Issuer) shall have determined that any
          Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy, or any change
          therein or in the interpretation or application thereof or
          compliance by such Bank or any parent of such Bank with any
          request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not
          having the force of law, so long as such Bank reasonably believes
          that compliance therewith is necessary) from any central bank or
          Governmental Authority, does or shall have the effect of reducing
          the rate of return on such Bank's capital or the capital of its
          parent as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level
          below that which such Bank or any parent of such Bank could have
          achieved but for such law or change or compliance (taking into
          consideration such Bank's policies or the policies of any parent
          of such Bank, as the case may be, with respect to capital
          adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Bank or any parent of such
          Bank to be material, then from time to time, upon submission by
<PAGE>
          such Bank to the Agent and the Company of a written request
          therefor, the Company shall pay to such Bank such additional
          amount or amounts as will compensate such Bank or any parent of
          such Bank for such reduction.

                    (c)  To the extent any reserve and/or special deposit
          requirement imposed by the adoption of any new law, treaty or
          regulation or any change therein or in any existing law, treaty
          or regulation (including, without limitation, Regulation D of the
          F.R.S. Board) or the interpretation thereof by any Governmental
          Authority charged with the administration thereof, or by any
          central bank or other fiscal, monetary or other authority against
          assets held by, or deposits in or for the amount of any Loans by,
          any Bank, imposes a cost (whether by incurring a cost or adding
          to a cost) on a Bank in making or maintaining hereunder a
          Eurodollar Rate Loan or reduces the amount of principal or
          interest received by such Bank with respect to such Loans, then
          upon demand by such Bank to the Company, which demand shall be
          made promptly after the Bank learns of the imposition of such
          cost or reduction in amount, the Company shall (to the extent
          compensation is not made therefor pursuant to the calculation of
          the Eurodollar Rate) pay to the Bank from time to time at the end
          of each Interest Period with respect to such Eurodollar Rate
          Loans, as additional consideration hereunder, additional amounts
          sufficient to fully compensate such Bank for such increased cost
          or reduced amount.  A certificate as to the increased cost or
          reduced amount setting forth the calculations therefor shall be
          promptly submitted by such Bank to the Company and the Agent and,
          in the absence of manifest error, shall be conclusive and binding
          as to the amount thereof.

                    (d)  In the event that a Bank makes a demand for
          additional compensation pursuant to this Section 2.14, such Bank
          agrees to designate a different lending office of said Bank if
          such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount
          of, such additional consideration and will not, (i) in the
          judgment of the Agent and such Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous
          to the Agent and the Banks or such Bank, as the case may be, and
          (ii) in the judgment of the Company, be otherwise disadvantageous
          to the Company.

                    Section 2.15  Funding Losses.  In the event any Bank
          shall incur any loss or expense (including any loss or expense
          incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits
          or other funds acquired by such Bank to make, continue or
          maintain any portion of the principal amount of any Loan as, or
          to convert any portion of the principal amount of any Loan into,
          a Eurodollar Rate Loan) as a result of:

                    (a)  repayment or prepayment of the principal amount of
               any Eurodollar Rate Loans on a date other than the scheduled
               last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto;

                    (b)  any conversion of all or any portion of the
               outstanding principal amount of any Eurodollar Rate Loans to
               Base Rate Loans pursuant to Section 2.7 prior to the
               expiration of the Interest Period applicable thereto;
<PAGE>
                    (c)  any Loans not being made as Eurodollar Rate Loans
               in accordance with a request therefor; or

                    (d)  any Loans not being continued as, or converted
               into, Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance with a notice
               applicable thereto,

          then, upon the request of such Bank to the Company (with a copy
          to the Agent), the Company shall pay directly to such Bank such
          amount as will (in the reasonable determination of such Bank)
          reimburse such Bank for such loss or expense.  A statement as to
          any such loss or expense (including calculations thereof in
          reasonable detail) shall be submitted by such Bank to the Agent
          and the Company and shall, in the absence of manifest error, be
          binding on the Company as to the matters set forth therein.

                    Section 2.16  Use of Proceeds.  The Company shall apply
          the proceeds of each Loan to general corporate purposes
          including, without limitation, payment of any unpaid
          Reimbursement Obligations; provided, however, that no proceeds of
          any Loan shall be applied directly or indirectly to, or used as
          collateral for, (i) any of the obligations of the Company or any
          of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Jo Ann Bonds other than
          with respect to the payment of interest on such bonds and fees
          and expenses incurred in connection with the refunding of the Jo
          Ann Bonds pursuant to Section 7.17; provided that the proceeds of
          Loans used to pay such fees and expenses shall not exceed
          $2,000,000, (ii) except for the payments to Ogden which are
          permitted by Section 6.10 (other than Section 6.10(c)(iii)) and
          Section 7.15, any of the obligations of the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries to Ogden or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) any
          Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
          in violation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

                    Section 2.17  Extensions of Expiration Date.  The
          Company may, by giving the Agent an Extension Notice not more
          than 90 days, but not less than 60 days, prior to the then
          current Extension Date, request that the Banks consent to an
          extension of the then current Expiration Date for a period of one
          year.  Each Bank may, by an irrevocable notice (a "Consent
          Notice") to the Company and the Agent given within 30 days after
          receipt of such request by the Agent, consent to such request of
          the Company, which consent may be given or withheld by each Bank
          in its absolute and sole discretion.  Failure by any Bank to give
          its consent in writing within such 30 day period shall be deemed
          a refusal by such Bank of such request.  If less than all of the
          Banks consent to the request for extension, the Company's request
          shall be denied and the Expiration Date shall remain unchanged.
          However, if a Consent Notice is subsequently obtained from all of
          the Banks party to this Agreement prior to the then current
          Extension Date (even if not within the time period specified
          above), the Expiration Date shall be so extended and all
          references in the Loan Documents to "Expiration Date" shall refer
          to the Expiration Date, as so extended.

<PAGE>
                                     SECTION III
                                  LETTERS OF CREDIT

                    Section 3.1  Requests.

                    (a)  By delivering to the Agent and the LC Issuer an
          Issuance Request on a Business Day prior to the Expiration Date
          and not less than three Business Days prior to the requested date
          of issuance, the Company may request that the LC Issuer issue an
          irrevocable standby letter of credit or a documentary letter of
          credit each in such form as may be approved by the LC Issuer and
          the Agent (each, a "Letter of Credit"), in support of financial
          obligations of the Company incurred in the ordinary course of
          business and which are described in such Issuance Request.  Upon
          receipt of each Issuance Request, the Agent shall promptly notify
          the Banks thereof.  The stated amount of any Letter of Credit
          requested to be issued pursuant to an Issuance Request shall be
          denominated in Dollars.

                    (b)  Each Letter of Credit shall by its terms: (i) be
          issued in a stated amount which (A) is at least $100,000, (B)
          when added to the Letter of Credit Outstandings does not exceed
          (or would not exceed) the then Letter of Credit Availability, (C)
          does not exceed the aggregate amount of the then Available
          Commitments, and (D) when added to all Loans and Letter of Credit
          Outstandings does not exceed the Borrowing Base; (ii) initially
          be stated to expire on a date (its "Stated Expiry Date") no later
          than the earlier of 12 months from its date of issuance or the
          Expiration Date, whichever occurs first; and (iii) prior to its
          Stated Expiry Date (A) terminate immediately upon notice to the
          LC Issuer thereof from the beneficiary thereunder that all
          obligations covered thereby have been terminated, paid, or
          otherwise satisfied in full and delivery of the original Letter
          of Credit to the LC Issuer or (B) reduce in part immediately and
          to the extent the beneficiary thereunder has notified the LC
          Issuer thereof that the obligations covered thereby have been
          paid or otherwise satisfied in part.

                    Section 3.2  Issuance.  Subject to the terms and
          conditions of this Agreement, the LC Issuer shall issue Letters
          of Credit in accordance with the Issuance Requests made therefor.
          Prior to the issuance of any Letter of Credit, the Company shall
          have properly completed all of the LC Issuer's required standard
          letter of credit documentation. The LC Issuer will make available
          the original of each Letter of Credit which it issues in
          accordance with the Issuance Request therefor to the beneficiary
          thereof (and will promptly provide each of the Banks and the
          Agent with a copy of such Letter of Credit).

                    Section 3.3  Fees and Expenses.  (a)  Letter of Credit
          Fee.  The Company agrees to pay to the Agent for the account of
          the Banks, with respect to each Letter of Credit a per annum fee
          (the "Letter of Credit Fee") equal to the product of (i) the
          average daily undrawn amount of the Letters of Credit and (ii)
          the Letter of Credit Commission.  Such Letter of Credit Fee shall
          be payable in arrears with respect to each Letter of Credit on
          each Quarterly Payment Date during the term of each respective
<PAGE>
          Letter of Credit and on the termination thereof (whether at its
          Stated Expiry Date or earlier).  The Company further agrees to
          pay to the Agent for the account of the LC Issuer all reasonable
          administrative expenses of the LC Issuer in connection with the
          issuance, maintenance, modification (if any) and administration
          of each Letter of Credit and standard negotiation charges upon
          demand from time to time.  After the occurrence of an Event of
          Default until such time as such Event of Default shall be waived,
          the Letter of Credit Fee described in this Section 3.3 shall be
          calculated by increasing the Letter of Credit Commission by two
          percent (2%).

                    (b)  Issuance Fee.  The Company agrees to pay to the
          Agent for the account of the LC Issuer with respect to each
          Letter of Credit a per annum "Issuance Fee" equal to the product
          of (i) the average daily undrawn amount of the Letters of Credit
          and (ii) one-eighth of one percent (0.125%).  Such Issuance Fee
          shall be payable in arrears with respect to each Letter of Credit
          on each Quarterly Payment Date during the term of each respective
          Letter of Credit and on the termination thereof (whether at its
          Stated Expiry Date or earlier).

                    Section 3.4  Banks' Participation.

                    (a)  To the extent of its Percentage, each Bank agrees
          to and shall be deemed to have irrevocably purchased a
          participation in each Letter of Credit on the date of issuance
          thereof and shall be entitled to receive from the Agent a ratable
          portion of the Letter of Credit Fees received by the Agent
          pursuant to Section 3.3(a) hereof.  Each Bank shall make
          available to the LC Issuer, regardless of whether any Default or
          Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, an amount
          equal to its respective Percentage of each drawing on each Letter
          of Credit in same day or immediately available funds not later
          than 11:00 a.m. Chicago time on each Disbursement Date (as
          hereinafter defined) for each such drawing. In the event that any
          Bank fails to make available to the LC Issuer the amount of such
          Bank's Percentage of any drawing on a Letter of Credit as
          provided herein, the LC Issuer shall be entitled to recover such
          amount on demand from such Bank together with interest at the
          daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first three
          Business Days after the Disbursement Date (together with such
          other compensatory amounts, including, but not limited to,
          administrative fees, as may be required to be paid by such Bank
          to the Agent pursuant to the Rules for Interbank Compensation of
          the Council on International Banking or of the New York Clearing
          House Compensation Committee, as the case may be, as in effect
          from time to time) and thereafter at the Base Rate.

                    (b)  The Agent shall distribute to each Bank that has
          paid all amounts payable by it under this Section 3.4(a) with
          respect to any Letter of Credit issued by the LC Issuer such
          Bank's Percentage of all payments received by the Agent from the
          Company in reimbursement of drawings honored by the LC Issuer
          under such Letter of Credit when such payments are received.
<PAGE>
                    Section 3.5  Disbursements.  The LC Issuer will notify
          the Company and the Agent promptly of the presentment for payment
          of any Letter of Credit (on the date of presentment, if possible,
          and otherwise on the next Business Day, it being agreed that such
          notice may be made by phone), together with notice of the date
          (the "Disbursement Date") such payment shall be made, and the
          Agent promptly will notify the Banks of such matters.  Subject to
          the terms and provisions of such Letter of Credit, the LC Issuer
          shall make such payment to the beneficiary (or its designee) of
          such Letter of Credit. Prior to 11:00 a.m. Chicago time on the
          Disbursement Date the Company shall (by payment to the Payment
          Office for distribution by the Agent) reimburse the LC Issuer and
          the Banks for all amounts which have been disbursed under such
          Letter of Credit.  To the extent the LC Issuer and the Banks are
          not reimbursed in full in accordance with this Section 3.5, the
          Reimbursement Obligation shall accrue interest at the Alternate
          Base Rate plus a margin of 2% per annum, payable on demand.

                    Section 3.6  Reimbursement.  The Company's obligation
          (a "Reimbursement Obligation") under Section 3.5 to reimburse the
          LC Issuer and the Banks with respect to each drawing under each
          Letter of Credit (including interest thereon), and each Bank's b*
          bobligation to fund each drawing shall be absolute and
          unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of
          any set off, counterclaim, or defense to payment which the
          Company or any Bank may have or have had against any Bank, the LC
          Issuer, the Company or any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit,
          including, without limitation, any defense based upon the
          occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, any draft, demand
          or certificate or other document presented under a Letter of
          Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient,
          or any failure to apply or misapplication by the beneficiary of
          the proceeds of any disbursement, or the legality, validity,
          form, regularity, or enforceability of such Letter of Credit.

                    Section 3.7  Deemed Disbursements; Other Cash
          Collateral Requirements.  (a)  Upon the occurrence and during the
          continuation of an Event of Default, then:

                    (i)  automatically in the case of any Event of Default
               described in Section VIII(h), and at the election of the
               Required Banks in the case of any other Event of Default, an
               amount equal to that portion of the Letter of Credit
               Outstandings attributable to the then aggregate amount which
               is undrawn and available under all outstanding Letters of
               Credit shall, without demand upon or notice to the Company,
               be deemed to have been paid or disbursed by the LC Issuer
               (notwithstanding that such amount may not in fact have been
               so paid or disbursed); and

                    (ii) upon notification by the Agent to the Company of
               its obligations under this Section, the Company shall be
               immediately obligated to reimburse the LC Issuer for the
               amount deemed to have been so paid or disbursed by the LC
               Issuer; provided, that to the extent the LC Issuer is not
               reimbursed for the amounts deemed to have been paid or
<PAGE>
               disbursed by the LC Issuer under this Section 3.7, such
               Reimbursement Obligation shall not accrue interest until
               such time as the LC Issuer makes actual payment to the
               beneficiary (or its designee) of the Letter of Credit and
               until the Letter of Credit is actually drawn, the fees
               payable under Section 3.3 with respect thereto shall
               continue to accrue.

          Any amounts so payable by the Company pursuant to this Section
          shall be deposited in cash with the Agent (or, upon the direction
          of the Agent, with the LC Issuer) and held as collateral security
          for the Obligations in connection with any Letter of Credit and
          shall be invested by the Agent (or, if applicable, the LC Issuer)
          in Cash Equivalent Investments the interest on which shall be
          held as collateral security for such Obligations and applied to
          pay such Obligations then due and unpaid.  At such time when all
          Events of Default shall have been waived, the Agent (or, if
          applicable, the LC Issuer) shall return to the Company all
          amounts then on deposit with the Agent (or, if applicable, the LC
          Issuer) pursuant to this Section (including any income from Cash
          Equivalent Investments), net of any amounts applied to the
          payment of any such Obligations and net of any account set-up
          expenses.

                    (b)  In addition to the other requirements of this
          Section, in the event after giving effect to any payments of the
          outstanding Loans required pursuant to Section 2.3(a), the Letter
          of Credit Outstandings shall exceed the Borrowing Base, the
          Company shall promptly deposit with the Agent as cash collateral
          for such Letter of Credit Outstandings an amount equal to the
          difference between the Borrowing Base and the Letter of Credit
          Outstandings.  The Agent shall release such cash collateral when
          and if the Loans plus Letter of Credit Outstandings shall equal
          or be less than the Borrowing Base and no Default or Event of
          Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

                    Section 3.8  Nature of Reimbursement Obligations.  The
          Company shall assume all risks of the acts, omissions, or misuse
          of any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof.  Except to
          the extent of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, the
          LC Issuer shall not be responsible for:

                    (a)  the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy,
          genuineness, or legal effect of any Letter of Credit or any
          document submitted by any party in connection with the
          application for and issuance of a Letter of Credit, even if it
          should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid,
          insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent, or forged;

                    (b)  the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy,
          genuineness, or legal effect of any instrument transferring or
          assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit
          or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof in whole
          or in part;
<PAGE>
                    (c)  failure of the beneficiary to comply fully with
          conditions required in order to demand payment under a Letter of
          Credit;

                    (d)  errors, omissions, interruptions, or delays in
          transmission or delivery of any information or messages, by mail,
          cable, facsimile, telegraph, telex, or otherwise;

                    (e)  any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise
          of any document or draft required in order to make a disbursement
          under a Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof;

                    (f)  errors in interpretation of technical terms;

                    (g)  any misapplication by a beneficiary of the
          proceeds of any disbursement under any Letter of Credit; or

                    (h)  any consequences arising from causes beyond the
          control of the LC Issuer including, without limitation, acts of
          any Governmental Authority.

                    None of the foregoing shall affect, impair, or prevent
          the vesting of any of the rights or powers granted to the LC
          Issuer hereunder.

                    Section 3.9  Indemnity.  In addition to amounts payable
          as elsewhere provided in this Section III, the Company hereby
          agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save LC Issuer harmless
          from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities,
          damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including
          reasonable attorneys' fees) which LC Issuer may incur or be
          subject to as a consequence, direct or indirect, of the issuance
          of the Letters of Credit, other than as a result of the gross
          negligence or willful misconduct of the LC Issuer as determined
          by a court of proper jurisdiction.


                                     SECTION IV
                           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

                    To induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this
          Agreement and to make each Loan and the LC Issuer to issue the
          Letters of Credit herein provided for, the Company hereby
          represents and warrants to the Agent, the Banks and the LC Issuer
          that:

                    Section 4.1  Financial Condition.  The consolidated
          balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as
          of December 31, 1993, and the related consolidated statements of
          operations and the related consolidated statement of
          shareholders' equity for the fiscal year ended on such date
          (certified by Deloitte & Touche), and the unaudited consolidated
          balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as
          of March 31, 1994, and the related consolidated statements of
          operations and statement of stockholders' equity for the period
          ended on such date, copies of which have heretofore been
          furnished to the Agent, present fairly the consolidated financial
<PAGE> 
         condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at
          such dates, and the consolidated results of their operations for
          the fiscal year and the interim period then ended.  All such
          audited financial statements, including the related schedules and
          notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied
          consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved
          by such accountants and as disclosed therein).  All unaudited
          financial statements, including the related schedules and notes
          thereto, have been prepared on a basis consistent with those
          financial statements prepared as of December 31, 1993.  Neither
          the Company nor any of its consolidated Subsidiaries had, at the
          date of the balance sheet for the period ended March 31, 1994,
          referred to above, any material Contingent Obligation, contingent
          liability or liability for taxes, long term lease or unusual
          forward or long term commitment, which is not reflected in the
          foregoing statements or in the notes thereto.

                    Section 4.2  No Change.  Since December 31, 1993, there
          has been no material adverse change in the business, operations,
          business prospects, property or financial or other condition of
          the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as such
          business, operations, property, or financial or other condition
          of the Company and its Subsidiaries existed on such date.

                    Section 4.3  Corporate Existence: Compliance with Law.
          Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized,
          validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
          jurisdiction of its incorporation, (b) has the corporate power
          and authority to own and operate its property, to lease the
          property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in
          which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign
          corporation and is in good standing under the laws of each
          jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property
          or the conduct of its business requires such qualification,
          except to the extent that the failure to so qualify could not
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d)
          is in material compliance with all Requirements of Law, except to
          the extent that the failure to so qualify could not reasonably be
          expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    Section 4.4  Corporate Power: Authorization:
          Enforceable Obligations.  The Company has the corporate power and
          authority to make, deliver and perform this Agreement and the
          other Loan Documents, to borrow and cause the issuance of Letters
          of Credit hereunder and to grant the Liens or make the pledges
          provided in the Collateral Documents and has taken all necessary
          corporate action to authorize the borrowings on the terms and
          conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to
          authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to authorize the grant
          of the Liens or the pledge of stock provided in the Collateral
          Documents.  No shareholder vote is necessary to authorize the
          execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
          other Loan Documents.  No consent or authorization of, filing
          with or other act by or in respect of any Governmental Authority
          is required in connection with the borrowings hereunder or with
<PAGE>
          the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability
          of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or to authorize
          the grant of the Liens or the pledge of stock provided in the
          Collateral Documents, except for (i) the filing of the UCC
          financing statements, (ii) notices or filings required with
          respect to the Eligible Billed U.S. Government Receivables
          (including, without limitation, the Navy Contracts) and (iii)
          certain consents, notices or filings in connection with the 900
          Foot Floating Drydock Mortgage, all of which filings, notices and
          consents referred to in the foregoing clauses have been made,
          obtained or given, as appropriate, and all of which are in full
          force and effect.  Each of the Loan Documents has been duly
          executed and delivered on behalf of the Company.  This Agreement
          constitutes, and each of the other Loan Documents constitutes, a
          legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable
          against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as
          enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
          insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting
          the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general
          equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by
          proceedings in equity or at law).

                    Section 4.5  No Bar.  The execution, delivery and
          performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the
          borrowings and issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder and the
          use of the proceeds thereof, will not violate any Requirement of
          Law or any Contractual Obligation of the Company or of any of its
          Subsidiaries, and will not result in, or require, the creation or
          imposition of any Lien on any of its or their respective
          properties or assets pursuant to any Requirement of Law or
          Contractual Obligation except for the Liens granted pursuant to
          the Collateral Documents.

                    Section 4.6  No Material Litigation.  Except as set
          forth on Schedule 4.6, no litigation, investigation, or
          proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority
          is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by or
          against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of
          its or their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect
          to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any of the
          transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) which could reasonably
          be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    Section 4.7  No Default.  Neither the Company nor any
          of its Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any
          Contractual Obligation in any respect which could reasonably be
          expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
                    Section 4.8  Ownership of Property: Liens.  Each of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries has good recordable and marketable
          title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in all its
          real property, and good title to or valid leasehold interests in
          all its other property (other than property held under Financing
          Leases) material to its business, and none of such property is
          subject to any Lien, except as permitted in Section 7.2 of this
          Agreement.

                    Section 4.9  No Burdensome Restrictions.  No
          Contractual Obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
          and no Requirement of Law to which the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries is subject could reasonably be expected to have a
          Material Adverse Effect.

                    Section 4.10  Taxes.  Each of the Company and its
          Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all tax returns
          which to the knowledge of the Company are required to be filed
          and has paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said
          returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its
          property and all other taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it
          and any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than
          those the amount or validity of which is currently being
          contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and, if
          applicable, with respect to which reserves in conformity with
          GAAP have been provided on the books of the Company or its
          Subsidiaries, as the case may be); and no tax Liens have been
          filed and, to the knowledge of the Company, no claims are being
          asserted with respect to any such taxes, fees or other charges
          other than with respect to Customary Permitted Liens.

                    Section 4.11  Regulations G, T, U and X.  Neither the
          Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as
          one of its important activities, in the business of extending
          credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock,
          and less than 25% of the assets of the Company, individually and
          on a consolidated basis with its Subsidiaries, consists of margin
          stock.  The proceeds of any Loans made hereunder will not be used
          for a purpose which violates, or would be inconsistent with,
          F.R.S. Board Regulations G, T, U or X.  Terms for which meanings
          are provided in F.R.S. Board Regulations G, T, U and X have such
          meanings when such terms are used in this Section 4.11.

                    Section 4.12  ERISA.

                    (a)  Prohibited Transactions.  Neither the Company nor
          any Subsidiary has engaged in a transaction in connection with
          which the Company or any Subsidiary could be subject to a
          material liability for either a civil penalty assessed pursuant
          to Section 502(i) of ERISA or a tax imposed by Section 4975 of
          the Code.

                    (b)  Plan Termination; Material Liabilities.  There has
          been no termination of a Plan or trust created under any Plan
          that would give rise to a material liability to the PBGC on the
          part of the Company or an ERISA Affiliate.  No material liability
          to the PBGC has been or is expected to be incurred with respect
<PAGE>
          to any Plan by the Company or an ERISA Affiliate.  The PBGC has
          not instituted proceedings to terminate any Plan which is
          maintained or is to be maintained by the Company or an ERISA
          Affiliate.  There exists no condition or set of circumstances
          which presents a material risk of termination or partial
          termination of any Plan by the PBGC.  The Company and each Code
          Affiliate have paid all premiums to the PBGC when due.

                    (c)  Accumulated Funding Deficiency.  Full payment has
          been made of all amounts which are required under the terms of
          each Plan to have been paid as contributions to such Plan as of
          the last day of the most recent fiscal year of such Plan ended on
          or before the date of this Agreement, and no accumulated funding
          deficiency (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of
          the Code), whether or not waived, exists with respect to any Plan
          or any employee pension benefit plan (as defined in ERISA)
          maintained by a Code Affiliate.  The aggregate contributions the
          Company must pay to the Plans under the minimum funding rules of
          Section 412 of the Code will not exceed $4,000,000 in 1994 and
          $1,000,000 in 1995. Neither the Company nor any Code Affiliate
          has failed to make a required installment under Section 412(m) of
          the Code or any other payment required under Section 412 of the
          Code on or before the due date.

                    (d)  Relationship of Benefits to Pension Plan Assets.
          As of January 1, 1994, the current value of the benefit
          liabilities of each Single Employer Plan does not exceed the fair
          market value of the assets of such Plan based on valuing the
          liabilities using a 7.5% discount rate.  Neither the Company nor
          a Code Affiliate is required to provide security to a Plan or an
          employee pension benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) maintained by
          a Code Affiliate under Section 401(a)(29) of the Code.

                    (e)  Withdrawal Liability.  Neither the Company nor any
          ERISA Affiliate has incurred withdrawal liability with respect to
          any Multiemployer Plan.  To the best knowledge of the Company,
          the liability to which the Company and any ERISA Affiliate would
          become subject under ERISA if the Company and any ERISA Affiliate
          were to withdraw completely from all Plans which are
          Multiemployer Plans as of the most recent valuation date,
          together with any secondary liability for withdrawal liability
          the Company and any ERISA Affiliate may have as of the date
          hereof with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, could not
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  To the
          best knowledge of the Company, no such Multiemployer Plan is in
          reorganization (as such term is defined in Section 4241 of ERISA)
          or is insolvent (as such term is defined in Section 4245 of
          ERISA). Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate contributes
          to or has any liability with respect to any Multiemployer Plan.

                    (f)  Retiree Welfare Benefits.  The excess of the
          present value of the projected liability in respect of
          post-retirement health, medical and other welfare benefits for
          retired employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined
          using assumptions which are reasonable in the aggregate over the
          fair market value of any fund, reserve or other asset segregated
          for the purpose of satisfying such liability, does not exceed
          $2,500,000 as of December 31, 1993 based on the valuation
          performed as of January 1, 1993.
<PAGE>
                    (g)  ESOP.  The stock of the Company held in the
          Avondale Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the
          "ESOP") is "readily tradeable on an established market" within
          the meaning of Section 409(h) of the Code: therefore,
          participants in the ESOP do not have the right to require that
          the Company repurchase such shares when distributed from the
          ESOP.

                    Section 4.13  Subsidiaries.  At the date of this
          Agreement the Company has no Subsidiaries except those listed on
          Schedule 4.13, and the Company owns the percentage of outstanding
          voting shares of each such Subsidiary indicated on such Schedule.

                    Section 4.14  Government Regulation.  Neither the
          Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is an "investment company"
          within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
          amended, or a "holding company", or a "subsidiary company" of a
          "holding company", or an "affiliate" of a "holding company", or
          of a "subsidiary company" or a "holding company" within the
          meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as
          amended.

                    Section 4.15  Environmental Matters.  Except as set
          forth in Schedule 4.15:

                    (a)  all facilities and property (including underlying
          groundwater) owned or leased by the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries are in material compliance with all Environmental
          Laws the non-compliance with which could reasonably be expected
          to have a Material Adverse Effect;

                    (b)  there have been no Releases of Hazardous Materials
          at, on or under any property now or previously owned or leased by
          the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that, singly or in the
          aggregate, have, or could reasonably be expected to have, a
          Material Adverse Effect;

                    (c)  there are no underground storage tanks, active or
          abandoned, including petroleum storage tanks, on or under any
          property now or previously owned or leased by the Company or any
          of its Subsidiaries that, singly or in the aggregate, have, or
          could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect;

                    (d)  there are no polychlorinated biphenyls or friable
          asbestos present at any property now owned or leased by the
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries that, singly or in the
          aggregate, have, or could reasonably be expected to have, a
          Material Adverse Effect; and

                    (e)  as of the date of this Agreement, to the knowledge
          of the Company, no conditions exist at, on or under any property
          now of previously owned or leased by the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries which, with the passage of time or the giving of
          notice or both, would give rise to liability under any
          Environmental Law which could reasonably be expected to have a
          Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
                    Section 4.16  Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.
          Either (i) the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement is in full
          force and effect, and has not been amended, supplemented or
          otherwise modified without the prior written consent of the
          Agent, and no right, power, privilege or remedy of the Company
          under the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement has been waived,
          released or otherwise impaired without the prior written consent
          of the Agent, or (ii) the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement has
          been terminated pursuant to the Ogden Letter of Intent (without
          the Agent's consent) or otherwise with the prior written consent
          of the Agent.

                    Section 4.17  Judgments or Litigation.  No judgments,
          orders, writs or decrees are outstanding against the Company or
          any of the Subsidiaries nor is there now pending or, to the best
          of the Company's knowledge, threatened any litigation, contested
          claim, investigation, arbitration, or governmental proceeding by
          or against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries in which there
          is a reasonable possibility of an adverse decision which (taking
          into account insurance coverage) could reasonably be expected to
          have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    Section 4.18  Government Contracts.  Neither the
          Company nor any Subsidiary has ever been debarred or suspended
          from contracting (as a first tier or any other level of
          subcontractor) for or bidding on any Governmental Contract (as
          such term is defined below) or had a Government Contract
          cancelled or terminated for default by the Company or a
          Subsidiary, as the case may be.  Neither the Company nor any of
          its Subsidiaries is currently debarred or suspended from (or has
          received notice that it is under investigation with respect to a
          possible debarment or suspension from) bidding on or entering
          into any contract with or for any Governmental Authority
          (together with each Navy Contract, a "Government Contract").
          Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been given
          notice (i) that any Government Contract may be or will be
          terminated for the convenience of a Governmental Authority or by
          virtue of a default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as
          the case may be, (ii) that a major program or Contract of the
          Company or any Subsidiary will be eliminated or substantially
          reduced or suspended, (iii) requiring or resulting in, loss of
          use or substantial impairment or interference of use by the
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, of any
          facilities owned by a Governmental Authority, or (iv) that any
          relevant budget authority or contract authority has been exceeded
          with respect to any Government Contract which in any such case
          could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
          Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries anticipates
          incurring cost overruns on any Government Contracts which could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    Section 4.19  Modular Construction.  The Company has
          full right to use the modular construction technology used (or
          needed to be used) in the completion of its Government Contracts
          subject to no patent, technology or other license from any
          Person. No Person has made a written claim against the Company
          that such use is in violation of any patent rights or proprietary
<PAGE>
          inflation and there is no pending or, to the best knowledge of
          the Company, threatened litigation, or arbitration in which it is
          alleged that the Company's use of such technology violates any
          patent or proprietary right.

                    Section 4.20  Licenses, Permits.  The Company and each
          of its Subsidiaries have all permits, certificates, licenses
          (including patent and copyright licenses), approvals and other
          authorizations required in connection with the operation of their
          businesses, except those which could not reasonably be expected
          to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    Section 4.21  Navy Contracts.  Except as set forth on
          Schedule 4.21, the Company has the right under the Navy Contracts
          to assign the Company's right, title and interest to the proceeds
          thereof to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks, in each case,
          free of any contractual right of set-off.  The Company has not
          released any Governmental Authority from any liability or claim
          of entitlement under any Navy Contract except in the ordinary
          course of business in respect of change orders.  There are no
          offsets, and there are not currently threatened or pending any
          claims or offsets against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
          by any Governmental Authority which claim or offsets may be used
          to reduce amounts owing by any Governmental Authority under the
          Navy Contracts, which claims or offsets could reasonably be
          expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    Section 4.22  Loan Documents. etc.  All of the
          representations and warranties made by the Company in the other
          Loan Documents are true and correct.

                    Section 4.23  No Federal Tax or ERISA Liens.  No notice
          of or any other document or instrument creating any federal tax
          Lien or Lien under Section 412 of the Code or Section 4068 of
          ERISA has been issued, recorded or filed with respect to the
          assets of the Company of any of its Subsidiaries.

                    Section 4.24  No Bonds.  There are no payment or
          performance bonds applicable to the Navy Contracts.

                    Section 4.25  Labor Controversies.  (a)  Except as
          disclosed on Schedule 4.25, there are no controversies pending
          or, to the best of the Company's knowledge after diligent
          inquiry, threatened between the Company or any of the
          Subsidiaries and any of their respective employees which could
          reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    (b)  Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries is
          engaged in any unfair labor practice.  Except as set forth on
          Schedule 4.25, there is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint
          pending against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or, to the
          best knowledge of the Company, threatened against any of them,
          before the National Labor Relations Board, and no grievance or
          significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or under
          collective bargaining agreements is so pending against the
          Company or any of the Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of
          the Company, threatened against any of them, (ii) no strike,
<PAGE>
          labor dispute, slowdown or stoppage pending against either of the
          Company or any of the Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of
          the Company, threatened against any of them and (iii) no union
          representation question with respect to the employees of the
          Company or any Subsidiaries and no union organizing activities.

                    Section 4.26  Capitalization; Existing Indebtedness.
          Schedule 4.26 ("Ownership of the Company") sets forth, as of the
          Effective Date, each record and, to the knowledge of the Company,
          beneficial owner of 5% or more of the outstanding shares of each
          class of outstanding equity securities of the Company.  As of the
          Effective Date, Schedule 7.13 sets forth all outstanding
          Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

                    Section 4.27  Patents, Trademarks, etc.  Each of the
          Company and each of its Subsidiaries owns and possesses all such
          patents, patent rights, trademarks, trademark rights, trade
          names, trade name rights, service marks, service mark rights and
          copyrights required in connection with the conduct of their
          business as now conducted without, to the best of its knowledge,
          any material infringement upon rights of other Persons.

                    Section 4.28  Collateral Documents.  The provisions of
          the Collateral Documents executed or to be executed by the
          Company and its Subsidiaries in favor of the Agent will be, on
          and after the due execution and delivery thereof in accordance
          herewith (and after giving effect to the Initial Credit Event),
          effective to create, in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the
          Agent and the Banks, legal, valid and enforceable Liens in all
          right, title and interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries in
          any and all of the Collateral described therein, securing the
          Revolving Notes, Reimbursement Obligations and all other
          Obligations from time to time outstanding, and upon all filings
          and recordings being duly made in the locations referred to in
          the applicable Collateral Documents or the taking of possession
          of the Collateral by the Agent in accordance with the provisions
          of such Collateral Documents or the taking of such other action
          by the Agent as is contemplated by the Collateral Documents, each
          of such Collateral Documents shall constitute, as of and after
          the Effective Date (and after giving effect to the Initial Credit
          Event), a fully perfected first priority Lien in all right, title
          and interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries in such
          Collateral superior in right to any Liens, existing or future,
          which the Company or any creditors thereof or purchasers
          therefrom, or any other Person, may have against such Collateral
          or interests therein, other than interests of Persons with
          respect to Customary Permitted Liens.

                    Section 4.29  Accuracy of Information.  All factual
          information heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on
          behalf of the Company in writing to the Agent or any Bank for
          purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any
          transaction contemplated hereby is, and all other such factual
          information hereafter furnished by or on behalf of the Company to
          the Agent or any Bank in connection with this Agreement or any
<PAGE>
          transaction contemplated hereby will be, true and accurate in
          every material respect on the date as of which such information
          is dated or certified and such information is not, or shall not
          be, as the case may be, incomplete by omitting to state any
          material fact necessary to make such information not misleading;
          provided that in the case of any projections hereafter so
          furnished by or on behalf of the Company, such projections shall
          represent the reasonable expectations of the management of the
          Company or future performance, based upon historical financial
          information and reasonable assumptions.

                    Section 4.30  Solvency.  Each of the Company and each
          Subsidiary with assets included in the calculation of the
          Borrowing Base is Solvent.


                                      SECTION V
                               CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO
                               EFFECTIVE DATE AND EACH
                                 EXTENSION OF CREDIT

                    Section 5.1  Initial Credit Extensions.
          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
          obligations of the Banks to make the initial Credit Extension
          hereunder shall be subject to the prior or concurrent
          satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent set
          forth in this Section 5.1 (the date on which all of the following
          conditions are satisfied by the Company or waived by the Required
          Banks is referred to as the "Effective Date");

                    (a)  Documents.

                         (i)  Each of the Banks shall have executed
               and delivered a counterpart of this Agreement to the
               Agent and the Agent shall have received a counterpart
               of this Agreement conforming to the requirements hereof
               and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.

                         (ii) The Agent shall have received the Loan
               Documents to be executed by the Company (and all
               documents related thereto) duly executed by a
               Responsible Officer of the Company except as otherwise
               specifically provided herein and for the 900 Foot
               Floating Drydock Mortgage which shall be executed and
               delivered by the Company on or prior to June 15, 1994.

                         (iii)     Each of the Banks shall have
               received a Revolving Note and a counterpart of this
               Agreement conforming to the requirements hereof and
               executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.

                         (iv) The Agent shall have received a Borrowing
               Base Certificate of the Company and the Subsidiary
<PAGE>
               Guarantors, with appropriate insertions and attachments,
               reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent,
               and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Company.

                         (v)  The Agent shall have received an Assignment
               of Claims Notice (Company) acknowledged by the appropriate
               administrative contracting officer, disbursing officer and,
               if applicable, any surety or bonding company applicable to
               the Government Contracts providing for aggregate payments to
               the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors of $1,000,000 or
               more (other than the contract specified in the last sentence
               of Section 6.14), including, without limitation, the Navy
               Contracts listed on Schedule II hereto.

                         (vi) The Agent shall have received the Subsidiary
               Guarantees executed by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors
               executed by a Responsible Officer of the Subsidiary party
               thereto.

                         (vii) The Agent shall have received Subsidiary
               Security Agreements executed by each of the Subsidiary
               Guarantors executed by a Responsible Officer of the
               Subsidiary party thereto.

                         (viii)  The Agent shall have received confirmation
               satisfactory to the Agent that proper financing statements
               (Form UCC-1) have been duly filed under the Uniform
               Commercial Code of all jurisdictions as may be necessary or,
               in the opinion of the Agent, desirable to perfect the Liens
               and security interests created by the Collateral Documents.

                         (ix)  Certified copies of Requests for Information
               or Copies (Form UCC-11) or equivalent reports, which
               certified copies or reports shall list all effective
               financing statements which name each grantor under the
               Collateral Documents as debtor and which are filed in the
               jurisdictions referred to in clause (viii) above, together
               with copies of such financing statements (none of which
               shall cover the Collateral purported to be covered by any of
               the Collateral Documents, except with respect to Liens with
               respect to which the Company shall have delivered to the
               Agent a duly executed Uniform Commercial Code termination
               statement).

                         (x)  The Agent shall have received all stock
               certificates (together with stock powers duly executed in
               blank) which are required to be delivered to the Agent
               pursuant to the terms of the Stock Pledge Agreement
               (Company) and the Stock Pledge Agreement (ATS).

                         (xi)  Evidence that all other actions that, in the
               opinion of the Agent, are advisable to perfect and protect
               the Liens in the Collateral created or purported to be
               created by the Collateral Documents have been taken.
<PAGE>
                         (xii)  The Agent shall have received evidence that
               all insurance policies, coverages and riders (including loss
               payable endorsements in favor of and in form and substance
               satisfactory to the Agent) required pursuant to the
               requirements of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents
               are in full force and effect.

                    (b)  Fees and Expenses.  The Agent and each of the
          Banks shall have received payment in full of those fees and
          expenses referred to in the Fee Letter which are due on or prior
          to the Effective Date (or an irrevocable authorization to pay
          such fees or expenses out of the proceeds of the Loans).

                    (c)  Initial Credit Event.  The Initial Credit Event
          shall have occurred on or before June 1, 1994.

                    (d)  Corporate Action of the Company.  The Agent shall
          have received (i) certified copies of all corporate action taken
          by the Company to authorize the execution, delivery and
          performance, in accordance with their respective terms, of this
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents
          required or contemplated hereunder or thereunder; (ii) a
          certificate of incumbency with respect to the officers of the
          Company authorized and directed to execute and deliver this
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and other documents
          required or contemplated thereunder; (iii) certified copies of
          the Articles of Incorporation and by-laws of the Company, amended
          to the date hereof; and (iv) certificate(s) of good standing for
          the Company from the appropriate authority in its jurisdiction of
          incorporation and in each other jurisdiction in which it is
          required to qualify to do business.

                    (e)  Corporate Action of the Subsidiary Guarantors.
          The Agent shall have received in respect of each of the
          Subsidiary Guarantors party to any Loan Documents (i) certified
          copies of all corporate action taken by such Subsidiary Guarantor
          to authorize the execution, delivery and performance, in
          accordance with their respective terms, of the Loan Documents to
          which it is a party and any other documents required or
          contemplated thereunder; (ii) a certificate of incumbency with
          respect to the officers of such Subsidiary Guarantor authorized
          and directed to execute and deliver the Loan Documents to which
          it is a party, and other documents required or contemplated
          thereunder; (iii) certified copies of the articles of
          incorporation and by-laws of such Subsidiary Guarantor, amended
          to the date hereof; and (iv) certificate(s) of good standing for
          such Subsidiary Guarantor from the appropriate authority in its
          jurisdiction of incorporation and in each other jurisdiction in
          which it is required to qualify to do business.

                    (f)  Consents.  The Agent shall have received all of
          the consents necessary, in the opinion of the Agent, to
          accomplish the transactions contemplated hereby.
<PAGE>
                    (g)  Officer's Certificate.  The Agent shall have
          received, as an inducement to the Agent and the Banks to enter
          into this Agreement, a certificate of the Company executed by a
          Responsible Officer of the Company and dated the Effective Date
          certifying that as of such date:

                         (i)  no Default or Event of Default has
               occurred and is continuing; and

                         (ii) the representations and warranties of
               the Company contained in this Agreement and the other
               Loan Documents and in any certificate, document or
               financial or other statement furnished by the Company
               are true and correct.

                    (h)  Documentation and Proceedings.  All corporate and
          legal proceedings and all instruments in connection with the
          transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory
          in form and substance to the Agent and its counsel and the Agent
          shall have received all information and copies of all documents,
          including records of corporate proceedings, governmental
          approvals and incumbency certificates which it may have
          reasonably requested in connection with the transactions
          contemplated by this Agreement such documents where appropriate
          to be certified by proper officers.

                    (i)  Opinions.  Each of the Banks shall have received
          the favorable opinions of (i) Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent,
          Carrere & Denegre, Louisiana counsel to the Company, (ii)
          Sonnenschein, Nath & Rosenthal, Government Contracts counsel to
          the Company, and (iii) Latham & Watkins, special counsel to the
          Agent, in each case, addressed to the Agent, the LC Issuer and
          the Banks, and such other opinions of counsel as the Agent may
          reasonably request, in each case in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.

                    (j)  No Material Adverse Effect.  No event or events
          which, individually or in the aggregate has had, or could
          reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect shall
          have occurred since December 31, 1993.

                    (k)  Solvency.  The Agent shall have received for the
          benefit of each Bank and the LC Issuer a certificate of the
          Company executed on its behalf by the chief financial officer of
          the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent,
          relying upon such projections and financial information as may be
          referred to therein and containing such other information as may
          be required by, and be acceptable to, the Agent, to the effect
          that the Company is and will be Solvent after giving effect to
          the transactions contemplated hereby.
                    (l)  Due Diligence.  The Agent shall be satisfied with
          the results of its review and investigations with respect to:

                         (i)  The current financial condition of the
               Company and its Subsidiaries;

                         (ii)  the Navy Contracts;
<PAGE>
                         (iii)  the three year financial projections of the
               Company and its Subsidiaries;

                         (iv)  the Collateral and other property of the
               Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to a field examination
               of such Collateral and property to be conducted by the Agent
               or its representative;

                         (v)  the terms and conditions of all Indebtedness
               of the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors that is
               to remain outstanding after the Effective Date; and

                         (vi)  the prepayment and termination of the
               Existing Credit Facility and the release or termination of
               all Liens with respect to the Existing Credit Facility.

                    (m)  Syndication.  The Agent shall have received firm
          Commitments totalling at least $25,000,000 from financial
          institutions (including Continental) reasonably acceptable to the
          Company.

                    (n)  Ogden Matters.  Execution and delivery by the
          Company and Ogden of the Ogden Letter of Intent (in form and
          substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent) relating to the
          Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement.

                    (o)  Additional Matters.  All other documents, and
          legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by
          this Agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and
          substance to the Agent.

                    Section 5.2  Conditions to Initial Letter of Credit
          Issuance.  In the event that the first Loan has not been made,
          the obligation of the LC Issuer to issue the initial Letter of
          Credit shall be subject to its receipt of an Issuance Request and
          the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section
          5.1.

                    Section 5.3  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit.
          The obligation of the Banks to make any Loan and of the LC Issuer
          to issue any Letter of Credit is subject to the satisfaction of
          the following conditions precedent on the relevant Borrowing
          Date:

                    (a)  Representations and Warranties.  The
          representations and warranties made by the Company herein or
          which are contained in any certificate, document or financial or
          other statement furnished by the Company at any time under or in
          connection herewith shall be correct in all material respects on
          and as of such Borrowing Date as if made on and as of such date,
          except to the extent that such representations and warranties
          expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such
          representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate
          on and as of such earlier date).
<PAGE>
                    (b)  No Default or Event of Default.  No Default or
          Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such
          Borrowing Date or after giving effect to the Loan to be made or
          issuance of the Letter of Credit to be issued on such Borrowing
          Date.
                    (c)  Borrowing Certificate.  The Agent shall have
          received Borrowing Request in accordance with Section 2.4 or an
          Issuance Request in accordance with Section 3.2, as the case may
          be.

                    (d)  Fees.  The Agent and the Banks shall have received
          all fees due and owing pursuant to Section 2.9 and Section 3.3.

                    (e)  No Federal Tax or ERISA Liens.  No notice of or
          any other document or instrument creating any federal tax Lien or
          Lien under Section 412 of the Code or Section 4068 of ERISA shall
          have been issued, recorded or filed with respect to the assets of
          the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and no Bank shall have
          informed the Agent or the Company that such Bank has processed
          any such Lien or has notice thereof.

                    Each Credit Extension hereunder shall constitute a
          representation and warranty by the Company as of the date of such
          Credit Extension that the conditions set forth in this Section
          5.3 have been satisfied.


                                     SECTION VI
                                AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                    The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the
          Commitments remain in effect, any Revolving Note remains unpaid,
          Letter of Credit Outstandings exist, or any other amount is owing
          to the Agent, the Banks or the LC Issuer hereunder, the Company
          shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

                    Section 6.1  Financial Statements. Furnish to the Agent
          with sufficient copies for each of the Banks:

                    (a)  as soon as available, but in any event within 95
          days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company a copy of
          the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its
          consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the
          related consolidated statement of operations, statement of cash
          flows and statement of stockholders' equity reported on by
          Deloitte & Touche, or other independent certified public
          accountants of nationally recognized standing;

                    (b)  as soon as available, but in any event not later
          than 50 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly
          periods of each fiscal year of the Company the unaudited
          consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated
          Subsidiaries as at the end of each such quarter and the related
          unaudited consolidated statement of operations and statement of
          shareholders' equity and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such
          quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through such date,
          each certified by a Responsible Officer as fairly presenting the
          financial condition of the Company and its consolidated
          Subsidiaries as at such date;
<PAGE>
                    (c)  as soon as available, but in any event within the
          time periods specified on Schedule 6.1 after the end of each
          fiscal month of the Company, the information described on
          Schedule 6.1 with respect to the Company and the Subsidiary
          Guarantors, prepared in a form acceptable to the Agent; and

                    (d)  as soon as available, but in any event within 30
          days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the
          Company's profit plan for the then current fiscal year, including
          without limitation, projections of the Company's financial
          performance for such year on a quarterly basis, and the
          assumptions underlying such projections.

                    All such financial statements required by this Section
          6.1 are to be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance
          with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected
          therein (except as approved by such accountants or Responsible
          Officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein).

                    Section 6.2  Certificates: Other Information.  Furnish
          to the Agent (with sufficient copies for the Banks):

                    (a)  concurrently with the delivery of the financial
          statements referred to in Section 6.1(a) above, a certificate of
          the independent certified public accountants reporting on such
          financial statements stating that in making the examination
          necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Default or
          Event of Default, except as specified in such certificate;

                    (b)  concurrently with the delivery of the financial
          statements referred to in Sections 6.1(a) and 6.1(b) above, a
          certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Officer
          has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default
          except as specified in such certificate, and showing in detail
          the calculations supporting such statement in respect of Sections
          7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.8, 7.9 and 7.13;

                    (c)  within 10 Business Days after the same are sent,
          copies of all financial statements and reports which the Company
          sends to its public stockholders, if any, and within 10 Business
          Days after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements
          and reports which the Company may make to, or file with, the
          Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor or analogous
          Governmental Authority;

                    (d)  as promptly as practicable, and in any event
          within 10 Business Days after the end of each month (or more
          frequently as requested by the Agent), a completed Borrowing Base
          Certificate setting forth the Borrowing Base as of the last day
          of such month (such day being the "Borrowing Base Calculation
          Date"), accompanied by supporting calculations in reasonable
          detail and such new information as the Responsible Officer
          executing such Borrowing Base Certificate, after making due
          inquiries, has obtained or is otherwise aware of, certifying:

                    (i) that the information contained in such Borrowing
               Base Certificate is true and complete in all material
               respects as of the Borrowing Base Calculation Date or the
               relevant date of any such new information, as appropriate,
<PAGE>
                    (ii) that, except as disclosed therein, there has been
               no material adverse change in the Company's Eligible Billed
               Commercial Receivables, Eligible Billed U.S. Government
               Receivables, Eligible Commercial Inventory or the Avondale
               Drydock, since the end of the immediately preceding month,

                    (iii) that, as of the date of such Borrowing Base
               Certificate, the sum of (x) the outstanding principal amount
               of all Loans and (y) the outstanding amount of all Letter of
               Credit Outstandings does not exceed the then Borrowing Base,
               and

                    (iv) a statement as to the agings of Accounts on a
               consolidated basis.

                    (e)  as promptly as practicable and in any event within
          90 days after the end of each year, a report as of the end of
          such year signed by the chief accounting or chief financial
          officer of the Company and setting forth in reasonable detail:

                    (i) any material changes in the reserves made for bad
               Accounts and the amount of Accounts written off during the
               immediately preceding year, and

                    (ii) any material Inventory write-offs or write-downs
               during such immediately preceding year.

                    (f)  within 10 days after the end of each calendar
          year, a certificate of insurance that evidences the existence of
          each policy of insurance required to be maintained by the Company
          and its Subsidiaries in accordance with the requirements of this
          Agreement or any other Loan Document, and the payment of all
          premiums therefor.
                    (g)  promptly upon learning thereof notice of (i) the
          occurrence of any event causing loss or depreciation in the value
          of any of the Company's Inventory in excess of $500,000 and (ii)
          the amount of such loss or depreciation.

                    (h)  promptly upon receipt thereof notice of any
          proposed suspension or debarment of the Company or any Subsidiary
          Guarantor from contracting (as a first tier or any other level of
          subcontractor) for, bidding on, or entering into any Government
          Contract.

                    (i)  promptly, such additional financial and other
          information as the Agent or any Bank may from time to time
          reasonably request; the Agent and the Banks severally agreeing to
          take appropriate measures to protect any proprietary information
          of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

                    Section 6.3  Payment of Obligations.  Pay, discharge or
          otherwise satisfy at or, to the extent permitted by this
          Agreement, before maturity or before they become delinquent, as
          the case may be, all its material obligations of whatever nature,
          except when the amount or validity thereof is currently being
          contested in good faith and reserves in conformity with GAAP with
          respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Company or
          its Subsidiaries.
<PAGE>
                    Section 6.4  Maintenance of Property: Insurance.  Keep
          all property useful and necessary in its business in good working
          order and condition and maintain insurance on all its material
          property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks
          as are currently insured against by the Company and Subsidiaries.
          All policies covering the Collateral are to name the Agent as an
          additional insured and the loss payee (pursuant to an endorsement
          in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) in case of loss,
          and are to contain such other provisions as the Agent may
          reasonably require to fully protect the Agent's interest in the
          Collateral and to any payments to be made under such policies.
          The Company will furnish to the Agent, upon written request, full
          information as to the insurance carried by it.

                    Section 6.5  Conduct of Business and Maintenance of
          Existence.  Continue to engage principally in the businesses of
          the same general type now conducted by it and preserve, renew and
          keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and take
          all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and
          franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its
          business and comply in all material respects with all Contractual
          Obligations and Requirements of Law (including, without
          limitation, the Federal Acquisition Regulations (48 CFR Chapters
          1 through 63)) except where the failure to comply with this
          Section 6.5 could not reasonably be expected to have a Material
          Adverse Effect.

                    Section 6.6  Inspection of Property: Books and Records;
          Discussions.  Keep proper books of records and account in which
          full, true and correct entries in conformity in all material
          respects with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of
          all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and
          activities; and permit representatives of the Agent or the Banks,
          including, without limitation, any consulting/accounting firm,
          auditors, appraisers or other professionals engaged by the Agent
          or any of the Banks to visit and inspect any of its properties
          and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records
          at any reasonable time during normal business hours and as often
          as may reasonably be desired, and to discuss the business,
          operations, properties and financial and other condition of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries with officers and employees of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries and with its independent certified
          public accountants; it being understood that the Company will not
          be obligated to reveal the details of its final bid decisions.
          The Agent and the Banks severally agree to take appropriate
          measures to protect any proprietary information of the Company
          and its Subsidiaries.  The Agent and the Banks may, from time to
          time, engage a consulting/accounting firm, auditors, appraisers
          and/or other professionals to conduct a review of the operations
          of the Company and Subsidiaries or to assist the Agent and/or the
          Banks in connection with the exercise or enforcement of any
          right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement, the Loan
          Documents and/or applicable law.  The reasonable costs of any
          such reviews shall be paid by the Company upon demand.

                    Section 6.7  Notices.  Promptly give notice to the
          Agent of:

                    (a)  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;
<PAGE>
                    (b)  any (i) default or event of default under any
          other Contractual Obligation of the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries, (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding which
          may exist at any time between the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries and any Governmental Authority (including, without
          limitation, the Board of Contract Appeals and the General
          Accounting Office), and (iii) any other litigation or proceeding
          affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in which, in
          the case of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii), the amount(s) claimed
          from the Company or any Subsidiary exceeds or is likely to exceed
          $1,000,000, singularly or $3,000,000 in the aggregate, or where
          the Company or any Subsidiary is likely to be debarred or
          suspended from bidding on or entering into Government Contracts
          generally, or any Government Contracts of the Company or any
          Subsidiary may be forfeited or cancelled for cause or the
          convenience of a Governmental Authority, and in addition, will
          furnish to the Agent within ninety days after the end of each
          fiscal year of the Company, a summary of all such litigation,
          investigations or proceedings;

                    (c)  the following events, as soon as possible and in
          any event within thirty days after the Company knows or has
          reason to know thereof: (1) the occurrence of any Reportable
          Event with respect to any Plan; (ii) the occurrence of a
          prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or
          Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to any Plan, (iii) the
          institution of proceedings or the taking or expected taking of
          any other action by PBGC or the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to
          terminate or withdraw or partially withdraw from any Plan and,
          with respect to a Multiemployer Plan, the "Reorganization" or
          "Insolvency" of such Plan (as such terms are defined in ERISA),
          (iv) the failure of the Company or a Code Affiliate to make a
          required installment under Section 412(m) of the Code or any
          other payment required under Section 412 of the Code on or before
          the due date or (v) the adoption of an amendment with respect to
          a Plan so that the Company or a Code Affiliate is required to
          provide security to the Plan under Section 401(a)(29) of the
          Code, and in addition to such notice, delivery to the Agent of a
          certificate of a Responsible Officer setting forth details
          relating thereto, and the action that the Company, ERISA
          Affiliate or Code Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto
          and when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal
          Revenue Service or the PBGC, together with a copy of any notice
          to the PBGC or IRS or any notice delivered by the PBGC or IRS;
          and

                    (d)  a material adverse change in the business,
          operations, property or financial or other condition of the
          Company and Subsidiaries as such business, operations, property
          or financial or other condition of the Company and Subsidiaries
          existed on December 31, 1993.  Each notice pursuant to this
          Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible
          Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to
          therein and stating what action the Company and/or Subsidiary
          proposes to take with respect thereto.
<PAGE>
                    Section 6.8  ERISA.  Fulfill its, and cause each
          Subsidiary to fulfill its, obligations under the minimum funding
          standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan, and
          neither the Company nor any Subsidiary shall take any action that
          would result in the termination of a Plan by the PBGC.

                    Section 6.9  Additional Title Opinions and Appraisals
          for the Avondale Drydock.  In connection with any appraisal of
          the Avondale Drydock, whether pursuant to the requirements of
          Section 2.17 or otherwise, the Company shall deliver to the Agent
          an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Agent, in form and
          substance satisfactory to the Agent, as to the Company's title in
          and to the Avondale Drydock and as to the perfection, priority
          and validity of the 900 Foot Floating Drydock Mortgage.

                    Section 6.10  Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.  (a)
          To the extent the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement has not been
          terminated pursuant to the Ogden Letter of Intent (without the
          prior consent of the Agent) or otherwise terminated with the
          prior written consent of the Agent, the Company shall (i) give
          notice to Ogden, within the time period specified in Section 1 of
          the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, of any event or
          circumstance which constitutes, or may reasonably be expected in
          the future to constitute, a Debit thereunder, and (ii) take all
          action required by the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
          (including, without limitation, the delivery of a written demand
          to Ogden pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Preferred Stock Purchase
          Agreement, in the case of any Avondale Cash Debit, as defined
          therein) to ensure that any such Debit is satisfied through the
          issuance of Preferred Stock (as defined in the Preferred Stock
          Purchase Agreement) or (with the prior written consent of the
          Agent) Subordinated Debentures (as defined in the Preferred Stock
          Purchase Agreement) pursuant to the Preferred Stock Purchase
          Agreement, except the Company may elect to pay cash or issue
          Subordinated Debentures to Ogden in lieu of issuing Preferred
          Stock without the consent of the Agent up to the Maximum Cash
          Debit Amount, and that, in the case of any Avondale Cash Debit,
          Ogden pays in cash the applicable purchase price for the
          Preferred Stock and/or Subordinated Debentures issued in
          satisfaction of such Debit.

                    (b)  To the extent the Preferred Stock Agreement has
          not been terminated pursuant to the Ogden Letter of Intent or
          otherwise terminated with the prior written consent of the Agent,
          the Company shall (i) give notice to Ogden, within the period
          specified in Section 1 of the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement,
          of any event or circumstance which constitutes, or may reasonably
          be expected to constitute, an Ogden Cash Credit (as defined in
          the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement), and (ii) take all other
          action required by the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement to
          effectuate the payment of the Ogden Cash Credit pursuant to
          Section 3(f) and other applicable provisions of the Preferred
          Stock Purchase Agreement.

                    (c)  To the extent the Preferred Stock Agreement has
          not been terminated pursuant to the Ogden Letter of Intent or
          otherwise terminated with the prior written consent of the Agent,
<PAGE>
          the Company shall (i) issue Preferred Stock, (ii) if permitted
          under the terms of the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and if
          the Agent has given its prior written consent, issue Subordinated
          Debentures to Ogden or (iii) pay cash to Ogden to settle and
          discharge all Debits arising under the Preferred Stock Purchase
          Agreement except that in the event any Loan has been advanced
          hereunder and any portion thereof remains outstanding or there
          exists any unpaid Reimbursement Obligation, then the Company may
          only elect to pay cash to Ogden in satisfaction of any Avondale
          Cash Debit instead of issuing Preferred Stock or Subordinated
          Debentures if (i) (x) no Default or Event of Default has occurred
          and is continuing and (y) such cash payment, together with all
          prior cash payments made pursuant to this subsection (and
          excluding any cash payments authorized under clauses (ii) or
          (iii)), do not exceed in the aggregate the Maximum Cash Debit
          Amount, (ii) the Agent has given its prior written consent to
          such cash payment, or (iii) such cash payment is used solely to
          reimburse Ogden for any payment made by Ogden under the Ogden
          Reimbursement Agreement to reimburse Chemical Bank to the extent
          of any draw on the Ogden Letter of Credit for payment of interest
          on the Jo Ann Bonds.

                    Anything in this Section 6.10 to the contrary
          notwithstanding, to the extent no Loans or Reimbursement
          Obligations are outstanding, there shall be no restriction on the
          right of the Company to pay cash to Ogden pursuant to the terms
          of the Letter of Intent.

                    Section 6.11  Delivery; Further Assurances.  The
          Company will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors
          to, at their joint and several expense:

                    (a)execute and deliver any and all instruments
               necessary or as the Agent may request to grant and perfect a
               first priority Lien on all of its Accounts and Inventory,
               subject to no other Liens other than Customary Permitted
               Liens, and, without any request by the Agent, immediately
               deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent, in due form
               for transfer (duly endorsed in blank or, if appropriate,
               accompanied by duly executed blank stock or bond powers),
               all securities, chattel paper, instruments and documents of
               title, if any, at any time representing all or any of the
               Collateral

                    (b)  upon the reasonable request of the Agent, furnish
               or cause to be furnished to the Agent such opinions of
               counsel in connection with the execution and document
               delivery contemplated by this Section 6.11;

                    (c)  upon request of the Agent, forthwith execute and
               deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent,
               in due form for filing or recording (and pay the cost of
               filing or recording the same in all public offices deemed
               necessary by the Agent), such assignments, security
               agreements, pledge agreements, consents, waivers, financing
               statements, stock or bond powers, and other documents, and
               do such other acts and things, all as the Agent may from
<PAGE>
               time to time reasonably request, to establish and maintain
               to the satisfaction of the Agent valid perfected Liens in
               all Collateral (free of all other Liens, claims, and rights
               of third parties other than Customary Permitted Liens); and

                    (d)  such other agreements, instruments and documents
               which the Agent may request from time to time in connection
               with the foregoing.

                    Section 6.12  Cash Management Letters.  On or prior to
          the Effective Date, the Company will obtain for the benefit of
          the Agent Cash Management Letters with respect to each of its
          collection accounts set forth on Schedule 6.12 (or with respect
          to the account set forth on Schedule 6.12 maintained at Riggs
          National Bank, an irrevocable letter of direction directing Riggs
          National Bank to transfers funds contained therein solely to one
          of the accounts maintained at Whitney National Bank for which a
          Cash Management Letter has been obtained).  From and after such
          date, the Company will not open any new depositary account into
          which proceeds of any Accounts or Inventory are deposited in any
          month, unless it causes to be delivered to the Agent a Cash
          Management Letter, with such changes as shall be reasonably
          acceptable to the Agent.  In the event a Cash Management Letter
          is not forthcoming or giving for each account, at the option and
          discretion of the Agent, the account shall be closed, with the
          balance or proceeds transferred to an existing or new depository
          account with respect to which a Cash Management Letter has been
          obtained.  All proceeds of the Collateral shall be deposited
          solely into accounts with respect to which a Cash Management
          Letter in favor of the Agent has been obtained.

                    Section 6.13  Updated Appraisal of Avondale Drydock.
          Whether or not the Company shall deliver any Extension Notice to
          the Agent, no later than 75 days prior to the then current
          Extension Date, the Company shall provide the Agent with an
          updated appraisal of the Assessed Value of the Avondale Drydock
          from an appraiser reasonably acceptable to the Agent.  Upon the
          Agent's review and approval of such appraisal, the Assessed Value
          of the Avondale Drydock for purposes of this Agreement shall be
          adjusted to reflect the results of such appraisal.

                    Section 6.14  Delivery of Assignment of Claims Notices.
          Within 30 days after executing any contract with any Governmental
          Authority of the United States, including, without limitation the
          Department of Navy, providing for aggregate payments to the
          Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor of $1,000,000 or more, the
          Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor party
          thereto, to assign such contract to the Agent and deliver a
          Notice of Assignment with respect to such contract which has been
          sent to the United States government pursuant to the Assignment
          of Claims Act of 1940 as amended (31 U.S.C. 3727, 41 U.S.C. 15)
          and acknowledged by the appropriate administrative contracting
          officer, and disbursing officer, and if applicable, any surety on
          any bond applicable to such contract.  Within 30 days after the
          request of the Agent, the Company shall deliver Assignment of
          Claims Notices (Company) with respect to the Navy Contract
<PAGE>
          executed by the Company with respect to the lay berthing of two
          vessels for the Military Sealift Command which the Company
          represents and warrants, as of the date of this Agreement, are
          the only two contracts with any Governmental Authority of the
          United States to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is
          a party providing for aggregate payments in excess of $1,000,000
          for which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor has not
          delivered an Assignment of Claims Notice prior to the date
          hereof.
                                     SECTION VII
                                 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                    The Company hereby agrees that, so long as the
          Commitments remain in effect, any Loan, Revolving Note or
          Reimbursement Obligation remains unpaid, or any other amount is
          owing to the Agent, the Banks or the LC Issuer hereunder, the
          Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries
          (and in the case of Section 7.11, any ERISA Affiliate (or with
          respect to clauses (c) and (e) of Section 7.11, any Code
          Affiliate)) to, directly or indirectly:

                    Section 7.1  Financial Condition Covenants.

                    (a)  Maintenance of Consolidated Net Worth.  Permit
          Consolidated Net Worth at any time to be less than the sum of (i)
          $108,000,000 plus (ii) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net
          Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for all quarters
          ending after the date of this Agreement in which Consolidated Net
          Income for such quarter was positive.

                    (b)  Maintenance of Debt to Equity Ratio.  Permit at
          any time the ratio of (i) Total Funded Debt at such time to (ii)
          Total Funded Debt plus Consolidated Net Worth at such time to be
          greater than .45 to 1.

                    (c)  Maintenance of Minimum Government Contract
          Backlog.  Permit the backlog of firm Government Contracts of the
          Company and Gulfport to be less than $600 million at any time.

                    (d)  Maintenance of Debt Coverage Ratio.  Permit the
          Cash Flow Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any of its fiscal
          quarters to be less than (i) .10 to 1 for any such fiscal quarter
          ending on or prior to December 31, 1994 or (ii) .20 to 1 for any
          such fiscal quarter ending thereafter.

                    (e)  Maintenance of Interest Coverage Ratio.  Permit
          the Interest Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any of its
          fiscal quarters to be less than (i) 3.0 to 1 for any such fiscal
          quarter ending on or prior to December 31, 1994 or (ii) 3.5 to 1
          for any such fiscal quarter ending thereafter.

                    Section 7.2  Limitation on Liens. Create, incur, assume
          or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or
          revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

                    (a)  Customary Permitted Liens;
<PAGE>
                    (b)  pledges or deposits in connection with worker's
          compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security
          legislation;

                    (c)  deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade
          contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory
          obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other
          obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of
          business;

                    (d)  easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other
          similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business
          which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which
          do not in any case materially detract from the value of the
          property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary course of
          the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

                    (e)  Liens on the assets of Subsidiaries securing
          Indebtedness owing to the Company so long as such Indebtedness
          and Liens are assigned to the Agent for the benefit of the Banks
          pursuant to the Security Agreement (Company);

                    (f)  Liens granted with respect to real and/or tangible
          or intangible personal property, which property is acquired after
          the date hereof (by purchase, construction or otherwise) by the
          Company or any Subsidiary, each of which Liens were incurred to
          finance, refinance or refund, the cost (including the cost of
          construction) of the respective property; provided that no such
          Lien shall extend to or cover any other property of the Company
          or any such Subsidiary other than the respective property so
          acquired and improvements thereon or extend to or cover any
          Collateral;

                    (g)  customer's Liens on work in progress incurred in
          the ordinary course of business;

                    (h)  Liens granted pursuant to the terms of the
          Collateral Documents;

                    (i)  Liens evidenced by the First Preferred Ship
          Mortgage;

                    (j)  in addition to and without duplication of the
          Liens permitted under clause (g) above, Liens securing
          Indebtedness and other obligations of the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries permitted by this Agreement which encumber Fixed
          Asset Property having a net book value (or if greater, a fair
          market value) which, in the aggregate, is less than or equal to
          $12,500,000;

                    (k)  to the extent required at the time of the issuance
          of the Jo Ann Refinancing Indebtedness, Liens granted on the Jo
          Ann Drydock to secure such Indebtedness; and

                    (l)  to the extent not otherwise covered in clauses (a)
          through (k) above, those Liens which are described on Schedule
<PAGE>
          7.2 and any extension, renewal or substitution thereof or
          therefor; provided that (i) the Indebtedness or other obligation
          or liability secured by the applicable Lien shall not exceed the
          Indebtedness or other obligation or liability existing
          immediately prior to such extension, renewal or substitution and
          (ii) the Lien securing such Indebtedness or other obligation or
          liability shall be limited to the property which, immediately
          prior to such extension, renewal or substitution, secured such
          Indebtedness or other obligation or liability.

          Clauses (a) through (l) of this Section 7.2 are referred to as
          the "Permitted Liens."

                    Section 7.3  Limitation on Investments and Intercompany
          Activity.  (a) Make, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
          Investment in any other Person, except:  (i) Investments in any
          Person existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 7.3,
          (ii) Cash Equivalent Investments, (iii) loans to (w) employees of
          the Company not in excess of $1,500,000 in the aggregate, and (x)
          participants in the Company's Performance Share Plan in an amount
          not in excess of the tax liabilities of such participants in
          connection with the distribution of shares pursuant to such plan,
          the calculation of such amount to be made available in writing to
          the Agent in reasonable detail and in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Agent, (iv) contributions to the Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan in accordance with
          the terms thereof, (v) contributions to the Avondale Pension Plan
          in accordance with the terms of such plan, and (vi) intercompany
          accounts between the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors
          arising as a result of and in connection with the cash management
          systems of such Persons operated in accordance with their past
          practice.

                    (b)  Sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose
          of any of its assets to any Subsidiary or Affiliate, or lease any
          assets, render or receive services or purchase assets from any
          Subsidiaries or Affiliates, provided that the Company may enter
          into any such transaction with any Subsidiary or Affiliate in the
          ordinary course of business consistent with past practices.

                    Section 7.4  Limitation on Fundamental Changes.  Enter
          into any transaction of merger or consolidation or amalgamation;
          or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any
          liquidation or dissolution).

                    Section 7.5  Limitation on Sale of Assets.  Other than
          the sale of those assets set forth on Schedule 7.5 for their
          respective fair market value and the sale of Inventory in the
          ordinary course of business, sell, lease, assign, transfer or
          otherwise dispose of, or give options to purchase (x) any stock
          or other equity interests in any of the Subsidiaries or (y) any
          of its other assets (including, without limitation, receivables
          and leasehold interests but excluding obsolete or worn out
          property) whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and whether or
          not leased back in the case of this clause (y) in an amount in
          excess of $1,000,000 in any fiscal year of the Company.
<PAGE>
                    Section 7.6  Limitation on Dividends.  Declare any
          dividends (other than dividends payable solely in stock of the
          Company) on, or make any payment on account of, any shares of any
          class of stock of the Company, whether now or hereafter
          outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof,
          either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in
          obligations of the Company, or make any payment on account of, or
          purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, any securities of the
          Company from any Person, except (i) Subsidiaries may pay
          dividends and make other distributions to the Company and (ii) so
          long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing, the Company may pay cash dividends on its capital
          stock during any Dividend Calculation Period in an amount not to
          exceed (A) 40% of Consolidated Net Income for such Dividend
          Calculation Period (but, in the event the Company shall receive
          net cash proceeds in an amount at least equal to $35,000,000 from
          the issuance of new Preferred Stock of the Company convertible
          into common stock of the Company, an amount equal to the greater
          of (1) $2,650,000 and (2) 40% of Consolidated Net Income, in each
          case for each such Dividend Calculation Period) minus (B) the
          amount of all cash dividends paid by the Company pursuant to this
          clause (ii) during such Dividend Calculation Period.  "Dividend
          Calculation Period" shall mean, for each of the Company's fiscal
          quarters ending June 30, 1994 and September 30, 1994 the two and
          three fiscal quarter periods ending on such dates, respectively,
          and as of the last day of each of the Company's fiscal quarters
          ending thereafter, the four fiscal quarter period ending on such
          day.

                    Section 7.7  Limitation on Capital Expenditures.  Incur
          Capital Expenditures which, in the aggregate for the Company and
          its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, exceed $7,500,000 for the
          Company's fiscal year ending December 31, 1994 and $9,000,000 for
          any fiscal year thereafter.

                    Section 7.8  Sale and Leaseback.  Enter into any
          agreement, directly or indirectly, for the sale or transfer of
          any of its property now owned, or hereafter acquired, with a
          concurrent or subsequent acquisition by lease or rental of such
          property or like property if the aggregate rentals paid by the
          Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, with respect
          thereto in any fiscal year would exceed $3,000,000.

                    Section 7.9  Acquisitions.  Make any Acquisition unless
          the following conditions are met at or prior to the time such
          Acquisition is made:  (i) both prior to and after giving effect
          thereto (and any Loans incurred in connection therewith) no
          Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
          continuing, (ii) after giving effect thereto the Company would be
          able to obtain Credit Extensions under, and in accordance with
          the terms and conditions of, this Agreement in an amount equal to
          at least $5,000,000 and (iii) the amount of consideration paid
          (including assumed liabilities) by the Company and its
          Subsidiaries is less than or equal to $5,000,000 in the aggregate
          for all such Acquisitions.
<PAGE>
                    Section 7.10  Environmental Liabilities.  Violate any
          requirement of law, rule or regulation regarding Hazardous
          Material; and, without limiting the foregoing, dispose of (or
          permit any Person to dispose of) any Hazardous Material into or
          onto, or (except in accordance with applicable law) from, any
          real property owned or operated by the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries, nor allow any Lien imposed pursuant to any
          Requirement of Law relating to Hazardous Materials or the
          disposal thereof to be imposed or to remain on such real
          property, which violation or Lien could reasonably  be expected
          to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    Section 7.11  Compliance with ERISA.

                    (a)  Knowingly engage in any transaction in connection
          with which the Company or a Subsidiary could be subject to either
          a material civil penalty assessed pursuant to Section 502(i) of
          ERISA or a material tax imposed by Section 4975 of the Code:

                    (b)  terminate any Plan maintained by the Company or an
          ERISA Affiliate in a manner, or take any other action, which in
          any case could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
          Effect;

                    (c)  fail to make full payment when due of any amounts
          which, under the provisions of any Plan or any employee pension
          benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) maintained by a Code
          Affiliate, the Company or Code Affiliate is required to pay as
          contributions thereto under Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412
          of the Code, or permit to exist any accumulated funding
          deficiency, whether or not waived, with respect to any such Plan
          or any such employee pension benefit plan where such failure to
          pay could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
          Effect;

                    (d)  fail to make any payments when due to any
          Multiemployer Plan which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate may
          be required to make under any agreement relating to such
          Multiemployer Plan or any law pertaining thereto where such
          failure to pay could reasonably be expected to have a Material
          Adverse Effect.  The Company agrees (x) upon the request of the
          Agent to obtain a current statement of withdrawal liability from
          each Multiemployer Plan to which the Company or an ERISA
          Affiliate contributes or to which the Company or an ERISA
          Affiliate has an obligation to contribute and (y) to transmit a
          copy of such statement to the Agent with sufficient copies for
          the Banks; or

                    (e)  amend a Plan or an employee pension benefit Plan
          (as defined in ERISA) maintained by a Code Affiliate where such
          amendment would result in an increase in current liability for
          the plan year such that either the Company or the Code Affiliate
          is required to provide security to such plan under Section
          401(a)(29) of the Code.

                    Section 7.12  Prepayments.  Make any voluntary
          prepayments of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations);
<PAGE>
          provided that the Company shall be permitted to prepay prior to
          their stated maturity its obligations with respect to that
          certain $3,000,000 General Obligation Bond Financing between
          Harrison County, Mississippi and the Company.

                    Section 7.13  Indebtedness.  Incur or permit to exist
          any Indebtedness except (i) Indebtedness of the Company secured
          by Permitted Liens; provided, however, that the aggregate
          principal amount of Indebtedness secured by the Liens permitted
          pursuant to Section 7.2(j) shall not exceed $12,500,000 in the
          aggregate, (ii) unsecured Indebtedness of the Company in an
          aggregate principal amount not to exceed $15,500,000 in the
          aggregate less the amount of Indebtedness secured by Liens
          permitted by Section 7.2(j), (iii) Indebtedness constituting an
          Investment which is permitted pursuant to Section 7.3(vi), (iv)
          Indebtedness in an original principal amount equal to $8,000,000
          issued by the Company pursuant to the requirements of the Ogden
          Letter of Intent, which Indebtedness shall be on terms and
          conditions satisfactory to the Agent, and (v) Indebtedness
          existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.13 and any
          extension, renewal or replacement of the Indebtedness listed on
          Schedule 7.13, provided that (A) the aggregate principal amount
          of Indebtedness issued (or, if such Indebtedness is issued at a
          price less than the principal amount thereof, the original issue
          price) to extend, renew or replace such Indebtedness shall not
          exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness being
          so extended, renewed or replaced (plus accrued interest thereon),
          (B) any such Indebtedness so issued shall not mature prior to the
          stated maturity of the Indebtedness being extended, renewed or
          replaced and shall, after giving effect to all of the economic
          terms thereof, not impact the cash flow of the Company or such
          Subsidiary any more unfavorably than the terms of the
          Indebtedness being refinanced and (C) such Indebtedness being so
          issued shall contain terms no more restrictive vis a vis the
          Company or such Subsidiary than the Indebtedness being so
          refinanced.

                    Section 7.14  No Additional Subsidiaries.  The Company
          will not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,
          directly or indirectly, form or acquire any new Subsidiaries
          after the date hereof.

                    Section 7.15  Debits.  To the extent the Company has
          not terminated the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to
          the Ogden Letter of Intent or otherwise with the prior written
          consent of the Agent, (i) satisfy any Debits by the payment of
          cash other than in accordance with Section 6.10(c) or (ii) issue
          any Subordinated Debentures pursuant to the Preferred Stock
          Purchase Agreement that fail to contain subordinated provisions
          acceptable to the Agent.

                    Section 7.16  Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and
          Tax Sharing Agreement.  (i) Terminate the Preferred Stock
          Purchase Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement except pursuant
          to the Ogden Letter of Intent or otherwise with the prior written
          consent of the Agent, or (ii) if the Preferred Stock Purchase
<PAGE>
          Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement are not terminated in the
          manner permitted in clause (i) above, amend or otherwise modify
          (or agree with Ogden to amend or otherwise modify) any provision
          of the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement or the Tax Sharing
          Agreement or waive or release any right, power, privilege or
          remedy of the Company thereunder or waive or release Ogden from
          any liability or obligation thereunder, in any such case without
          the prior written consent of the Agent.

                    Section 7.17  Jo Ann Agreements.  (i) Cause the Jo Ann
          Bonds to be refunded, refinanced or otherwise repaid except from
          the proceeds of the issuance of the Board of Commissioners of the
          Port of New Orleans Industrial Revenue Refunding Bonds (Avondale
          Industries, Inc. Project) Series 1994 pursuant to the terms and
          conditions set forth in that certain commitment letter dated
          March 30, 1994, by Chemical Securities, Inc. and Exhibit A
          thereto or any other financing containing terms substantially
          similar thereto, which terms and conditions may not be modified
          in any material respect without the prior written consent of the
          Agent, or (ii) to the extent the Jo Ann Bonds are not refunded in
          the manner permitted in clause (i) above, approve any optional
          redemption, or purchase in lieu of redemption, of any of the Jo
          Ann Bonds or purchase, redeem or otherwise make any payments or
          prepayments of principal in respect of the Jo Ann Bonds (whether
          pursuant to the Installment Sales Agreement or otherwise) or make
          payments or prepayments of any other amounts in respect of the Jo
          Ann Bonds which Ogden is required to pay pursuant to the
          Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (if then in effect), in each
          such case, without the prior written consent of the Agent;
          provided, however, in the case of clause (ii), the Jo Ann Bonds
          may be redeemed with funds obtained through a drawing on the
          Ogden Letter of Credit or through other funds provided by Ogden
          (without any right of reimbursement or subrogation against the
          Company except Ogden's right to receive Preferred Stock and/or
          (with the consent of the Agent) Subordinated Debentures).

                    Section 7.18  PSPA Guaranteed Obligations.  Unless the
          Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement has been terminated pursuant
          to the Ogden Letter of Intent or has otherwise terminated in
          accordance with its terms or with the prior written consent of
          the Agent, and except to the extent permitted in Section 6.10(c),
          pay, or permit any Subsidiary to pay, any PSPA Guaranteed
          Obligations (it being represented and warranted by the Company
          that so long as the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement remains in
          effect, pursuant to the terms of the Preferred Stock Purchase
          Agreement, Ogden is obligated to pay all PSPA Guaranteed
          Obligations and has no rights of subrogation or reimbursement
          against the Company in respect of any such payments except its
          right to receive Preferred Stock and/or (with the prior written
          consent of the Agent) Subordinated Debentures in accordance with
          the provisions of the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement).

                    Section 7.19  Change of Location or Name.  Change (a)
          the location of its principal place of business, chief executive
          office or major executive office, or its records concerning the
          Collateral, or (b)  its name or the name under or by which it
<PAGE>
          conducts its business,in each case, without first giving the
          Agent not less than 30 days' prior written notice thereof and
          taking any and all actions which may be necessary or desirable,
          or which the Agent may reasonably request, to maintain and
          preserve all Liens in favor of the Agent granted pursuant to the
          Collateral Documents, provided that, notwithstanding the
          foregoing, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, change the location of its principal place of
          business or chief executive office of its records concerning the
          Collateral from the contiguous continental United States of
          America to any place outside the contiguous continental United
          States of America.

                    Section 7.20  Additional Negative Pledges and Other
          Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.  The Company will
          not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or
          indirectly, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
          become effective, or permit any of the Subsidiaries to create or
          otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective, directly
          or indirectly, (i) any prohibition or restriction (including any
          agreement to provide equal and ratable security to any other
          Person in the event a Lien is granted to or for the benefit of
          the Agent and the Banks) on the creation or existence of any Lien
          upon the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
          (ii) any contractual obligation which may restrict or inhibit the
          Agent's rights or ability to sell or otherwise dispose of the
          Collateral or any part thereof after the occurrence of an Event
          of Default or (iii) any encumbrance or restriction on the ability
          any of the Subsidiaries of the Company to (A) pay dividends or
          make any other distributions on such Subsidiary's capital stock
          or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Subsidiary of
          the Company, (B) make loans or advances to the Company or a
          Subsidiary of the Company or (C) transfer any of its properties
          or assets to the Company; provided that the foregoing shall not
          prohibit (i) restrictions contained in any agreement evidencing a
          Lien permitted by Section 7.2 which may restrict the transfer of
          the property subject to such Liens, (ii) customary non-assignment
          provisions of any lease governing a leasehold interest of the
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (iii) to the extent
          required at the time of the issuance of the Jo Ann Refinancing
          Indebtedness, restrictions in favor of the holders of the Jo Ann
          Refinancing Indebtedness on the creation or existence of Liens on
          any of the Jo Ann Drydock Assets.

                                    SECTION VIII
                                  EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                    Upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

                    (a)  The Company shall fail to pay any principal of the
          Loans or any Revolving Notes when due in accordance with the
          terms thereof or hereof, or the Company shall fail to make any
          payment to the Agent as required pursuant to Section 2.5; or the
          Company shall fail to pay any interest on any Loans or Revolving
          Notes, or any other amount payable hereunder (including, without
          limitation, any Reimbursement Obligations or any amount owing
          under any of the Loan Documents) and such failure shall continue
          for five (5) days; or
<PAGE>
                    (b)  Any representation or warranty made or deemed made
          (pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof) by the Company herein or in any
          of the other Loan Documents or which is contained in any exhibit,
          schedule, certificate, document or financial or other statement
          furnished at any time under or in connection with this Agreement
          or any of the other Loan Documents shall prove to have been
          incorrect in any material respect on or as of the date made or
          deemed made; or

                    (c)  The Company shall default in the observance or
          performance of any agreement contained in Section VII or an
          "Event of Default" under and as defined in any other Loan
          Document shall occur; or

                    (d)  The Company shall default in the observance or
          performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement
          (other than defaults described in other subparagraphs of this
          Section VIII) or any of the other Loan Documents, and such
          default shall continue unremedied for a period of thirty days; or

                    (e)  Any Subsidiary shall take any action set forth in
          Section VII which action the Company has undertaken not to
          permit; or

                    (f)  Any Subsidiary shall fail to take any action set
          forth in Section VI which action the Company has undertaken to
          cause and such failure shall not be remedied for a period of
          thirty days after notice thereof is given to the Company by the
          Agent; or

                    (g)  The Company or any Subsidiary shall (i) default in
          any payment of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness
          (other than the Revolving Notes and Reimbursement Obligations) or
          in the payment of any Contingent Obligation, in either case in
          the aggregate principal amount of more than $3,000,000, in each
          instance, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the
          instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness or
          Contingent Obligation was created; or (ii) default in the
          observance or performance of any other agreement or condition
          relating to any such Indebtedness or Contingent Obligation or
          contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or
          relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition
          exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is
          to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness
          or beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Contingent Obligation (or
          a trustee, agent or other Person acting on behalf of such holder
          or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the
          giving of notice or lapse of time if required, such Indebtedness
          to become due prior to its stated maturity or such Contingent
          Obligation to become payable; or

                    (h)  (i) The Company or any Subsidiary shall commence a
          case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future
          law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to
          bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors,
          seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it,
          or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking
<PAGE>
          reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation,
          dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or
          its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee,
          custodian or other similar official for it or for all or any
          substantial part of its assets, or the Company or any Subsidiary
          shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;
          or (ii) there shall be commenced against the Company or any
          Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action of a nature
          referred to in clause (i) above which (A) results in the entry of
          an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or
          (B) remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of sixty
          days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against the Company or
          any Subsidiary any case, proceeding or other action seeking
          issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or
          similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets
          which results in the entry of an order for any such relief which
          shall not have been vacated, discharged or stayed pending appeal
          within sixty days from the entry thereof; or (iv) the Company or
          any Subsidiary shall take any action in furtherance of, or
          indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any
          of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v)
          the Company or any Subsidiary shall generally not, or shall be
          unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its
          debts as they become due; or

                    (i)  (i) If any Person shall engage in any "prohibited
          transaction" (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975
          of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any "accumulated funding
          deficiency" (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not
          waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or any employee
          pension benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) maintained by a Code
          Affiliate, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to,
          or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a
          trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any
          Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or institution of
          proceedings or appointment of a trustee is likely to result in
          the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA,
          and, in the case of a Reportable Event, the continuance of such
          Reportable Event unremedied for ten days after notice of such
          Reportable Event pursuant to Section 4043(a), (c) or (d) of ERISA
          is given and, in the case of the institution of proceedings, the
          continuance of such proceedings for ten days after commencement
          thereof, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate for
          purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (v) the Company or an ERISA
          Affiliate shall partially or completely withdraw from, or incur
          withdrawal liability with respect to, any Multiemployer Plan or
          (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist, with
          respect to any Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi)
          above, such event or condition, together with all other such
          events or conditions, if any, could subject the Company or any of
          the Subsidiaries to any tax, penalty or other liabilities in
          excess of $1,000,000; or

                    (j)  One or more judgments, decrees, arbitration
          awards, rulings or decisions (including, without limitation,
          rulings of the Board of Contract Appeals), shall be entered
<PAGE>
          against the Company or any of the Subsidiaries involving in the
          aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of
          $1,000,000 or more and all such judgments, decrees, awards and
          rulings shall not have been vacated, paid, discharged, stayed or
          bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or
          the Company or any Subsidiary fails to timely appeal any final
          decision of a contracting officer against the Company or any
          Subsidiary, as the case may be, involving an aggregate liability
          of at least $1,000,000 or more to the Armed Services Board of
          Contract Appeals (the "ASBCA") or the U.S. Claims Court and/or
          the ASBCA or the U.S. Claims Court confirms any such final report
          or decision; or

                    (k)  At any time, the backlog of firm contracts
          (excluding intercompany contracts and excluding unexercised
          options or unexercised rights under contracts) of the Company and
          the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be less than $600,000,000; or

                    (l)  If (i) the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is
          debarred or suspended from contracting (as a first tier or any
          other level of subcontractor) for, bidding on, or entering into
          any Government Contract; or (ii) if a material current or
          material backlogged Government Contract is forfeited or
          terminated for cause; or

                    (m)  The Company or any Subsidiary shall default in the
          performance of any term or condition contained or applicable to
          any Preferred Stock of such Person; or

                    (n)  The Company or any Governmental Authority
          challenges the efficacy of the assignments noticed in the
          Assignment of Claims Notices (Company) or fails to comply with
          the terms thereof; or

                    (o)  Work on any Navy Contract is interrupted for the
          lesser of (i) 90 days or (ii) the period of time permitted for
          interruption in such contract, unless in the case of this clause
          (ii) such interruption is at the direction of the United States
          Navy; or

                    (p)  The Company or any Subsidiary shall contest the
          validity or enforceability of, or otherwise disaffirm, or fail to
          honor, any of its covenants, agreements or obligations under any
          Loan Document to which it is a party, or any Lien granted or
          purported to be granted to the Agent pursuant to the terms of the
          Collateral Documents with respect to property, individually or in
          the aggregate, having a fair market value in excess of
          $1,000,000, shall cease to be or shall not be a valid and
          perfected Lien having the priority contemplated by this Agreement
          and the Collateral Documents; or

                    (q)  The Company shall have failed to deliver to the
          Agent by no later than June 15, 1994 any of the following items:
          (i) the consent of the Secretary of Transportation to the Liens
          to be granted to the Agent pursuant to the 900 Foot Floating
          Drydock Mortgage, (ii) the 900 Foot Floating Drydock Mortgage
          duly executed by the Company, and (iii) a title opinion from
<PAGE>
          Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere & Denegre in form and
          substance satisfactory to the Agent as to the Company's title in
          and to the Avondale Drydock and as to the perfection, priority
          and validity of the 900 Foot Floating Drydock Mortgage; or

                    (r)  The occurrence of a Change of Control;

          then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of
          Default specified in subsection (h) above with respect to the
          Company or any Subsidiary, automatically the Commitments shall
          immediately terminate and the Loans and any Reimbursement
          Obligations hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all
          other Obligations owing under this Agreement, the Revolving Notes
          and the other Loan Documents shall immediately become and be due
          and payable without the giving of any notice of any kind, and (B)
          if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of
          the following actions may be taken: (i) the Agent may (with the
          consent of the Required Banks) and shall (upon the request of the
          Required Banks), by notice to the Company declare the Commitments
          to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall
          immediately terminate; and (ii) the Agent may (with the consent
          of the Required Banks) and shall (upon the request of the
          Required Banks), by notice to the Company, declare the Loans and
          any Reimbursement Obligations hereunder (with accrued interest
          thereon) and all other Obligations owing under this Agreement,
          the Revolving Notes and the other Loan Documents to be due and
          payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become
          and be due and payable.  Except as expressly provided above in
          this Section VIII, presentment, demand, protest and all other
          notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Company.
          If the maturity of the Loans is accelerated, the LC Issuer shall
          give notice of termination under each Letter of Credit which
          permits the LC Issuer to cause its termination.


                                     SECTION IX
                                      THE AGENT

                    Section 9.1  Actions.  Each Bank authorizes the Agent
          to act on behalf of such Bank under this Agreement, the other
          Loan Documents and any other related instruments and, in the
          absence of other written instructions from the Banks received
          from time to time by the Agent (with respect to which the Agent
          agrees that it will, subject to the last two sentences of this
          Section 9.1, comply in good faith except as otherwise advised by
          counsel), to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are
          specifically delegated to or required of the Agent by the terms
          hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be
          reasonably incidental thereto.  Each Bank agrees (which agreement
          shall survive any termination of this Agreement) to indemnify the
          Agent, pro rata according to such Bank's Percentage, from and
          against any and all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties,
          actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of
          any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed
          on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent in any way
          relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Revolving
<PAGE>
          Notes, the Letters of Credit, any of the other Loan Documents and
          any other related instruments, including, without limitation, the
          reimbursement of the Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket
          expenses (including, without limitation, syndication costs and
          attorneys' fees) incurred by the Agent hereunder or in connection
          herewith or in enforcing the obligations of the Company under
          this Agreement, under any of the other Loan Documents or any
          other related instruments, in all cases as to which the Agent is
          not reimbursed by the Company; provided that no Bank shall be
          liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities,
          obligations, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
          costs, expenses or disbursements determined by a court of proper
          jurisdiction in a final proceeding to have resulted solely from
          the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The Agent
          shall not be required to take any action hereunder or under any
          other related instruments, or to prosecute or defend any suit in
          respect of this Agreement or any such instrument, unless
          indemnified to its satisfaction by the Banks against costs,
          liability, and expense. Each Bank's obligation to indemnify the
          Agent as set forth above shall be unconditional under any and all
          circumstances and irrespective of any set off, counterclaim or
          defense to payment which such Bank may have or have had against
          the Agent, the Company, any Subsidiary or any other Person.  If
          any indemnity in favor of the Agent shall become impaired, the
          Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease to do the acts
          indemnified against until such additional indemnity is given.
          The Agent may delegate its duties hereunder to affiliates, agents
          or attorneys-in-fact selected in good faith by the Agent.

                    Section 9.2  Exculpation.  The Agent shall have no
          duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in
          this Agreement.  Neither the Agent nor any of its directors,
          officers, employees, or agents (collectively, the "Related
          Parties") shall be liable to any Bank for any action taken or
          omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement, the other Loan
          Documents or any other related instrument, or in connection
          herewith or therewith, except for its own willful misconduct or
          gross negligence, nor shall the Agent or any Related Parties be
          responsible for any recitals or representations or warranties
          herein or therein, or for the effectiveness, enforceability,
          validity or due execution of this Agreement, the other Loan
          Documents or any other related instruments, nor shall the Agent
          or any Related Parties be obligated to make any inquiry
          respecting the performance by the Company of its obligations
          hereunder or thereunder.  The Agent shall be entitled to rely
          upon advice of counsel concerning legal matters and upon any
          notice, consent, certificate, statement or writing which it
          believes to be genuine and to have been presented by a proper
          Person.  The Agent may at any time request instructions from the
          Banks with respect to any actions or approvals which, by the
          terms of this Agreement, the Agent is permitted or required to
          take or grant, and the Agent shall be absolutely entitled to
          refrain from taking any action or to withhold any approval and
          shall not be under any liability whatsoever to any Person for
          refraining from taking any action or withholding any approval
          under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents until it
<PAGE>
          has received instructions from the Required Banks. No Bank shall
          have any right of action whatsoever against the Agent as a result
          of the Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under
          any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with instructions
          from the (i) Required Banks, or (ii) all of the Banks to the
          extent required hereunder.

                    Section 9.3  Successor.  The Agent may resign as such
          at any time upon at least ten days' prior notice to the Company
          and all Banks.  If the Agent at any time shall resign or be
          removed, the Required Banks may appoint another Bank as a
          successor Agent.  If the Required Banks do not make such
          appointment within thirty days, the resigning or removed Agent
          shall appoint a new Agent from among the Banks or, if no Bank
          accepts such appointment, from among commercial banking
          institutions or trust institutions generally. Upon the acceptance
          of any appointment as Agent by a successor Agent, such successor
          Agent shall thereupon become the Agent hereunder and shall be
          entitled to receive from the prior Agent such documents of
          transfer and assignment as such successor Agent may reasonably
          request, and the resigning or removed Agent shall (i) be
          discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement
          and the other related instruments and (ii) entitled to the
          continued benefit of this Section IX with respect to all actions
          taken by it prior to its removal or resignation.

                    Section 9.4  Credit Decisions.  Each Bank represents
          and acknowledges to the Agent and each other Bank that it has,
          independently of the Agent and each other Bank, and based on the
          financial information referred to in this Agreement and the other
          Loan Documents and such other documents, information and
          investigations as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit
          decision to enter into this Agreement.  Each Bank also
          acknowledges that it will, independently of the Agent and each
          Bank, and based on such documents, information and investigations
          as it shall deem appropriate at any time, continue to make its
          own credit decisions as to exercising or not exercising from time
          to time any rights and privileges available to it under this
          Agreement, the Loan Documents or any other related instruments.

                    Section 9.5  Notices, etc. from Agent.  The Agent shall
          give prompt notice to each Bank of each notice or request given
          to the Agent by the Company pursuant to the terms of this
          Agreement.  The Agent will distribute to each Bank each
          instrument received for such Bank's account and copies of all
          other communications received by the Agent from the Company for
          distribution to the Banks by the Agent in accordance with the
          terms of this Agreement.

                    Section 9.6  Collateral Documents.  Each Bank and the
          Agent hereby (i) authorizes the Agent to enter into the
          Collateral Documents and to take all action contemplated thereby
          and (ii) confirms its appointment of Continental Bank N.A., as
          Agent under the terms and conditions of the Collateral Documents.
          Each Bank hereby confirms its agreement to be bound by the terms
          and conditions of the Collateral Documents.  Each Bank and the
<PAGE>
          Agent agrees that no Bank shall have any right individually to
          seek to realize upon the collateral granted for the benefit of
          the Banks pursuant to any of the Collateral Documents, it being
          understood and agreed that such rights and remedies may be
          exercised by the Agent as Agent for the benefit of the Agent and
          the Banks upon the terms of the Collateral Documents.

                    Section 9.7  Loans by the Agent.  The Agent shall have
          the same rights and powers with respect to the Loans made by it
          or any of its Affiliates as any Bank and may exercise the same as
          if it were not the Agent hereunder.

                    Section 9.8  Other Collateral Matters.  Each Bank
          hereby agrees, and each holder of any Obligations by the
          acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as
          otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Agent or the
          Required Banks in accordance with the provisions of this
          Agreement or the Loan Documents, and the exercise by the Agent or
          the Required Banks of the powers set forth herein or therein,
          together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental
          thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Banks.
          The Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Banks,
          without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from
          any Bank, from time to time prior to an Event of Default, to take
          any action with respect to any Collateral or Loan Documents which
          may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the security
          interest in and Liens on the Collateral granted pursuant to the
          Loan Documents.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Banks
          irrevocably authorize the Agent at its option and in its
          discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the Agent
          upon any Collateral (i) upon termination of the Commitments and
          payment in full of all other Obligations payable under this
          Agreement and under any other Credit Document; (ii) constituting
          property sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in
          connection with any disposition permitted hereunder; (iii)
          constituting property in which the Company owned no interest at
          the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; (iv)
          constituting property leased to the Company under a lease which
          has expired or been terminated in a transaction permitted under
          this Agreement or is about to expire and which has not been, and
          is not intended by the Company to be, renewed or extended; (v)
          consisting of an instrument evidencing Indebtedness if the
          Indebtedness evidenced thereby has been paid in full; or (vi)
          subject to Section 10.2(g), if approved, authorized or ratified
          in writing by the Required Banks. Upon request by the Agent at
          any time, the Banks will confirm in writing the Agent's authority
          to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to
          this Section 9.8.


                                      SECTION X
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

                    Section 10.1  Notices.  All notices by the Company to
          the Agent on behalf of the Banks (including, but not limited to,
          notices relating to borrowings), and by the Agent on behalf of
<PAGE>
          the Banks to the Company shall be sent by telegram, telecopier,
          telex or letter, or by telephone, which telephoned communication
          shall be confirmed by telegram, telecopier, telex or letter, and
          shall be effective (i) when telephoned or, in the case of a
          telegram, telecopy message, telex or letter when received, if
          telephoned or received before 10:00 a.m. Chicago time or (ii) on
          the next Business Day following such telephonic message or
          receipt of a telegram, telecopy message, telex or letter, if
          telephoned or received after 10:00 a.m. Chicago time, and all
          other notices, requests, demands, directions and other
          communications (collectively, "notices") given to or made upon
          any party hereto under the provisions of this Agreement shall be
          in writing (including telexed, telecopied or telegraphed
          communication) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereunder and
          shall be delivered or sent by first class mail, certified mail
          return receipt requested, or overnight mail, or by telex or
          telegram with confirmation in writing mailed first class, in all
          cases with postage or charges prepaid, to the applicable party
          addressed, if to the Agent, at such address and telephone, telex
          and telecopy numbers as the Agent shall specify to the Company
          and the Banks in accordance with the provisions of this Section
          10.1. Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding
          sentence, any notice sent via certified mail -- return receipt
          requested, certified fee and normal postage prepaid, shall be
          deemed to have been received on the earlier of actual receipt
          thereof or the fifth (5th) day after the postmarked date
          indicated on the Receipt for Certified Mail (PS Form 3800, June
          1985, or any successor form). Notices given to the Company shall
          be delivered at its offices at 5100 River Road, Avondale,
          Louisiana 70094, Attention: Mr. Thomas M. Kitchen, telephone:
          504-436-5237, telecopier: 504-436-5304, and if notice is given to
          any Bank, to its address and telephone, telex and telecopy
          numbers as such Bank shall specify to the Agent, the Company and
          the other Banks in accordance with the provisions of this Section
          10.1.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any
          properly given notice hereunder shall be effective when received.

                    Section 10.2  Amendments and Waivers.  No amendment or
          waiver of any provision of this Agreement, or any of the other
          Loan Documents, nor consent to any departure by the Company
          therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall
          be in writing and signed by the Required Banks, and then such
          waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific
          instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided,
          however, that no amendment, waiver or consent, unless in writing
          and signed by all the Banks, shall do any of the following: (a)
          waive any of the conditions specified in Section V (though the
          Agent alone may defer the fulfillment of such conditions until
          the date of the applicable borrowing), (b) increase the amount or
          extend the term of the Commitments of the Banks or subject the
          Banks to any additional obligations, (c) reduce the principal of,
          or interest on, the Loans or any of the Revolving Notes or
          Reimbursement Obligations, or reduce any fees payable hereunder,
          (d) postpone any date fixed for any payment in respect of
          principal of, or interest on, the Loans, the Reimbursement
          Obligations or any of the Revolving Notes, as the case may be, or
<PAGE>
          fees payable hereunder, (e) change any of the components which
          shall be required for the Banks or any Bank to take any action
          hereunder, (i.e., the percentage of the Commitments, or the
          aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans, or the number of
          Banks), (f) amend this Section 10.2, or (g) release all or any
          substantial portion of the Collateral (other than any Collateral
          which is permitted to be disposed of pursuant to the terms of
          this Agreement or the terms of the Collateral Documents) or
          release any Subsidiary Guarantor from the Subsidiary Guaranty
          executed by it; and provided, further, that no amendment, waiver
          or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Agent or
          the LC Issuer, as applicable, in addition to the Banks
          hereinabove required to take such action, affect the rights or
          duties of the Agent or the LC Issuer, respectively, under this
          Agreement.  Without derogating from the foregoing, except as set
          forth below, no amendment to this Agreement shall be effective
          unless signed by the Company.  Notwithstanding anything in this
          Agreement to the contrary, the consent of the Company shall not
          be required for any amendment, modification or waiver of the
          provisions of Section IX.
                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of
          any Bank or the LC Issuer, the Agent, upon the request of the
          Company, shall release its Lien, or enter into intercreditor
          and/or subordination agreements with lenders to the Company's and
          any Subsidiary Guarantor's customers subordinating the Agent's
          Lien, on certain Inventory which shall constitute or form a part
          of work-in-process with respect to which title thereto has passed
          to customers of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant
          to the terms of the applicable contract with such customers and,
          in the case of any release of such Lien, for which an Account has
          arisen (whether or not such Account has been billed).  It is
          intended and such releases (or such agreements) would only be
          executed by the Agent in the event any such customer is financing
          its purchase of a vessel with a third party lender and the
          related construction agreement contemplates that title will pass
          from the Company or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor to such
          customer with respect to all or a portion of the vessel so
          financed.  Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default nothing
          set forth in this Agreement shall limit the right of the Company
          to release any claim or lien it may have to work in process with
          respect to which title thereto has been passed to its customers
          pursuant to the terms of the applicable contract with such
          customers.

                    Section 10.3  No Waiver: Cumulative Remedies.  No
          failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of
          the Agent or any Bank, any right, remedy, power or privilege
          hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single
          or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege
          hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the
          exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The
          rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are
          cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and
          privileges provided by law.

                    Section 10.4  Survival of Representations and
          Warranties.  All representations and warranties made hereunder
<PAGE>
          and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant
          hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and
          delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                    Section 10.5  Payment of Expenses and Taxes; Indemnity
          and Release.  (a) The Company agrees (a) to promptly pay or
          reimburse the Agent for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs
          and expenses incurred in connection with the structuring,
          negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, implementation and
          administration of, and any amendment, supplement or modification
          (including, without limitation, proposed amendments, supplements,
          or modifications whether or not effective) to, this Agreement,
          and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in
          connection herewith, and the consummation of the transactions
          contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation,
          the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Agent,
          including, without limitation, the reasonable fees of any
          auditors (including in-house auditors), consultants, appraisers
          or other professionals retained by the Agent or its counsel, (b)
          to promptly pay or reimburse the Agent, the Banks and the LC
          Issuer for all their costs and expenses incurred in connection
          with the monitoring and inspection of the Collateral and the
          collection of any Obligations or the enforcement or preservation
          of any rights under this Agreement, the Letters of Credit and any
          of the other Loan Documents and any such other documents (whether
          such collection, enforcement or preservation is undertaken in
          connection with any proceeding described in Section VIII(h) or
          any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements
          provided for in this Agreement in the nature of a workout or
          otherwise), including, without limitation, the reasonable fees
          and disbursements of counsel to the Agent, the Banks and the LC
          Issuer including, without limitation, the reasonable fees of any
          auditors (including in-house auditors), consultants, appraisers
          or other professionals retained by the Agent or its counsel, and
          (c) to promptly pay, indemnify, and hold the Agent and the Banks
          harmless from any and all recording and filing fees and any and
          all liabilities payable in connection with the execution and
          delivery of, or consummation of any of the transactions
          contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of,
          or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement,
          any of the other Loan Documents and any such other documents.

                    (b)  In consideration of the execution and delivery of
          this Agreement by the Agent and the Banks, and the Banks'
          extension of their respective Commitments, the Company hereby
          indemnifies, exonerates and holds the Agent, each Bank, the LC
          Issuer, each Affiliate of the Agent, each Affiliate of each Bank,
          each Affiliate of the LC Issuer and each of their respective
          officers, directors, employees, and agents, (herein collectively
          called the "Bank Parties" and individually called a "Bank Party")
          free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of
          action, suits, losses, costs, liabilities and damages, and
          expenses actually incurred in connection therewith (irrespective
          of whether such Bank Party is a party to the action for which
          indemnification hereunder is sought), including reasonable
          attorneys' fees and disbursements including allocated costs of
          staff counsel (collectively, the "Indemnified Liabilities"),
          incurred by the Bank Parties or any of them as a result of, or
          arising out of, or relating to
<PAGE>
                         (i)  any transaction financed or to be
               financed in whole or in part, directly or indirectly,
               with the proceeds of any Loan;

                         (ii) any investigation, litigation, or
               proceeding related to any acquisition (or Acquisition)
               or proposed acquisition (or proposed Acquisition) by
               the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any
               portion of the stock or all or substantially all of the
               assets of any Person, regardless of whether any Bank
               Party is a party thereto; or
                         (iii)     the presence on or under, or the
               escape, seepage, leakage, spillage, discharge,
               emission, discharging or releases from, any real
               property owned or operated by the Company or any of its
               Subsidiaries of any Hazardous Material (including,
               without limitation, any losses, liabilities, damages,
               injuries, costs, expenses or claims asserted or arising
               under CERCLA, any so-called "Superfund" or "Superlien"
               law, or any other federal, state, local or other
               statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order
               or decree regulating, relating to or imposing liability
               or standards on conduct concerning, any Hazardous
               Material), regardless of whether caused by, or within
               the control of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

          except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising for the
          account of a particular Bank Party which a court of competent
          jurisdiction shall have determined in a final proceeding to have
          arisen by reason of the relevant Bank Party's gross negligence or
          willful misconduct, and if and to the extent that the foregoing
          undertaking may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company
          hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and
          satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is
          permissible under applicable law (the foregoing shall not
          derogate from any greater requirements contained in any of the
          Collateral Documents in favor of the Agent and the Banks).

                    The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment
          of the Revolving Notes and the Obligations and all other amounts
          payable hereunder and under the other Loan Documents.

                    Section 10.6  Headings: Table of Contents.  The Section
          and other headings contained in this Agreement and the Table of
          Contents which precedes this Agreement are for reference purposes
          only and shall not control or affect the construction of this
          Agreement or the interpretation hereof in any respect.

                    Section 10.7  Successors and Assigns.  (a)  This
          Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
          the Agent, the Banks, the Company and their respective successors
          and assigns, except that the Company may not assign or delegate
          its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein
          without the consent of each Bank.

                    (b)  The Banks may grant participations in any part of
          the Loans, Revolving Notes or their obligations with respect to
<PAGE>
          Letters of Credit and the other Loan Documents to any of their
          affiliates or to any other commercial bank, insurance company,
          savings and loan, savings bank or other financial institution;
          provided, however, that (1) such selling Bank's obligations under
          this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain
          unchanged, (2) such selling Bank shall remain solely responsible
          for the performance of such obligations and (3) the Company, the
          Agent and the other Banks shall continue to deal solely and
          directly with such selling Bank in connection with all rights and
          obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement pursuant to
          which a selling Bank may grant a participation may provide that
          such Bank will not agree to any amendment or waiver expressed in
          subsections (b), (c), (d), (f) or (g) of Section 10.2 of this
          Agreement without the consent of the participant, but shall not
          require any Bank to take or omit to take any other action
          hereunder.

                    (c)  Each Bank may, with the consent of the Agent and
          the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld),
          but without the consent of any other Bank, assign to one or more
          banks or other financial institutions all or a portion of its
          rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Revolving
          Notes; provided that (i) for each such assignment, the parties
          thereto shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for its
          acceptance and recording in the Register (as defined below), an
          Assignment and Assumption Agreement, together with any Revolving
          Note or Revolving Notes subject to such assignment and a
          processing and recordation fee of $3,000 and (ii) no such
          assignment shall be for less than $5,000,000 of the Commitments,
          unless such assignment is to a then-current holder of a Revolving
          Note or otherwise consented to by the Agent in writing.  Upon
          such execution and delivery of the Assignment and Assumption
          Agreement to the Agent, from and after the date specified as the
          effective date in the Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the
          "Acceptance Date"), (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party
          hereto, and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder
          have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and
          Assumption Agreement, such assignee shall have the rights and
          obligations of a Bank hereunder and (y) the assignor thereunder
          shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have
          been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption
          Agreement, relinquish its rights (other than any rights it may
          have pursuant to Section 10.5 which will survive) and be released
          from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an
          Assignment and Assumption Agreement covering all or the remaining
          portion of an assigning Bank's rights and obligations under this
          Agreement, such Bank shall cease to be a party hereto).

                    (d)  By executing and delivering an Assignment and
          Assumption Agreement, the assignee thereunder confirms and agrees
          as follows:  (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and
          Assumption Agreement, the assigning Bank makes no representation
          or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
          statements, warranties or representations made in or in
          connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality,
          validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of
<PAGE>
          this Agreement, the Revolving Notes or any other instrument or
          document furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) such assigning Bank
          makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
          with respect to the financial condition of the Company or any or
          its Subsidiaries or the performance or observance by the Company
          or any of its Subsidiaries of any of its obligations under this
          Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
          hereto, (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy
          of this Agreement, together with copies of the financial
          statements referred to in Section 4.1 and such other documents
          and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
          credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and
          Assumption Agreement, (iv) such assignee will, independently and
          without reliance upon the Agent, such assigning Bank or any other
          Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
          appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit
          decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement,
          (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such
          action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under
          this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof,
          together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto
          and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance
          with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of
          this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank.

                    (e)  The Agent shall maintain at its address referred
          to in Section 10.1 a copy of each Assignment and Assumption
          Agreement delivered to and accepted by it and a register for the
          recordation of the names and addresses of the Banks and the
          Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each
          Bank from time to time (the "Register").  The entries in the
          Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent
          manifest error, and the Company, the Agent and the Banks may
          treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a
          Bank hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement.  The Register
          and copies of each Assignment and Assumption shall be available
          for inspection by the Company or any Bank at any reasonable time
          and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

                    (f)  Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Assumption
          Agreement executed by an assigning Bank, together with the
          Revolving Note or Revolving Notes subject to such assignment, the
          Agent shall, if such Assignment and Assumption Agreement has been
          completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit A,
          (i) accept such Assignment and Assumption Agreement, (ii) record
          the information contained therein in the Register and (iii) give
          prompt notice thereof to the Company.  Within five (5) Business
          Days after its receipt of such notice, the Company shall execute
          and deliver to the Agent in exchange for the surrendered
          Revolving Note or Revolving Notes a new Revolving Note or
          Revolving Notes to the order of the assignee in an amount equal
          to the Commitment or Commitments assumed by it pursuant to such
          Assignment and Assumption Agreement and, if the assigning Bank
          has retained a Commitment or Commitments hereunder, a new
          Revolving Note or Revolving Notes to the order of the assigning
          Bank in an amount equal to the Commitment or Commitments retained
<PAGE>
          by it hereunder.  Such new Revolving Note or Revolving Notes
          shall re-evidence the Indebtedness outstanding under the old
          Revolving Note or Revolving Notes and shall be in an aggregate
          principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such
          surrendered Revolving Note or Revolving Notes, shall be dated the
          date of the Initial Credit Event and shall otherwise be in
          substantially the form of the Revolving Note or Revolving Notes
          subject to such assignments.

                    Section 10.8  Tax Forms.  Each Bank which is a Non-
          United States Person agrees (to the extent it is permitted to do
          so under the laws and any applicable double taxation treaties of
          the United States, the jurisdiction of its incorporation and the
          jurisdictions in which its Domestic Office and its Eurodollar
          Office are located) to execute and deliver to the Agent for
          delivery to the Company, before the first scheduled payment date
          in each taxable year of such Bank, two copies of either (1) a
          United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001, (2) a United
          States Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 together with a United
          States Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, or (3) a United States
          Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 together with a certificate
          substantially in the form of Exhibit K and containing any
          additional certifications as the Agent may require to establish
          such Bank's exemption from United States Federal Taxes pursuant
          to section 881(c) or 871(h) of the Code (or any successor Forms,
          as appropriate), and such other and further Forms which the
          Company may reasonably request, in each case properly completed
          and properly claiming complete or partial, as the case may be,
          exemption from withholding and deduction of United States Federal
          Taxes.

                    Section 10.9  Setoff.  In addition to any rights now or
          hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of
          limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the
          continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent and each Bank and
          each participant of each Bank is hereby authorized by the Company
          at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Company,
          or to any other Person, any such notice being hereby expressly
          waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all
          deposits (general or special, including, but not limited to,
          Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether
          matured or unmatured but not including trust accounts) and any
          other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by the Bank to or
          for the credit or the account of the Company against and on
          account of the Obligations and liabilities of the Company to the
          Agent or such Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan
          Documents, including, but not limited to, all claims of any
          nature or description arising out of or connected with this
          Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

                    Section 10.10  Sharing.  (a) Each of the Banks agree
          among themselves that with respect to all amounts received by
          them which are applicable to the payment or satisfaction of all
          or part of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations, interest
          thereon, any fees or any other amount payable hereunder or under
          the other Loan Documents, equitable adjustment will be made so
          that, in effect, all such amounts will be shared among the Banks
          in proportion to their respective Percentage, whether received by
<PAGE>
          voluntary payment, by the exercise of the right of set off or
          banker's lien, by counterclaim or by the enforcement of their
          rights hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.

                    (b)  If any Bank shall, through the exercise of any
          right of counterclaim, set off, banker's lien or otherwise,
          receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate
          amount of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations or interest
          thereon due to such Bank, or any other amount payable hereunder,
          as the case may be, which is greater than the proportion received
          by any other Bank or Banks in respect to the aggregate amount of
          any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation and interest thereon due
          such Bank, or with respect to any other amount payable hereunder,
          that Bank receiving such proportionately greater payment shall
          notify the other Banks and the Agent of such receipt and purchase
          participations (which it shall be deemed to have done
          simultaneously upon the receipt of such excess payment) in the
          Loans and Reimbursement Obligations held by the other Bank or
          Banks so that all such recoveries of principal and interest with
          respect to the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations shall be
          proportionate to each Bank's respective Percentage; provided that
          if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received
          by such purchasing Bank is thereafter recovered from such Bank,
          those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid
          for such participations shall be returned to the purchasing Bank
          to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.  Each
          participant of any Bank shall have the same rights of set off
          against the Company set forth in Section 10.9 as if it were a
          Bank and agrees that, with respect to any setoff made by such
          participant, the provisions of this Section 10.10 shall similarly
          apply as if it were a Bank.

                    (c)  The Company expressly consents to the arrangement
          described in this Section 10.10.

                    Section 10.11  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be
          executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any
          number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts
          taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same
          instrument.

                    Section 10.12  Severability.  Any provision of this
          Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any
          jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to
          the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
          invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such
          prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not
          invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other
          jurisdiction.

                    Section 10.13  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the
          Revolving Notes and the rights and obligations of the parties
          under this Agreement and the Revolving Notes shall be governed
          by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the
          internal laws (as opposed to conflict of laws provisions) of the
          State of Illinois.
<PAGE>
                    Section 10.14  Marshalling; Recapture.  Neither the
          Agent nor any Bank shall be under an obligation to marshall any
          assets in favor of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or
          any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the
          Obligations.  To the extent any Bank receives any payment by or
          on behalf of the Company, which payment or any part thereof is
          subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or
          preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to the Company,
          its estate, trustee, receiver, custodian or any other party under
          any bankruptcy law, state or Federal law, common law or equitable
          cause, then to the extent of such payment or repayment, the
          obligation or part thereof which has bee paid, reduced or
          satisfied by the amount so repaid shall be reinstated by the
          amount so repaid and shall be included within the liabilities of
          the Company to such Bank as of the date such initial payment,
          reduction or satisfaction occurred.

                    Section 10.15  Jurisdiction.  The Company hereby
          irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of any Illinois State or
          Federal court sitting in Cook County, Illinois in any action or
          proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement and/or
          the other Loan Documents and the Company hereby irrevocably
          agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding
          may be heard and determined in such Illinois State court, or to
          the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court.  The Company
          hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent it may
          effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the
          maintenance of such action or proceeding.  The Company also
          irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any
          such action or proceeding by the mailing of copies of such
          process to the Company at its address specified in Section 10.1
          hereof.  The Company agrees that a final judgment in any such
          action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in
          other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other
          manner provided by law.

                    Section 10.16  Waiver of Jury Trial.  EACH OF THE
          BANKS, THE AGENT AND THE COMPANY MUTUALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN
          ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING (INCLUDING, ANY COUNTERCLAIM) IN ANY
          COURT ARISING ON, OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT
          AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, THE RELATED AGREEMENTS OR ANY
          AMENDMENT OR SUPPLEMENT HERETO OR THERETO OR THE TRANSACTIONS
          CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY.

               [The Remainder Of This Page Is Intentionally Left Blank]
<PAGE>


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and
          duly authorized officers as of year first above written.


                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.



                                        By: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President


                                        CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.,
                                          as Agent



                                        By: \s\ Laurens F. Schaad, Jr.
                                        Name:  Laurens F. Schaad, Jr.
                                        Title: Vice President


                                        THE BANKS:

                                        CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.,
                                          as a Bank and as LC Issuer



                                        By: \s\ Laurens F. Schaad, Jr.
                                        Name:  Laurens F. Schaad, Jr.
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        Domestic and Eurodollar Office

                                        231 South LaSalle Street
                                        Chicago, Illinois  60697
                                          5

                                        WHITNEY NATIONAL BANK


                                        By: \s\ E. H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Name:  E. H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Title: Sr. Vice President

                                        Domestic and Eurodollar Office

                                        P.O. Box 61260
                                        New Orleans, Louisiana 70160
                                          6
<PAGE>

                                        FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF TEXAS,
          N.A.


                                        By: \s\ Frank W. Schageman
                                        Name:  Frank W. Schageman
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President

                                        Domestic and Eurodollar Office

                                        1000 Louisiana
                                        Houston, Texas  77002
                                          7


                                        FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE


                                        By: \s\ Suzanne H. Marquette
                                        Name:  Suzanne H. Marquette
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        Domestic and Eurodollar Office

                                        210 Baronne Street
                                        New Orleans, Louisiana  70112
                                          8
<PAGE>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                       Page


          SECTION I - DEFINITIONS.......................................   2

               Section 1.1  Defined Terms...............................   2
               Section 1.2  Other Definitional Provisions...............  28
               Section 1.3  Accounting Terms and Determinations.........  29

          SECTION II - REVOLVING LOANS..................................  29

               Section 2.1  Revolving Loan Commitment...................  29
               Section 2.2  Revolving Note..............................  30
               Section 2.3  Determination of Borrowing Base.............  30
               Section 2.4  Procedure for Borrowing.....................  31
               Section 2.5  Reduction of Commitments....................  32
               Section 2.6  Optional Prepayments........................  33
               Section 2.7  Continuation and Conversion Elections.......  33
               Section 2.8  Interest Rate and Payment Dates.............  34
               Section 2.9  Fees........................................  35
               Section 2.10  Computation of Interest....................  35
               Section 2.11  Payments...................................  36
               Section 2.12  Inability to Determine Interest Rate.......  37
               Section 2.13  Illegality.................................  38
               Section 2.14  Requirements of Law........................  38
               Section 2.15  Funding Losses.............................  41
               Section 2.16  Use of Proceeds............................  41
               Section 2.17  Extensions of Expiration Date..............  42
<PAGE>
          SECTION III - LETTERS OF CREDIT...............................  42

               Section 3.1  Requests....................................  42
               Section 3.2  Issuance....................................  43
               Section 3.3  Fees and Expenses...........................  43
               Section 3.4  Banks' Participation........................  43
               Section 3.5  Disbursements...............................  44
               Section 3.6  Reimbursement...............................  44
               Section 3.7  Deemed Disbursements; Other Cash
                              Collateral Requirements...................  45
               Section 3.8  Nature of Reimbursement Obligations.........  46
               Section 3.9  Indemnity...................................  47

          SECTION IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES...................  47
               Section 4.1  Financial Condition.  ......................  47
               Section 4.2  No Change. .................................  48
               Section 4.3  Corporate Existence: Compliance with Law....  48
               Section 4.4  Corporate Power: Authorization:
                            Enforceable Obligations.....................  48
               Section 4.5  No Bar. ....................................  49
               Section 4.6  No Material Litigation. ....................  49
               Section 4.7  No Default..................................  49
               Section 4.8  Ownership of Property: Liens................  49
               Section 4.9  No Burdensome Restrictions..................  49
               Section 4.10  Taxes......................................  49
               Section 4.11  Regulations G, T, U and X..................  50
               Section 4.12  ERISA......................................  50
               Section 4.13  Subsidiaries...............................  52
               Section 4.14  Government Regulation......................  52
               Section 4.15  Environmental Matters......................  52
               Section 4.16  Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.........  52
<PAGE>
               Section 4.17  Judgments or Litigation....................  53
               Section 4.18  Government Contracts.......................  53
               Section 4.19  Modular Construction.......................  53
               Section 4.20  Licenses, Permits. ........................  54
               Section 4.21  Navy Contracts. ...........................  54
               Section 4.22  Loan Documents. etc........................  54
               Section 4.23  No Federal Tax or ERISA Liens..............  54
               Section 4.24  No Bonds...................................  54
               Section 4.25  Labor Controversies........................  54
               Section 4.26  Capitalization.............................  55
               Section 4.27  Patents, Trademarks, etc...................  55
               Section 4.28  Collateral Documents.......................  55
               Section 4.29  Accuracy of Information....................  55
               Section 4.30  Solvency...................................  56
 
          SECTION V - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EFFECTIVE DATE AND
                      EACH EXTENSION OF CREDIT..........................  56

               Section 5.1  Initial Credit Extensions...................  56
               Section 5.2  Conditions to Initial Letter
                            of Credit Issuance..........................  60
               Section 5.3  Conditions to Each Extension of Credit......  60

          SECTION VI - AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS............................  61

               Section 6.1  Financial Statements........................  61
               Section 6.2  Certificates: Other Information.............  62
               Section 6.3  Payment of Obligations. ....................  64
               Section 6.4  Maintenance of Property: Insurance. ........  64
               Section 6.5  Conduct of Business and Maintenance
                            of Existence................................  64
               Section 6.6  Inspection of Property: Books
                            and Records; Discussions....................  65
               Section 6.7  Notices.....................................  65
<PAGE>
               Section 6.8  ERISA.......................................  66
               Section 6.9  Additional Title Opinions and Appraisals
                            for the Avondale Drydock. ..................  66
               Section 6.10  Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.........  66
               Section 6.11  Delivery; Further Assurances...............  68
               Section 6.12  Cash Management Letters....................  68
               Section 6.13  Updated Appraisal of Avondale Drydock......  69
               Section 6.14  Delivery of Assignment of Claims Notices...  69

          SECTION VII - NEGATIVE COVENANTS..............................  70

               Section 7.1  Financial Condition Covenants...............  70
               Section 7.2  Limitation on Liens.........................  70
               Section 7.3  Limitation on Investments and
                            Intercompany Activity. .....................  72
               Section 7.4  Limitation on Fundamental Changes. .........  72
               Section 7.5  Limitation on Sale of Assets................  72
               Section 7.6  Limitation on Dividends.....................  73
               Section 7.7  Limitation on Capital Expenditures..........  73
               Section 7.8  Sale and Leaseback..........................  73
               Section 7.9  Acquisitions................................  73
               Section 7.10  Environmental Liabilities. ................  74
               Section 7.11  Compliance with ERISA......................  74
               Section 7.12  Prepayments................................  75
               Section 7.13  Indebtedness. .............................  75
               Section 7.14  No Additional Subsidiaries.................  75
               Section 7.15  Debits.....................................  75
               Section 7.16  Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement
                             and Tax Sharing Agreement..................  76
               Section 7.17  Jo Ann Agreements..........................  76
               Section 7.18  PSPA Guaranteed Obligations................  76
               Section 7.19  Change of Location or Name.................  77
<PAGE>
               Section 7.20  Additional Negative Pledges and Other
                             Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries  77

          SECTION VIII - EVENTS OF DEFAULT..............................  78

          SECTION IX - THE AGENT........................................  82

               Section 9.1  Actions.....................................  82
               Section 9.2  Exculpation. ...............................  83
               Section 9.3  Successor...................................  83
               Section 9.4  Credit Decisions............................  84
               Section 9.5  Notices, etc. from Agent....................  84
               Section 9.6  Collateral Documents........................  84
               Section 9.7  Loans by the Agent..........................  84
               Section 9.8  Other Collateral Matters....................  84

          SECTION X - MISCELLANEOUS.....................................  85

               Section 10.1  Notices....................................  85
               Section 10.2  Amendments and Waivers. ...................  86
               Section 10.3  No Waiver: Cumulative Remedies.............  87
               Section 10.4  Survival of Representations and
                             Warranties.................................  87
               Section 10.5  Payment of Expenses and Taxes;
                             Indemnity and Release......................  87
               Section 10.6  Headings: Table of Contents. ..............  89
               Section 10.7  Successors and Assigns.....................  89
               Section 10.8  Tax Forms. ................................  92
               Section 10.9  Setoff.....................................  92
               Section 10.10  Sharing...................................  92
               Section 10.11  Counterparts..............................  93
               Section 10.12  Severability..............................  93
               Section 10.13  Governing Law. ...........................  93
<PAGE>
               Section 10.14  Marshalling; Recapture....................  94
               Section 10.15  Jurisdiction..............................  94
               Section 10.16  Waiver of Jury Trial......................  94



                                EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

          Exhibits

          Exhibit A      Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement
          Exhibit B      Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
          Exhibit C      Form of Borrowing Request
          Exhibit D      Form of Cash Management Letter
          Exhibit E      Form of Continuation/Conversion Notice
          Exhibit F      Form of Extension Notice
          Exhibit G      Form of Issuance Request
          Exhibit H      Form of Subsidiary Guarantee
          Exhibit I      Form of Subsidiary Security Agreement
          Exhibit J      Form of Revolving Note
          Exhibit K      Form of Foreign Lender Certification

          Schedules

          Schedule I     Commitments
          Schedule II    Navy Contracts
          Schedule 4.6   Litigation
          Schedule 4.13  Existing Subsidiaries
          Schedule 4.15  Environmental Disclosure
          Schedule 4.21  Permitted Setoffs Under Navy Contracts
          Schedule 4.25  Labor Disclosure
          Schedule 4.26  Ownership of the Company
          Schedule 6.1   Monthly Reporting Requirements
          Schedule 6.12  Existing Collection Accounts
          Schedule 7.2   Existing Liens
          Schedule 7.3   Existing Investments
          Schedule 7.5   Assets Held for Sale
          Schedule 7.13  Existing Indebtedness
<PAGE>
               FIRST AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO REVOLVING CREDIT
          AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is entered into as of May 31, 1994,
          by and among AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., a Louisiana corporation
          (the "Company"), the various financial institutions signatory
          hereto (collectively, the "Banks," and, individually, a "Bank"),
          and CONTINENTAL BANK N.A., as agent for the Banks (the "Agent").
          Words and phrases having defined meanings in the Credit Agreement
          referred to below shall have the same respective meanings when
          used herein, unless otherwise expressly defined herein.

                                     WITNESSETH:

                    WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into a
          Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 1994 (the "Credit
          Agreement"), relating to a revolving credit facility in amount
          not to exceed $35,000,000 for the Company's ongoing working
          capital and general corporate needs; and

                    WHEREAS, the Company, the Banks and the Agent desire to
          amend the Credit Agreement on the terms as hereinafter set forth,
          to permit the Company to make certain deposits pursuant to the
          requirements of the documents governing the Jo Ann Refinancing
          Indebtedness;

                    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
          mutual agreements set forth herein and for other consideration
          the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
          parties hereto agree as follows;

                    1.   Amendments to Credit Agreement.  Subject to and
          conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions
          precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, Section 7.2 of the
          Credit Agreement is hereby amended to delete the terms of clause
          (k) thereof in their entirety and to insert the following
          therefor:

                         (k)  (i) to the extent required at the time of the
               issuance of the Jo Ann Refinancing Indebtedness, Liens
               granted on the Jo Ann Drydock to secure such Indebtedness
               and (ii) deposits made pursuant to the requirements of the
               documents governing the Jo Ann Refinancing Indebtedness as
               originally in effect to secure such Indebtedness in an
               aggregate amount not to exceed $3,625,000 at any one time;
               and

                    2.  Waiver to Credit Agreement.  Subject to and
          conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions
          precedent set forth in Section 3 hereof, the provisions of
          Section 7.20 of the Credit Agreement are hereby waived to the
          extent necessary to permit the Company to agree to a negative
          pledge clause in favor of the holders of the Jo Ann Refinancing
          Indebtedness substantially in the form of that set forth on
          Exhibit A hereto.
<PAGE>
                    3.  Conditions Precedent to Amendment Effectiveness.
          The amendments and modifications set forth in Section 1 hereof
          and the waiver set forth in Section 2 hereof shall become
          effective upon, and are expressly conditioned upon, the
          fulfillment of each of the following conditions precedent on or
          prior to June 1, 1994:

                    (a)  Agreement.  The Agent shall have received this
          Amendment, duly executed and delivered by an authorized officer
          of the Company and the Required Banks.

                    (b)  Subsidiary Guarantor Consent.  The Agent shall
          have received (with a copy for each of the other Banks) from each
          of the Subsidiary Guarantors a reaffirmation of the Subsidiary
          Guarantee executed by it.

                    (C)  Material Adverse Change.  In the opinion of the
          Agent, no event or condition shall have occurred or exist which
          could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                    4.  Representations and Warranties.  In order to induce
          the Agent and the Banks to enter into this Amendment, the Company
          hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and the Banks as
          follows:

                         (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by
               the Company of this Amendment (i) are within the Company's
               corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all
               necessary corporate action, (iii) require no action by or in
               respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or
               official, (iv) do not contravene, or constitute a default
               under, any provision of any applicable law, statute,
               ordinance, regulation, rule, order or other governmental
               restriction or of the Certificate or Articles of
               Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, (v) do not
               contravene, or constitute a default under, any agreement,
               judgment, injunction, order, decree, indenture, contract,
               lease, instrument or other commitment to which the Company
               is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are
               bound and (vi) will not result in the creation or imposition
               of any Lien upon any asset of the Company under any existing
               indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement
               or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
               party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound or
               affected.

                         (b)  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement as
               amended by this Amendment are the legal, valid and binding
               obligations of the Company, and are enforceable against the
               Company in accordance with their terms.

                         (c)  The representations and warranties contained
               in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
               true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
               date hereof as though made on the date hereof, except to the
               extent that such representations expressly relate solely to
               an earlier date (in which case such representations and
               warranties were true and accurate on and as of such earlier
               date).
<PAGE>
                         (d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred
               and is continuing.

                    5.  Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.
          Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the
          Credit Agreement to "the Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
          "herein", or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference
          to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby and each reference to
          the Credit Agreement in any other Loan Document shall mean and be
          a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

                    6.   Reaffirmation; Expenses.  The Company hereby
          reaffirms to the Agent and each of the Banks that, except as
          modified hereby, the Credit Agreement and all of the Loan
          Documents remain in full force and effect and have not been
          otherwise waived, modified or amended.  Except as expressly
          modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit
          Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.
          The Company acknowledges that all legal expenses of the Agent
          related to this Amendment shall be paid by the Company.

                    7.  Confirmation of Collateral Documents.  The Company
          hereby (i) ratifies and confirms its obligations under the
          Collateral Documents and acknowledges and agrees that the
          Collateral Documents to which the Company is a party are the
          legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
          against it in accordance with their terms; and (ii) agrees that
          the Obligations (for purposes of each of such Collateral
          Documents) shall include, without limitation, the Obligations
          under and as defined in this Credit Agreement as amended by this
          Amendment.

                    8.   Choice of Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
          BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS
          OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS
          AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR
          INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE COMPANY,
          THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS IN CONNECTION
          WITH THIS AMENDMENT, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT,
          EQUITY OR OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
          INTERNAL LAWS AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

                    9.   Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
          one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
          original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
          same instrument.  One or more counterparts of this Amendment may
          be delivered by telecopier, with the intention that they shall
          have the same effect as an original counterpart thereof.
                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
          their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this
          Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
                                        CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.,
                                          as Agent


                                        By: \s\ Laurens F. Schaad, Jr.
                                        Name:  Laurens F. Schaad, Jr.
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        THE BANKS:

                                        CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.,
                                          as a Bank and as LC Issuer


                                        By: \s\ Laurens F. Schaad, Jr.
                                        Name:  Laurens F. Schaad, Jr.
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        WHITNEY NATIONAL BANK


                                        By: \s\ Elmer H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Name:  Elmer H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Title: Sr. Vice President

                                        FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF TEXAS, N.A.


                                        By: \s\ Frank W. Schageman
                                        Name:  Frank W. Schageman
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President

                                        FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE


                                        By: \s\ Gary L. Lorio
                                        Name:  Gary L. Lorio
                                        Title: Vice President

                                      EXHIBIT A

                           PROPOSED NEGATIVE PLEDGE CLAUSE

                         (Redacted from the Limited Offering
                    Memorandum relating to the refinancing bonds)

                    The Company [Avondale Industries, Inc.] will not
          create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its
          revenues, property (including, but not limited to, fixed assets,
          inventory, real property, receivables, intangible rights and
          stock) or other assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,
          other than Permitted Encumbrances unless (a) (i) the Revolving
          Credit Agreement dated as of May 10, 1994 by and among the
          Company, Continental Bank N.A. and the Banks as defined therein,
          including extensions according to its terms, is continuing in
          effect or (ii) the Consolidated Senior Debt Service Coverage
          Ratio is greater than 2.5 to 1.0 or (b) the Company delivers to
          the Trustee (i) an independent appraisal of all Project assets,
          (ii) perfected security interests in all Project assets, and
<PAGE>
          (iii) to the extent the appraised value of the Project assets is
          less than the outstanding par amount of the Series 1994 Bonds,
          perfected security interests on additional Company assets, with
          an independent appraised value equal to the difference:

                    "Permitted Encumbrances" shall mean (a) Liens existing
          on the date of this Limited Offering Memorandum securing
          Indebtedness of the Company in connection with the Revolving
          Credit Agreement, by and among the Company, Continental Bank N.A.
          and the Banks as defined therein dated as of May 10, 1994; (b)
          Liens arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or
          refunding of any Indebtedness of the Company secured by Liens
          permitted in clause (a) provided that such Indebtedness (i) does
          not exceed $50,000,000, (ii) is not secured by any additional
          assets and (iii) does not provide any additional rights to
          Continental Bank N.A. [or any new lender]; (c) Liens granted by
          the Company in its ordinary course of business for the purpose of
          meeting bonding requirements provided that such Liens do not
          secure such Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount
          exceeding $25,000,000; (d) Liens granted by the Company in its
          ordinary course of business to owners of ships being constructed
          or repaired; (e) a Lien on the Company's 900-foot floating
          drydock/launch platform; (f) Liens on certain property located in
          Harrison County, Mississippi granted pursuant to a Guaranty
          Agreement between the Company and said Harrison County; (g) Liens
          granted by the Company in its ordinary course of business on
          property acquired after the date of this Limited Offering
          Memorandum; (h) Liens for taxes, assessments, charges or other
          governmental levies not delinquent or which are being contested
          in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate
          reserves have been established by the Company or the respective
          Subsidiary, as the case may be, to the extent required by
          generally accepted accounting principles; (i) mechanics',
          worker's, materialmen's, operators', carriers', or other like
          Liens arising in the ordinary and normal course of business with
          respect to obligations which are not due or which are being
          contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; and (j) Liens
          not created by the Company or the respective Subsidiary, as the
          case may be, which are promptly contested in good faith and by
          appropriate proceedings and which are discharged or bonded within
          30 days of notice thereof to the Company or the respective
          Subsidiary, as the case may be.


                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.
<PAGE>
                                        AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE, INC.


                                        By \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title:  Vice President

          Dated:  May 31, 1994

                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title:  President

          Dated:  May 31, 1994

                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        CRAWFORD TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By \s\ B. L. Hicks
                                        Title: Secretary

          Dated:  May 31, 1994

                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
<PAGE>
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit
          Agreement and acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability
          and effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        GENCO INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By \s\ B. L. Hicks
                                        Title: Secretaru

          Dated:  May 31, 1994
<PAGE>
                    SECOND AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

                    THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT
          (this "Amendment") is entered into as of February 9, 1995, by and
          among AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC., a Louisiana corporation (the
          "Company"), the various financial institutions signatory hereto
          (collectively, the "Banks," and, individually, a "Bank"), and
          BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, successor-in-interest to CONTINENTAL
          BANK, as agent for the Banks (the "Agent").  Words and phrases
          having defined meanings in the Credit Agreement referred to below
          shall have the same respective meanings when used herein, unless
          otherwise expressly defined herein.

                                     WITNESSETH:

                    WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into a
          Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 10, 1994 (as amended
          by that certain First Amendment and Waiver to Revolving Credit
          Agreement dated as of May 31, 1994 (collectively, the "Existing
          Agreement" and as amended by this Amendment, the "Credit
          Agreement"), relating to a revolving credit facility in amount
          not to exceed $35,000,000 for the Company's ongoing working
          capital and general corporate needs;

                    WHEREAS, the Company, the Banks and the Agent desire to
          amend the Credit Agreement and provide for the waiver of certain
          of the provisions of the Credit Agreement, in each case, on the
          terms as hereinafter set forth, to (i) permit the financing of
          the advanced and modern shipyard technology project at the
          Company's shipyard located in Avondale, Louisiana (the "Shipyard
          Project") through Title XI of the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as
          amended (the "Title XI Program") and (ii) make certain technical
          changes to the Credit Agreement as more fully described below;

                    WHEREAS, in connection with the Shipyard Project, the
          Company contemplates (i) that it will transfer a portion of the
          real property underlying its shipyard located in Avondale,
          Louisiana (the "Shipyard Real Property Assets") to Avondale Land
          Management Company, a newly formed general partnership organized
          under the laws of the State of Louisiana (the "Shipyard
          Partnership") and the Shipyard Real Property Assets will be
          leased back to the Company pursuant to two specific lease
          agreements, and (ii) that 99% of the partnership interest in the
          Shipyard Partnership will be owned by the Company and 1% of the
          partnership interest in the Shipyard Partnership will be owned by
          Avondale Properties, Inc., a Louisiana corporation ("Avondale
          Properties") and a newly formed wholly-owned Subsidiary of the
          Company; and

                    WHEREAS, the Agent may resign as Agent under the Credit
          Agreement and in the event of any such resignation, the Banks
          desire to appoint Bank of America National Trust and Savings
          Association ("BofA NTSA") as successor agent;

                    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
          mutual agreements set forth herein and for other consideration
          the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
          parties hereto agree as follows;
<PAGE>
                    1.   Amendments to the Existing Agreement.  Subject to
          and conditioned upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions
          precedent set forth in Section 4 hereof, the Existing Agreement
          is hereby amended as follows:

               (a)  The definition of "Adjusted Consolidated Net Income --
          Cash Flow Coverage" is hereby amended to delete the terms of
          clause (d) thereof in their entirety and to insert the following
          therefor:

               (d)  Capital Expenditures of the Company or its
               Subsidiaries for such period (other than those Capital
               Expenditures that are (i) incurred in connection with
               the Shipyard Project, (ii) reviewed and approved by
               Deloitte & Touche and (iii) permitted by Section 7.7);
               and

               (b)  The definition of "Cash Equivalent Investments" is
          hereby amended to delete the terms of clause (iii) thereof in
          their entirety and to insert the following therefor:

               (iii)     repurchase agreements or reverse repurchase
               agreements with terms of not more than seven days from
               the date acquired, for securities of the type described
               in clause (i) above and entered into only with
               commercial banks having the qualifications described in
               clause (ii) above;

               (c)  The definition of "Letter of Credit Availability" is
          hereby amended to delete the definition in its entirety and to
          insert the following therefor:

               "Letter of Credit Availability" shall mean, at any time, the
               lesser of (a) $35,000,000 minus any Letter of Credit
               Outstanding(s) and (b) the aggregate amount of then
               Available Commitments.

               (d)  The following definitions are added to the Existing
          Agreement after the definition of "Loans" and before the
          definition of "Material Adverse Effect" contained therein:

               "MARAD" shall mean the United States Department of
               Transportation Maritime Administration and its successors.

               "MARAD Financing Documents" shall mean the documents,
               instruments and agreements initially entered into by the
               Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with the Shipyard
               Project, without giving effect to any amendments or
               modifications thereof or thereto.
               "MARAD Financing Liens" shall mean those Liens initially
               granted by the Company or the Subsidiaries to MARAD or its
               designee in connection with the Shipyard Project, which
               Liens shall, in no event, extend to or otherwise attach to
               any of the Collateral or secure Indebtedness in an aggregate
               principal amount in excess of $17,800,000 at any time.

               (e)  The following definitions are added to the Existing
          Agreement after the definition of "Security Agreement (Company)"
          contained therein:
<PAGE>
               "Shipyard Partnership" shall mean Avondale Land Management
               Company, a general partnership organized under the laws of
               the State of Louisiana.

               "Shipyard Project" shall mean the advanced and modern
               shipyard technology project of the Company intended to
               modernize the Company's shipyard located in Avondale,
               Louisiana and financed, in part, through Title XI of
               the Merchant Marine Act, 1936, as amended.

               "Shipyard Real Property Assets" shall mean that portion of
               the real property underlying the Company's shipyard located
               in Avondale, Louisiana which is contributed by the Company
               to the Shipyard Partnership in connection with the Shipyard
               Project and leased back to the Company.

               (f)  The definition of "Subsidiary Guarantor" is hereby
          amended to delete the definition in its entirety and to insert
          the following therefor:

               "Subsidiary Guarantor" shall mean the following Subsidiaries
               of the Company:  (i) Gulfport, (ii) Avondale Technical
               Services, Inc., a Louisiana corporation, (iii) Crawford
               Technical Services, Inc., a Louisiana corporation, (iv)
               Genco Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation, (v) Avondale
               Properties, Inc., a Louisiana corporation, and (vi) the
               Shipyard Partnership.

               (g)  Section 2.4(a) of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete the terms of clause (ii) of the first sentence
          thereof in their entirety and to insert the following therefor:

               (ii) at or before 10:00 a.m. Chicago time on the
               requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate
               Loans,

               (h)  Section 3.2 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended
          to delete the terms of the parenthetical contained at the end
          thereof and to insert the following therefor:

               (and will promptly provide the Agent with a copy of such
               Letter of Credit and the Agent shall promptly provide a copy
               thereof to each of the Banks).
               (i)  Section 6.1(c) of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete the terms thereof in their entirety and to
          insert the following therefor:

                    (c)  as soon as available, but in any event within 45
               days after the end of each fiscal month of the Company, (i)
               the information described on Schedule 6.1 with respect to
               the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, prepared in a
               form acceptable to the Agent and (ii) a calculation of the
               Company's "Working Capital", "Long-Term Debt" and "Net
               Worth" as defined in that certain Title XI Reserve Fund and
               Financial Agreement dated as of February 9, 1995 between the
               Company and the United States of America, and a statement as
               to whether the provisions of Section 13(b) of such Agreement
               are applicable to the Company as a result of the Company's
               failure to meet the thresholds set forth in Section 13(b)(i)
               of such Agreement; and
<PAGE>
               (j)  Section 6.2 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended
          by adding a new subsection 6.2 (j) thereto after Section 6.2(i)
          and before Section 6.3:

               (j)  until such time as the improvements contemplated
               by the Shipyard Project are completed, copies of any
               compliance statements (and any attachments thereto) or
               similar documents prepared by or on behalf of the
               Company or its Subsidiaries and delivered to MARAD or
               its designee in connection with the Shipyard Project
               promptly after the same have been sent to MARAD.

               (k)  The following Section is added after Section 6.14
          (Delivery of Assignment of Claims Notices) and before Section
          VII:

               Section 6.15   Financing of Shipyard Project.  On or
               prior to March 1, 1995, the Company shall have received
               at least $16,000,000 in proceeds to be used to complete
               the Shipyard Project (or such an amount of proceeds
               shall have been placed in escrow) with the terms of
               such financing to be reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

               (l)  Section 7.1(d) of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete the terms thereof in their entirety and to
          insert the following therefor:

               (d)  Maintenance of Debt Coverage Ratio.  Permit the
               Cash Flow Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any of
               its fiscal quarters to be less than (i) .10 to 1 for
               any such fiscal quarter ending on or prior to December
               31, 1994, (ii) .15 to 1 for any such fiscal quarter
               ending after January 1, 1995 and on or before September
               30, 1995 or (iii) .20 to 1 for any such fiscal quarter
               ending thereafter.

               (m)  Section 7.2(f) of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete the terms thereof in their entirety and to
          insert the following therefor:

               (f)  Liens (other than the MARAD Financing Liens) granted
               with respect to real and/or tangible or intangible personal
               property, which property is acquired after the date hereof
               (by purchase, construction or otherwise) by the Company or
               any Subsidiary, each of which Liens were incurred to
               finance, refinance or refund, the cost (including the cost
               of construction) of the respective property; provided that
               no such Lien shall extend to or cover any other property of
               the Company or any such Subsidiary other than the respective
               property so acquired and improvements thereon or extend to
               or cover any Collateral;

               (n)  Section 7.2(j) of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete the terms thereof in their entirety and to
          insert the following therefor:

               (j)  in addition to and without duplication of the
               Liens permitted under clause (f) above, Liens securing
               Indebtedness and other obligations of the Company or
<PAGE>
               any of its Subsidiaries permitted by this Agreement
               which encumber Fixed Asset Property having a net book
               value (or if greater, a fair market value) which, in
               the aggregate, is less than or equal to $5,000,000;

               (o)  Section 7.2 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended
          to delete the word "and" and the end of subsection (k) thereof,
          replace the period and the end of subsection (l) thereof with a
          semi-colon and the word "and" and add the following subsection
          (m) thereto:

               (m)  the MARAD Financing Liens.

               (p)  Section 7.2 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended
          to delete the last sentence thereof in its entirety and to
          substitute the following therefor:

                    Clauses (a) through (m) of this Section 7.2 are
               referred to as "Permitted Liens."

               (q)  Section 7.7 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended
          to delete the terms thereof in their entirety and to insert the
          following therefor:

               Section 7.7 Limitation on Capital Expenditures.  Incur
               Capital Expenditures which, in the aggregate for the
               Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, exceed
               $7,500,000 for the Company's fiscal year ending
               December 31, 1994, $25,000,000 for the Company's fiscal
               year ending December 31, 1995 and $9,000,000 for any
               fiscal year thereafter.
               (r)  Section 7.13 of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended to delete the terms of clauses (i) and (ii) thereof in
          their entirety and to insert the following therefor:

               (i) Indebtedness of the Company secured by Permitted
               Liens; provided, however, that the aggregate principal
               amount of Indebtedness secured by the Liens permitted
               pursuant to Section 7.2(j) shall not exceed $5,000,000
               in the aggregate, (ii) unsecured Indebtedness of the
               Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed
               $5,000,000 in the aggregate less the amount of
               Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by Section
               7.2(j),

                    (s)  Section VII of the Existing Agreement is hereby
          amended by adding the following new Sections 7.21 and 7.22
          thereto:

                    Section 7.21  Additional Restrictions on Avondale
               Properties, Inc. and the Shipyard Partnership.  The Company
               will not (i) permit Avondale Properties, Inc. to engage in
               any business activity other than the ownership of the 1%
               general partnership interest in the Shipyard Partnership or
               (ii) permit the Shipyard Partnership to engage in any
               business activity other than the ownership of the Shipyard
               Real Property Assets which are contributed to it by the
               Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by
               the MARAD Financing Documents and the leasing back to the
               Company of such property.
<PAGE>
                    Section 7.22  Amendments to the MARAD Financing
               Documents.  The Company will not alter, amend, modify,
               rescind, terminate or waive any provision of the MARAD
               Financing Documents or any of its rights thereunder.

                    2.   Waiver and Consent to Appointment of New Agent.
          Each Bank hereby consents to the appointment of BofA NTSA as
          successor Agent to Bank of America Illinois effective upon, and
          only upon, the resignation of Bank of America Illinois in such
          capacity.  Such appointment shall take effect promptly upon
          (i) the resignation of Bank of America Illinois as Agent and
          (ii) the acceptance by BofA NTSA of its appointment as successor
          Agent (the "Succession Date").  Until the Succession Date, Bank
          of America Illinois shall continue to act as Agent for the Banks
          and BofA NTSA shall have no rights or duties with respect
          thereto.  The Banks and the Company authorize Bank of America
          Illinois and BofA NTSA to (i) enter into and deliver all
          necessary assignment documentation, (ii) amend all Loan Documents
          that Bank of America Illinois and BofA NTSA determine should be
          amended to reflect the assignment of the Agent's rights and
          duties to BofA NTSA and (iii) take all other actions and execute
          and deliver all other documents as may be required to fully
          assign the rights and duties of Bank of America Illinois as Agent
          to BofA NTSA and to maintain the perfection of the Agent's liens
          in the Collateral.  Effective as of the Succession Date, BofA
          NTSA is hereby appointed as successor Agent and after such date:
          (a) BofA NTSA shall be entitled to all the rights (including
          rights to indemnification) and shall assume all of the duties of
          the Agent under the Credit Agreement; (b) Bank of America
          Illinois shall be discharged from its duties and obligations
          under the Credit Agreement and the other related instruments
          (except that nothing herein shall be deemed to affect Bank of
          America Illinois as a Bank under the Credit Agreement and the
          other related documents); and (c) Bank of America Illinois shall
          be entitled to the continued benefit of Section IX of the Credit
          Agreement with respect to all actions taken by it or its
          predecessor on or prior to the Succession Date.  The Company and
          the Banks hereby waive any notice of resignation which the Agent
          may be required to give under the Credit Agreement in connection
          with the resignation and appointment contemplated by this Section
          2.  In addition to the foregoing, each of the Company and each of
          the Banks agrees that the Agent may delegate all or a portion of
          its duties to, one or more of its Affiliates; provided, however,
          that the Agent shall remain responsible for the ultimate
          performance of any of the Agent's duties so delegated as if such
          delegation had not occurred.

                    3.  Waivers in Connection with Transfer of Avondale
          Shipyard to the Shipyard Partnership.  Subject to and conditioned
          upon the fulfillment of each of the conditions precedent set
          forth in Section 4 hereof, Sections 7.3(a) and (b), 7.5, 7.14 and
          7.20 of the Existing Agreement are hereby waived to the extent,
          and solely to the extent, necessary to permit the Company to
          complete the following transactions:

                    (a)  The formation of the Shipyard Partnership solely
               for the purpose of acquiring title to the Shipyard Real
               Property Assets through the Company's contribution of such
               assets to the Shipyard Partnership.
<PAGE>
                    (b)  The formation of Avondale Properties solely for
               the purpose of holding a 1% general partnership interest in
               the Shipyard Partnership.

                    (c)  The Company's contribution of the Shipyard Real
               Property to the Shipyard Partnership and the leasing back to
               the Company of the portion of such Shipyard Real Property
               Assets on which the improvements financed by the Title XI
               Program are to be located.

                    (d)  The inclusion of the negative pledge clauses set
               forth in the MARAD Financing Documents.

                    (e)  The initial Investments made by the Company in
               connection with the formation of each of Avondale Properties
               and the Shipyard Partnership.

                    4.  Conditions Precedent to Amendment Effectiveness and
          Consent to Release Certain Collateral.  (a)  The amendments and
          modifications set forth in Section 1 hereof and the waivers and
          consent set forth in Sections 2  and 3 hereof shall become
          effective upon, and are expressly conditioned upon, the
          fulfillment of each of the following conditions precedent on or
          prior to March 1, 1995:

                    (i)  Amendment.  The Agent shall have received this
          Amendment, duly executed and delivered by an authorized officer
          of the Company and the Required Banks.

                    (ii)  Subsidiary Guarantor Consent.  The Agent shall
          have received (with a copy for each of the other Banks) from each
          of the Subsidiary Guarantors a reaffirmation of the Subsidiary
          Guarantee executed by it.

                  (iii)  Material Adverse Change.  In the opinion of the
          Required Banks (as evidenced by their execution of this
          Amendment), no event or condition shall have occurred or exist
          which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
          Effect.

                    (iv)  Additional Subsidiary Documentation.  The Agent
          shall have received a Subsidiary Guarantee and a Subsidiary
          Security Agreement executed by each of the Shipyard Partnership
          and Avondale Properties and the Company shall have pledged to the
          Agent as additional security all of the issued and outstanding
          capital stock of Avondale Properties, in each case, pursuant to
          such agreements and documents as shall be reasonably satisfactory
          to the Required Banks (as evidenced by their execution of this
          Amendment).

                    (v)  MARAD Approval.  The Agent shall have received
          copies of MARAD documentation approving the Shipyard Project and
          indicating that the Shipyard Project qualifies for financing
          under the Title XI Program.

                    (vi) Legal Opinion.  The Agent shall have received the
          favorable opinion of Jones, Walker, Waechter, Poitevent, Carrere
          & Denegre, Louisiana counsel to the Company, addressed to the
          Agent, the LC Issuer and the Banks in form and substance
          satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel.
<PAGE>
                  (vii)  Other Documents.  The Agent shall have received
          such other documents, instruments and agreement as it shall have
          reasonably requested in connection with the transactions
          contemplated by this Amendment.

                    (b)  Each of the Banks hereby consents to and
          authorizes the Agent to release its Lien on the Collateral
          described on Exhibit A hereto.

                    5.  Representations, Warranties and Covenants.  In
          order to induce the Agent and the Banks to enter into this
          Amendment, the Company hereby represents, warrants and covenants
          to the Agent and the Banks as follows:

                         (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by
               the Company of this Amendment (i) are within the Company's
               corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all
               necessary corporate action, (iii) require no action by or in
               respect of, or filing with, any governmental body, agency or
               official, (iv) do not contravene, or constitute a default
               under, any provision of any applicable law, statute,
               ordinance, regulation, rule, order or other governmental
               restriction or of the Certificate or Articles of
               Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company, (v) do not
               contravene, or constitute a default under, any agreement,
               judgment, injunction, order, decree, indenture, contract,
               lease, instrument or other commitment to which the Company
               is a party or by which the Company or any of its assets are
               bound and (vi) will not result in the creation or imposition
               of any Lien upon any asset of the Company under any existing
               indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement
               or other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a
               party or by which it or any of its assets may be bound or
               affected.

                         (b)  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement are
               the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, and
               are enforceable against the Company in accordance with their
               terms.

                         (c)  The representations and warranties contained
               in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are
               true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
               date hereof as though made on the date hereof, except to the
               extent that such representations expressly relate solely to
               an earlier date (in which case such representations and
               warranties were true and accurate on and as of such earlier
               date).

                         (d)  No Default or Event of Default has occurred
               and is continuing.

                         (e)  None of the "MARAD Financing Liens" referred
               to above covers or will cover or attach to any of the
               Collateral.
                         (f)  The Company shall use its best efforts to
               obtain from MARAD (i) an express consent to the liens and
               security interests granted to the Agent on the Collateral
               pursuant to, under and in connection with the Credit
<PAGE>
               Agreement (together with a consent to the granting of liens
               on such Collateral in connection with a refinancing of the
               Obligations on terms and condition no more restrictive to
               the Company than those set forth in the Credit Agreement),
               and (ii) an access agreement executed by MARAD, such consent
               and such agreement to be in form and substance satisfactory
               to the Agent.

                    6.  Reference to and Effect Upon the Credit Agreement.
          Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the
          Existing Agreement to "the Agreement", "hereunder", "hereof",
          "herein", or words of like import, shall mean and be a reference
          to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby and each reference to
          the Existing Agreement in any other Loan Document shall mean and
          be a reference to the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby.

                    7.   Reaffirmation; Expenses.  The Company hereby
          reaffirms to the Agent and each of the Banks that, except as
          modified hereby, the Credit Agreement and all of the Loan
          Documents remain in full force and effect and have not been
          otherwise waived, modified or amended.  Except as expressly
          modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Credit
          Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect.
          The Company acknowledges that all reasonable legal expenses of
          the Agent related to this Amendment shall be paid by the Company.

                    8.  Confirmation of Collateral Documents.  The Company
          hereby (i) ratifies and confirms its obligations under the
          Collateral Documents and acknowledges and agrees that the
          Collateral Documents to which the Company is a party are the
          legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
          against it in accordance with their terms; and (ii) agrees that
          the Obligations (for purposes of each of such Collateral
          Documents) shall include, without limitation, the Obligations
          under and as defined in the Credit Agreement as amended by this
          Amendment.

                    9.  Role of BA Securities, Inc.  Each of the Company
          and the Lenders acknowledges that it is aware of the facts that
          (i) BA Securities, Inc. ("BASI") has acted as exclusive agent for
          the Company in connection with the sale of the bonds issued in
          connection with the Shipyard Project under the Title XI Program,
          (ii) Bank of America Illinois ("BAI") provides, for a fee,
          investment services regarding the Company's pension fund, and
          (iii) BAI from time to time provides incidental equipment trustee
          services to the Company.  Each of the Company and the Lenders
          acknowledges and consents to any and all of the foregoing roles
          of BASI, BAI and their respective Affiliates and waives any
          objections it may have to actual or potential conflict of
          interest caused by BASI and BAI acting in such capacity.  Each of
          the Lenders further agrees that in connection with any of the
          foregoing roles, BASI and BAI may take, or refrain from taking,
          any action which they in their discretion deem appropriate.

                    10.  Choice of Law.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED
          BY AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS (AS
          OPPOSED TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS) OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS
          AND ANY DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF, CONNECTED WITH, RELATED TO, OR
          INCIDENTAL TO THE RELATIONSHIP ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THE COMPANY,
<PAGE>
          THE SUBSIDIARIES, THE AGENT AND THE BANKS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
          AMENDMENT, AND WHETHER ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR
          OTHERWISE, SHALL BE RESOLVED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS
          AND DECISIONS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS.

                    11.  Counterparts.  This Amendment may be executed in
          one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
          original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the
          same instrument.  One or more counterparts of this Amendment may
          be delivered by telecopier, with the intention that they shall
          have the same effect as an original counterpart thereof.

                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused
          their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver this
          Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                        AVONDALE INDUSTRIES, INC.

                                        By: \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Name:  Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS,successor-
                                        in-interest to CONTINENTAL BANK,
                                        as Agent

                                        By: \s\ Daniel G. Farthing
                                        Name:  Daniel G. Farthing
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        THE BANKS:

                                        BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS,successor-
                                        in-interest to CONTINENTAL BANK,
                                        as a Bank and as LC Issuer


                                        By: \s\ Thomas Barnett
                                        Name:  Thomas Barnett
                                        Title: Vice President

                                        WHITNEY NATIONAL BANK

                                        By: \s\ Elmer H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Name:  Elmer H. Hemphill, Jr.
                                        Title: Senior Vice President

                                        FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF TEXAS,N.A.

                                        By: \s\ Frank W. Schageman
                                        Name:  Frank W. Schageman
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President


                                        FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF COMMERCE


                                        By: \s\ David A. Doherty
                                        Name:  David A. Doherty
                                        Title: Vice President
<PAGE>
                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE GULFPORT MARINE, INC.


                                        By \s Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Vice President

          Dated:  February 9, 1995

                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        AVONDALE TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title:  President

          Dated:  February 9, 1995

                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.
<PAGE>
                                        CRAWFORD TECHNICAL SERVICES, INC.


                                        By \s\ B. L Hicks
                                        Title: Secretary

          Dated:  February 9, 1995

                                       CONSENT

                    By Subsidiary Guarantee dated as of May 10, 1994 (the
          "Guarantee"), the undersigned (the "Guarantor") guaranteed to the
          Secured Parties (as defined therein), subject to the terms,
          conditions and limitations set forth therein, the prompt payment
          and performance of all of the Obligations (as defined therein).
          The Guarantor consents to the Company's execution of the
          foregoing Second Amendment to Revolving Credit Agreement and
          acknowledges the continued validity, enforceability and
          effectiveness of the Guarantee with respect to all loans,
          advances and extensions of credit to the Company, whether
          heretofore or hereafter made, together with all interest thereon
          and all expenses in connection therewith.

                                        GENCO INDUSTRIES, INC.


                                        By \s\ Thomas M. Kitchen
                                        Title: Director

          Dated:  February 9, 1995

                                      EXHIBIT A

                    All of the following property whether now owned or
          existing or hereafter acquired or arising:

                    (i) each and every construction, supply or similar
               agreement relating to the Shipyard Project, as each may be
               amended from time to time; and

                    (ii) Avondale Industry Inc.'s ("Avondale's") rights to
               receive all monies which from time to time become due to
               Avondale in respect of the construction of the Shipyard
               Project regardless of legal theory by which monies are
               recovered.

                    "Shipyard Project" means the construction (including
          the designing, inspecting, outfitting and equipping) of the
          advanced and modern shipyards technology project undertaken by
          Avondale at its main shipyard facility in Avondale, Louisiana.


                              Avondale Properties, Inc.

                            Avondale Services Corporation

                        Avondale Transportation Company, Inc.

                           Avondale Shipyard of Texas, Inc.

                        Avondale Construction Management, Inc.

                            Avondale Gulfport Marine, Inc.

                        Avondale Industries of New York, Inc.

                              Avondale Enterprises, Inc.

                          Avondale Technical Services, Inc.

                          Crawford Technical Services, Inc.

                               Genco Industries, Inc.

                            M & D Steel Fabrication, Inc.

                           AAA Quality Construction, Inc.

                          Genco Industries of Lufkin, Inc.



INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT



We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement
No. 33-31984 of Avondale Industries, Inc. on Forms S-8 and S-3 of our
report dated February 24, 1995, appearing in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K of Avondale Industries, Inc. for the year ended December 
31, 1994.



\s\ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    Deloitte & Touche LLP

New Orleans, Louisiana
February 24, 1995


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THE SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM AVONDALE
INDUSTRIES, INC.'S CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AT DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND ITS
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR THEN ENDED AND IS QUALIFIED IN
ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                                          15,414
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   84,510
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                     16,109
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               127,936
<PP&E>                                         231,997
<DEPRECIATION>                               (112,836)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 273,503
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           93,100
<BONDS>                                         42,875
<COMMON>                                        15,927
                                0
                                          0
<OTHER-SE>                                     106,951
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   273,503
<SALES>                                        475,810
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               475,810
<CGS>                                          428,325
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  428,325
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                30,536
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               4,385
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 13,375
<INCOME-TAX>                                       300
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             13,075
<DISCONTINUED>                                 (4,552)
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     8,523
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                      .59
<EPS-DILUTED>                                      .59
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission